Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2015 


https://archive.org/details/ancientrecordsof02brea_0 


ANCIENT  RECORDS  OF  EGYPT 


ANCIENT  RECORDS 

UNDER  THE  GENERAL  EDITORSHIP  OF 
WILLIAM  RAINEY  HARPER 


JFirat  &trlta 

ANCIENT  RECORDS  OF  ASSYRIA  AND  BABYLONIA 

EDITED  BY  ROBERT  FRANCIS  HARPER 

&tttmb  &tr\tB 

ANCIENT  RECORDS  OF  EGYPT 

EDITED  BY  JAMES  HENRY  BREASTED 

Otyirii  &trlta 

ANCIENT  RECORDS  OF  PALESTINE,  PHOENICIA 
AND  SYRIA 

EDITED  BY  WILLIAM  RAINEY  HARPER 


ANCIENT  RECORDS  OF  EGYPT 


HISTORICAL  DOCUMENTS 

FROM  THE  EARLIEST  TIMES  TO  THE  PERSIAN  CONQUEST.  COLLECTED 
EDITED  AND  TRANSLATED  WITH  COMMENTARY 

BY 

JAMES  HENRY  BREASTED,  Ph.D. 

PROFESSOR  OF  EGYPTOLOGY  AND  ORIENTAL  HISTORY 
IN  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CHICAGO 


VOLUME  II 
THE  EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY 


CHICAGO 

THE  UNIVERSITY  OP  CHICAGO  PRESS 
1906 


LONDON:  LUZAC  &  CO. 


LEIPZIG:   OTTO  HARRASSOWITZ 


Copyright  1906,  By 
The  University  of  Chicago 


Published  March  1906 


Composed  and  Printed  By 
The  University  of  Chicago  Press 
Chicago,  Illinois,  U.S.  A. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


VOLUME  I 

§§ 

The  Documentary  Sources  of  Egyptian  History       .  1-37 

Chronology   38-57 

Chronological  Table   58-75 

The  Palermo  Stone  :  The  First  to  the  Fifth  Dynasties  76-167 

I.    Predynastic  Kings   90 

II.    First  Dynasty   91-116 

III.  Second  Dynasty   11 7-144 

IV.  Third  Dynasty   145-148 

V.    Fourth  Dynasty   149-152 

VI.    Fifth  Dynasty   153-167 

The  Third  Dynasty   168-175 

Reign  of  Snefru   168-175 

Sinai  Inscriptions   168-169 

Biography  of  Methen   170-175 

The  Fourth  Dynasty   176-212 

Reign  of  Khufu   176-187 

Sinai  Inscriptions   176 

Inventory  Stela   177-180 

Examples  of  Dedication  Inscriptions  by  Sons       .      .  181-187 

Reign  of  Khafre   188-209 

Stela  of  Mertityotes   188-189 

Will  of  Prince  Nekure,  Son  of  King  Khafre  .      .      .  190-199 
Testamentary   Enactment   of    an   Unknown  Official, 
Establishing  the  Endowment  of  His  Tomb  by  the 

Pyramid  of  Khafre   200-209 

Reign  of  Menkure   210-212 

Debhen's  Inscription,  Recounting  King  Menkure's  Erec- 
tion of  a  Tomb  for  Him   210-212 

The  Fifth  Dynasty   213-281 

Reign  of  Userkaf   213-235 

v 


vi  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

§§ 

Testamentary  Enactment  of  Nekonekh    .      .      .  .213-215 

I.    The  Priesthood  of  Hathor   216-219 

II.    The  Mortuary  Priesthood  of  Khenuka       .      .  220-222 

III.  Nekonekh's  Will   223-225 

IV.  Nekonekh's  Mortuary  Priesthood        .      .      .  226-227 
V.    Nekonekh's  Mortuary  Statue   228-230 

Testamentary  Enactment  of  Senuonekh,  Regulating 

His  Mortuary  Priesthood   231-235 

Reign  of  Sahure   236-241 

Sinai  Inscriptions   236 

Tomb  Stela  of  Nenekhsekhmet   237-240 

Tomb  Inscription  of  Persen   241 

Reign  of  Neferirkere   242-249 

Tomb  Inscriptions  of  the  Vizier,  Chief  Judge,  and  Chief 

Architect  Weshptah   242-249 

Reign  of  Nuserre   250-262 

Sinai  Inscription   250 

Tomb  Inscriptions  of  Hotephiryakhet      ....  251-253 

Inscription  of  Ptahshepses   254-262 

Reign  of  Menkuhor   263 

Sinai  Inscription   263 

Reign  of  Dedkere-Isesi   264-281 

Sinai  Inscriptions   264-267 

Tomb  Inscriptions  of  Senezemib,  Chief  Judge,  Vizier, 

and  Chief  Architect   268-277 

Mortuary  Inscription  of  Nezemib   278-279 

Tomb  Inscription  of  the  Nomarch  Henku      .      .      .  280-281 

The  Sixth  Dynasty   282-390 

Reign  of  Teii   282-294 

Inscriptions  of  Sabu,  Also  Called  Ibebi    ....  282-286 

Inscription  of  Sabu,  Also  Called  Thety    ....  287-288 

Inscription  of  an  Unknown  Builder   289-290 

Inscription  of  Uni   291-294 

I.    Career  under  Teti  (1.  1)   292-294 

II.    Career  under  Pepi  I  (11.  2-32)      .      .      .      .  306-315 

III.    Career  under  Mernere  (11.  32-50)  ....  319-324 

Reign  of  Pepi  I   295-315 

Hammamat  Inscriptions   295-301 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS  vii 


§§ 

I.    The  King's  Inscriptions   296 

II.    The  Expedition's  Inscription        ....  297-298 

III.  Chief  Architect's  Inscription   299 

IV.  Inscription  of  the  Treasurer  of  the  God  Ikhi    .  300-301 

Sinai  Inscription   302-303 

Inscription  in  the  Hatnub  Quarry   304-305 

Inscription  of  Uni:  II  Career  under  Pepi  I  306-315 

Reign  of  Mernere   316-336 

Inscriptions  at  the  First  Cataract   316-318 

I.    Northern  Inscription   317 

II.    Southern  Inscription   318 

Inscription  of  Uni:  III  Career  under  Mernere      .      .  319-324 

Inscriptions  of  Harkhuf   325-330 

Inscriptions  of  Harkhuf  (continued)   35°-354 

Reign  of  Pepi  II      .      .    337-385 

Conveyance  of  Land  by  Idu,  Called  Also  Seneni  .      .  337-338 

Sinai  Inscription   339~343 

Stela  of  the  Two  Queens,  Enekhnes-Merire    .      .      .  344-349 

Inscriptions  of  Harkhuf  (continued  from  §  336)     .      .  350-354 

Letter  of  Pepi  II      ...      .            .      .      .  350-354 

I.    Dates  and  Introduction   351 

EE.    Acknowledgment  of  Harkhuf's  Letter     .      .  351 

III.  Harkhuf's  Rewards   352 

IV.  King's  Instructions   353~354 

Inscriptions  of  Pepi-Nakht   355-360 

Inscriptions  of  Khui   361 

Inscriptions  of  Sebni   362-374 

Inscriptions  of  Ibi   375~379 

Inscription  of  Zau   380-385 

Reign  of  Ity   386-387 

Hammamat  Inscription   386-387 

Reign  of  Imhotep   388-390 

The  Ninth  and  Tenth  Dynasties   391-414 

Inscriptions  of  Siut   391-414 

I.    Inscription  of  Tefibi   393~397 

II.    Inscription  of  Kheti  I   398-404 

III.    Inscription  of  Kheti  II   405-414 


viii  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

§§ 

The  Eleventh  Dynasty   415-459 

The  Nomarch,  Intef   419-420 

Mortuary  Stela   419-420 

Reign  of  Horus-Wahenekh-Intef  I   421-423 

Royal  Tomb  Stela   421-423 

Reign  of  Horus-Nakhtneb-Tepnefer-Intef  II      .      .  423A-423G 

Stela  of  Thethi  423A-423G 

Reign  of  Nibhotep-Mentuhotep  I   423 H 

Temple  Fragments  from  Gebelen   423H 

Reigns  of  Intef  III  and  Nibkhrure-Mentuhotep  II    .      .  424-426 

Relief  near  Assuan   424-426 

Reign  of  Senekhkere-Mentuhotep  III   427-433 

Hammamat  Inscription  of  Henu   427-433 

Reign  of  Nibtowere-Mentuhotep  IV   434-459 

Hammamat  Inscriptions   434-459 

I.    The  First  Wonder   435-438 

II.    The  Official  Tablet   439"443 

III.  The  Commander's  Tablet   444-448 

IV.  The  Second  Wonder   449-451 

V.    Completion  of  the  Work   452-456 

Stela  of  Eti   457-459 

The  Twelfth  Dynasty   460-750 

Chronology  of  Twelfth  Dynasty   460-462 

Reign  of  Amenemhet  I   463-497 

Inscription  of  Khnumhotep  I   463-465 

Hammamat  Inscription  of  Intef   466-468 

Inscription  of  Nessumontu   469-471 

Inscription  of  Korusko   472-473 

The  Teaching  of  Amenemhet   474-483 

Dedication  Inscription   484-485 

The  Tale  of  Sinuhe   486-497 

Reign  of  Sesostris  I   498-593 

The  Building  Inscription  of  the  Temple  of  Heliopolis  .  498-506 

Inscription  of  Meri   507-509 

Wadi  Haifa  Inscription  of  Mentuhotep    ....  510-514 

Inscription  of  Amenemhet  (Ameni)   5 1 5-523 

Stela  of  Ikudidi   524-528 

Inscription  of  Intefyoker   529 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


ix 


§§ 

Inscriptions  of  Mentuhotep   53°~534 

The  Contracts  of  Hepzefi   535-53$ 

I.    First  Contract   539"543 

II.    Second  Contract   544-548 

III.  Third  Contract   549—553 

IV.  Fourth  Contract   554-558 

V.    Fifth  Contract   559—567 

VI.    Sixth  Contract   568-571 

VII.    Seventh  Contract   572—575 

VIII.    Eighth  Contract   576-581 

IX.    Ninth  Contract   582-588 

X.    Tenth  Contract   589-593 

Reign  of  Amenemhet  II   594-613 

Inscription  of  Simontu   594-598 

Inscription  of  Sihathor   599-605 

Sinai  Inscription   606 

Stela  of  Khentemsemeti   607-613 

Reign  of  Sesostris  II   614-639 

Inscription  of  Hapu   614-618 

Inscription  of  Khnumhotep  II   619-639 

Reign  of  Sesostris  III   640-748 

The  Conquest  of  Nubia   640-672 

I.    The  Canal  Inscriptions   642-649 

I.    First  Inscription   643-645 

II.    Second  Inscription   646-648 

II.    The  Elephantine  Inscription   649-650 

III.  The  First  Semneh  Stela   651-652 

IV.  The  Second  Semneh  Stela   653-660 

V.    Inscription  of  Ikhernofret   661-670 

VI.    Inscription  of  Sisatet   671-673 

See  also  676  ff.  and  687 

Hammamat  Inscription   674-675 

Stela  of  Sebek-Khu,  called  Zaa   676-687 

Inscriptions  of  Thuthotep   688-706 

Hammamat  Inscriptions   707-712 

Inscriptions  of  Sinai   7I3-73& 

I.    Wadi  Maghara   7 13-723 

I.    Inscriptions  of  Khenemsu   714-716 


x  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

§§ 

II.    Inscription  of  Harnakht   717-718 

IDE.    Inscription  of  Sebekdidi   719-720 

IV.    Inscription  of  Ameni   721-723 

II.    Sarbut  el-Khadem   724-738 

I.    Inscription  of  Sebek-hir-hab      .      .      .      .  725-727 

II.    Inscription  of  Ptahwer   728-729 

III.  Inscription  of  Amenemhet   73°~732 

IV.  Inscription  of  Harurre   733~73^ 

Turra  Inscription   739-742 

Inscription  of  Sehetepibre   743-748 

Reign  of  Amenemhet  IV   749-750 

Kummeh  Inscription   749 

Sinai  Inscriptions   750 

From  the  Thirteenth  Dynasty  to  the  Hyksos    .      .  751-787 

Reign  of  Sekhemre-Khutowe   751—752 

Records  of  Nile-Levels   751—7 52 

Reign  of  Neferhotep   753—772 

Great  Abydos  Stela   753—765 

Boundary  Stela   766-772 

Reign  of  Nubkheprure-Intef   7 73-780 

Coptos  Decree   773"78o 

Reign  of  Khenzer   781-787 

Inscriptions  of  Ameniseneb   781-787 


VOLUME  II 

68 

The  Eighteenth  Dynasty   1-1043 

Reign  of  Ahmose  I   1-37 

Biography  of  Ahmose,  Son  of  Ebana       ....  1-3 

I.    Career  under  Ahmose  I  (11.  1-24)  ....  4-16 

II.    Career  under  Amenhotep  I  (11.  24-29)  .      .      .  38-39 

III.    Career  under  Thutmose  I  (11.  29-39)    •      •      •  78-82 

Biography  of  Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet   17-25 

I.    Ahmose's  Campaigns  [Continued  §40]  .      .      .  18-20 

II.    Ahmose's  Rewards   21-24 

III.    Ahmose's  Summary   25 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS  xi 


Quarry  Inscription   26-28 

Karnak  Stela   29-32 

Building  Inscription   33—37 

Reign  of  Amenhotep  I   38-53 

Biography  of  Ahmose,  Son  of  Ebana       ....  38-39 

II.    Career  under  Amenhotep  I  (11.  24-29)  .      .      .  38-53 

Biography  of  Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet  .                  .  40-42 

Career  under  Amenhotep  I   40-42 

Biography  of  Ineni   43-46 

I.    Career  under  Amenhotep  I          :  44-46 

II.  Career  under  Thutmose  I   99-108 

III.  Career  under  Thutmose  II   11 5-1 18 

IV.  Career  under  Thutmose  III  and  Hatshepsut  340-343 

Stela  of  Harmini   47-48 

Stela  of  Keres   49~52 

Reign  of  Thutmose  I   54-114 

Coronation  Decree   54-60 

Biographical  Inscription  of  Thure   61-66 

Tombos  Stela   67-73 

Inscriptions  at  the  First  Cataract   74—77 

I.    Sehel  Inscription   75 

II.    Sehel  Inscription   76 

III.    Assuan  Inscription   77 

Inscription  of  Ahmose,  Son  of  Ebana      ....  78-82 

III.  Career  under  Thutmose  I  (11.  29-39)  .      .      .  78-82 
Biography  of  Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet   83-85 

Career  under  Thutmose  I   83-85 

Karnak  Obelisks   86-89 

Abydos  Stela   90-98 

Biography  of  Ineni   99-108 

II.    Career  under  Thutmose  I  (11.  4-14)     .      .      .  99-108 

Stela  of  Yuf   1 09-1 14 

Reign  of  Thutmose  II   11 5-1 27 

Biography  of  Ineni       ........  11 5-1 18 

III.  Career  under  Thutmose  II   11 5-1 18 

Assuan  Inscription   1 19-122 

Biography  of  Ahmose-Pen-Nekbet   123-124 

IV.  Career  under  Thutmose  II   123-124 


xii 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


Campaign  in  Syria   125 

The  Ebony  Shrine  of  Der  el-Bahri   126-127 

Reign  of  Thutmose  III  and  Hatshepsut      ....  128-390 

Introduction   128-130 

Inscription  of  the  Coronation;  Buildings  and  Offerings  1 31-166 

Semneh  Temple  Inscriptions   167 

I.    Renewal  of  Sesostris  Ill's  List  of  Offerings       .  168-172 

II.    Dedication  to  Dedun  and  Sesostris  III       .      .  173-176 

Biography  of  Nebwawi   177 

I.    The  Statue  Inscription   178-183 

II.    Abydos  Stela   184-186 

The  Birth  of  Queen  Hatshepsut   187-191 

I.    The  Council  of  the  Gods   192 

II.    Interviews  Between  Amon  and  Thoth  .      .      .  193-194 

III.  Amon  with  Queen  Ahmose   195-198 

IV.  Interview  Between  Amon  and  Khnum       .      .  199-201 
V.    Khnum  Fashions  the  Child   202-203 

VI.    Interview  Between  Thoth  and  Queen  Ahmose  204 

VII.  Queen  Ahmose  is  Led  to  Confinement       .      .  205 
VIII.    The  Birth   206-207 

IX.    Presentation  of  the  Child  to  Amon      .      .      .  208 

X.    Council  of  Amon  and  Hathor       ....  209 

XI.    The  Nursing  of  the  Child   210 

XII.    Second  Interview  of  Amon  and  Thoth       .      .  211 

XIII.    The  Final  Scene   212 

Statue  of  Enebni   213 

Vase  Inscription   214 

The  Coronation  of  Queen  Hatshepsut      .      .      .      .  215 

I.    The  Purification   216 

II.    Amon  presents  the  Child  to  All  the  Gods  .      .  217-220 

III.  The  Northern  Journey   221-225 

IV.  Coronation  by  Atum   226-227 

V.    Reception  of  the  Crowns  and  the  Names    .      .  228-230 

VI.    Proclamation  as  King  before  Amon     ...  231 

VII.    Coronation  before  the  Court   232-239 

VIII.  Second  Purification   240-241 

IX.    Concluding  Ceremonies   242 

Southern  Pylon  Inscription  at  Karnak     ....  243-245 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS  xiii 


if 

The  Punt  Reliefs   246-295 

I.    Departure  of  the  Fleet   252-253 

II.    Reception  in  Punt   254-258 

III.  The  Traffic   259-262 

IV.  Loading  the  Vessels   263-265 

V.    The  Return  Voyage   266 

VI.    Presentation  of  the  Tribute  to  the  Queen  by  the 

Chiefs  of  Punt,  Irem  and  Nemyew     .      .      .  267-269 

VII.    The  Queen  Offers  the  Gifts  to  Amon  .      .      .  270-272 

VIII.    Weighing  and  Measuring  the  Gifts  to  Amon  273-282 
IX.    Formal  Announcement  of  the  Success  of  the 

Expedition  before  Amon   283-288 

X.    Formal  Announcement  of  the  Success  of  the 

Expedition  to  the  Court   289-295 

Inscription  of  the  Speos  Artemidos   296-303 

The  Karnak  Obelisks   304-307 

I.    Shaft  Inscriptions;  Middle  Columns    .      .      .  308-311 

II.    Shaft  Inscriptions;  Side  Columns  ....  312-313 

III.    Base  Inscription   314-321 

Reliefs  of  Transportation  of  Obelisks      .      .      .      .  322 

I.    Transport   323~329 

II.    Reception  in  Thebes   33°~335 

III.  Dedication  of  the  Obelisks   336 

Rock  Inscription  in  Wadi  Maghara   337 

Building  Inscription  of  Western  Thebes  ....  338-339 

Biography  of  Ineni   340-343 

IV.  Career  under  Thutmose  III  and  Hatshepsut  340-343 

Biography  of  Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet   344 

Conclusion  of  Summary   344 

Inscriptions  of  Senmut   345-368 

I.    Inscriptions  on  the  Karnak  Statue       .      .      .  349-358 

II.    Assuan  Inscription   359-362 

III.    Inscriptions  on  the  Berlin  Statue  ....  363-368 

Inscription  of  Thutiy   369-378 

Inscriptions  of  Puemre   379 

I.    Statue  of  Inscription   380-381 

II.    Tomb  Inscriptions   382-387 

Inscriptions  of  Hapuseneb   388-390 


xiv 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


§§ 

Reign  of  Thutmose  III   391-779 

The  Annals   39I_4°5 

The  Annals:  Conspectus  of  Campaigns   ....  406 

I.    Introduction   407 

II.    First  Campaign  (Year  23)   408-443 

Wadi  Haifa  Inscription   411-437 

Fragment  on  the  Siege  of  Megiddo  ....  438-443 

III.  Second  Campaign  (Year  24)   444-449 

IV.  Third  Campaign  (Year  25)   450-452 

V.    Fourth  Campaign   453 

VI.    Fifth  Campaign  (Year  29)   454-462 

VII.    Sixth  Campaign  (Year  30)   463-467 

VIII.    Seventh  Campaign  (Year  31)   468-475 

IX.    Eighth  Campaign  (Year  33)   476-487 

X.    Ninth  Campaign  (Year  34)   488-495 

XI.    Tenth  Campaign  (Year  35)   496-503 

XII.    Eleventh  Campaign  (Year  36)      ...  504 

XIII.  Twelfth  Campaign  (Year  37)       ....  505 

XIV.  Thirteenth  Campaign  (Year  38)    .      .      .      .  506-515 
XV.    Fourteenth  Campaign  (Year  39)   .      .      .      .  516-519 

XVI.    Fifteenth  Campaign   520-523 

XVII.  Sixteenth  Campaign   524-527 

XVIII.  Seventeenth  Campaign   528-539 

XIX.    Conclusion   540 

Feasts  and  Offerings  from  the  Conquests       .      .      .  541-573 

Biography  of  Amenemhab   574-592 

Fragments  of  Karnak  Pylon  VII   593—598 

Great  Karnak  Building  Inscription   599-608 

Building  Inscription  of  the  Karnak  Ptah-Temple  .      .  609-622 

Obelisks   623 

I.    Karnak  Obelisks   624-625 

II.    Lateran  Obelisks   626-628 

III.  Constantinople  Obelisk   629-631 

IV.  London  Obelisk   632-633 

V.    New  York  Obelisk   634-636 

Medinet  Habu  Building  Inscriptions       ....  637-641 

Heliopolis  Building  Inscriptions   642-643 

Nubian  Wars   644-654 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS  xv 


§§ 

L    Canal  Inscription   649-650 

II.    Inscriptions  of  Nehi,  Viceroy  of  Kush  .      .      .  651-652 

III.    Offerings  from  the  South  Countries     .      .      .  653-654 

Hymn  of  Victory  ...    655-662 

Tomb  of  Rekhmire   663-759 

I.    Appointment  of  Rekhmire  as  Vizier     .      .      .  665-670 

II.    Duties  of  the  Vizier   671-71 1 

III.  The  Sitting  of  the  Vizier   712-713 

IV.  Reception  of  Petitions   714-715 

V.    Inspection  of  Taxes  of  Upper  Egypt    .      .      .  716 

A.  Above  Thebes   717-728 

B.  Below  Thebes   729-745 

VI.    Reception  of  Dues  to  the  Amon-Temple     .  746-751 

VII.    Inspection  of  Daily  Offerings  and  of  Monuments  752 

VIII.    Inspection  of  Craftsmen   753—755 

IX.    Inspection  of  Sculptors  and  Builders    .      .      .  756-759 

X.    Reception  of  Foreign  Tribute       ....  760-761 

XI.    Accession  of  Amenhotep  II   762 

Stela  of  Intef  the  Herald   763-771 

Tomb  of  Menkheperreseneb   772-776 

Stela  of  Nibamon   777—779 

Reign  of  Amenhotep  II   780 

Asiatic  Campaign   780-798 

I.    Karnak  Stela   781-790 

II.    Amada  and  Elephantine  Stelae      ....  791-798 

III.    Karnak  Chapel   798A 

Turra  Inscription   799-800 

Tomb  of  Amenken   801-802 

Karnak  Building  Inscription   803-806 

Biography  of  Amenemhab   807-809 

Reign  of  Thutmose  IV   810-840 

Sphinx  Stela   810-815 

Asiatic  Campaign   816-822 

Konosso  Inscription   823-829 

Lateran  Obelisk   830-838 

Stela  of  Pe'aoke   839-840 

Reign  of  Amenhotep  III   841-931 

Birth  and  Coronation   841 


xvi 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


li 

Nubian  War   842-855 

I.    Stela  at  First  Cataract   843-844 

II.    Stela  of  Konosso   845 

III.  Bubastis  Inscription   846-850 

IV.  Semneh  Inscription   851-855 

Tablet  of  Victory                                      ...  856-859 

The  Commemorative  Scarabs   860-869 

I.    Marriage  with  Tiy   861-862 

II.    Wild  Cattle  Hunt   863-864 

III.  Ten  Years  Lion-Hunting   865 

IV.  Marriage  with  Kirgipa   866-867 

V.    Construction  of  a  Pleasure  Lake  ....  868-869 

Jubilee  Celebrations   870-874 

Quarry  and  Mine  Inscriptions   875-877 

Building  Inscription   878-892 

I.    Introduction  (11.  1-2)   882 

II.    Temple  of  the  (Memnon)  Colossi  (11.  2-10).      .  883-885 

III.  Luxor  Temple  and  Connected  Buildings  886-887 

IV.  Sacred  Barge  of  Amon  (11.  16-20)  ....  888 
V.    Third  Pylon  of  Karnak  (11.  20-23)       ...  889 

VI.    Temple  of  Soleb  (11.  23-26)   890 

VII.    Hymn  of  Amon  to  the  King  (11.  26-31)  891-892 

Building  Inscriptions  of  the  Soleb  Temple      .      .      .  893-898 

Great  Inscription  of  the  Third  Karnak  Pylon  .      .      .  899-903 

Dedication  Stela   904-910 

I.    Speech  of  the  King  (11.  1-13)   905-908 

II.    Speech  of  Amon  (11.  14-20)   909 

III.    Speech  of  the  Divine  Ennead  (11.  20-24)     •      •  9IQ 

Inscriptions  of  Amenhotep,  Son  of  Hapi  ....  911-927 

I.    Statue  Inscription   913-920 

II.    Mortuary  Temple  Edict   921-927 

Statue  of  Nebnefer   928-931 

Reign  of  Ikhnaton   932-1018 

Quarry  Inscription  at  Silsileh   932~935 

Tomb  of  the  Vizier  Ramose   936-948 

The  Tell  El-Amarna  Landmarks   949-972 

Assuan  Tablet  of  the  Architect  Bek   973-97° 

The  Tell  El-Amarna  Tombs   977-1018 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS  xvii 


§§ 

Tomb  of  Merire  II   981 

Tomb  of  Merire  I  982-988 

Tomb  of  Eye  989-996 

Tomb  of  Mai   997-1003 

Tomb  of  Ahmose  1 004-1 008 

Tomb  of  Tutu  1 009-1 01 3 

Tomb  of  Huy  1014-1018 

Reign  of  Tutenkhamon  1 01 9-1 041 

Tomb  of  Huy  1 01 9-1 041 

I.    Investiture  of  the  Viceroy  of  Kush       .  1 020-1026 

II.    Tribute  of  the  North  102  7-1 033 

III.    Tribute  of  the  South  1 034-1 041 

Reign  of  Eye  1042-1043 

LIST  OF  FIGURES 

PAGE 

Plan  of  Punt  Reliefs  105 


VOLUME  III 

H 

The  Nineteenth  Dynasty   1-65 1 

Reign  of  Harmhab   1-73 

Tomb  of  Harmhab   1-21 

I.    Leyden  Fragments   2-9 

I.    Stela  with  Adoration  Scene       ....  2-5 

II.    Reward  of  Gold   6-9 

II.    Vienna  Fragment   10-12 

III.  Alexandria  Fragments   13 

IV.  British  Museum  Fragments   14-19 

L    Doorposts   14-17 

II.    Stela  with  Three  Hymns   18-19 

V.    Cairo  Fragments   20-21 

Coronation  Inscription                                       .  22-32 

Graffiti  in  the  Theban  Necropolis   32A-32C 

The  Wars  of  Harmhab   33~44 

I.    In  the  North   34-36 

EE.    In  the  South    37~44 

Edict  of  Harmhab   45~^7 


xviii 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


§§ 

I.    Introduction  (11.  i-io)   49 

II.    Introduction:  The  King's  Zeal  for  the  Relief  of 

the  People  (11.  10-14)   50 

III.  Enactment  Against  Robbing  the  Poor  of  Dues 

for  the  Royal  Breweries  and  Kitchens  (11.  14-17)  51 

IV.  Enactment  Against  Robbing  the  Poor  of  Wood 

Due  the  Pharaoh  (11.  17-18)   52 

V.    Enactment  Against  Exacting  Dues  from  a  Poor 

Man  Thus  Robbed  (11.  18-20)      ....  53 
VI.    Against  Robbing  the  Poor  of  Dues  for  the  Harem 

or  the  Gods  by  the  Soldiers  (11.  20-24)      •      •  54 
VII.    Enactments  Against  Unlawful  Appropriation  of 

Slave  Service  (11.  22-24)   55 

VIII.    Enactment  Against  Stealing  of  Hides  by  the 

Soldiers  (11.  25-28)  56-57 

IX.    Against  Connivance  of  Dishonest  Inspectors  with 
Thievish  Tax-Collectors,  for  a  Share  of  the  Booty 

(11-  28-32)   58 

X.    Enactment  Against  Stealing  Vegetables  Under 

Pretense  of  Collecting  Taxes  (11.  32-35)      .      .  59 
XI.    Enactments  too  Fragmentary  for  Analysis  (11.  35- 

39)  and  Right  Side  (11.  1,2)  60-62 

XII.    Narrative  of  the  King's  Reforms,  Containing 
Also  an  Enactment  Against   Corrupt  Judges 

("•  3-7)  63-6S 

XIII.  Narrative  of  the  King's  Monthly  Audiences  and 
Largesses  (11.  7-10)   66 

XIV.  Laudation  of  the  King,  and  Conclusion  (Left 

Side)   ........  ■    v  't  .  VI  67 

Tomb  of  Neferhotep   68-73 

Reign  of  Ramses  I   74—79 

Wadi  Haifa  Stela   74—79 

Reign  of  Seti  I   80-250 

Karnak  Reliefs   80-156 

Scene  1.  March  through  Southern  Palestine      .      .  83-84 

Scene  2.  Battle  with  the  Shasu   85-86 

Scene  3.  Capture  of  Pekanan   87-S8 

Scene  4.  Capture  of  Yenoam   89-90 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS  xix 

§§ 

Scene  5.  Submission  of  the  Chiefs  of  Lebanon  .      .  91-94 

Scenes  6  and  7.  Binding  and  Carrying  Away  Prisoners  95-97 

Scene  8.  Reception  in  Egypt   98-103 

Scene  9.  Presentation  of  Shasu  Prisoners  and  Precious 

Vessels  to  Amon   104-108 

Scene  10.  Presentation    of    Syrian    Prisoners  and 

Precious  Vessels  to  Amon   109-112 

Scene  iz.  Slaying  Prisoners  Before  Amon   .      .      .  11 3-1 19 

Scene  12.  First  Battle  with  the  Libyans     .      .      .  120-122 

Scene  13.  Second  Battle  with  the  Libyans  .      .      .  123-132 

Scene  14.  Return  from  Libyan  War  ....  133-134 
Scene  15.  Presentation  of  Libyan  Prisoners  and  Spoil 

to  Amon   i35_I39 

Scene  16.  Capture  of  Kadesh   1 40-1 41 

Scene  17.  Battle  with  the  Hittites   142-144 

Scene  18.  Carrying  off  Hittite  Prisoners  .  .  .  145-148 
Scene  19.  Presentation  of  Hittite  Spoil  and  Prisoners 

to  Amon   149-152 

Scene  20.  Slaying  Prisoners  before  Amon    .      .      .  153-156 

Wadi  Haifa  Stela                                                    .  1 57-161 

Inscriptions  of  Redesiyeh                                           .  162-198 

I.    First  Inscription   169-174 

II.    Second  Inscription   175-194 

III.    Third  Inscription   195-198 

Building  Inscriptions   199-250 

L    First  Cataract  Inscription   201-204 

1.  Assuan  Inscription   201-202 

2.  Elephantine  Stela   203-204 

II.    Silsileh  Quarry  Stela   205-20S 

III.  Gebelen  Quarry  Inscription   209-210 

IV.  Mortuary  Temple  at  Thebes  (Kurna)  .  .  .  21 1-2  21 
V.    Temple  of  Karnak   222-224 

VI.    Mortuary  Temple  at  Abydos   225-243 

VII.    Temple  Model  of  Heliopolis   244-246 

VIII.    Miscellaneous   247-250 

Reign  of  Ramses  II   251-568 

Great  Abydos  Inscription   251-281 

Kubban  Stela   282-293 


XX 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


§§ 

The  Asiatic  War   294-391 

I.    Beginning  of  the  Hittite  War        ....  296-351 

I.    First  Campaign   297 

II.    Second  Campaign:  The  Battle  of  Kadesh  298-351 

a.  Poem  of  the  Battle  of  Kadesh  .      .      .  305-315 

b.  Official  Record  of  the  Battle  of  Kadesh  316-327 

c.  The  Reliefs  of  the  Battle  of  Kadesh.      .  328 
I.    The  Council  of  War     ....  329-330 

II.    The  Camp   33I_332 

III.  Ramses'  Messengers     ....  333-334 

IV.  The  Battle   33 5-338 

V.    The  Defense  of  the  Camp  .      .      .  339-340 

VI.    After  the  Battle   34i~347 

VII.    Presentation  of  Captives  to  Amon      .  348-351 

III.  Palestinian  Revolt   352-362 

I.    Reconquest  of  Southern  Palestine  .      .      .  353-355 

II.    Reconquest  of  Northern  Palestine  .      .      .  356-362 

IV.  Campaign  in  Naharin   363-391 

I.    Conquest  of  Naharin   364-366 

II.    Treaty  with  the  Hittites   367-391 

Relations  of  Egypt  with  the  Hittites  after  the  War       .  392-491 

I.    The  Blessing  of  Ptah   394-414 

II.    Marriage  Stela   415-424 

III.  Message  of  the  Chief  of  Kheta  to  the  Chief  of 

Kode   425-426 

IV.  Coptos  Stela   427-428 

V.    Bentresh  Stela   429-447 

Nubian  Wars  and  References  to  Northern  Wars    .      .  448-491 

I.    Abu  Simbel  Temple   449-457 

II.    Bet  el-Walli  Temple   458-477 

III.  Assuan  Stela   478-479 

IV.  Luxor  Temple   480-484 

V.    Abydos  Temple   485-486 

VI.    Tanis  Stelae   487-491 

Building  Inscriptions   492-537 

I.    Great  Temple  of  Abu  Simbel   495-499 

II.    Small  Temple  of  Abu  Simbel   500-501 

III.    Temple  of  Serreh   502 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS  xxi 


§§ 

IV.    Temple  of  Derr   503 

V.    Temple  of  Sebuca   504 

VI.    Temple  of  el  Kab    ....            .  505 

VII.    Temple  of  Luxor   506-508 

VIII.    Temple  of  Karnak   5°9~5I3 

IX.    The  Ramesseum   514-515 

X.    Temple  of  Kurna   516-522 

XI.    Seti  Fs  Temple  at  Abydos  and  Great  Abydos 

Inscription   262-267 

XII.    Ramses  IPs  Temple  at  Abydos     ....  524-529 

XIII.  Memphis  Temples   53°~537 

1.  Great  Abydos  Inscription  (1.  22)     .      .      .  260 

2.  Blessing  of  Ptah  (11.  32,  35)     ....  412-413 

XIV.  City  of  Tanis  (Blessing  of  Ptah  (11.  16-18)  .      .  406 

Stela  of  the  Year  400   538-542 

Royal  Jubilee  Inscriptions   543-560 

I.    First  Gebel  Silsileh  Inscription      ....  552 

II.    Bigeh  Inscription   553 

III.  Second  Gebel  Silsileh  Inscription  ....  554 

IV.  Third  Gebel  Silsileh  Inscription    ....  555 
V.    Fourth  Gebel  Silsileh  Inscription  ....  556 

VI.    Sehel  Inscription   557 

VII.    El  Kab  Inscription   558 

VIII.    Fifth  Gebel  Silsileh  Inscription     ....  559 

IX.    Sixth  Gebel  Silsileh  Inscription    ....  560 

Inscription  of  Beknekhonsu                                       .  561-568 

Reign  of  Merneptah   569-638 

The  Invasion  of  Libyans  and  Mediterranean  Peoples   .  569-617 

I.    The  Great  Karnak  Inscription      ....  572-592 

*  II.    The  Cairo  Column   593—595 

III.  The  Athribis  Stela   596-601 

IV.  The  Hymn  of  Victory   602-617 

Inscriptions  of  the  High  Priest  of  Amon,  Roy       .      .  618-628 

Daybook  of  a  Frontier  Official  ....            .  629-635 

Letter  of  a  Frontier  Official   636-638 

Reign  of  Siptah   639-650 

Nubian  Graffiti   639-650 


xxii 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


LIST  OF  FIGURES 

PAGE 

Fig.  j.  Plan  of  the  Reliefs  of  Seti  I,  on  the  North  Wall  of  the 


Great  Hall  of  Karnak   39 

Fig.  2.  Seti   I   on   the   Route   through   Southern  Palestine 

(Scene  1)   44 

Fig.  3.  Showing  Two  Superimposed  Figures   61 

Fig.  4.  Inserted  Figure  of  "  First  King's-Son"  ....  61 
Fig.  5.  An  Unknown  Prince  Following  the  Chariot  of  Seti  I 

(Scene  14)   66 

Fig.  6.  Figure  of  an  Unknown  Prince  Inserted  in  a  Fragmen- 
tary Scene  (§130)   66 

Fig.  7.  Map   of   the   Orontes   Valley   in   the   Vicinity  of 

Kadesh   .      .  .126 

Fig.  8.  March  to  Kadesh:  First  Positions   128 

Fig.  9.  Battle  of  Kadesh:  Second  Positions   130 

Fig.  10.  Battle  of  Kadesh:  Third  Positions   130 

Fig.  11.  Battle  of  Kadesh:  Fourth  Positions        .      .      .  .130 

Fig.  12.  Battle  of  Kadesh:  Fifth  Positions   130 

Fig.  13.  The  Modern  Mound  of  Kadesh   152 


VOLUME  IV 

li 

The  Twentieth  Dynasty   1-603 

Reign  of  Ramses  III  1-456 

Medinet  Habu  Temple   1-150 

Building  and  Dedication  Inscriptions    ....  1-20 

Historical  Inscriptions   21-138 

I.    Treasury  of  Medinet  Habu  Temple  .      .      .  25~34 

II.    First  Libyan  War,  Year  5   3 5-58 

1.    Great  Inscription  in  the  Second  Court 

(Year  5)   36-58 

III.  Northern  War,  Year  8   59-82 

1.  Great  Inscription  on  the  Second  Pylon, 

Year  8   61-68 

2.  Relief  Scenes  Outside  North  Wall  and  in 
Second  Court,  Year  8   69-82 

IV.  Second  Libyan  War   83-114 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


xxiii 


§§ 

i .  Great  Inscription  on  the  First  Pylon  (Medi- 


net  Habu)   85-92 

2.  Poem  on  Second  Libyan  War     .      .      .  93~99 

3.  Relief  Scenes  on  First  Pylon  and  Outside 

North  Wall  (Medinet  Habu)       .      .      .  100-114 

4.  Papyrus  Harris   405 

V.    The  Syrian  War   .   I*5~i35 

VI.    The  Nubian  War   136-138 

Medinet  Habu  Temple  Calendar   139-145 

Act  of  Endowment  of  the  Temples  of  Khnum  146-150 

Papyrus  Harris   1 51-41 2 

Discussion  of   151-181 

Content : 

I.    Introduction   182-183 

II.    Theban  Section   184-246 

III.  Heliopolitan  Section   247-304 

IV.  Memphite  Section.   3°5~35I 

V.    General  Section  (Small  Temples)     .      .      .  352-382 

VI.    Summary   383-396 

VII.    Historical  Section   397-412 

Record  of  the  Royal  Jubilee   413-415 

Records  of  the  Harem  Conspiracy     .  416-456 

I.    Appointment  of  the  Court   423-424 

II.    The  Condemned  of  the  First  Prosecution  425-443 

III.  The  Condemned  of  the  Second  Prosecution  444-445 

IV.  The  Condemned  of  the  Third  Prosecution  .  446-450 
V.    The  Condemned  of  the  Fourth  Prosecution       .  451-452 

VI.    The  Acquitted   453 

VII.    The  Practicers  of  Magic   454-456 

Reign  of  Ramses  IV   457-472 

Hammamat  Stela   457-468 

I.    The  First  Stela   457-460 

II.    The  Second  Stela   461-468 

Abydos  Stela   469-471 

Building  Inscription  of  the  Khonsu  Temple    ...  472 

Reign  of  Ramses  V   473 

Tomb  Dedication   473 

Reign  of  Ramses  VI   474-483 


xxiv  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

§§ 

Tomb  of  Penno   474-483 

Reign  of  Ramses  VII   484-485 

Stela  of  Hori   484-485 

Reign  of  Ramses  IX   486-556 

Inscriptions  of  the  High  Priest  of  Amon,  Amenhotep  486-498 

I.    Building  Inscriptions   488-491 

II.    Records  of  Rewards   492-498 

The  Records  of  the  Royal  Tomb-Robberies    .      .  499_550 

I.    Papyrus  Abbott   5°9_535 

II.    Papyrus  Amherst   536-541 

III.  Turin  Fragment   542-543 

IV.  Mayer  Papyri   544-556 

Reign  of  Ramses  XII   557~6°3 

The  Report  of  Wenamon   557—591 

Records  of  the  Restoration  of  the  Royal  Mummies    .  592-594 

Letter  to  the  Viceroy  of  Kush   595-600 

Building  Inscriptions  in  the  Temple  of  Khonsu     .  601-603 

The  Twenty-First  Dynasty   604-692 

The  Twenty-First  Dynasty   604-607 

Reign  of  Hrihor   608-626 

Inscriptions  of  the  Temple  of  Khonsu  ....  608-626 

Reign  of  Nesubenebded   627-630 

Gebelen  Inscription   627-630 

Reign  of  the  High  Priest  and  King  Paynozem  I  631-649 

I.    Paynozem  I  as  High  Priest   631-635 

Building  Inscriptions   631-635 

Records  on  the  Royal  Mummies  ....  636-642 

II.    Paynozem  I  as  King   643  ff. 

Records  on  the  Royal  Mummies  ....  643-647 

Building  Inscriptions   648-649 

High  Priesthood  of  Menkheperre   650-661 

Stela  of  the  Banishment   650-658 

Record  of  Restoration   659 

Karnak  Graffito   660 

Records  on  the  Royal  Mummies   66  r 

High  Priesthood  of  Paynozem  II   662-687 

Records  on  the  Priestly  Mummies   662-663 

Records  on  the  Royal  Mummies   664-667 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS  xxv 


§§ 

Record  of  Paynozem  IPs  Burial   668 

Stela  of  the  "  Great  Chief  of  Me,"  Sheshonk      .      .  669-687 

High  Priesthood  of  Pesibkhenno   688-692 

Records  on  Mummy- Wrappings   688 

Burial  of  Nesikhonsu   689 

Records  on  the  Royal  Mummies   690-692 

The  Twenty-Second  Dynasty   693-792 

Records  of  Nile-Levels  at  Karnak   693-698 

Reign  of  Sheshonk  I   699-728 

Records  on  Mummy-Bandages  of  Zeptahefonekh  .  699-700 

Building  Inscription   701-708 

Great  Karnak  Relief   709-722 

Presentation  of  Tribute   723-724 

Karnak  Stela  7  24 A 

Dakhel  Stela   725-728 

Reign  of  Osorkon  I   729—73 7 

Record  of  Temple  Gifts   729—737 

Reign  of  Takelot  I   738-740 

Statue  of  the  Nile-God  Dedicated  by  the  High  Priest, 

Sheshonk   738-740 

Reign  of  Osorkon  II   742-751 

Flood  Inscription   742-744 

Statue  Inscription   745-747 

Jubilee  Inscriptions   748-751 

Reign  of  Takelot  II   752—755 

Graffito  of  Harsiese   752—754 

Stela  of  Kerome   755 

Reign  of  Sheshonk  III   756—777 

Annals  of  the  High  Priest  of  Amon,  Osorkon  .      .      .  756-770 

I.    East  of  Door   760-761 

II.    West  of  Door   762-770 

First  Serapeum  Stela  of  Pediese   771-774 

Record  of  Installation   775~777 

Reign  of  Pemou   778-781 

Second  Serapeum  Stela  of  Pediese   778-781 

Reign  of  Sheshonk  IV    782-792 

Stela  of  Weshtehet   782-784 


xxvi  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

§§ 

Serapeum  Stela  of  Harpeson   785-792 

The  Twenty-Third  Dynasty   793-883 

Records  of  Nile-Levels  at  Karnak   793-794 

Reign  of  Osorkon  III   795 

Will  of  Yewelot                                                      .  795 

Reign  of  Piankhi   796-883 

The  Piankhi  Stela   796-883 

The  Twenty-Fourth  Dynasty   884 

Reign  of  Bocchoris   884 

Serapeum  Stelae   884 

The  Twenty-Fifth  Dynasty   885-934 

Records  of  the  Nile-Levels  at  Karnak     ....  885-888 

Reign  of  Shabaka   889 

Building  Inscription   889 

Reign  of  Taharka   892-918 

Tanis  Stela   892-896 

Building  Inscription  in  Large  Cliff-Temple  of  Napata  897-900 

Inscription  of  Mentemhet   901-916 

Serapeum  Stela                                                .      .  917-918 

Reign  of  Tanutamon   919-934 

Stela  of  Tanutamon   919-934 

The  Twenty-Sixth  Dynasty   935-1029 

Reign  of  Psamtik  I   935—973 

Adoption  Stela  of  Nitocris   935_958 

Statue  Inscription  of  the  Chief  Steward,  Ibe  .      .  958A-958M 

First  Serapeum  Stela   959-962 

Second  Serapeum  Stela   963-966 

Statue  Inscription  of  Hor   967-973 

Reign  of  Necho   974-980 

Serapeum  Stela   974-979 

Building  Inscription   980 

Reign  of  Psamtik  II   981-983 

Statue  Inscription  of  Neferibre-Nofer      ....  981-983 

Reign  of  Apries   984-995 

Serapeum  Stela   984-988 

Stela  of  the  Divine  Consort  Enekhnesneferibre      .  988A-988J 

Inscription  of  Nesuhor   989-995 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS  xxvii 

li 

Reign  of  Amasis  (Ahmose  II)  996-1029 

Elephantine  Stela  996-1007 

Serapeum  Stela  1 008-1 01 2 

Statue  Inscription  of  the  General  Ahmose  .  .  1013-1014 
Statue  Inscription  of  Pefnefdineit  ....  101 5-1025 
Mortuary  Stelae  of  the  Priest  Psamtik      .      .      .  1026-1029 

LIST  OP  FIGURES 

FAG  I 

Plan  of  Scenes  and  Inscriptions  in  Medinet  Habu  Temple  .  .  5 
Index  521 


EXPLANATION  OF  TYPOGRAPHICAL  SIGNS  AND 
SPECIAL  CHARACTERS 


1.  The  introductions  to  the  documents  are  in  twelve- 
point  type,  like  these  lines. 

2.  All  of  the  translations  are  in  ten-point  type,  like  this  line. 

3.  In  the  footnotes  and  introductions  all  quotations  from 
the  documents  in  the  original  words  of  the  translation  are 
in  italics,  inclosed  in  quotation  marks.  Italics  are  not 
employed  in  the  text  of  the  volumes  for  any  other  purpose 
except  for  titles. 

4.  The  lines  of  the  original  document  are  indicated  in 
the  translation  by  superior  numbers. 

5.  The  loss  of  a  word  in  the  original  is  indicated  by 

— ,  two  words  by  ,  three  words  by  ,  four 

words  by  ,  five  words  by  ,  and 

more  than  five  by   .    A  word  in  the  original  is 

estimated  at  a  " square"  as  known  to  Egyptologists,  and 
the  estimate  can  be  but  a  very  rough  one. 

6.  When  any  of  the  dashes,  like  those  of  No.  5,  are  in- 
closed in  half-brackets,  the  dashes  so  inclosed  indicate  not 
lost,  but  uncertain  words.  Thus  r — 1  represents  one  un- 
certain word,  r  1  two  uncertain  words,  and  r  1 

more  than  five  uncertain  words. 

7.  When  a  word  or  group  of  words  are  inclosed  in  half- 
brackets,  the  words  so  inclosed  are  uncertain  in  meaning; 
that  is,  the  translation  is  not  above  question. 

8.  Roman  numerals  I,  II,  III,  and  IV,  not  preceded  by 
the  title  of  any  book  or  journal,  refer  to  these  four  volumes 
of  Historical  Documents.  The  Arabic  numerals  following 
such  Romans  refer  to  the  numbered  paragraphs  of  these 
volumes.  All  paragraph  marks  (§  and  §§,  without  a 
Roman)  refer  to  paragraphs  of  the  same  volume. 

9.  For  signs  used  in  transliteration,  see  Vol.  I,  p.  xv. 

xxviii 


THE  EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY 


REIGN  OF  AHMOSE  I 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  AHMOSE,  SON  OF  EBANAa 

i.  This  inscription  contains  the  biography  of  a  naval 
officer,  Ahmose,  a  nobleman  of  El  Kab,  who  served  with 
distinction  under  three  successive  kings:  Ahmose  I,  Amen- 
hotep  I,  and  Thutmose  I,  his  father  having  served  under 
the  predecessor  of  Ahmose  I,  Sekenenre.  It  is  especially 
important,  because  it  is  our  only  contemporary  source  for 
the  expulsion  of  the  Hyksos,  and  forms,  with  the  biography 
of  Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet  (§§17  ft.),  our  only  source  for  the 
wars  of  the  early  Eighteenth  Dynasty;  for  the  royal  records 
of  this  critical  period  have  totally  perished.  The  family  of 
nomarchs  at  El  Kabb  were  strong  supporters  of  the  rising 
dynasty,  and  it  is  clear  that  such  loyalty  was  liberally  re- 
warded with  the  gifts  of  slaves  and  land,c  of  which  both 
the  El  Kab  Ahmoses  boast.  It  was  by  thus  cementing  a 
firm  friendship  with  such  local  nobility  that  the  first  kings 


aOn  the  wall  of  Ahmose's  cliff-tomb  at  El  Kab;  in  two  parts:  the  first, 
of  31  lines  on  the  right-hand  wall,  and  the  second,  of  8  lines,  on  the  door-wall  at 
the  left  of  door.  Text:  Champollion,  Notices  descriptives,  I,  655-57,  on^Y  2& 
lines,  and  very  inaccurate;  first  completely  published  by  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  12, 
a  and  d;  thence  inaccurately  copied  by  Rheinisch,  Chrestomathie,  PI.  6,  omitting 
d;  and  equally  incorrectly,  Lemm,  Lesestiicke,  67;  Bunsen,  Egypt's  Place,  2d  ed.f 
V,  732,  733  (beginning  only).  I  have  collated  the  excellent  Berlin  squeeze  (No. 
172),  which  mostly  sustains  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  but  furnishes  some  important 
corrections.  Valuable  discussion  of  difficult  passages  by  Piehl,  Proceedings  of  the 
Society  0}  Biblical  Archeology,  XV,  256-58,  and  Sphinx,  III,  7-12. 

bThe  family  is  far  older  than  the  Empire,  and  already  under  the  Thirteenth 
Dynasty  enjoyed  the  favor  of  the  king  (Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  14,  b);  but  it  is 
impossible  to  trace  the  line  back  of  Ahmose,  son  of  Ebana's  grandmother. 

cA  boundary  stone  marking  one  limit  of  such  a  gift  by  Thutmose  I  was  acquired 
by  the  Berlin  Museum  in  1899.  It  reads:  u Southern  boundary  of  the  fields  given 
as  a  favor  of  the  royal  presence,  to  the  orderly  (snn)  of  his  majesty,  Nekri  {Nkry); 
150  siat,"  See  a  similar  tablet  in  Mariette,  Monuments  divers,  47A,  under  Thut- 
mose IV. 

3 


4 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AHMOSE  I 


[fa 


of  the  Eighteenth  Dynasty  maintained  themselves  during 
their  long  and  exhausting  wars.  The  royal  children  were 
even  intrusted  to  these  El  Kab  princes,  to  be  reared  under 
their  charge, a  and  they  finally  ruled  from  El  Kab  to 
Esneh.b 

2.  The  ten  campaigns  in  which  Ahmose  took  part  are 
treated  in  the  respective  reigns  under  which  they  fall,  as 
follows : 

I.  Career  under  Ahmose  I,  11.  1-24  (§§4ff.). 

II.  Career  under  Amenhotep  I,  11.  24-29  (§ §  38  flf.). 

III.  Career  under  Thutmose  I,  11.  29-39  (§§  7  8  ff.)- 

3.  The  immediate  authorship  of  the  inscription  is  estab- 
lished by  the  neighboring  relief.  Ahmose  is  represented  as 
standing  at  the  left,  and  before  him  is  his  grandson,  Pahri 
(P°-hry),  accompanied  by  the  following  words: 

By  the  son  of  his  daughter  the  conductor  of  the  works  in  this  tomb, 
perpetuating  the  name  of  the  father  of  his  mother,  the  draughtsman0 
of  Amon,  Pahri,d  triumphant. 

The  long  inscription  was  therefore  executed  by  Ahmose' s 
grandson,  Pahri,  who  was  a  draughtsman. 

I.     CAREER  UNDER  AHMOSE  I 
[LI.  1-24;  continued  §§38  ff.] 

4.  After  an  introduction  and  a  few  words  about  his 
youth  and  parentage,  Ahmose  plunges  directly  into  his  first 

aSee  Tomb  of  Pahri,  "Eleventh  Memoir,"  Egyptian  Exploration  Fund,  and 
Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  10,  b  and  n,  b. 

bPahri,  grandson  of  Ahmose,  son  of  Ebana,  was  "prince  of  Esneh  (Yny't), 
governor  of  the  southern  lands  h't),  satisfying  the  excellent  heart  of  his  lord  from 
the  House  of  Hathor  to  El  Kab."    Tylor,  Tomb  of  Pahri,  PI.  III. 

cSee  Goodwin,  Zeitschrift  fitr  dgyptische  Sprache,  1872,  21. 

dHis  tomb  is  the  most  interesting  one  at  El  Kab;  see  The  Tomb  of  Pahri  at 
El  Kab,  by  Griffith  and  Tylor,  "Eleventh  Memoir,"  of  Egyptian  Exploration  Fund. 


§5]         BIOGRAPHY  OF  AHMOSE,  SON  OF  EBANA  5 

campaign,  with  an  account  of  a  siege  of  the  city  of  Hatwaret 
(ht-wcr't).  This  can  be  no  other  than  the  city  called 
Avaris  by  Manetho  (Josephus,  Contra  Apion,  I,  14),  where, 
according  to  him,  the  Hyksos  make  their  last  stand  in 
Egypt. a  It  is  also  mentioned  as  the  residence  of  the  Asiatics 
(c  D  tnw,  §  303,  1.  37)  by  Hatshepsut,  and  by  a  papyrus  of  the 
late  Nineteenth  Dynasty, b  as  the  residence  of  an  Apophis; 
so  that  there  is  no  doubt  about  the  identification  with 
Avaris.  The  siege,  which  must  have  lasted  many  years,  was 
interrupted  by  the  rebellion  of  some  disaffected  noble  in 
Upper  Egypt;  but  the  city  was  finally  captured,  and  the 
Hyksos,  fleeing  into  Asia,  were  pursued  to  the  city  of  Sharuhen 
(Josh.  19:6).  Here  they  were  besieged  for  six  years  by 
Ahmose  I,  and  this  stronghold  was  also  captured.  It  was 
probably  at  the  conclusion  of  this  siege  that  Ahmose  I 
pushed  northward  and  invaded  Syria,  as  narrated  by 
Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet  (§  20),  probably  still  in  pursuit  of  the 
last  remnants  of  the  Hyksos. 

5.  The  king  now  returned,  and  carried  his  army  to  the 
other  extreme  of  his  domain,  invading  Nubia.  He  was 
recalled  from  a  successful  campaign  there,  to  quell  two 
successive  rebellions,  the  last  of  the  internal  dissensions 
which  had  distracted  the  country  since  the  fall  of  the  Middle 
Kingdom.  At  this  point  the  wars,  and  probably  the  reign, 
of  Ahmose  I  closed,  Ahmose,  son  of  Ebana,  having  gained 
distinction  in  all  his  campaigns. 


aAccording  to  Egypt  Exploration  Fund  Archaeological  Report  (iooo-iqot,  13), 
there  is  in  Cairo  a  stela  containing  a  reference  to  this  war  with  the  Hyksos,  but  I 
have  been  unable  to  gain  any  information  concerning  it.    It  is  probably  §  30. 

bSallier  I,  1-3;  it  contains  a  folk-tale  narrating  the  cause  of  the  war  between 
a  Hyksos  king,  Apophis  in  Avaris,  and  a  Sekenenre,  who  was  ruler  (hk  3)  in  Thebes. 
Unfortunately,  only  the  beginning  is  preserved.  Most  of  the  current  translations 
and  interpretations  of  this  document  are  largely  the  products  of  a  vivid  imagina- 
tion. 


6  EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AHMOSE  I  [5  6 


Introductory  Address 

6.  1  Chief  of  the  sailors,  Ahmose  (Ych-mi)y  son  of  Ebana  p-fc^-n3), 
triumphant;  2he  says:  "I  will  tell  you,  O  all  ye  people;  I  will  cause 
you  to  know  the  honors  which  came  to  me.  I  was  presented  with  gold 
seven  timesa  in  the  presence  3of  the  whole  land;  male  and  female  slaves 
likewise.  I  was  endowed  with  very  many  fields. "  The  fame  of  one 
valiant  in  his  achievements  shall  not  perish  4in  this  land  forever.b 

His  Youth 

7.  He  speaks  as  follows:  "I  spent  my  youth  in  the  city  of  Nekhebc 
(Nhb),  my  father  being  an  officer  of  the  king  of  Upper  and  Lower 
Egypt,  Sekenenre  (Sknyn  Rc-),  triumphant,  Baba  (B^b0),  sSon  of 
Royenet,  (R^-yn't),  was  his  name.  Then  I  served  as  an  officer  in  his 
stead,  in  the  ship  'The  Offering'  in  the  time  of  the  Lord  of  the  Two 
Lands,  Nebpehtire  (Nb-phty-R  c,  Ahmose  I),  triumphant,  6while  I  was 
(still)  young,  not  having  taken  a  wife,d  and  while  I  was  still  sleeping  in 
the  r — 1  garments  Then  after  I  set  up  a  household,  I  was  trans- 
ferred 7to  the  northern  fleet,  because  of  my  valor.  I  followed  the  king 
on  footf  when  he  rode  abroad  in  his  8chariot. 

Campaign  against  the  Hyksos;  Siege  oj  Avaris 

8.  One  besieged  the  city  of  Avaris  (Ht-wcr'  /);  I  showed  valor  on 
footf  before  his  majesty;  then  I  was  appointed  9to  (the  ship)  'Shining- 
in-Memphis.,g 


aAhmose  has  recorded  elsewhere  in  his  tomb  (Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  12,  c) 
a  list  of  the  gifts  he  received,  making  a  total  of  9  men  and  10  women;  the  total  of 
land  is  lost.  This  docs  not  agree  with  his  narrative,  which  does  not  summarize, 
but  in  different  gifts  mentions  in  all  9  men  and  7  women  received  from  the  king, 
and  8  men  and  7  women  captured. 

bThis  last  statement  is  probably  a  proverbial  phrase;  see  Spiegelberg,  Recueil, 
XXVI,  41,  42. 

CE1  Kab.  dSee  Miiller,  Liebespoesie,  3. 

eThis  is,  of  course,  some  garment  worn  by  a  youth;  cf.  the  girdle  of  Uni's 
youth  (I,  294,  I.  1). 

fLit.,  "on  my  two  feet;"  this  is  emphasized  as  land  service,  Ahmose  being  a 
naval  officer. 

sReward  after  the  first  battle  at  Avaris. 


§12] 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  AHMOSE,  SON  OF  EBANA 


7 


Second  Battle  of  Avaris 

9.  One  fought  on  the  water  in  the  canal:  Pezedku  (P^-ddkw)  of 
Avaris.  Then  I  fought  hand  to  hand,  IOI  brought  away  a  hand.a  It 
was  reported  to  the  royal  herald.    One  gave  to  me  the  gold  of  valor. b 

Third  Battle  oj  Avaris 

10.  Then  there  was  again  fighting  in  this  place;  I  again  fought 
hand  to  hand  "there;  I  brought  away  a  hand.  One  gave  to  me  the 
gold  of  braverv  in  the  second  place.0 

First  Rebellion,  Interrupting  Siege  oj  Avaris 

11.  One  fought  in  this  Egypt, d  south  of  this  city;  "then  I  brought 
away  a  living  captive,  a  man;  I  descended  into  the  water;  behold,  he 
was  brought e  as  a  seizure  upon  the  road  of  this  I3city,e  ^although1)  I 
crossed  with  him  over  the  water.  It  was  announced  to  the  royal  herald. 
Then  one  presentedf  me  with  gold  in  double  measure.8 

Capture  oj  Avaris 

12.  One  I4captured  Avaris;  I  took  captive  there  one  man  and  three 
women,  total  four  heads,  his  majesty  gave  them  to  me  for  slaves.11 


aCut  off  as  a  trophy,  from  a  slain  enemy. 

bReward  after  the  second  battle.  cReward  after  the  third  battle. 

dThere  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  word  (km't)  means  here,  as  always  elsewhere, 
"Egypt;"  "this  city"  is  then  El  Kab,  for  the  word  "south"  is  an  adjective  femi- 
nine agreeing  with  "Egypt"  The  phrase  can  only  be  translated  into  a  language 
like  Greek  or  German,  thus:  "in  diesem  sudlich  von  dieser  Stadt  befindlichen 
Aegypten."  The  siege  of  Avaris  is  therefore  interrupted  by  a  rebellion  in  upper 
Egypt,  similar  to  the  two  later  ones  (§§  15,  16),  and  for  this  reason  the  narrative 
particularly  specifies  "this  Egypt,  south,  etc."    See  also  §  13,  1.  15. 

eCdntrast  with  this  the  two  men  "captured  as  a  seizure  upon  the  ship  of  the 
enemy"  (1.  21).  There  is  no  ground  for  the  fanciful  rendering,  indicating  that  he 
lost  his  way!  Ahmose  means  that,  although  obliged  to  descend  to  and  cross  over 
the  water  (of  some  canal)  with  his  prisoner,  he  brought  him  away  as  safely  as  one 
seized  upon  the  road  of  the  city. 

fRead  hr  for  myk  (confusion  from  hieratic  ?),  as  in  1.  28. 

g  Re  ward  after  the  fourth  battle. 

hReward  after  the  fifth  battle;  apparently  Avaris  was  captured  on  the  fourth 
assault;  but  these  brief  references  to  fighting  may  each  one  indicate  a  whole  season 
of  the  siege,  which  would  then  have  lasted  four  years,  as  that  of  Sharuhen  lasted 
six.    See  §  13. 


8  EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AHMOSE  I  [§  i3 


Siege  of  Sharnhen 

13.  I5One  besieged  Sharuhena  (S  °-r  ^-h  °-n 3)  for  6  years,b  (and) 
his  majesty  took  it.  Then  I  took  captive  there  two  women  and  one 
hand.  l6One  gave  me  the  gold  of  bravery,  •'besides1  giving  me  the 
captives  for  slaves. 

Campaign  against  Nubia 

14.  Now,  after  his  majesty  had  slain  the  Asiatics  (Mntyw  Stt),  ^he 
ascended  the  river  to  Khenthennofer  (Hnt-hn-nfr),  to  destroy  the 
Nubian  Troglodytes;0  his  majesty  made  a  great  slaughter  among  them. 
l8Then  I  took  captive  there,  two  living  men,  and  three  hands.  One 
presented  me  with  gold  in  double  measure,  rbesides1  giving  to  me  two 
female  slaves. d  I9His  majesty  sailed  down-stream,  his  heart  joyous 
with  the  might  of  victory,  (for)  he  had  seized  Southerners  and  North- 
erners. 

Second  Rebellion 

15.  2°There  came  an  enemy  of  the  South;  his  fate,  his  destruction 
approached;  the  gods  of  the  South  seized  him,  and  his  majesty  found 
him  in  Tintto-emu  (Tynt-t°-c  mw).e  His  majesty  carried  him  off  2Ia 
living  prisoner,  and  all  his  people  carried  captive.    I  carried  away  two 


aCf.  Josh.  19:6. 

bLepsius,  Denkmdler,  has  "5,"  which  has  been  generally  accepted;  Cham- 
pollion's  text  and  Brugsch's  translation  have  "6."  I  repeatedly  examined  the 
squeeze  for  this  point  with  especial  care;  it  has  a  clear  "6."  The  correctness  of 
the  rendering  "for  6  years"  rather  than  "in  the  year  6"  has  been  clearly  demon- 
strated by  Piehl  {Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archeology,  XV,  258). 
Another  proof  is  that  m,  the  preposition  here,  is  used  all  through  the  Beknekhonsu 
inscription  (Munich)  for  "during"  or  "for"  a  period  of  years.  This  throws  a  new 
light  on  the  whole  Asiatic  campaign,  for  the  stubbornness  of  the  besieged  and  the 
persistence  of  Ahmose  are  almost  certainly  an  indication  that  the  siege  is  an  exten- 
sion of  the  campaign  against  the  Hyksos,  who,  having  retreated  to  Sharuhen,  are 
here  making  their  last  stand.  We  may  suppose,  therefore,  that  the  siege  of  Avaris 
itself  also  lasted  many  years,  allowing  opportunity  for  a  rebellion  in  Upper  Egypt. 
See  §  11,  1.  11. 

cCf.  Miiller,  Asien  und  Europa,  ax. 

dThese  slaves  being  women,  are  not  the  two  captives  just  taken,  as  the  trans- 
lations of  Renouf  and  Petrie  indicate. 

eLit.,  "She  of  the  land  of  the  water-supply"  (c-mw,  "water-supply,"  occurs 
at  Siut,  I,  407,  1.  6,  and  in  Rekhmire,  §698,  1.  25);  possibly  the  district  of  the 
first  cataract  is  meant,  as  the  rebellion  was  in  the  South.  The  name  is  elsewhere 
unknown. 


§i7l 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  AHMOSE-PEN-NEKHBET 


9 


archersa  as  a  seizure  in  the  ship  of  the  enemy  ;b  one  "gave  to  me  five 
heads  besides  pieces  of  land  (amounting  to)  five  stat  (sP't)c  in  my  city.d 
It  was  done  to  all  the  sailors  likewise. 

Third  Rebellion 

1 6.  Then  came  that  fallen  one,e  23 whose  name  was  Teti-en  (Tty-C  n)  ;f 
he  had  gathered  to  himself  rebels. g  His  majesty  slew  him  and  his 
servants,11  annihilatingi  them.  There  were  given  24to  me  three  heads, 
and  fields  (amounting  to)  five  stat*  in  my  city. 

[Continued  §§38  ff.] 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  AHMOSE-PEN-NEKHBET 

17.  This  El  Kab  nobleman,  like  Ahmose,  son  of  Ebana 
(§§  1-16),  served  under  the  first  kings  of  the  Eighteenth 
Dynasty,  but  he  lived  to  a  greater  age.  Beginning  his 
career  under  Ahmose  I,  he  continued  under  Amenhotep  I, 
Thutmose  I,  II,  and  III,  and  died  enjoying  the  favor  of 
Thutmose  III  and  Hatshepsut.    He  has  separated  his 


aThis  hitherto  uncertain  word  (myg 3)  is  rendered  tolerably  certain  by  a 
scene  in  the  tomb  of  Harmhab  (Memoires  de  la  mission  francaise  au  Caire,  V,  PI. 
Ill,  foil.  p.  434;  see  also  420),  where  it  bears  the  determinative  of  shooting,  and 
stands  over  a  man  with  a  bow,  with  the  title  "chief  archer  (myg^)  0}  his  majesty." 

bThe  determinative  indicates  an  enemy,  not  a  proper  name,  but  the  meaning 
of  the  word  (^Z 3)  is  unknown.  The  rendering  "fievreux"  from  Chabas  is  based 
on  an  impossible  etymology.    See  Piehl,  Sphinx,  III,  11. 

CA  land  measure  containing  about  seven-tenths  acres,  here  in  apposition  with 
"pieces  'of  land." 

dEl  Kab.  eTerm  of  contempt  for  a  foe. 

f  There  is  no  reason  for  supposing  that  this  is  not  the  rebel's  real  name.  On 
the  contrary,  this  very  name  was  especially  common  at  this  period;  see  the  ushebtis 
published  by  Borchardt  (Zeitschrift  fiir  agyptische  Sprache,  32,  pp.  113  f.). 

8  Lit.,  "the  wicked  of  heart." 

hWritten  feminine(!)  in  the  text. 

1  Lit.,  "as  that  which  exists  not." 

iA  land  measure  containing  about  seven-tenths  of  an  acre,  here  in  apposition 
with  "pieces  of  land." 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AHMOSE  I  [§  18 


biography  into  three  parts:  his  campaigns, a  his  rewards, b 
and  a  summary. c 

i.    ahmose's  campaigns4 

[Continued  §40] 

18.  He  enumerates  his  campaigns  and  his  captures  under 
Ahmose  I,  Amenhotep  I,  Thutmose  I  and  II. 

/.    Career  under  Ahmose  I 

19.  His  meager  reference  to  a  campaign  of  Ahmose  I  in 
Zahi  is  our  sole  source  of  knowledge  for  that  event.  It 
probably  followed  the  capture  of  Sharuhen. 

Campaign  in  Syria 

20.  hereditary  prince,  count,  wearer  of  the  royal  seal,e  chief 
treasurer,  herald  rof  his  Lord,f  — \  2  ^Ahmose,  called  Pen-Nekhbet 
(Pn-Nfyb't),  triumphant;  he  says:  "I  followed  King  Nebpehtire  (Nb- 
phty-R c,  Ahmose  I),  triumphant.  3I  captured  for  him  in  Zahi  {D  ^-hy) 
a  living  prisoner  and  a  hand." 

[Continued  §40] 


aCampaigns,  three  originals:  (1)  statue-base  belonging  to  Mr.  Finlay,  Zeit- 
schrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  1883,  77,  78;  (2)  statue-base  in  the  Louvre,  Lepsius, 
Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XIV  A;  Prisse,  Monuments  egyptiens,  IV; 
(3)  Ahmose's  tomb-wall  at  El  Kab,  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  43,  a  (lower  left- 
hand  corner),  and  Sethe,  Untersuchungen,  I,  85.    All  sources  have  been  collated. 

bRewards,  two  originals:  (1)  statue-base  belonging  to  Mr.  Finlay,  Zeitschrijt 
fiir  agyptische  Sprache,  1883,  78;  (2)  statue-base  in  the  Louvre,  Lepsius,  Auswahl 
der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XIV  B;  Prisse,  Monuments  egyptiens,  IV. 

cSummary,  Ahmose's  tomb-wall  in  El  Kab,  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  43,  a, 
11.  10-20;  Sethe,  Untersuchungen,  I,  85,  corrected  and  revised;  and  partially, 
Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  Text,  IV,  46. 

dThe  translation  of  the  campaigns  is  distributed  under  the  different  reigns, 
under  which  he  lived,  because  they  furnish  very  important  historical  events,  but 
his  rewards  and  the  summary,  being  more  purely  personal,  are  given  in  this  reign. 

eAll  except  the  Finlay  text  insert  other  titles  here,  but,  except  the  first,  "sole 
companion,'"  they  are  illegible. 

f  All  the  other  texts  have  whm  kf c,  which  would  mean  "  repeating  captures." 
This  unusual  title  was  also  in  the  rewards  (1.  4). 

eLines  numbered  from  the  Finlay  statue  text. 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  AHMOSE-PEN-NEKHBET  n 


n.   ahmose' s  rewards 

21.  1  2  3  4.  .  .a  Ahmose,  called  Pen-Nekhbet; 

he  says:  "By  the  5sovereign,  who  lives  forever!  I  was  not  separated 
from  the  king  upon  the  battlefield,  from  (the  time  of)  6King  Neb- 
pehtire  (Ahmose  I),  triumphant,  to  King  Okhepernere  (Thutmose  II), 
triumphant;  I  was  in  the  favor  7of  the  king's  presence,  until  King 
Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III),  living  forever. b 

22.  King  Zeserkere  (Amenhotep  I),  triumphant,  gave  to  me,  8of 
gold:  two  bracelets,  two  necklaces,  an  armlet,  a  dagger,  a  headdress, 
a  fan,  and  a  mekhtebet. 

23.  9King  Okheperkere  (Thutmose  I),  triumphant,  gave  to  me, 
of  gold:  two  bracelets,  four  necklaces,  one  armlet,  six  flies, c  I0three 
lions  ;d  two  golden  axes. 

24.  King  Okhepernere  (Thutmose  II), e  triumphant,  gave  to  me 
of  gold:  three  bracelets,  six  necklaces,  three  armlets,  a  mekhtebet; 
a  silver  axe." 

HL     AHMOSE'S  SUMMARY  f 

25.  10 gHe  says,  "I  followed  the  Kings  "of  Upper  and  Lower 
Egypt,  the  gods;  I  was  with  I2their  majesties  when  they  went  to  the 
South  and  North  country,  in  every  place  where  they  went ;  [from]  I3King 
Nebpehtire  (Ahmose  I),  triumphant,  King  Zeserkere  (Amenhotep  I) 
[triumphant],  King  I4Okheperkere  (Thutmose  I),  triumphant,  King 


aUnimportant  titles  of  Ahmose  (see  §  20,  1.  1)  very  fragmentary;  lines  are 
numbered  according  to  text  in  Lepsius,  Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden. 

bThis  phrase  shows  that  Thutmose  III  is  still  alive  at  this  time,  but  Ahmose 
is  now  too  old  to  be  "upon  the  battlefield"  under  him. 

cThese  are  golden  flies,  like  those  among  Ahhotep's  jewelry  at  Cairo.  They 
were  a  decoration  of  honor.  The  word  has  been  mistranslated  "helmets."  See 
Breasted,  Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archaeology,  1900,  pp.  94,  95. 

dCf.  inscription  of  Amenemhab,  §  585. 

eFinlay  text,  according  to  Maspero's  copy,  has  Thutmose  I;  corrected  by  Mas- 
pero,  Struggle  of  the  Nations,  239,  n.  1,  as  above. 

fAhmose's  tomb-wall  in  El  Kab;  published  by  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III, 
43,  a,  11.  10-20;  ibid.,  Text,  IV,  46;  Sethe,  Untersuchungen,  I,  85,  corrected  and 
revised,  most  of  the  lacunae  restored  from  Lepsius'  papers  and  his  squeeze. 

eThe  summary  does  not  begin  until  1.  10;  11.  1  and  2  contain  an  adoration  of 
Re  by  Ahmose,  and  his  titles  occupy  11.  3-9.  These  9  lines  lack  half  their 
length. 


12 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AHMOSE  I 


[§26 


Okhepernere  (Thutmose  II),  triumphant,  until  this  Good  God,  King 
Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III)  15 who  is  given  life  forever. a 

I  have  attained  a  good  old  age,  having  l6had  a  lifeb  of  royal  favor, 
having  hadb  honor  under  their  majesties  and  the  love  of  me  having 
been  in  the  court." 

[Concluded  in  §  344] 


QUARRY  INSCRIPTION0 

26.  The  inscription  records  the  work  of  Neferperet,  an 
official  of  Ahmose  I,  who,  in  the  latter's  twenty-second  year, 
took  out  stone  from  the  Ma c  sara  quarry,  for  the  temples  of 
Ptah  and  of  Amon.  The  inscription  is  important,  because 
it  is  the  last  dated  document  of  Ahmose  I,  because  it  records 
the  first  resumption  of  building  after  the  expulsion  of  the 
Hyksos,  and  for  its  reference  to  the  Fenkhu,  whose  cattle 
were  captured  on  some  Asiatic  campaign. 

Above,  in  a  position  of  significant  prominence  in  the 
queen's  case,  are  the  names  and  titles  of  Ahmose  I,  and 
his  queen,  Ahmose-Nefretiri  (Ych-rns,  njr't-yry). 

27.  *Year  22  under  the  majesty  of  the  king,  Son  of  Re,  Ahmose, 
who  is  given  life.  2The  quarry-chambers  were  opened  a[ne]w;  good 
limestone  3of  Ayan  (c  nw)  was  taken  out  for  his  temples  of  myriads  of 
[years],d  the  temple  of  Ptah,  the  temple  of  Amon  in  southern  Opet 
(Yp  't,  Luxor),  and  all  the  monuments  which  his  majesty  made  rfor  him1. 


aThis  phrase  after  Thutmose  Ill's  name  shows  that  he  was  living  at  the  time 
of  this  inscription;  all  the  others  were  at  this  time  "triumphant"  (deceased). 
Hence  Ahmose,  now  an  old  man,  died  under  Thutmose  III. 

bLit.,  "having  been  in  a  life,"  and  "having  been  in  honor" 

cOn  the  wall  of  the  limestone  quarry  of  Ma  c  sara,  just  southeast  of  Cairo. 
Published  by  Vyse,  Operations,  III,  99;  Young,  Hieroglyphics,  88;  Lepsius, 
Denkmaler,  III,  3,  a  =  Champollion,  Notices  descriptives,  II,  488  =  Rosellini,  Monn- 
menii  Storici,  I,  15;  and  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  3,  b;  the  text  of  the  last  is  the 
same  as  the  preceding,  but  it  represents  a  second  inscription.  Both  are  badly 
broken,  but  they  supplement  each  other,  so  that  practically  nothing  is  lost. 

dA  conventional  phrase  applied  to  all  temples,  and  referring,  of  course,  to 
their  durability. 


§3i] 


KARNAK  STELA 


13 


The  stone  was  dragged  with  oxena  which  his  m[ajesty]  captured 
[in  his]  victories  [among]b  the  Fenkhu  (Fnhw). 

28.  The  assistant,  the  hereditary  prince   ,  rvigilantlc  one 

of  the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands  in  restoring  the  monuments  of  e[rternityn], 
greatly  [satisfying]  the  heart  of  the  Good  God;  the  wearer  of  the  royal 
seal,  sole  companion,  chief  treasurer,  Neferperet  (Njr-pr't). 


KARNAK  STELAd 

29.  Among  Ahmose's  pious  works  for  the  temples  was 
the  restoration  of  the  furniture,  utensils,  and  the  like,  be- 
longing to  the  ritual  of  the  Karnak  temple  of  Amon.  He 
recorded  this  work  upon  a  splendid  stela,  containing  thirty- 
two  lines  of  inscription,  of  which  only  the  last  six  are  devoted 
to  the  record  of  his  benefactions,  while  the  other  twenty-six 
contain  only  conventional  eulogy  of  himself.  In  the  course 
of  this  tedious  succession  of  phrases,  there  is  a  vague  refer- 
ence to  his  wars: 

30.  The  Asiatics  approach  with  fearful  step  together,  standing  at 
his  judgment-hall;  his  sword  is  in  Khenthennofer,  his  terror  is  in  the 
Fenkhu-lands,  the  fear  of  his  majesty  is  in  this  land  like  Min  (1.  12). 

31.  He  was  thus  as  much  feared  in  Egypt  as  in  Nubia  or 
Asia.  The  introduction  closes  with  the  names  of  Ahmose  I 
and  the  queen  Ahhotep,  after  which  follows  the  record  of 
the  work  in  Karnak  (11.  27-32): 


aIt  is  not  the  Fenkhu  themselves  who  are  employed  in  the  quarry  (as  some- 
times stated,  e.g.,  Maspero,  Struggle  of  the  Nations,  93;  also  Petrie,  History  of 
Egypt,  II,  36),  but  only  the  oxen  captured. 

bThe  horizontal  lines  in  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  a,  1.  5,  indicate  an  m  => 
"in,1'  or  "among;"  indeed,  the  entire  phrase,  "which  his  majesty  captured  in  his 
victories  in  — ,"  is  so  common  that  the  restorations  are  probable. 

c[Rs]-d>d>,  lit.,  "of  watchful  head." 

dA  white  limestone  stela  over  7!  feet  high  and  nearly  3$  feet  wide;  found  by 
Legrain  by  Pylon  VII  at  Karnak.  It  was  below  the  pavement  of  Thutmose  III, 
and  had  been  buried  before  Ikhnaton's  time.    Published  in  Annales,  IV,  27-29. 


14 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AHMOSE  I 


32.  Now,  his  majesty  commanded  to  make  monuments  for  his 
father  Amon-Re,  being:  great  chaplets  of  gold  with  rosettes  of  genuine 
lapis  lazuli;  sealsa  of  gold;  large  vases  (hs't)  of  gold;  jars  (nms't) 
and  vases  (hs't)  of  silver;  tables  (wdh'w)  of  gold,  offering-tables  (dbh't 
hip)  of  gold  and  silver;  necklaces  of  gold  and  silver  combined  with 
lapis  lazuli  and  malachite;  a  drinking- vessel  for  the  ka,  of  gold,  its 
standard  of  silver;  a  drinking- vessel  for  the  ka,  of  silver  rimmed  with 
gold,  its  standard  of  silver;  a  flat  dish  (tnyw)  of  gold;  jars  (nms't)  of 
pink  granite,  filled  with  ointment;  great  pails  (w$tnw)h  of  silver  rimmed 
with  gold,  the  ['"handles1]  thereon  of  silver;  a  harp  of  ebony, c  of  gold 
and  silver;  sphinxes  of  silver;  ar — ld  with  gold;  a  barge  of  the  "Begin- 
ning-of-the-River  "  called  "Userhetamon,"e  of  new  cedar  of  the  best  of 
the  terraces,  in  order  to  make  his  voyage  ftherein1].  I  erected  columns 
of  rcedar  1  likewise;  I  gave   . 


BUILDING  INSCRIPTION f 

33.  This  document  discloses  to  us  the  name  of  the  mother 
of  Ahmose  I's  father  and  mother.  She  was  a  queen  Teti- 
sheri,  and  although  she  is  called  a  "  king's -mother  and  great 
king's-wije"  she  is  not  designated  as  king's  daughter. 
She  was  doubtless  the  wife  of  the  last  Sekenenre,  and  her 
daughter  Ahmose  I's  mother,  was,  of  course,  the  famous 
Queen  Ahhotep.  The  latter 's  brother-husband,  the  father 
of  Ahmose  I,  was  probably  Kemose. 


aOr:  "seal  rings." 

bThcse  are  the  ceremonial  pails  with  bucket  handles,  swelling  or  bulbous 
below,  with  more  or  less  pointed  bottom.  Schaefer  calls  my  attention  to  the 
example  on  the  Ethiopian  stela  in  the  Louvre,  1.  11  (Zeitschrift  fiir  agyptische 
Sprache,  1895,  PI.  V).    There  are  many  examples  in  bronze  in  the  museums. 

CI  suspect  that  a  word  has  been  omitted  at  this  point,  as  the  repetition  of  the 
preposition  indicates. 

d£pt,  Schaefer  suggests  the  spd  which  appears  in  the  Mentuhotep  coffin  at  Berlin. 

eMeaning  "mighty  is  the  front  of  Amon."  This  is  the  usual  name  of  the 
sacred  barge  of  Amon. 

f Stela  about  6$  feet  high  and  3  feet  wide,  found  by  Petrie  at  Abydos;  pub- 
lished by  him  in  Abydos,  III,  PI.  LII. 


§36] 


BUILDING  INSCRIPTION 


IS 


The  inscription  is  so  picturesque,  and  unconventional  in 
form,  as  to  be  unique.  In  content  it  records  the  king's 
determination  to  erect  further  mortuary  buildings  for  his 
grandmother,  Queen  Tetisheri. 

Introduction 

34.  xNow,  it  came  to  pass  that  his  majesty  sat  in  the  audience-hall, 
(even)  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Nebpehtire,  Son  of  Re, 
Ahmose  (I),  given  life;  2 while  the  hereditary  princess,  great  in  favor, 
great  in  amiability,  king's-daughter,  king's-sister,  divine  consort,  great 
king's-wife,  Ahmose-Nefretiri,  who  liveth,  was  with  his  majesty. 

The  Conversation 

35.  One  spoke  3with  the  other,  seeking  benefactions  fora  the  departed 
(dead),  to  present  libations  of  water,  to  offer  upon  the  altar,  4to  enrich 
the  offering-tablet  at  the  first  of  every  season,  at  the  monthly  feast  of 
the  first  of  the  month,  the  feast  of  the  coming  forth  of  the  sem,  Hhe 
feast  of  the  night-offerings  on  the  fifth  of  the  month,  the  feast  of  the  sixth 
of  the  month,  the  feast  of  Hakrob  the  feast  of  Wag  (W>g), 
the  feast  of  Thoth,  and  at  the  first  6of  every  season  of  heaven,  and  of 
earth.  His  sister  spake  and  answered  him:  " Wherefore  has  this  been 
remembered  ?  7And  why  has  this  word  been  spoken  ?  What  has 
come  into  thy  heart  ?" 

Ahmose1  s  Purpose 

36.  The  king  himself  spake  to  her:  "I,  ^t  is,  who  have  remembered 
the  mother  of  my  mother,  and  the  mother  of  my  father,  great  king's- 
wife  and  king's-mother,  Tetisheri  (Tty-fry),  triumphant.  ^(Although) 
she  already  has  a  tomb  (y£)  and  a  mortuary  chapelc  (mchc't)  on  the 
soil  of  Thebes  and  Abydos,  I  have  said  this  to  thee,  in  that  10my  majesty 
has  desired  to  have  made  for  her  (also)  a  pyramid  and  a  house  (h' t)  in 


aThe  negative  n  is  to  be  read  as  the  preposition  n;  see  the  converse  confusion 
in  1.  14. 

bThe  r  3  has  been  overlooked  in  the  publication  ? 

cLit.,  "Her  tomb  and  her  chapel  are  at  this  moment  {m  ty  (sic!)  9 1)  on  the  soil, 
etc."  I  can  only  understand  this  clause  as  concessive,  and  that  the  new  buildings 
planned  by  Ahmose  are  in  addition  to  the  ones  in  I.  9. 


i6 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AHMOSE  I 


[§37 


Tazeser,  as  a  monumental  donation  of  my  majesty.  Its  lake  shall  be 
dug,  its  trees  shall  be  planted,  "its  offerings  shall  be  founded,  equipped 
with  people,  endowed  with  lands,  presented  "with  herds,  mortuary 
priests  and  ritual  priests  having  their  duties,  every  man  knowing  his 
stipulation." 

37.  I3Lo,  his  majesty  spake  this  word,  while  this  was  in  process  of 
construction.  His  majesty  did  I4this  because  he  so  greatly  loved  her, 
beyond  everything.  Never  did  former  kings  the  like  of  it  for  ^their 
mothers.  Lo,  his  majesty  extended  his  arm,  and  bent  his  hand;a  he 
pronounced  for  her  a  mortuary  prayer  b 


aA  posture  of  prayer. 

bHere  follow  three  fragmentary  lines,  giving  the  names  of  the  gods  appealed 
to,  and  the  usual  objects  in  such  an  offering. 


REIGN  OF  AMENHOTEP  I 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  AHMOSE,  SON  OF  EBANAa 
[LI.  24-29,  continued  from  §  16;  concluded  §§  78  ff.] 

H.     CAREER  UNDER  AMENHOTEP  I 

38.  Under  this  king  Ahmose  commands  the  royal  trans- 
ports in  a  campaign  against  Kush.  The  enemy  is  defeated, 
Ahmose  fighting  at  the  head  of  the  Egyptian  troops.  He 
brings  the  king  back  to  Egypt  in  two  days,  and  is  given 
"the  gold"  and  a  title  of  honor:  "Warrior  0}  the  Ruler" 
The  campaign  extended  to  the  Middle  Kingdom  frontier, 
for  a  rock  inscription  of  Amenhotep's  eighth  year  has  been 
found  on  the  island  of  Uronarti,  just  below  Semneh.b 

39.  I  sailed  the  King  Zeserkere  (Dsr-k^-Rc,  Amenhotep  I),  tri- 
umphant, when  he  ascended  the  river  to  Kush  (i£J>),  in  order  to  extend 
2nhe  borders  of  Egypt.    His  majesty  captured  that  Nubian  Troglodyte 

in  the  midst  of  his  army,  who  were  brought 

away  as  prisoners,  none  of  them   missing.    r  1  thrust  26asidec 

like  those  who  are  annihilated.  Meanwhile  I  was  at  the  head  of  ourd 
army;  I  fought  incredibly ;e  his  majesty  beheld  my  bravery.  I 
brought  off  two  hands,  27and  took  (them)  to  his  majesty.  One 
pursued  his  people  and  his  cattle.  Then  I  brought  off  a  living  prisoner, 
and  took  (him)  to  his  majesty.    I  brought  his  majesty  in  two  days  to 


aBibliography,  etc.,  p.  3,  n.  a. 

bSteindorff,  Berichte  der  Philologisch-historischen  Classe  der  Koniglichen 
Sachsischen  Gesellschaft  der  Wissenschajt,  Leipzig,  Sitzung  vom  18.  Juni,  1900, 
P-  233- 

cSame  phrase,  Tombos  Inscription  (§71,  1.  7). 

dThis  and  §  81  are  the  only  places  in  all  the  historical  texts  of  Egypt,  where 
"our  troops"  are  spoken  of.    It  is  a  real  touch  of  patriotism. 

eLit,  "I  fought  more  than  what  is  true." 

17 


1 8  EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  I  [§ 


Egypt  28from  the  upper  well;a  one  presented  me  with  gold.  Then  I 
brought  away  two  female  slaves,  in  addition  to  those  which  I  had  taken 
29to  his  majesty.    One  appointed  me  'Warrior  of  the  Ruler.' 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  AHMOSE-PEN-NEKHBETb 
[Continued  from  §  20;  continued  §§83  ff.,  and  344] 

H.     CAREER  UNDER  AMENHOTEP  I 

40.  Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet  accompanied  the  king  on  two 
campaigns:  one  against  the  Nubians,  of  which  we  have  a 
fuller  account  in  the  biography  of  Ahmose,  son  of  Ebana 
(§39);  and  the  other  against  the  Libyans;  this  biography 
being  our  only  source  for  this  war  of  Amenhotep  I  in  Libya. 
For  his  valor  on  these  occasions  he  was  rewarded  by  the 
king. 

Campaign  in  Rush 

41.  I  followed  King  Zeserkere  (Dsr-k^-Rc}  Amenhotep  I),  tri- 
umphant; I  captured  for  him  5in  Kush,  a  living  prisoner. 

Campaign  in  Libya 

42.  Again  I  served  for  King  Zeserkere,  triumphant;  6I  captured 
for  him  on  the  north  of  Imukehek  (Y 3  mw-khk),  three  hands. 

[Continued  §§83  ff.,  and  344] 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  INENP 

43.  This  official  served  under  four  kings:  Amenhotep  I, 
Thutmose  I,  Thutmose  II,  and  Thutmose  III,  reigning  with 

aIn  view  of  Amenhotep  I's  inscription  at  the  second  cataract,  we  are  probably 
correct  in  concluding  that  the  second  cataract  is  meant  here. 
bBibliography  on  p.  10,  n.  a. 

cFrom  a  Theban  tomb  at  Abd  el-Kurna,  first  noted  by  Champollion  (Notices 
descriptives,  I,  492-94),  and  then  by  Brugsch,  who  published  some  fragments 
(Recueil  de  monuments,  I,  36,  1-3,  tree  list,  etc.,  and  Pi.  65,  4-5);  also  Piehl. 
Inscriptions,  I,  Pis.  129  Q-130  and  pp.  105,  106.    The  long  text  is  found  in  Recueil, 


§44] 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  INENI 


19 


Hatshepsut.  He  evidently  diqd  under  this  joint  reign;  his 
biography  was  composed  at  this  time,  and  is  the  most  impor- 
tant of  all  sources  for  the  history  of  the  succession  of  the 
Thutmosids.    Ineni  was: 

Hereditary  prince,  count,  chief  of  all  works  in  Karnak;  the  double 
silver-house  was  under  his  charge;  the  double  gold-house  was  on  his 
seal;  sealer  of  all  contracts  in  the  House  of  Amon;  excellency,  over- 
seer of  the  double  granary  of  Amon.a 

These  offices  brought  him  the  superintendence  of  many  of 
the  most  important  works  executed  in  Thebes  by  the  kings 
whom  he  served.    His  career  is  divided  as  follows: 

I.  Career  under  Amenhotep  I  (§§44-46). 

II.  Career  under  Thutmose  I  (§§99-108). 

III.  Career  under  Thutmose  II  (§§  1 15-18). 

IV.  Career  under  Thutmose  III  and  Hatshepsut  (§§  340- 

43)- 

I.     CAREER  UNDER  AMENHOTEP  I 

44.  The  beginning,  containing  the  name  of  the  king,  is 
lost,  and  the  narrative  begins  in  the  middle  of  the  account 
of  a  building  probably  Amenhotep  I's  gate  on  the  south  of 
the  Karnak  temple,  found  below  the  later  pavement,  of  which 
the  two  dedications  read:b 

1.  " Amenhotep  I ;  he  made  (it)  as  his  monument  for  his  father  Amon, 
lord  of  Thebes  (ns'wt-t 0  ivy),  erecting  for  him  a  great  gate  of  20  cubits 
(in  height)  at  the  double  facade  of  the  temple,  of  fine  limestone  of  Ayan, 
which  .the  Son  of  Re,  Amenhotep,  living  forever,  made  for  him." 


XII,  106,  107,  where  it  is  inaccurately  published  by  Bouriant.  (See  also,  ibid., 
XIV,  73,  74.)  The  first  "7  or  8  lines"  are  wanting,  according  to  Bouriant,  and 
also  the  ends  of  the  first  14  remaining  lines;  following  these  are  6  complete  lines. 
The  wall  scenes  and  plans  of  the  tomb  (also  the  long  inscription)  have  been  pub- 
lished by  an  architect,  H.  Boussac  {Memoires  de  la  mission  francaise  au  Caire, 
XVIII).  To  the  Egyptologist  the  publication  is  little  more  than  worthless,  and  the 
work  must  be  done  again.    But  the  long  inscription  has  now  disappeared. 

aOne  of  Boussac's  plates;  he  has  not  numbered  them! 

bLegrain,  Annates,  IV,  15  ff. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  I  [§4S 


2.  [Amenhotep  I];   a  building  his  house,  establishing  his 

temple,  erecting  the  southern  gate,  made  high,  even  20  cubits,  of  fine 
white  limestone  . 

It  is  important  to  note  that  this  gate  was  erected  in  cele- 
bration of  the  king's  first  Sed  Jubilee.  Turning  again  to 
Ineni,  his  inscription  begins: 

Buildings0 

45.    JHatnub  (Ht-nb),  its  doors  were  erected  of  copper 

made  in  one  sheet;  the  parts  thereof  were  of  electrum.    I  inspected 

that  which  his  majesty  made  2bronze,  Asiatic  copper,  collars, 

vessels,  necklaces.    I  was  foreman  of   every  work,  all  offices  were 

under  my  command.   3at  the  feasts  of  the  beginning  of  the 

seasons;  likewise  for  his  father  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes;  they  were 
under  my  control.  Inspection  was  made  for  me,  I  was  the  reckoner. 
  aX  i. 

Death  oj  Amenhotep  I 

46.  His  majesty  having  spent  life  in  happiness  and  the  years  in 
peace,  went  forth  to  heaven;  he  joined  the  sun,  he  associated  (with 
him)  and  went  forth   . 

[Continued  §§99-108] 


STELA  OF  HARMINF 

47.  Harmini  (hr-myny)  prefixes  no  other  title  to  his 
name  than  "scribe"  but  he  was  no  less  a  man  than  the 
chief  magistrate  of  Nekhen-Hieraconpolis.    This  impor- 

aAs  in  the  first,  as  far  as  "  Thebes." 

bPossibly  also  the  mortuary  temple  of  Amenhotep  I,  found  by  Spiegelberg  in 
1896  at  Drah  abu-'n-Neggah  on  the  west  side  at  Thebes  (see  Spiegelberg,  Zwei 
Beitrdge  zur  Geschichte  und  Topographie  der  thebanischen  Nekropolis  im  Neuen 
Reich  (Strassburg,  1898;  and  Sethe,  Gotting'  sche  Gelehrte  Anzeigen,  1902,  No.  1, 
29-31).  The  temple  is  referred  to  as  "House  of  Zeserkere  {Amenhotep  I)  on  the 
west  0}  Thebes"  (Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  Text,  III,  238).    See  also  Sethe,  loc.  cit.,  30. 

cMortuary  stela  of  unknown  provenience  (probably  Abydos),  now  in  the 
Florence  Museum,  No.  1567;  published  in  Catalogue,  288-90;  Piehl,  Recueil,  II, 
122-24.    I  had  also  my  own  photograph  of  the  original. 


§49] 


STELA  OF  KERES 


21 


tant  post  on  the  original  Nubian  frontier  either  resulted  in 
his  promotion  to  the  governorship  of  Wawat  in  lower  Nubia, 
or  his  Nekhen  appointment  involved  jurisdiction  in  Wawat, 
in  view  of  the  fact  that  earlier  Nubia  began  in  the  vicinity  of 
Nekhen.  In  any  case,  he  had  charge  of  the  "tribute"  from 
Wawat,  which  was  later  in  the  hands  of  the  "kings-son  of 
Kush"  (§§  1034  ff.).  Although  the  inscription  mentions  no 
king,  it  clearly  belongs  to  the  Eighteenth  Dynasty  before  the 
first  appointment  of  a  "governor  of  the  south  countries,  and 
kings-son  of  Rush"  by  Thutmose  I  (§  §  61  ff.).  Hence  we 
are  not  far  wrong  in  placing  it  under  Amenhotep  I,  though 
Harmini  must  of  course  have  served  under  Ahmose  I,  also. 

48.  After  the  usual  mortuary  prayer,  the  inscription 
continues,  in  Harmini's  own  words: 

I  passed  many  years  as  mayor  (h^ly^)  of  Nekhen  (Hieraconpolis). 
I  brought  in  its  tribute  to  the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands;  I  was  praised, 
and  no  occasion  was  found  against  me.  I  attained  old  age  in  Wawat, 
being  a  favorite  of  my  lord.  I  went  north  with  its  tribute  for  the  king, 
each  year;  I  came  forth  thence  justified;  there  was  not  found  a  balance 
against  me. 


STELA  OF  KERES* 

49.  Keres,  like  his  contemporary,  Yuf  (§§  109  ff.),  was  in 
the  service  of  one  of  the  queen-mothers.  The  question  arises 
here  whether  the  "kings-mother  Ahhotep"  whom  Keres 
served,  was  Ahhotep  (II),  wife  of  Amenhotep  I,  in  whose 
tenth  year  her  command  was  issued,  or  Ahhotep  (I),  mother 
of  King  Ahmose.  As  Ahhotep  II  was  never  the  mother  of 
a  king,  it  must  have  been  Ahhotep  I,  who  had  a  tomb 


aLimestone  stela,  0.82  m.  high,  from  Drah  abu-'n-Ncggah,  now  in  Cairo,  without 
a  number.  Published  by  Bouriant,  Recueil,  IX,  94  f.,  No.  74  (his  text  is  excessively 
incorrect);  much  better  by  Piehl,  Zeitschrift  }iir  agyptische  Sprache,  1888,  117  f. 
I  am  also  indebted  to  Schaefer  for  a  carefully  collated  copy  made  from  the  original. 


22 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  I  [§5 


erected  at  Abydos  for  Keres.  We  thus  see  this  queen,  from 
whom  the  Eighteenth  Dynasty  sprang,  still  living  in  the 
tenth  year  of  the  second  king  of  the  dynasty. 

50.  Keres,  who  was  her  herald,  has  not  only  preserved 
for  us  the  old  queen's  command,  honoring  him  with  a  tomb 
and  a  statue  at  Abydos,  but  has  also  added  a  loose  enumera- 
tion of  his  duties  as  her  herald,  which  resembles  that  of  the 
herald,  Intef  (§§763-71). 

51.  *Year  10,  first  month  of  the  third  season  (ninth  month),  first 
day,  under  the  majesty  of  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt:  Zeser- 
kere,  Son  of  Re,  of  his  body:  Amenhotep  (I),  beloved  of  Osiris,  given 
life. 

52.  2Command  of  the  king's-mother  to  the  hereditary  prince,  count, 
wearer  of  the  royal  seal,  sole  companion,  overseer  of  the  gold-house, 
overseer  of  the  silver-house,  chief  steward  of  the  king's-mother, 
3 Ahhotep,  who  liveth ;  the  herald  (whm '  w) ,  Keres  (K 3  rs) .  The  king's- 
mother  has  commanded  to  have  made  for  thee  a  tomb  4at  the  stairway 
of  the  great  god,  lord  of  Abydos,  confirming  thy  every  office  and  every 
favor.  There  shall  be  made  for  thee  thy  ^statues,  abiding  in  the  temple, 

among  the  followers  of  a  their  virtues  in  writing  6in  .a 

There  shall  be  made  for  thee  mortuary  offerings  (htp  dy  Stny),  as  the 
king's-wife  does  for  the  one  whom  she  has  loved,  for  the  hereditary 
prince,  count,  wearer  of  the  royal  seal,  the  steward,  the  herald,  Keres 
(Krs),  only  favorite  united  7with  the  limbs  of  Sekhmet,  following  his 
queen  (hnw  t)  at  her  going.  He  r — 1  before  the  people,  the  real  '"confi- 
dant"1 of  his  queen,  to  whom  secret  things  are  told,  ^experienced1  in  the 
plans  of  his  queen,  transmitting  affairs  to  the  palace,  finding  Solutions, 
making  agreeable  unpleasant  matters,  one  upon  whose  word  his  queen 
depends,  approaching  the  truth,  knowing  the  affairs  of  the  mind, 
profitable  in  speech  to  his  queen,  I0great  in  respect  in  the  house  of  the 
king's-mother,  weighty  in  affairs,  excellent  in  speech,  secretive  in  mind, 
administering  the  palace,  "sealing  (his)  mouth  concerning  that  which  he 
hears,  official  who  solves  knotty  problems,  chief  steward,  Keres  (Krs), 
vigilant  administrator  for  the  king's-mother,  12not  more  laxb  by  night 
than  by  day,  the  herald,  Keres  (Krs). 


aCut  out. 


bRead  ws}. 


§53] 


STELA  OF  KERES 


23 


53.  He  says:  "O  ye  mayors,  scribes,  ritual  priests,  I3attendants, 
citizens  (c  nh'w)  of  the  army,  as  your  city-gods  favor  you,  and  love  you, 
as  ye  would  bequeath  your  office(s)  to  your  children  I4after  old  age; 

verily  so  shall  ye  say:  1 An  offering  which  the  king  gives;   ,a 

king,  of  the  two  lofty  plumes,  lord  of  life,  giver  of  that  which  is  desired, 
J5lord  of  burial  after  old  age.  May  he  give  bread,  beer,  oxen,  geese, 
everything  good  and  pure,  that  comes  forth  upon  the  table  of  l6the 

All  Lord,  for  the  ka  of  b  Keres,  a  man  of  truth,  before  the  Two 

Lands,  really  honest,  free  I7from  lying,  r — 1  in  deciding  matters,  pro- 
tecting the  weak,  defending  him  who  is  without  l8him  (sic!),  sending 
forth  two  men,  reconciled  by  the  utterance  of  his  mouth,  accurate  like 
a  pair  of  balances,  I9the  like  [rof  Thoth1]  in  r — 1  the  name,  inclining  the 
heart  to  hear  matters,  the  likeness  of  a  god  in  his  hour,  real  rconfidant* 
2°of  his  queen,  whom  the  queen  of  the  Two  Lands  has  advanced.  .  .  . 
Keres." 


aName  of  Amon  cut  out  in  time  of  Ikhnaton. 
bHis  titles. 


REIGN  OF  THUTMOSE  I 


CORONATION  DECREE* 

54.  This  unique  document  is  a  royal  decree  issued  on  the 
king's  coronation  day  to  the  viceroy  of  Nubia,  Thure,  in- 
forming him  of  the  king's  accession,  fixing  the  full  titulary, 
the  royal  name  to  be  used  in  offering  oblations,  and  the 
royal  name  to  be  used  in  the  oath.  Thure's  official  residence 
was  doubtless  Elephantine,  for  he  is  charged  to  offer  obla- 
tions to  the  gods  of  that  city,  and  it  was  he  who  put  up  the 
records  of  Thutmose  I's  return  from  his  Nubian  campaign, 
at  the  first  cataract  (§§  74  ff.).  He  then  caused  the  decree 
to  be  cut  on  stelae  and  set  up  in  Wadi  Haifa, b  Kubban,  and 
probably  also  Elephantine. 

Superscription 

55.  Royal c  command  to  the  king's-son,  the  governor  of  the  south 
countries,  Thure  (Tw-r^)  triumphant. 

Announcement  oj  Accession 

Behold,  there  is  brought  to  thee  this  [command]d  of  thed  king  in 
order  to  inform  thee  that  my  majesty  has  appeared e  as  King  of  Upper 

aIn  two  copies:  (i)  a  sandstone  (  ?)  stela,  72  by  84  cm.,  found  at  Wadi  Haifa, 
now  in  Cairo,  published  from  a  copy  of  Brugsch  by  Erman  {Zeitschrijt  fiir  dgyp- 
tische  Sprache,  29,  ii7=Erman,  Aegyptische  Grammatik,  37*~38*);  (2)  a  sand- 
stone stela,  67  by  76  cm.,  found  by  Borchardt  at  Kubban  {Zeitschrijt  jiir  dgyptische 
Sprache,  36,  26,  n.  1),  now  in  Berlin  (No.  13725,  Ausjuhrliches  Verzeichniss  des 
Berliner  Museums,  131),  unpublished.  The  beginning  is  lost  on  the  Cairo  stela, 
and  the  end  on  the  Berlin  stela;  the  two  thus  furnish  a  practically  complete  text. 
The  relief  at  the  top  is  lost  on  both.    I  used  my  own  copy  of  the  Berlin  text. 

bNot  Elephantine,  as  stated  {Zeitschrijt  fiir  dgyptische  Sprache,  29,  117). 
See  ibid.,  36,  3,  n.  1. 

cSee  the  similar  introduction  to  Pepi  IPs  letter  to  Harkhuf  (I,  351,  1.  2). 

dSupplied  from  the  Story  of  Sinuhe,  180,  181. 

eLit.,  "dawned;"  the  same  word  is  used  for  the  rising  sun,  and  is  transferred 
without  change  to  the  king.    It  is  regularly  used  also  of  his  appearance  in  public. 

24 


§6o] 


CORONATION  DECREE 


*5 


and  Lower  Egypt  upon  the  Horus-throne  of  the  living,  without  his 
like  forever. 

Titulary 

56.  Make  my  titulary  as  follows: 
Horus:a  " Mighty  Bull,  Beloved  of  Mat;" 

Favorite  of  the  Two  Goddesses :a  " Shining  in  the  Serpent-diadem, 
Great  in  Strength;" 

Golden  Horus:a  " Goodly  in  Years,  Making  Hearts  Live;" 
King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt  :a  "  Okheperkere ; " 
Son  of  Re:a  "[Thutmose],  Living  forever,  and  ever." 

Name  to  be  Used  in  the  Cidtus 

57.  Cause  thou  oblations  to  be  offered  to  the  gods  of  Elephantine 
of  the  South,b  as  follows:0  " Performance  of  the  pleasing  ceremoniesd 
on  behalf  of  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Okheperkere,  who 
is  given  life." 

Name  to  be  Used  in  the  Oath 

58.  Cause  thou  that  the  oath  be  established  in  the  name  of  my 
majesty,  born  of  the  king's-mother,  Seniseneb,  who  is  in  health. 

Conclusion 

59.  This  is  a  communication  to  inform  thee  of  it;  and  of  the  fact 
that  the  royal  house  is  well  and  prosperous  . 

Date 

60.  Year  1,  third  month  of  the  second  season  (seventh  month) 
twenty-first  day;  the  day  of  the  feast  of  coronation. 


aThese  five  titles  are  common  to  all  Middle  Kingdom  and  Empire  kings;  only 
the  names  following  each  title  are  individual. 

bCf.  Erman  (Zeitschrift  }iir  agyptische  Sprache,  29,  117). 

cThis  preposition  (w)  introduces  the  title  or  designation  of  the  ceremony  of 
presenting  oblations  by  the  priest  on  the  king's  behalf. 

dLit.,  "doing  of  the  pleasing  things." 


26  EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  I         [§  61 


BIOGRAPHICAL  INSCRIPTION  OF  THUREa 

61.  In  this  inscription  the  name  of  the  author  is  lost. 
He  served  under  Ahmose,  Amenhotep  I,  Thutmose  I,  by 
whom  he  was  appointed  viceroy  of  Kush  (1.  6),  Thutmose  II, 
and  Thutmose  III  (1.  14,  note).  He  is  supposed  by  Brugsch 
{Egypt  under  the  Pharaohs,  135),  and  by  Maspero  (Struggle 
of  the  Nations,  230,  n.  2)  to  be  the  same  as  Nehi,  the 
viceroy  of  Kush,  who  also  served  under  Thutmose  III, 
and  has  also  placed  his  inscription  on  the  facade  of  the 
Semneh  temple  (§§651  ff.). 

Now,  Nehi  was  still  in  office  in  Thutmose  Ill's  fifty-second 
year,  and  if  he  began  his  official  career  under  Ahmose,  he 
would  have  been  over  117  years  oldb  at  that  time!  The 
identity  with  Nehi,  which  was  at  best  an  assumption,  is 
therefore  impossible.  Another  identification  is,  however, 
certain.  This  unknown  was  appointed  viceroy  of  Kush  by 
Thutmose  I,  at  whose  accession  he  was  in  his  prime.  He 
is  therefore  the  same  as  the  viceroy,  Thure,  whom  we  find 
at  Elephantine  in  Thutmose  I's  first  year  (§  55),  being  the 
earliest  viceroy  of  Kush  whom  we  know.  That  he  survived 
into  Thutmose  Ill's  reign  is  shown  by  a  tomb  at  Silsileh, 
where  he  is  mentioned  under  Hatshepsut.c 

Service  under  Ahmose  I 

62.  1   under  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Neb- 

pehtire  (Ahmose  I) ;  he  made  me  overseer  of  the  —  2  of  very 

good  character  in  his  heart,  not  careless  in  —  3  his  court. 


aInscribcd  on  the  south  wall  (facade)  of  Thutmose  Ill's  Semneh  temple; 
text:  Young,  Hieroglyphics,  91;  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  47,  c.  The  upper  half 
of  all  the  lines  has  been  cut  away  for  a  later  relief  of  Thutmose  III.  I  am  indebted 
to  Steindorff  for  the  use  of  his  collation  of  the  original. 

bIf  he  was  25  at  Ahmose  I's  death,  we  must  then  add  10  for  Amenhotep  I, 
30  for  Thutmose  I,  and  51  for  Thutmose  III — a  total  of  117  years. 

cGriffith,  Proceedings  0}  the  Society  0}  Biblical  Archceology,  XII,  104.  See 
also  note  on  1.  14  in  the  translation,  infra. 


§67] 


TOMBOS  STELA 


27 


Service  under  Amenhotep  I 

63.  Favor  was  repeated  by  his  son,  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt 

[Zeserke]re  (Amenhotep  I)  4  the  granary  of  Amon,  to  conduct 

the  works  in  Karnak  5   [rI  did1]  for  him  the  excellent 

things  of  (his) a  heart ;  he  favored  me  for  doing  hisa  truth  6  . 

Service  under  Thutmose  I 

64.  The  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Okheperkere  (Thut- 
mose I) ;  he  appointed  me  to  be  king's-son  of  [Kush]  7  

of  gold;  an  armlet  the  second  time  8  gave  me 

of  gold :  a  vase,  two  bracelets  9   he  —  me  more 

than  the  magnates  of  the  palace,  he  recognized  the  excellence  of  

 10   r  lb  11  in  the  place  of  satisfying  the 

heart.    He  attained  old  age  12  . 

Service  under  Thutmose  II 

65.  The  first  of  the  repetition  of  the  favor  of  the  King  of  Upper  and 

Lower  Egypt,  Okhepernere  (Thutmose  II);  he  made  fme1]   • 

13  with  a  royal  message,  recording   14  .c 

Service  under  Thutmose  III 

66.  [King  Thutmose  III];  he  magnified  me  in  the  midst  . 


TOMBOS  STELAd 

67.  Three  important  facts  are  preserved  to  us  in  this  in- 
scription : 

aBoth  these  pronouns  refer  to  Amon;  the  same  thought  occurs  in  Suti  and 
Hor's  tablet  (British  Museum,  826),  11.  16,  17. 

bThe  portion  preserved  is  hopelessly  obscure. 

cHere  are  the  remains  of  a  royal  oval,  which  certainly  contained  the  name  of 
Thutmose  III;  in  this  king's  second  year,  a  viceroy  of  Kush  is  mentioned  in  this 
same  temple  (§  170, 1.  2),  but  the  name  is  unfortunately  broken  out.  He  is  doubtless 
the  same  as  our  viceroy. 

dEngraved  on  the  rocks  on  the  island  of  Tombos,  just  above  the  third  cataract 
of  the  Nile;  published  by  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  5,  a,  and  thence  Piehl,  Petites 
etudes  egyptologiques.  The  Berlin  squeeze  (No.  284)  permitted  some  important 
corrections,  but  the  publication  (Lepsius,  Denkmaler)  is  a  brilliant  example  of  cor- 
rectness in  the  form  of  the  signs,  as  drawn  by  M.  Weidenbach. 


28  EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  I  [§68 


1.  In  the  second  year  Thutmose  I  defeated  the  Nubians 
and  conquered  the  country  as  far  as  the  third  cataract3  (cf. 
11.  6  and  7,  and  the  location  of  the  inscription); 

2.  He  then  built  a  fortified  station  for  his  troops  at 
Tombos,  remains  of  which  still  survive,  and  thus  estab- 
lished his  southern  frontier  at  this  point  (cf.  1.  10). b 

3.  His  empire  extended  from  this  point  on  the  south  to 
the  Euphrates  on  the  north  (cf.  1.  13);  the  Asiatic  peoples 
are  already  subdued  (cf.  11.  3,  4,  and  16),  but  his  Asiatic 
campaign  did  not  take  place  until  after  this  Nubian  expe- 
dition (see  §81,  1.  35).  Hence  we  must  suppose,  either  that 
he  had  already  made  an  Asiatic  campaign  of  which  no 
account  has  survived;  or  that  his  predecessors  had  already 
made  the  conquest  of  the  country  as  far  as  Euphrates,  and 
thus  he  could  refer  to  it  as  in  his  domain.  The  latter  is  the 
more  probable  supposition. 

68.  Other  interesting  data  are  the  fact  that  the  oath,  even 
in  the  foreign  provinces,  is  made  in  the  name  of  the  king 
(1.  14),  according  to  the  instructions  in  his  coronation 
announcement  (cf.  §  58) ;  and  the  curious  reference  to  the 
Euphrates  as  "that  inverted  water  which  goes  down-stream 
in  going  up-stream"  (cf.  1.  13,  note). 

Unfortunately,  this  important  inscription  offers  no  sober 
narrative  of  the  events  which  it  commemorates,  but  is  written 
in  that  fulsome  style  so  often  found  in  victorious  hymns  of 
the  Pharaohs.  This  is  a  style  so  overloaded  with  far-fetched 
figures  and  unfamiliar  words  that  it  is  often  quite  unintel- 


aAn  unpublished  inscription  of  his,  on  the  Island  of  Arko  (Wilkinson,  Thebes, 
472,  note)  shows  that  he  pushed  some  forty  miles  south  of  the  third  cataract. 

bThis  expedition  left  another  inscription  at  Tangur,  about  seventy-five  miles 
above  the  second  cataract,  but  we  possess  only  a  partial  copy  by  a  layman,  from 
which  it  is  impossible  to  make  out  much.  It  is  dated  "  Year  2,  first  month  of  third 
season,"  which  shows  that  it  was  made  on  the  way  out  (Sethe,  Untersuchungen,  I, 
41),  about  five  months  before  the  Tombos  inscription. 


TOMBOS  STELA 


29 


ligible.a  It  is  at  its  worst  in  11.  5-9,  where  some  phrases 
containing  only  exaggerated  epithets  applied  to  the  king 
have  necessarily  been  left  untranslated. 

Introduction 

69.  *Year  2,  second  month  of  the  first  season,  fifteenth  day,  under 
the  majesty  of  Horus:  Mighty  Bull,  Beloved  of  Mat  (MDC/);  Favorite 
of  the  Two  Goddesses:  Shining  in  the  Serpent-diadem,  Mightyb  in 
Strength;  Golden  Horus:  Goodly  in  Years,  Making  hearts  live;  King 
of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt:  Okheperkere,  who  is  given  life;  Son  of 
Re:  Thutmose  (I,  living)  forever,  eternally.0 

Hymn  oj  Victory 

70.  r  1  of  his  induction  2his  coronation  as  Lord  (hry-d 3  d 3)  of 

the  Two  Lands,  to  rule  the  circuit  of  the  sun;  South  and  North  land  as 
ruler  of  the  portions  of  Horus  and  Set,d  the  Uniter  of  the  Two  Lands. 
He  has  seated  himself  upon  the  throne  of  Keb,  wearing  3the  radiance 
of  the  double  crown,  the  staff e  of  his  majesty;  he  hath  taken  his  inheri- 
tance, he  hath  assumed  the  seat  of  Horus,  in  order  to  extend  the  bound- 
aries of  Thebes  and  the  territory  of  Khaf tet-hir-nebes  ;f  so  that  the 
Sand-dwellers  and  the  barbarians  shall  labor  for  her.g  4rAn  abomina- 
tion1 of  the  god  are  the  Haunebu;  bound  are  the  Ekbet  (3  kb't);  the 
Southerners  come  downh- river,  the  Northerners  come  uph-river,  and  all 
lands  are  together  bringing  their  tribute  5to  the  Good  God,  the  primor- 
dial, Okheperkere  (Thutmose  I),  who  liveth  forever,  the  mighty  one, 


aThere  is  a  good  example  on  the  second  Semneh  stela  (I,  657). 

bThe  coronation  letter  has  "great  in  strength"  the  usual  form. 

cCf.  the  titulary  given  by  the  king  himself  in  the  coronation  letter  (§  56). 

dThe  myth  of  Horus  and  Set  states  that  they  divided  the  Nile  country  between 
them;  over  both  these  domains  the  Pharaoh  rules,  and  hence  follow  the  words: 
"uniter,  etc."  It  is  possible  that  "Horus  and  Set"  should  be  translated  only  "the 
two  lords;"  see  Piehl,  Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archceology,  XX,  199, 
200. 

eFor  the  same  phrase  applied  to  a  successor,  see  I,  692. 
fThe  goddess  of  western  Thebes. 

gThe  pronoun  refers  to  Thebes;  the  foreign  captives  are  to  be  employed  on 
her  buildings. 

hTo  Thebes,  the  royal  residence. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  I  [§  71 


Horus,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  r  3.     The  [Sand]-dwellers, 

chiefs  of  their  tribes  r — 1  to  him,  bowing  down;  the  rinteriorla  peoples5 
6send  to  his  majesty,  doing  obeisance  to  that  which  is  on  his  front.0 

Victory  in  Nubia 

71.  He  hath  overthrown  the  chief  of  the  rNubians1;  the  Negro  is 
lielpless,  defenseless1  in  his  grasp.  He  hath  united  the  boundaries  7of 
his  twod  sides,  there  is  not  a  remnant  among  the  Curly-Haired, e  who 
come  to  attack  him;  there  is  not  a  single  survivor  among  them.  The 
Nubian  Troglodytes  fall  by  the  sword,  and  are  thrust  aside  in  their 
lands;  8their  foulness,  it  floods  their  valleys;  the  r — 1  of  their  mouths 
is  like  a  violent  flood.    The  fragments  cut  from  them  are  too  much 

for  the  birds,f  carrying  off  the  prey  to  another  place.    98  the 

sole  staff  of  Amon;  Keb,  divine  begetter,  whose  name  is  hidden, 
Reproducer,  Bull  of  the  divine  ennead,  chosen  emanation  of  the 
divine  members  who  doeth  the  pleasure  of  the  Spirits  of  Heliopolis. 

Tombos  Fortress  Built 

72.  The  lords  of  the  palace  have  made  a  fortress  for  his  army, 
(called)  "  None-Faces-Him-1 1  Among-the-Nine-Bows-Together ;  "h  like 
a  young  panther  among  the  fleeing  cattle;  the  fame  of  his  majesty 
blinded  them. 

Universal  Triumph 

73.  (He)  brought  the  ends  of  the  earth  into  his  domain;  (he)  trod 
its  two  extremities  I2with  his  mighty  sword,  seeking  battle;  (but)  he 


*%Inwtyw,  with  a  hide  as  the  first  determinative. 
bThe  interior  peoples  of  the  neighboring  lands. 

cThis  means  the  sacred  uraeus  serpent  on  his  forehead,  as  the  determinative 
shows. 

dSee  I,  311,  i.  14. 

eAn  epithet  for  the  Negro,  used  also  by  Amenhotep  II  (Lepsius,  Denkmaler, 
III,  61),  by  Seti  I  (III,  155,  I.  4);  and  again  in  the  Nineteenth  Dynasty,  Recueil, 
XXII,  107, 11.  7,  8.  See  Piehl,  Proceedings  0}  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archceology,  XV, 
261  f.,  and  Sphinx,  VI,  19  f. 

^Determinative  is  an  eagle. 

sThe  first  half  of  line  9  is  a  series  of  obscure  epithets  of  praise  applied  to  the 
king. 

hIt  is  doubtful  whether  this  is  the  name  of  the  fortress.  It  is  probably  the  same 
fortress  which  is  referred  to  by  Thutmose  II  in  his  Assuan  inscription  (§  121,  L  7). 


§74]        INSCRIPTIONS  AT  THE  FIRST  CATARACT  31 


found  no  one  who  faced  him.a  (He)  penetrated  valleys  which  ^the 
(royal)  ancestors  knew  not,  which  the  wearers  of  the  double  diadem 
had  not  seen.  His  southern  boundary  is  as  far  as  the  frontier  of  this 
land,b  (his)  northern  as  far  as  that  inverted  waterc  which  goes  down- 
stream in  going  up-stream. d  I4The  like  has  not  happened  to  other 
kings;  his  name  has  reached  as  far  as  the  circuit  of  heaven,  it  has 
penetrated  the  Two  Lands  as  far  as  the  nether  world  ;e  the  oath  is 
takenf  by  it  (viz.,  his  name)  in  all  lands,  because  of  the  greatness  of  the 
fame  of  his  majesty.  I5They  (viz.,  the  lands)  were  not  seen  in  the 
archives  of  the  ancestors  since  the  Worshipers  of  Horus,g  who  gives  his 
breath  to  the  one  that  follows  him,  his  offerings  to  the  one  that  treads 
l6his  way.  His  majesty  is  Horus,  assuming  his  (Horus's)  kingdom  of 
myriads  of  years,  Tsubject1  to  him  are  the  isles  of  the  Great  Circle  (hi[w\- 
wr,  Okeanos),  the  entire  earth  is  under  his  two  feet;  I7bodily  son  of  Re, 
his  beloved,  Thutmose  (I),  living  forever  and  ever.  Amon-Re,  king  of 
gods  is  his  father,  the  creator  of  his  beauty,  l8beloved  of  the  gods  of 
Thebes,  who  is  given  life,  stability,  satisfaction,  health,  joy  of  his  heart 
upon  the  throne  of  Horus,  leading1  all  the  living  like  Re,  forever. 


INSCRIPTIONS  AT  THE  FIRST  CATARACT 

74.  Some  eight  months  after  the  preceding  expedition 
passed  Tangur,  about  seventy-five  miles  above  the  second 
cataract,  on  the  way  out,  they  had  reached  Assuan  on  the 
return — a  fact  which  was  recorded  by  Thure,  the  viceroy  of 
Kush,  in  two  inscriptions  on  the  island  of  Sehel  and  one  at 
Assuan. 


aSeer  Sethe,  Verbum,  II,  §  967. 

bNubia.  cThe  Euphrates. 

dFor  the  Egyptian  on  the  Nile  north  was  11  down-stream,''''  and  south  was  "up- 
stream." It  seemed  very  curious  to  him  that  in  another  country  as  here  on  the 
Euphrates,  one  went  south  in  going  down-stream;  hence  the  anomaly  of  the  text, 
which  becomes  clear,  if  we  substitute  "south"  for  "up-stream."    See  also  IV,  407. 

eHeaven,  earth,  and  the  nether  world,  include  the  entire  Egyptian  universe. 

fIn  the  coronation  announcement  the  form  of  the  king's  title  to  be  used  in 
the  oath  is  given  (see  §  58). 

8The  pre-dynastic  kings,  now  mythical  demigods. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  I  [§75 


I.     SEHEL  INSCRIPTION a 

75.  On  arriving  at  the  first  cataract,  the  king  found  the 
canal  of  Sesostris  III  (see  I,  642  ff.)  stopped  up.  He  cleared 
it,  and  the  viceroy  made  the  following  records: 

Year  3,  first  month  of  the  third  season,  day  22,  under  the  majesty 
of  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Okheperkere  (Thutmose  I),  who 
is  given  life.  His  majesty  commanded  to  dig  this  canal,  after  he  found 
it  [stopped  up]  with  stones,  (so  that)  no  [ship  sailed  upon  it].  He 
[sail]ed  [down-stream]  upon  it,  his  heart  [glad,  having  slain  his  enemies].b 
The  king's-son,  [Thure].c 

n.     SEHEL  INSCRIPTION d 

76.  Above  are  the  Horus-,  throne-  and  personal -names  of 
Thutmose  I;  and  below,  the  following: 

Year  3,  first  month  of  the  third  season,  day  22.  His  majesty  sailed 
this  canal  in  victory  and  in  power,  at  his  return  from  overthrowing  the 
wretched  Kush. 

The  king's-son,  Thure. 

III.     ASSUAN  INSCRIPTION  e 

77.  On  the  same  day  the  king  arrived  at  Assuan,  where 
he  left  a  similar  record: 

Year  3,  first  month  of  the  third  season,  day  22,  under  the  majesty 
of  Thutmose  (I).f  His  majesty  arrived  from  Kush,  having  overthrown 
the  enemy. 


aDe  Morgan,  Catalogue  des  monuments,  85,  No.  13. 

bThe  preceding  restorations  are  from  Thutmose  Ill's  copy  of  this  inscription 
(see  §§  649  f.). 

cRestored  from  the  following  inscription.    Thure,  also  §  55. 

dDiscovered  by  Wilbour,  and  published  in  Recueil,  XIII,  202;  better,  de  Mor- 
gan, Catalogue  des  monuments,  85,  No.  19. 

eDe  Morgan,  Catalogue  des  monuments,  41,  No.  185. 

*  Full  titulary. 


§8o]       INSCRIPTION  OF  AHMOSE,  SON  OF  EBANA 


INSCRIPTION  OF  AHMOSE,  SON  OF  EBANAa 
[LI.  29-39;  concluded  from  §39] 

in.     CAREER  UNDER  THUTMOSE  I 

78.  Ahmose's  career  under  Thutmose  I  is  still  one  of 
active  service  in  campaigning.  He  first  sails  the  royal 
transport  in  the  campaign  against  Nubia  (§80),  resulting  in 
his  appointment  to  the  head  of  the  naval  forces.  They 
returned  in  triumph  with  the  Nubian  foe  hanged  head 
downward  at  the  bow  of  the  royal  barge. 

79.  It  was  not  until  after  this  Nubian  campaign  that  the 
famous  expedition  to  Naharin  set  out.  Our  only  sources 
for  this  event  are  the  biographies  of  the  two  El  Kab  Ahmoses. 
Thutmose  III  states  that  he  set  up  his  boundary  tablet  be- 
side that  of  his  father  (§  478),  and  it  must  have  been  on  this 
campaign  that  this  first  boundary  tablet  was  set  up  by 
Thutmose  I.b  For  it  is  always  supposed  that  this  cam- 
paign was  the  only  Asiatic  expedition  of  Thutmose  I;  but 
as  the  Tombos  inscription  (§§67  ff.)  speaks  of  the  conquest 
of  Asia  as  far  as  the  Euphrates,  before  the  Asiatic  campaign 
narrated  by  the  two  Ahmoses,  we  must  suppose  either  that 
Thutmose  I  had  already  made  a  still  earlier  campaign  in 
Syria;  or  that  his  predecessors,  Ahmose  I  and  Amenhotep  I, 
had  achieved  greater  conquests  in  Asia  than  our  scanty 
sources  for  their  reigns  would  indicate. 

Campaign  against  Nubia 

80.  I  sailed  the  King  Okheperkere  (Thutmose  I),  triumphant,  when 
he  ascended  the  river  to  Khenthennofer  (Hnt-hn-njr),  3°in  order  to  cast 


aFor  bibliography,  see  p.  3,  note  a. 

bThe  inscription  of  Hatshepsut's  childhood  (§  225,  1.  11)  mentions  her  father's 
(Thutmose  I's)  survivals  among  the  chiefs  of  Retenu,  meaning  those  he  had 
left. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  I  [§  81 


out  violence  in  the  highlands,  in  order  to  suppress  the  raidinga  of  the 
hill  region.  I  showed  bravery  in  his  presence  in  the  bad  water,  in  the 
•passage1  of  3Ithe  ship  by  the  bend.    One  appointed  me  chief  of  the 

sailors.    His  majesty  was  .b 

32His  majesty  was  furious  thereat,  like  a  panther;0  his  majesty 
cast  his  first  lance,  which  remained  in  the  body  of  that  fallen  one.d 

This  was  e  33r — 1  powerless  before  his  flaming  uraeus,f  made 

•so1  in  an  instant  of  destruction ;  their  people  were  brought  off  as  living 
prisoners.  34His  majesty  sailed  down-river,  with  all  countries  in  his 
grasp,  that  wretched  Nubian  Troglodyte  being  hanged  head  downward 
at  the  [prow]g  of  the  ba[rge]  of  his  majesty,  and  landed  3Sat  Karnak. 

Asiatic  Campaign 

81.  After  these  thingsh  one  journeyed  to  Retenu  (Rtnw)  to  dwash 
his  heart1  among  the  foreign  countries. 

His  majesty  arrived  at  Naharin  (N  ^-h  ^-ry-n 3)  36his  majesty  found 
that  foe  when  he  was  ''planning1  destruction;  his  majesty  made  a 
great  slaughter i  among  them.  3 7 Numberless  were  the  living  prisoners, 
which  his  majesty  brought  off  from  his  victories.    Meanwhile  I  was  at 


aThe  flying  raids  into  the  valley  of  the  Nile  made  by  the  barbarians  inhabiting 
the  desert  behind  the  hills  on  either  side  of  the  valley.  The  account  of  the  battle 
is  very  obscure,  but  the  weakness  of  the  enemy  makes  the  result  certain. 

bThe  text  ends  here  in  the  middle  of  a  sentence,  and  proceeds  around  the 
corner  of  the  wall  with  what  seems  to  be  the  account  of  another  incident  in  the 
same  Nubian  campaign. 

cThis  is  precisely  what  is  said  of  Thutmose  II  in  his  Nubian  war  (Assuan 
Inscription,  1.  9,  II,  121)  when  the  announcement  of  revolt  was  brought  to  him, 
hence  a  similar  incident  probably  should  precede  here. 

dCf.  Sinuhe's  weapon  which  "remained  in  his  {his  foe's)  neck." 

eIt  is  possible  that  there  is  no  lacuna  here,  as  the  squeeze  shows  not  a  trace  of 
a  sign  in  the  last  9  inches  of  the  line. 

1  The  sacred  serpent  which  crowns  the  royal  forehead. 

eThe  restoration  is  from  the  Amada  tablet  of  Amenhotep  II,  II,  797,  1.  17, 
where  the  same  phrase  occurs. 

hThis  phrase  shows  clearly  that  the  Nubian  campaign  took  place  before  the 
Asiatic  campaign.  The  same  order  is  observed  in  the  biography  of  Ahmose-Pen- 
Nekhbet  (§§84,  85).  The  usual  supposition  that  the  Asiatic  preceded  the  Nubian 
campaign  is  based  on  a  false  conclusion  from  the  Tombos  inscription  (§§67  ff.). 

» An  idiom  for  taking  revenge  or  obtaining  satisfaction. 

i  From  the  squeeze;  cf.  also  1.  17. 


§85] 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  AHMOSE-PEN-NEKHBET 


35 


the  head  of  our  troops, a  and  his  majesty  beheld  my  bravery.  $8I  brought 
off  a  chariot,  its  horses,  and  him  who  was  upon  it  as  a  living  prisoner, 
and  took  them  to  bhis  majesty. b  One  presented  me  with  gold  in  double 
measure. 

His  Old  Age 

82.  39\Vhen  I  grew  old,  and  had  attained  old  age,  my  honors  were  as 
at  their  beginning.0   d  a  tomb,  which  I  myself  made. 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  AHMOSE-PEN-NEKHBETe 
[Continued  from  §  42;  concluded  §§  123-4,  344] 

HI.     CAREER  UNDER  THUTMOSE  I 

83.  In  this  reign  Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet  took  part  in  the 
campaign  in  Nubia;  and  also  accompanied  the  Asiatic 
campaign  to  Naharin,  of  which  Ahmose,  son  of  Ebana, 
furnishes  a  fuller  account  (§81).  He  was  then  richly  re- 
warded for  his  valor  by  the  king. 

Campaign  in  Kush 

84.  I  ?  followed  the  King  Okheperkere  (Thutmose  I),  triumphant; 
I  captured  for  him  8in  Kush,  two  living  prisoners,  beside  three  living 
prisoners,  whom  I  brought  off  9in  Kush,  without  counting  them.f 

Campaign  in  Naharin 

85.  Againg  I  served  I0for  King  Okheperkere  (Thutmose  I),  trium- 
phant; I  captured  for  him  in  the  country  of  Naharin  {N  ^-h-ry-n^), 
11 21  hands,  one  horse,  and  one  chariot. 


aSee  note  on  1.  26,  §  39. 

bFrom  the  squeeze;  cf.  also  1.  27. 

cHe  continued  to  receive  rewards  as  at  the  beginning. 

dNearly  one-third  line  is  lacking. 

eBibliography,  p.  10,  note  a. 

f  Perhaps  meaning  that  they  were  not  included  in  the  official  count. 
^Showing  clearly  that  the  Asiatic  campaign  took  place  after  the  Nubian  cam- 
paign. 


36  EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  I  [§86 


KARNAK  OBELISKS* 

86.  This  pair  stood  before  the  pylon  (IV)  of  Thutmose  I 
in  the  great  Karnak  temple;  the  northern  obelisk,  which 
Pococke  saw  still  standing,  has  since  fallen.  Their  erection 
by  Thutmose  I  is  narrated  by  the  chief  architect  in  charge, 
Ineni  (see  §  105).  Both  Ineni  and  the  standing  obelisk 
refer  to  "two  great  obelisks"  so  that  there  can  be  no  doubt 
that  Thutmose  I  erected  both.b  The  work  must  have  been 
done  just  before  his  demission  of  the  crown — an  event 
which  left  the  northern  obelisk  still  uninscribed.  It  is  cer- 
tainly very  significant  that  it  was  later  inscribed  by  Thut- 
mose III!  If  he  did  not  reach  the  throne  until  after  the 
reigns  of  Thutmose  II  and  Hatshepsut,  the  northern  obe- 
lisk remained  uninscribed  for  some  twenty-three  years  at 
least!  This  is  improbable,  and  the  fact  that  the  northern 
obelisk  was  not  usurped  by  Thutmose  II  or  Hatshepsut 
would  indicate  that  they  had  no  opportunity  to  do  so,  be- 
cause Thutmose  III,  having  succeeded  Thutmose  I  for  a 
few  years,  had  already  taken  possession  of  it  himself  (see 
Sethe,  Zeitschrijt  fur  dgyptische  Sprache,  36,  39  f.). 

Only  the  middle  columns  of  the  standing  obelisk 
are  the  inscriptions  of  Thutmose  I;  the  side  columns 
are  later  additions  by  Ramses  IV  and  Ramses  VI  of 
the  Twentieth  Dynasty.  The  middle  columns  of  the 
north  and  south  sides  contain  only  the  elaborate  titu- 
lary of  Thutmose  I;  those  of  the  east  and  west,  his 
dedication,  as  follows: 

aText:  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  6;  Champollion,  Notices  descriptives,  II, 
127  f.;  Champollion,  Monuments,  IV,  312-313;  Rouge,  Album  photographique,  50, 
53>  54>  68.  See  also  Pococke,  Description  o)  the  East,  I,  95;  and  Brugsch,  Reise- 
berichte,  159. 

bSee  Breasted,  Proceedings  of  the  Society  0}  Biblical  Archeology,  XXII,  90. 
The  two  additional  bases  noted  in  Baedeker  (1902,  253)  probably  belong  to  some 
other  king,  perhaps  Amenhotep  III,  who  mentions  obelisks  (§  903,  1.  57);  or  to 
Thutmose  III. 


§9o]  KARNAK  OBELISKS— ABYDOS  STELA 


87.  aHorus:  Mighty  bull,  beloved  of  Truth;  King  of  Upper  and 
Lower  Egypt;  Favorite  of  the  Two  Goddesses:  Shining  with  the  Ser- 
pent-diadem, great  in  strength ;  Okheperkere,  Setepnere ;  Golden  Horus : 
Beautiful  in  years,  who  makes  hearts  live;  Bodily  Son  of  Re,  Thutmose 
(I),  Shining-in-Beauty. 

He  made  (it),  as  his  monument  for  his  father  Amon,  Lord  of  Thebes, 
Presider  over  Karnak,  that  he  might  be  given  life  like  Re,  forever. 

88.  bHorus:  Mighty  bull,  beloved  of  Truth,  King  of  Upper  and 
Lower  Egypt:  Okheperkere,  Setep-Amon  (Thutmose  I). 

He  made  (it)  as  his  monument  for  his  father  Amon-Re,  chief  of  the 
Two  Lands,  erecting  for  himc  two  great  obelisks0  at  the  double  facade 
of  the  temple.    The  pyramidions  were  of  .d 

89.  A  fragment  of  an  obelisk6  on  the  island  of  Elephan- 
tine also  refers  to  Thutmose  I's  jubilee.  It  still  bears  the 
words: 

  Thutmose  (I);   Shining-in-Beauty;  he  made  (it)  as  his 

monument  to  his  father,  Khnum;  making  for  him  two  obelisks  of 
granite.    First  occurrence.*    That  he  may  be  given  life  forever. 


ABYDOS  STELA* 

90.  This  stela  recorded  the  king's  works  in  the  Abydos 
temple  of  Osiris.  In  the  lost  introduction  he  has  appar- 
ently held  an  audience  and  declared  his  intention  of  exe- 


aMiddle  column,  east  side. 
bMiddle  column,  west  side. 
cSee  Ineni,  11.  9-1 1,  §105. 

dAbbut  one-third  of  the  line  is  flaked  off;  the  material  of  the  pyramidions 
crowning  the  obelisks  was  usually  copper  or  bronze. 

eBrugsch,  Thesaurus,  V,  1220.  The  epithet,  "Shining-in-Beauty,"  is  found 
on  Thutmose  Pa  Karnak  obelisk,  and  is  not  used  by  other  Thutmosids.  Hence 
the  obelisk  certainly  belongs  to  Thutmose  I. 

f  Referring,  of  course,  to  the  royal  jubilee. 

^Sandstone  stela  from  Abydos,  now  in  Cairo;  published  by  Mariette  (Abydos, 
II,  31)  and  by  de  Rouge  (Inscriptions  hieroglyphiques,  19-22).  Only  the  lower 
portion  is  preserved,  the  relief  above  being  broken  off,  and  probably  a  consider- 
able fraction  of  the  text. 


38  EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  I  [§9i 


cuting  certain  works  for  the  god;  whereupon  the  priests 
reply  in  the  words  with  which  the  preserved  portion  begins. 
The  chief  treasurer  is  then  instructed  to  execute  the  said 
works,  which,  he  states,  he  did.  On  their  completion  the 
king  delivers  an  address  to  the  priests  like  that  of  Thutmose 
III  (§§  S7i  ff.)- 

Address  of  the  Priests 

91.  2 — a  "How  pleasant  is  this  in  the  hearts  of  the  people!  How 
beautiful  is  this  in  the  sight  of  the  gods!  Thou  makest  a  monument 
for  Osiris,  thou  beautifiest  the  First  of  the  Westerners,  the  great  god  of 
the  beginning,  whose  place  Atum  advanced,  whom  he  magnified  before 

3his  his  heart,  for  whom  kings  have  labored  since  this  land  was 

founded.  As  for  thee,  thou  wast  born  to  him;  he  made  thee  in  the 
uprightness  of  his  heart,  to  do  that  which  he  did  in  the  earth,  to  restore 
4the  sanctuaries  of  the  gods,  [to]  —  their  temples.  Thou  art  gold, 
thine  is  the  silver,  Kebb  has  opened  for  thee  that  which  is  in  him, 
Tatenenc  has  given  to  thee  his  things.  All  the  countries  labor  for  thee, 
all  the  lands  are  under  thy  rule.  sEvery  costly  stone  is  '"collected1  — 
in  thy  house;  rif  there  is1  a  wish  in  thee,  it  must  be  done;  it  is  that  which 
thy  ka  desires  which  happens. 

Royal  Instructions  to  the  Chief  Treasurer 

92 .  His  majesty  commanded  the  chief  treasurer :  "  Conduct  the  work, 

causing  to  come  6  every  prepared  one  of  his  workmen, 

the  best  of  his  lay  priests,  who  knows  the  directions  and  is  skilful  in 
that  which  he  knows,  who  does  not  transgress  what  was  commanded 
him,  7[rto  erect1]  the  monument  of  his  father  [Osiris],  to  equip  his  ever- 
lasting statue.  Execute  the  very  secret  things,  no  one  seeing,  no  one 
beholding,  no  one  knowing  his  body.  Make  for  him  the  portable 
chapel-barque  {wts-nfr'w)  of  silver,  gold,  lapis  lazuli,  black  copper, 
8every  splendid  costly  stone." 

Words  of  the  Chief  Treasurer 

93.  I  executed  for  him  the  offering-tables,  —  (shm-)  sistrums  and 
(hy  /-)  sistrums,  necklace-rattles  (niny'wt),  censers,  ra  flat  dish1  (tnyw), 


aThe  number  of  lines  lost  before  this  point  is  uncertain. 
bThe  earth-god.  cPtah. 


§971 


ABYDOS  STELA 


39 


a  great  oblation  there.  I  did  not  rremove1  them.  I  did  not  discon- 
tinue them. 

The  Sacred  Barge 

94.  I  built a  9the  august  [barge]  of  new  cedar  of  the  best  of  the 
terraces;  its  bow  and  its  stern  being  of  electrum,  making  festive  the 
lake;b  to  make  his  voyage  therein  at  his  feast  of  the  "District  of 
Peker"  (Pky). 

Statues  oj  the  Gods 

95.  Furthermore,  IO[his  majesty]  commanded  to  shapec  (statues 
of)  the  great  ennead  of  gods  dwelling  in  Abydos;  (each)  one  of  them  is 
mentioned  by  his  name;  Khnum,  lord  of  Hirur,  dwelling  in  Abydos; 
Khnum,  lord  of  the  cataract,  dwelling  in  Abydos;  Thoth,  leader  of  the 
great  gods,  "presider  over  Hesret;  Horus,  presider  over  Letopolis; 
Harendotes;  Upwawet  of  the  South,  and  Upwawet  of  the  North;  mys- 
terious and  splendid  were  their  bodies.  The  standardsd  thereof  were 
of  I2electrum,  more  excellent  than  their  predecessors;  more  splendid 
were  they  than  that  which  is  in  heaven;  more  secret  were  they  than  the 
fashion  of  the  nether  world ;  more  —  were  they  than  the  dwellers  in 
Nun. 

Words  oj  the  King 

96.  I3My  majesty  did  these  things  for  my  father  Osiris,  because  I 
loved  him  so  much  more  than  all  gods,  in  order  that  my  name  might 
abide  and  my  monuments  endure  in  the  house  of  my  father,  Osiris, 
First  of  the  Westerners,  I4lord  of  Abydos,  forever  and  ever. 

Address  to  the  Priests 

97.  [I  say  to]  you,  divine  fatherse  of  this  temple,  priests  (wcb'w), 
ritual  priests,  dwellers  in  the  place  of  the  hand,f  I5all  the  lay  priests  of 
the  temple;  offer  ye  to  my  tomb,  present  ye  to  my  oblation-tablet; 
maintain  ye  the  monuments  of  my  majesty;  mention  ye  my  name; 


aRead:  3  kh  as  in  Ineni  (§  105,  1.  10). 

bMeaning  it  was  reflected  in  the  water;  see  same  idea  more  clearly  (§  888, 1.  20). 
cMj,  "to  shape"  with  a  following  name  of  a  god,  is  not  uncommon  (cf.  I,  672). 
dThese  are  the  standards  upon  which  the  statues  were  borne. 
ePriestly  title. 

*An  order  of  priests  of  whom  we  know  nothing. 


40 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  I 


[§98 


remember  ye  my  titulary;  give  ye  l6praises  to  my  likeness;  praise  ye 
the  statue  of  my  majesty;  set  my  name  in  the  mouth  of  your  servants, 
my  memory  among  your  children.  For  I7I  am  a  king  excellent  because 
of  what  he  has  done;  the  unique  in  might  through  the  (mere)  mention 

of  his  name  r  la  which  I  made  in  this  land,  till  ye  know  it.    There  is 

no  lie  before  you,  nor  exaggeration  l8therein.  I  have  made  monuments 
for  the  gods;  I  have  beautified  their  sanctuaries  for  the  future;  I  have 
maintained  their  temples,  I  have  restored  that  which  was  ruinous,  I 
have  surpassed  I9that  which  was  done  before.  I  have  informed  the 
priests  (wcb'w)  of  their  duties,  I  have  led  the  ignorant  to  that  which 
he  did  not  know.  I  have  increased  the  work  of  others,  the  kings  2°who 
have  been  before  me ;  the  gods  had  joy  in  my  time,  their  temples  were 
in  festivity. 

Universal  Triumph 

98.  I  made  the  boundaries  of  Egypt  (/  °-mry)  as  far  as  that  which 
the  sun  encircles.    I  made  2 strong  those  who  were  in  fear;  I  repelled 

the  evil  from  them.    I  made  Egypt  the  superior  of  every  land  r  

 1  favorite  of  Amon,  22Son  of  Re,  of  his  body,  his  beloved  Thut- 

mose  (I),  Shining  like  Re,  beloved  of  Osiris,  First  of  the  Westerners; 
Great  God,  lord  of  Abydos,  ruler  of  eternity;  given  life,  stability,  satis- 
faction, and  health,  while  shining  as  King  upon  the  Horus-throne  of  the 
living;  and  joy  of  his  heart,  together  with  his  ka,  like  Re,  forever. 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  INENIb 
[Continued  from  §46;  continued  §  115] 

H.     CAREER  UNDER  THUTMOSE  I  (LL.  4-14) 

99.  The  career  of  Ineni,  which  began  under  Amenhotep 
I,  continues  here  under  Thutmose  I.  The  king's  name  and 
the  narrative  of  his  accession  unfortunately  fall  in  the 
lacunae  at  the  ends  of  the  lines  (probably  1.  4).  The  biog- 
raphy then  narrates  the  wide  dominion  of  the  king,  and 
the  rich  tribute  therefrom  (§  101);  Ineni's  advancement  to 


■Read  r-d^'t. 


bBibliography  on  p.  18,  note  c. 


§  ioo] 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  INENI 


41 


superintendence  of  the  king's  building  projects  (§  102) 
especially  the  construction  of  the  Karnak  pylons  of  Thut- 
mose  I,  and  the  erection  before  them  of  his  two  obelisks, 
one  of  which  still  stands  (§§  103-5);  a^so  the  excavation  of 
the  king's  cliff-tomb  and  improvements  in  the  necropolis 
of  Thebes  (§  106) ;  Ineni's  rewards  in  serfs  and  treasury 
dues  (§  107);  and  the  death  of  the  king  (§  108). 

100.  The  Karnak  hall,  which  Ineni  constructed,  is  of 
great  historic  interest,  as  it  was  the  first  hall  on  entering  the 
building,  and  served  as  the  chief  hypostyle,  or  colonnaded 
hall,  of  the  temple  throughout  the  reign  of  Thutmose  I.  It 
was  in  this  hall  that  Thutmose  III  was  proclaimed  king  by 
the  priests  of  Amon  (§§131  ff.),  thus  putting  aside  either  its 
builder,  Thutmose  I,  or  the  weakling  Thutmose  II,  and  in 
this  hall  Hatshepsut  erected  her  two  great  obelisks.  The 
description  of  the  erection  of  the  hall  itself  is  unfortunately 
lost  in  the  lacuna  at  the  end  of  1.  7,  and  1.  8  begins  with  a 
reference  to  the  "  great  pylons  on  its  either  side"  the  erection 
of  which  follows.  But  Thutmose  III  informs  us  of  the  inter- 
esting fact  that  he  replaced  with  stone  columns  the  cedar 
columns  erected  by  Thutmose  I  in  this  hall  (§  601).  Indeed, 
Thutmose  I  himself  was  obliged  to  replace  the  northernmost 
two  of  his  cedar  columns  by  stone  ones  before  the  end  of  his 
reign. a  The  fact  is  recorded  by  him  on  one  of  the  new  col- 
umns (see  Piehl,  Actes  du  6me  congres  des  orientalistes  a  Leide, 
1883,  IVme  partie,  section  3,  203-19).  This  inscription  is 
unfortunately  now  only  a  series  of  disconnected  fragments, 
of  which  little  is  intelligible.  The  dedication  on  one  of  the 
columns  is  as  follows:  "  Thutmose  I,  he  made  (it)  as  his 
monument  for  his  father  Amon-Re,  chief  of  the  Two  Lands, 


aThis  is  a  hint  as  to  the  length  of  his  reign;  he  must  have  reigned  long  enough 
for  the  wooden  colonnade  to  begin  to  decay. 


42 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  I  [§ 


making  jor  him  an  august  colonnade,  which  adorns  the  Two 
Lands  with  its  beauty."  (Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  VI,  131 1,  and 
Rouge,  Inscriptions  hieroglyphiques,  163.)  On  the  further 
career  of  this  historic  hall,  only  begun  here,  see  §§  599  ff. ; 
803  ff. 

Accession  and  Power  oj  Thidmose  I 

101.    5the  Good  God,  who  smites  the  Nubians,  lord  of 

might,  who  overthrows  the  Asiatics.    He  made  his  boundary  as  far  as 

the  aHorns  of  the  Earth, a  and  the  marshes  in  Kebeh  (Kbh)   

6r  1  Elephantine.    The  Sand-dwellers  bore  their  tribute  like  the 

impost  of  the  South  and  the  North;  his  majesty  forwarded  them  to 
Thebes,  for  his  father  Amon,  each  year.  Everything  was  made  to 
prosperb  for  me  under  . 

Ineni's  Promotion 

102.  7He  filled  his  heart  with  me,c  I  was  brought  to  be  a  dignitary, 
overseer  of  the  granary;  the  fields  of  divine  offerings  were  under  my 
authority;  alld  the  excellent  works  together  were  under  my  administra- 
tion. 

Karnak  Pylons 

103.  I  inspected  the  great  monuments e  which  he  made   

8great  pylons  on  its  either  side  of  fine  limestone  of  Ayan  (c  nw) ;  august 
flagstaves  were  erected  at  the  double  facade  of  the  temple  of  new 
cedar  of  the  best  of  the  Terraces  ;f  their  tops  were  of  electrum.8  I 
inspected   ^wrought  with  electrum. 


aThe  same  phrase  occurs  in  Assuan  inscription  of  Thutmose  II  (§  120,  1.  4), 
where  it  refers  to  the  south;  the  marshes  above  must  therefore  be  those  of  the 
Euphrates  in  the  north,  also  used  by  Thutmose  II,  loc.  cit. 

bSuch  a  passive  is  often  a  respectful  circumlocution  to  indicate  an  act  of  the 
king. 

cAn  idiom  signifying  favor  with  the  king. 
dRead:  nb't. 

eThe  following  is  the  description  of  the  erection  and  adornment  by  Ineni  of 
the  hall  and  two  pylons  of  Thutmose  I  at  Karnak  (IV  and  V),  and  the  two  obelisks 
before  them,  of  which  one  still  stands. 

f Meaning  the  slopes  of  Lebanon;  cf.  the  "Myrrh-terraces." 

eFour  such  flagstaves,  set  in  channels  cut  for  them  in  the  faces  of  the  pylons, 
usually  adorned  the  temple  facade. 


§  io6  BIOGRAPHY  OF  INENI  43 


Karnak  Portal 

104.  I  inspected  the  erection  of  the  great  doorway  (named) :  "Amon- 
Mighty-in-Wealth;"a  its  huge  door  was  of  Asiatic  copper  whereon  was 
the  Divine  Shadow,*5  inlaid  with  gold. 

Karnak  Obelisks 

105.  I  inspected  the  erection  of  twoc  obelisks   lodbuilt  the 

august  boatd  of  120  cubits  in  its  length,  40  cubits  in  its  width, e  in  order 
to  transport  these  obelisks.  (They)  came  in  peace,  safetyf  and  pros- 
perity, and  landed  at  Karnak    "of  the  city.    Its  rtrack1  was 

laid  with  every  pleasant  wood. 

Thutmose  I's  Clifj-tomb 

106.  I  inspected  the  excavation  of  the  cliff-tomb  of  his  majesty, 
alone,  no  one  seeing,  no  one  hearing.5    I  sought  out  the  excellent 

hthings  upon   I2r — i  ll  was  vigilant1  in  seeking  that  which  is 

excellent.  I  made  fields  of  clay,  in  order  to  plaster  their  tombs  of  the 
necropolis;  it  was  a  work  such  as  the  ancestors  had  not  done  which  I 
was  obliged  to  do  there  r  1    f«I  sought  out  for  those 


aThe  name  is  not  among  the  ten  gates  given  by  Mariette,  Karnak,  38. 
bExplained  §  889,  note. 

cHence  Petrie,  depending  on  Mariette's  plan  {Karnak,  2)  is  under  misappre- 
hension in  attributing  one  of  these  obelisks  to  Thutmose  III  (Petrie,  History  of 
Egypt,  II,  67).  The  standing  obelisk  of  this  pair  distinctly  refers  to  the  erection 
of  "two  great  obelisks"  (§88);  hence  Thutmose  III  must  have  appropriated  the 
now  fallen  obelisk  after  it  was  up,  and  before  the  inscriptions  were  cut. 

dThe  same  words  are  used  of  the  transport  of  Hatshepsut's  obelisks;  see 
§  326,  note. 

eEgypt  Exploration  Fund  Archaeological  Report,  1895-96,  9  and  10,  where 
Naville  gives  the  equivalents  of  the  above  dimensions  rather  inaccurately.  One 
hundred  and  twenty  royal  cubits  =  206.6  feet,  and  40  royal  cubits  =  68.86  feet. 

f  Read  htp,  c  nd,  wd  =>. 

eThe  same  phrase:  "no  one  seeing,  no  one  hearing,"  occurs  on  the  statue  of 
Sennefer,  British  Museum,  48.  See  also  §92.  This  remarkable  statement  indi- 
cates the  secrecy  with  which  the  vast  rock-cut  tombs  of  the  Emperors  were  exca- 
vated, in  order  to  avoid  the  tomb-robberies,  which  finally  forced  the  removal  of  the 
royal  mummies  to  Der  el-Bahri.  Another  officer,  Hapuseneb  (§  389,  11.  7,  8),  also 
states  that  he  worked  on  the  king's  "cliff-tomb"  (hr't),  see  Piehl,  Zeitschrift  fur 
agyptische  Sprache,  23,  59.  See  Breasted,  Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical 
Archaeology,  XXII,  90-94.  The  construction  of  such  a  tomb  is  described  in  the  last 
twelve  lines  of  Sinuhe;  see  Goodwin,  Zeitschrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  1872,  21  ff. 

hThe  various  supplies  for  the  tomb.       i  Lit.,  "My  head  was  watchful." 


44  EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  I         [§  107 


who  should  be  after  me.  It  was  a  work  of  my  heart,  my  virtue  was 
wisdom;  there  was  not  given  to  me  a  command  by  an  elder.  I  shall 
be  praised  because  of  my  wisdom  after  years,  by  those  who  shall  imitate 
that  which  I  have  done,  I4while  I  was  chief  (r  *-hry)  of  all  works. 

Ineni's  Rewards 

107.  My  praise  endured  in  the  palace,  my  love  among  the  court. 
His  majesty  endowed  mea  with  peasant-serfs,  and  my  income  was  from 
the  granary  of  the  king's  estate  on  each  day. 

Death  oj  Thutmose  I 

108.  The  king  rested  from  life,  going  forth  to  heaven,  having  com- 
pleted his  years  in  gladness  of  heart. 

[Continued  §§115-18] 


STELA  OF  YUFb 

109.  This  official  served  under  Queen  Ahhotep,  the 
mother  of  King  Ahmose  I,  and  administered  her  property  in 
Edfu.  He  also  repaired  for  her  there  a  ruined  tomb  belong- 
ing to  her  ancestor,  the  queen  Sebekemsaf,  who  was  the 
wife  of  one  of  the  Thirteenth  Dynasty  Intefs.0  He  says 
nothing  of  any  subsequent  connection  with  the  royal  house 
under  the  following  reign  of  Amenhotep  I,  but  he  was  later 
in  the  service  of  Queen  Ahmose,  the  favorite  wife  of  Thut- 
mose I,  and  mother  of  Hatshepsut.  His  career  therefore 
extended  through  at  least  part  of  four  generations  of  the 
royal  house. 


aThe  same  rare  phrase  in  Ahmose,  son  of  Ebana  (§  6,  1.  3). 

bSandstone  stela,  0.62  m.  high,  from  Edfu,  now  in  Cairo,  old  No.  238;  pub- 
lished by  Bouriant,  Recueil,  IX,  92,  93,  No.  72.  I  had  also  a  carefully  revised 
copy,  kindly  loaned  me  by  Schaefer. 

cSee  Newberry,  Proceedings  0}  the  Society  0}  Biblical  Archeology,  XXIV, 
285-89.  Maspero  supposed  (Monties  royales,  625-28)  that  Sebekemsaf  was  a 
deceased  daughter  of  Ahhotep,  but  Newberry  has  clearly  shown  that  she  was  an 
ancestor  of  Ahhotep. 


§H3] 


STELA  OF  YUF 


45 


Relief 

no.  In  the  middle  is  an  offering-table,  before  which  on  the 
left  are  two  women  sitting,  and  on  the  right  a  man,  standing, 
accompanied  by  his  son.  Before  the  first  woman  are  the 
words:  "Divine  consort,  great  king's-wife,  Ahhotep,  tri- 
umphant; before  the  second:  " King's-wije,  king's -sister 
[Sebekjemsaf*  — ." 

Before  the  first  man  is  a  mortuary  prayer  for  "thy  (fern.) 
ka,"  but  his  name  is  illegible;  before  the  son:  "His  son, 
prophet  oj  the  dues  (sDw),  Harhotep,  triumphant.''1  Below 
is  the  following  inscription: 

Mortuary  Prayer 

in.  1  An  offering  which  the  king  gives ;  Horus  of  Edfu,  Osiris  and 
Isis;  may  they  give  bread,  beer,  oxen,  geese,  everything  good  and  pure 
for  the  ka  of  the  great  king's-wife,  2the  king's-mother,  Ahhotep,  tri- 
umphant; and  her  son  Nebpehtire  (Ahmose  I),  triumphant. 

Restoration  oj  Sebekemsaj's  Tomb 

112.  She  gave  to  me.b  The  rsecondlc  prophet  of  the  dues  (S^w) 
of  the  altar,  3the  door-keeper  of  the  temple,  the  priest,  Yuf  (Yw /), 
son  of  Iritset  (Fry* t-s' /),  he  says:  "I  repaired  this  tomb  (ysy)  of  4the 
king's-daughter,  Sebekemsaf,  after  finding  it  beginning  to  go  to  ruin." 

Favor  under  Queen  Ahhotep 

113.  Then  this  priest  said:  "sO  ye  who  pass  by  this  stela,  I  will 
tell  you,  and  I  will  cause  you  to  hear  my  favor  with  the  great  king's- 
wife,  Ahhotep.  She  appointed  6me  to  offer  to  her;  she  intrusted  me 
with  tire  statue  of  her  majesty.  She  gave  to  me  bread:  7ioo  (by  t-) 
loaves,  and  10  persen  loaves;  2  (ds-)  jars  of  beer,  and  a  joint  (pnsw) 
from  every  ox.    I  was  endowedd  [with]  8upland,  and  with  lowland. 


aOf  course,  Sebekemsas  is  meant. 

bThe  connection  of  this  phrase  is  not  clear;  the  following  list  of  titles  ter- 
minating with  the  name  of  the  owner  of  the  stela  can  hardly  be  connected  with 
the  preceding.    Perhaps  the  stela  is  the  gift  meant. 

cTwo  strokes,  perhaps  misunderstood  from  hieratic  determinative  for  a  man. 

dS 3  h' kwy,  as  in  Ahmose,  §  6,  I.  3. 


46 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  I 


[§  114 


She  repeated  to  me  another  favor,  she  gave  to  me  all  her  property  in 
Edfu,  9to  administera  it  for  her  majesty. 

Favor  under  Queen  Ahmose 

114.  Another  favor  of  the  great  king's-wife,  Ahmose,  triumphant, 
whom  king  I0Okheperkere  (Thutmose  I),  triumphant,  loves.  She 
appointed  me  to  be  scribe  of  the  assistant  treasurer.  She  intrusted  me 
with  "the  statue  of  her  majesty,  she  gave  to  me  100  loaves  of  bread, 
2  (ds-)  jars  of  beer,  and  a  joint  {w c  b' t)  from  every  ox.  I2I  was  endowed 
with  upland,  and  with  lowland. 

Field-scribeb  of  Horus  of  Edfu,  Denereg  (Dnrg). 


a££rp;  hence  we  may  possibly  render:  "to  present  it  (the  income?)  to  her 
majesty" 

bEvidently  the  subscript  of  the  scribe  who  made  the  document. 


REIGN  OF  THUTMOSE  II 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  INENIa 
[Continued  from  108;  concluded  §§34oft\] 

HI.     CAREER  UNDER  THUTMOSE  II 

115.  According  to  this  biography,  Thutmose  II  succeeded 
directly  at  the  death  of  Thutmose  I;b  under  the  new  reign, 
Ineni  enjoyed  the  greatest  favor,  until  the  death  of  Thut- 
mose II. 

Succession  oj  Thutmose  II 

116.  The  Hawkc  in  the  nestc  [appeared  as]d  the  I5King  of  Upper 
and  Lower  Egypt,  Okhepernere  (c  ^-fypr-n-R  c,  Thutmose  II),  he  became 
king  of  the  Black  Lande  and  ruler  of  the  Red  Land,e  having  taken 
possession  of  the  Two  Regions  in  triumph. 

InenVs  Favor 

117.  I  was  a  favorite  of  the  kingf  in  his  every  place;  greater  was 
that  which  he  did  for  me  than8  those  who  preceded  (me).  I  attained 
the  old  age  of  the  revered,  I  possessed  the  favor  of  his  majesty  every  day. 
I  was  supplied  from  the  table  of  the  king  l6with  bread  of  oblations  for 


aBibliography  on  p.  18,  note  c. 

bThis  seems  unfavorable  to  Sethe's  theory  that  Thutmose  III  succeeded 
Thutmose  I  and  reigned  for  a  short  time  before  the  accession  of  Thutmose  II. 
But  Sethe.  offers  very  cogent  arguments  in  explanation  of  Ineni's  silence  on  this 
point.  See  Sethe,  U titer suchun gen,  I,  19,  §29,  and  39,  §  52;  and  Zeitschrift  fur 
dgyptische  Sprache,  36. 

cThis  is  a  poetical  designation  of  the  crown  prince  as  Horus,  who  also  suc- 
ceeded his  father,  Osiris. 

dErman's  restoration.    Sethe,  Unter  suchun  gen,  I,  40,  n.  1. 

eThe  cultivable  land  and  the  desert. 

£Lit.,  "one  who  filled  the  heart  of  the  king." 

^Supply  of  course:  "than  that  which  he  did  for  those  who,  etc.;"  or  "than 
that  which  those  did  who,  etc.,"  meaning  he  received  greater  favor  than  from  preced- 
ing kings. 

47 


48  EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  II  [§„g 


the  king,  beer  likewise,  meat,  fat-meat,  vegetables,  various  fruits,  honey, 
cakes,  wine,  oil.  My  necessities  were  apportioned  in  health  and  life, 
as  his  majesty  himself  said,  for  love  of  me. 

Death  oj  Thutmose  II 
118.  (He)  went  forth  to  heaven,  having  mingled  with  the  gods.a 
[Concluded  §§340-43] 


ASSUAN  INSCRIPTION15 

119.  This  inscription  narrates:  (1)  the  arrival  of  a  mes- 
senger who  announces  to  his  majesty  a  rebellion  in  Kush, 
and  mentions  a  frontier  fortress  of  the  king's  father,  Thut- 
mose I  (see  §  72)  (11.  5-9) ;  (2)  the  anger  of  the  king  (11.  9-1 1) ; 
(3)  his  dispatch  of  an  army  thither  (11.  11,  12);  (4)  the  over- 
throw of  Kush,  and  the  capture  of  one  of  the  chief's  children 
with  some  other  prisoners  (11.  12-15);  (4)  the  complete 
pacification  of  the  country  (11.  15-17).  The  inscription  is 
dated  on  the  day  of  the  king's  accession,  and,  according  to 
1.  7,  his  father,  Thutmose  I,  was  living  at  the  time,  thus 
proving  the  coregency  of  the  two. 

Protocol 

120.  *Year  1,  second  month  of  the  first  season,  day  8,  coronation 
dayc  under  the  majesty  of  Horus:  Mighty  Bull,  Powerful  in  Strength; 
Favorite  of  the  Two  Goddesses:  Divine  in  kingship;  Golden  Horus: 
Powerful  in  Being;  2King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt:  Okhepernere, 
Son  of  Re:  Thutmose  (II),  Beautiful  in  diadems,  upon  the  Horus- 


aSee  also  Senmut's  reference  to  his  death  (§  368,  11.  7,  8). 

bCut  into  the  rock  on  the  road  from  Assuan  to  Philae;  text  in  Lepsius,  Denk- 
maler,  III,  16,  a;  de  Morgan,  Catalogue  des  monuments,  I,  3,  4,  and  Rouge,  Inscrip- 
tions hieroglyphiques,  250,  251 ;  but  the  best  text  is  revised  from  a  squeeze  by  Sethe, 
Untersuchungen,  I,  81;  translation,  38. 

cThe  "appearance"  (lit.,  dawning)  of  a  king  is  his  coronation;  it  is  to  be 
construed  with  "upon,  etc."  after  the  names  of  the  king.  As  this  is  the  king's 
first  year,  the  coronation  is  not  an  anniversary,  but  the  very  first  day  of  the  reign. 


§121] 


ASSUAN  INSCRIPTION 


49 


throne  of  the  living;  his  father,  Re,  is  his  protection,  and  Amon,  lord 
of  Thebes;  3they  smite  for  him  his  enemies.  Lo,  his  majesty  is  in 
the  palace,  ^but1)  his  fame  is  mighty;  the  fear  of  him  is  in  the  land, 
[his]  terror  in  the  lands  of  the  Haunebu;  4the  two  divisions  of  Horus 
and  Seta  are  under  his  charge;  the  Nine  Bows  together  are  beneath 
his  feet.  The  Asiatics  come  to  him  bearing  tribute,  and  the  Nubian 
Troglodytes  bearing  baskets.  His  southern  boundary  is  as  far  as  the 
Horns  of  the  Earthb  (his)  5northern  as  far  as  the  ends ;  cthe  marshes  of 
Asiac  are  the  dominion  of  his  majesty,  the  arm  of  his  messenger  is  not 
repulsed  among  the  lands  of  the  Fe[n]khu. 

Announcement  of  Rebellion 

121.  One  came  to  informd  his  majesty  as  follows:  "  The  wretched 
Kush  6has  begun  to  rebel,  those  who  were  under  the  dominion  of  the 
Lord  of  the  Two  Lands  purpose  hostility,  beginning  to  smite  him. 
The  inhabitants  of  Egypt  are  about  to  bring  away  the  cattle  behind 
this  7fortresse  which  thy  father  built  in  his  campaigns,  the  King  of 
Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Okheperkere  (Thutmose  I),  living  forever,£ 
in  order  to  repulse  the  rebellious  barbarians,  the  Nubian  Troglodytes 
of  Khenthennofer,  for  those  who  are  8there  on  the  north  of  the  wretched 

Kush  r  lg  with  the  two  Nubian  Troglodytes  among  the  children 

of  the  chief  of  the  wretched  Kush  who  r — 1  before  the  Lord  of  the  Two 

Lands  9 —  r  V    His  majesty  was  furious  thereat,  like  a  panther, 

when  he  I0heard  it.  Said  his  majesty,  "I  swear,h  as  Re  loves  me,  as 
my  father,  lord  of  gods,  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes,  favors  me,  I  will  not 
let  live  anyone  among  their  males  r — 1  "among  them." 


aCf.  §  70,  1.  2. 

bCf.  §  101,  1.  5;  and  Index  V. 
cSee  Index  V,  s.  v. 

dLit.,  "to  make  prosperous  the  heart  of  his  majesty,"  which  is  the  conventional 
form  for  introducing  a  matter  to  a  superior  in  letter-writing. 

eThese  are  the  cattle  of  Egyptians  who  have  settled  in  Nubia  beyond  the 
frontier  military  station,  and  are  thus  in  danger  of  being  pillaged  by  the  rebellious 
Nubians. 

fThis  epithet  indicates  that  Thutmose  I  is  still  living. 
KSethe:  "neigen  zum  Bundniss?" 

hCompare  the  same  royal  oath  in  the  obelisk  inscription  of  Hatshepsut  (§318, 
L  2,  north  side)  and  in  the  Megiddo  campaign  of  Thutmose  III  (§  422,  I.  40). 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  II        [f  X22 


The  Campaign 

122.  Then  his  majesty  dispatched  a  numerous  army  into  Nubia 
(T°-pd  t)  on  his  first  occasion  of  a  campaign,  in  order  to  overthrow  all 
those  who  were  rebellious  against  his  majesty  or  hostile  to  the  Lord  of 
the  Two  Lands.  I2Then  this  army  of  his  majesty  arrived  at  wretched 
Kush  r  \m  This  army  I3of  his  majesty  overthrew  those  bar- 
barians; they  did  [not]b  let  live  anyone  among  their  males,  according 
to  all  the  command  of  his  majesty,  except  one  of  those  children  of  the 
I4chief  of  wretched  Kush,  who  was  taken  away  alive  as  a  living  prisoner 
with  their  people  toc  his  majesty.  They  were  placed  under  the  feet  of 
the  Good  God;  for  his  majesty  had  appeared  upon  his  throne  when 
isthe  living  prisoners  were  brought  in,  which  this  army  of  his  majesty 
had  captured.  This  land  was  made  a  subject  of  his  majesty  as  formerly, 
the  people  l6rejoiced,  the  chiefs  were  joyful;  they  gave  praise  to  the 
Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  they  lauded  this  god,  excellent  in  examples  of 
his  divinity.  It  came  to  pass  on  account  of  the  fame  of  his  majesty, 
I?because  his  father  Amon  loved  him  so  much  more  than  any  king  who 
has  been  since  the  beginning.  The  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt: 
Okhepernere,  Son  of  Re:  Thutmose  (II),  Beautiful  in  Diadems,  given 
life,  stability,  satisfaction,  like  Re,  forever. 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  AHMOSE-PEN-NEKHBETd 
[Concluded  from  §  85;  see  also  §  344] 

IV.     CAREER  UNDER  THUTMOSE  II 

123.  The  conclusion  of  the  long  military  career  of  this 
officer,  at  least  in  so  far  as  he  has  recorded  it,  was  a  cam- 
paign of  Thutmose  II  against  the  Shasu-Bedwin,  of  which 
this  is  our  only  record.  It  is  probable  that  this  defeat  of 
the  Shasu  was  only  an  incident  in  the  northward  march 


aPartially  broken  away. 

bThe  negative  is  broken  out  in  the  text,  but  may  certainly  be  supplied  from  1.  10. 
cLit.,  "to  a  place  under  his  majesty"  =*  the  place  where  his  majesty  was. 
dBibliography  on  p.  10,  note  a. 


§125] 


CAMPAIGN  IN  SYRIA 


against  Niy  (§  i25).a  This  last  campaign  also  brought  its 
reward  of  valor  from  the  king  (§  24). 

Campaign  against  the  Shasu 

124.  I  followed  King  Okhepernereb  (Thutmose  II),  triumphant; 
there  were  brought  off  for  me  in  Shasu  (S0-sw)  very  many  living 
prisoners;  I  did  not  count  them. 

[See  also  §344] 


CAMPAIGN  IN  SYRIAC 

125.  The  great  importance  of  this  fragment  has  been 
overlooked  in  all  the  histories,  and  was  first  noticed  by 
Sethe.d  It  records  a  campaign  of  Thutmose  II  in  "Retenu, 
the  Upper11  and  as  far  probably  as  Niy. 

ie[Gifts  which  were  brought  to]e  the  fame  of  the  king,  Okhepernere 

(Thutmose  II)f  [from  his  vic]2tories    3elephant[s]g   

4horse[s]    [Retenu]  5the  Upper    [the  land]  6of  Niy 

  ?kings   8nis  majesty  in    9[when]  he  came 

out  of  . 


aThe  reign  of  Thutmose  II  was  so  short  that  we  can  hardly  suppose  that  he  made 
more  than  one  campaign  into  Asia,  in  addition  to  his  Nubian  campaign  (§§  119-22). 

bPublished  by  Maspero  (Zeitschrift  fur  dgyptische  Sprache,  1883,  78)  as 
"Thutmose  I;"  corrected  as  above,  Maspero,  Struggle  of  the  Nations,  239,  n.  1. 

cFragment  from  the  Der  el-Bahri  temple,  middle  colonnade,  toward  the  right 
end  of  the  Punt  reliefs  (§  272).  Only  the  extreme  tops  of  nine  lines  are  preserved. 
Text:  Mariette,  Deir-el-Bahari,  7;  Dumichen,  Historische  Inschriften,  II,  17; 
Sethe,  JJ titer suchungen,  I,  102  and  40.  Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  80.  Besides 
this  inscription,  there  is  a  short  building  inscription  of  Thutmose  II  in  the  Der  el- 
Bahri  temple,  giving  the  usual  dedication  of  a  doorway  which  he  erected  there 
(Brugsch,  Recueil  de  monuments,  69,  1). 

dSethe,  Unter suchungen,  I,  40. 

eAs  the  inscription  accompanies  a  relief  representing  gifts,  the  beginning  is 
undoubtedly  to  be  restored  according  to  numerous  analogies,  as  Sethe  has  done, 
Unter  suchungen,  I,  40. 

f  In  NavihVs  text  the  end  of  the  name  is  lost;  hence  Naville,  not  having  col- 
lated the  old  publications,  is  unable  to  identify  the  name,  but  says  "it  seems  to  be 
that  of  Thothmes  I"  (Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  17).  Both  Mariette  and  Dum- 
ichen give  Thutmose  II. 

8Cf.  the  elephant  hunt  in  the  same  region  here  mentioned,  in  Amenemhab 
(11.  22-25,  §  588)  under  Thutmose  III. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  II  [§ia6 


THE  EBONY  SHRINE  OF  DER  EL-BAHRIa 

126.  The  left  side-panel  of  an  ebony  shrine,  unearthed 
by  Naville  in  the  temple  of  Der  el-Bahri,  contains  the  follow- 
ing dedication  written  thrice  on  the  outside.  It  is  in  the 
name  of  Thutmose  I  and  II,  but  the  feminine  pronoun 
occurs  thrice,  and  the  feminine  verbal  ending  four  times ;b 
hence  Hatshepsut  was  certainly  the  author  of  the  monument. 
Moreover,  one  of  Hatshepsut's  partisans,  Thutiy,  states  that 
he  made  just  such  an  ebony  shrine  in  her  time  (§  375,  1.  24). 
It  was  therefore  later  usurped  by  the  two  Thutmoses,  show- 
ing that  Hatshepsut  reigned  for  a  time  before  them. 

127.  The  Good  God,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  lord  of  offering, 
lord  of  diadems,  who  hath  taken  the  crown  of  the  Two  Lands,  King 
of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Okhepernere,  Bodily  Son  of  Re,  Thut- 
mose (II) c;  he  made  (it)  as  his  monument  for  hisd  father,  Amon-Re, 
making  for  him  an  august  shrine  of  ebony  of  the  best  of  the  highlands, 
that  shee  might  live  and  abidef  rfor  him^  like  Re,  forever. 


aNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  II,  xxv-xxix. 

bThe  feminine  occurs  continually  in  the  other  inscriptions  on  the  shrine  also, 
as  Sethe  has  shown  {Zeitschrijt  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  8,  9). 
cRight-hand  column  has  Thutmose  I! 
dThe  column  on  the  edge  has  "her J" 

eNaville  has  not  noted  this  feminine,  which  occurs  in  two  of  the  three  texts; 
he  offers  an  impossible  masculine  in  his  translation. 

l" Live"  and  "abide"  are  both  feminine  forms.  They  are  ignored  by  Naville; 
PI.  XXVII  is  very  inaccurate  in  reproducing  the  alterations  evident  in  the  original. 

eOr:  "through  him.1* 


REIGN  OF  THUTMOSE  III  AND  HATSHEPSUT 


INTRODUCTION 

128.  The  close  of  Thutmose  Fs  independent  reign  was 
followed  by  years  of  conflict  and  strife  among  the  Thut- 
mosids,  in  which  the  parties  of  Thutmose  I  (not  yet  deceased), 
Thutmose  II,  Thutmose  III,  and  Hatshepsut  were  all  push- 
ing the  claims  of  their  respective  candidates  for  the  throne 
at  the  same  time.  As  they  all  succeeded  for  longer  or  shorter 
periods,  there  is  the  greatest  confusion  of  royal  names  on 
the  monuments  dating  from  this  period.  It  seems  to  the 
author  that  Sethe's  explanation  of  the  problem  is  the  first 
correctly  to  solve  the  difficulty.  It  is  the  first,  and  thus  far 
the  only,  scientific  study  of  the  problem  employing  and 
reckoning  with  all  the  materials.  Sethe  maintains  the  fol- 
lowing propositions: 

1.  The  instigator  of  the  insertion  of  a  royal  name  over 
another  royal  name  is  the  king  bearing  the  inserted  name; 
hence 

2.  The  systematic  insertion  of  the  names  of  Thutmose  I 
and  Thutmose  II  together,  over  the  name  of  Hatshepsut  on 
buildings  erected  by  her  together  with  Thutmose  III,  shows 
that  Thutmose  I  and  II  reigned  for  a  short  time  together,  after 
the  joint  reign  of  Hatshepsut  and  Thutmose  III  had  begun. 

3.  The  earliest  monuments  of  Thutmose  III  show  that 
he  at  first  reigned  alone,  Hatshepsut  being  called  merely 
"great  king's-wife"  until  she  later  became  king  coregent 
with  him. 

129.  The  real  succession  on  the  first  fall  of  Thutmose  I 
was  therefore  probably  thus: 

1.  Thutmose  III  reigns  for  a  time  alone. 

53 


54      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§i 


2.  Hatshepsut's  party  forces  her  upon  Thutmose  III  as 
coregent. 

3.  About  year  6  of  Thutmose  III,  Thutmose  I  and  II 
together  gain  the  throne,  for  a  brief  coregency,  but  are  not 
able  to  suppress  Thutmose  III,  who,  on  the  disappearance 
(probably  death)  of  Thutmose  I,  regains  the  throne,  and 
rules  as  coregent  with  Thutmose  II,  till  the  latter's  death, a 
which  followed  shortly,  about  year  8  of  Thutmose  Ill's 
reign  (numbered  from  his  first  accession). 

4.  Thutmose  III,  with  Hatshepsut  now  associated  with 
him  permanently,  holds  the  throne,  and  they  rule  together 
at  least  twelve  years  more,  till  the  death  of  the  queen,  when 
Thutmose  III  finally  holds  undivided  possession.  He 
numbered  his  years  from  his  first  accession,  ruling  at  least 
thirty-four  years  more,  till  the  year  54. b 

130.  It  will  be  seen  that  in  this  readjustment  of  the  reigns 
practically  all  of  the  reign  of  Thutmose  I  falls  before,  and 
the  bulk  of  Thutmose  Ill's  reign  after,  the  period  of  the 
family  conflict;  while  the  reign  of  Thutmose  II  falls  in  the 
midst  of  this  period  of  conflict  that  lies  between.  Hence 
the  old  numbering  of  these  three  kings  need  not  be  changed, 
and  for  this  reason  also  their  inscriptions  are  taken  up  in  the 
old  order.    It  should  be  noted  that  a  number  of  difficulties 


aFragments  of  a  statue  from  the  temple  of  Wazmose  at  Thebes,  as  published 
by  Daressy  {Annates  du  service,  I,  99)  bear  the  date:  year  18  of  Thutmose  II! 
In  view  of  Daressy's  numerous  errors  in  publishing  the  short  inscription,  this  is 
not  to  be  accepted  without  examination  of  the  original  which,  according  to  Bor- 
chardt,  is  stated  by  Daressy  to  be  missing  at  Cairo.  The  date  is  probably  year  18 
of  Thutmose  I. 

bIt  is  impossible  here  to  discuss  the  large  mass  of  evidence  which  favors  the 
above  conclusions.  Some  of  it  will  be  found  in  the  following  translations.  For 
the  rest,  the  student  is  referred  to  Sethe's  first  treatise  (Untersuchungen,  I),  his 
discussion  with  Naville  {Zeitschrijt  filr  agyptische  Sprache,  35,  36,  and  37),  and 
Breasted,  A  New  Chapter  in  the  Life  0}  Thutmose  III  (Leipzig,  1900,  or  Unter- 
suchungen, II).    For  year  20  of  Hatshepsut,  see  Petrie,  Catalogue  ....  Sinai,  p.  19. 


CORONATION  INSCRIPTION 


55 


beset  any  theory  of  the  Thutmosid  struggle.  The  above 
reconstruction,  in  view  of  recent  discoveries,  is  perhaps  not 
to  be  regarded  as  finally  demonstrated,  but  it  at  least  deals 
with  and  attempts  to  solve  the  otherwise  insuperable  diffi- 
culties of  the  current  traditional  theory. 


INSCRIPTION  OF  THE  CORONATION;  BUILDINGS  AND 

OFFERINGSa 

131.  This  inscription  contains  historical  material  of  the 
highest  importance,  which  has  been  overlooked  in  all  the 
histories.  On  the  occasion  of  the  completion  of  one  of  his 
numerous  additions  to  the  Karnak  temple,  sometime  be- 
tween the  years  15  and  22  (1.  17),  Thutmose  III  held  an 
audience  and  addressed  his  court,  informing  them  that  he 
owed  his  crown  to  Amon,  and  that  he  had  shown  his  grati- 
tude by  great  buildings  and  sumptuous  offerings  (11.  1-22). 
The  court  replied,  acknowledging  his  divine  call  to  the 
throne  (11.  22-24).    All  this  is  now  recorded  as  an  intro- 


aIn  the  Karnak  temple  of  Amon,  on  the  exterior  of  the  south  wall  of  the  cham- 
bers south  of  the  sanctuary;  three  fragments  were  first  published  in  1863  by  Brugsch 
{Recueil  de  Monuments,  I,  PI.  XXVI),  then  entire  by  Mariette  {Karnak,  14-16)  in 
1875,  with  lines  numbered  backward  and  incorrect  arrangement  of  fragments; 
then  more  accurately,  but  less  completely  and  without  the  fragments,  by  de  Rouge 
{Inscriptions  hieroglyphiques,  165-74)  in  1879,  with  lines  numbered  correctly; 
then  much  better  than  either,  with  correct  arrangement  of  fragments,  by  Brugsch 
{Thesaurus,  1281-90);  finally  I  published  the  coronation  portion  alone,  based  on 
the  old  ^publications  {New  Chapter,  6-9).  But  I  have  since  secured  much 
better  materials,  especially  a  careful  copy  of  the  original  by  my  friend,  Mr.  Alan 
Gardiner,  which  he  kindly  placed  at  my  disposal;  also,  through  the  kindness  of 
Mr.  Newberry,  two  large  photographs  made  by  Dr.  Page  May;  and  finally  two 
more,  which  I  owe  to  the  thoughtfulness  of  Borchardt.  These  materials  add 
much  to  the  publications,  and  show  that  Brugsch  made  numerous  restorations  in 
the  lacunae,  without  indication  that  the  added  signs  were  not  found  on  the  original. 
The  inscription  is  in  forty-nine  vertical  lines,  and  as  the  upper  courses  of  masonry 
have  perished,  the  upper  half  of  all  the  lines  has  been  lost,  except  11.  36-49,  where 
fragments  with  the  tops  of  these  lines  have  survived,  though  with  lacunae  below 
them. 


56      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§j 


duction  to  a  three-fold  list  of  the  king's  benefactions  to  the 
god:  first,  his  buildings  (11.  25-36);  second,  his  offerings  of 
the  field,  and  the  herds,  besides  gifts  of  lands  (11.  36-41); 
third,  temple  utensils  and  the  like  (11.  42-48).  A  short 
peroration  concludes  the  record  (11.  48-49). 

132.  The  introductory  speech  of  the  king  begins  with 
an  account  of  his  youth  and  of  how  he  was  named  king.  In 
the  course  of  these  reminiscences,  the  king  in  one  phrase 
only  (1.  3)  compares  himself  to  the  youthful  Horus  in  the 
Delta  marshes.  This  very  common  comparison  of  the  king 
with  Horus a  in  the  Delta,  together  with  the  following  con- 
text,15 was  misunderstood  by  Brugsch  as  literal.0  This 
error  was  exposed  by  Masperod  in  1880,  and  since  then 
the  inscription  was  left  for  twenty  years  untouched,  as  if 
its  significance  and  content  had  been  finally  settled.  This 
conclusion,  however,  is  hardly  to  be  justified  if  we  notice 
that  the  inscription  as  used  in  all  the  histories  now  current, 
is  translated  backward!6 

133.  Translating  the  king's  speech  in  the  proper  direction, 
it  becomes  coherent  in  spite  of  the  loss  of  the  first  half  of 
each  line,  and  tells  a  remarkable  story.  The  king  states, 
with  protestations  of  his  truthfulness,  that  he  was  a  lad  in 
the  temple  of  Amon,  before  he  had  received  his  appoint- 
ment as  priest  (hn-ntr,  "prophet"1  L  2);  and  that  he  later 


aSee,  for  example,  the  identical  statement  with  reference  to  Amenmeses,  III, 
642,  note  (Lepsius,  Denktnaler,  III,  201,  c). 

bIt  was  the  following  context  which  misled  Brugsch,  for  he  remarks  that  such 
comparisons  were  an  "oft  wiederkehrende  Redensart  junger  Konige"  (365). 

cGeschichte,  365,  and  288,  289;  for  the  same  error  recently  repeated,  see  Pro- 
ceedings 0}  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archaology,  1904,  37. 

ARevue  critique,  1880,  I,  107,  n.  1;  and  Zeitschrijt  fiir  agyptische  Sprache, 
1882,  133. 

eBrugsch,  the  entire  inscription,  beginning  with  the  last  line,  and  ending  with 
the  first.  As  far  back  as  1879  the  publication  of  the  admirable  de  Rouge  had 
added  the  proper  numbering  to  the  lines;  Brugsch  has  it  in  his  Thesaurus  (1891). 

£Of  course,  this  appointment  must  have  followed  later. 


CORONATION  INSCRIPTION 


57 


occupied  the  priestly  office  of  " Pillar  of  his  Mother"  (1.  3). 
On  the  occasion  of  a  great  feast  the  young  priest  was  stationed 
by  the  god  in  the  northern  hypostyle  (1.  3).  The  splendid 
procession  of  the  god  appeared  (1.  4),  with  the  then  king 
(who  is  unfortunately  not  named)  offering  incense  and  con- 
ducting the  ceremonies  (1.  5).  The  procession  passed 
around  the  hall  where  the  young  priest  was,  while  the  goda 
sought  for  him  (1.  6).  As  he  stopped  before  the  young 
priest  the  latter  fell  down  before  him  in  adoration,  but  was 
raised  up  and  placed  before  the  god  (1.  7). 

134.  Then  followed  the  oracleb  of  the  god,  proclaiming 
him  king ;  it  is  unfortunately  lost  in  the  lacuna,  but  immedi- 
ately following  is  a  reference  to  the  "secrets  in  the  hearts  0} 
the  gods"  now  revealed,  namely,  their  intention  to  make 
him  king  (1.  8).c  At  this  juncture  in  their  coronation  by 
the  gods,  Hatshepsut  and  Amenhotep  III  proceed  to  Heliopo- 
lis  to  be  crowned  by  the  sun-god,  as  was  the  immemorial 
custom  (cf.  §§221  ff.).  But  the  young  priest,  Thutmose,  is 
more  highly  favored ;  for  him  the  gates  of  heaven  are  opened, 
he  flies  thither  to  be  received  by  the  sun-god  (1.  9),  who 
then  crowned  him  (11.  10,  11),  and  fixed  his  four  royal 
namesd  (in  addition  to  the  fifth,  Thutmose,  which  he  al- 
ready bore),  in  accordance  with  divinely  conferred  qualities 
(11.  12-14).  Thus  he  is  installed  in  the  kingship,  and  his 
authority  established  at  home  and  abroad  (11.  15,  16),  in 


aOr  possibly  the  then  king. 

bThis  oracle  is  referred  to  by  the  court  in  their  reply  (1.  23),  and  by  Thutmose 
III  himself  in  his  inscription  of  year  23  at  Haifa:  "He  (the  god)  hath  assigned  to 
him  his  inheritance  as  a  body  which  he  begat;  he  uttered  an  oracle  concerning  him 
(ndf  r>  hr'  /)  that  his  coronation  might  be  established  for  him  (as)  king  upon  the 
Horus-throne  of  the  living"  (11.  3,  4,  from  a  photograph  by  Steindorff). 

cCompare  the  designation  of  Hatshepsut  and  Amenhotep  III  as  king  by  the 
gods  before  their  coronation  (§  231). 

dHarmhab's  names  are  declared  at  his  divine  coronation  at  precisely  the 
same  juncture  (III,  29,  L.  19). 


58      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§  i 


order  that  he  may  offer  the  wealth  of  the  earth  to  Amon 
(11.  16,  17),  erect  him  buildings,  and  present  him  offerings 
like  the  present  ones  (11.  17-22). 

135.  This  remarkable  narrative,  under  a  cloak  of  alleged 
divine  interposition,  like  that  in  the  life  of  Harmhab  (III, 
22  ff.),  records  the  elevation  of  Thutmose  III  from  a  posi- 
tion of  humble  rank  in  the  priesthood  of  the  Karnak  temple 
of  Amon  to  the  throne  of  Egypt.  This  is  unquestionable 
fact.  The  only  difference  between  this  elevation  of  Thut- 
mose III  and  that  of  Harmhab  is  that  Harmhab  reached  it 
after  a  long  official  career,  culminating  in  great  political 
power,  while  Thutmose  III  rose  to  it  directly  from  his 
priestly  rank  in  the  temple.  Any  attempt  to  explain  this 
is  to  pass  distinctly  from  fact  to  theory.  Suppose  that 
Thutmose  III  was  the  oldest  son  of  Thutmose  I,  born  before 
the  latter's  accession;  his  mother  being,  as  we  know,  a 
lady  not  of  royal  blood,  named  Isis.  This  would  explain 
why  we  find  him  as  a  priest  in  the  Amon  temple.  When 
his  father,  Thutmose  I,  after  marrying  the  royal  princess 
Ahmose,  gained  the  throne,  and  Hatshepsut,  his  daughter 
by  her,  grew  up,  she  (Hatshepsut)  was  given  in  marriage 
to  the  king's  eldest  son,  still  a  priest  in  the  temple.  Thus 
was  the  young  priest  immediately  invested  with  a  future 
claim  upon  the  throne — a  claim  which  a  young  man  of  the 
ability  which  we  know  he  possessed,  would  surely  make 
effective.  Queen  Ahmose  dies,  and  with  her  perishes 
Thutmose  I's  right  to  the  throne.  The  young  priest  imme- 
diately claims  his  right  to  reign,  through  his  wife,  precisely 
as  his  father,  Thutmose  I,  had  done.a  And  now  we  pass 
from  theory  to  fact  again. 


aHarmhab  also  gained  his  right  to  the  throne  through  his  wife,  a  royal  princess, 
who  is  referred  to  in  his  coronation  inscription  (III,  28,  1.  15). 


§138] 


CORONATION  INSCRIPTION 


50 


136.  On  the  occasion  of  a  great  feast,  when  the  god 
appears  in  procession,  the  future  Thutmose  III  has  all  ar- 
ranged so  that  the  god  shall  stop  before  him  as  he  stands  in 
his  place  among  the  ranks  of  priests  in  the  colonnaded  hall, 
and  shall  indicate  him  as  the  future  king.  The  plan  is 
carried  out  successfully,  and  a  superb  stroke  of  imagination 
adds  also  the  visit  to  the  celestial  realm  there  to  be  crowned 
and  named  by  Re,  the  sun-god  himself.  Thus  Thutmose 
III  succeeded  his  father;  and  of  his  wife,  the  royal  heiress, 
Hatshepsut,  in  whose  right  he  ruled,  we  hear  not  a  word  in 
the  whole  transaction. a  The  later  buildings  and  gifts  are 
also  all  in  his  own  name. 

137.  The  inscription  refers  to  offerings  of  the  fifteenth 
year;  it  is  important  to  note  that  already  at  this  time,  be- 
tween this  date  and  the  beginning  of  his  great  campaigns 
(year  22),  Thutmose  III  possessed  forest  domains  in  Syria 
(1.  34),  from  which  he  drew  cedar  for  his  temple  doors. 
He  was  also  receiving  captives  and  the  children  of  native 
princes  from  Syria  at  this  time.  These  facts  indicate  that 
he  was  still  holding  his  father's  conquests,  at  least  as  far  north 
as  Lebanon;13  and  it  was  to  suppress  a  widespread  and  per- 
sistent revolt  that  he  began  his  campaigns  in  Syria  at  the  close 
of  the  year  22. c 

Birth  and  Youth  oj  Thutmose  III 

138.  1  d  my  —  is  he;  I  am  hise  son,  whom  he  commanded 

that  I  should  be  upon  his  throne,  while  I  was  one  dwelling  in  his 


aThis  coincides  with  Sethe's  conclusion  that  Thutmose  III  succeeded  Thutmose  I 
for  a  time  alone,  before  the  legitimists  forced  Hatshepsut  upon  him  as  coregent. 

bWhere  his  forest  domains  of  cedar  must  have  been  located. 

cFor  a  full  exposition  of  the  historical  and  other  data  in  this  remarkable  inscrip- 
tion, see  the  author's  A  New  Chapter  in  the  Life  0}  Thutmose  III  (in  Sethe's 
Untersuchungen) ,  Hinrichs,  Leipzig,  1900. 

dThe  king  in  the  relief  is  represented  enthroned  at  the  left,  holding  audience. 
There  is  little  doubt  that  1.  1  began  "year  x,  month  x,  day  x,  occurred  the  sitting 
(hpr  hms't"),  as,  e.  g.,  at  Der  el-Bahri  (§  292).  The  audience  now  begins  with  a 
speech  from  the  throne. 

eThe  god's;  see  "his  temple1'  (1.  2). 


6o      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN   [§  i 


nest  ;a  he  begat  me  in  uprightness  of  heart 2  there  is  no  lie  therein ; 

since  my  majesty  was  a  stripling,  while  I  was  a  youth  in  his  temple, 

before  occurred  my  installation  to  be  prophet  3   my  majesty. 

I  was  in  the  capacityb  of  the  "  Pillar  of  his  Mother,"0  like  the  youth 
Horus  in  Khemmis.    I  was  standing  in  the  northern  hypostyled  4  . 

The  Feast 

139.    the  splendors  of  his  horizon. e    He  made  festive 

heaven  and  earth  with  his  beauty;  he  received  the  great  marvels ;f 
his  rays  were  in  the  eyes  of  the  people  like  the  "  Coming  forth  of 

Harakhte."    The  people,  they  gave  to  him  s[praise]  the  faltar1 

of  his  temple.  His  majesty  placed  for  him  incense  upon  the  fire,  and 
offered  to  him  a  great  oblation  consisting  of  oxen,  calves,  mountain 
goats,  6  . 

Search  and  Discovery 

140.  —   [the  god]g  made  the  circuit  of  the  hypostyleh  on 

both  sidesi  of  it,  the  heart  of  those  who  were  in  front  did  not  compre- 
hend his  actions,  while  searching  for  my  majesty  in  every  place.  On 
recognizing  me,  lo,  he  halted  7  [I  threw  myself  on]  the  pave- 


aA  common  figure  for  the  young  king,  conceived  as  the  young  Horus-hawk; 
see  §  116. 

bOr:  "role." 

CA  title  of  the  god  Horus,  and  then  of  a  priest;  (see  New  Chapter,  12  and  30) 
as  it  was  an  office  which  could  be  held  by  a  high  priest  (ibid.,  30),  this  indicates 
promotion  of  Prince  Thutmose  from  the  rank  of  "prophet." 

dThis  is  the  northern  half  of  the  colonnaded  hall  built  by  Thutmose  I  in  the 
Karnak  temple  between  his  two  Pylons  (IV  and  V,  see  §  99  and  my  New  Chapter, 
12-14,  30,  31).  As  it  was  later  dismantled  by  Hatshepsut  for  the  erection  of  her 
obelisks  in  it,  we  have  here  also  a  terminus  ad  quern  for  the  date  of  Thutmose  Ill's 
coup  d'etat.    On  the  later  history  of  the  hall,  see  §§  600,  601,  and  803  ff. 

eA  common  poetic  designation  for  the  temple  of  a  god;  to  or  from  the  temple 
at  this  juncture  the  sacred  procession  is  moving,  as  the  following  three  sentences 
show.  In  the  lacuna  opening  the  next  line,  he  reaches  "his  temple,"  these  being 
the  first  words  of  the  line  which  are  preserved. 

f  Doubtless  the  things  offered  to  him. 

sOr  the  procession. 

hWhere  Prince  Thutmose  has  already  been  stationed  by  the  god  (1.  3). 
*  Meaning  the  colonnades  on  either  side  of  the  central  aisle;  Prince  Thutmose 
is  standing  in  the  left,  or  "northern,"  colonnade. 


§  143] 


CORONATION  INSCRIPTION 


6t 


ment,  I  prostrated  myself  in  his  presence.  He  set  me  before  his  majesty  ;a 
I  was  stationed  at  the  ''Station  of  the  King."b    He  was  astonished  at 

me  8  without  untruth.    Then  they  •"revealed1  before  the  people 

the  secrets  in  the  hearts  of  the  gods,  who  know  these  his  — ;  there  was 
none  who  knew  them,  there  was  none  who  revealed  them  9[rbeside  him1]. 

Ascent  to  Heaven 

141.  [rHe  opened  ^or]  me  the  doors  of  heaven;  he  opened  the  portals 
of  the  horizon  of  Re.    I  flew  to  heaven0  as  a  divine  hawk,  beholdingd 

his  form  in  heaven;  I  adored  his  majesty  10  feast.    I  saw  the 

glorious  forms  of  the  Horizon-God  upon  his  mysterious  ways  in  heaven. 

Coronation  in  Heaven 

142.  Re  himself  established  me,  I  was  dignified  with  the  diadems 
which  [we]re  upon  his  head,  his  serpent-diadem,  rested  upon  "[my 

forehead]   [he  satisfied]  me  with  all  his  glories;  I  was  sated 

with  the  counsels45  of  the  gods,  like  Horus,  when  he  counted  his  body 
at  the  house  of  my  father,  Amon-Re.  I  was  fpresent^ed  with  the 
dignities  of  a  god,  with  12  my  diadems. 

Fixing  Titulary* 

143.  His  own  titulary  was  affixed  for  me. 


aProbably  11  his  majesty"  =•" himself;"  viz.,  he  raised  me  up  and  set  me  before 
himself. 

bThe  "Station  of  the  King"  is  the  place  in  the  holy  of  holies  where  the  king 
stood  in  the  performance  of  the  prescribed  state  ritual.  One  is  known  in  Amada, 
in  Elephantine,  in  Thebes  (temple  of  Memnon  colossi),  and,  as  above,  at  Karnak. 
(See  Spiegelberg,  Recueil,  XX,  50,  and  my  New  Chapter,  16,  17.)  I  have  since 
found  another  at  Memphis  (III,  532).  The  placing  of  Prince  Thutmose  at  this 
official  "Station  of  the  King"  is  a  public  recognition  of  him  as  king. 

cThe  usual  meaning  of  this  phrase  applied  to  a  king  is  that  he  died,  but  this 
is  clearly  not  its  meaning  here,  where  the  king  on  the  throne  uses  the  phrase  him- 
self in  addressing  his  courtiers. 

dSo  Brugsch,  but  Gardiner  and  photographs  have  only  a  lacuna  for  "  beholding." 

eS^r't"  see  Piehl,  Zeitschrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  24,  83-85;  it  occurs 
also  in  Harmhab's  coronation,  U.  3  and  11. 

f  Compare  the  fixing  of  the  titulary  by  the  gods  in  the  coronation  of  Hatshepsut 
and  that  of  Amenhotep  III  (§§  230,  239). 


62      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§ 


First  Name 

He  fixed  my  Horus  upon  the  standard  ;a  he  made  me  mighty  as  a 
mighty  bull.  He  caused  that  I  should  shine  in  the  midst  of  Thebes 
I3[in  this  my  name,  Horus:  " Mighty  Bull,  Shining  in  Thebes "].b 

Second  Name 

144.  [He  made  my  kingship  enduring,  like  Re  in  heaven,  in]c  this 
my  [name],  Favorite  of  the  Two  Goddesses:  " Enduring  in  Kingship, 
like  Re  in  Heaven." 

Third  Name 

145.  He  formed  me  as  a  Horus-hawk  of  gold,  he  gave  to  me  his 
might  and  his  strength  and  I  was  splendid  with  these  his  diadems,  in 
this  my  name,  I4[Golden  Horus:  " Mighty  in  Strength,  Splendid  in 
Diadems  "]. 

Fourth  Name 

146.   [in  this  my  name],  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt, 

Lord  of  the  Two  Lands:  " Menkheperre "  (the  being  of  Re  abides). 

Fifth  Name 

147.  I  am  his  son  who  came  forth  from  him,  a  likeness  fashioned 
like  the  presider  over  Hesret;d  he  beautified  all  my  forms,  in  this  my 
name,  Son  of  Re:  "Thutmose,  Beautiful  of  Form,"  living  forever  and 
ever. 

Recognition  of  His  Authority 

148.  15  my  — ;  he  caused  that  [the  princes  of]  all  [coun]- 

tries  [should  come],  doing  obeisance  because  ofe  the  fame  of  my  majesty; 
my  terror  was  in  the  hearts  of  the  Nine  Bows;  all  lands  were  under 
my  sandals.  He  gave  victory  by  my  arms,  in  order  to  widen  l6[the 
boundaries  of  Egypt]  because  —  so  much  him.  He 


aThis  is  the  Horus-hawk  which  surmounts  the  so-called  standard  or  banner 
(really  the  facade  of  a  building)  containing  the  Horus-name  of  the  king. 

bRestored  from  the  name  of  the  king,  as  it  occurs  elsewhere. 

cThis  restoration  is  not  literally  certain,  but  something  similar  must  have 
occupied  the  lacuna. 

dThat  is,  Thoth,  with  whose  name  "Thutmose"  (or  Thothmose)  is  compounded. 

eQr:  "to." 


CORONATION  INSCRIPTION 


63 


rejoiced  in  me,  more  than  (in)  any  king  who  had  been  in  the  earth 
since  it  was  loosened. a 

Purpose  oj  His  Choice 

149.  I  am  his  son,  beloved  of  his  majesty,  whom  his  double  desires 
rto  cause1  that  I  should  present  this  land  at  the  place,  where  he  is.  I 
cause  to  encompass  17  which  he  established,  to  make  a  monu- 
ment abiding  in  Karnak.  I  requited  his  beauty  with  something 
greater  than  it  by  magnifying  him  more  than  the  gods.  The  recom- 
pense of  him  who  does  excellent  things  is  a  reward  for  him  of  things 
more  excellent  than  they.    I  have  built  his  house  as  an  eternal  work. 

18  my  ^father1]  caused  that  I  should  be  divine,  that  I  might 

extend  the  throne  of  him  who  made  me ;  that  I  might  supply  with  food 
his  altars  upon  earth ;  that  I  might  make  to  flourish  for  him  the  sacred 
slaughtering-block  with  great  slaughters  in  his  temple,  consisting  of 

oxen  and  calves  without  limit.    19   descending  ''for1  things, 

of  those  which  were  paid  anew,  —  the  dues  therefor.  I  filled  for  him 
his  granaries  with  barley  and  spelt  without  limit.    I  increased  for  him 

the  divine  offerings,  I  gave  to  him  increase,  20  for  this  temple 

of  my  father  Amon,  at  all  feasts;  bof  the  sixth  day  (of  the  month)b  satis- 
fied with  that  which  he  desired  should  be.  I  know  that  it  is  forever; 
that  Thebes  is  eternal.  Amon,  Lord  of  Karnak,  Re  of  Heliopolis  of 
the  South  (Hermonthis),  his  glorious  eye  which  is  in  this  land  31  . 

Erection  oj  This  Monument 

150.  I  made  my  monument,  I  recorded  my  commands  at  the  stair- 
way of  the  lord  of  Karnak,  of  the  fashioner  of  all  that  is  or  exists. 

Everything  shall  remain  forever,  that  is  therein  r  1  22  

a  libation,  together  with  the  things  of  his  gods,  when  the  god  is  satis- 
fied with"  his  things.  The  monument  is  a  work  in  the  temple  for  a 
memorial  of  my  beauty  in  his  house,  and  I  shall  endure  in  the  mouthc 
forever. 


»That  is,  loosened  (wh «)  and  separated  from  the  heavens  at  the  beginning, 
as  in  the  Pyramid  Texts. 

bSo  Brugsch;  it  is  not  now  visible  on  the  wall. 
cOf  the  people. 


64      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [$  i 


Reply  oj  the  Court 

151.  These  companions,  they  said:  2*u  this  [word]  which 

has  been  spoken  to  us;  which  we  have  heard  in  the  court,  L.  P.  H. 
May  thy  nostrils  be  rejuvenated  with  satisfying  life;  may  thy  majesty 
endure  upon  the  great  throne.  The  oracle  of  the  god  himself, a  is  like 
the  word  of  Re  at  the  first  beginning.    Thoth  is  he  who  makes  the 

writing  speak,b  24  rejoicing.    His  kingship  is  assigned  to  thee; 

established  is  thy  coronation  upon  the  Horus-throne,  and  recorded  are 
thy  annals  as  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt.  He  has  united  for  thee 
the  Two  Lands  in  peace,  all  countries  in  subjection. " 

A  New  Chapel0 

152.  25  anew,  together  with  a  "  Divine  Abode,"  a  monu- 
ment of  fine  white  sandstone.  The  king  himself  performed  with  his 
two  hands  the  stretching  of  the  cord  and  the  extension  of  the  line,  putting 
(it)  upon  the  ground,  and  furnishing  on  this  monument  the  exaction  of 

work,  according  to  the  command  of  26  enduring  work  of  their 

hands. 

A  Holy  oj  Holies 

153.  Behold,  my  majesty  erected  for  him  an  august  Holy  of  Holies,d 
the  favorite  place  of  Amon  (named):  " His-Great-Seat-is-Like-the- 
Horizon-of-Heaven,"  of  sandstone  of  the  Red  Mountain. e  Its  interior 
was  wrought  with  electrum  27  . 

Three  Portals 

154.  I  [erected]  the  first  portal,  (named :)  "  Menkheperre-is-Splendid- 
in-the-OpuIence-of-Amon;"  the  second  portal,  (named:)  "Menkhe- 

aEvidently  a  reference  to  the  oracle  which  decreed  Thutmose  III  king.  Com- 
pare the  "oracle  of  the  god  himself"  in  the  Punt  reliefs  (§  285,  1.  5). 
bSee  Papyrus  Ebers,  I,  8. 

cHere  the  audience  of  the  court  seems  to  have  been  concluded,  and  the  list  of 
buildings  and  offerings  begins. 

dThe  form  of  the  determinative  is  like  the  shrine  of  Saft-el-Henneh. 

eNear  Cairo  (cf.  Baedeker's  Egypt,  1902,  77;  wrongly  stated  to  be  near  Syene 
in  Egypt  under  the  Pharaohs,  176),  about  two  miles  east  of  the  city.  It  yields  a 
reddish,  sandy  conglomerate  called  "gritstone."  This  passage  shows  the  elastic 
character  of  the  word  rendered  "sandstone"  (rwd't);  it  indicated  only  gritty,  hard 
stone,  and  usually  sandstone.    See  also  Erman,  Life  in  Ancient  Egypt,  478,  n.  1. 


CORONATION  INSCRIPTION 


65 


perre-is-Abiding-in-Favor-with-Amon ; "  [the  thirda  portal,  (named:) 
"  Menkheperre,]b-is-the-Great-One-of-the-Souls-of-Amon ;  "  wrought 

with  real  electrum,  through  which  Matc  enters  for  him  28  

making  festive  the  monument.  He  rejoiced  in  his  praise,  he  did  that 
which  he  desired,  he  united  his  (sic)  majesty  with  satisfying  life,  and 
joy  of  heart  forever. 

Pylon  VI 

155.  My  majesty  [erect]ed  an  august  pylond  of  the  interior  in  front 
of  29[rthe  holy  of  holies1]  I  erected  for  him  a  great  door,  fash- 
ioned of  new  cedar,  wrought  with  gold,  mounted  with  real  black  copper, 
—  with  copper.    The  great  name  upon  it  was  of  electrum,  doubly 

•"refined1  gold  and  black  copper  30   the  r — 1  thereof  were  of 

doubly  •refined1  gold  made  in  the  likeness  of  the  horizon  of  heaven. 
It  was  more  beautiful  than  [•'anything1]  that  has  (ever)  been. 

My  majesty  further  made  for  him  these  three  portals e  31  . 

Shrines  and  Staines 

156.    the  northern  — ;  shrines  of  stone,  (with)  doors  of 

new  cedar  thereto;  fthe  statues  off  [my  majesty]  belonging  thereto, 
and  the  statuesg  of  my  fathers,  the  kings  32[of  Egypt  who  were 
before  me]. 


aMariette  found  six  gates  bearing  the  name  of  Thutmose  III  in  Karnak;  but 
of  the  three  above  named  he  could  only  find  the  last  (see  Mariette,  Karnak,  Textes, 
58,  and  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  VI,  131 1,  131 2,  1315.  The  first  was  found  by  Legrain 
in  1901  (Annates  du  service,  II,  227);  the  second  has  never  been  found. 

bInserted  by  Brugsch,  but  no  longer  visible  on  original. 

cGoddess  of  truth. 

dThis  pylon  of  the  interior  is,  of  course,  the  pylon  (VI)  of  Thutmose  III, 
behind  the  two  pylons  (IV  and  V)  of  his  father,  Thutmose  I,  and  just  in  front  of 
the  holy  of  holies.  The  back  of  this  pylon  is  occupied  by  the  conclusion  of  the 
Annals  and  the  record  of  feasts  and  offerings  (§§  541  ff.),  and  the  front  by  Nubian 
lists. 

eApparently  a  further  reference  to  the  three  portals  mentioned  before 
(§154). 

fSo  Brugsch,  but  it  is  probably  one  of  his  tacit  restorations,  as  there  is  no 
trace  of  it  on  the  wall. 

gThese  statues  were  those  of  his  ancestors  mentioned  in  the  list  in  one  of  the 
rear  chambers  of  the  Karnak  temple  and  now  in  Paris  (see  §§  604  f.). 


66      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§  T 


A  Restoration* 

157.   [for]  my  father  Amon-Re  in  Karnak,  by  making  for 

him  a  monument  anew,  —  upon  —  the  ancestors,  by  beautifying  for 

him  his  temple  which  builtb  for  him  33[my  majesty]  .  Behold, 

my  majesty  found  this  (made)  of  brick,c  very  ruinous,  of  the  work  of 
the  ancestors.    My  majesty  himself  wrought  with  his  two  hands,  at 

the  feast  of  "  Stretching-the-Cord,"  upon  this  monument  34  , 

Its  beautiful  name  which  my  majesty  made  was:  " Menkheperre- 
(Thutmose  -  III)  -  Adored  -  of  -  the  -  People  -  is  -  Great  -  in  -  the  -  Strength  -  of  - 
Amon."  Its  great  door  was  of  cedar  of  the  royal  domain,d  wrought 
with  [copper;  the  great  name  upon  it]e  was  of  electrum.   , 

Conclusion  0}  Buildings 

158.  He  fdid1]  more  than  any  king  who  has  been  since  the  beginning. 
There  was  none  beyond  his  majesty  in  knowledge  of  everything  in  every 
handicraft,  exacting r  1 36  f —  ""when1  there  was  an  "  Appear- 
ance "g  at  of  very  great  monuments,  excellent  in  work  according 

to  the  desire  of  his  majesty  concerning  them,  because  he  so  much  loved 
his  father  Amon  [rlord  of  Thebes1]. 


aIt  is  impossible  to  identify  this  structure,  but  it  must  have  been  a  considerable 
building,  as  a  special  ceremony  of  laying  out  the  plan  was  held.  It  may  have  been 
the  chambers  attributed  to  Hatshepsut,  on  the  south  wall  of  which  the  inscription 
stands.  As  this  is  the  last  building  in  the  list,  its  conclusion  or  dedication  is 
doubtless  the  occasion  of  the  audience  of  the  court  and  the  introductory  speech  of 
the  king. 

bEgyptian  order  preserved,  to  indicate  division  of  lines. 

cIn  contrast  with  his  restoration  of  it  in  stone  (which  here  falls  into  the  follow- 
ing lacuna) ;  cf.  Thutmose  Ill's  Ptah-tcmple  at  Karnak,  which  bears  the  inscription: 

"His  majesty  found  this  temple  0}  brick  he  made  this  temple  0}  sandstone" 

(Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  V,  1188). 

dThis  domain  must  have  been  in  Syria,  for  cedar  did  not  grow  in  Egypt. 
This  indicates  that  Thutmose  III  maintained  his  authority  there  before  the  begin- 
ning of  his  great  campaigns  (see  my  New  Chapter,  28,  29). 

eSo  Brugsch;  evidently  another  tacit  restoration. 

f  At  this  point  begins  a  part  of  the  lost  upper  portions  of  the  lines,  preserved 
on  two  blocks  at  the  top  of  the  wall.  They  have  been  set  on  wrong  by  Mariette, 
and  should  be  shifted  two  lines  to  the  right.  From  here  to  the  end,  the  average 
loss  is  from  one-quarter  to  one-half  line. 

gOf  the  god,  in  procession. 


CORONATION  INSCRIPTION 


67 


New  Offerings 

159.  The  king  himself  commanded  to  make  divine  offerings,  3'anew 

for  his  father  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes,   30  jars  of  — ,  100 

bundles  of  vegetables,  3  (hbtf  /-)  jars  of  wine,  Q}t-c:>-)  fowl,  fruit,  white 
loaves,  ai  nd 3  of  (3  h-)  herb  and  1  nd 3  of  dates. a 

Live  Offerings 

160.  My  majesty  furthermore  commanded  38to  present  an  offering, 
consisting  of  oxen,  calves,  of  bulls,  of  gazelles,  . 

Vegetable  Garden  and  Lands 

161.  My  majesty  made  for  him  a  garden  anew,  in  order  to  present 
to  him  vegetables  and  all  beautiful  flowers.  My  majesty  furthermore 
gave  lands,  392800  statb  to  be  fields  of  divine  offerings;  many  lands  in 
South  and  North,  — c  htaX\ 

Foreign  Slaves 

162.   supplied  with  people.    I  filled  it  with  [captives]  from 

the  south  and  north  countries,  being  children  4°[of]  the  chiefs  of  Retenud 
and  children  [of  the  chiefs]  of  Khenthennofer,  according  as  my  father 

[Amon]  commanded  milk  therein,  each  day  for  these  vessels e 

(m[hr]w)  of  silver,  gold,  and  bronze,  which  my  majesty  made  for  him 
41  anew. 

Another  New  Offering 

163.  Year  15,  first  (month)  of  the  third  season,  day  27;  my  majesty 

commanded  to  found  a  great  divine  offering  anew    [rin  the 

year1] f  for  the  sake  of  the  life,  prosperity,  and  health  of  my  majesty, 
in  order  that  the  altars  of  my  father  Amon  may  be  supplied  for  all 
eternity. 


aSee  same  two  items  together  in  feasts  and  offerings  (§  571,  1.  30,  and  note). 

bSee  Griffith,  Proceedings  of  the  Society  0}  Biblical  Archeology,  XIV,  412. 

cNumeral  is  lost. 

dSee  New  Chapter,  28. 

eThey  are  mentioned  from  1.  42  on,  §  164. 

fSo  Brugsch,  but  there  is  now  no  trace  of  it. 


68      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§164 


Small  Monuments  *  Utensils,  Etc. 

164.  42My  majesty  furthermore  presented  to  him  [very  many]b 

monuments:  a  great  vase  (hs  t)  of  electrum,  of  7  cubits0  of 

silver,  gold,  bronze,  and  copper,  they  shone  over  the  (sacred)  lake; 
the  Two  Lands  were  flooded  with  their  brightness,  43like  the  stars  in  the 
body  of  Nut,  while  my  statue  followed.    Offering-tables  of  electrum  of 

 real  — ,  which  my  majesty  exacted  anew.    I  made  it  for  him 

out  of  the  conceptions  of  my  heart,d  by  the  guidance  of  the  god  himself, 
"being  the  work  of  the  hands  of  "Him-Who-is-South-of-His-Wall."e 
Never  was  made  the  like  in  this  land  since  the  time  of  the  ancestors] 

 rbeyond  everything1.    My  majesty  furthermore  presented  to 

him  2  great  (hbnt-)  jars,  as  the  first  of  this  great  oblation,  45which  my 

majesty  founded  anew,  for  my  father  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes,   

at  all  his  feasts  forever.  My  majesty  furthermore  [made]  many  '"cham- 
bers1 f  wrought  with  electrum  and  black  copper ,g  erecting  an  'enclosure1, 
a  seat  46  . 

A  Harp,  Etc. 

165.  [My  majesty  made]h  a  splendid  harp  wrought  with  silver, 
gold,  lapis  lazuli,  malachite,  and  every  splendid  costly  stone,  47for  the 
praise  of  the  beauty  of  his  majesty1  at  his  appearances  in  the  names 

 gold,  bronze,  and  every  costly  stone,  a  hall  as  in  the  beginning; 

(mnty't-)  linen,  made  anew,  supplied  with  all  that  belongs  thereto; 
48two  chambers  (yswy)  containing  splendid  ointment  for  [rmy  father 
Amon1]  fwhich1]  I  fexact^ed  for  it. 

Conclusion 

166.  My  majesty  did  this  for  my  father  Amon,  rlord  [of  Thebes1],  as 
recompense  for  the  permanence  of  49the  statues  of  my  majesty  which 

are  in  [this]  temple  the  limbs,  as  an  everlasting  work,  to  make 

his  voyage  therein,  at  his  great  feasts  of  the  New  Year. 


aThe  Egyptian  uses  the  word  "monument"  also  for  smaller  works,  vessels, 
utensils,  etc.,  of  which  a  list  begins  here. 

bSo  Brugsch,  but  Gardiner  has  the  mh-sign  and  a  lacuna. 

cIf  this  refers  to  the  height,  as  seems  certain,  it  was  of  the  astonishing  height 
of  twelve  feet! 

dThe  same  phrase  (km  ^-n-yb)  occurs  in  Papyrus  Harris  (IV,  308,  1.  4). 
eAn  epithet  of  Ptah,  patron  of  handicrafts.  lSb}i't. 

gSec  Building  Inscriptionof  AmenhotepIII,11.3, 11, and  22  (§§883, 886, and  889). 
hSo  Brugsch;  no  trace  on  original.        iThe  god. 


§i68]  SEMNEH  TEMPLE  INSCRIPTIONS 


6Q 


SEMNEH  TEMPLE  INSCRIPTIONS5* 

167.  The  temple  of  Semneh  was  rebuilt  of  stone  from  the 
ground  up,  by  Thutmose  III,  with  the  pious  intention  of  re- 
storing the  brick  sanctuary  of  his  great  ancestor  (at  least 
officially  so),  Sesostris  III,  in  whose  fortress  of  Semneh  the 
temple  stands.  Of  Sesostris  Ill's  original  temple  nothing 
has  ever  been  found,  unless  the  "  Second  Semneh  Tablet " 
(I,  653-60)  was  a  part  of  it.  This  tablet  Thutmose  III 
piously  set  up  in  the  wall  of  his  new  temple;  and  also  had 
recorded  on  the  new  walls  the  old  list  of  feasts  and  offerings 
which  he  found  among  the  inscriptions  of  Sesostris  III. 
More  than  this  the  old  temple  was  sacred  to  Khnum  and 
Dedun;  but  Thutmose  III  adds  to  them  Sesostris  III,  now 
apotheosized  as  the  hero  who  conquered  Nubiab  (see  I, 
640  ff.).  There  is  here  a  noble  regard  for  the  greatest  king 
of  the  Middle  Kingdom,  which  contrasts  very  strikingly 
with  the  shameful  desecration  of  which  the  Nineteenth 
Dynasty  was  guilty. 

Thutmose  III  completed  his  new  temple  early  in  his 
second  year,  and  the  original  sculptures  show  not  a  trace  of 
Queen  Hatshepsut's  regnancy. c 

I.     RENEWAL  OF  SESOSTRIS  Ill's  LIST  OF  OFFERINGS d 

Scenes 

168.  On  the  right  Sesostris  III  is  enthroned  under  a 
baldachin.  Before  him  at  the  extreme  left  stands  Thutmose 
III. 

aLepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  47,  a-56,  b;  Young,  Hieroglyphics,  91-95.  Stein- 
dorff's  collation  of  Lepsius  with  the  original  shows  that  the  latter's  plates  are  very 
accurate. 

bThis  apotheosis  of  Sesostris  III  doubtless  took  place  earlier  than  this,  but 
we  have  no  earlier  evidence. 

cOn  later  traces  of  her  in  the  reliefs,  see  Sethe,  Zeitschrift  fur  dgyptische  Sprache, 
36,  59-63,  and  Pis.  VI-X. 

dOn  the  east  wall,  outside  (Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  55,  a-b). 


7o      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§  169 


Inscription 

169.  *Year  2,  second  month  of  the  third  season  (tenth  month), 
day  7  under  the  majesty  of  a  2Thutmose  (III),  given  life. 

Decree  oj  Renewal 

170.  That  which  was  spoken  byb  the  majesty  of  the  Court,  L.  P.  H., 
to  the  wearer  of  the  royal  seal,  sole  companion,  king's-son,  governor  of 
the  southern  countries  — c:  3"  Cause  that  there  be  engraved  the  divine 
offerings,  which  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Lord  of  the  Two 

Lands,  Lord  of  Offering,  Khekure  (Sesostris  III)d  made  

4in  the  temple  of  his  father  Dedun,  presider  over  Nubia,  the  avenging 
son;  that  he  might  do  excellent  things  for  his  fathers  who  begat  him; 
and  the  festal  offerings,  that  [rhis  name  might  be  mentioned  in  the  house 
ofle  his  father]  sKhnum,  binder  of  the  (Nine)  Bows,  smiter  of  the  Shasu 
(Ss^'w);  while  the  king,  Khekure  (Sesostris  III)  was  among  the  living, 

while  he  lived  6the  gods ;  causing  that  there  be  offered  divine 

offerings  to  the  gods  and  the  mortuary  offering  to  the  dead  by  his  majesty. 

Divine  offerings  were  made  anew  ■  —  7in  the  house  of  his 

father  Dedun,  that  his  name  might  be  mentioned  in  the  house  of  his 
father  Khnum,  binder  of  the  (Nine)  Bows,  smiter  of  the  Shasu. 

Sesostris  IIPs  List 

171.  There  shall  be  given:  southern  grain  and  spelt f  for  them, 
and  the  water  of  Wawat  8for  his  father  Dedun,  pre- 
sider over  Nubia,  a  festal  offering  of  the  beginning  of  the  seasons:  of 
southern  grain,  15  heket;g  for  his  father  Dedun,  presider  over  Nubia: 

of  southern  grain,  645  heket;  of  spelt,  20;  [for  his  father], 

^Khnum,  binder  of  the  (Nine)  Bows:  a  festal  offering  of  the  beginning 
of  the  seasons:  southern  grain,  50  heket;  southern  grain,  425  heket; 
of  spelt,  20;  each  year  for  his  father  Khnum,  binder  of  the  (Nine) 
Bows :  a  bull  of  the  herd  for  the  New  Year  {wp-rnp '  t) ;  for  his  father 


aFull  titulary.  bLit.,  "from"  (m). 

cThe  name  of  the  official  is  lost,  but  it  is  almost  certainly  the  viceroy  of  Kush, 
who  was  appointed  by  Thutmose  I  (§§  61  ff.),  whose  name  was  probably  Thure. 
dHis  Horus-name  follows.  eRestored  after  1.  7. 

f  See  Griffith  (Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archeology,  XIV,  430) . 
sThe  offerings  are  separated  by  a  semicolon. 


§i72]  SEMNEH  TEMPLE  INSCRIPTIONS  71 


Dedun:  a  bull  I0a  bull  of  the  herd  for  the  feast,  (named:) 

"Repulse-of-the-Troglodytes,"a  which  occurs  in  the  fourth  month  of  the 
second  season,  on  the  twenty-first  day,  ba  festal  offering  of  the  beginning 
of  the  seasons  ;b  southern  grain,  50  heket;  southern  grain,  202°  heket; 
of  spelt,  15;  each  year  at  (the  feast)  "  Repulse-of-the-Troglodytes : "  royal 

linen,  8  [for]  "the  feast,  which  occurs  in  the  first  of  the 

third  seasond  (ninth  month):  a  bull  of  the  herd;  for  his  father  Khnum, 
binder  of  the  (Nine)  Bows,  smiter  of  the  Shasu:  southern  grain,  26  heket; 

each  year  for  the  king's-wife:  ,  "southern  grain,  26  heket;  each 

year  for  the  great  king's-wife,  Merseger  (Mr-sgr),  at  (the  feast)  "Bind- 
ing-of-the-Barbarians:"e  southern  grain,  135  heket;  of  spelt,  10;  each 
year  for  the  king,  Khekure  (Sesostris  III) :  . 

172.  ^His  majesty  enjoined  them  upon  the  chiefs,  and  governors 
of  the  fortresses  of  Elephantine  of  the  South,  as  dues  of  each  year  to 
abide  and  to  endure:   . 

II.     DEDICATION  TO  DEDUN  AND  SESOSTRIS  III 

Scene f 

173.  Sacred  barque,  containing  a  shrine  with  statue  of 
Sesostris  III;  behind  this  Thutmose  III  and  Dedun  stand- 
ing, the  god  embracing  the  king. 

Words  of  Dedun 

174.  My  beloved  son,  Menkheperre,  how  beautiful  is  this  beautiful 
monument,  which  thou  hast  made  for  my  beloved  son,  King  of  Upper 
and  Lower  Egypt,  Khekure  (Sesostris  III).  Thou  hast  perpetuated 
his  name  forever,  that  thou  mayest  live. 


*See  I,  654. 

bThe  season  feast  and  the  feast  of  victory  seem  to  have  fallen  together. 

cThere  is  a  small  lacuna  after  the  units;  the  number  is  probably  205. 

dProbably  Thutmose  Ill's  coronation  feast,  which  occurred  on  the  fourth  of 
this  month. 

eThere  is  no  doubt  that  this  is  another  feast  introduced  by  r,  "at,"  as  in  1.  10. 

f  Inside,  on  the  west  wall  (Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  48,  6-49,  a).  There  is  a 
similar  scene  on  the  newer  portion  of  the  same  wall,  farther  north. 


72      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§i75 


175.  On  the  opposite  wall  in  a  similar  scene a  Dedun  adds: 

Thou  hast  renewed  his  birthb  a  second  time  in  a  monument  in 
memoriam.c  Thou  hast  presented  to  him  many  offering-tables  of  silver 
and  gold,  bronze,  and  Asiatic  copper.  The  reward  thereof  for  thee  is 
satisfying  life,  like  Re,  forever. 

176.  The  dedication  inscription  in  full  is  as  follows  :d 

'The  Good  God,  Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III).  He  made  (it)  as 
his  monument  for  his  father  Dedun,  presider  over  Nubia  (T  ^-pd'  /),  and 
for  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Khekure  (Sesostris  III); 
making  for  them  a  temple  2of  fine  white  stone  of  Nubia  (T°-pd  t) 
although  my  majesty  found  (it)  of  ruinous  brick;  as  a  son  does,  raccord- 
ing  to1  the  desire  which  his  father  desired,  3who  assigned  to  him  the  Two 
Regions,  who  brought  him  up  to  be  Horus,  lord  of  this  land.  I  have 
set  it  in  my  divine  heart  that  I  should  make  his  monument;  that  I  should 
make  him  mighty  according  as  he  gave  4 — ;  that  I  should  perpetuate 
his  house  forever,  according  as  he  has  become  greater  than  any  god. 
He  hath  given  to  me  all  life,  stability  and  satisfaction  like  Re,  forever. 


BIOGRAPHY  OE  NEBWAWI 

177.  This  official  enjoyed  a  long  career,  beginning  early 
in  the  reign  of  Thutmose  III  and  continuing  under  Amen- 
hotep  II.  The  narrative  of  his  career  was  evidently  distrib- 
uted upon  a  number  of  monuments,6  some  of  which  are 
lost,  so  that  we  now  possess  only  the  story  of  his  earliest  and 
latest  years,  the  former  on  a  statue,  the  latter  on  a  stela, 
both  of  which  were  gifts  from  the  king. 


aLepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  50,  b. 
bLit.,  "  repeated  birth  for  him." 

cLit.,  "a  monument  of  putting  the  heart"  that  is,  of  putting  in  mind,  remind- 
ing.   Compare  Hebrew,  Hp  D"1©  . 

dOn  the  outside  of  the  west  wall;  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  52,  b;  see  also 
Young,  Hieroglyphics,  93. 

ePerhaps  four  (see  Spiegelberg,  Recueil,  XIX,  99). 


§i8i] 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  NEBWAWI 


L     THE  STATUE  INSCRIPTION a 

178.  This  text  narrates  the  career  of  Nebwawi  during 
the  first  nine  years  of  Thutmose  III ;  during  which  he  rises 
to  be  High  Priest  of  Osiris  at  Abydos.  It  is  significant  that 
Hatshepsut  is  not  referred  to  until  the  ninth  year,  and  even 
then  not  by  name. 

At  this  point  the  narrative  is  abruptly  concluded,  as  if  to 
be  continued  on  another  monument. 

Introduction 

179.  1  Given  as  a  favor  of  the  king,  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower 
Egypt,  Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III),  living  forever,  to  the  High  Priest 
of  Osiris,  Nebwawi  (Nb-wc'  wy).  He  saith:  "I  was  a  servant,  useful 
to  his  lord,  zealously  servingb  him  who  favored  him. 

First  Period 

180.  I  filled  the  first  office  in  the  house  of  my  father,  Osiris;  I  was 
made  chief  in  the  —  of  the  temple.    A  royal  command  came  before  me 

every  day  c  in  the  secret  of  the  lord  of  Abydos.    I  .c 

This  period  was  until  the  year  r31.d  My  lord,  the  King  of  Upper  and 
Lower  Egypt,  Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III),  praised  me  for  it. 

Second  Period 

181.  I  was  appointed  to  be  High  Priest  of  my  father  Osiris;  every 
office  of  this  house  was  placed  under  the  authority  of  the  king's-servant. 
Another  time  it  was  commanded  me,  that  I  should  go,  to  ebring  forth 
in  processione  his  father,  Harendotes,  in  the  house  of  Min,  lord  of 


aOn  a  statue  in  the  hands  of  a  native  dealer  in  Luxor;  seen  and  copied  by 
Spiegelberg  and  published,  Recueil,  XIX,  97,  98;  thence  by  Revillout,  Revue 
egyptologique,  VIII,  132.  Unfortunately,  the  dealer  allowed  Spiegelberg  only  a 
few  moments  to  copy  it,  and  he  was  unable  to  secure  a  reliable  text.  See  the  trans- 
lation and  full  discussion  by  Sethe,  Zeitschrijt  fiir  agyptische  Sprache,  36,  71  ff. 

bLit.,  11  pressing  (*.  e.,  following)  the  way  of,  etc." 

cAn  entire  line  is  lost;  its  length  is  not  given  as  published. 

dIt  is  almost  certain  that  Spiegelberg's  10  is  to  be  read  2;  giving  3. 

eLit.,  "to  cause  to  dawn." 


74      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§xga 


Panopolis,  at  all  his  feasts  in  Panopolis,  I  being  there  as  chief  of  the 
prophets  and  all  the  workmen  of  the  entire  temple.    This  period  was 

until  the  year  6.    It  was  the  occasion  in  the  Thinite 

nome.    The  majesty  of  my  lord  praised  me. 

Third  Period 

182.  I  was  appointed  to  be  chief  in  the  of  his  father,  the  King 

of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Nebpehtire  (Ahmose  I);  his  treasuries 
were  upon  my  seals;  I  came  forth  therefrom,  safe  and  prosperous,  until 
the  year  9. 

183.  I  conducted  the  work  on  the  ship.a  I  repulsed  him  that 
rebelled  against  her  majestyb  (fern.). 

II.     ABYDOS  STELA c 

184.  This  monument  takes  up  the  life  of  Nebwawi  after 
a  long  interruption  at  the  close  of  Thutmose  Ill's  reign,  after 
the  coregency  of  Amenhotep  II  had  begun,  for  it  carries 
the  narrative  into  the  reign  of  Amenhotep  II,  although  the 
monument  is  a  gift  of  Thutmose  III. d  This  conclusion  is 
corroborated  by  the  epithet  "living  jorever"  after  the  name 
of  Thutmose  III,  in  the  reign  of  Amenhotep  II.  Nebwawi 
was  called  to  the  court,  and  probably  died  there  during  the 
coregency. 

aThis  is  the  sacred  barge  used  in  the  drama  of  the  Osiris-myth;  see  the  same 
connection  in  the  inscription  of  Pefnefdineit  (IV,  1023). 

bRead  "his  majesty;"  the  feminine  was  doubtless  inserted  by  Spiegelberg  as 
consistent  with  the  rest  of  the  inscription.    Osiris  is  referred  to. 

cStela  found  at  Abydos,  now  in  Cairo;  Mariette,  Abydos,  II,  33,  =■  Birch, 
Zeitschrijt  jiir  agyptische  Sprache,  1876,  5,  6  (very  bad)  =  Rouge,  Album  photo- 
graphique,  No.  151.  I  have  not  seen  the  last,  but  used  Berlin  squeeze  (A  1628). 
Translated  by  Spiegelberg,  Recueil,  XIX,  99. 

dOn  the  coregency,  see  Sethe,  Untersuchungen,  I,  55.  It  must  have  begun  late 
in  the  year  53,  or  early  in  54,  for  we  find  Thutmose  III  still  alone  in  year  52  (Lepsius, 
Denkmalcr,  III,  45,  e;  Sethe,  Untersuchungen,  I,  23,  n.  1),  and  Amenhotep  II 
already  alone  in  his  third  year.  As  the  campaign  in  Asia  was  already  over  by 
Amenhotep  II's  third  year,  and  it  was  certainly  made  necessary  by  Thutmose  Ill's 
death,  it  is  clear  that  Amenhotep  II  reigned  his  first  year  with  Thutmose  III,  fought 
out  his  war  in  Asia  in  his  second  year,  and  went  to  Nubia  in  his  third  (§§  780  ff.). 


§i8y] 


THE  BIRTH  OF  QUEEN  HATSHEPSUT 


75 


Reign  oj  Thutmose  III 

185.  1  Given  as  a  favor  of  the  king's  presence,  the  King  Menkhe- 
perre,  living  forever,  2to  the  High  Priest  of  Osiris,  Nebwawi. 

He  saith:  "I  conducted  many  works  in  3the  house  of  my  father 
Osiris,  of  silver,  gold,  lapis  lazuli,  malachite,  and  every  splendid  costly 
stone.  4A11  these  were  upon  my  seal,  (for)  he  knew  that  I  was  excellent 
of  heart  5toward  him.  I  administered  the  raffairs1  of  my  lord,  as  pro- 
tector of  the  house  of  my  father.  6I  attained  reverencea  under  the 
favor  of  the  king's  presence.  I  was  summoned  7to  his  house  of  gold, 
and  my  place  was  made  among  his  princes.  8My  feet  strode  in  the 
splendid  place  ;b  I  was  anointed  with  the  best  ointment,  9a  wreath 
{w^h)  was  at  my  throat,  as  the  king  does  to  him  whom  he  has  favored. 

Reign  oj  Amenhotep  II 

186.  His  son  repeated  to  me  favor,  I0the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower 
Egypt,  Okheprure  (Amenhotep  II),  living  forever.  He  gave  to  me  a 
statue  of  his  father,  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  "Menkhe- 
perre  (Thutmose  III),  living  forever;  his  likeness  of  millions  of  years 
in  the  house  of  his  father  Osiris;  divine  offerings;  12lands  of  the  royal 
domain.  Every  writing  remained  rin  force1  for  the  L.  P.  H.  of  the  Son 
of  Re,  his  beloved  13 Amenhotep  (II),  beloved  of  Osiris,  First  of  the 
Westerners,  lord  of  Abydos,  given  life,  like  Re,  forever."0 


THE  BIRTH  OF  QUEEN  HATSHEPSUTd 

187.  Beginning  with  the  Fourth  Dynasty,  every  Egyp- 
tian king  might  bear  the  title,  "Son  oj  Re"  the  sun-god. 
It  is  not  an  accident  therefore,  that  the  interesting  folk- 
tale preserved  to  us  in  the  Papyrus  Westcar  narrates 


a01d  age. 

bThe  halls  of  the  palace. 

cHere  follow  seven  lines  containing  the  usual  mortuary  prayer. 

dA  series  of  reliefs  and  inscriptions  in  the  Der  el-Bahri  temple,  occupying  the 
north  half  of  the  middle  colonnade  (corresponding  to  the  Punt  reliefs  on  the  south 
half,  §§  246  ff.)-  They  were  uncovered  by  the  excavations  of  the  Egypt  Explora- 
tion Fund  under  Naville,  which  began  excavating  the  temple  in  1894.  Published  in 
Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  II,  46-55. 


76      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN   [§  r88 


that  the  three  children  of  a  priest's  wife,  begotten  by  Re, 
and  born  among  astonishing  prodigies,  became  the  first 
three  kings  of  the  Fifth  Dynasty.3  The  rise  of  the  title, 
uSon  of  Re"  on  the  Fifth  Dynasty  monuments  thus  corre- 
sponds remarkably  with  the  legendary  tale  current  a  thou- 
sand years  later  among  the  common  people. b  As  Re 
had  once  ruled  as  king  of  Egypt,  lineal  descent  from  him 
through  intervening  kings  was  claimed  by  all  Pharaohs 
from  this  time  on,  and  was  sufficient  to  justify  the  assump- 
tion of  the  title;  but  in  its  strictest  sense  the  title  indicated 
that  the  king  was  immediately  and  physically  the  offspring 
of  the  god  and  a  mortal  mother.  It  is  probable  that  this 
interpretation  was  pressed  at  first  only  by  kings  whose 
claims  to  the  throne  through  their  mortal  parents  were  ques- 
tionable. Naturally,  there  gradually  grew  up  around  so 
fruitful  a  theme  a  literary  version  of  the  story,  as  well  as 
pictures  of  the  various  incidents  in  the  drama.  These  finally 
took  stereotyped  form,  and  the  pictures,0  accompanied  by 
explanatory  text,  made  up  of  fragmentary  quotations  from 
the  story  in  poetic  form,  have  been  preserved  to  us  by 
Hatshepsut  at  Der  el-Bahri  and  by  Amenhotep  III  at  Luxor. 

188.  The  Papyrus  Westcar,b  dating  from  the  rise  of  the 
Eighteenth  Dynasty,  has  preserved  to  us  the  charming 


aSee  Petrie,  History  of  Egypt,  I,  69  f. 

bThc  Papyrus  Westcar  (see  Erman,  Die  Mdrchen  des  Papyrus  Westcar,  Berlin, 
1890;  Erman,  Life  in  Ancient  Egypt,  373  ff.,  and  A  us  den  Papyrus  des  kbniglichen 
Museums  zu  Berlin,  38,  39)  is  from  700  to  1,000  years  later  than  the  birth  of  the 
three  kings  which  it  narrates. 

cThat  these  pictures  are  composed  of  conventionally  current  scenes  is  shown 
by  the  fact  (1)  that  both  Hatshepsut  and  Amenhotep  III  used  almost  identically 
the  same  scenes  in  their  birth  reliefs;  (2)  that  the  sculptor  of  Hatshcpsut's  scenes, 
copied  his  traditional  models  in  every  detail,  including  the  sex  of  the  child  (of 
course,  a  boy!  This  was  not  to  conceal  the  child's  sex,  for  all  the  pronouns  in 
the  accompanying  texts  are  feminine!);  had  he  been  sketching  something  new, 
prompted  by  this  particular  occasion,  his  sketches  would  have  been  made  to  suit 
the  occasion. 


THE  BIRTH  OF  QUEEN  HATSHEPSUT 


77 


folk-tale  in  which  the  state  fiction  found  expression  and 
circulated  among  the  common  people.  The  explanatory 
texts,  accompanying  the  reliefs  of  Hatshepsut  and  Amen- 
hotep  III,  unfortunately  furnish  us  only  the  merest  frag- 
ments of  the  fine  poem  in  which  the  court  and  the  higher 
classes  heard  the  story  of  the  monarch's  divine  paternity. 
The  meagerness  of  the  surviving  fragments  of  the  court 
poem  makes  a  comparison  with  the  folk-tale  a  very  brief 
matter,  but  enough  of  the  former  is  preserved  to  show  that 
one  quotes  from  the  other,  or  both  quote  from  a  common 
source  in  traditional  stock  phrases  long  orally  current.  For 
the  same  gods  figure  at  the  birth  in  both,  and  at  least  in 
two  incidents  the  same  words  are  employed  by  both. 

189.  Later  every  king  claimed  Amon  (successor  of  Re) 
as  his  physical  father,  and  in  Ptolemaic  times  the  incidents 
in  the  divine  birth  of  the  king  were  regularly  depicted  in 
the  temple  reliefs. a  The  most  notable  example  in  late 
times,  Alexander  the  Great,  who  journeyed  to  the  Oasis  of 
Amon  that  he  might  be  recognized  as  the  god's  son,  was 
therefore  merely  acting  in  harmony  with  a  state  fiction  as 
old  as  the  Fifth  Dynasty.  He  thus  became  the  legitimate, 
king  of  Egypt  by  the  only  possible  means. 

190.  In  the  case  of  Hatshepsut,  it  was,  of  course,  a  violent 
wrenching  of  the  traditional  details  to  apply  the  fiction  to 
a  woman,  for  the  entire  legend  was  fitted  only  to  a  man. 
The  result  was  in  some  cases  startling  inconsistency  (e.  g., 
§  202).    Undoubtedly,  this  tale  of  Hatshepsut's  divine 


aFor  example,  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  II,  59-61;  Champollion,  Monuments,  II, 
145  sext.  ff.;  these  late  representations  have  not  been  collected  and  published; 
to  put  them  all,  early  and  late,  together  would  be  a  very  useful  piece  of  work.  Much 
material,  especially  with  reference  to  Alexander  the  Great,  has  been  collected  by 
Maspero  {Comment  Alexandre  devint  dieu  en  Egypte,  Ecole  des  hautes  Etudes, 
annuaire  1897). 

bSee  Mahaffy,  The  Ptolemic  Dynasty,  15,  16. 


78      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§ 


paternity,  designing  her  before  her  birth  for  the  throne, 
was  intended  by  her  supporters  to  enforce  her  claims  to  the 
kingship.  The  whole  was  therefore  sculptured  in  a  series 
of  magnificent  reliefs  at  Der  el-Bahri,  which  have  suffered 
sadly  from  a  twofold  attack:  by  the  triumphant  Thutmose 
III,  who  erased  the  figure  and  inscriptions  of  the  queen; 
and  by  the  Amon-hating  Amenhotep  IV,  who  did  likewise 
for  those  of  Amon.  Hence  it  has  been  necessary  to  employ 
also  the  duplicate  by  Amenhotep  III  in  Luxor. a 

191 .  The  reliefs  begin  at  the  south  end  of  the  colonnade, 
proceed  northward  (lower  row)  without  interruption,  and 
conclude  at  the  north  end. 

I.     THE  COUNCIL  OF  THE  GODSb 

Scene 

192.  Amon  enthroned  at  the  right,  before  twelve  godsc  in 
two  rows  at  the  left. 

Inscription 

The  long  inscription  of  probably  twenty-one  linesd  be- 
tween Amon  and  the  gods  contained  the  words  of  the  gods 
(three  lines  at  the  left)  and  those  of  Amon  (all  the  rest)  in 
which  he  has  evidently  prophesied  the  birth  of  Hatshepsut 
and  promises  her  great  power;  for  we  can  still  read: 

I  will  unite  for  her  the  Two  Lands  in  peace  I  will  give 

to  her  all  lands,  all  countries.6 


aScc  §§  841  ff.  I  have  arranged  the  Der  el-Bahri  and  Luxor  texts  in  parallel 
columns,  and  find  that  they  largely  supplement  each  other.  They  are  practically 
identical. 

bNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  II,  46  (Luxor,  Gayet,  73  (66),  fig.  189). 
cOsiris,  Isis,  Harsiese,  Nephthys,  Anubis,  Hathor,  Montu,  Turn,  Shu,  Tefnut, 
Keb,  and  Nut. 

including  two  lines  behind  Amon;  all  have  been  carefully  hacked  away, 
and  only  the  tops  of  the  lines  have  escaped  destruction.  In  front  of  Amon  is 
Ramses  II's  clumsy  note:  "Restoration  of  the  monument  which  King  User  mar  e- 
Setepnerc  (Ramses  II)  made,  for  his  father  Amon."  The  note  has  been  cut  directly 
over  the  old  inscription! 

eAmenhotcp  III  has  Thoth  before  this  council  of  gods  at  Luxor. 


§195] 


THE  BIRTH  OF  QUEEN  HATSHEPSUT 


79 


II.     INTERVIEW  BETWEEN  AMON  AND  THOTH a 

Scene 

193.  Amon  stands  at  the  left  before  Thoth  on  the  right. b 

Inscriptions0 

The  words  of  Amon  are  almost  totally  illegible,  the  record 
of  Ramses  II's  restoration  being  placed  over  the  lower  half. 
Without  them,  it  is  difficult  to  discern  the  exact  purpose  of 
the  interview.    The  words  of  Thoth  are  better  preserved : 

Words  of  Thothd 

194.    thoue  maiden  whom  thou  hast  mentioned.  Lo, 

r  1  an  old  man.f    Ahmose  is  her  name,  the  beneficent,  mistress  of 

 in  this  whole  land,    She  is  the  wife  of  the  king  [0]kheperkere 

(Thutmose  I),  given  life  forever.  While  his  majesty  is  in  r — a,  go  thou 
 to  her. 

Amon  and  Thoth  are  now  seeng  proceeding  to  the  queen. 

HI.     AMON  WITH  QUEEN  AHMOSEh 
Scene 

195.  Amon  and  Queen  Ahmose  are  seated  facing  each 
other;  the  god  extends  to  her  the  symbols  of  life.  They 

aNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  II,  47  (Luxor,  Gayet,  62  (72). 

bThe  Luxor  scene  shows  one  feature  omitted  in  Der  el-Bahri,  viz.,  the  queen 
and  Hathor  standing  between  Amon  and  Thoth.  Hathor  embraces  the  queen, 
and  the  fragmentary  inscription  would  indicate  that  the  goddess  is  informing  the 
queen  of  what  is  to  befall  her. 

cBetween  and  over  the  gods. 

dBy  combining  Der  el-Bahri  and  Luxor. 

eEnd  of  an  optative  imperative  ? 

£  Possibly  a  reference  to  the  fact  that  the  king  is  old  as  a  reason  that  Amon 
should  become  the  father  of  Hatshepsut  ? 

gOn  the  right  of  the  preceding  scene  (Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  II,  47;  Luxor, 
63  (7i). 

hNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  II,  47,  Luxor,  Gayet,  63  (71);  a  much  better  text 
than  Gayet's,  although  with  impossible  conjectures  in  the  lacunae,  is  by  Bouriant, 
Recueil,  IX,  84,  85. 


8o      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§  I96 


are  sitting  upon  the  heavens, a  symbolic  of  the  exalted  char- 
acter of  the  interview,  supported  by  two  female  divinities 
who  are  seated  upon  a  couch. b  The  inscriptions  are  as 
follows : 

The  Interview0 

196.  Utterance  of  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes,  presider  over  Karnak.d 
He  made  his  form  like  the  majesty  of  this  husband,  the  King  Okheper- 
kere  (Thutmose  I).  He  found  her  as  she  slept  in  the  beauty  of  her 
palace.  She  waked  at  the  fragrance  of  the  god,  which  she  smelled  in 
the  presence  of  his  majesty.  He  went  to  her  immediately,  coivit  cum 
ea,  he  imposed  his  desire  upon  her,  he  caused  that  she  should  see  him 
in  his  form  of  a  god.  When  he  came  before  her,  she  rejoiced  at  the 
sight  of  his  beauty,  his  love  passed  into  her  limbs,  which  the  fragrance 
of  the  god  flooded;  all  his  odors  were  from  Punt. 

Words  of  the  Queen0 

197.  Utterance  by  the  king's-wife  and  king's-mother  Ahmose,  in 
the  presence  of  the  majesty  of  this  august  god,  Amon,  Lord  of  Thebes: 
"How  great  is  thy  fame!f  It  is  splendid  to  see  thy  front;  thou  hast 
united  my  majesty  (fern.)  with  thy  favors,f  thy  dew  is  in  all  my  limbs. " 
After  this,  the  majesty  of  this  god  did  all  that  he  desired  with  her. 

Words  0]  Amon8 

198.  Utterance  of  Amon,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  before  her: 
"  Khnemet- Amon-Hatshepsut  shall  be  the  name  of  this  my  daughter, 
whom  I  have  placedh  in  thy  body,  1  this  saying  which  comes  out  of  thy 
mouth.1    She  shall  exercise  the  excellent  kingship  in  this  whole  land.i 


aPlainer  in  Luxor.  bUpon  which  the  interview  really  took  place. 

cText  behind  Amon.  dThe  following  is  not  really  the  words  of  Amon. 

eBehind  the  queen. 

f Luxor  has  a  different  text  here:   "  the  plans  which  thou  hast 

made;  thy  [heart]  is  satisfied  with  my  majesty"  (feminine). 
eNext  to  the  right;  four  lines.  hRead  wd'ny. 

irThe  connection  is  not  clear. 

iThis  announcement  of  the  god  to  Hatshepsut's  mother  is  strikingly  like  the 
announcement  of  Re  to  Rededet,  the  mortal  mother  of  his  three  unborn  children 
in  Papyrus  Westcar  (IX,  10,  11):  "He  (Re)  hath  said  to  her:  4  They  shall  exercise 
this  excellent  office  in  this  whole  land.'  " 


§302]  THE  BIRTH  OF  QUEEN  HATSHEPSUT  81 


My  soul  is  hers,  my  ''bounty1  is  hers,  my  crown  ris  hers,1  that  she  may 
rule  the  Two  Lands, a  that  she  may  lead  all  the  living  .b 

IV.     INTERVIEW  BETWEEN  AMON  AND  KHNUM c 

199.  Amon  now  calls  in  the  aid  of  the  god  Khnum,  who 
created  man. 

Scene 

Amon  stands  on  the  left  before  Khnum  on  the  right.  The 
following  inscriptions  accompany  them: 

Instructions  of  Amond 

200.  Utterance  of  Amon,  presider  over  Karnak:  "Go,  to  make  her, 
together  with  her  ka,  from  these  limbs  which  are  in  me;  go,  to  fashion 
her  better  than  all  gods;  rshape  for  me,le  this  my  daughter,  whom  I 
have  begotten.  I  have  given  to  her  all  life  and  satisfaction,  all  stability, 
all  joy  of  heart  from  me,  all  offerings,  and  all  bread,  like  Re,  forever." 

Reply  of  Khnum 

201.  "I  will  form  this  [thy]  daughter  [Makere]  (Hatshepsut),f  for 
life,  prosperity  and  health ;  for  offerings  for  love  of  the  beau- 
tiful mistress.  Her  form  shall  be  more  exalted  than  the  gods,  in  her 
great  dignity  of  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt." 

V.     KHNUM  FASHIONS  THE  CHILD8 

Scene 

202 .  Khnum  is  seated  before  a  potter's  wheel,  upon  which 
he  is  fashioning  two  male  (!)  children,11  the  first  being 

aLuxor  adds:  "like  Re,  forever"  and  ends  here. 

bNearly  two  lines  of  conventional  promises,  in  a  very  fragmentary  state,  follow 
here. 

cNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  II,  48  (  =  Luxor,  63  (71),  Fig.  203). 

dThey  have  all  disappeared  but  one  line.  The  rendering  is  partially  from 
Luxor,  with  corresponding  changes  of  gender.  In  fashioning  the  child  (at  Der  el- 
Bahri,  PI.  48),  Khnum  repeats  the  instructions  he  has  received  from  Amon,  which 
can  thus  be  reconstructed  from  this  source,  also.  I  have  arranged  the  three  sources 
in  parallel  columns,  and  employed  all. 

eRead  twt  ny  ? 

f Luxor  adds:  "together  with  all  his  (Amenhotep  Ill's)  ka's." 

eNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  II,  48  (  =  Luxor,  63  (71),  Fig.  202). 

hThis  would  indicate  that  the  reliefs  were  made  according  to  old  and  tradi- 
tional sketches  in  which,  of  course,  a  female  child  had  no  place.  All  the  pronouns 
used  by  Khnum  in  addressing  the  child  are  feminine! 


82      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§203 


Hatshepsut  and  the  second  her  ka.  The  frog-headed 
goddess  Heket,a  kneeling  on  the  right,  extends  the  symbol  of 
life  to  the  two  children. 

Inscription 

203 .  Khnum  repeats  the  instructions  he  has  received  from 
Amon,  putting  them  now  in  the  first  person. 

Utterance  of  Khnum,  the  potter,  lord  of  Hirur  (Hr-wr):  "I  have 
formed  thee  of  these  limbs  of  Amon,  presider  over  Karnak.  I  have  come 
to  thee  (fern.),  to  fashion  thee  better  than  all  gods.b  I  have  given  to  thee 
(fern.)  all  life  and  satisfaction,  all  stability,  all  joy  of  heart  with  me; 
I  have  given  to  thee  (fern.)  call  health,  all  lands;  I  have  given  to  thee 
(fern.)  all  countries,  all  people;0  I  have  given  to  thee  (fern.)  all  offerings, 
all  food;  I  have  given  to  thee  (fern.)  to  appear  upon  the  throne  of  Horus 

like  Re,  forever;   d  I  have  given  to  thee  (fern.)  to  be  before  the 

ka's  of  all  the  living,  while  thou  (fern.)  shinest  as  King  of  Upper  and 
Lower  Egypt,  of  South  and  North,  according  as  thy  (fern.)  father  who 
loves  thee  (fern.)  has  commanded. 

VI.     INTERVIEW  BETWEEN  THOTH  AND  QUEEN  AHMOSEe 

Scene 

204.  Queen  Ahmose  standing  on  the  right  is  saluted  by 
Thoth,  who  stands  with  outstretched  arm  at  the  left. 

Inscriptions 

They  unfortunately  contain  only  titles  and  epithets  of 
praise,  so  that  the  purpose  of  the  interview  is  not  clear. 

VII.     QUEEN  AHMOSE  IS  LED  TO  CONFINEMENT1 

Scene 

205 .  Khnum  and  Heket  appear  on  each  side  of  the  queen 
leading  her  by  either  hand.  Before  them  nine  divinities  in 
three  rows  of  three.    All  are  led  by  Amon. 

aAt  Luxor  it  is  Hathor. 

bIn  Papyrus  Westcar  (X,  14)  Khnum  "makes  sound  his  limbs." 
^Unimportant  variants  in  Luxor.  dTwo  short  lines  lost. 

eNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  II,  48  (  =  Luxor,  64  (69),  Fig.  197). 
'Naville,  Deir-el-Baliari,  II,  49  (  =  Luxor  64  (69),  Fig.  198). 


§  206] 


THE  BIRTH  OF  QUEEN  HATSHEPSUT 


83 


Inscriptions 

They  again  offer  only  titles  and  epithets  of  praise;  the 
inscription  of  Heket,a  however,  did  contain  some  references 
to  the  scene;  we  can  discern:  "Thou  didst  conceive  imme- 
diately ajter  this,  thou  r — 1  a  child  [[Go^]  with 

himh  to  the  court,  to  ;"  but  the  bulk  of  her  speech 

is  hacked  out  or  covered  by  Ramses  IPs  renewals.  Before 
Amon  a  long  inscription  of  thirteen  lines,  now  completely 
hacked  out,  doubtless  contained  the  description  of  the 
scene. 

VIII.     THE  BIRTH c 

Scene 

206.  The  queen d  sits  enthroned  in  the  middle  of  the 
upper  row,  holding  the  child  ;  before  her  are  four  female 
divinities,  acting  as  midwives  and  extending  their  arms  for 
the  child. e  Behind  her  are  five  goddesses  ;f  the  foremost, 
extending  to  the  queen  the  sign  of  life.  The  entire  row 
rests  upon  a  couch.  In  the  middle  row,  which  also  rests 
upon  a  couch,  we  see  directly  under  the  queen  two  genii  of 
myriads  of  years;  and  on  either  side  of  them  the  genii  of 
the  east  and  west.g  The  bottom  row  shows:  on  the  left, 
the  genii  of  the  north  and  south;  on  the  right,  Bes  and 

aHer  titles  are  also  interesting:  "  Heket,  mistress  of  Hirur,  White  One  of  Nekhen, 
deliverer"  (at  births),  in  which  she  is  identified  with  Eileithuia  because  of  similar 
functions. 

bKhnum  or  Amon  ? 

cNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  II,  51  (=  Luxor,  65  (70),  Fig.  199). 

dShe  bears  the  name  of  Hatshepsut!  But  in  Luxor  the  corresponding  position 
is  occupied  by  the  mother  of  the  child,  and  there  can  be  no  doubt  of  the  identity 
here. 

eIn  Luxor,  one  of  these  midwives  is  passing  the  child  to  the  next. 

f  Among  them  Isis  and  Nephthys;  these  two,  together  with  Khnum  and  Heket 
who  led  in  the  queen,  and  Meskhenet,  who  sits  at  the  right,  are  the  same  five  divinities 
who  figure  at  the  birth  of  the  children  of  Re  in  Papyrus  Westcar  (IX,  23). 

eNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  II,  16. 


84      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§ 


Teweret,  with  a  blank  space  which  contained  an  inscription 
now  totally  gone.a  At  the  extreme  right  sits  Meskhenet, 
the  goddess  of  births,  directing  the  midwives. 

Inscriptions 

207.  The  divinities  on  the  right  in  the  upper  row  and 
Meskhenet  all  utter  the  conventional  promises,  as  in  the 
speech  of  Khnumb  (§  203). 

IX.     PRESENTATION  OF  THE  CHILD  TO  AMONc 

208.  The  child  is  now  presented  to  her  father  by  Hathor. 

Scene 

1.  Hathor,  enthroned  on  the  right,  extends  the  child  to 
Amon,  who  is  standing  on  the  left. 

Inscriptions 

2.  The  brief  words  of  Hathor  have  almost  disappeared; 
one  can  still  read:  "she  extends  her  arm  be  lore  his  majesty." 

Words  oj  Anion 

3.  Utterance  of  [Amon]  d    to  see  his  daughter, 

his  beloved,  the  king,  Makere  (Hatshepsut),  living,  after  she  was  born, 
ewhile  his  heart  was  exceedingly  happy. e 

Utterancef  of  [Amon  to]  his  bodily  daughter  [Hatshepsut]:  "Glori- 
ous part  which  has  come  forth  from  me;  king,  taking  the  Two  Lands, 
upon  the  Horus-throne  forever." 


aIt  is  better  preserved  at  Luxor,  but  I  can  see  no  connection  with  chap.  137 
of  the  Book  of  the  Dead,  to  which  Naville  finds  a  resemblance  {Deir-el-Bahari,  II,  16). 

bIn  Papyrus  Westcar  (X,  13,  14).  Meskhenet  says:  "A  king,  who  shall  exer- 
cise the  kingship  in  this  whole  land." 

cNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  II,  52  (=Luxor,  65  (70),  Fig.  200). 

dThe  usual  promises. 

eExactly  the  same  phrase  {ndm  yb)  is  used  by  the  divinities  in  Papyrus  Westcar 
(XI,  5),  as  they  announce  the  birth  of  his  children  to  Rawoser,  saying:  "Let  thy 
heart  be  happy,  Rawoser;  behold  three  children  are  born  to  thee.'* 

f  Under  his  extended  arm. 


laio]  THE  BIRTH  OF  QUEEN  HATSHEPSUT  85 

X.     COUNCIL  OF  AMON  AND  HATHOR 
Scene 

209.  Amon  is  enthroned  at  the  left  holding  the  child 
before  Hathor,  enthroned  at  the  right.  Behind  the  latter 
is  the  goddess  Serek,a  who  is  perhaps  summoning  the  child 
to  its  nourishment  in  the  following  scene. 

Inscriptions 

They  are  unfortunately  so  defaced  that  little  more  than 
the  conventional  promises  can  be  made  out.b 

XI.     THE  NURSING  OF  THE  CHILD c 

Scene 

210.  On  a  couch  at  the  left  (above)  sits  Queen  Ahmose, 
supported  by  a  goddess,  and  before  her  the  child  and  its 
ka  are  nursed  by  two  cow-headed  Hathors.  Below  the 
couch  are  two  Hathor  cows,  suckling  the  child  and  its 
ka.d  On  the  right  are  the  ka's,  twelve  in  number,  which 
have  already  been  suckled  and  are  being  passed  on  to  the 
Nile-god  and  an  obscure  deity  named  Heku  (hk D  w),  who 
present  them  to  three  enthroned  divinities. 

Inscription 

It  has  almost  all  been  hacked  out,  but  we  can  discern 
the  words:  "Nursing  her  majesty  (fern.)  together  with  all 
her  ka's  " 

aShe  is  lacking  at  Luxor. 
bLuxor  is  no  better. 

cNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  II,  53  (=- Luxor,  66  (67),  Figs.  192  and  193,  and 
67  (68),  Fig.  194). 

dThe  children  have  been  hacked  out,  but  they  are  clear  in  Luxor.  There  is  a 
splendid  granite  statue  of  such  a  Hathor  cow  in  Florence,  suckling  the  infant  King 
Harmhab. 


86      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§2II 


XII.     SECOND  INTERVIEW  OF  AMON  AND  THOTH 

Scene 

211.  Amon  and  Thoth  stand  facing  each  other,  and  hold 
between  them  the  child a  and  its  ka.a 

Inscriptions 

Only  the  conventional  promises;  the  purpose  of  the 
interview  is  perhaps  the  arrangement  of  the  child's  future. 

XIII.     THE  FINAL  SCENEb 

Scene 

212.  At  the  left  Khnum  and  Anubis  advance,  the  latter 
rolling  a  large  disk  before  him.  Before  them  two  female 
divinities  in  the  upper  row  present  the  child  and  its  ka  to 
a  kneeling  god  (the  Nile-god  ?),  and  in  the  lower  row  the 
same  scene  appears  before  another  unknown  divinity.  Be- 
hind (at  the  right)  stands  Sefkhet,  keeping  record,  accom- 
panied by  an  attendant  god. 

Inscriptions 

Only  the  conventional  promises;  it  is  therefore  impos- 
sible to  explain  the  purpose  of  this  scene.  The  child  is 
now  launched  upon  its  career. 


STATUE  OF  ENEBNP 

213.  A  statue  upon  which  the  nobleman  Enebni  refers  to 
Thutmose  III  as  "her  (Hatshepsut's)  brother." 

aHacked  out. 

bNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  II,  55  (=Luxor,  67  (68),  Fig.  195,  and  64  (69), 
Fig.  196. 

cStatue  in  the  British  Museum.  Inscription:  Lepsius,  A uswahl  der  wichtig- 
sten  Urkunden,  it;  Sethc,  Unter such un gen,  I,  123,  e,  and  cf.  also  6,  7,  and  51; 
also  Maspero,  Proceedings  0}  the  Society  0}  Biblical  Archccology,  XIV,  170  ff. 


§2i5]    THE  CORONATION  OF  QUEEN  HATSHEPSUT  87 


Made  as  a  favora  of  the  Good  Goddess,  Mistress  of  the  Two  Lands, 
Makere  (Hatshepsut),  living  and  abiding  like  Re,  and  her  brother  the 
Good  God,  Lord  of  Offering,  Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III),  who  is 
given  life  like  Re,  forever. 

An  "offering-which-the-king-gives"  b  for  the  ka  of  the  only 

excellent  one,  the  favored  of  his  god,  the  beloved  of  his  lord,  because 
of  his  excellence;  the  follower  of  his  lord  on  his  journeys  in  the  South 
country  and  the  North  country,0  the  king's-son,  chief  of  the  archers, 
master  of  the  royal  weapons,  Enebni  (*nbny),  triumphant  before  the 
great  ennead  of  gods. 

VASE  INSCRIPTION 

214.  A  small  jar,  presented  by  Hatshepsut  to  her  mother, 
Ahmose,  bears  the  words: 

Divine  Consort,  Great  King's-Wife,e  Hatshepsut;  she  made  (it)  for 
her  mother,  Great  King's-Wife,  Ahmose,  triumphant  before  Osiris. 


THE  CORONATION  OF  QUEEN  HATSHEPSUT f 

215.  The  scenes  and  inscriptions  in  this  series  are  in 
uninterrupted  continuation  of  the  birth  series  (§§  187-212). 

aThe  usual  formula  has:  "Given  as  a  favor,  etc.,"  see,  e.  g.,  Senmut  statue 
(§  366). 

bThe  usual  formulary — in  the  name  of  Amon,  Osiris,  and  Anubis — is  omitted. 

cThis  suggests  unknown  campaigns  of  Thutmose  III,  while  he  was  still  ham- 
pered by  the  association  with  Hatshepsut. 

dIn  Gizeh;  text  in  Mariette,  Monuments  divers,  48,  d  1;  Maspero,  Momies 
royales,  633,  n.  4;  Brugsch,  Recueil  de  monuments,  I,  PI.  36,  4,  and  p.  49;  Sethe, 
Untersuchiingen,  I,  122,  6,  20. 

eShowing  clearly  that  the  queen  for  a  time  after  her  accession  bore  the  usual 
titles  of  the  king's  legitimate  wife,  with  no  pretense  of  being  king  herself.  See 
Sethe,  Untersuchungen,  I,  §  31  and  §  36,  where  another  vase  inscription  shows  the 
same  fact. 

f  Reliefs  and  inscriptions  on  the  wall  of  the  northern  half  of  the  middle  colon- 
nade in  the  Der  el-Bahri  temple;  they  begin  on  the  south  end-wall  (directly  over 
the  first  scene  of  the  birth  series,  which  they  continue),  proceed  northward  along 
the  west  wall,  and  conclude  on  the  north  end-wall  (directly  over  the  last  scene  of 
the  birth  series).  They  were  uncovered  by  the  Fund  excavations  under  Naville, 
and  published  by  Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  56-64. 


88      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§216 


They  represent  the  child  consecrated  to  the  kingship  by  the 
gods;  then  grown  to  maidenhood  and  crowned  by  them; 
and  finally  crowned  by  her  father,  Thutmose  I,  before  the 
assembled  court.  This  is  followed  by  some  concluding 
ceremonies  by  the  gods.  The  birth  series  of  Amenhotep 
III  at  Luxor  continues  to  furnish  a  parallel  as  far  as  the 
coronation  by  Atum  (III)  and  the  reception  of  names  and 
crowns  (IV).  The  entire  series  has  been  more  or  less  defaced 
and  systematically  hacked  out  by  the  queen's  political 
enemies.  The  historical  value  of  the  different  sections  is 
discussed  as  they  are  taken  up. 

I.     THE  PURIFICATION a 

Scene 

216.  The  childb  stands  between  Amon  on  the  right  and 
Khonsu  on  the  left,  who  are  pouring  water  over  her  head. 

Inscriptions 

Both  the  gods  utter  the  following  words:0 

Thou  art  pure,  together  with  thy  ka,  [for]  thy  great  dignity  of  King 
of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  living. 

H.     AMON  PRESENTS  THE  CHILD  TO  ALL  THE  GODSd 

Scene 

217.  Amon,  enthroned  at  the  left,  fondles  the  child  upon 
his  knees;  before  him  stand  six  figures:  three  (above)  rep- 
resenting "ail  the  gods  0}  the  South"  and  three  (below) 
representing  " all  the  gods  0}  the  North." 

aMiddle  terrace,  northern  half,  on  the  south  end-wall,  upper  row,  over  the 
first  scene  in  the  birth  series;  published  by  Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  56  (  =  Luxor, 
75  (64),  Fig.  186). 

bThe  figure  has  totally  disappeared  at  Dcr  el-Bahri,  but  is  preserved  at  Luxor. 
cSame  in  Luxor. 

dNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  56  (=Luxor  73  (66),  Fig.  190). 


§  221]    THE  CORONATION  OF  QUEEN  HATSHEPSUT 


89 


Inscriptions 

218.  They  have  as  usual  been  hacked  out  and  further 
obscured  by  the  barbarous  restorations  of  Amon's  name 
where  it  did  not  belong,  by  Ramses  II. 

Words  oj  Anion 

219.  Utterance  of  Amon-Re,  lord  of  a[heaven  to]  the  gods:a  "  Be- 
hold ye,  my  daughter  [Hatshepsut]b  living;  be  ye  loving  toward  her, 
and  be  ye  satisfied  with  her." 

He  shows c  her  to  all  the  gods  of  South  and  North,  who  come  to  look 
upon  her,  rdoing  obeisance  before  her1. 

Words  oj  the  Gods 

220.  Utterance  of  all  the  gods,  [to]  Amon-[Re]:  "This  thy  daughter 
[Hatshepsut],  who  liveth,  we  are  satisfied  with  her  in  life  and  peace. 
2She  is  now  thy  daughter  of  thy  form,  whom  thou  hast  begotten,  prepared. 
Thou  hast  given  to  her  thy  soul,  thy  r — \  thy  rbounty1,  the  magic 
powers  of  the  diadem.d  3While  she  was  in  the  body  of  her  that  bare 
her,  the  lands  were  hers,  the  countries  were  hers;e  all  that  the  heavens 
cover,  all  that  the  sea  encircles.  Thou  hast  now  done  4this  with  her, 
for  thou  knowest  the  two  aeons. f  Thou  hast  given  to  her  the  share  of 
Horus  in  life,  the  years  of  Set  in  satisfaction.  We  have  given  to 
her«  

HI.     THE  NORTHERN  JOURNEY*1 

221.  With  this  incident  in  the  queen's  childhood  we  pass 
out  of  pure  fiction  into  a  narrative  which  possibly  contains 

aRamses  IPs  restoration  renders  this  uncertain. 

bIn  the.  blank  where  the  name  of  the  queen  had  been  cut  out,  Ramses  II  has 
inserted  "Anton." 

cLit.,  "he  causes  them  to  see  her" 

dSee  the  same  statement  by  Amon  himself  in  the  birth  scenes  (§  198). 
eRead  h^s't  (or  nt)  and  ns  ymy  =  "  belonging  to." 
f  Periods  of  60  years. 

gRamses  II  has  again  put  in  a  restoration  of  Amon  in  the  wrong  place.  After 
that  follow  the  conventional  promises  of  life,  satisfaction,  etc. 

hText  first  published  by  Naville,  Recueil,  18,  PI.  1,  and  corrections,  ibid.,  19, 
209-1 1.    Later  and  much  more  correctly  Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  57. 


go      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§  222 


a  kernel  of  fact.  Having  actually,  during  her  father's  life- 
time, made  a  journey  with  him  to  the  north,  she  now  slightly 
warps  its  purpose  (of  which  we  really  know  nothing)  and 
represents  the  journey  as  the  occasion  of  an  acknowledg- 
ment of  her  coming  kingship  by  all  the  gods  of  Egypt  as 
she  proceeds  to  Heliopolis  to  be  crowned  by  Atum.  Ac- 
cording to  the  date  of  her  jubilee  (year  15),  she  must  have 
spent  fifteen  years  as  crown  prince  (being  nominated  thirty 
years  before  the  jubilee). a  After  references  to  her  godlike 
appearance  and  blooming  beauty,  having  grown  from  child- 
hood to  maidenhood,  the  journey  is  barely  mentioned,  but 
it  is  stated  that  all  the  gods  came  to  her  as  she  journeyed 
northward.  Following  this,  over  half  of  the  inscription 
(11.  8-15)  is  occupied  with  the  splendid  promises  of  the  gods 
regarding  the  greatness  of  her  future  kingdom.  That  this 
journey  northward  is  represented  as  primarily  in  order  to 
visit  Heliopolis,  and  there  be  acknowledged  and  crowned 
by  Atum,  is  shown  by  the  accompanying  scene,  in  which 
she  is  crowned  in  his  presence. 

222 .  The  same  incident  occurs  in  the  coronation  of  Amen- 
hotep  III.  This  was  undoubtedly  an  old  custom,  for  Atum 
was  the  solar  deity,  who  was  always  associated  with  the 
kingship;  and,  as  we  noticed  in  the  preceding  birth  series, 
Atum's  successor  at  Heliopolis,  Re,  became  the  father  of 
all  mortal  kings  of  Egypt.  In  accordance  with  this  old 
custom,  Amenhotep  III  also  visited  Atum,  and  was  crowned 
by  him,  before  his  accession.  The  visit  of  Piankhi  (IV, 
871)  was  due  to  the  same  custom,  and  Thutmose  Ill's 
ascension  to  heaven  (§141)  to  be  crowned  and  receive  his 
royal  names  is  but  a  splendid  variation  of  the  customary 
fiction. 


aSee  Sethe,  Zeitschrijt  jiir  agyptische  Sprachc,  36,  65. 


§  225]    THE  CORONATION  OF  QUEEN  HATSHEPSUT 


The  Queen's  Growth  and  Beauty 

223.  JHer  majesty  saw  all  this  thinga  herself,  which  she  told  to  the 
people,  who  heard,  falling  down  for  terror  among  them.  2Her  majesty 
grew  beyond  everything;  to  look  upon  her  was  more  beautiful  than 
anything;  her  r — 1  was  like  a  god,  her  form  was  like  a  god,  she  did 
3everything  as  a  god,  her  splendor  was  like  a  god;  her  majesty  (fern.) 
was  a  maiden,  beautiful,  blooming,  Buto  in  her  time.  4She  made  her 
divine  form  to  flourish,  a  rfavor  of1  him  that  fashioned  her. 

The  Journey 

224.  Her  majesty  (fern.)  journeyed  5to  the  North  country  after  her 
father,  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Okheperkere,  who  liveth 
forever.  There  cameb  her  mother,  Hathor,  patroness  of  Thebes ;  Buto, 
mistress  of  Dep;  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes;  6Atum,  lord  of  Heliopolis; 
Montu,  lord  of  Thebes;  Khnum,  lord  of  the  Cataract;  all  the  gods 
that  are  in  Thebes,  all  the  gods  of  the  South  and  North,  and  approached 
7her.  They  traversed  for  her,  pleasant  ways,  (they)  came,  and  they 
brought  all  life  and  satisfaction  with  them,  they  exerted  their  protection 
behind  her;  one  proceeded  8after  another  of  them,  they  passed  on 
behind  her  every  day. 

Promises  oj  the  Gods 

225.  They  said,  "Welcome,  daughter  of  Amon-Re;  thou  hast  seen 
thy  administration  in  the  land,  thou  shall  set  9it  in  order,  thou  shalt 
restore  that  which  has  gone  to  its  ruin,c  thou  shalt  make  thy  monuments 
in  this  house,  thou  shalt  victual  the  offering-tables  of  him  who  begat 
thee,  thou  shalt  pass  through  the  landd  and  thou  shalt  embrace  I0many 
countries.  Thou  shalt  strike  among  the  Tehenu,  thou  shalt  smite  with 
the  mace  the  Troglodytes;  thou  shalt  cut  off  the  heads  of  the  soldiers, 
thou  shalt  seize  "the  chiefs  of  Retenu,  bearing  the  sword,  the  survivals6 


aWhat  thing  is  meant  is  not  clear;  possibly  it  refers  to  the  preceding  presenta- 
tion to  the  gods,  which  she  narrates  now  to  the  people.  Then  follow  her  growth 
into  youth  and  beauty,  and  the  journey. 

^Yw  jtr  is  a  sdm'  hr' /-form. 

cThis  is  a  clear  reference  to  the  queen's  restoration  of  the  temples  recorded  at 
Benihasan  (§§  296  ff.),  and  plainly  indicates  the  late  date  of  the  coronation  reliefs, 
which  are  thus  evidently  later  than  the  temple  restorations. 

dRead  Jpns't  t 3  (/  for  two  land-signs). 

eMeaning  those  whom  her  father  Thutmose  I  had  left;  hence  this  is  further 
evidence  of  his  Asiatic  campaign. 


92      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§226 


of  thy  father.  Thy  tribute  is  myriads  of  men,  the  captives  of  thy  valor; 
thy  '"reward1  is  "thousands  of  men  for  the  temples  of  the  Two  Lands1. 
Thou  givest  offerings  in  Thebes,  the  steps  of  the  king,  Amon-Re,  lord 
of  Thebes.  I3The  gods  have  [endowed]  thee  with  years,  they  rpresent1 
thee  with  life  and  satisfaction,  they  praise  thee,  for  their  heart  hath 
given  understanding  to  the  egga  which  I4[they]  have  fashioned.  They 
shall  set  thy  boundary  as  far  as  the  breadth  of  heaven,  as  far  as  the 
limits  of  the  twelfth  hour  of  the  night ;  the  Two  Lands  shall  be  filled 
with  children  — ,  thy  numerous  children  I5are  (as)  the  number  of  thy 
grain,  Twhich1  thou  r — 1  in  the  hearts  of  thy  people;  it  is  the  daughter 
of  the  bull  of  his  mother,b  —  beloved. 

IV.     CORONATION  BY  ATUMC 

226.  The  queen  on  the  left  is  led  by  Hathord  into  the 
presence  of  Atum  standing  on  the  right.  In  Luxor,  after 
being  led  in  by  Sekhmet,  the  king  (corresponding  to  the 
queen  in  Der  el-Bahri)  kneels  before  Atum  enthroned.6 
Before  them  stands  Thoth,  of  whose  inscription  only  the  fol- 
lowing has  survived: 

Words  0}  Thoth 

227.  Set  his  diadem  upon  his  head;  put  titulary 

 before  the  gods  f 

V.     RECEPTION  OF  THE  CROWNS  AND  THE  NAMES8 

228.  The  coronation  before  Atum  is  followed  by  a  similar 
ceremony  before  Amon.h 

aMeaning  the  queen.  bAmon-Kamephis. 

cNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  57,  58  (  =  Luxor,  73  (66),  Fig.  191,  and  74 
(65),  Fig.  188). 

dThere  is  another  divinity  before  the  queen,  and  there  were  others  behind 
Hathor,  but  all  have  disappeared. 

eIt  is  probable  that  this  scene  was  also  in  the  Der  el-Bahri  series  in  the 
erased  space  immediately  following  the  above  introduction  to  Atum. 

fThe  conventional  phrases. 

gNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  4,  where  only  an  account  of  the  scene  is  given 
with  a  few  sentences  of  text,  as  the  whole  is  almost  completely  hacked  out.  At 
Luxor  the  scene  of  the  crowns  is  well  preserved  (Gayet,  75  (64),  Fig.  184  incom- 
plete; better  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  75,  c),  but  the  scene  of  names  is  omitted. 

hThis  is  of  course  a  later  custom,  as  Amon  himself  is  a  later  god. 


I  23i]    THE  CORONATION  OF  QUEEN  HATSHEPSUT 


93 


Scene 

The  queen, a  standing,  is  embraced  by  Amon,  enthroned 
at  the  left;  from  the  right  approach  two  goddesses, b  one 
bearing  the  crown  of  Upper  and  the  other  the  crown  of 
Lower  Egypt,  and  behind  them  are  the  genii  of  the  cardinal 
points. 

Inscriptions 

229.  Presented  to  thee  is  this  red  crown,  which  is  upon  the  head  of 
Re;  thou  shalt  wear  the  double  crown,  and  thou  shalt  take  the  Two 
Lands  by  this  its  name 

Presented  to  thee  is  this  white  crown,  mighty  upon  thy  head;  thou 
shalt  take  the  lands  by  its  diadem,  by  this  its  name. 

Reception  0]  Names 

230.  There  was  here  a  scene  (wanting  in  Luxor),  repre- 
senting the  reception  by  the  queen  of  her  new  royal  names, 
conferred  by  the  gods.c  The  scene  is  totally  destroyed, 
with  the  exception  of  the  figures d  of  Sefkhet  and  Thoth  ( ?) 
on  the  right  accompanied  by  the  words: 

Writing  the  name,  Golden  Horus:  Divine  of  Diadems.  Writing 
the  name,  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Makere. 

VI.     PROCLAMATION  AS  KING  BEFORE  AMONe 
Scene 

231.  The  queen,  in  king's  costume,  with  the  double 
crown  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  stands  before  Amon, 
enthroned  on  the  left.  Behind  the  queen  are  the  genii  of 
the  cardinal  points,  and  behind  these  again  Sefkhet  and 
Thoth  are  keeping  record. 

aFrom  Luxor,  where,  of  course,  it  is  the  king. 

bFrom  the  Der  el-Bahri  inscription  it  is  evident  that  they  are  Nekhbet  and 
Buto,  the  goddesses  of  South  and  North,  as  we  should  expect. 

cSee  the  conferring  of  names  upon  Thutmose  III  (§§  143  ff.)  by  the  gods. 
Later,  when  the  queen's  names  are  really  conferred  by  the  officials,  it  is  naively 
explained  that  they  have  been  revealed  to  the  officials  by  the  god  (§  239). 

dNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  59.  eNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari;  III,  59,  60. 


94      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§232 


Inscriptions 

The  accompanying  inscriptions  are  either  destroyed  or, 
where  preserved,  show  only  conventional  phrases.  That 
the  coronation  before  the  gods  is  complete  is  seen  from  the 
fragmentary  words  of  Thoth:  "Thou  hast  set  these  thy 
diadems  [upon  thy  head\" 

VII.     CORONATION  BEFORE  THE  COURT a 

232.  We  now  reach  the  alleged  real  coronation  of  the 
queen,  which  is  represented  as  taking  place  before  the 
court,  at  the  command  of  Thutmose  I,  who  retires  from  the 
throne  in  Hatshepsut's  favor.  As  she  bore  the  title  "great 
king's-wife"  for  some  time  after  her  accession, b  it  is  clear 
that  she  did  not  immediately  succeed  her  father  in  the 
kingship  as  here  represented. 

233.  This  fact  alone  shakes  one's  confidence  in  the  truth 
of  the  coronation  inscription;  but  to  this  fact  we  must  add 
another  still  more  decisive.  The  date  of  the  coronation  is 
given  as  the  first  of  Thoth,  New  Year's  Day,  of  itself  a 
remarkable  coincidence.  The  selection  of  this  date  is  ex- 
plained as  intentional  on  the  part  of  Thutmose  I  in  a  passage, 
which  states:0 


aFirst  published  by  Naville  in  Recueil,  18,  PI.  Ill;  corrections,  ibid.,  19,  211, 
212;  finally,  much  better  (but  not  without  errors)  in  Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III, 
60-63. 

bSee  Sethe,  U titer suchungen,  I,  §  31  and  §36,  and  Zeitschrijt  fur  dgyptische 
Sprache,  36,  67. 

cNaville's  rendering  is  as  follows:  "at  (r)  the  festival  day  (&-disk)  of  her 
coronation;  when  the  first  day  of  the  year  and  the  beginning  of  the  seasons  should 
be  united,  etc."  (Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  7, 1.  33).  The  £-disk  cannot  be  read 
as  the  sun-disk  ("day"),  for  it  lacks  the  stroke,  never  lacking  with  the  sun-disk 
in  this  inscription  (e.  g.,  in  the  neighboring  lines  twice,  1.  27  and  1.  29).  We  must 
read  rh-f,  "he  knew,  recognized:1  N}r  follows  in  the  usual' construction  with  n. 
There  is  not  a  shadow  of  doubt  as  to  the  correct  rendering.  Later:  Naville's 
later  altered  rendering,  in  a  recent  number  of  Sphinx,  is  grammatically  im- 
possible. 


§  234]    THE  CORONATION  OF  QUEEN  HATSHEPSUT 


"He  (Thutmose  I)  recognized  the  auspiciousness  of  a  coronation 
ona  New  Year's  Day  as  the  beginning  of  the  peaceful  years  and  of  the 
spending  of  myriads  (of  years)  of  very  many  jubilees. "b 

Thutmose  I  therefore  ostensibly  selected  New  Year's 
Day  as  the  most  auspicious  day  for  his  daughter's  corona- 
tion. But  if  we  examine  her  obelisk  inscription  (§  318, 1.  8), 
we  find  that,  as  she  actually  reckoned,  the  beginning  of  her 
regnal  year  fell  somewhere  between  the  first  of  the  sixth  and 
the  thirtieth  of  the  twelfth  month,  and  not  on  New  Year's 
Day.  Finally,  this  account  of  the  coronation  in  the  Der  el- 
Bahri  temple,  is  taken  verbatim  from  the  account  of  the 
coronation  of  Amenemhet  III  in  the  Middle  Kingdom 
temple  at  Arsinoe,c  and  deserves  no  more  credence  than  the 
geographical  lists  of  Ramses  III  at  Medinet  Habu,  which 
have  been  copied  from  the  lists  of  the  Eighteenth  and  Nine- 
teenth Dynasties.  It  is  clear  that  this  entire  coronation  of 
Hatshepsut,  like  the  supernatural  birth,  is  an  artificial 
creation,  a  fiction  of  later  origin,  prompted  by  political 
necessity.  As  such  it  is  closely  paralleled  by  the  similar 
representations  of  Ramses  II  in  his  great  Abydos  inscrip- 
tion (III,  251-81),  with  the  sole  difference  that  his  father  is 
stated  to  have  remained  as  coregent  on  the  throne. 

Scene 

234.  Thutmose  I  is  enthroned  at  the  left,  with  his  daughter 
standing  before  him ;  in  their  presence  three  rows  of  court- 
iers standing  on  the  right. 


aLit.,  "  0/,"  making  the  phrase,  "  New  Year's  coronation." 
b§  239,  11.  33,  34- 

cFragments  in  Berlin  (Nos.  1580 1-4;  see  Aegyptische  Inschrijten  aus  den 
Koniglichen  Museen  zu  Berlin,  Heft  III,  138).  I  owe  the  knowledge  of  the  character 
of  these  fragments  to  my  friend,  Mr.  Alan  Gardiner,  who  kindly  called  my  attention 
to  them. 


96      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§235 


Inscriptions3- 

They  furnish  the  only  surviving  account  of  such  a  corona- 
tion, in  the  presence  of  the  superseded  monarch  and  the 
court. 

Thutmose  I  Summons  His  Daughter  to  be  Crowned 

235.  ^here  saw  herb  the  majesty  of  her  father,  this  Horus;c  how 
divine  is  her  great  fashioner !  Her  heart  is  glad,  (for)  great  is  her  crown ; 
2she  advocates  her  cause  Hn1  truth,  rexalter1  of  her  royal  dignity,  and 
of  that  which  her  ka  does.  dThe  living  were  set  before  herd  3in  his 
palacee  of  r — Said  his  majesty  to  her:  "Come,  glorious  one;f  I 
have  placed  (thee)  before  me ;  that  4thou  mayest  see  thy  administration^ 
in  the  palace,  and  the  excellent  deeds  of  thy  ka'sh  that  thou  mayest 
assume  thy  royal  dignity,  glorious  5in  thy  magic,  mighty  in  thy  strength. 
Thou  shalt  be  powerful  in  the  Two  Lands;  thou  shalt  seize  the  rebel- 
lious; 6thou  shalt  appear  in  the  palace,  thy  forehead  shall  be  adorned 
with  the  double  diadem,  resting  upon  the  head  of  the  heiress  of  Horus, 
whom  I  begat,  'daughter  of  the  white  crown,  beloved  of  Buto.  The 
diadems  are  given  to  thee  by  him  who  presides  over  the  thrones  of  the 
gods. 

Thutmose  I  Summons  the  Court 

236.  8My  majesty  caused  that  there  be  brought  to  him  the  digni- 
taries of  the  king,  the  nobles,  the  companions,  9the  officers  of  the  court/ 
and  the  chief  of  the  people, i  that  they  may  do  homage,k  to  set  the  maj- 


aThey  are  in  vertical  lines,  divided  into  three  groups  by  the  king's  throne 
and  the  group  of  courtiers.  The  language  is  in  many  respects  unusual,  the  whole 
is  difficult  and  sometimes  uncertain. 

bHatshepsut. 

cMeaning  King  Thutmose  I,  to  whom  all  the  following  epithets  are  applied. 

dReferring  to  the  court  spectators. 

eOf  course,  read:  c  h  ^-f-n-ys't  as  in  1.  10. 

fAddressed  to  his  daughter,  the  queen. 

sShc  has  already  seen  it  in  the  land  at  large  on  the  northern  journey  (§224, 

I  8). 

hThat  which  the  ka  does,  is  to  reign;  the  phrase  is  not  uncommon. 

*Of  course,  correct  to  Iny't. 

iRfryt,  a  class  of  people  not  yet  closely  defined. 

^Ndt-hr. 


§  238]    THE  CORONATION  OF  QUEEN  HATSHEPSUT  97 


esty  of  I0the  daughter  of  this  Horusa  before  him  in  his  palace  of  r — 1.b 
There  was  a  sitting0  of  the  king  himself,  "in  the  audience-hall  of  the 
right  of  the  rcourt1,  while  these  people  prostrated  themselvesd  in  the 
court. 

Thutmose  Vs  Address  to  the  Court 

237.  Saide  his  majesty  before  them:  "This  my  daughter,  Khnemet- 

Amon,  Hatshepsut,  who  liveth,  I  have  appointed  [her]  ;  she  is 

my  successorf  I3upon  my  throne,  she  it  assuredly  is  who  shall  sit  upon 
my  wonderful  seat.14  She  shall  command  the  people8  in  every  place 
of  the  palace;  she  it  is  who  shall  lead  you;  I5ye  shall  proclaim  her  word, 
ye  shall  be  united  at  her  command.  He  who  shall  do  her  homage  shall 
live,  he  who  shall  speak  evil  in  l6blasphemy  of  her  majesty  shall  die. 
Whosoever  proclaims  with  unanimity  the  name  of  her  majesty  (fern.), 
17shall  enter  immediately  into  the  royal  chamber,  just  as  it  was  done  by 
the  name  of  this  Horus  (viz.,  by  my  name).h  For  l8thou  art  divine,  O 
daughter  of  a  god,  for  whom  even  the  gods  fight;  behind  whom  they 
exert  their  protection  every  day  according  to  the  command  of  her 
father,  the  lord  of  the  gods.1 

The  Court  and  People  Acknowledge  the  New  Queen 

238.  I9The  dignitaries  of  the  king,  the  nobles  and  the  chief  of  the 
people i  hear  2°this  command  for  the  advancement  of  the  dignity  of 


aMeaning  the  king,  Thutmose  I. 

bSee  1.  3  (note).  Possibly  referring  to  the  tomb-temple  of  Der  el-Bahri, 
where  the  scene  is  engraved.  In  this  case,  the  events  narrated  took  place  in  the 
Der  el-Bahri  temple  itself. 

cSee  sitting  of  year  9,  Punt  relief  (§  292,  1.  1). 

dLit.,  "were  upon  their  bellies" 

eAt  this  point  the  inscription  is  interrupted  by  the  scene  representing  the  king 
seated  in  a  pavilion,  etc. 

fThis  word  {ys'ty)  is  very  important:  for  it  indicates,  not  association  as  core- 
gent,  but  accession  as  successor.  It  is  used  in  the  same  sense,  precisely,  by  the 
nomarch  Key  (I,  692). 

gLit.,  "She  shall  command  matters  to  the  people  {rhy't)." 

hThat  is,  the  name  of  the  new  queen  is  to  be  as  effective  in  securing  entrance 
as  had  been  that  of  the  king,  her  father. 

'Here  the  text  is  interrupted  by  the  bas-relief  of  the  three  rows  of  officials 
named  in  11.  8,  9. 

iSee  §  236,  I.  9,  n.  f. 


98      EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§239 


his  daughter,  the  king  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Makere  (Hatshepsut) 
living  forever.  They  kissed  the  earth  at  his  feet,  when  the  2Iroyal 
word  fell  among  them;  they  praised  all  the  gods  for  the  King  of  Upper 
and  Lower  Egypt,  Okheperkere  (Thutmose  I),  living  forever.  They 
went  forth,  their  mouths  "rejoiced,  they  published  his  proclamation 
[to]  them.  All  the  peoplea  of  all  the  dwellings  23of  the  court  heard; 
they  came,  their  mouths  rejoicing,  they  proclaimed  (it)  beyond  every- 
thing, dwelling  on  dwelling  24therein  was  announcing  (it)  in  his  name; 
soldiers  on  soldiers  r — 1,b  they  leaped  and  they  danced  2sfor  the  double 
joy  of  their  hearts.  They  '"proclaimed1,  they  rproclaimedlc  the  name  of 
her  majesty  (fern.)  as  king;  while  her  majesty  (fern.)  was  a  youth, 
while  the  great  god  was  ^turning1  their  hearts  to  his  daughter,  Makere 
(Hatshepsut),  living  forever,  when  they  recognized  that  it  was  the 
fa[ther]  of  the  divine  daughter,  and  27thus  they  were  excellent  in  her 
great  soul  beyond  everything.  As  for  any  man  who  shall  love  her 
in  his  heart,  and  shall  do  her  homage  every  day,  28he  shall  shine, 
and  he  shall  flourish  exceedingly;  [but]  as  for  any  man  who  shall 
speak  against  the  name  of  her  majesty,  the  god  shall  determine  his 
death  immediately,  29even  by  the  gods  who  exercise  protection  behind 
her  every  day.  The  majesty  of  this  her  father  hath  published  this, 
all  the  peopled  have  united  upon  ^°the  name  of  this  his  daughter 
for  king.  While  her  majesty  was  a  youth,  the  heart  of  his  majesty 
inclined  to  [her]  exceedingly. 

Proclamation  of  the  Queen's  Names 

239.  3*His  majesty  commanded  that  the  ritual  priests  be  brought 
to  "proclaim1  her  great  names  that  belonged  to  the  assumption  of  the 
dignities  of  her  royal  crown  and  for  insertion  in  (every)  work  and  every 
seal  of  the  32Favorite  of  the  Two  Goddesses,  who  makes  the  circuit 
north  of  the  wall,e  who  clothes  all  the  gods  of  the  Favorite  of  the  Two 
Goddesses.  33He  has  recognized  the  auspiciousness  of  the  coronation  on 
New  Year's  Day  as  the  beginning  of  the  peaceful  years  and  of  the 


aSee  §  236,  1.  9,  n.  f. 

bA  verb  of  shouting  is  lacking,  as  it  is  construed  with  hr. 
c Written  twice,  cf.  note  a. 
dSce  §  236,  n. 

eSome  ceremony  unknown  to  us.  The  whole  line  refers  to  ceremonies  in 
which  the  official  name  of  the  monarch  must  be  used  (see  §  57). 


§  24o]    THE  CORONATION  OF  QUEEN  HATSHEPSUT 


spending  of  myriads  (of  years)  of  34Very  many  jubilees.  They  pro- 
claimed her  royal  names,  for  35the  god  caused  that  it  should  be  in  their 
hearts  to  make  her  names  according  to  the  form  with  which  he  had 
made  them  before  :a 

36Her  great  name,  Horus:  [Wosretkew  (wsr  t-k  3  w)],h  forever; 

37Her  great  name,  Favorite  of  the  Two  Goddesses:  "Fresh  in 
Years," c  good  goddess,  mistress  of  offering; 

38Her  great  name,  Golden  Horus:  "Divine  of  diadems;"d 

39Her  great  name  of  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt:  "Makere, 
who  liveth  forever. "e 

It  is  her  real  name  which  the  god  made  beforehand. 

VIII.     SECOND  PURIFICATION f 

240.  After  the  public  coronation,  further  ceremonies  of 
the  gods  follow. 

First  Scene 

The  queen  is  led  away  by  the  god  Kheseti. 

Inscriptions 

«The  first  (day)  of  the  first  season,  New  Year's  Day,  the  first  of  the 
peaceful  years  of  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Favorite  of 
the  Two  Goddesses,  who  makes  the  circuit  north  of  the  wall,  the  Feast 
of  Shed  h 

'The  leading  away  to  enter  the  " Great  House"  (""by"1)  the  " Pillar  of 
his  Mother,"i  of  the  "Great  House"  (rfor  the1)  purification  of  the 
"Great  House." 


aThey  were  inspired  to  announce  the  same  names  which  the  god  had  already 
conferred  upon  her  before  (§230).  This  is  to  explain  how  the  officials  knew  the 
same  names  already  conferred  by  the  god. 

b"  Mighty  of  doubles." 

c\¥  3  d'*t  rnp'wt.  ^Ntr't-h^  w. 

eThe  complete  titulary  should  contain  five  names  of  which  the  last  is  here  lack- 
ing. This  last  fifth  name  was  her  personal  name,  Hatshepsut,  which  she  had 
already  received  in  childhood. 

fNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  63. 

sOver  the  queen.  iOver  the  god. 

hCf.  I,  150.    Titulary  of  the  queen.     iA  priestly  title. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§  24i 


Second  Scene 

241.  The  god  Kheseti,  standing  at  the  right,  holds  over 
the  queen,  who  stands  at  the  left,  a  vessel  in  the  form  of  the 
sign  of  life. 

Inscription 

Over  the  queen,  merely  her  name  with  epitheta;  over 
the  god,  the  following: 

I  have  purified  thee  with  these  waters  of  all  satisfying  life,  all  stability, 
all  health,  all  joy  of  heart,  to  celebrate  very  many  jubilees,  like  Re,  for- 
ever. 

IX.     CONCLUDING  CEREMONIES a 

242.  The  queen  is  now  led  away  by  Horus,  and  several 
ceremonies  follow,  which  are  too  nearly  destroyed  to  be 
clear,  but  one  of  them  was  the  "  making  of  the  circuit  north 
0]  the  wall''  in  accordance  with  the  title  of  the  queen  used 
above. b  The  coronation  is  now  regarded  as  complete,  for 
Horus  says:  "Thou  hast  established  thy  dignity  as  king, 
and  appeared  upon  the  Horus -throne. " 


SOUTHERN  PYLON  INSCRIPTION  AT  KARNAKC 

243 .  There  is  a  distinct  tendency  on  the  part  of  Hatshepsut 
to  show  especial  respect  to  her  father,  Thutmose  I.  The 
evident  purpose  of  the  following  inscription  is  to  make 
clear  that  her  father  recognizes  her  right  to  rule  as  king.  It 
represents  him  shortly  after  her  accession,  as  praying  for 


aNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  63,  64. 
bIn  §  240,  and  elsewhere. 

cOn  the  north  side  of  the  third  southern  pylon,  left  wing,  below;  text:  Lepsius, 
Denkmdlet,  III,  18;  Sethe,  Untcrsuchungen,  I,  113,  114;  translated  by  de  Rouge, 
Melanges  d'archeologie  egyptienne,  I,  46  f.;  Sethe,  ibid,  I,  27,  28  (cf.  also  p.  1). 
The  inscription  is  very  mutilated,  and  some  omissions  have  been  necessary. 


§  245]     KARNAK  SOUTHERN  PYLON  INSCRIPTION 


the  blessing  and  favor  of  the  gods  upon  her  reign, a  and  the 
entire  document  is  of  course,  the  work  of  the  queen  herself. 

244.  The  accompanying  scene  shows  Thutmose  I  stand- 
ing on  the  right  before  Amon,  Mut,  and  Khonsu,  the  Theban 
triad  on  the  left;  the  inscription  of  twenty  lines  occupies 
the  space  between.  Over  half  of  it  is  occupied  with  the 
names,  titles,  and  fulsome  epithets  of  Thutmose  I,  and  the 
translation  omits  these,  beginning  in  the  middle  of  1.  11, 
with  the  king's  address  to  the  three  divinities. 

245.  11  I  come  to  thee,  lord  of  gods;  I  do  obeisanceb 

[before]  thee,  in  return  for  this  that  [thou  hast  put]c  I2the  Black  and  the 
Red  Landd  under  (the  dominion  of)  my  daughter,  the  King  of  Upper 
and  Lower  Egypt,  Makeree  (Hatshepsut),  who  lives  forever,  just  as  thou 

didst  put  (it)  under  (the  dominion  of)  my  majesty  13.  .  .  . 

Thou  hast  given  to  me  the  kingdom  of  every  land  in  the  presence  of  the 
Two  Lands,  exalting  my  beauty  while  I  was  a  youth  ....  [the  Black 
Land]  ^and  the  Red  Land  are  under  my  dominion.  I  am  satisfied  with 
victories,  thou  hast  placed  every  rebellious  land  under  my  sandals  which 
thy  serpent-diadem  has  bound,  bearing  their  gifts;  thou  hast  strength- 
ened the  fear  [of  me]    istheir  limbs  tremble,  I  have  seized 

them  in  victory  according  to  thy  command;  they  are  made  my  subjects; 
[they  come  to  me]  doing  obeisance,  and  all  countries  with  bowed  head. 

Tribute  16  f  17  the  heart  of  my  majesty  is  glad 

because  of  her  ^fthe  petition1]  concerning  my  daughter 

Wosretkew,s  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  of  whom  thou  hast 
desired,  that  she  be  associated  with  [thee]h  —  rthat1  thou  mightest 


aSethe  has  shown  (Untersuchungen,  I,  28)  that  it  does  not  record  the  installa- 
tion of  Hatshepsut  as  coregent. 

bLit.,  "smell  the  ground." 

cSethe's  emendation,  U titer suchun gen,  I,  113. 

dThe  black  land  of  the  valley  and  the  red  of  the  desert  hills. 

eThe  name  has  been  changed  to  that  of  Thutmose  II,  but  the  queen's  name 
can  still  be  read. 

£The  conventional  praise  of  the  king;  in  the  following  lines  which  are  very 
fragmentary,  only  the  references  to  the  queen  are  translated. 
eHorus-name  of  Hatshepsut. 

h  Apparently  a  play  on  her  name,  "Associate  of  Amon"  (Khnemet-Amon). 


EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§246 


assign  [this]  land  [to]  her  grasp.    Make  her  prosperous  as  King  

^mayest  thou  ['"grant1]  for  me  the  prayer  of  the  first  time,  my  petitions 

concerning  [my]  beloved   (fern.)    20  under  her 

majesty  (fern.). 


THE  PUNT  RELIEFS* 

246.  These  are  undoubtedly  the  most  interesting  series 
of  reliefs  in  Egypt,  and  form  almost  our  only  early  source  of 
information  for  the  land  of  Punt.  They  are  as  beautiful 
in  execution  as  they  are  important  in  content.  They  record 
an  important  expedition  of  the  queen  thither,  which  was 
successfully  concluded  just  before  her  ninth  year  (§  292, 1.  1). 

247.  The  only  earlier  evidences  of  intercourse  with 
Punt  are  as  follows:  In  the  Fourth  Dynasty  a  Puntite  negro 
appears  as  the  slave  of  one  of  the  sons  of  King  Khufu;b  in 
the  Fifth,  King  Sahure  sent  an  expedition  thither  (I,  161,  8), 


aIn  the  Der  el-Bahri  temple,  occupying  the  south  half  of  the  middle  terrace 
(corresponding  to  the  Birth  and  Youth  on  the  north  half,  §§  187  ff.).  See  accom- 
panying plan  (p.  105).  First  copied  by  Dumichen  and  published  by  Dumichen, 
Historische  Inschriften,  II,  8-20,  and  Fleet,  1-3,  and  18,  a;  then  by  Mariette, 
Deir  -el-  Bahari,  5-10.  The  excavations  of  the  Egypt  Exploration  Fund  since 
1894  have  for  the  first  time  uncovered  all  the  Punt  reliefs,  and  they  have  all 
now  appeared  in  the  superb  publication  of  the  Egypt  Exploration  Fund  (Naville, 
The  Temple  of  Deir-el-Bahari,  Introductory  Memoir,  Pis.  7-10,  and  Vol.  Ill, 
Pis.  69-86).  Unfortunately,  the  old  publications  have  not  been  collated  and  the  por- 
tions since  lost,  added.  It  is  therefore  still  necessary  to  collate  Mariette  and 
Dumichen;  I  have  placed  all  copies  in  parallel  columns  as  a  basis  for  the  present 
translation.  The  inscriptions  and  reliefs  have  suffered,  not  merely  from  the  hand 
of  time  and  modern  vandalism,  but  the  inscriptions  and  figures  of  Hatshepsut  were 
hacked  out  by  her  political  enemies  after  her  fall,  and  the  figure  and  neighboring 
inscriptions  of  Amon,  wherever  occurring,  were  later  erased  by  Amenhotcp  IV. 
The  faint  traces  remaining  on  the  wall  are  difficult  to  read;  hence  the  numerous 
errors  in  the  old  publications.  The  most  useful  treatments  are  Erman  (Life  in 
Ancient  Egypt,  505  ff.),  Maspero  (Struggle  of  the  Nations,  247-53,  with  very  full 
citation  of  the  older  bibliography);  and  for  Punt  especially  see  Miiller  (Mittheil- 
ungen  der  V orderasiatischen  Geselhchaft,  III,  42;  also  Orientalistische  Litteratur- 
zeitung,  II,  416)  and  Krall  (Beitrage  zur  Geschichte  der  Blemyer  und  Nubier, 
"  Dcmkschriften  der  Wiener  Akademie,"  Philologisch-historische  Classe,  Vol. 
XLVI,  4te  Abhandlung)  to  which  is  added  an  excursus  on  Punt). 

bLepsius,  Denkmdler,  II,  23;  see  Erman,  Aegypten,  670. 


§  248]  THE  PUNT  RELIEFS 


and  King  Isesi  sent  another,  which  brought  back  a  dancing 
dwarf  (I,  351);  in  the  Sixth,  an  officer  of  Pepi  II,  named 
Enenkhet,  was  killed  by  the  Sand-dwellers  on  the  coast,  while 
building  a  ship  for  the  Punt  voyage  (1, 360),  and  another  expe- 
dition thither  under  the  same  king  was  led  by  the  assist- 
ant treasurer,  Thethy  (I,  361);  in  the  Eleventh  Dynasty, 
Henu,  chief  treasurer  of  King  Senekhkere-Mentuhotep  III, 
dispatched  an  expedition  to  Punt,  which  he  accompanied 
only  to  the  coast  of  the  Red  Sea  (I,  430);  in  the  Twelfth 
Dynasty,  an  officer  of  Amenemhet  II,  named  Khentkhetwer, 
records  his  safe  return  from  Punt  (I,  604-6)  ;a  and  finally 
there  was  also  an  expedition  under  Sesostris  II  (I,  618). 
None  of  these  sources  contains  more  than  the  meagerest  ref- 
erence to  the  fact  of  the  expedition. 

248.  The  reliefs  illustrating  her  expedition,  which  Hat- 
shepsut  had  carved  in  her  beautiful  Der  el-Bahri  temple,  are 
therefore,  as  stated,  the  first  and  only  full  source  for  a  study 
of  ancient  Punt  and  the  voyage  thither.  The  expedition,  like 
those  of  Henub  and  of  Khentkhetwer,  may  have  left  the  Nile 
at  Koptos,  and  proceeded  by  caravan  to  Wadi  Gasus  on  the 
Red  Sea,  where  the  ships  may  have  been  built.0  But  as  no 
shift  of  cargo  is  mentioned,  and  the  same  ships  depicted  as 
sailing  the  Red  Sea  are  afterward  shown  on  the  Nile,  it  is 
possible  that  the  canal  through  the  Wadi  Tumilat  connect- 
ing the  Nile  and  the  Red  Sea  had  existed  from  the  Twelfth 
Dynasty,  having  been  made  by  one  of  the  Sesostrises.d 
The  question  of  the  location  of  Punt  is  too  large  for  dis- 

aA  fairy-tale  in  a  St.  Petersburg  papyrus  of  the  Middle  Kingdom,  in  possession 
of  M.  Golenischeff,  narrates  the  adventures  of  a  shipwrecked  sailor  on  a  voyage  to 
Punt. 

bAs  Henu  returned  by  way  of  Hammamat,  he  must  have  sent  his  expedition 
from  the  Red  Sea  terminus  of  the  Koptos-Hammamat  road. 
cCf.  the  ship  of  Enenkhet  (I,  360). 
dStrabo,  XVII,  1,  26. 


104    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§  249 


cussion  here,  but  it  was  certainly  in  Africa,  and  probably 
was  the  Somali  coast. 

249.  The  successive  scenes  and  the  accompanying  in- 
scriptions tell  the  story  of  the  expedition  so  clearly  that  no 
introductory  outline  is  necessary. 

250.  Historically,  it  is  important  to  note  that  Thutmose 
III  appears  only  once  in  the  Punt  reliefs,  and  that  in  a  sub- 
ordinate position,  so  that,  as  far  as  this  source  is  concerned, 
the  queen  is  the  author  of  the  expedition,  which  she  under- 
takes in  accordance  with  an  oracle  of  Amon  (§  284). 

251.  The  arrangement  of  the  reliefs  on  the  wall  is  inter- 
esting; Punt  is  at  the  extreme  south  (left)  on  the  end  wall 
of  the  colonnade  (see  plan),  and  the  fleet  bound  thither  is 
placed  by  the  artist  with  prows  literally  toward  the  south, 
while  the  returning  fleet  is  correspondingly  represented  with 
stern  toward  Punt  in  the  south  and  bows  to  the  north.  The 
successive  scenes  then  proceed  northward  (to  the  right)  and 
conclude  on  the  north  end-wall. 

I.     DEPARTURE  OF  THE  FLEET a 

Scene 

252.  Five  vessels,  two  of  which  are  still  moored,  the  rest 
already  under  sail.  The  last  vessel  bearing  over  its  stern 
the  pilot's  command,  uSteerh  to  port."  A  small  boat  lashed 
to  a  tree  has  above  it  the  words:  "(An  offering)  for  the  life, 
prosperity,  and  health  0)  her  majesty  (fern.),  to  Hathor, 
mistress  of  Punt  r  1  that  she  may  bring  wind;" 


aFirst  scene  on  the  west  wall,  lower  row;  Mariette,  Deir-el-Bahari,  6  below; 
Mariette,  Voyage  dans  la  haute  Egypte,  II,  63;  Dumichen,  Historische  Inschrijten, 
II,  it;  Dumichen,  Fleet  of  an  Egyptian  Queen,  1;  Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III, 

72,  73. 

bLit.,  11  maker 


io6     EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§  2 


showing  that  a  propitiatory  offering  is  being  made  ashore 
as  they  leave. a 

Inscriptions 

253.  bailing  in  the  sea,  2beginningb  the  goodly  way  toward  God's- 
Land,  journeying  3in  peace  to  the  land  of  Punt,  by  4the  army  of 
the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  according  to  the  command0  5of  the  Lord 
of  Gods,  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes,  presider  over  Karnak,  6in  order  to 
bring  for  him  the  marvels  of  7every  country,  because  he  so  much  loves 
8the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  [Makere  (Hatshepsut)],d  ^for 
his  father  Amon-Re,  lord  of  heaven,  lord  of  earth,  I0more  than  the 
other  kings  "who  have  been  I2in  this  land  I3forever. 

II.     RECEPTION  IN  PUNTe 

254.  The  voyage  has  been  safely  made,  and  the  expedition 
has  landed. 

Scene* 

On  the  right  the  "  king's -messenger"  advances  at  the 
head  of  his  soldiers.  A  pile  of  necklaces,  hatchets,  daggers, 
etc.,  before  him,  ostensibly  an  offering  to  Hathor,  are  for 
trade  with  the  Puntites,  whose  chief,  "  Perehu"  advances 
from  the  left  to  meet  the  Egyptians.  Behind  him  follow  his 
abnormally  fleshy  wife,g  "Eti"  their  children  —  two  sonsg 


aCf.  Erman,  Aegypten,  675.    Henu  in  the  Eleventh  Dynasty  made  a  similar 
offering  as  he  dispatched  his  Punt  expedition  (I,  432;  see  also  III,  423). 
bLit.,  "taking  the  head  0}  the  way." 
cSee  Oracle,  §  285. 

dThe  queen's  name  has  been  cut  out;  later  Ramses  II  inserted  his  name  over 
the  old  erasure;  the  following  clause,  to  the  word  "earth,"  is  also  due  to  him; 
hence  "his  father"  and  the  entire  loss  of  connection  with  1.  10. 

eOn  the  south  wall,  lowest  two  rows;  Mariette,  Deir-el-Bahari,  5;  Diimichen, 
Historische  Inschrijten,  II,  8  and  10;  Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  69.  As  Naville 
has  unfortunately  not  added  the  now  lacking  portions  contained  in  the  old  publi- 
cations, it  is  necessary  here  to  employ  them  also. 

f  Lowest  row. 

ROnly  in  the  old  publications,  as  this  block  has  been  stolen  from  the  wall; 
see  Diimichen,  Resultate,  LVII;  photograph  in  Mariette,  Voyage  dans  la  haute 
Egyptc,  II,  62. 


§258] 


THE  PUNT  RELIEFS 


107 


and  a  daughter3 — and  three  Puntitesa  driving  the  "ass 
which  bears  his  wife."  Behind  these  is  a  landscape  in 
Punt,  showing  among  the  trees  the  houses  of  the  Puntites 
set  on  poles  (Pjahlbauten).  Below  the  whole  is  a  line  of 
water,  showing  that  the  scene  is  near  the  sea  or  the  haven 
in  which  the  Egyptians  have  landed.  The  inscriptions  are 
these : 

Over  the  Egyptians 

255«  [The  arrival]  of  the  king's-messenger  in  God's-Land,  together 
with  the  army  which  is  behind  him,  before  the  chiefs  of  Punt;  dis- 
patched with  every  good  thing  from  the  court,  L.  P.  H.,  for  Hathor, 
mistress  of  Punt ;  for  the  sake  of  the  life,  prosperity,  and  health  of  her 
majesty. 

Before  the  Puntites 

256.  The  coming  ofb  the  chiefs  of  Punt,  doing  obeisance,  with 
bowed  head,  to  receive  this  army  of  the  king;  they  give  praise  to  the 
lord  of  gods,  Amon-Re   .c 

Over  the  Puntites 

257.  They  say,  as  they  pray  for  peace:  "  Why  have  ye  come  thitherd 
unto  this  land,  which  the  people e  know  not  ?  Did  ye  come  down 
upon  the  ways  of  heaven,  or  did  ye  sail  upon  the  waters,  upon  the  sea 
of  God's-Land  ?  Have  ye  trodden  (rthe  way  of1)*  Re  ?  Lo,  as  for 
the  King  of  Egypt,  is  there  no  way  to  his  majesty,  that  we  may  live  by 
the  breath  which  he  gives  ? 

Before  the  Leader  of  the  Puntites 

258.  The  chief  of  Punt,  Perehu  (P^-r^-hw). 


aOnly  in  the  old  publications.  bEgyptian  "by." 

cHere  evidently  the  name  of  the  queen  originally  stood;  it  was  then  erased  by 
Thutmose  III,  and  in  the  time  of  Ramses  II  the  blank  was  mistaken  for  an  erasure 
of  Amon's  name  by  Amenhotep  IV,  which  name  was  then  inserted.  Traces  of 
the  old  inscription  are  visible  at  the  end. 

dLit.,  "Why  have  ye  reached  this?" 

cThe  people  of  Egypt  (rmt).    See  the  oracle,  §  285,  1.  10. 

fThe  text  has  "Re"  as  the  direct  object  of  "trodden;"  something  must  be 
supplied. 


io8     EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§250 


Before  His  Wije 

His  wife,  Eti  /y).a 

Over  the  Ass 
The  ass  which  bears  his  wife. 

III.     THE  TRAFFIC b 

Scene0 

259.  At  the  right  is  the  tent  of  the  " king's-messenger" 
who  stands  before  it.  Before  him  are  the  products  of  Punt, 
and  approaching  from  the  left  is  a  long  line  of  Puntites, 
bearing  similar  products;  at  their  head,  as  before,  the  chief 
and  his  enormous  wife.  At  the  extreme  left  the  Puntite 
landscape,  as  in  II. 

In  the  Tent 

260.  Pitching  the  tent  of  the  king's-messenger  and  his  army,  in  the 
myrrh-terraces  of  Punt  on  the  sided  of  the  sea,  in  order  to  receive  the 
chiefs  of  this  country.  There  are  offered  to  them  bread,  beer,  wine, 
meat,  fruit,  everything  found  in  Egypt,  according  to  that  which  was 
commanded  in  the  court,  L.  P.  H. 

Before  the  Egyptian 

261.  Reception  of  the  tribute  of  the  chief  of  Punt,  by  the  king's- 
messenger. 

Before  the  Puntites 

262.  The  coming  ofe  the  chief  of  Punt  bearing  tribute  at  the  side 
of  fthe  sea  before  the  king's-[messenger]f   . 


aBefore  the  two  sons  who  follow  her:  "His  son;"  before  the  daughter:  "His 
daughter." 

bSouth  wall;  references  as  for  II.  cSecond  row  from  below. 

dThe  Egyptian  has  a  dual,  "on  the  two  sides  of"  from  which  Diimichen 
(Geschichte,  120)  would  locate  Punt  on  both  sides  of  the  Red  Sea,  but  this  dual  is 
a  common  idiom,  meaning  no  more  than  a  singular.  See  §  262,  where  it  is  absurd 
to  suppose  that  the  chief  of  Punt  is  bringing  his  gifts  "at  both  sides  of  the  sea!" 
Diimichen's  translation  "von  beiden  Seiten"  is,  moreover,  impossible,  for  the  text 
has  "upon"  not  "von." 

eEgyptian  "by." 

1  These  words  extend  over  the  Puntites;  it  is  uncertain  how  much  has  been 
lost  at  the  end. 


§  265]  THE  PUNT  RELIEFS  109 


IV.     LOADING  THE  VESSELS a 
Scene 

263.  Two  vessels  heavily  laden  with  myrrh  trees,  sacks 
of  myrrh,  ivory,  woods,  apes;  on  shoreb  and  ascending  the 
gang-planks,  men  carrying  sacks  and  trees. 

Over  Men  with  Trees  on  Shore 

264.  (rLook  to1)0  your  feet,  ye  people!  Behold!  the  load  is  very 
heavy ! 

Prosperity  rbe1  with  fus,1  for  the  sake  of  the  myrrh  tree  in  the  midst 
of  God's-Land,  for  the  house  of  Amon;  there  is  the  place  '"where1  it 
shall  be  made  to  grow  for  Makere,  in  his  temple,  according  to  com- 
mand. 

Over  the  Vessels 

265.  xThe  loading  of  the  ships  very  heavily  with  marvels  of  2the 
country  of  Punt;  all  goodly  fragrant  woods  of  God's-Land,  heaps 
of  3 myrrh-resin,  with  fresh  myrrh  trees,  4 with  ebony e  and  pure  ivory, 
with  green  gold  5of  Emu,  (cmw),  with  cinnamon  wood,  6khesyt  wood,f 
with  ihmut-incense,  7sonter-incense,  eye-cosmetic,  8with  apes,  °monkeys, 
I0dogs,  "and  "with  skins  13 of  the  southern  panther,  I4with  natives 
and  I5their  children.  Never  was  brought  l6the  like  of  this  for  any  king 
who  has  been  since  the  beginning. 


aSouth  wall,  uppermost  row;  first  scene  on  the  west  wall,  upper  row;  Mariette, 
Deir-el-Bahari,  5  and  6;  Dumichen,  Historische  Inschrijten,  II,  9  and  12; 
Fleet  of  an  Egyptian  Queen,  2;  Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  69  above,  and  74 
below. 

bAt  the  left,  over  the  scene  of  the  traffic. 

CA  guess;  the  words  are  broken  away,  and  some  similar  exclamation  on  the 
part  of  the  men  carrying  the  trees  is  to  be  expected.  Note  the  Puntites  represented 
as  speaking  Egyptian ! 

dWords  of  a  second  man. 

eFragments  of  the  Punt  wall  show  the  felling  of  the  ebony  trees,  with  the 
inscription:  "Cutting  the  ebony  in  great  quantities''''  (Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III, 
70). 

1  Sweet  wood,  used  in  making  incense. 


no     EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§266 


V.     THE  RETURN  VOYAGE a 

Scene0 

266.  Three  vessels  under  full  sail,  with  the  cargo  enu- 
merated in  §  265. 

Inscriptions0  over  the  Vessel 

Sailing,  arriving  in  peace,  journeying  to  Thebesd  with  joy  of  heart,  by 
the  army  of  the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  with  the  chiefs  of  this  country e 
behind  them.  They  have  brought  that,  the  like  of  which  was  not 
brought  for  other  kings,  being  marvels  of  Punt,  because  of  the  great- 
ness of  the  fame  of  this  frevered  god,  Amon-Re,  Lord  of  Thebes.f 

VI.     PRESENTATION   OF   THE   TRIBUTE   TO   THE   QUEEN  BY 
THE  CHIEFS  OF  PUNT,  IREM,  AND  NEMYEWg 

Sceneh 

267.  At  the  right  the  cartouches  of  the  queen,  badly 
defaced;  approaching  from  the  left,  two  lines  of  men  with 
gifts,  led  by  four  lines  of  kneeling  chiefs,  being  the  chiefs  of 
Punt  (two  lower  lines), 11  the  chiefs  of  Irein"  '1  (upper  middle 
line)  and  "the  chiefs  of  Nemyew"*  (Nm^yw,  upper  line, 
negroes).  Behind  them  approach  Egyptians  and  Puntites 
with  myrrh  trees  and  other  products  of  Punt. 


aMariette,  Deir-el-Bahari,  6;  Voyage  dans  la  haute  Egypte,  II,  63;  Dumichen, 
Historische  Inschriften,  13;  Fleet  of  an  Egyptian  Queen,  3;  Naville,  Deir-el- 
Bahari,  III,  75. 

bAt  the  right  of  the  vessels  loading.  cBeginning  at  the  right. 

dThis  scene  is  therefore  upon  the  Nile,  not  upon  the  Red  Sea. 
ePunt. 

fRestored  by  Ramses  II,  supposing  that  the  name  of  Amon  had  been  here 
erased  by  Amenhotep  IV.  In  reality,  it  was  the  name  of  Hatshepsut  which  had 
been  erased. 

gMariette,  Deir-el-Bahari,  6;  Dumichen,  Historische  Inschriften,  14,  15; 
Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  74  and  76. 

hOver  the  loading  of  the  ships  and  the  return  voyage. 

*The  location  of  these  two  countries  is  uncertain;  Nemyewis  entirely  unknown, 
and  it  is  a  question  whether  Irem  is  one  of  the  inland  Nubian  countries  or  on  the 
Red  Sea  coast  north  of  Punt. 


§271] 


THE  PUNT  RELIEFS 


in 


Inscriptions* 

268.  1  [Kis]sing  the  earth  to  Wosretkewb  (Hatshepsut)  by 

the  chiefs  of  Punt  2   the  Nubian  Troglodytes  of  Khenthen- 

nofer,  every  country  —  of  3   doing  obeisance  with  bowed 

head,  bearing  their  tribute  to  the  place  where  her  majesty  (fern.)  is 

4   ways  not  trodden  by  others  5   every  country  is 

dominion  of  her  majesty  and  counted  6   lord  of  Thebes,  as 

tribute  each  year  7Cwhich  her  father  Amon  ^appointed1]  for  her,  dwho 
hath  set  all  the  lands  beneath  her  sandals,  living  forever. 

Over  the  Chiejs  0}  Punte 

269.  They  say  as  they  pray  for  peace  from  her  majesty  (fern.): 
"Hail  to  thee,  king  (sic)  of  Egypt,  Re  (fem.),f  who  shines  like  the 

sun,  your  sovereign,  mistress  of  heaven  .    Thy  name  reaches 

as  far  as  the  circuit  of  heaven,  the  fame  of  [Makere  (Hatshepsut)]8 
encircles  the  fsea1]  . 

VII.     THE  QUEEN  OFFERS  THE  GIFTS  TO  AMONh 

Scene 

270.  The  queen  stands  at  the  left;  before  her  the  products 
of  Punt  and  Irem  (lower  row),  brought  back  by  the  expedi- 
tion, mingled  with  those  of  Nubia  (upper  row). 

Before  the  Queen 

271.  The  King  himself,  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Ma- 
kere (Hatshepsut) ;  presentation1  of  the  marvels  of  Punt,  the  treasures 


aBy  the  queen's  cartouches. 

bThe  queen's  Horus-name:  "Mighty  in  kefs." 

cMore  probably  a  short  lacuna  here.  dReferring  to  Amon. 

eThe  remains  of  a  similar  inscription  are  visible  over  the  chiefs  of  Nemyew. 

£Feminine;  cf.  the  similar  "female  Horus"  (obelisk-base,  south,  I.  r,  §314; 
Senmut  statue,  §  354;  etc.). 

eTraces  of  the  cartouche  in  Naville,  (PI.  74);  the  determinative  for  "sea"  is 
also  probable,  and  suits  the  context  admirably. 

hMariette,  Deir-el-Bahari,  7,  8;  Diimichen,  Historische  Inschrijten,  II,  16, 
17;  Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  77,  78,  and  80. 

*An  absolute  infinitive  used  as  the  title  of  the  scene,  the  preceding  royal  name 
being  the  date. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§272 


of  God's-Land,  together  with  the  gifts  of  the  countries  of  the  South, 
with  the  impost  of  the  wretched  Kush,a  the  baskets  of  the  Negro-land, 
tob  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes,  presider  over  Karnak,  for  the  sake  of  the 
life,  prosperity,  and  health  of  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt, 
Makere  (Hatshepsut),  that  she  may  live,  abide,  and  her  heart  be  joyful; 
that  she  may  rule  the  Two  Lands  like  Re,  forever. 

By  the  Trees0 

272.  Thirty-one  fresh  myrrh  trees,  brought  as  marvels  of  Punt  for 
the  majesty  of  this  god,  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes;  never  was  seen  the 
like  since  the  beginning. 

Under  the  Trees0 
Electrum;    eye-cosmetic;    throw-sticks  of  the  Puntites;  ebony; 
ivory,  Shells1  {k  3  S). 

With  Panther6- 

A  southern  panther  alive,  captured e  for  her  majesty  (fern.)  in  the 
[south]  countries. 

Miscellaneous  Objects 
Electrum; f  many  panther-skins;  3,300  (small  cattle).g 

VIII.     WEIGHING  AND  MEASURING  THE  OFFERINGS11 

273.  This  scene  is  closely  connected  with  the  preceding 
presentation  scene,  of  which  it  forms  the  unbroken  continua- 
tion.   It  is  accompanied  by  the  following  descriptive  text:' 


aBy  an  evident  emendation.  cLower  row. 

bConstrue  with  "presentation."  dUpper  row. 

eLit,  "brought"  (ynyy);  it  is  regularly  used  of  prisoners  and  apparently  also 
of  wild  beasts,  e.  g.,  also  the  lions  captured  by  Amenhotep  III  (§  865).  Two 
more  panthers  show  fragments  of  a  similar  inscription. 

fWith  four  chests,  probably  made  by  Thutiy  (§  376,  1.  31). 

ROver  a  gap  among  these  offerings  is  the  inscription  recording  the  Asiatic 
campaign  of  Thutmose  II  (§  125). 

hOn  the  right  of  the  preceding  scene  in  two  rows;  Mariette,  Deir-el-Bahari, 
8;  Dumichen,  Historische  Inschriften,  II,  18,  19;  Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III, 
79,  81,  82. 

*At  the  extreme  right  in  five  columns,  behind  the  figure  of  Thutmose  III 
offering  incense  (Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  82). 


THE  PUNT  RELIEFS 


"3 


274.  xThe  king  himself,  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt, 
Makere  (Hatshepsut).a  Taking  the  measure  (hk' t)  of  the  electrum, 
laying  the  hand  on  the  r — 1  of  the  heaps,  first  instance  of  doing  the  good 
things.    Measuring  of  the  fresh  myrrh  unto  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes, 

lord  of  heaven,  the  first  of  the  harvest  2  of  the  marvels  of  the 

countries  of  Punt.  The  lord  of  Khmunu  (Thoth)  records  them  in  writ- 
ing; Sefkhet  counts  the  numbers.  Herb  majesty  (fern.)  3herself,  is  acting 
with  her  two  hands,  the  best  of  myrrh  is  upon  all  her  limbs,  her  fra- 
grance is  divine  dew,  her  odor  is  mingled  with  Punt,  her  skin  is  gildedc 
with  electrum,  4shining  as  do  the  starsd  in  the  midst  of  the  festival-hall, 
before  the  whole  land.  There  is  rejoicing  by  all  the  people;  they  give 
praise  to  the  lord  of  gods,  5they  laud  Makere  (Hatshepsut)  in  her 
divine  qualities,  because  of  the  greatness  of  the  marvels  which  have 
happened  for  her.  Never  did  the  like  happen  under  any  godse  who 
were  before,  since  the  beginning.    May  she  be  given  life,  like  Re,  forever. 

Measuring  Scene1 

275.  Two  huge  heaps  of  myrrh  are  being  scooped  into 
measures  by  four  men;  a  fifth,  whose  figure  has  been  care- 
fully erased,  is  Hatshepsut's  favorite,  "the  scribe  and  steward, 
Thutiy"  (§§369  ff.),  who  is  keeping  record  of  the  measure 
for  the  queen;  while  the  god  Thoth  at  the  extreme  right 
performs  a  similar  office  for  Amon. 

Over  the  Myrrh  Heaps 

276.  Heaps  of  myrrh  in  great  quantities. 

Over  the  Men  Measuring 

277.  Measuring  the  fresh  myrrh,  in  great  quantities,  for  Amon, 
lord  of  Thebes;  marvels  of  the  countries  of  Punt,  treasures  of  God's- 
Land,  for  the  sake  of  the  life,  prosperity  and  health  .g 


aThe  date.  bRead  -s  for  -/. 

CA  bold  figure  referring  to  the  yellow  hue  of  the  women  of  ancient  Egypt. 

^Yellow  stars  painted  on  a  blue  field  form  a  common  ceiling  decoration.  For 
comparison  of  the  king  with  a  star,  not  so  common  as  with  the  sun,  see  I,  510  ff., 
I  2. 

eThat  is,  "kings."  f  Lower  row  (Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  79). 

eThe  queen's  name  has  been  erased. 


ii4     EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§278 


Bejore  Thoth 

278.  Recording  in  writing,  reckoning  the  numbers,  summing  up 
in  millions,  hundreds  of  thousands,  tens  of  thousands,  thousands  and 
hundreds;  reception  of  the  marvels  of  Punt,  afor  Amon-Re,  lord  of 
Thebes,  lord  of  heaven. a 

Weighing  Sceneh 

279.  A  huge  pair  of  balances  piled  on  one  side  with  com- 
mercial gold  in  large  rings,  against  weights  in  the  form  of 
cows  on  the  other  side,  is  presided  over  by  the  gods  Horus 
and  Dedun  of  Nubia,0  standing  at  the  left.  At  the  right  is 
Sefkhet,  the  goddess  of  letters,  keeping  record.  Round  and 
cow  "weights"  and  quantities  of  "electrum,"  in  bars  and 
rings,  are  piled  up  beside  the  balances. 

Over  the  Balances 

280.  The  balances,  accurate  and  true,  of  Thoth,  which  the  King  of 
Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  [Make]re  (Hatshepsut),  made  for  her  father, 
Amon,  lord  of  Thebes,  in  order  to  weigh  the  silver,  gold,  lapis  lazuli, 
malachite,  and  every  splendid  costly  stone,  for  the  sake  of  the  life,  pros- 
perity, and  health  of  her  majesty  (fern.)   .d 

Under  the  Balances 

281.  Weighing  the  gold  and  electrum,  —  the  impost  of  the  south- 
ern countries,  for  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thehes,   ,  presider  over 

Karnak   .d 

Bejore  Sejkhet 

282.  Recording  in  writing,  reckoning  the  numbers,  summing  up  in 
millions,  hundreds  of  thousands,  tens  of  thousands,  thousands,  and 
hundreds.  Reception  of  the  marvels  of  the  South  countries,  for  Amon, 
lord  of  Thebes,  presider  over  Karnak. 


aAmon  is  here  not  properly  restored  by  Ramses  II;  see  end  of  9. 
bUpper  row  (Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  81). 
cBccause  the  gold  comes  from  Nubia. 
dThe  name  of  the  queen  has  been  erased. 


§  284] 


THE  PUNT  RELIEFS 


IX.     FORMAL    ANNOUNCEMENT    OF    THE    SUCCESS    OF  THE 
EXPEDITION  BEFORE  AMONa 

Scene 

283.  The  queen  stands  at  the  extreme  left,  staff  in  hand, 
before  Amon,  enthroned  at  the  extreme  right.  Behind  the 
queen  is  the  sacred  barque  of  Amon  borne  by  priests, b 
before  which  Thutmose  IIP  offers  "of  the  best  of  fresh 
myrrh." 

Inscription 

284.  This  long  text  in  vertical  lines  between  the  queen 
and  Amon  falls  into  two  parts.  The  first  contains  the  titulary 
and  encomium  of  the  queen  (11.  1-4),  followed  by  the  oracle 
of  Amon  (11.  4-6),  in  accordance  with  which  the  expedition 
was  made.  It  is  here  repeated,  in  order  to  enforce  the 
statement  that  all  that  was  commanded  has  been  done  (1.  6). 
To  this  favorable  statement  Amon  replies  with  praise  (11. 
7-9),  and  reverts  to  a  description  of  former  times  when  the 
"myrrh-terraces"  were  not  visited  by  Egyptians,  but  their 
products  were  obtained  only  through  intermediaries  (11. 
10-12).  The  success  of  future  expeditions  is  promised,  and 
his  guidance  of  the  expedition  just  successfully  carried  out 
is  mentioned.  The  inscription  closes  with  further  praise  of 
the  queen,  which  gradually  becomes  too  mutilated  for  trans- 
lation. 


aAt  the  extreme  right;  Mariette,  Deir-el-Bahari,  10;  Dumichen,  Historische 
Inschriften,  II,  20;  through  some  confusion  in  Dumichen's  papers  his  1.  10  and 
1.  1 1  have  exchanged  places,  and  Mariette  has  the  same  mistake !  It  is  clear, 
therefore,  that  Mariette's  text  is  drawn  from  Dumichen,  an  astonishing  number  of 
errors  having  crept  in  during  the  process.  From  these  sources  Sethe  constructed  a 
skilfully  emended  text  (Sethe,  U  titer  suchungen,  I,  103,  104),  which  is  sustained  in 
almost  all  cases  by  the  last  and  best  text  (Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  84),  which 
is  undoubtedly  very  nearly  correct.  The  entire  inscription  has  been  carefully 
hacked  away;  hence  the  numerous  errors  in  the  old  publications,  a  collation  of 
which  demonstrates  the  superiority  of  Naville's  texts. 

bNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  83.  *Ibid.,  82. 


n6     EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§285 


Titles  and  Encomium  of  Hatshepsut 

285.  aiHorus:  Mighty  in  Ka's;  Favorite  of  the  Two  Goddesses: 
Fresh  in  Years;  Golden  Horus:  Divine  in  Diadems;  King  of  Upper 
and  Lower  Egypt:  Makere  (Hatshepsut),  —  of  Amon,  whom  he  loves, 
who  is  upon  his  throne,  for  whom  he  has  made  to  flourish  the  inheritance 
of  the  Two  Lands,  the  kingdom  of  the  South  and  North,  2to  whom  he 
hath  given  that  which  the  sun  encompasses,  that  which  Keb  and  Nut 
inclose.  She  hath  no  enemies  among  the  Southerns,  she  hath  no  foes 
among  the  Northerns;  the  heavens  and  every  country  which  the  god 
hath  created,  they  all  labor  for  her.  ^They  come  to  her  with  fearful 
heart,  their  chiefs  with  bowed  head,  their  gifts  upon  their  back.  They 
present  to  her  their  children  that  there  may  beb  4given  to  them  the 
breath  of  life,  because  of  the  greatness  of  the  fame  of  her  father,  Amon, 
who  hath  set  all  lands  beneath  her  sandals. 

The  Oracle 

The  king  himself,  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Makere 
(Hatshepsut).  The  majesty  of  the  court  made  supplication  at  the 
steps0  of  the  5lord  of  [gods];  a  command  was  heard  from  the  great 
throne,  an  oracle  of  the  god  himself,  that  the  ways  to  Punt  should  be 
searched  out,  that  the  highways  to  the  Myrrh-terraces  should  be  pene- 
trated: 6"Id  will  lead  the  army  on  water  and  on  land,  to  bring  marvels 
from  God's-Land  for  this  god,  for  the  fashioner  of  her  beauty."  It 
was  done,  according  to  all  that  the  majesty  of  this  revered  god  com- 
manded, according  to  the  desire  of  her  majesty  (fern.),  in  order  that 
she  might  be  given  life,  stability,  and  satisfaction,  like  Re,  forever. 

Promises  of  Amon 

286.  7Utterance  of  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes:  " Welcome !e  my 
sweet  daughter,  my  favorite,  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt, 

aThc  first  line  at  the  left  before  the  queen.  This  first  part  comprises  six  lines. 
bRead  [m]  yswi  ?    Compare  §  804,  1.  3. 

cThe  steps  leading  up  to  his  throne,  which  have  been  hacked  away  in  the 
relief,  but  are  shown  to  have  existed  by  the  lower  ends  of  the  lines  of  text  which 
shorten  by  steps  in  front  of  the  throne  (Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  84). 

dThe  first  person  in  the  same  sentence  where  the  god  occurs  in  the  third  person 
is  of  course  very  strange. 

eLit.,  "  Come!  Comet  in  peace." 


THE  PUNT  RELIEFS 


117 


Makere  (Hatshepsut),  who  makes  my  beautiful  monuments,  who  puri- 
fies the  seat  of  the  great  ennead  of  gods  for  my  dwelling,  as  a  memorial 
of  her  love.  8Thou  art  the  king,  taking  possession  of  the  Two  Lands, 
Khnemet-Amon,  Hatshepsut,  great  in  oblations,  pure  in  food-offerings. 
Thou  satisfiest  my  heart  at  all  times;  I  have  given  thee  all  life  and 
satisfaction  from  me,  all  stability  from  me,  all  health  from  me,  all  joy 
9from  me,  I  have  given  to  thee  all  lands  and  all  countries,  wherein  thy 
heart  is  glad.  I  have  long  intended  them  for  thee,  and  the  aeons  shall 
behold  them  until  those  myriads  of  years  rof  usefulness  which  I  have 
thought  to  spend1.  IOI  have  given  to  thee  all  Punt  as  far  as  the  lands 
of  the  gods  of  God's-Land." 

Punt  in  Former  Time 

287.  "No  one  trod  the  Myrrh-terraces,  which  the  people  (rmt)  knew 
not;  it  was  heard  of  from  mouth  to  mouth  "by  hearsay  of  the  ancestors 
— .  The  marvels  brought  thence  under  thy  fathers,  the  Kings  of 
Lower  Egypt,  were  brought  from  one  to  another,  and  since  the  time 
of  I2the  ancestors  of  the  Kings  of  Upper  Egypt,  who  were  of  old,  as  a 
return  for  many  payments  ;a  none  reaching  themb  except  thy  carriers. " 

Punt  under  the  Queen 

288.  "But  I  will  cause  thy  army  to  tread  them,b  have  led  them 
on  water  and  on  land,  to  explore0  the  waters  of  inaccessible  channels, 
and  I  have  reached  the  Myrrh-terraces." 

"It  is  a  glorious  region  of  God's-Land;  it  is  indeed  my  place  of 
delight.  I  have  made  it  for  myself,  in  order  tod  fdivert1  I4my  heart, 
together  with  Mut,  Hathor,  Wereret,  mistress  of  Punt,  the  mistress, 
4  Great  in  Sorcery,' e  mistress  of  all  gods.  Theyf  took  myrrh  as  they 
wished,  they  loaded  the  vessels  to  their  hearts'  content,  I5with  fresh 
myrrh  trees,  every  good  gift  of  this  country,  Puntites  whom  the  people 
{rmt)  know  not,  Southerns  of  God's-Land.   I  conciliated  them  byg  love 


aMeaning  that  in  going  from  hand  to  hand  many  successive  prices  were  paid. 
bThe  Myrrh-terraces. 

cThis  is  the  word  (wb  3)  used  long  before  of  exploring  unknown  countries  in 
the  Old  Kingdom  by  Harkhuf  (I,  333,  334)  and  employed  again  by  the  queen  in 
her  speech  (§294,  1.  11). 

dRead  r  for  yr.  f  Hatshepsut's  people. 

eIsis.  gLit.,  "because  0]" 


n8    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§2g9 


that  they  might  give  l6to  thee  praise,  because  thou  art  a  god,  because 
of  thy  fame  in  the  countries.  I  know  rthem1,  I  am  their  wise  lord, 
r — 1  I  am  the  begetter,  Amon-Re ;  my  daughter,  who  binds  the  lords, 
is  the  king  [Makere]  (Hatshepsut).  I  have  begotten  her  for  myself. 
I  am  thy  father,  who  sets  thy  fear  I7among  the  Nine  Bows,  while  they 
come  in  peace  to  all  gods.  They  have  brought  all  the  marvels,  every 
beautiful  thing  of  God's-Land,  for  which  thy  majesty51  sent  them :  heaps 
of  l8gum  of  myrrh,  and  enduring  trees  bearing  fresh  myrrh,  united 
in  the  festival-hall,  to  be  seen  of  the  lord  of  the  gods.    May  thy  majesty 

cause  them  to  grow.b    my  temple,  I9in  order  to  delight  my 

heart  among  them.  My  name  is  before  the  gods,  thy  namec  is  before 
all  the  living,  forever.  Heaven  and  earth  are  flooded  with  incense; 
odors  are  in  the  Great  House.  Mayest  thou  offer  them  to  me,  pure 
2°and  cleansed,  in  order  to  express  the  ointment  for  the  divine  limbs, 
to  offer  myrrh,  to  make  ointment,  to  make  festive  my  statue  with  neck- 
laces, while  I  am  making  2  libations  for  thee.  My  heart  is  glad  because 
of  seeing  thee."  d 

X.     FORMAL  ANNOUNCEMENT  OF  THE  SUCCESS  OF  THE 
EXPEDITION  TO  THE  COURT e 

Scene 

289.  The  queen  is  enthroned  at  the  left  in  a  splendid 
kiosk,  and  before  her  are  the  figures  of  three  noblemen 
(see  §  348).    All  the  figures  have  been  hacked  out. 


aFeminine!  The  /  of  the  second  feminine  singular  suffix  is  visible  under  the 
scourge;  the  t  of  "majesty"  (hn't)  should  be  over  the  scourge,  as  in  1.  18. 

bThe  verb  is  s'rwd'k*  with  nominal  subject  (sdm'k>  form,  Sethe,  Verbum,  II, 
§  434)- 

cRcad:  rn  t  pw.  That  this  is  the  proper  emendation  is  shown  by  the  Semneh 
inscription  of  Thutmose  III  (Lepsius,  Denkmalcr,  III,  52,  b,  line  before  goddess). 

dThe  remainder,  consisting  of  four  short  and  two  long  lines,  is  very  fragmentary 
and  contains  only  the  conventional  promises  of  the  gods. 

eOn  the  south  side  of  the  causeway  which  ascends  through  the  center  of  the 
middle  terrace.  The  date  and  a  few  random  words  were  published  by  Dumichen 
(Fleet  of  an  Egyptian  Queen,  18,  a);  but  the  first  complete  text  by  Naville  (Recueil, 
18,  PI.  Ill,  corrections,  ibid.,  19,  212,  213;  much  better,  Navilie,  Deir-el-Bahari, 
III,  85,  86. 


§29t]  THE  PUNT  RELIEFS  119 


Inscriptions 

290.  The  texts  with  the  noblemen  are  as  follows: 

With  the  First  Man 

Behold,  it  was  commanded,  as  follows:  "They  shall  give  the  court, a 
L.  P.  H.,  to  the  hereditary  prince,  count,  wearer  of  the  royal  seal,  sole 
companion,  chief  treasurer,  Nehsi,b  to  dispatch  the  army  [to]  Punt." 

With  the  Two  Other  Men 

Over  both  are  the  words:  11  The  king's-dignitaries,  the 
companions  oj  the  court,  L.  P.  i?.,"  and  over  the  man  in 
the  middle:  u Steward  oj  Anion,  Sennint"  the  well-known 
favorite  of  the  queen  (see  §§  345  ff.).  The  third  man  bears 
no  individual  inscription.0  All  three  figures  have  been 
hacked  out  by  political  enemies  after  the  triumph  of  Thut- 
mose  III. 

The  Long  Inscription^ 

291.  This  is  perhaps  the  most  interesting  inscription  in  the 
Punt  series.  It  furnishes  the  date  ("year  9")  when  the 
expedition  had  already  safely  returned.  The  queen,  having 
publicly  exhibited  the  results  of  the  expedition  (VIII),  and 
having  announced  its  success  to  Amon  himself  (IX),  now 
holds  ceremonious  court,  to  announce  in  a  speech  from  the 


aThe  meaning  of  the  phrase  is  not  clear,  but  it  seems  as  if  "court"  were  here 
used  for  "decree  of  the  court." 

bThis  man  has  therefore  been  identified  a.s"the  king' s-messenger"  (§§  260,  261) 
who  commanded  the  Punt  expedition.  But  this  conclusion  docs  not  follow;  the 
word  "dispatch"  (sby)  does  not  mean  to  conduct,  as  we  may  see  in  the  exactly 
parallel  case  of  Henu  (I,  427  ff.;  especially  §432»  11.  13,  14),  who  conducted  the 
expedition  only  to  the  sea  and  then  dispatched  (sby)  it  to  Punt,  returning  then, 
not  from  Punt,  but  merely  "from  the  sea."  Hence  we  have  no  evidence  that  Nehsi 
did  more  than  accompany  the  expedition  to  the  sea,  and  the  "  king'  s-messenger" 
is  probably  a  different  man. 

cHe  is  supposed  by  Spiegelberg  (Recueil,  22,  115-25)  to  be  Thutiy  (§§  369  ff.). 

dIn  22  columns  before  the  queen;  it  has  all  been  more  or  less  hacked  out,  the 
last  six  lines  (excluding  one  phrase)  and  the  upper  fourth  of  lines  6-16  completely 
so. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§2Q2 


throne  to  her  nobles  the  unprecedented  success  of  the 
expedition.  She  glorifies  herself  as  having  made  a  Punt  for 
Amon  in  Egypt a  (11.  14  and  16),  and  exhorts  them  to  main- 
tain in  the  future  the  increased  offerings  which  she  has 
established  (11.  8  and  15).  This  last  was  apparently  the 
practical  purpose  of  the  session. 

Introduction 

292.  'Year  9,  occurred  the  sitting  in  the  audience-hall ,b  the  king's- 
appearance  with  the  etef-crown,  upon  the  great  throne  of  electrum,  in 
the  midst  of  the  splendors  of  hisc  palace.  The  grandees,  the  com- 
panions of  the  court,  came  to  hear;  a  command  was  brought,  a  2royal 
edict  to  hisc  dignitaries,  the  divine  fathers,  the  companions  of  the  king, 
the  grandees: 

Queen's  Speech 

293.  "I  shine  forever  in  your  faces  through  that  which  my  father 
hath  desired.d  Truly,  it  was  greatly  my  desire  in  doing,  that  I  should 
make  3great  him  that  begat  me;  and  in  assigning  to  my  father,  that  I 
should  make  splendid  for  him  all  his  offerings;  that  which  my  fathers, 
the  ancestors  knew  not,  I  am  doing  as  the  Great  Onee  (did)  4to  the 
Lord  of  Eternity;  I  am  adding  increase  to  that  which  was  formerly 
done.    I  will  cause  it  to  be  said  to  posterity:  'How  beautiful  is  she, 


aIn  the  weighing  and  measuring  scene  the  trees,  of  which  there  were  three, 
appear  planted  in  tubs;  and  again  they  appear  planted  in  the  ground,  and  thus 
a  "Punt"  was  made  for  the  god.  It  is  possible  that  not  only  the  trees,  but  also 
the  terraces  of  the  temple  are  a  part  of  this  "Punt"  and  that  the  terraced  structure 
of  the  temple  planted  with  myrrh  trees  thus  reproduced  the  "myrrh-terraces." 
This  could  not  be  better  described  in  the  text  than  by  calling  it  "a  Punt"  The 
fact  that  the  temple  is  a  reproduction  of  the  small  terraced  temple  of  Mentuhotep 
III  does  not  prohibit  us  from  supposing  that  the  queen  was  conscious  of  the  resem- 
blance above  noted.  The  service  and  equipment  of  the  temple  receive  some  light 
from  the  mention  of  its  High  Priest,  with  twelve  subordinate  priests  in  four  orders 
(see  note,  §  679). 

bSee  I,  239,  and  note. 

cThese  masculine  pronouns  simply  represent  the  word  "king"  here,  (c  h  c- 
stny  and  Sps'w-stny  is  what  is  meant),  and  do  not  refer  personally  to  the  queen. 

d"I  shine  as  king,  because  my  father  Amon  willed  it  so." 

e" Great  One"  is  feminine  and  means  Isis,  referring  to  that  which  Isis  did  for 
the  deceased  Osiris,  "the  Lord  of  Eternity." 


THE  PUNT  RELIEFS 


121 


through  whom  this  has  happened,'  because  I  have  been  so  very  excellent 
to  him,  and  the  hearta  sof  my  hearta  has  been  replete  with  that  which 
is  due  to  him.  I  am  his  splendor  ron  high,  and  in  the  nether  world1.  I 
have  entered  into  the  qualities  of  the  august  god,  he  hath  opened 

6  .    He  hath  recognized  my  excellence,  that  I  speak  a  great 

thing  •which1  I  set  among  you;  it  shall  shine  for  you  upon  the  land  of 

the  living  7   ye  may  grasp  my  virtues.    I  am  the  god,  the 

beginning  of  being,  nothing  fails  that  goes  out  of  my  mouth,  beloved 

8   that  which  he  desired.    Ye  shall  fulfil  according  to  that 

which  I  have  exacted.    Your  lifetime  is  the  life  rthat  is1  in  my  mouthb 

r  1  9  for  the  future.  I  have  given  a  command  of  my  majesty 

that  the  offerings  of  him  who  begat  me  should  be  made  splendid,  that 

the  ointment  should  be  increased  IO  of  prime  ointment  of  the 

pure  ox,  in  order  to  supply  with  offerings  11  ." 

Punt  Expedition  Commanded 

294.  "  fa  decree  of1]  my  majesty  commanding  to  send  to 

the  Myrrh-terraces,  to  explore  his  ways  rfor  him,1  to  learn  his  circuit, 
to  open  his  highways,  according  to  the  command  of  my  father,  Amon. 

12  for  choice  ointment,  in  order  to  express  ointment  for  the 

divine  limbs,  which  I  owed  to  the  lord  of  gods,  in  order  to  establish 
the  laws  of  his  house.    Trees  were  taken  up  in  God's-Land,  and  set 

in  the  ground  in  I3[Egypt]c   for  the  king  of  the  gods.  They 

were  broughtd  bearing  myrrh  therein  for  expressing  ointment  for  the 
divine  limbs,  which  I  owed  to  the  lord  of  Gods." 

Punt  in  Egypt 

295.  Said  my  majesty  (fern.):  "I  will  cause  you  to  know  that  which 

is  commanded  me,  I  have  hearkened  to  my  father  14  that 

which  he  hath  —  commanding  me  to  establish  for  him  a  Punt  in  his 


aTwo  different  words  in  Egyptian,  but  the  distinction  between  them,  if  any, 
is  not  clear;  see  the  thirtieth  chapter  of  the  "Book  of  the  Dead."  One  expects 
"for  his  heart." 

bMy  words  control  your  lives  ? 

cThe  pits  in  which  certain  trees  had  been  planted  were  found  by  the  Fund 
excavations  before  the  lower  terrace  at  the  inner  end  of  the  dromos.  They  con- 
tained earth  and  tree  stumps  which  proved  to  be  of  the  Mimusops,  that  is,  the 
Persea  (Naville,  Zeitschrift  fur  dgyptische  Sprache,  37,  52). 

dRead:  yn  tw. 


122     EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§2Q6 


house,  to  plant  the  trees  of  God's-Land  beside  his  temple,  in  his  garden, 
according  as  he  commanded.    It  was  done,  in  order  to  endow  the 

offerings  which  I  owed.  fs  I  was  [not]  neglectful  of  that  which  he 

needed.  Ye  shall  fulfil  according  to  my  regulations  without  transgression 
of  that  which  my  mouth  hath  given.    He  hath  desired  me  as  his  favorite; 

I  know  all  that  he  loveth;  he  is  a  god  16  his  desire  and  that 

which  he  loveth  r — \  I  have  made  for  him  a  Punt  in  his  garden,  just 
as  he  commanded  me,  for  Thebes.    It  is  large  for  him,  he  walks  abroad 

in  it."a    17  b  22   Hathor,  mistress  of  myrrh; 

she  hath  opened  to  thee  (fern.)  her  two  arms  with  resin  . 


INSCRIPTION  OF  THE  SPEOS  ARTEMIDOSc 

296.  In  this  remarkable  document  the  energetic  queen 
has  left  a  record  of  her  systematic  restorations  in  the  temples 
which  had  been  desolated  by  the  barbarities  of  the  Hyksos, 
and  had  remained  so  down  to  her  reign.  There  is  a  refer- 
ence to  the  Punt  expedition  (1.  13),  so  that  the  inscription 
dates  from  some  time  after  the  ninth  year.  Its  references 
to  the  Hyksos  coincide  remarkably  with  the  account  of  their 
treatment  of  the  temples  as  recorded  by  Manetho.  The 
Hyksos  are  called  11  Asiatics"  (CD  mw),  and  their  city  is 
"Avaris  (h't-wcr't)  of  the  Northland.'"  The  building  of 
the  cliff-temple  of  Pakht,  on  whose  front  the  inscription  is 
cut,  is  mentioned  only  incidentally  with  the  queen's  other 
pious  works.  The  language  is  often  unusual,  and  the  whole 
is  so  badly  preserved  that  there  are  necessarily  many  omis- 
sions in  the  translation. 


aLit.,  "under  it,"  referring  to  the  trees. 

bLl.  17-21  are  so  completely  hacked  out  that  not  a  sign  can  be  read. 

cCut  high  up  on  the  front  of  the  cliff-temple  of  Pakht,  excavated  at  Benihasan 
by  Hatshepsut  and  Thutmose  III,  called  Speos  Artemidos  by  the  Greeks,  Stabl 
Antar  by  the  modern  natives.  The  inscription  was  discovered  and  published  by 
Golenischeff  (Recueil,  VI,  20;  see  also  ibid.,  Ill,  1-7).  It  is  in  a  bad  state  of  pres- 
ervation, and  the  copy  is  evidently  a  hurried  one. 


§  299]      INSCRIPTION  OF  THE  SPEOS  ARTEMIDOS 


The  Queen's  Power 

297.  1  2He  hath  established  her  great  name  like  the 

heavens.    She  hath  made  excellent  the  rrecordsa  of  her  might  over  the 

Red  Land  of  the  Goddess  of  the  Mountain21  as  far  as  the  rising  3r  

— 1  set  his  flame  behind  the  two  hill-countries. 

Restoration  oj  the  Temples 

298.  The  altars  are  opened,  the  sanctuaries  4are  enlarged  —  the 
desire  of  all  gods;  every  one  is  in  possession  of  the  dwelling  which 

he  has  loved,  his  ka  rests  upon  his  throne  .  .  .  s  their 

colonnades  6  b    Every  [statue]  is  overlaid  on  its  body 

with  electrum  of  Emu.c  Their  feasts  are  permanent  at  the  division  of 
the  time,  nhe  festival  offering  [ris  made1]  at  its  time  by  the  •authority1 
of  the  command  of  myd  maker;  the  regulations  of  the  commandant 

are  perpetuated,  which  he  made  in  this  8  .    My  divine  heart 

searches  for  the  sake  of  the  future ;  [my]  heart  —  that  which  it  had  not 
known  forever,  because  of  the  command  which  the  hidden  persea  tree, 
lord  of  myriads  (of  years),  communicates. 

The  Queen's  Piety  and  Power 

299.  9l  have  made  bright  the  truth  which  he  loved,  [I]  know  that 
he  liveth  by  it  (the  truth)  ;e  it  is  my  bread,  I  eat  of  its  brightness/  I 
am  I0a  likeness  from  [his]  limbs,  one  with  him.  He  hath  begotten  me, 
to  make  strong  his  might  in  this  land.  —  lord1  —  Atum  "in  — ; 
Khepri  doing  that  which  Re  exacted  at  the  foundation  (of  the  world). 
The  lands  together  are  under  my  authority,  the  Black  and  the  Red  are 
under  my  authority.  I2My  fame  makes  the  great  ones  of  the  countries 
to  bow  down,  while  the  uraeus  upon  my  forehead  — *  all  lands.  The 


aSee  Sinuhe,  I,  493,  1.  15. 

bThe  passage  refers  to  rebuilding  the  temples. 

cWritten  here  c  m  3  mw;  cf.  Miiller,  Asien  und  Europa,  119. 

dBeginning  with  I.  7,  the  first  person  appears  and  continues  to  the  end  of  the 
inscription,  the  queen  being  the  speaker. 

eIn  the  sun-hymn  of  Sute  and  Hor  (British  Museum,  826,  1.  16),  Sute  says  to 
the  sun-god,  "I  acted  as  an  effective  leader  among  thy  monuments,  performing  the 
truth  of  thy  heart,  I  know  thou  restest  in  truth." 

f  An  extraordinary  idea,  but  clearly  in  the  text. 

^Doubtless  a  verb  of  subjugating  or  the  like. 


i24     EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§3oo 


land  of  I3Reshua  and  the  land  of  Yu,b  they  cannot  Hiide1  from  my  maj- 
esty; Punt  is  mine,  and  the  fields  of  I4sycamore  bearing  fresh  myrrh, 
the  highways  which  were  closed  up,  and  the  two  ways.  *sMy  soldiers 
smote  that  which  was  r  1  since  my  appearance  as  king. 

Restoration  of  the  Temple  of  Cusae 

300.  The  temple  of  the  Mistress  of  Cusae c  which  had  begun  to 
fall  to  ruin,  the  ground  had  swallowed  up  its  august  sanctuary,  so  that 
the  children  played  upon  its  house;  I7the  serpent ,d  it  caused  no  fear; 
the  poor  counted  the  r — 1  in  the  'covering1, e  l8no  processions  rmarched! 
I  adorned  it,  having  been  built  anew,  I  overlaid  its  image  with  gold; 
x«>in  order  to  protect  its  city  

Building  oj  the  Temple  of  Pakht 

301.  Pakht  the  great,  who  traverses  the  valleys  in  the  midst  of  the 

eastland,  2°whose  ways  are  rstorm-beaten1   I  made  her 

temple  with  that  which  was  due  2Ito  her  ennead  of  gods.    The  doors 

were  of  acacia  wood,  fitted  with:  bronze.   f  "at  the  seasons. 

The  priests  knew  this;  her  city  r  1  f  23I  made  divine 

their  temples,  furnished  with  that  which  comes  forth  r — 1   f 

.  .  .  24   the  offering-table  [rwas  wrought1]  with  ^silver, 

and  gold,  chests  of  linen,  every  vessel  that  abides  in  the  place  

Restoration  oj  an  Unknown  Temple^ 

302  26  in  whose  house  there  was  no  understanding; 

the  divine  fathers  27   He  gave  readiness  to  the 

arms  of  the  god.h  I  built  his  great  temple  of  limestone  of  Ayan,  its 
r — 1  were  28of  alabaster  of  Hatnub,  the  doors  were  of  copper,  the  r — 1 


aiJ  3-i3w  probably  for  R*-i  *-ty\  see  Miiller,  Asien  und  Europa,  133. 

cFourteenth  nome  of  Upper  Egypt,  whose  goddess  was  a  local  Hathor. 
dPerhaps  referring  to  the  serpent  of  the  goddess. 

ePossibly:  "  The  poor  counted  the  breaches  in  the  wall;"  but  this  is  a  mere 
guess. 

1  Nearly  one-half  line. 

sThe  paragraph  deals  with  another  divinity  and  his  temple;  it  is  not  clear 
who  he  may  be. 

hThis  must  refer  to  the  queen  herself. 


§3o3]      INSCRIPTION  OF  THE  SPEOS  ARTEMIDOS 


thereon  were  of  electrum,  splendid  with  "  Him-of-the-Two-Lof ty- 

Feathers."a    r  1  .    I  [honorjed  2^the  majesty  of  this  god 

with  feasts  r  1  the  feast  of  Thoth;  I  added  to  him  [•offerings1]  anew 

3°  I  doubled  for  him  the  offerings,  an  3iinCrease  upon  that 

which  had  been  previously;  as  I  did  for  the  Eight,  for  Khnum  in  [all] 
his  forms,  for  Heket,  Renenet  and  32Meskhenet  together,  in  order  to 

build  [Neh]emewi  and  Nehebkew,  33  

great  in  34Walls,  and  in  foundation.    I  equipped  it;  I  made  it  festive, 

I  gave  houses  to  the  lord  35Whom  Amon  has  made  to 

appear  as  king  himself  upon  the  throne  of  Horus. 

Restoration  of  the  Desolation  oj  the  Hyksos 

303.  Hear  ye,  all  persons',  ye  people  as  many  as  ye  are!    I  have 

done  this  according  to  the  design  of  my  36neart.b  I  have 

restored  that  which  was  ruins,  I  have  raised  up  that  which  was  unfin- 
ished0 37Since  the  Asiatics  (c  3  mw)  were  in  the  midst  of  Avaris  of  the 
Northland,  and  the  barbariansd  were  in  the  midst  of  them,  380verthrow- 


aLit.,  "the  lofty  of  two  feathers,"  a  title  of  Min,  a  figure  of  whom  was  there- 
fore on  the  door.  The  "shadow,"  which  was  often  put  on  the  door,  has  the  deter- 
minative of  Min's  figure;  hence  there  is  no  doubt  that  it  is  such  a  "shadow," 
which  is  meant  here. 

bThis  rare  phrase  (m  k^Y  yb'y)  occurs  also  on  the  statue  of  Senmut  (Lepsius, 
Denkmaler,  III,  25,  i,  correct  nb  to  £),and  in  a  clear  passage  over  vases  "of  costly 
stone,  which  his  majesty  made  according  to  the  design  (k^'t)  of  his  own  heart" 
(Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  V,  1187)  among  offerings  of  Thutmose  III.  See  Breasted, 
Proceedings  of  the  Biblical  Society  of  Archaeology,  May,  1901,  237. 

cStp-h>  ty-c,  lit.,  "begun;"  cf.  use  of  stp  in  beginning  a  journey. 

dThe  same  term  is  applied  by  Thutmose  III  to  his  foes  in  Lebanon  (II,  548). 
W.  M.  Miiller  {Mittheilungen  der  Vorderasiatischen  Gesellschaft,  1898,  Heft  3,  p.  7), 
would  recognize  in  this  term  (Sm  3  mw  or  $  3  mw)  a  class  or  nationality  different  from 
the  Hyksos;  but  if  the  word  means  simply  strangers  (Coptic  "shemmo"),  as  Miiller 
thinks,  it  indicates  no  distinction  at  all,  for  the  Hyksos  were  also  "strangers."  The 
construction  of  the  whole  context  shows  that  it  is  one  of  those  poetic  passages  com- 
mon in  such  inscriptions,  the  parallelism  is  evident: 
"I  have  restored  that  which  was  ruins, 
I  have  raised  up  that  which  was  unfinished, 
Since  the  Asiatics  were  in  the  midst  of  Avaris  of  the  Northland, 
And  the  barbarians  were  in  the  midst  of  them." 
"Them"  is  therefore  parallel  with  the  "Northland,"  and  does  not  refer  to  the 
"Asiatics  "    That  a  land  or  a  part  of  it  should  be  resumed  by  a  plural  pronoun 
is  very  common  in  the  inscriptions  of  Egypt. 


i26    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§ 


ing  that  which  was  made,  while  they  ruled  in  ignorancea  of  Re.  Heb 
did  not  do  according  to  the  divine  command  until  my  majesty  (fern.). 
When  I  was  affirm  upon  the  throne  of  Re,  I  was  ennobled  until  the 

two  periods  of  years0  f  1   I  came  as  Hor-watitd  4°flaming 

against  my  enemies.  I  removed  the  abomination  of  the  great  god,  [I] 
captured  the  land  of  their  sandals. e  It  is  a  regulation  of  the  4Ifathers 
  I  have  commanded  that  my  [titulary]  abide  like  the  moun- 
tains; when  the  sun  42shines,  (its)  rays  are  bright  upon  the  titulary  of 
my  majesty;  my  Horus  is  high  upon  the  standard  r — 1  forever. 


THE  KARNAK  OBELISKS* 

304.  Of  the  queen's  four  obelisks  at  Karnak,  one  pair 
has  entirely  disappeared  from  the  temple;  their  position  is 
unknown,  and  only  the  summit  of  one  is  now  preserved  in 
Cairo  (§320  and  Zeitschrijt  jiir  dgyptische  Sprache,  30, 
PL  II);  of  the  surviving  pair  one  still  stands  behind  the 
great  Nineteenth  Dynasty  hypostyle  hall,  and  the  summit  of 
its  fallen  companion  lies  near  by. 

Standing  Obelisk 

The  standing  survivor  is  now  the  largest  obelisk  in  Egypt, 
being  97 \  feet  high.8  The  history  of  these  two  important 
monuments  can  be  followed  for  a  long  period.  Work  upon 
them  was  begun  on  the  first  of  Mechir  (sixth  month)  in  the 

&M  }j,m,  or  it  may  mean  "without." 

bA  sudden  change  of  number;  the  individual  ruler  of  the  Hyksos  is  meant. 
cEach  sixty  years  long. 

dMeaning:  "the  only  Horus"  and  of  the  feminine  gender. 
eThe  land  which  they  trod. 

inscriptions  on  standing 'obelisk:  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  22-24,  d;  Cham- 
pollion,  Monuments,  IV,  314;  Notices  descriptives,  II,  133  ff.;  Rosellini,  Monu- 
menti  Storici,  I,  31  ff.  Fallen  obelisk:  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  24,  a-c;  Recueil, 
X,  142;  23,  195  f.;  Champollion,  Notices  descriptives,  II,  136. 

sPetrie,  History  of  Egypt,  II,  131  (Naville's  statement  that  they  are  the  largest 
known  {Zeitschrijt  fur  dgyptische  Sprache,  37,  52)  is  an  error;  the  obelisk  of  Thut- 
mose  III,  before  the  Lateran  in  Rome,  is  the  highest  known;  see  §  626). 


§305] 


THE  KARNAK  OBELISKS 


127 


queen's  fifteenth  yeara  by  Senmut,  the  queen's  favorite 
(§§  345  fL).  The  quarry  work  of  clearing  the  enormous 
shafts  from  the  granite  at  Assuan  was  completed  on  the 
last  of  Mesore  (twelfth  month)  of  the  queen's  sixteenth 
year,  seven  months  after  beginning.  Transported  to 
Thebes  on  a  huge  barge,  drawn  by  a  large  fleet  of  galleys 
(see  §§  322  fL),  they  were  destined  for  erection,  not  before  a 
temple,  as  is  customary,  but  in  the  historic  hall  built  between 
his  two  Karnak  pylons, b  by  the  queen's  father,  Thutmose  I, 
the  hall  where,  fifteen  years  before,  her  father  had  been  sup- 
planted by  Thutmose  III.  Whether  this  fact  influenced  her 
in  the  following  procedure  is,  of  course,  purely  conjectural, 
but  in  order  to  introduce  her  obelisks  into  this  hall,  she 
broke  away  the  southern  wall,  removed  all  the  cedar  col- 
umns of  Thutmose  I  on  the  southern  side  and  four  on  the 
northern,  of  course  unroofing  all  but  the  northern  quarter 
of  the  hall,c  and  thus  totally  dismantling  the  place,  which 
could  no  longer  be  employed  for  religious  ceremonial. 

305.  A  relief d  on  a  few  fragmentary  blocks  at  Karnak 
shows  the  queen  presenting  two  obelisks  to  Amon  of  Karnak ; 
these  may  be  the  pair  with  which  we  are  now  dealing. 
Before  the  queen  is  the  following  inscription: 

The  king  himself;0  erection  of  two  great  obelisks  for  her  (sic!) 
father,  Amon-Re,  in  front  of  the  august  colonnade,  wrought  with  exceed- 
ingly plentiful  electrum.  Their  height  pierces  to  heaven,  illuminating 
the  Two  Lands  like  the  sun-disk.  Never  was  done  the  like  since  the 
beginning;  that  she  might  be  given  life. 

aBase,  north  side,  §  318,  1.  8.  bIV  and  V.    See  §  317,  11.  7-8. 

cThutmose  III  restored  the  northern  half  (§§  600-2),  and  Amenhotep  II,  the 
southern  (§§  803  ff.). 

dFound  by  Legrain,  and  reported  by  Naville  at  the  Congress  at  Rome  (see 
Revue  egyptologique,  IX,  108-10);  partially  published  by  Naville  {Zeitschrijt  fur 
iigyptische  Sprache,  37,  53)  and  fully  by  Naville  and  Legrain  {Annates  du  MusSe 
Guimet,  XXX,  PI.  XII,  A). 

eThe  relation  of  this  phrase  to  the  following  is  difficult. 


128    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§  306 


306.  On  erection,  the  obelisks  were  supplied  with  the 
usual  single,  central  column  of  inscription  on  each  face. 
Later,  side  columns  were  added.  Some  time  before  the 
completion  of  the  side-column  inscriptions,  the  obelisks 
were  surrounded  by  masonry  up  to  the  fifth  scene  from  the 
top,  and  the  inscriptions  never  were  finished  (see  Sethe, 
Untersuchungen,  I,  54,  55).  During  the  extermination  of 
the  Amon  cult  by  Amenhotep  IV,  he  had  the  name  of  Amon 
erased  from  them,a  and  two  or  three  generations  afterward 
the  name  of  the  dishonored  god  was  recut  by  Seti  I.b 

307.  The  inscriptions  on  the  shaft  will  be  clear  from  the 
translation  below;  those  of  the  base  are  of  unusual  interest. 
They  furnish  the  date  of  the  obelisks,  viz.,  the  end  of  the 
fifteenth  and  the  beginning  of  the  sixteenth  year  of  the 
queen's  reign.  Their  erection  celebrates  "the  first  occur- 
rence" of  the  queen's  jubilee,  a  feast  marking  the  thirtieth 
anniversary  of  the  sovereign's  appointment  as  crown  prince. 
This  would  place  the  queen's  appointment  fifteen  years 
before  her  accession  to  the  throne. 

I.     SHAFT  INSCRIPTIONS;  MIDDLE  COLUMNS 

South  Side 

308.  Horus:  Wosretkew,  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Lord  of 
the  Two  Lands,  Makere,  brilliant  emanation  of  Amon,  whom  he  has 
caused  to  appear  as  king  upon  the  throne  of  Horus  before  the  splendors0 
of  the  Great  House,  whom  the  great  ennead  of  gods  have  brought  up  to 
be  mistress  of  the  circuit  of  the  sun.  They  have  united  her  with  life, 
satisfaction,  and  joy  of  heart  before  the  living;  Son  of  Re,  Khnemet- 
Amon,  Hatshepsut,  beloved  of  Amon-Re,  king  of  gods,  who  is  given  life, 
like  Re,  forever. 

aOnly  down  to  the  surrounding  masonry  on  the  standing  obelisk  (see  Lepsius, 
Denkmaler,  Text,  III,  21  f.). 

bSide  columns  of  the  shaft  inscriptions,  south  and  west  sides  (§  312). 

cThe  meaning  of  this  phrase  is  clear  from  the  last  scene  in  the  Punt  reliefs 
(§292,  L  1). 


§3"] 


THE  KARNAK  OBELISKS 


129 


West  Side 

309.  Horus:  Wosretkew ;  Favorite  of  the  Two  Goddesses;  Fresh  in 
Years;  Golden  Horus;  Divine  of  Diadems;  King  of  Upper  and  Lower 
Egypt:  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  Makere.  She  made  (ita)  as  her  monu- 
ment for  her  father  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes,  erecting  for  him  two  great 
obelisks  at  the  august  gate  (named):  "  Amon  -is-  Great  -in  -Terror,"b 
wrought  with  very  much  electrum;  which  illuminate  the  Two  Lands 
like  the  sun;  never  was  the  like  made  since  the  beginning.  May  the 
Son  of  Re,  Khnemet-Amon,  Hatshepsut,  be  given  life  through  him,  like 
Re,  forever. 

North  Side 

310.  Like  the  west  side  as  far  as  Makere,  then: 

Her  father  Amon  hath  established  her  great  name;  Makere  upon 
the  august  Ished  tree;  her  annals  are  myriads  of  years,  possessing  life, 
stability,  and  satisfaction.  Son  of  Re,  Khnemet-Amon,  Hatshepsut, 
beloved  of  Amon-Re,  king  of  gods  .  fWhen1)  she  cele- 
brated ffor1]  him  the  first  occurrence  of  the  royal  jubilee,  in  order  that 
she  may  be  given  life  forever. 

East  Side 

311.  Like  the  south  side  as  far  as  Makere,  then: 
Beloved  of  Amon.    Her  majesty  (fern.)  made  the  name  of  her 

father  established  upon  this  monument,  and  abiding,  when  favor  was 
shown  to  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  the  Lord  of  the  Two 
Lands,  Okheperkere  (Thutmose  I),  by  the  majesty  of  this  god,c  when 
the  two  great  obelisks  were  erected  by  her  majesty  (fern.)  on  the  first 
occurrence ;d  the  lord  of  the  gods  said:  "Thy  father,  King  of  Upper 
and  Lower  Egypt,  gave  command  to  erect  obelisks, e  and  thy  majesty 
(fern.)  will  repeatf  the  monuments,  in  order  that  thou  mayest  live 
forever." 


aThe  obelisk.  bThis  is  the  gate  of  Pylon  V. 

cThe  "favor"  shown  to  her  father  consisted  in  the  honor  paid  him  in  that 
the  following  oracle  of  Amon  came  to  the  queen  regarding  her  father. 
dOf  the  jubilee. 

eThese  are  the  two  obelisks  before  the  Karnak  pylon  of  Thutmose  I  (see 
§§86  ff.). 

fThat  is,  she  will  build  obelisks  as  her  father  had  done. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§3x2 


II.     SHAFT  INSCRIPTIONS;   SIDE  COLUMNS a 

312.  These  represent  thirty-two  oblation  scenes,  eight  on 
each  side  of  the  shaft;  of  each  eight  (beginning  at  the  top), 
the  second  and  seventh  represent  Thutmose  III,  the  fourth 
Thutmose  I,  and  the  rest  the  queen,  all  offering  to  Amon, 
with  the  exception  that  on  the  west  and  south  sides  Seti  I 
has  cut  out  the  queen's  name  in  the  fifth  scene  and  inserted 
the  inscription:  " Son  of  Re,  Seti-Merneptah,  who  restored  the 
monument  0}  his  father  Amon-Re,  lord  of  heaven  "h 

313.  The  pyramidion  at  the  top  contains  a  fourfold  rep- 
resentation of  Amon  blessing  and  crowning  the  queen. c 

m.     BASE  INSCRIPTION 

Titulary  and  Encomium  oj  the  Queen 

314.  dlLive  the  female  Horus  e  daughter  of  Amon-Re, 

his  favorite,  2his  only  one,  who  exists  by  him,  the  splendid  part  of  the 
All-Lord,  whose  beauty  the  spirits  of  Heliopolis  fashioned;  who  hath 
taken  the  land  like  Irsu,f  whom  he  hath  created  to  wear  his  diadem, 
3 who  exists  like  Khepris  (Hpry),  who  shines  with  crowns  like  "Him- 
of-the-Horizon,"  the  pure  egg,  the  excellent  seed,  whom  the  two  Sor- 
ceresses11 reared,  whom  Amon  himself  caused  to  appear  *upon  his 


aThese  are  later  additions. 

bThis  is  on  the  south  side;  the  west  side  has:  "  Renewal  o)  the  monument,  which 
the  lord  o}  diadems,  Seti-Merneptah,  made."  This  is  the  restoration  by  Seti  I  of  the 
name  of  Amon,  erased  by  Amenhotep  IV.  This  erasure  is  found  only  in  the  five 
upper  scenes,  showing  that  the  obelisk  was  surrounded  by  masonry  up  to  that 
point;  cf.  Sethe,  U titer suchungen,  I,  54,  55.    Cf.  similar  restoration  by  Seti  I,  §  878. 

cSee  Sethe's  plate  {Zeitschrijt  }iir  agyptische  Sprache,  36,  PI.  II). 

dSouth  side. 

eHere  follows  the  full  titulary  of  the  queen;  cf.  coronation  inscription  (§  239). 
fA  god's  name,  lit.,  "He  who  made  him"  (yr-sw),  a  common  term  for  u  his 
father."    See  also  §  985. 

*God  of  continued  existence;  this  and  the  following  phrase  show  threefold 
paronomasia:  hpr't  }iprw  my  hpry,  £  c  t  fr^w  my  y  3  h'wty. 

hA  divine  name,  lit.,  "two  great  in  sorcery"  here  referring  to  Isis  and  Neph- 
thys;  it  is  more  often  applied  to  Isis  alone;  the  reference  is  to  their  similar  rearing 
of  Horus  in  the  mythology. 


3i5]  THE  KARNAK  OBELISKS  131 


throne  in  Hermonthis,  whom  he  chose  to  protect  Egypt,  to  rdefencP  the 
people;  the  female  Horus,  avengeress  of  her  father,  the  oldest  (daughter) a 
of  the  "Bull-of-his-Mother,"b  swhom  Rec  begat  to  make  for  himself 
excellent  seed  upon  earth  for  the  well-being  of  the  people;  his  living 
portrait,  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Makere  (Hatshepsut), 
the  electrum  of  kings. d 

Queen's  Dedication 

315.  6She  made  (them)e  as  her  monument  for  her  father,  Amon, 
lord  of  Thebes,  presider  over  Karnak,  making  for  him  two  great  obelisks 
of  enduring  granite  of  the  South,f  (their)  summit[s]  being  of  electrum 
?of  the  best  of  every  country,  which  are  seen  on  both  tsides1  of  the  river. 
Their  rays  flood  the  Two  Lands  when  the  sun  rises  between  them  s  as 
he  dawns  in  the  horizon  of  heaven. 

Speech  oj  the  Queen 

316.  h8"I  have  done  this  from  a  loving  heart1  for  my  father  Amon; 
I  have  entered  upon  his  rproject1  of  the  first  occurrence, i  I  was  wise  by 
his  excellent  spirit,  I  did  not  forget  anything  of  that  which  he  exacted. 
klMy  majesty  (fern.)  knoweth  that  he  is  divine.  I  did  (it)  under  his 
command,  he  it  was  who  led  me;  I  conceived  not  any  works  without 
his  do^ng1,  2he  it  was  who  gave  the  directions.  I  slept  not  because  of 
his  temple,  I  erred  not  from  that  which  he  commanded,  my  heart  was 


aSethe,  U titer suchungen,  I,  46. 

bAn  old  title  of  the  self-begetting  sun-god,  Kamephis. 

cThese  are  old  conventional  phrases;  of  course,  Amon  is  the  father  of  the 
queen  (see  §§  187  ff.),  but  he  has  gradually  been  identified  with  Re. 

dSee  a  similar  epithet  applied  to  the  queen  in  the  Punt  reliefs  (§  274,  1.  3). 
The  long  list  of  epitheta  is  here  ended,  and  the  real  matter  now  begins. 

eThe  obelisks;  this  is  the  usual  form  of  dedication  in  which  the  object  dedi- 
cated is  not  represented  by  a  pronoun,  being  regarded  as  a  matter  of  course;  cf. 
"fecit." 

fThe  quarries  at  Assuan. 

gThis  simply  shows  that  the  obelisks  stood  in  a  general  north-and-south  line. 
hThe  queen  herself  begins  to  speak,  and  continues  to  1.  4,  west  side. 
iSee  similar  phrase  in  Speos  Artemidos  inscription  (§  303,  I.  35). 
iThe  first  occurrence  of  the  jubilee;  or  the  beginning  of  time,  the  primeval 
plan. 

kWest  side  begins. 


132    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§3i8 


wisea  before  my  father,  I  entered  3uponb  the  affairs  of  his  heart,  I  did 
not  turn  my  back  upon  the  city  of  the  All-Lord,  but  turned  to  it  the  face. 
I  know  that  Karnak  is  the  horizon0  on  earth,  *the  August  Ascent  of  the 
beginning,  the  sacred  eye  of  the  All-Lord,  the  place  of  his  heart,  which 
wears  his  beauty,d  and  encompasses  those  who  follow  him." 

Origin  oj  the  Obelisks 

317.  The  king  himself,  he  saith,  s"I  set  (it)  before  the  people,  who 
shall  be  rafteri  two  aeons, e  those  whose  heart  shall  considerf  this  monu- 
ment, and  that  which  I  have  made  for  my  father,  6those  who  shall  speak 
r — 1  and  who  shall  look  to  the  future^  I  sat  in  the  palace,  I  remembered 
him  who  fashioned  me,  7my  heart  led  me  to  make  for  him  two  obelisks 
of  electrum,  whose  point[s]h  mingled  with  heaven,  in  the  august  colon- 
nade between  8the  two  great  pylons*  of  the  king,  the  mighty  bull,  the 
King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Okheperkere  (Thutmose  I),  the 
deceased  Horus.    Now,  my  heart  took  words." 

Oath  to  Posterity 

318.  "O  ye  people,  ^who  shall  see  my  monument  after  years,  those 
who  shall  speak  of  that  which  I  have  made,  beware  (lest)  ye  say,  1  I 
know  not,  I  know  not  2why  this  was  made,  (and)  a  mountain  fashioned 
entirely  from  gold  like  anything  rwhich  happens1.1*1    I  swear1  as  Re 


aLit.,  "my  heart  was  the  god  Esye  (Sy         a  divinity  whose  name  means  the 

"wise  one." 

bSame  construction  as  in  §316,  1.  8. 

cThe  word  {y^hw-t)  usually  translated  "horizon"  is  not  yet  fully  understood. 
It  indicates  the  abiding-place  of  the  solar  gods,  a  region  of  light  or  something 
similar. 

dThis  phrase,  "Bearer  of  his  beauty"  (wis'  t-nfrwf),  is  usually  the  appellation 
of  the  sacred  barque,  in  which  the  image  of  the  god  was  borne. 

eTwo  periods  of  sixty  years  each  are  meant. 

fLit.,  "whose  heart  shall  be  behind  this  monument." 

gRather  the  opposite,  the  past  is  to  be  expected  here. 

hThe  word  indicates  the  pyramidal  top  of  the  shaft,  the  pyramidion. 

1  These  are  Pylons  IV  and  V,  between  the  ruins  of  which  the  obelisk  stands, 
surrounded  by  the  fallen  columns  of  the  colonnade. 

i  North  side  begins. 

kAs  if  it  were  an  everyday  occurrence. 

'Compare  the  same  royal  oath  in  the  Assuan  inscription  of  Thutmose  II 
(§  121,  1.  10),  or  Megiddo  campaign  of  Thutmose  III  (§  422,  1.  40). 


§319] 


THE  KARNAK  OBELISKS 


!33 


loves  me,  as  3my  father  Amon  favors  me,  as  my  nostrils  are  rilled  with 
satisfying  life,  as  I  wear  the  white  crown,  as  I  appear  in  the  red  crown, 
as  Horusa  and  Set  have  united  for  me  4their  halves,  as  I  rule  this  land 
like  the  son  of  Isis,b  as  I  have  become  strong  like  the  son  of  Nut,c  as 
Re  sets  in  the  evening-barque,  as  he  risesd  in  $the  morning-barque,  as 
he  joins  his  two  mothers e  in  the  divine  barque,  as  heaven  abides,  as  that 
which  he  hath  made  endures,  as  I  shall  be  unto  eternity  like  an  1  Imper- 
ishable,^ as  I  shall  go  down  6in  the  west  like  Atum,s  h(so  surely)  these 
two  great  obelisks  which  my  majesty  hath  wrought  with  electrum  for 
my  father,  Amon,  in  order  that  7my  name  may  abide,  enduring  in  this 
temple  forever  and  ever,  (so  surely)  they  are  of  one  block  of  enduring 
granite  without  seam  or  8joining  r — \  My  majesty  exacted  work* 
thereon  from  the  year  15,  the  first  of  Mechir  (sixth  month),  until i  the 
year  16,  the  last  of  Mesore  (twelfth  month)  making  seven  months  of 
exaction  in  the  mountain. 

History 

319.  kl"  Idid  (it)  for  him  in  ""fidelity1  of  heart/as1  a  king  to  every  god. 
It  was  my  desire  to  make  them  for  him,  gilded  with  electrum;  I  laid 
2their  side  upon  their  r — 1;  I  thought  how  the  people  would  say  my 
mouth  was  excellent  by  reason  of  that  which  issued  from  it,  (for)  I  did 
not  turn  back  from  that  which  I  had  said.  3 Hear  ye!  I  gave  for  them 
of  the  finest  electrum,  which  I  had  measured  by  the  heket1  like  sacks 
(of  grain).  My  majesty  appointed  the  numbers"1  more  than  Hhe  entire 
Two  Lands  had  (ever)  seen.    The  ignorant  like  the  wise  knoweth  it." 


aThe  text  has  two  Horus  birds;  the  reference  is  explained  in  the  note  on  1.  2 
of  the  Tombos  inscription  of  Thutmose  I  (§  70,  1.  2). 
bHorus.  cOsiris. 

dLit.,  "visit  or  approach"  (s'w^h).    See  Papyrus  Prissc,  o,  7. 
eIsis  and  Nephthys,  by  a  confusion  and  mingling  of  the  solar  and  Osirian 
myths. 

fName  of  a  star.  ^Sun-god. 

hHere  the  long  introduction  to  the  oath  closes  and  the  real  asseveration  begins. 

iSee  Breasted,  Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archeology,  XXII,  92. 

i Meaning  it  continued  "until"  etc.  kEast  side  begins. 

'A  grain  measure  (nearly  5  liters);  this  is  literally  true,  for  Thutiy  records 
the  measurement  of  electrum  by  the  heket  under  his  supervision,  and  gives  the 
total  between  13  and  14  bushels!  (§  377,  1.  38). 

mThe  quantity  of  precious  metals,  but  cf.  Sethe,  Untersuchungen,  I,  48. 


i34    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§320 


Conclusion 

"Let  not  him  who  shall  hear  this  say  it  is  a  lie  which  I  have  said, 
sbut  say,  *  How  like  her  it  is!  rwho  is1  truthrfuP  in  the  sight  of  her 
father!'  The  god  knew  it  in  me,a  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes;  he  caused 
that  I  should  reign  over  6the  Black  and  the  Red  Land  as  a  requital 
therefor.  I  have  no  enemy  in  any  land,  all  countries  are  my  subjects, 
he  has  made  my  boundary  7to  the  extremities  of  heaven,  the  circuit  of 
the  sun  has  labored  for  me,  which  he  has  given  to  the  one  who  is  with 
himb  (for)  he  knew  that  I  would  offer  it  to  him.  I  am  his  daughter 
8of  a  truth,  who  glorifies  him,  —  that  which  he  exacted;  my  r — 1  is  with 
my  father;  life,  stability,  and  satisfaction,  upon  the  Horus-throne  of 
all  the  living,  like  Re,  forever. 

320.  The  shaft  of  the  fallen  obelisk,  of  which  only  the 
uppermost  section  has  survived,0  bears  only  fragments  of 
the  queen's  titulary,d  which  has  been  altered  into  that  of 
Thutmose  III.  The  base,  however,  carried  an  interesting 
inscription,  of  which  the  following  fragments6  are  still 
visible : 

321.  1  f  excellent  — ,  beloved  of  his  majesty .«    He  hath 

made  my  kingdom,  the  Black  Land,  and  the  Red  Lands  are  united 
under  my  feet.    My  southern  boundary  is  as  far  as  the  lands  of  Punt, 

2and  ;  my  eastern  boundary  is  as  far  as  the  marshes  of  Asia, 

and  the  Asiatics  are  in  my  grasp;  my  western  boundary  is  as  far  as  the 

mountain  of  Manu,  and  I  rule  3  ;  [mv  northern  boundary 

is  as  far  as  — ],  and  my  fame  is  among  the  Sand-dwellers  altogether. h 


aViz.,  knew  that  I  would  erect  these  obelisks. 
bMeaning  the  queen  herself. 

CA  fragment  has  been  found  at  Abutig  (Recueil,  X,  142;  see  Zeitschrijt  }iir 
agyptische  Sprache,  30,  PI.  II). 

dLepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  24,  a-c;  Recueil,  X,  142;  Champollion,  Notices 
descriptives,  II,  136. 

e Recueil,  23,  195  f. 

fThe  amount  of  loss  at  the  beginning  of  each  line  varies  from  one-fifth  to 
one-eighth  of  the  total  length  of  the  line,  increasing  gradually  from  beginning  to 
end. 

gAmon  ? 

hIt  looks  as  if  the  scribe  had  here  confused  the  northern  and  eastern  bound- 
aries. 


§322]  RELIEFS  OF  TRANSPORTATION  OF  OBELISKS  135 


The  myrrh  of  Punt  has  been  brought  to  me  r  1  4   all 

the  luxurious  marvels  of  this  country  were  brought  to  my  palace  in  one 

collection,  which  the  Asiatics  presented  s   malachite  in  the 

country  of  Reshet.    They  have  brought  to  me  the  choicest  products 

of  r — la  consisting  of  cedar,  of  juniper,  and  of  meru  wood.  6  

all  the  good  sweet  woods  of  God's-Land.    I  brought  the  tribute  of 

Tehenu,  consisting  of  ivory  and  700  tusks  rwhich  were  there1.  7  

numerous  panther-skins  of  5  cubits  along  the  back  and  4  cubits  in  his 
girth, b  of  the  southern  panther;  besides  all  the  tribute  of  this  country 
8   c 


RELIEFS  OF  TRANSPORTATION  OF  OBELISKSd 

322.  The  queen  had  reliefs  representing  the  transporta- 
tion and  dedication  of  two  obelisks  carved  on  the  wall 
of  the  lower  colonnade;  and,  as  in  the  Punt  reliefs,  the 
vessels  of  the  transport  are  actually  represented  with  bows 
to  the  north,  as  they  should  be  in  sailing  from  Assuan; 
while  farther  northward  is  the  dedication  in  Thebes.  The 
identity  of  these  obelisks  is  uncertain;  Wilkinson6  says  that 
he  saw  the  bases  of  two  obelisks  at  the  termination  of  the 
long  avenue  of  sphinxes  leading  to  the  temple  door,  and 
one  would  think  that  the  representation  in  Der  el-Bahri 


aA  country. 

bLit.,  circumference  =  the  girth  of  the  beast  before  the  skin  was  removed? 

cThe  usual  wishes  for  the  monarch's  welfare  follow,  with  all  pronouns  and 
endings  in  the  feminine. 

dScenes  and  inscriptions  in  the  Der  el-Bahri  temple  on  the  west  wall  of  the 
lower  colonnade,  in  the  south  half;  the  transportation  published  by  Naville  (in 
Egypt  Exploration  Fund  Archaeological  Report,  1895-96,  PI.  and  pp.  6-13). 

eThebes  and  General  View,  90,  published  in  1831.  Naville  denies  the  exist- 
ence of  obelisks  at  Der  el-Bahri;  but  he  once  unreservedly  accepted  their  existence. 
(Deir-el-Bahari,  Introductory  Memoir,  10)  on  Wilkinson's  testimony.  It  is  difficult 
to  suppose  that  so  good  an  observer  as  Wilkinson  mistook  the  pits  in  which  trees 
were  planted  for  obelisk-bases,  as  Naville  states  (Zeitschrift  fur  dgyptische  Sprache, 
37,  52).  It  is  possible  that  they  have  either  been  broken  up  since  Wilkinson's 
day,  or  that  Naville's  search  has  missed  them.  The  map  of  the  French  expedition 
in  the  Description  shows  a  block  of  granite  on  the  very  spot  where  the  right-hand 
obelisk  would  have  stood. 


136    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§323 


would  concern  the  obelisks  of  that  temple.  But  Naville's 
excavations  on  the  spot  failed  to  turn  up  the  bases  seen  by 
Wilkinson;  and  the  transport  inscriptions  speak  of  landing 
on  the  east  side  (§  329).  This  last  datum  would  indicate 
Karnak  as  the  destination  of  the  transports,  and  in  this 
case  it  is  impossible  to  say  which  of  the  queen's  two  pairs 
in  Karnak  is  meant  (§§  304  ff.). a 

I.  TRANSPORT 

Scene0 

323.  A  large  tow-boat  with  the  obelisks0  lying  trussed 
upon  it,  is  being  towed  by  three  rows  of  oared  barges, d  nine 
in  a  row;  each  row  headed  by  a  pilot-boat.  The  tow-boat 
is  accompanied  by  an  escort  of  three  boats,  in  which  reli- 
gious ceremonies  are  being  performed. 

Inscriptions* 

324.  The  following  is  the  long  text  in  the  upper  row;  it 
contains : 

a)  Titulary  and  encomium  of  the  queen  (11.  1-?). 

b)  The  command  to  gather  material  and  build  the  vessel 
needed  in  the  transport  (three  lines). 

c)  The  command  to  muster  men  and  troops  for  the  trans- 
port (four  lines). 

d)  The  transport  (ten  lines). 

aIt  is  difficult  to  understand  how  Naville  can  maintain  that  the  queen  erected 
only  two  obelisks  at  Karnak  (Zeitschrift  }iir  agyptische  Sprache,  37,  52),  when  three 
obelisk-summits  of  hers  are  still  in  existence. 

bThe  whole  scene  is  very  fragmentary,  and  as  it  was  put  together  from  squeezes, 
there  is  no  doubt  that  some  blocks  are  put  together  in  questionable  places. 

cOnly  one  can  be  seen,  but  the  inscription  refers  to  two. 

dOf  these  three  rows  of  barges  the  lowest  is  still  in  situ  (cf.  Mariette,  Deir-el- 
Bahari,  11,  Dumichen,  Fleet  of  an  Egyptian  Queen,  IV);  below  this  in  one  long 
row  are  the  marines  (on  the  right)  and  the  offering  scene  (on  the  left),  with  priests 
and  officials  approaching  (§§  333-35). 

eThe  texts  are  badly  mutilated. 


§328]  RELIEFS  OF  TRANSPORTATION  OF  OBELISKS  137 


Titulary  and  Encomium  of  Queen 

325.  [Live]  the  Horus :  Wosretkew;  Favorite  of  the  Two  Goddesses ; 
Fresh  in  Years;  Golden  Horus:  Divine  of  Diadems;  2splendid  part 
of  [her]  father,  Amon-Re,  lord  of  [heaven],  who  has  not  been  far 
removed  from  the  father  of  all  gods,  3shining  in  brightness  like  "The- 
Horizon-God "  (Y^tywty);  Rayet  (Rcyt)3'  she  illuminates  ^like  the 
sun,  vivifying  the  hearts  of  the  people,  who  is  exalted  in  name  (so  that) 
it  hath  reached  sheaven.    Her  fame  has  encompassed  the  'Great 

Circle'  (Okeanos)    b6their  tribute  presented  to  the  palace 

 'chief  c. 

Building  the  Tow-Boat 

326.  Give  ye  1  sycamores  from  the  whole  land  | 

the  work  of  building  a  very  great  boat,d  finished  . 

Muster  oj  Mene  and  Troops 

327.  1  orders  the  whole  army  before  1,  in  order 

to  load  the  two  obelisks  in  Elephantinef   1  the  people  in 

Aphroditopolis  and  the  entire  Two  Lands  were  gathered  in  [one]  place 
 1  in  every  way;  the  young  men  were  mustered  . 

The  Transport 

328.   ■  1  sailed  down-stream  with  gladness  of  heart  | 

took  the  rtow-rope1,  rejoicing  1  'rejoiced1  the  marines  and  the 

crew   1  jubilee,  the  Two  Lands  |   in  peace. 


•Feminine  of  Re,  the  sun-god.  bHalf  a  line  is  lost. 

cAn  uncertain  number  of  lines  is  now  lacking,  and  numbering  is  impossible 
from  this  point.    Lines  are  separated  by  | ,  the  second  half  of  each  line  being  gone. 

dThe  wanting  end  of  the  line  is  not  long  enough  for  the  dimensions  of  the  boat; 
but  we  find  Ineni  (§  105)  giving  the  size  of  the  boat  on  which  he  moved  the  Karnak 
obelisks  of  Thutmose  I.  His  boat  was  206.6  feet  long  and  68.86  feet  wide  for  an 
obelisk  about  75  feet  (Murray)  high;  hence  the  boat  of  the  queen  (if  these  are  the 
large  Karnak  pair)  on  the  same  proportion  would  have  been  about  268^  feet  long 
and  89^  feet  wide.  The  proportion  between  width  and  length  is  1  to  3.  See 
Egypt  Exploration  Fund  Archaeological  Report,  1895-96,  9,  10. 

eConfer  the  muster  of  men  for  the  el-Bersheh  colossus  (I,  697  ff.). 

1  Referring  to  the  embarkation  of  the  obelisks  at  the  granite  quarries  of  Assuan. 
They  were  dragged  on  board  the  barges  on  sledges.  The  sledge  is  still  under  the 
obelisk  on  the  barge — a  fact  which  has  been  overlooked  in  the  explanation  of  the 
reliefs  {ibid.). 


138    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§329 


The  king  himself,  he  took  the  leada   1  Amon-Re  with  praise, 

Khnum.   1  of  Amon  1  in  this  monument,  which  they 

have  established5   1  they  have  increased  years  at  the  jubilee 

of  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt  1  

Over  the  Pilot-Boats0 

329.  Landing  in  peace  at  "Victorious  Thebes, "d  heaven  is  in 
festival,  earth  in  rejoicing;  —  rthey">  receive  joy  of  heart  (when)  they 
behold  this  monument  which  [Makere]  has  established  for  her  father 
[Anion]. e 

II.     RECEPTION  IN  THEBES 

Scene* 

330.  On  shore  appear  the  marines  and  the  recruits  (on 
the  right),  mustered  to  unload  the  obelisks.  At  the  opposite 
end  (the  left)  is  an  offering  scene  in  celebration  of  the  arrival 
of  the  obelisks,  with  priests  and  officials  approaching. 


aThis  may  also  be  "the  bow-rope"  but  the  determinative  is  broken  off. 

bPossibly:  "[Her  name  is  established],  in  this  monument,  and  fixed;  which  she 
has  given  to  thee."    Cf.  east  side,  middle  line  (§  311). 

cThe  lowermost  boat;  the  other  two  bore  similar  inscriptions,  but  they  have 

now  perished. 

dThebes  on  the  east  bank. 

eOver  the  three  escort-boats  in  the  lower  right-hand  corner  is  a  fragment  of 
text,  mentioning  the  bow  and  stern  cables  (as  in  Ineni,  1.  17,  §  341)  and  "sailing 

from  Elephantine  to   ."    Other  fragments  of  interest  are:  over  the  three 

men  in  the  bow  of  the  obelisk-barge,  three  names:  "Steward  of  the  King's-Wife, 
the  scribe,  Tetem-Re  (Tty-m-Rt);  overseer  of  the  granary,  Minmose  (Mn-ms); 
count  0}  Thinis  (Tny),  Sitepeh  (S  >-lp-yh)."  The  last  person,  Sitepeh,  is  known 
on  a  tablet  of  Abydos,  where  he  appears  with  the  same  titles;  cf.  Mariette,  Catalogue 
general  aV Abydos,  393.  These  names  are  not  original,  but  are  cut  over  others  now 
illegible.  The  original  names  are  very  likely  to  have  been  those  of  Senmut,  the 
queen's  favorite,  in  charge  of  the  obelisks  (§§  345  ff.),  and  the  other  two  partisans  of 
the  queen,  Thutiy  and  Nehsi,  who  already  appear  in  Der  el-Bahri  (§§  275,  289), 
and  have  been  erased  in  the  Punt  reliefs. 

f  In  one  long  row  immediately  below  the  transport  scene ;  published  by  Mariette, 
Deir-el-Bahari,  11;  Dumichen,  Historische  Inschriften,  II,  21,  and  Fleet  of  an 
Egyptian  Queen,  4,  7,  8;  see  also  Sethe,  Untersuchungen,  I,  104,  105,  where  both 
the  texts  are  combined. 


§333]  RELIEFS  OF  TRANSPORTATION  OF  OBELISKS  139 


Inscriptions 

331.  They  record  the  rejoicing  of  the  troops  mustered 
from  the  North,  South,  and  Upper  Nubia,  to  assist  in  the 
work  of  the  obelisks. a  It  is  important  to  note  that  their 
acclamations  also  mention  Thutmose  III,  but  after  the  queen. 

Rejoicing  of  Marines  and  Recruits 

332.  The  rejoicing  by  the  royal  marines  of  the  ship  of  the  king  — .b 
cThey  say,  "Hark  the  acclamation!    Heaven  is  in  [joy,  the  earth] 

hath  rejoicing.  [Amon]  increased  the  years  of  his  daughter  who  maketh 
his  monuments,  upon  the  Horus-throne  of  the  living,  like  Re,  forever.d 
eThe  acclamation  by  the  recruits  of  the  South  and  North,  the  young 
men  of  Thebes,  the  youths  of  Khenthennofer  {Hnt-hn-njr),  for  the 
sake  of  the  life,  prosperity  and  health  of  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower 

Egypt  ,f  (and)  for  the  sake  of  the  life,  prosperity  and  health 

of  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III), 
who  giveth  life;  that  their  heart  may  be  glad,  like  Re,  forever." 

With  the  Offering 

333.  An  offering  for  thy  ka,  O  lord  of  gods,  that  thou  mayest 

make  healthy   s  at  this  (feast)  of  "  Myriad-of- Years  "h  of  her 

who  liveth  forever.1 


aSee  the  mustering  at  Elephantine,  to  load  the  obelisks  (§327). 
bCartouche  cut  out;  undoubtedly  that  of  the  queen. 
cOver  the  troops  marching  toward  the  left. 

dThe  same  phrase  occurs  on  the  Berlin  block  (No.  1636,  Lepsius,  Denkmdler, 
III,  17,  a;  Diimichen,  Historische  Inschriften,  II,  21;  and  Fleet  of  an  Egyptian 
Queen,  IV,  top  row).  Its  inscriptions  are  as  follows:  (over  the  forward  ship) 
"Landing  at  'The  West'  with  joy  of  heart,  the  whole  land  is  in  rejoicing  at  this 
beautijul  feast  of  this  god;  they  acclaim,  they  give  praise,  they  celebrate  the  king, 
the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands.'1''  The  titles  have  been  inserted  in  place  of  the  queen's 
name.  Then  follows :  "  Rejoicing  by  the  marines  of  the  ship  of  the  king,  Okhepernere 
(Thutmose  II),  1  Star-of -the -Two -Lands they  say:  'This  beautiful  feast  of  — 
(queen's  cartouche  cut  out)  whereon  Amon  appears,  increasing  the  years  of  his 
son,  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III),  upon  the  Horus- 
throne  of  the  living,  like  Re,  forever.' "  It  is  possible  that  all  this  belongs  to  the  same 
feast,  at  the  landing  of  the  obelisks.    The  block  was  found  on  the  upper  terrace. 

eOver  the  soldiers  marching  toward  the  right. 

fCartouche  of  the  queen  cut  out. 

bA  name  is  cut  out,  undoubtedly  that  of  Hatshepsut. 

^Name  of  royal  jubilee  or  feast. 

»Words  of  two  other  priests  in  the  same  place  are  too  mutilated  for  translation. 


i4o    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§334 


Rejoicing  oj  the  Priests 

334.  That  which  the  priests  of  Karnak  say:  "O  king,  beautifula  of 
monuments  — .    As  she  is,  so  they  are  for  eternity." 

Rejoicing  oj  the  Court 

335.  The  companions,  the  dignitaries,  the  officials,  the  soldiers  of 

the  whole  land,  say:  "Happy  is  thy  heart  thy  heart;  this  thy 

desire,  it  has  come  to  pass." 

III.     DEDICATION  OF  THE  OBELISKS b 

336.  "On  the  corresponding  wall  of  the  northeast  sidec 
two  obelisks  are  dedicated  to  Amunre,  by  the  monarch  who 
founded  this  building  and  who  erected  the  great  obelisks  of 
Karnak;  but  from  the  following  translation  of  the  little  that 
remains  of  their  hieroglyphics,  it  is  evident  they  differ 
widely  from  those  of  the  great  temple  of  Diospolisd  and  will 
probably  have  stood  on  the  pedestals  of  the  dromos  above 
alluded  to.e  The  inscription  after  the  name  of  Pharaoh 
Amunneitgori f  continues:  " —  She  has  made  (this)  her 
work  for  her  father  Amunre,  lord  of  the  regions,  (and) 

erected  to  him  two  fine  obelisks  of  granite  she  did 

this  (who  is)  the  giver  of  life,  like  the  sun."g 

aShould  be  feminine  to  suit  the  context. 

bNot  yet  published,  and  probably  partially  lost  since  seen  by  Wilkinson. 
Hence  I  can  only  offer  Wilkinson's  remarks  {Thebes  and  General  View,  92). 

cThe  right-hand  end  of  the  colonnade  on  the  northeast  (practically  north) 
side  of  the  ascent  to  the  next  terrace. 

dThe  Karnak  temple.  So  good  an  observer  as  Wilkinson  is  to  be  trusted  in 
a  remark  like  this;  there  must  have  been  some  striking  difference  in  the  inscription, 
distinguishing  it  from  those  of  Hatshepsut's  standing  obelisk  at  Karnak;  it  is  there- 
fore improbable  that  these  obelisk  reliefs  refer  to  the  said  Karnak  pair. 

eThe  obelisk-pedestals  which  he  saw  before  the  temple  portal. 

£This  is  Khnemet-Amon,  Hatshepsut;  Wilkinson  adds  the  following  note: 
"I  am  uncertain  as  to  the  precise  reading  of  this  name,  but  cannot  adopt  the  Amen- 
the  of  M.  Champollion.  I  suppose  her  to  have  been  a  queen."  This  was  written 
seventy-five  years  ago. 

sThis  old  translation  is  without  a  flaw,  except  in  the  last  sentence,  which 
should  be  "that  she  may  be  given  life,  etc.,"  and  even  this  change,  with  the  exception 
of  the  "final"  construction,  was  suspected  by  Wilkinson  (p.  94,  n.  1). 


§339]  BUILDING  INSCRIPTION  OF  WESTERN  THEBES  141 


ROCK  INSCRIPTION  IN  WADI  MAGHARAa 

337.  Above  is  a  bas-rclicf  in  which  Thutmose  III  worships 
Hathor,  and  Hatshepsut  worships  Soped;  over  this  is  the 
inscription:  "  Year  16  under  the  majesty  0/,"  which  is  to  be 
connected  with  the  names  in  the  relief.  Below  is  a  much- 
mutilated  inscription  of  three  short  lines: 

[Came]b  the  king's[-messenger]  at  the  head  of  his  army,  to  traverse 
the  [inaccessible0]  valley[s,]  [to  pleased]  Horus  who  is  in  the  palace,  by 
bringing  that  which  exists  to  his  majesty  ,e  living  again,  revered. 


BUILDING  INSCRIPTION  OF  WESTERN  THEBESf 

338.  Above  is  a  relief  showing  Hatshepsut  worshiping 
before  Amon-Re,  with  Thutmose  III  standing  behind  her. 
An  inscription  of  five  lines  below  records  repairs  in  the 
fortress  of  the  necropolis  by  Hatshepsut.  Hence  the  god- 
dess of  western  Thebes,  Khaftet-hir-nebes,  stands  behind 
Thutmose. 

339.  xLive  the  Horus:  Wosretkew;  Favorite  of  the  Two  Goddesses: 
Fresh  in  Years;  Golden  Horus:  Divine  of  Diadems,  Ruler  of  South 
and  North;  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Makere;  2Son  of  Re,  of 
his  body,  his  beloved  Khnemet-Amon,  Hatshepsut.  She  made  (it)  as 
her  monument  for  her  father,  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes;  erecting  for  him 
3the  fortress  of  Khaftet-hir-nebes  anew  as  a  work  for  eternity.  Its 


aLepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  28,  2;  Sethe,  Untersuchungen,  I,  122;  Brugsch, 
Thesaurus,  VI,  1491;  Laborde,  Voyage  de  V Arable  Petree,  PI.  8,  No.  4;  Laval,  La 
Peninsule  Arabique,  PI.  2,  No.  4,;  Weill,  Sinai,  152. 

bRestored  from  Senmut's  Assuan  inscription,  see  §  362. 

cRestored  from  I,  728. 

dCf.  Sethe,  Untersuchungen,  I,  122  and  51. 

eFragments,  among  them  the  determinative  belonging  to  the  lost  name  of  the 
messenger. 

f  Stela  in  the  Vatican  (No.  130);  published  by  Champollion,  Notices  de scrip- 
tives,  II,  700,  701;  Piehl,  Recueil,  II,  129;  Sethe,  Untersuchungen,  I,  no.  I  had 
also  my  own  copy  of  the  original,  a  collation  of  which  furnished  some  corrections. 


i42    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§34o 


r_ia  was  rbuilt1  4of  beautiful  stone  of  Ayan  (c  nw).h  It  was  according 
to  the  ancient  plan;  never  was  done  the  like  since  the  beginning.  sHer 
majesty  (fern.)  did  this,  because  she  loved  her  father  Amon  so  much 
more  than  all  gods,  in  order  that  she  might  be  given  life,  like  Re,  forever. 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  INENF 
[Concluded  from  §  118] 

IV.     CAREER  UNDER  THUTMOSE  III  AND  HATSHEPSUT 

340.  After  outliving  three  kings,  Ineni  himself  dies  under 
the  joint  reign  of  Thutmose  III  and  Hatshepsut.  His 
account  of  their  accession  upon  the  death  of  Thutmose  II 
unfortunately  does  not  refer  to  Thutmose  III  by  name, 
although  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  he  is  meant  by  "his 
son"  (1.  16).  The  position  of  Hatshepsut  is  described  in 
such  a  way  as  to  give  the  impression  that  she  is  really  the 
ruling  power,  and  "his  son"  merely  a  figurehead. 

Accession  of  Thutmose  III  and  Hatshepsut 

341.  Hisd  son  stood  in  his  place  as  king  of  the  Two  Lands,  having 
become  ruler  upon  the  throne  of  the  one  who  begat  him.  I7His  sister 
the  Divine  Consort,  Hatshepsut,  settled  the  raffairsle  of  the  Two  Lands 
by  reason  of  her  plans.    Egypt  was  made  to  labor  with  bowed  head  for 


aOriginal  has  c  hm' t,  with  wedge  determinative  of  land,  a  rare  word  occurring 
also  in  similar  connection  in  Piehl,  Inscriptions,  I,  exxix,  Q  B;  it  doubtless  desig- 
nates some  inclosure  or  wall. 

bThe  original  shows  ynr  nfr  n  c  nw  (heretofore  misread),  though  it  is  very  faint 
and  confused  with  the  paint  of  a  modern  incorrect  restoration. 

cBibliography  on  p.  18,  note  c. 

dThutmose  IPs  son;  this  passage  would  prove  that  Thutmose  III  was  the 
son  (and  not  the  brother)  of  Thutmose  II,  but  see  Sethe,  Untersachungen,  I,  7  ff . 
Cf.  also  Maspero,  Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archeology,  XIV,  178,  and 
Petrie,  History  of  Egypt,  II,  78,  and  Sethe,  Untersachungen,  I,  42,  43. 

eLit.,  "made  the  land-affairs  (mhr)  of  the  Two  Lands."  This  rare  phrase 
occurs  in  the  Annals  on  the  eve  before  the  battle  of  Megiddo:  "the  affairs  (mhr-w) 
of  the  chiefs  were  settled  (yr-tw)."  (§429,  1.  2).  The  "mhr'w  of  the  Two  Lands" 
is  also  found  in  Rekhmire's  tomb  (Newberry,  PI.  VII,  1.  13)  applied  to  Thutmose 
III.    Ramses  II  also  "made  the  mhr  of  the  land"  (Blessing  of  Ptah,  III,  411,  1.  31). 


§344] 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  AHMOSE-PEN-NEKHBET 


143 


her,  the  excellent  seed  of  the  god,  which  came  forth  from  him.  The 
bow-ropea  of  the  South,  the  mooring-stake  of  the  Southerners;  the 
excellent  stern-ropea  of  the  Northland  is  she;  the  mistress  of  command, 
whose  plans  are  excellent,  who  satisfies  the  Two  Regions,  when  she 
speaks. 

Inent's  Favor  and  Rewards 

342.  Her  majesty  praised  me,  she  loved  me,  she  recognized  my 
worth  at  the  court,  she  presented  me  with  things,  she  magnified  me, 
she  filled  my  house  with  silver  and  gold,  with  all  beautiful  stuffs  of  the 
royal  house. 

Inent's  Good  Character 

343.  I  (can)  not  tell  (it),  I  increased  beyond  everything,  I  will  tell 
you,  ye  people;  hear  ye,  do  ye  the  good  that  I  did;  ^do  ye  likewise. 
I  continued  powerful  in  peace,  I  met  no  misfortune,b  my  years  were 
(passed)  in  gladness  of  heart,  I  showed  no  treachery,  I  did  not  inform 
against,  I  did  no  evil,  I  did  no  wrong.  I  was  the  foreman  of  the  fore- 
men, I  did  not  fail;  an  excellent  one  for  the  heart  of  his  lord,  devoid  of 
hesitancy,  I  was  one  who  hearkened  to  that  which  his  superior  said. 
My  heart  was  not  deceitful  toward  the  great  ones  in  the  palace.  I  did 
that  which  the  god  of  the  city  loved.  I  was  devoid  of  blasphemy  toward 
sacred  things.  As  for  the  one  who  •"passes1  the  years  as  a  favorite,  his 
soul  shall  live  rwith1  the  All-Lord,  his  good  name  shall  be  in  the  mouth 
of  the  living,  his  memory  and  his  excellence  shall  be  forever.  The 
revered  dignitary,  the  overseer  of  the  granary  of  Amon,  the  scribe, 
Ineni  (Y°nn(y),  triumphant. 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  AHMOSE-PEN-NEKHBETc 
[Concluded  from  §  25] 
Conclusion  0)  Summary 

344.  l8The  Divine  Consort,  the  Great  KingWVife,  Makere 
(M 3  0  t-k:>-Rc,  Hatshepsut),  triumphant,  repeated  honors  to  me.  I9I 

aThese  strange  epithets  will  be  quite  clear  to  one  who  has  seen  a  Nile  boat, 
moored  at  bow  and  stern,  with  a  fierce  current  holding  both  ropes  taut.  The  ship 
is  of  course  the  state,  of  which  the  queen  is  the  mooring-lincs.  Note  that  the  vessel 
faces  southward,  the  usual  position  in  determining  directions. 

bLit.,  "my  misfortune  was  not;"  all  the  following  negative  clauses  show  the 
same  construction. 

cBibliography  on  p.  10,  note  c. 


144    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§ 


reared  her  eldest  daughter,  the  Royal  Daughter,  Nefrure  (Njrw-Rc), 
triumphant,  while  she  was  a  2°child  upon  the  breast  a 


INSCRIPTIONS  OF  SENMUT 

345.  Senmut  was  the  most  powerful  noble  among  the 
group  of  influential  state  officials  who  supported  Hatshepsut. 
He  was  her  architect  in  Karnak,  Luxor,  Der  el-Bahri,  and 
Hermonthis;  and  in  Karnakb  and  Der  el-Bahri  statues  of 
him  have  been  found.  In  the  latter  temple,  also,  he  appears 
in  an  adoration  scene  on  the  wall  of  the  Southern  Speos,c 
with  the  inscription:  "Giving  praise  to  Hathor,  for  the  sake 
oj  the  life,  prosperity,  and  health  of  Maker e  {Hatshepsut),  by 
the  steward  of  Anion,  Senniut."d  This  is  a  remarkable  evi- 
dence of  his  power.  Among  his  works  in  Karnak  he  erected 
the  queen's  great  obelisks  (§§  304  ff.),  the  largest  now  in 
Egypt,  and  went  personally  to  the  granite  quarries  at  Assuan 
to  secure  the  two  vast  blocks,  leaving  on  the  rocks  a  record 
of  his  visit  there  (§§  359  ff.). 

346.  He  was  prominent  in  the  Punt  expedition;  being 
overseer  of  the  storehouse  of  Amon,  he  would  naturally  have 
much  to  do  with  the  products  of  that  expedition,  which  were 


aThe  remainder  of  the  line,  and  of  several  lines  now  broken  away,  contained 
titles  of  Ahmose,  §  25,  note. 

bThe  base  of  a  black  granite  statue,  as  yet  unpublished  (Naville,  Deir-el- 
Bahari,  "Preliminary  Report,"  19). 

cBenson  and  Gourlay,  The  Temple  of  Mut  in  Asher,  310.  The  building 
inscriptions  or  dedications  of  this  temple  have  not  survived.  The  fragmentary  end 
of  such  an  inscription  was  seen  by  Brugsch  (Recueil  de  monuments,  69,  6),  which 

is  as  follows:  "  of  fine  white  (lime)stone  of  Ayan;  its  splendid  seat  0}  the 

first  time,  which  (former)  kings  knew  not   ."    Still  another,  where  the 

name  of  Thutmose  II  has  been  inserted  over  that  of  the  queen,  is  preserved  toward 

the  end:  "   making  for  him  a  great  temple  of  myriads  of  years  (named) 

' House-of-Amon-Most-Splendid;'  of  fine  white  limestone  of  Ayan,  in  his  seat,  etc.,1* 
Sethe,  U nter suchun gen,  I,  93. 

dDumichen,  Historische  Inschriften,  II,  34=  Sethe,  U  nter  suchun  gen,  I,  109. 


§34«] 


INSCRIPTIONS  OF  SENMUT 


145 


for  the  most  part  devoted  to  Amon.  He  therefore  appears 
with  Nehsi  (§  289),  the  commander  of  the  expedition  in  the 
presence  of  the  queen,  praising  her  on  the  success  of  the 
enterprise. 

347.  He  was  selected  by  the  queen  to  rear  her  daughter 
and  heiress  to  the  throne,  the  princess,  Nefrure,  sharing  this 
honor  with  Ahmose-Pen-Nekhbet  (§  344).  His  statue,  now 
in  Berlin,  shows  him  with  the  infant  princess  (§ §  363  ff.). 

348.  Judging  from  the  titles  on  the  Karnak  statue 
(§§  349  ff.),  he  controlled  many  of  the  functions  of  the  vizier 
himself,  and  all  but  held  that  office.  There  is  no  doubt  that 
the  queen's  remarkable  career  as  king  in  opposition  to 
Thutmose  III  was  in  some  measure  due  to  him,  and  in  great 
measure  to  the  coterie  of  legitimists,  of  which  he  was  the 
most  powerful  member.  It  is  only  on  this  supposition  that 
we  can  explain  the  fact  that  both  he  and  they  were  exposed  to 
the  same  persecution  suffered  by  their  queen.  On  Senmut's 
Berlin  statue,  on  his  Karnak  statue,  in  his  tomb,a  on  his 
tombstone,b  and  in  the  Punt  reliefs,  his  name  is  everywhere 
chiseled  out.  In  the  Punt  relief  his  entire  figure,  and  those 
of  his  two  companions,  Nehsi  and  Thutiy  (?  see  §289), 
likewise  ardent  supporters  of  the  queen,  are  chiseled  out. 
The  same  persistent  persecution  is  evident  in  the  tomb  of 
Thutiy  (§§  369  ff.),  who  was  hardly  second  in  power  to  Sen- 
mut;  in  that  of  Senmen,c  Senmut's  brother;  in  that  of  an 
unknown  man,c  next  to  the  tomb  of  Senmut;  and  in  that  of 
a  "chief  steward" d  of  the  queen  at  Silsileh.    In  all  these  the 

aDiscovered  by  Steindorff  and  Newberry  at  Thebes  (Benson  and  Gourlay, 
The  Temple  of  Mut  in  Asher,  310). 

bNow  in  Berlin  (No.  2066;  Ausjiihrliches  Verzeichniss  des  Berliner  Museums, 
160);  published  by  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  25  bis  a;  see  also  Sethe,  U  titer- 
suchungen,  I,  111. 

cSethe,  Unter suchungen,  I,  128  f. 

dIbid.,  84,  §  11,  e.    His  name  cannot  be  read. 


146    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§349 


name  of  the  owner  is  chiseled  out,  and  this  common  perse- 
cution is  quite  sufficient  to  show  that  these  men  formed  the 
queen's  party  of  legitimists  opposed  to  Thutmose  III,  who 
has  therefore  treated  their  monuments  and  their  memory  as 
he  did  hers.a 

1.     INSCRIPTIONS  ON  THE  KARNAK  STATUE b 

349.  This  statue  was  presented  to  Senmut  by  Hatshepsut 
and  Thutmose  III  (§350)  as  a  token  of  honor,  for  the 
special  purpose  of  being  set  up  in  the  temple  of  Mut  at 
Karnak.  The  inscriptions  contain  chiefly  his  many  titles, 
and  epithets  of  honor,  showing  clearly  that  he  was  little,  if 
any,  below  the  vizier  himself  in  power. 

Statue  was  Presented  by  Queen0 

350.  *[Given  as  a  fav]or  of  the  king's-presence,  the  King  of  Upper 
and  Lower  Egypt,  Makere  (Hatshepsut),  who  is  given  [life,  to  2the 
hereditary  prince,  count],  wearer  of  the  royal  seal,  sole  companion, 
steward  of  Amon,  Senmut,  triumphant;  in  order  to  be  in  the  templed 
of  3[I]shru;  in  order  to  receive  the  plenty  that  comes  forth  from  before 
the  presence  of  this  great  goddess. 

4[Given]  as  a  favor  of  the  king's-presence,  extending  the  period  of 
life  to  eternity,  with  a  goodly  memory  among  sthe  people  after  the 
years  that  shall  come;  toe  the  prince  and  count,  overseer  of  the  granary 
of  Amon,  Senmut,  triumphant. 


aSmall  objects  from  Scnmut's  tomb,  see  Spiegelberg,  Recueil,  19,  91;  and 
Newberry,  Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archaeology,  XXII,  63,  64;  full 
list  by  Newberry,  Benson  and  Gourlay,  The  Temple  of  Mut  in  Asher,  310. 

bDiscovered  by  Misses  Benson  and  Gourlay  in  1896  in  the  Temple  of  Mut  at 
Karnak  (M.  852).  The  inscriptions  are  published  by  Benson  and  Gourlay  in 
The  Temple  of  Mut  in  Asher  (London,  1899),  299-309.  I  had  also  an  excellent 
copy  made  for  the  Berlin  Lexicon  by  Borchardt,  the  corrections  and  additions 
from  this  copy  are  inserted  without  remark  in  the  translation  below. 

cOn  the  back,  Benson  and  Gourlay,  The  Temple  of  Mut  in  Asher,  301-3. 

dThe  statue  was  found  in  this  temple,  and  its  purpose  is  here  noted.  The 
lacuna  in  Borchardt's  copy  is  not  large  enough  for  "Mut,  mistress  of,"  which  we 
would  expect. 

eConstrue  with  "given" 


INSCRIPTIONS  OF  SENMUT 


i47 


His  Duties  as  Architect 

351.  6[T[t  was1]*  the  chief  steward,  Senmut,  who  conducted  all  the 
works  of  the  king:  in  Karnak,  in  Hermonthis,  [in]  7Der  el-Bahri, 
of  Amon,  in  the  temple  of  Mut,  in  Ishru,  in  southern  Opet  of  Amon 
(Luxor),  in  [the  presence]  8of  this  august  god,  while  maintaining  the 
monuments  of  the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  enlarging,  restoring  — 
^works,  without  deafness,  (but)  according  to  all  that  was  commanded 
at  the  court,  L.  P.  H.  It  was  commanded  him  that  [rhen]  should  be 
—  I0because  he  was  so  excellent  for  the  heart  (of  the  king).  It  came 
to  pass  in  every  respect,b  as  was  commanded  by  doing  according  to  the 
desire  of  his  majesty  concerning  it.  "His  true  servant,  without  his 
like  ;c  strong-hearted,  not  lax  concerning  the  monuments  of  the  lord 
of  gods;  wearer  of  the  royal  seal,  prophet  of  Amon,  I2[Se]nmut. 

His  Praise  oj  Himself;  His  Offices 

352.  He  says:  "I  was  the  greatest  of  the  great  in  the  whole  land; 
one  who  heard  the  hearing  alone  in  the  privy  council,  steward  of  [Amon], 
J3 Senmut,  triumphant." 

"I  was  the  real  favorite  of  the  king,  acting  as  one  praised  of  his  lord 
every  day,  the  overseer  of  the  cattle  of  Amon,  Senmut. " 

"I  was  14 —  of  truth,  not  showing  partiality;  with  whose  injunctions 
the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands  was  satisfied;  attached  to  Nekhen,  prophet 
of  Mat,  Senmut. " 

"I  was  one  who  entered  in  [love],  I5and  came  forth  in  favor,  making 
glad  the  heart  of  the  king  every  day,  the  companion,  and  master  of  the 
palace,  Senmut." 

"I  commanded  l6in  the  storehouse  of  divine  offerings  of  Amon 
every  tenth  day;  the  overseer  of  the  storehouse  of  Amon,  Senmut." 

"I  conducted  —  17 — d  of  the  gods  every  day,  for  the  sake  of  the  life, 
prosperity,  and  health  of  the  king ;  overseer  of  the r — 1  of  Amon,  Senmut." 

"I  was  a  foreman  of  foremen,  superior  of  the  great,  l8[overseer]  of 
all  [works]  of  the  house  of  silver,  conductor  of  every  handicraft,  chief  of 
the  prophets  of  Montu  in  Hermonthis,  Senmut." 


aRead  yn  (Sethe). 

bLit.,  11  very,  very  much"  (wr  wr  mnty). 
cLit.,  11  without  one  possessed  of  his  qualities." 
dThe  first  word  shov/s  traces  of  the  sign  for  "feast. 


148    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§353 


"I  was  one  zHo  whom  the  affairs  of  the  Two  Lands  were  [reporjted; 
that  which  South  and  North  contributed  was  on  my  seal,  the  labor  of 
all  countries  2°was  [under]  my  charge." 

"I  was  one,  whose  steps  were  known  in  the  palace;  a  real  confidant 
of  the  king,  his  beloved:  overseer  of  the  gardens  of  Amon,  Senmut." 

Address  to  the  Living,  and  Prayer 

353.  aI"0  ye  living  upon  earth,  lay  priests  of  the  temple, a  who  shall 
see  my  statue,  which  I  have  formed  as  a  likeness,b  "that  I  may  be  remem- 
bered in  the  nether  world;  may  your  great  goddess  (Mut)  praise  you, 
because  ye  say:  'A  royal  offering,  which  Mut  of  I[shru]  gives!  C23May 
she  give  the  going  in  and  out  in  the  nether  world  In1  the  following  of 
the  just;  for  the  ka  of  Senmut,d  who  repeats  the  utterance  of  the 
king  to  the  " companions;"  the  one  useful  to  the  king,  "^faithful  to 
the  god,  without  his  •"blemish1  before  the  people;  steward  of  Amon, 
Senmut.  May  he  (Amon)  grant  to  come  forth  2*as  a  living  soul;  to 
breathe  the  sweet  north  wind,  to  the  [ka  of]  the  steward  of  Amon, 
[Senmut];  26to  receive  loaves  (sn'w)  from  the  table  of  Amon,  at  every 
feast  of  heaven  and  earth,  f2?for  the  ka  of  the  citizen,  mighty  in  his 
arm;  who  followed  the  king  in  the  South,  North,  East,  and  West 

countries,  r  1,g  to  whom  was  given  the  gold  of  praise,  h28 — 

Senmut.  May  he  come  forth  as  a  living  soul;  may  he  follow  the  god, 
lord  of  gods;  may  he  be  presented  with  the  two  regions  of  Horus; 
may  his  name  not  perish  forever;  breath  for  the  mouth,  splendor  for 
the  dead;  this  is  not  a  thing  under  which  one  should  rbe  lax1." 


aThe  temple  of  Mut,  in  which  the  statue  was  set  up. 
bLit,  "which  I  have  likened." 

cNewberry  begins  a  new  numbering  here  (Benson  and  Gourlay,  The  Temple 
0}  Mut  in  Asher,  309)  as  the  inscription  proceeds  at  this  point  to  the  left  side  of  the 
top  of  the  base,  but  there  is  no  break. 

dTitle  omitted. 

eGoes  to  the  front  of  the  top  of  the  base  (Benson  and  Gourlay,  The  Temple 

0}  Mut  in  Asher,  308). 

f  Goes  to  the  right  side  of  the  top  of  the  base  (Benson  and  Gourlay,  The  Temple 
oj  Mut  in  Asher,  309). 

e" Pure  0}  limb  between  the  two  bows"  {?),  Sethe. 

hGoes  to  the  front  and  sides  of  the  base  (Benson  and  Gourlay,  The  Temple 
0}  Mut  in  Asher,  309). 


INSCRIPTIONS  OF  SENMUT 


149 


"I  was  a  noble,  to  whom  one  hearkened;  moreover,  I  had  access  to 
all  the  writings  of  the  prophets;  there  was  nothing  which  I  did  not 
know  of  that  which  had  happened  since  the  beginnings   r  \ 

Statue  was  Presented  by  Queen  and  King 

354.  bl[Given]  as  a  favor  of  the  king's-presence  [to]  the  hereditary 
prince,  count,  steward  of  Amon,  Sen[mut],  triumphant,  2steward  of  the 
female  Horus:  Wosretkew,c  favorite  of  Horus:  "Shining-in-Thebes,"d 
when  maintaining  their  monuments  ^forever,  firm  in  favor  with  them 
every  day. 

^Overseer  of  the  fields  of  Amon,  Senmut,  triumphant. 

^Overseer  of  the  gardens  of  Amon,  Senmut. 

6Overseer  of  the  cattle  of  'Amon,  Senmut,  triumphant. 

8Chief  steward  of  ^Amon,  Senmut,  triumphant. 

10Chief  steward  of  the  king,  Senmut,  triumphant. 

"Chief  of  the  peasant-serfs  of  Amon,  Senmut,  triumphant. 

Prayers  for  Food -Offerings 

355.  eIThe  oblations  in  the  South  for  the  ka  of  the  magnate  of  the 
South  and  North,  Senmut.  May  she  (Mut)  give  2the  food-offerings  in 
the  Northland  to  the  ka  of  the  greatest  of  the  great,  the  noblest  of  the 
noble,  3[Se]nmut.  May  she  (Mut)  give  all  that  comes  forth  from  her 
table  in  Karnak,  «[in]  the  temples  of  the  gods  of  the  South  and  North, 
to  the  ka  of  the  master  of  secret  things  in  the  temple,  ^Senmut. 

Prayers  for  Food -Offerings 

356.  May  she  (Mut)  give  the  mortuary  offering  of  bread,  beer, 
oxen,  geese;  and  to  drink  6water  at  the  living  stream;  to  the  ka  of  the 

aIn  this  connection  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  on  his  tombstone  Senmut 
placed  an  archaic  text  long  forgotten,  and  no  longer  used  in  his  day  (Ausfuhrliches 
Verzeichniss  des  Berliner  Museums,  160). 

bAbove  the  knees  and  arms  on  the  sistrum;  Benson  and  Gourlay,  The  Temple 
of  Mut  in  Asher,  300. 

cHorus-name  of  Hatshepsut  (read  Hr't,  not  / 3,  as  published). 

dHorus-name  of  Thutmose  III  (read  h  c,  not  t,  as  published).  This  important 
correction  is  due  to  Sethe,  who  made  it  in  Borchardt's  manuscript  (containing 
the  same  mistake),  and  it  was  afterward  verified  by  Borchardt  from  the  original. 

eLeft  side  of  sistrum  (Benson  and  Gourlay,  The  Temple  of  Mut  in  Asher,  305  f.); 
it  is  evidently  to  be  connected  with  one  of  the  verbs  "to  give"  in  the  other  texts. 


i5o    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§357 


chief  steward  of  Amon,  ?[Se]nmut,  triumphant;  8overseer  of  the  cattle 
of  9  Amon,  Senmut;  I0nlling  the  magazines,  1  ^supplying1  the  storehouses, 
"overseer  of  the  storehouse  of  I3Amon,  ^Senmut,  ^triumphant; 
l6overseer  of  the  gardens  of  Amon,  Senmut,  triumphant. 

He  Carries  the  Goddess  in  Processions 

357.  ai[rMaster1]  of  all  people,  chief  of  the  whole  land,  steward  of 
Amon,  Senmut,  triumphant,  2chief  [steward]  of  the  king,  Senmut;  revered 
by  the  great  god.  When  he  carries  Hathor,  Sovereign  of  Thebes,  and 
Mut,  mistress  of  Ishru,  he  causes  her  to  appear,b  4he  bears  her  beauty, 
for  the  life,  prosperity,  and  health  of  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower 
Egypt,  Makere  (Hatshepsut),  living  forever. 

Prayer  for  Goodly  Burial 

358.  5May  he  (Osiris)  give:  goodly  burial  in  the  western  highland, 
6[as  one  reverejd  by  the  great  god;  to  the  ka  of  the  privy  councilor 
of  the  right  hand,  Senmut;  7splendor  in  heaven,  8power  on  earth;  ^to 
the  ka  of  the  overseer  of  the  •"temples1  (h'wt)  I0of  Neit,  Senmut, 
"begotten  of  Ramose,  I2born  of  ^Henofer  (H^-njr). 

n.     ASSUAN  INSCRIPTION c 

359.  Engraved  on  the  rocks  at  Assuan  by  Senmut,  to 
commemorate  his  commission  by  Queen  Hatshepsut  to  cut 
out  the  two  Karnak  obelisks  erected  by  her  (§§3041?.). 
He  appears  in  relief  doing  reverence  to  the  queen,  with  the 
following  inscriptions: 

Titles  Accompanying  the  Queen 

360.  Hereditary  princess,  great  in  favor  and  kindness,  great  in  love 

 Re,  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  who  is  true  in  the  midst  of  the  divine 

ennead,  the  King's-Daughter,  the  King's-Sister,  the  Divine  Consort,  the 


aRight  side  of  the  sistrum  (Benson  and  Gourlay,  The  Temple  of  Mut  in  Asher, 
3°7)- 

bThe  idiom  for  "bring  out  in  procession." 

cText:  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  25  bis  q;  better,  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  Text, 
IV,  116;  de  Morgan,  Catalogue  des  monuments,  I,  41,  No.  181  bis  (copied  from 
Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  with  all  mistakes!);  corrected  by  Sethe,  Untersuchungen,  I,  82. 


§363] 


INSCRIPTIONS  OF  SENMUT 


Great  King's-Wife,a  Hatshepsut,  who  liveth,  the  beloved  of  Satet, 
mistress  of  Elephantine,  the  beloved  of  Khnum,  lord  of  the 
Cataract. 

Accompanying  Senmut 

361.  Ascription  of  [honor]  to  the  Divine  Consort,  Sovereign  of  the 
entire  Two  Lands,  by  the  wearer  of  the  royal  seal,  companion,  great  in 
love,  chief  steward,  Senmut  (Sn-Mw  t). 

Record  beneath  the  Two  Figures0 

362.  Came  the  hereditary  prince, c  count,  who  [greatly]  satisfies  the 
heart  of  the  Divine  Consort,  who  pleases  the  Mistress  of  the  Two  Lands 
by  his  injunction,  chief  steward  of  the  Princess,  Nefrure  (Njrw-R  c),  who 
liveth,  Senmut,  in  order  to  '"conduct1  the  work  of  two  great  obelisksd  of 
a  e"  Myriad-(of- Years ").e  It  took  place  according  to  that  which  was 
commanded;  everything  was  done;  it  took  place  because  of  the  fame 
of  her  majesty  (fern.). 

III.     INSCRIPTIONS  ON  THE  BERLIN  STATUE f 

363.  This  statue,  like  the  Karnak  statue,  was  a  royal 
gift  (§  350,  1.  2).  It  represents  Senmut  in  a  squatting  pos- 
ture, holding  between  his  knees  the  daughter  and  heir  of 
the  queen,  the  infant  princess  Nefrure,  whom  he  reared. 
The  inscriptions  contain  a  most  important  reference  to  the 
death  of  Thutmose  II  (§  368,  11.  7,  8). 


aThe  same  titles  on  an  alabaster  vase  in  Alnwick  Castle,  Birch  catalogue  176, 
corrected  by  Sethe,  Untersuckungen,  I,  122  and  25. 

bWith  corrections  from  M.  Weidenbach's  copy  as  given  by  Sethe,  Untersuck- 
ungen, I,  82. 

cLit.,  "  The  coming  by  the  hereditary  prince,  etc." 

dIt  is  not  entirely  certain  that  these  are  the  two  Karnak  obelisks,  between 
Pylons  IV  and  V. 

eThe  name  of  a  feast,  see  above,  §  333. 

f Certainly  from  Thebes,  but  probably  not  from  his  tomb;  now  in  Berlin 
(No.  2296,  Ausfuhrliches  Verzeichniss  des  Berliner  Museums,  137-39);  published 
by  Sharpe  {Egyptian  Inscriptions,  II,  107)  and  Lepsius  (Denkmdler,  III,  25); 
corrections  by  Sethe  (Untersuckungen,  I,  111);  partial  translation  (ibid., 
5o,  50. 


152    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§364 


Senmut,  Tutor  oj  the  Princess 

364.  aSenmut,  triumphant,  not  found  ramong  the  writings1  of  the 
ancestors,b  great  father-tutor  of  the  king's-daughter,  Sovereign  of  the 

Two  Lands,  Divine  Consort,  Nefrure,c  r  1  which  I  did  according 

to  the  thoughtd  of  my  heart  r  \ 

Mortuary  Prayer 

365.  elA  royal  offering,  which  Amon-Re  and  the  King  of  Upper  and 
Lower  Egypt,  Makere,  give;  may  theyf  grant  the  mortuary  oblation  of 
bread,  beer,  oxen,  geese,  linen,  incense,  ointment. 

A  Royal  Gift 

366.  2 Given  as  a  favor  of  the  king's-presence  [to]  the  hereditary 
prince,  count,  companion,  great  in  love,  steward  of  Amon,  Senmut. 

Mortuary  Prayer 

367.  3 A  royal  offering  which  Osiris,  lord  of  Abydos  gives;  may  he 
grant  all  that  cometh  forth  from  his  table  every  day  4for  the  ka  of  the 
hereditary  prince  —  r — \  who  greatly  satisfies  the  heart  of  the  Lord  of 
the  Two  Lands,  the  favorite  of  the  Good  God,  the  overseer  of  the 
granary  of  Amon,  Senmut. 

Senmut1  s  Favor  with  King  and  Queen 

368.  5  He  says,  "I  was  a  noble,  beloved  of  his  lord,  who  entered8 
upon  the  wonderful  plans  of  the  Mistress  of  the  Two  Lands.  Heh 
exalted  me  before  the  Two  Lands,  he  appointed  me  6to  be  chief  of  his 


aBcside  the  princess. 

bThis  very  ambiguous  phrase  has  been  rendered:  "[whose]  ancestors  were 
not  found  in  writing,"  a  rendering  not  at  all  certain;  possibly  the  word  "like" 
has  been  omitted,  and  we  should  translate:  "  Whose  like  was  not  found  among,  etc." 
more  nearly  parallel  to  the  common  statement. 

cThe  daughter  of  the  queen,  whom  Senmut  is  holding  between  his  knees. 

dSee  Speos  Artemidos  Inscription,  I.  35,  §  303  and  note. 

eOn  the  front.  fCorrectcd  from  my  own  copy. 

8 An  idiom  meaning  "to  support,  be  in  sympathy  with;"  cf.  obelisk  of  Hatshep- 
sut,  base,  south,  §  316,  1.  8. 

hAccording  to  Sethe,  the  masculine  pronoun  refers  to  Thutmose  III.  Cf. 
Sethe,  Unlersuchungen,  I,  50;  this  supposition  is  rendered  very  probable  by  the 
Karnak  statue  (§§  349  ff.). 


§369] 


INSCRIPTION  OF  THUTIY 


i53 


estate  rthroughout1  the  entire  land.  I  was  the  superior  of  superiors, 
the  chief  of  7 chiefs  of  works.  I  was  in  this  land  under  his  command 
since  the  occurrence  of  the  death  of  his  8predecessor.a  I  was  in  life 
under  the  Mistress  of  the  Two  Lands,  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt, 
Makere  (Hatshepsut),  who  liveth  forever."b 


INSCRIPTION  OF  THUTIY0 

369.  Thutiy  was  a  loyal  supporter  of  Queen  Hatshepsut 
(see  §  348),  and  hence  throughout  his  tomb  his  name  and 
that  of  the  queen  have  been  entirely  erased.  He  was  the 
successor  of  Ineni  (§§  340  ff.)  as  "overseer  0)  the  double 
gold-  and  silver -houses ,"  and  this  brought  him  many  monu- 
mental enterprises,  for  which  he  furnished  the  metals,  at 
the  same  time  having  the  construction  of  a  large  number  of 
such  monuments  under  his  charge.  He  was  probably  the 
builder  of  the  queen's  ebony  shrine  (1.  24  and  §126  ff.) ; 
he  furnished  the  metal- work  on  two  great  obelisks  (1.  28), 
superintended  many  other  monuments,  and  was  charged  with 
the  measuring  of  the  splendid  returns  in  precious  metal  from 
the  queen's  southern  expeditions,  particularly  the  famous  one 
to  Punt  (11.  33-38).  That  Thutiy  is  strictly  veracious  in 
this  statement  is  most  strikingly  shown  by  the  scene  of 
weighing  and  measuring  in  the  Punt  reliefs  (§  275),  where 
the  traces  of  his  figure,  busily  engaged  in  taking  his  notes,  is 
identifiable  by  means  of  his  name  and  title,  "Scribe  and 


aThis  probably  refers  to  the  death  of  Thutmose  II,  the  predecessor  of  Thut- 
mose  III  and  Hatshepsut.    See  Sethe,  Untersuchungen,  I,  50. 

bOn  the  feet  are  engraved  the  titles  of  Senmut,  and  the  two  sides  contain  the 
one  hundred  and  sixth  and  fifty-fourth  chapters  of  the  "Book  of  the  Dead." 

cStela  on  the  facade  of  Thutiy's  tomb,  in  the  southern  part  of  Drah-abu-'n- 
Neggah  on  the  west  shore  at  Thebes.  First  seen  by  Lepsius,  who  published  two 
lines  (Denkmdler,  III,  27,  10);  later  lost  and  rediscovered  by  the  Marquis  of  North- 
ampton, Newberry,  and  Spiegelberg,  in  1898;  published  by  Spiegelberg  in  Recueil, 
22,  115-25,  with  translation. 


i54    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§37o 


steward,  Thutiy"  which  accompany  his  figure. a  Both 
figure  and  inscription  have  been  carefully  obliterated  as  in 
the  tomb. 

Prayer  jor  the  King  and  Queen 

370.  1  Giving  praise  to  Amon-[Re,  king  of]  gods;  adoring  his 
majesty  every  day  at  his  rising  in  the  eastern  heavens,  for  the  sake  of  the 
life,  prosperity,  and  health  of  King  Makere  (Hatshepsut),  given  life 
forever,  and  King  Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III),  given  life,  stability, 
satisfaction,  health,  like  Re,  forever. 

Titles  oj  Thutiy 

371.  2Hereditary  prince,  count,  overseer  of  the  double  silver-house, 
overseer  of  the  double  gold-house,  great  favorite  of  the  Lord  of  the 
Two  Lands,  Thutiy. 

3  Hereditary  prince,  count,  chief  of  prophets  in  Hermopolis,  Thutiy. 
4Hereditary  prince,  count,  sealing  the  treasures  in  the  king's-house, 
Thutiy. 

^Hereditary  prince,  count,  who  gives  instruction  tob  the  craftsmen 
how  to  work,  Thutiy. 

6Hereditary  prince,  count,  who  reveals  [to]c  him  who  is  skilled  in 
work,  Thutiy. 

7[Hereditary  prince,  count]  who  gives  regulations,  Thutiy. 

8[Hereditary  prince,  count],  the  head  in  indolence,  Thutiy. 

^Hereditary  prince,  count,  [r vigilant1  when]  commissions  are  com- 
manded him,  Thutiy. 

IO[Hereditary  prince,  count],  executing  the  plans  that  are  com- 
manded him,  Thutiy. 

lx[Hereditary  prince,  count],  not  forgetful  of  that  which  is  com- 
manded him,  Thutiy. 


aNaville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  79. 

bSpiegelberg  "anleitet;"  lit.,  11  who  opens  the  face  to,  etc." 
cThc  parallelism  clearly  demands  "to"  (n),  thus: 

(1.  5)  sb  3  hr  n  wb  3" w  r  yr' t 

(1.  6)  wn  [hr  n]  sS  3  m  yrw't 

Spiegclbcrg  has  supplied  the  hr  ("face")  in  the  lacuna,  but  overlooks  the  n  ("to"), 
necessarily  common  to  both  lines:  "who  opens  the  face  to  (two  different  words  for 
"open,"  sb*  and  wn).    Compare  wb>-yb  on  Lateran  obelisk  (side  lines,  §836). 


§374]  INSCRIPTION  OF  THUTIY  155 


"Hereditary  prince,  count,  knowing  the  useful  things  that  are  estab- 
lished forever,  Thutiy. 

^Hereditary  prince,  count,  favorite  of  Horus,  lord  of  the  palace, 
Thutiy. 

^Hereditary  prince,  count,  of  sweeping  stepa  in  the  court,  Thutiy. 

^Hereditary  prince,  count,  wearer  of  the  royal  seal,  overseer  of  every 
handicraft  of  the  king,  Thutiy. 

l6Hereditary  prince,  count,  great  companion  of  the  Lord  of  the  Two 
Lands,  the  excellent  scribe,  active  with  his  hands,  Thutiy. 

List  of  Works 

372.  ^He  says:  "I  acted  as  chief  (r^-hr),  giving  the  directions;  I 
led  the  craftsmen  to  work  inb  the  works,  in:c 

Second  Nile-Barge 

373.  l8the  great  barge  of  the  " Beginning-of-the- River "  (named): 
"Userhet-Amon,"d  wrought  with  gold  of  the  best  of  the  highlands;  it 
illuminated  the  Two  Lands  with  its  rays. 

Unknown  Shrine 

374.  ^a  shrine,  the  horizon  of  the  god,  his  great  seat,  of  electrum 
of  the  best  of  the  highlands,  in  work  established  for  eternity. 

2°Seret-mate  (s  c  r  t-m 3  c '  /) ;  its  august  facade  of  electrum,  great 
 [Anton]. 


aLit.,  "far  of  foot:' 

bThat  this  is  the  proper  rendering  is  shown  by  the  words  of  Amenhotep,  son 
of  Hapi  (§  917, 1.  38).  Spiegelberg's  rendering:  "  nach  dem  Vorbild  der  Arbeiten," 
demands  a  word  ("Vorbild")  not  in  the  original,  and  makes  Thutiy  represent 
himself  as  merely  working  after  the  patterns  of  someone  else. 

cThis  line  (17)  is  vertical,  extending  along  the  ends  of  11.  18-32  like  an  embrac- 
ing bracket,  thus:  1.  17 


 —I.32 

Before  each  of  the  fifteen  works  enumerated  in  11.  18-32  we  are  to  understand  the 
last  sentence  of  1.  17:  "I  led  the  craftsmen  to  work,  etc.,  on"  — .    The  preposition 
"on"  must  be  changed  to  "in"  according  as  a  small  monument  or  a  temple  follows, 
a  difference  not  necessary  in  Egyptian. 
dSee  §32. 

eLit.,  "sending  up  (exhibiting)  truth"  probably  the  name  of  a  shrine. 


1 56    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§375 


Works  in  Der  el-Bahri 

375.  21  "Most  Splendid "a  the  temple  of  myriads  of  years;  its  great 
doors  fashioned  of  black  copper, b  the  inlaid  figures  of  electrum. 

22Khikhet,c  the  great  seat  of  Amon,  his  horizon  in  the  west;  all  its 
doors  of  real  cedar,  wrought  with  bronze. 

2nhe  housed  of  Amon,  his  enduring  horizon  of  eternity;  its  floor 
wrought  with  gold  and  silver;  its  beauty  was  like  the  horizon  of  heaven. 

24a  great  shrinee  of  ebony  of  Nubia  (T  ^-pd- 1) ;  the  stairs  beneath  it, 
high  and  wide,  of  pure  alabaster  of  Hatnub. 

2%  palacef  of  the  god,  wrought  with  gold  and  "silver1;  it  illuminated 
the  faces  (of  people)  with  its  brightness. 

Works  in  Karnak 

376.  26great  doors,  high  and  wide  in  Karnak;  wrought  with  copper 
and  bronze;  the  inlaid  figures8  of  electrum. 

27magnificent  necklaces,  large  amulets  of  the  great  seat,  of  electrum 
and  every  costly  stone. 

28two  great  obelisks ;h  their  height  was  108  cubits;  wrought  through- 
out with  electrum;  which  filled  the  Two  Lands  with  their  brightness. 

29an  august  gate  (named):  "Terror-of-Amon,"1  fashioned  of  copper 
in  one  sheet;  its  likenesses  likewise. 


aName  of  Der  el-Bahri  temple. 

bThe  making  of  metal  doors  may  be  seen  in  the  tomb  of  Rekhmire,  ed.  New- 
berry, PI.  XVIII. 

cMeaning  "Shining  of  the  horizon"  (II  c  -y  3  hwt).  According  to  Spiegelberg, 
this  is  another  name  for  Der  el-Bahri;  it  is,  however,  strange  that  the  doors  of  this 
temple  should  be  mentioned  twice.  Possibly  the  "great  doors"  of  1.  21  are  the 
huge  entrance  doors,  and  those  of  1.  22  the  inner  doors. 

dPossibly  some  part  of  the  Der  el-Bahri  temple. 

eThis  is  very  probably  the  ebony  shrine  found  in  the  Der  el-Bahri  temple  (see 
§126). 

1 A  structure  not  met  with  elsewhere  in  the  inscriptions.    Its  purpose  and 
character  are  unknown. 
gRead:  hpw. 

hThere  is  no  doubt  that  these  obelisks  were  in  Karnak,  but  the  height  given 
far  exceeds  that  of  Hatshepsut's  surviving  obelisk  in  Karnak.  The  theory  that 
the  height  of  the  pair  has  been  combined  in  one  datum  receives  some  confirmation 
from  the  discovery  that  the  two  obelisks  on  the  barge  in  Hatshepsut's  relief  lie  end 
to  end;  but  the  total  is  10  feet  less  than  twice  the  height  of  the  Karnak  obelisk. 

1  There  is  a  Karnak  gate  called  "  Amon-Great-in-T  error"  (Mariette,  Karnak, 
38,  a,  8);  but  none  is  known  of  the  above  name. 


§  377] 


INSCRIPTION  OF  THUTIY 


i57 


^°many  offering-tables  of  Amon  in  Karnak,  of  electrum  without 
limit;  of  every  costly  stone  — . 

3 Magnificent  chests, a  wrought  with  copper  and  electrum;  every 
vessel;  linen;  of  every  precious  stone  of  the  divine  members.5 

3aa  great  seat,  a  shrine,  built  of  granite;  its  durability  is  like  the  pillars 
of  heaven;  its  work  is  a  thing  of  eternity. 

Measuring  of  the  Punt  Tribute,  Etc. 

377.  33 Behold,  all  the  marvels  and  all  the  tribute  of  all  countries, 
the  best  of  the  marvels  of  Punt,  were  offered0  to  Amon,  lord  of  Karnak 
[for  the  sake  of  the  life,  prosperity,  and  health  of  the  King  Makere 
(Hatshepsut),  rgiven  life,  stability,  health.1]  He  (Amon)  hath  given  the 
Two  Lands,  34(for)  he  knew  that  he  (the  king)  would  offer  them  to  him. 
Now,  I  was  the  one  who  counted  them,  because  I  was  so  excellent  in 

his  heart;  my  praise  was  —  with  him;  me  more  than  his 

suite  35 —  my  integrity1  of  heart  for  him.  He  recognized  me,  as  one 
doing  that  which  is  spoken,  concealing  my  speech  concerning  the 
affairs  of  his  palace.  He  appointed  me  to  be  leader  of  the  palace, 
knowing  that  I  was  instructed  in  work.  36  the  double  silver- 
house;  every  splendid  costly  stone  in  the  temple  of  Amon  in  Karnak, 
filled  with  his  tribute  to  their  roof.  The  like  has  not  happened  since 
the  time  of  the  ancestors.  His  majesty  commanded  to  make  37 — d  of 
electrum  of  the  best  of  the  highlands,  in  the  midst  of  the  festival -hall; 
measurede  by  the  heket  for  Amon  in  the  presence  of  the  whole  land. 


aA  number  of  such  chests  are  shown  in  the  Punt  reliefs  (Naville,  Deir-el- 
Bahari,  III,  80). 

bThe  line  has  been  cut  wrong,  was  filled  with  stucco,  and  cut  again;  the 
stucco  has  fallen  out,  revealing  the  old  mistakes  and  producing  confusion. 

cThis  is  the  offering  scene  in  the  Punt  reliefs  (Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  77), 
in  which  the  inscription  (§289)  agrees  strikingly  with  this.  The  official  offering 
is  "for  the  sake  of  the  life,  prosperity,  and  health  of  the  king,"  and  is  usually  con- 
ducted by  someone  else  (see  §  57);  hence  the  impersonal  passive  here. 

dIt  is  possible  that  the  word  "balance"  should  be  supplied  here,  for  the  inscrip- 
tion over  the  balance  in  the  scene  of  the  weighing  in  the  Punt  reliefs  (§  280,  although 
it  does  not  mention  electrum  particularly)  would  indicate  that  the  balance  had 
been  made  especially  for  the  purpose.  In  Papyrus  Harris  (IV,  256)  the  balance 
is  also  of  electrum.  Spiegelberg  conjectures  "eine  grosse  Haufe,"  but  it  is  only 
the  myrrh  which  appears  in  "heaps"  in  the  Punt  reliefs. 

eOne  of  the  frequent  pseudo-participles  in  building  and  similar  inscriptions, 
referring  back  to  nouns  mentioned  long  before;  it  refers  here  to  the  tribute  in  L.  33. 


158    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§378 


Statement  thereof:  of  electrum  88 J  heket,a  making:  38 —  (x+)  57$ 
deben;  for  the  life,  prosperity,  and  health  of  the  king  [Makere  (Hat- 
shepsut),  who  is  given]  life  forever. 

Conclusion 

378.  I  received  (snw-)  loaves  from  that  which  comes  forth  before 
Amon,  lord  of  Karnak.  All  these  things  happened  in  truth ;  no  deceitful 
utterance  [came  from  my  mouth].  39l  —  them;  I  was  vigilant,  my 
heart  was  excellent  for  my  lord;  that  I  might  rest  in  the  highland  of 
the  blessed  who  are  in  the  necropolis ;  that  my  memory  might  abide  on 
earth;  that  my  soul  might  live  with  the  lord  of  eternity;  that  heb  may 
not  be  repelled  4°[by]  the  porters  who  guard  the  gates  of  the  nether 
world;  that  he  may  come  forth  at  the  cry  of  the  offerer0  in  my  tomb  of 
the  necropolis;  that  he  may  ^abound1  in  bread;  that  he  may  overflow 
with  beer,  that  he  may  drink  at  the  living  water  of  the  river.  ^May 
I  go  in  and  out  like  the  glorious  ones,  who  do  that  which  their  gods 
praise;  may  my  name  be  goodly  among  the  people  who  shall  comed 
after  years;  may  they  give  to  me  praise  at  the  two  seasons  with  the 
praise  r  J. 


INSCRIPTIONS  OF  PUEMRE 

379.  One  of  the  important  architects  under  Hatshepsut, 
and  later  under  Thutmose  III,  was  Puemre,  who  has  left 
some  references  to  his  building  activity,  in  his  tomb  inscrip- 
tions and  on  his  statue. 

I.     STATUE  INSCRIPTION6 

Construction  0)  Ebony  Shrine 

380.  I  inspected  the  erection  of  a  great  shrine  of  ebony,  wrought 
with  electrum,  by  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Makere  (Hat- 
shepsut), for  her  mother  Mut,  mistress  of  Ishru. 


a Eleven  four-fifths  bushels.  c~Lit.,  "the  one  who  places  the  things." 

bHis  soul.  dRead:  yw'ty'sn. 

eOn  a  statue  discovered  in  the  temple  of  Mut,  at  Karnak;  published  by 
Benson  and  Gourlay,  The  Temple  of  Mut  in  Asher,  315,  316. 


INSCRIPTIONS  OF  PUEMRE 


159 


Uncertain  Building 

381.  I  inspected  the  erection  of  a  — a  of  fine  white  (lime)stone  of 
Ayan  by  b 

II.     TOMB  INSCRIPTIONS c 

Relief  Scene 

382.  1.  At  the  left  sits  Puemre  receiving  reports  from  six 
"overseers  of  workmen"  behind  whom  are  two  obelisks 
(see  §  624).    The  inscriptions  are  as  follows: 

Over  Puemre 

383.  2.  Inspection  of  the  great  and  excellent  monuments,  which 
the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  Men- 
kheperre  (Thutmose  III)  made  for  his  father  Amon,  in  Karnak,d  of 
silver,  gold,  and  every  splendid,  costly  stone;  by  the  hereditary  prince, 
count,  divine  father,  Puem[re]. 

Bejore  the  Overseers 

384.  3.  The  approach  of  the  officials,  the  chiefs  of  works;  they 
say  before  this  official,  1  'Thy  heart  is  glad  because  all  the  works  have 
reached  their  positions  for  thee." 

On  the  Obeliske 

4  f  Thutmose  (III);  [he]  made  (it)  [as]  his  monument  for 

his  father,  Amon-Re,  that  he  might  be  given  life  forever. 

Relief  Scene* 

385.  5.  Puemre  stands  at  the  left,  staff  and  baton  in 
hand,  receiving  three  lines  of  chiefs  bringing  tribute,  which 
three  scribes  are  recording. 

aPossibly  a  doorway.  bContinued  as  in  preceding  paragraph. 

cFrom  his  tomb  at  Abd  el-Kurna;  partially  published  by  Lepsius,  Denk- 
miiler,  III,  39,  c,  and  Denkmdler,  Text,  III,  243,  244.  It  is  stated  by  Newberry 
(Benson  and  Gourlay,  The  Temple  of  Mat  in  Asher,  3T5,  note)  to  be  a  peculiarly 
fine  tomb,  and  he  promises  its  full  publication,  which  has  not  yet  appeared. 

dThis  shows  that  the  obelisks  were  erected  in  Karnak. 

eOnly  the  base  of  the  second  obelisk  has  survived,  and  its  inscription  is  of 
course  lost. 

f  Horus-,  throne-,  and  S  ^-R  c  -names. 

eOn  the  left  wall;  published  by  Dumichen,  Die  Oascn  der  Libyschen  Wiiste, 
PI.  I;  see  also  pp.  22  f. 


i6o    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§  386 


Inscription  before  Puemre 
6.  Reception  of  the  tribute  of  the  •products1  of  the  marshes  of  Asia, 
of  Watet-Hora  and  the  tribute  of  the  southern  and  northern  oases; 

presentation  for  the  king,  to  the  temple  by  the  hereditary 

prince,  count,  wearer  of  the  royal  seal,  sole  companion   

Puemre,  triumphant. 

Upper  Row 

386.  7.    — 1  the  tribute  of  the  ends  of  Asia. 

Middle  Row 

8.  bRecording  the  tribute  of  Watet-Hor. 

9.  cThe  chief  of  the  vineyards  of  this  god,  Amon  — . 

Lower  Row 

10.  bRecording  the  tribute  of  the  oasis-region. 

11.  cThe  chiefs  of  the  southern  and  northern  oases. 

Fragment 

387.  12.  Inspection  of  the  weighing  of  great  heaps  of  myrrh 

 ,e  ivory,  ebony,  electrum  of  Emu  i^m^w),  all  sweet  woods 

 e  living  captives,  which  his  majesty  brought  from  his  victories 

 e  Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III). 

INSCRIPTIONS  OF  HAPUSENEBf 

388.  Hapuseneb,  vizier  under  Hatshepsut,  was  architect 
of  a  royal  tomb,  probably  that  of  Hatshepsut,8  and  super- 

&W^'tt-Hr,away  0}  Horus"  (in  Sinuhe,  it  is  written  w^'wt  Hr,  "ways of  Horus," 
but  other  texts  write  as  above;  read  W  3  ty'tf).  As  used  in  Sinuhe  it  must  be  on 
or  near  the  Asiatic  frontier  of  the  Delta;  but  as  it  sends  tribute,  it  must  be  in  Asia. 
There  was  an  Egyptian  governor  there  in  the  Eighteenth  Dynasty.  His  title  was 
ymy-r">  ys' t  m  W  3  'tt-Hr  (Sharpe,  Egyptian  Inscriptions,  I,  56,  statue  of  *nbny). 

bWith  the  scribe.  cWith  the  man  (lower  row,  men)  before  the  scribe. 

dAccompanying  a  weighing  scene  not  given  by  Diimichen. 

eUnknown  amount  lost. 

f  Statue  in  the  Louvre,  published  by  Newberry  {Proceedings  0}  the  Society  of 
Biblical  Archaeology,  XXII,  31-36).  I  had  also  my  own  copy  of  the  original,  which 
added  a  few  readings.  Another  statue,  with  unimportant  inscriptions,  Benson 
and  Gourlay,  The  Temple  of  Mut  in  Asher,  312-15.  A  further  record  of  his  services 
on  a  statue  in  Bologna  has  been  hacked  out  by  Hapuseneb's  enemies.  I  was 
unable  to  secure  any  important  data  from  a  study  of  the  original. 

R Against  my  own  former  opinion  (Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archa- 
ology,  XXII,  94). 


§389]  INSCRIPTIONS  OF  HAPUSENEB 


161 


vised  the  construction  of  other  royal  monuments.  His  works 
are  recorded  on  his  Louvre  statue,  but  the  inscriptions  are 
in  a  sadly  fragmentary  state,  and  the  name  of  Thutmose  II 
has  been  inserted  over  that  of  Hatshepsut,  as  the  feminine 
endings  show.a 

Hapuseneb  was  the  most  powerful  man  in  Hatshepsut's 
party,  being  not  merely  vizier,  but  also  "  High  Priest  of 
Amon,  and  chiej  of  the  prophets  of  South  and  North ,"b  be- 
sides a  number  of  positions  which  he  held  in  the  treasury. 
He  thus  united  in  his  person  all  the  power  of  the  adminis- 
trative government  with  that  of  the  strong  sacerdotal  party. 
The  formation  of  the  priesthood  of  the  whole  land  into  a 
coherent  organization,  with  a  single  individual  at  its  head, 
appears  here  for  the  first  time.  This  new  and  great  organi- 
zation was  thus  through  Hapuseneb  enlisted  on  the  side  of 
Hatshepsut. 

Introduction 

389.  *Made  as  a  favor  of  the  king's  presence,  the  King  of  Upper 

and  Lower  Egypt  [Okhepernejre    (Thutmose  II),  beloved  of 

Amon-Re,  king  of  all  gods. 

2The  majesty  (fern. !)  of  the  King  Okhepernere,  given  life,  com- 
manded   sandstone  and  with  every  splendid  costly  stone, 

3    for  the  hereditary  prince,  count,  *great  lord  in  the 

South,  (sm-)  priest  of  THeliopolis1,  governor  of  the  city,  vizier,  overseer 

of  the  tem[ples].    sLo,  his  majesty  was  in  his  palace  r  8  of  the 

king's-house,  d  [whom]  6her  (sic !)  majesty  —  before  millions ; 

whom  she  magnified  among  the  people,  because  of  the  greatness  of  the 
excellence  of  —  over  . 

Cliff-Tomb 

7He  saith:  "The  good  god,  King  Okhepernere,  praised  me  r — 1  in 
the  temple.    [He  appointed  me]  8to  conduct  the  work  upon  his  cliff- 

aI  found  the  cartouches  also  sunken,  showing  the  effect  of  cutting  out  the 
first  name. 

bLouvre  statue.  cDown  the  front  of  the  legs. 

dHere  the  name  of  Hapuseneb,  of  course,  occurred,  to  which  belong  the  follow- 
ing two  relative  clauses. 


162    EIGHTEENTH  DYN.:  THUTMOSE  III  &  QUEEN  [§ 


tomb  (hr't),  because  of  the  great  excellence  of  my  plans.  rMy1  lord 
appointed  me,  —  ^King  Okhepernere,  and  I  was  made  chief  (Hry)  in 

Karnak,  in  the  house  of  Amon,*  in  every  r — 1  of  Amon,a  I0of  gold  

rI  made1  "the  mortuary  offerings  of  Amon-Re,  king  of  gods,  before  his 

temple  in  Karnak,  in  Hermonthis    12    He 

commanded  that  I  should  be  l*  should  be  appointed 

at  the  going  out  of   . 

Various  Works 

390.  bl4By  the  majesty  (fern.)  of  the  king,  the  Lord  of  the  Two 
Lands,  Okhepernere,  the  living.0    Lo,  I  was  leader  Qprp)  of  the  works 

[on]  *5   [in  Kar]nak,  wrought  with  gold;  16  chief,  of 

silver,  gold,  and  black  copper;   17  d  wrought  of  Tcopper1,  the 

great  name  upon  it  was  of  electrum;e 

18 —  [a  shrine]  of  — f  and  ebony,  wrought  with  gold;  ^ —  a  rchamber 
for1  everything  and  that  which  is  in  its  inclosure;  20 —  many  offering- 
tables  of  gold,  silver,  and  lapis  lazuli,  vessels,  and  necklaces;  2Ithe 
making  of  two  doors  of  copper,  of  a  single  stone;  the  great  name  upon 
them  being  of  electrum;  22the  erection  of  a  temple  of  fine  limestone 

of  Ayan  (named):  "Thutmose  II-is-Divine-of- Monuments;"  23  * 

of  gold,  silver,  lapis  lazuli,  malachite,  every  splendid,  costly  stone,  and 
every  sweet  wood.h 


aAmon  has  been  restored,  and  perhaps  where  it  does  not  belong. 

bRight  side;  the  arrangement  of  this  and  the  following  lines  is  the  same  as  in 
the  stela  of  Thutiy  (§  372,  11.  17  fL;  see  note);  1.  14  above  is  numbered  26  in  the 
publication,  and  is  to  be  understood  before  all  the  works  enumerated,  one  in  each 
of  the  following  lines. 

cFeminine  participle !  eNot  silver,  as  in  the  publication. 

dThis  monument  is  a  door.         f  A  kind  of  wood  is  broken  out. 

«The  last  three  words  are  lost. 

hLl.  24  and  25  are  broken  off,  and  possibly  still  a  third  line. 


REIGN  OF  THUTMOSE  III 


THE  ANNALSa 

391-  This  document,  containing  no  less  than  223  lines, 
is  the  longest  and  most  important  historical  inscription  in 
Egypt,  and  forms  the  most  complete  account  of  the  military 
achievements  of  any  Egyptian  king.  It  demonstrates  the 
injustice  of  the  criticism  that  the  Egyptians  were  incapable 
of  giving  a  clear  and  succinct  account  of  a  military  campaign, 
for  it  shows  plainly  that  at  least  in  this  reign  careful,  system- 
atic records  were  made  and  preserved  in  the  royal  archives, 

aThey  occupy  the  inside  of  the  walls  inclosing  the  corridor  which  surrounds 
the  granite  holy  of  holies  of  the  great  Karnak  temple  of  Amon.  These  walls  were 
built  by  Thutmose  III,  forming  a  large  sandstone  chamber  (into  which  the  granite 
holy  of  holies  was  finally  inserted  by  Phillip  Arrhidaeus)  about  25  meters  in  length 
from  east  to  west,  and  12  meters  wide.  The  east  end  was  left  bare.  The  Annals, 
beginning  at  the  northeast  corner,  read  westward  along  the  north  wall,  and  south- 
ward along  the  west  wall,  terminating  at  the  door  in  the  center  of  this  wall.  At 
the  other  side  of  this  door  terminate  also  the  presentation  scenes  and  inscriptions 
(§§  541  ff.)  which  read  from  east  to  west  along  the  south  wall,  and  northward  along 

the  west  wall  to  the  said  door.    Or,  as  Mariette  says:  "  apres  avoir  enjambe 

sur  la  paroi  dans  laquelle  se  trouve  la  porte  d'entree  (in  middle  of  east  wall)  vont 
se  rejoindre  en  se  terminant  aux  deux  scenes  d'adoration  qui  forment  l'encadrement 
de  cette  porte"  (in  middle  of  west  wall;  scene,  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  30,  a. 
See  Mariette,  Revue  archeologique,  i8602,  I,  N.  S.,  30).  Of  the  Annals  walls,  he 
further  says:  "Elle  se  decompose  en  trois  parties  qui  sont  les  suivantes: 

Un  texte  de  19  lignes  qui  se  termine  par:  comme  le  soleil  a  toujours,  ce 
qui  prouve  que  l'inscription  n'allait  pas  plus  loin.  (voy.  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III, 
31,  b;  M.  Lepsius  n'a  connu  que  11  lignes;  voy.  aussi  Birch,  The  Annals  0}  Thothmes 
III,  dans  les  Archaeologia,  Vol.  XXXV,  121). 

"20.  Un  seconde  chapitre  de  no  lignes  qu'une  porte  laterale  (la  porte  nom- 
inee Ra-men-Kheper  Amen  (ouer  biou)  coupe  en  deux  en  laissant  67  lignes  d'un 

cote  (voy.  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  31,  6,  b;  ),  et  43  de  l'autre  cote  (M. 

Lepsius  n'en  donne  que  39;  voy.  ibid.,  32;  ). 

"30.  Un  troisieme  chapitre  de  94  lignes,  dont  74  occupent  la  moitie  ouest  de 
la  paroi  nord  a  la  suite  des  no  lignes  precedentes,  et  les  20  dernieres  sont  gravees 
sur  la  paroi  a  gauche  de  la  porte  d'entree.    Ces  20  lignes  sont  publiees  dans  Lepsius, 

Abth,  III,  Bl.  30,  a   Quant  aux  74  premieres  lignes,  elles  se  decomposent 

en  54  lignes  qui  sont  a  Paris  et  qui  commencent  le  chapitre  (Lepsius,  Auswahl, 
taf.  XII;  ),  en6  lignes  qui  suivent  celles-ci  et  qui  sont  perdues,  et  enfin  en 

163 


164 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III 


[§  392 


giving  a  detailed  account  of  each  invasion  in  language  indi- 
cating the  strategic  operations  of  the  army  in  each  of  its 
many  campaigns. 

392.  The  existence  of  such  records  is  indicated  in  the 
account  of  the  first  campaign  (11.  11,  12,  §  433): 

Now,  all  that  his  majesty  did  to  this  city,  to  that  wretched  foe  and 
his  wretched  army,  was  recorded  each  day  by  its  (the  day's)  name  under 

the  title  of:  r — 1    recorded  upon  a  roll  of  leather*  in  the 

temple  of  Amon  to  this  day. 

Elsewhere  the  king  also  speaks  of  "recording  for  the  future" 
(§  568,  1.  22).  We  even  know  the  official,  named  Thaneni, 
who  kept  these  records.  His  tomb,  on  the  west  shore  at 
Thebes,  first  noticed  by  Champollion,  contains,  among 
others,  biographical  inscriptions  in  which  he  states:5 


3e  chapitre:     94  lignes 


14  autrcs  lignes  que  M.  Lepsius  a  publiees  imparfaitement  (Lepsius,  Denkmdler 

in,  31,  a;  ).» 

Mariette  then  appends  the  following  table  summarizing  the  above: 
ier  chapitre:     19  lignes    .....    Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  31,  b 

2CchaDitre-    no  lienes/  67  lignes    '       1       *    ^ePsius>  Denkmdler,  III,  31,  6,  b 
^  b     \  43  lignes    .       .       .    Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  32 

6  lignes  perdues 
14  lignes    .       .       .    Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  31,  a 
20  lignes     .       .       .    Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  30,  a 
Total:  223  lignes 

Mariette  gives  233  as  the  total,  but  refers  to  223  (loc.  cit.,  32). 
They  are  in  a  very  bad  state  of  preservation,  the  upper  courses  having  mostly 
disappeared,  and  with  them  the  upper  parts  of  the  vertical  lines  of  the  inscription. 
The  translation  begins  at  the  extreme  northeast  corner  on  the  north  wall  and 
proceeds  to  the  left. 

The  complete  text  of  the  Annals  has  never  been  edited  together;  being  scattered 
through  several  publications  (see  conspectus  below)  none  of  which  is  accurate 
except  Bissing.  These  texts  must  be  supplemented  and  corrected  by  fragments 
in  Champollion,  Notices  descriptives,  II,  154-58;  Young,  Hieroglyphics,  41-44; 
Description  de  VEgypte,  PI.  38  (No.  26,  27,  29);  Brugsch,  Recueil  de  monuments, 
PI.  56,  Nos.  5-7;  de  Rouge,  Revue  archeologique,  N.  S.,  II,  PI.  16;  Griffith, 
Corrections  from  an  early  copy  (about  1825)  by  James  Burton,  Zeitschrijt  }iir 
dgyptische  Sprache,  XXXIII,  125. 

aOn  the  use  of  leather,  which  was  very  common,  see  Birch,  Zeitschrijt  fiir 
dgyptische  Sprache,  187 1,  104  and  117;  and  Pictschmann,  Leder  und  Holz  als 
Schreibmaterialien  bei  den  Aegyptern  (from  Beitrdge  zur  Theorie  und  Praxis  des 
Buch-  und  Bibliothekswesens,  Heft  2). 

bSee  Champollion,  Notices  descriptives,  I,  487,  831,  832;  Brugsch,  Thesaurus* 
V,  1151. 


§393] 


THE  ANNALS 


"I  followed  I2the  Good  God,  Sovereign  of  Truth,  King  of  Upper  and 
Lower  Egypt,  Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III) ;  I  beheld  the  victories  of 
the  king  which  he  won  in  every  country.  He  brought  the  chiefs  of 
Zahi  as  living  prisoners  to  Egypt;  he  captured  all  their  cities;  he  cut 

down  their  groves;   no  country  remained  .    I  recorded  the 

victories  which  he  won  in  every  land,  putting  (them)  into  writing  accord- 
ing to  the  facts. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  we  have  here  the  author  of  some  of 
the  ephemerides  referred  to  in  the  Annals. a 

393.  The  character  of  these  ephemerides  space  will  not 
permit  us  to  discuss  here,  further  than  to  note  that  in  the 
account  of  the  first,  or  Megiddo,  campaign  (§§4o8ff.)  we 
have  a  somewhat  full  excerpt  from  them,  in  which  the  stra- 
tegic details,  like  the  line  of  march,  the  dispositions  in  battle, 
etc.,  are  given  with  such  clearness  that  it  is  possible  to  draw 
a  plan  of  the  field  of  battle.  Unfortunately,  this  fulness  in 
excerpting  is  confined  to  the  Megiddo  campaign,  and  even 
toward  its  end  the  abbreviation  and  omission b  already 
begin.  That  the  excerpts  are  much  abbreviated  is  distinctly 
stated  in  the  account  of  the  seventh  expedition  (1.  13,  §  472), 
with  reference  to  the  supplies  furnished  to  the  "harbors:" 


aA  comparison  of  the  phrases  and  words  used  by  Thaneni,  above,  with  those  of 
the  accounts  in  the  Annals  makes  this  certain.  This  is  evident  even  in  the  English. 
It  is  a  question  whether  Thaneni  could  have  been  the  author  of  the  earliest  cam- 
paign records,  for  he  is  still  in  active  service  under  Thutmose  IV  (see  Recueil,  IV, 
130),  so  that,  supposing  he  began  with  the  Megiddo  campaign  at  twenty-five  years 
of  age,  he  would  have  been  over  eighty  years  old  at  the  accession  of  Thutmose  IV, 
under  whom  he  completed  a  census  of  the  people  and  live-stock  in  all  Egypt  (see 
Champollion,  Notices  descriptives,  I,  487),  which  is  recorded  as  follows:  "Mustering 
of  the  whole  land  before  his  majesty,  making  an  inspection  of  everybody,  knowing 
the  soldiers,  priests,  [  royal  serfs1,  and  all  the  craftsmen  of  the  whole  land,  all  the 
cattle,  fowl,  and  small  cattle,  by  the  military  scribe,  beloved  of  his  lord,  Thaneni." 
On  his  wide  powers,  see  also  the  inscription  in  Brugsch,  Recueil  de  monuments, 
66,  2,  a.  On  his  tomb,  see  Bouriant,  Recueil,  XI,  156-59;  Champollion,  ibid., 
I,  484-87,  831,  832;  further  inscriptions  also  by  Piehl,  Inscriptions,  I,  CVII,  D- 
CVIII,  E. 

bThe  omission  in  the  later  campaigns,  evident  anyway,  may  be  clearly  seen 
by  a  comparison  with  the  narrative  of  Amenemhab  (§§  574  ff.). 


1 66         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§ 


"They  (the  supplies)  remain  in  the  daily  register  of  the  palace,  the 
statemen  of  them  not  being  given  in  this  inscription,  in  order  not  to 
multiply  words. a 

394.  The  excerpting  scribe,  being  a  priest,  is  more  inter- 
ested in  the  booty  than  the  strategic  operations  which  led 
to  its  capture,  because  this  booty  was  largely  given  to  his 
temples;  hence  he  pares  down  his  extracts  to  the  meagerest 
statement  of  the  king's  whereabouts,  adding  a  tolerably  full 
summary  of  the  booty  and  tribute.  Indeed,  it  may  be  said 
that,  although  the  king  did  command  that  this  permanent 
record  of  his  campaigns  should  be  made  on  the  temple  wall, 
yet  the  entire  record  which  we  call  the  Annals  serves  as 
little  more  than  an  introduction  to  the  list  of  feasts  and  offer- 
ings (§§  541  fT.)  by  which  the  Annals  are  continued.  They 
merely  explain  whence  came  the  magnificent  offerings  to 
Amon.b  It  is  therefore  frequently  impossible  to  distinguish 
between  a  serious  campaign0  like  that  of  Megiddo  and 
mere  expeditions  for  inspection. 

395.  The  conquests  recorded  in  the  Annals  involved  the 
most  serious  military  projects  undertaken  by  any  Egyptian 
king — projects  so  successfully  carried  out  by  Thutmose  III 
that  he  is  to  be  regarded  as  unquestionably  the  greatest 
military  leader  of  ancient  Egypt.  Thutmose  I  had  been 
able  to  march  to  the  Euphrates  without  meeting  any  serious 


aThis  register  of  daily  supplies  is,  of  course,  not  the  ephemerides  of  Thaneni; 
but  the  fact  of  excerption  is  equally  clear,  nevertheless.  This  interesting  statement 
finds  a  parallel  in  the  tomb  of  Hui,  where  it  is  said  concerning  his  praises:  "One 
mentions  them  {one)  time  {each)  by  its  name,  {for)  they  are  too  numerous  to  put  them 
in  writing"  (Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  117  =  Denkmaler,  Text,  III,  302). 

bThere  is  on  this  same  wall  a  relief  showing  Thutmose  III  presenting  to  Amon 
a  magnificent  array  of  costly  gifts  in  gold  and  silver.  Many  of  the  objects  men- 
tioned in  the  Annals  may  be  seen  here  (Champollion,  Monuments,  IV,  316,  317; 
and  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  V,  1185  ff.).  The  whole  scene  is  of  the  greatest  interest 
(li  543  "*•)*>  it  also  contains  the  two  obelisks  of  §  624. 

cThe  word  regularly  used  (wdyt)  really  means  "expedition." 


§  397] 


THE  ANNALS 


167 


coalition  of  his  foes,  so  far  as  we  know.  The  results  of  his 
conquest  had  not  been  permanent;  that  is,  they  could  not 
endure  indefinitely  without  further  campaigning,  especially 
in  the  extreme  north.  This  Hatshepsut  had  not  done, 
although  the  Lebanon  or  a  part  of  it  was  still  held  in  the 
year  15.  Then  the  kingdom  and  city  of  Kadesh,  on  the 
upper  Orontes,  quietly  organized  a  formidable  revolt, 
which  united  all  Egypt's  Asiatic  enemies  from  Sharuhen  on 
the  south  to  the  Euphrates  on  the  north.  It  is  clear  also 
that  the  powerful  kingdom  of  Mitanni  assisted  this  general 
revolt  with  men  and  means.  For  the  Mitannian  king  natur- 
ally feared  to  see  the  armies  of  the  Pharaoh  in  Naharin  at 
his  very  threshold.  Early  in  the  year  23,  Thutmose  III  met 
and  overthrew  the  allied  Syrians  at  Megiddo,  which  he 
besieged  and  captured,  and  although  he  marched  northward 
to  the  southern  end  of  Lebanon,  he  was  far  from  able  to 
reach  and  punish  Kadesh.  But  he  established  a  fortress  in 
the  southern  Lebanon,  to  prevent  another  southward  ad- 
vance by  the  king  of  Kadesh,  and  then  returned  home. 

396.  Of  the  next  eighteen  years  the  summers  of  sixteen 
were  spent  campaigning  in  Syria,  making  a  total  of  seven- 
teen campaigns.  The  next  three  campaigns  (2,  3,  and  4) 
are  meagerly  recorded, b  but  in  the  year  29,  on  the  fifth 
campaign,  we  find  the  king  plainly  making  preparations  for 
the  conquest  of  Kadesh,  by  first  securing  the  coast  and 
getting  possession  of  the  harbors  of  Phoenicia.  He  then 
returned  to  Egypt  for  the  first  time  by  water,  and  hereafter 
the  army  is  regularly  transported  to  Syria  by  the  fleet. 

397.  The  next  year,  therefore,  the  king  disembarked  his 


aThe  decree  of  Harmhab  incidentally  shows  that  Thutmose  III  was  back  in 
Egypt  each  year  by  the  time  of  the  feast  of  Opet(1, 58,  11.  29-31),  early  in  October. 
See  Breasted,  Zeitschrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  39,  60,  61. 

bThe  record  of  the  fourth  is  lost. 


i68         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§398 


army  in  some  Phoenician  harbor,  and  marched  upon  Kadesh, 
which  he  captured  and  chastised,  returning  then  to  the  coast 
at  Simyra,  and  going  north  to  punish  Arvad  again.  The 
foothold  in  north  Syria  necessary  for  an  advance  into  the 
Euphrates  country  had  now  been  gained,  and  Kadesh,  the 
dangerous  enemy  who  would  have  threatened  his  rear  on 
such  a  march,  had  been  subdued.  The  next  year  (31)  was 
therefore  spent  in  equipping  the  Phoenician  harbors  with 
supplies  and  quelling  any  smouldering  embers  of  rebellion 
[here. 

398.  It  was  not  until  the  second  year  (33)  after  these 
preparations  that  the  great  king  landed  in  Phoenicia  for  his 
march  into  the  heart  of  Naharin.  Already  in  the  year  24, 
as  a  result  of  the  great  Megiddo  victory,  the  king  of  Assur 
had  sent  presents,  but  now  the  Egyptians  were  again  to 
plunder  the  Euphrates  countries — a  feat  which  had  not  been 
repeated  since  Thutmose  I.  The  long  and  arduous  march a 
was  successfully  made,  the  king  of  Mitanni,  who  had,  with 
Kadesh,  been  the  heart  and  soul  of  the  Syrian  resistance,  was 
totally  defeated,  Carchemishb  was  reached  and  taken,  the 
Euphrates  was  crossed,  and  at  last  Thutmose  III  sets  up 
his  boundary  tablet,  marking  the  northern  limits  of  his 
empire,  beside  that  of  his  father,  Thutmose  I.  Before  he 
has  left  the  region  the  envoys  from  the  king  of  Babylon  and 
the  king  of  the  Hittites,  having  doubtless  started  at  the  news 
of  his  invasion,  appear  with  their  gifts.  On  his  return  to 
the  coast  the  king  arranges  that  the  princes  of  Lebanon  shall 
keep  the  harbors  supplied  with  all  provisions. 

399-  The  conquest  of  all  Syria  has  consumed  exactly  ten 


aOn  the  arrangements  of  Thutmose  Ill's  herald  Intef,  to  provide  the  king 
with  a  dwelling,  supplies,  etc.,  on  such  marches,  see  the  Stela  of  Intef  (§§771,  11. 
24-27). 

bAmenemhab,  §  583. 


§4oi]  THE  ANNALS  169 

years,  but  revolt  has  still  to  be  reckoned  with.  Only  a  voyage 
of  inspection  along  the  Phoenician  coast  was  required  in 
the  next  year  (34),  but  the  revolt  of  the  king  of  Mitanni 
called  Thutmose  into  Naharin  in  the  following  year,  and 
after  a  decisive  defeat  the  people  of  Naharin  were  again 
brought  under  the  Egyptian  yoke.  The  records  of  the 
next  two  years  (36  and  37)  are  lost,  but  in  the  year  38  we 
find  the  king  punishing  the  princes  of  the  southern  Lebanon 
region,  in  order  to  protect  the  road  north  between  the  Leba- 
nons.  On  this  occasion,  for  the  first  time,  he  receives  gifts 
from  the  prince  of  Cyprus,  and  also  Arrapachitis,  the  later 
Assyrian  province. 

400.  The  punishment  of  the  raiding  Bedwin  of  southern 
Palestine  forms  a  preliminary  to  the  usual  journey  of  inspec- 
tion in  the  next  year  (39),  and  the  record  of  the  next  two 
years  (39  and  40)  is  too  fragmentary  to  show  more  than  that 
the  tribute  was  paid  as  usual. 

401 .  Finally,  the  long  series  of  revolts  in  Syria  culminates 
in  a  last  desperate  rebellion,  in  which  Thutmose's  arch- 
enemy, the  source  of  most  of  his  trouble  in  Syria,  Kadesh, 
is  the  leader.  Naharin  sends  allies,  and  Tunip  likewise, 
so  that  the  whole  of  north  Syria,  at  least  inland,  is  again 
combined  against  Thutmose.  In  the  year  42  he  proceeded 
first  against  Tunip,  and  after  its  subjugation  besieged 
Kadesh,  which  was  finally  captured.  Thus  the  nearly 
twenty  years  of  Syrian  campaigning  was  concluded,  as  it  had 
begun,  by  the  humiliation  of  Kadesh,  which  during  all  that 
time  had  been  Egypt's  thorn  in  the  flesh.  This  last  down- 
fall was  final;  Kadesh  no  longer  stirred  revolt  in  Syria, a 
and  Thutmose  III  could  relax  his  ceaseless  efforts  continued 
during  seventeen  campaigns. 


aWhen  the  campaigns  of  the  Nineteenth  Dynasty  begin  in  northern  Syria,  it 
is  Tunip,  the  old  ally  of  Kadesh,  that  plays  the  leading  role. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III 


402.  The  extent  of  these  campaigns  is  further  indicated 
by  two  lists  of  conquered  Asiatic  cities  left  by  Thutmose  III 
in  the  great  Karnak  temple.  Those  belonging  to  the  first 
campaign,  preserved  in  triplicate, a  are  119  in  number,  and 
embrace,  in  general,  the  region  from  the  northern  limits  of 
Palestine  southward  an  uncertain  distance  into  Judea 
(southern  Judea  being  at  that  time  already  under  Egyptian 
control;  cf.  Miiller,  Asien  und  Euro  pa,  144,  154,  155),  as 
well  as  Damascus  and  its  district.  Many  Old  Testament 
names  have  been  recognized  in  it.  It  is  introduced  by  the 
superscription : 

List  of  the  countries  of  Upper  Retenu  which  his  majesty  shut  up 
in  the  city  of  Megiddo  (My-k-ty)  the  wretched,  whose  children  his 
majesty  brought  as  living  prisoners  to  the  city  of  Suhen-em-Opet,b  on 
his  first  victorious  campaign,  according  to  the  command  of  his  father 
Amon,  who  led  him  to  excellent  ways. 

The  third  copy  of  the  list  (Mariette,  Karnak,  19)  has  the 
same  superscription,  with  the  variant: 

to  the  city  of  Thebes,  in  order  to  fill  the  storehouse0  of  his  father  Amon, 
[presider  over]  Karnak,  on  his  first,  etc. 

The  second  copy  of  the  list  has  a  different  superscription: 


aThc  first  copy  is  on  the  west  side  of  the  Pylon  VI,  north  end ;  the  other  two 
are,  one  on  the  north  side  and  the  other  on  the  south  side  of  the  Pylon  VIII, 
Baedeker's  Karnak,  or  the  Vllth,  Mariette,  Karnak).  Text:  ibid.,  17-20;  impor- 
tant corrections  by  Golenischeff ,  Zeitschrijt  jiir  agyptische  Sprache,  XX,  Pis.  V  and 
VI,  and  more  fully  by  Maspero,  Recueil,  VII,  94-97.  Treatments  by  Maspero, 
Zeitschrijt  }iir  agyptische  Sprache,  XXIX,  1 19-31,  and  Miiller,  Asien  und  Europa, 
15^6-64,  144,  and  154  f.;  less  critical  Tomkins,  Transactions  oj  the  Society  0}  Bib- 
lical Archceology,  IX,  257-80  (with  text). 

hSwhn  m  Yp't  means  "Castle  (or  Prison)  in  Thebes."  a  place  of  confinement 
or  dwelling  for  the  foreign  princes  residing  in  Thebes  as  hostages.  In  the  sixth 
campaign  (§  467)  the  purpose  of  thus  keeping  them  is  given. 

cIt  is  not  infrequently  distinctly  stated  that  such  disposal  was  made  of  these 
children;  cf.  Building  Stela  of  Amenhotep  III,  front,  11.  6,  7  (§  884),  and  Papyrus 
of  Capture  of  Joppa,  III,  11.  11,  12,  where,  after  the  fall  of  the  city,  Thutiy  says 
to  Thutmose  III:  "Let  people  come,  to  take  them  as  captives;  fill  thou  the  house 
oj  thy  jather  Anton-Re,  with  male  and  jemale  slaves." 


§405] 


THE  ANNALS 


171 


All  inaccessible  lands  of  the  marshes  of  Asia,a  which  his  majesty 

brought  as  living  captives  they  had  never  been  trodden  by  the 

other  kings,  beside  his  majesty  — , 

a  title  which  would  indicate  that  some  of  the  places  belong 
farther  north  than  the  limits  above  indicated. 

403.  The  second  listb  embraced  248  names  (of  which 
many  are  lost)  of  cities  in  northern  Syria  and  also  perhaps 
as  far  east  as  the  Chaboras  River,0  but  our  geographical 
knowledge  of  this  region  is  too  meager  as  yet  to  identify  any 
number  of  the  places  included. 

404.  In  addition  to  these  materials  the  great  list  of  "  Feasts 
and  Offerings  from  the  Conquests"  (§§  547  ff.)?  tne  Build- 
ing Inscription  of  the  Karnak  Ptah-Temple  (§§  609  ff.),  the 
king's  obelisks  (§ §  629  ff .),  and  his  "Hymn  of  Victory" 
(§§655  ff.),  furnish  important  references  to  the  campaigns. 
The  great  portal  of  Pylon  VII  at  Karnak  also  bore  a  long 
recital  of  his  wars,  of  which  only  scanty  fragments  have 
survived  (§§593  ff.). 

405.  The  tombs  of  the  contemporary  officials  in  the 
Theban  cemetery  also  contain  very  valuable  supplementary 
material.  The  career  of  Amenemhab,  the  most  important 
of  these,  is  translated  below  (§§  574  ff.)-  Next  to  these  are 
the  representations  in  the  tomb  of  Rekhmire  (§§  760  ff.), 
which  show  many  of  the  objects  mentioned  in  the  tribute 
lists  of  the  Annals,  besides  a  reference  to  Thutmose  Ill's 
campaigns  (§  755).    The  tomb  of  Menkheperreseneb  shows 


aSee  also  the  "Hymn  of  Victory"  (§§  655  ff.). 

bOn  the  Pylon  VIII  at  Karnak  as  an  appendix  to  the  third  copy  of  the  first 
list  (Baedeker's  Karnak;  seventh  in  Mariette,  Karnak;  cf.  B,  252,  Mariette). 
Text:  Mariette,  Karnak,  20,  21;  Tomkins,  Transactions  0}  the  Society  0}  Biblical 
Archaeology,  IX,  Pis.  Ill,  IV;  the  best  treatment,  Muller,  Asien  und  Europa,  286- 
92;  Tomkins,  ibid.,  IX,  227-54,  depends  too  much  on  modern  names  for  his  identi- 
fications. 

cSee  Muller,  Asien  und  Europa,  287. 


172 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III 


[§  406 


the  tribute  of  Asia  (§§  772  ff.).  The  tomb  of  Puemere  con- 
tains a  relief  showing  the  reception  of  tribute  from  "the  ends 
0}  Asia"  (§  385),  and  that  of  Imnezeha  (F D  m-ndh)  a  similar 
scene  of  tribute  from  "Retenu  the  wretched"  Finally, 
among  the  most  interesting  of  these  contemporaries  is  the 
court  herald,  Intef,  who  tells  how  he  preceded  Thutmose 
III  on  the  march  and  prepared  the  Syrian  palaces  for  his 
reception  (§§771,  11.  24-27). 


CONSPECTUS  OF  CAMPAIGNS 

406.  FIRST  CAMPAIGN,  YEARS  22  AND  23  (§§408-43,  593  ff., 

616) 

(Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  31,  b,  11.  1-67;  ibid.,  Ill,  32,  11.  1-32  = 
Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1153-66,  11.  1-79,  and  1-2 1;  Bissing's  unpublished 
collation. b) 

Battle  of  Megiddo ;  captured :  Megiddo,  Yenoam,  Nuges, 
Herenkeru;  built  fort  in  Lebanon;  tribute  and  booty  of 
these. 

[SECOND  CAMPAIGN]  YEAR  24  (§§444-49) 
(Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  32,  1L  3 2-39  =  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1166- 
68,  11.  21-28;  Bissing's  unpublished  collation.) 

Tribute  of  Assur  and  Retenu. 

[third  campaign]  year  25  (§§450-52) 
(Mariette,  Karnak,  Pis.  28  and  31.) 
Plants  of  Retenu. 

[fourth  campaign,  years  26-28]  (§453) 

Lost. 


&Memoires  de  la  mission  jrangaise  au  Caire,  V,  356  f. 

bThis  is  incorporated  in  the  Berlin  Dictionary,  and  I  owe  to  von  Bissing  my 
sincere  thanks  for  permission  to  use  it. 


§4o6]  CONSPECTUS  OF  CAMPAIGNS 


*73 


FIFTH  CAMPAIGN,  YEAR  20.  (§§454-62) 
(Lepsius,  Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XII,  11.  1-7;  Mariette, 
Karnak,  13,  11.  i-6  =  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1168-70,  11.  1-7  =  Bissing, 
Statistische  Tajel,  11.  1  -7.) 

Second  caption;  campaign  in  Zahi;  capture  of  "W0 

r  1";  sacrifice  to  Amon;  spoil  of  city;  capture  of  Arvad; 

list  of  tribute  received  "on  this  expedition;"  sailed  home. 

SIXTH  CAMPAIGN,  YEAR  30  (§§463-67) 
(Lepsius.  Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XII,  U.  7-9;  Mariette, 
Karnak,  13,  11.  7,  8  =  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1170,  1171,  11.  7~9  =  Bissing, 
Statistische  Tajel,  11.  7-9.) 

Capture  of  Kadesh;  tribute  of  Retenu;  punishment  of 
Arvad. 

[seventh  campaign],  year  31  (§§468-75) 
(Lepsius,  Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XII,  11.  9-17 ;  Mariette, 

Karnak,  13,  11.  9~i6  =  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1 171-73,  11.  9-i7  =  Bissing, 

Statistische  Tajel,  11.  9-17.) 

Capture  of  Ullaza;  tribute  of  Retenu;  supplies  for  the 

harbors;  harvest  of  Retenu;  tribute  of  Genebteyew;  impost 

of  Wawat. 

[eighth  campaign],  year  33  (§§476-87) 
(Lepsius,  Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XII,  11.  17-29;  Mari- 
ette, Karnak,  13,  11.  i7-28  =  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1173-75,  11.  17-29  = 
Bissing,  Statistische  Tajel,  11.  17-29.) 

Conquest  of  Naharin;  battle  in  Naharin;  the  booty 
(capture  of  Carchemish);  crossing  of  Euphrates;  boundary 
tablets;  tribute  of  Naharin,  supplies  for  the  harbors;  tribute 
of  Babylon;  tribute  of  Hittites;  Punt  expedition;  impost 
of  Wawat. 

[ninth  campaign],  year  34  (§§488-95) 
(Lepsius,  Auswahl   der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XII,  11.  29-37; 
Mariette,  Karnak,  13,  11.  29-35  =  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  n75~77>  ll- 
29-37  =  Bissing,  Statistische  Tajel,  11.  20-37.) 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§4o6 


Surrender  of  Zahi  towns ;  tribute  of  Retenu ;  supplies  for 
the  harbors;  tribute  of  Cyprus;  impost  of  Kush  and  Wawat. 

TENTH  CAMPAIGN,  YEAR  35  (§§496-503) 
(Lepsius,  Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XII,  11.  37-41;  Lep- 
sius,  Denkmaler,  III,  31,  a,  11.  i~3  =  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1 1 77,  11 78, 
11.  37-44,  and  1.  2  =  Bissing,  Statistische  Tajel,  11.  37-44.) 

Revolt  of  Naharin;  battle  in  Naharin,  king's  booty; 
army's  booty;  impost  of  Kush  and  Wawat. 

[ELEVENTH  CAMPAIGN,  YEAR  36]  (§504) 

Lost. 

[TWELFTH  CAMPAIGN,  YEAR  37]    (§  505) 

Lost. 

[THIRTEENTH  CAMPAIGN,  YEAR  38]  (§§506-15) 
(Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  31,  a,  11.  3-io=Brugsch,  Thesaurus, 
1178-81,  11.  2-9.) 

Capture  of  Nuges;  booty  of  same;  tribute  of  Syria; 
harbor  supplies;  tribute  of  Cyprus  and  Arrapakhitis ;  prod- 
ucts of  Punt;  impost  of  Kush  and  Wawat. 

FOURTEENTH  CAMPAIGN,  YEAR  39  (§§516-19) 
(Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  31,  a,  11.  10-14  =  Brugsch,  Thesaurus, 
1181-1182,  11.  9-13.) 

Defeat  of  Shasu;  Syrian  tribute;  harbor  supplies. 

[fifteenth  campaign,  year  40]  (§§520-23) 
(Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  30,  a,  11.   i~4=Brugsch,  Thesaurus, 

1 182,  11.  1-4;  photograph  by  Borchardt.) 

Tribute  of  Cyprus;  impost  of  Kush  and  Wawat. 

[sixteenth  campaign,  year  41]  (§§524-27) 
(Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  30,  a,  11.  4~io=Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1182, 

1 183,  11.  4-10;  photograph  by  Borchardt.) 

Tribute  of  Retenu;  tribute  of  Hittites;  impost  of  Kush 
and  Wawat. 


THE  ANNALS:  FIRST  CAMPAIGN 


175 


[SEVENTEENTH  CAMPAIGN,  YEAR  42]    (§§  528-39) 

(Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  30,  a,  11.  10-20= Brugsch,  Thesaurus, 
1183-85,  11.  10-20;  photograph  by  Borchardt.) 

Campaign  against  Kadesh;  overthrow  of  Erkatu,  Tunip, 
Kadesh;  booty  of  these;  harbor  supplies;  tribute  of  un- 
known country;  of  Tinay;  impost  of  Kush  and  Wawat. 

I.  INTRODUCTION 

407.  ^orus:   " Mighty  Bull,  Shining  in  Thebes;   . 

2King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  aLord  of  the  the  Two  Lands:3 

Menkheperre;  Son  of  Re:  [Thutmose  (III)]  .b    3His  majesty 

commanded  to  cause  to  be  recorded  [his  victories  which  his  father, 
Amon,  gave  to  him,  uponc]  4a  tabletd  in  the  temple  which  his  majesty 
made  for  [his  father,  Amon,  rsetting  forth  eachT|e  ^expedition  by  its 
name,  together  with  the  plunder  which  [his  majesty]f  carried  away 
[therein.  It  was  done  according  to]£  6all  [rthe  command1]  which  his 
father,  Re,  gave  to  him. 

II.     FIRST  CAMPAIGN  (YEAR  23)* 

408.  This,  the  most  important  of  Thutmose  Ill's  cam- 
paigns in  Asia,  is  fortunately  the  most  fully  recorded.  The 

aOmitted  by  Brugsch's  text. 

bThe  lacking  portion  of  the  conventional  fivefold  titulary  may  be  found  passim. 

cRestored  from  Lepsius,  Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XII,  second 
horizontal  line  (§455). 

dReally  temple  wall;  more  often  this  word  (wd)  means  a  stela  or  slab  of  stone 
set  up  by  itself. 

eThis  line  is  unfortunately  also  broken  away  in  Lepsius,  Auswahl  der  wich- 
tigsten Urkunden,  XII;  the  restoration  is  probable,  but  conjectured. 

f  Restored  from  Lepsius,  Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XII,  second 
horizontal  line. 

^Seventy-nine  short  and  21  long  vertical  lines,  beginning  at  the  northeast 
corner  of  the  passage.  Text:  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  31,  b,  11.  167,  and  ibid., 
Ill,  32,11.  1-32  =Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1153-166,  11.  1-79  and  1-21.  The  short 
lines  being  next  the  base  have  almost  all  lost  a  portion  of  the  lower  ends,  while  a 
large  part  of  the  long  lines  lacks  the  upper  ends  and  frequently  the  lower  ends, 
also. 


176         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§400 

occasion  of  the  campaign  was  a  general  revolt  among  his 
father's  Syrian  conquests  from  Sharuhen  to  the  Euphrates. 
Fighting  had  already  developed  in  Sharuhen,  which  was,  of 
course,  too  near  the  Egyptian  frontier  to  venture  to  make 
common  cause  with  the  revolters;  and  hence  conflict  re- 
sulted there.  We  are  taken  with  the  king  and  clearly  shown 
his  operations  day  by  day  till  he  overthrows  a  coalition  of 
practically  all  Syria  at  Megiddo,  headed  by  the  king  of 
Kadesh.  He  then  besieges  and  captures  Megiddo,  but  from 
the  surrender  of  Megiddo  on,  the  record  degenerates,  as  in 
all  the  other  campaigns,  to  little  more  than  a  list  of  spoils. 
Fortunately,  this  latter  part  of  the  campaign  is  supplemented 
and  really  continued  by  the  introduction  to  the  list  of  feasts 
and  offerings  a  established  on  the  king's  return  to  Thebes  from 
this  campaign.  The  close  of  the  campaign  is  there  narrated, 
mentioning  a  fortress  established  in  the  Lebanon,  whither  the 
king  had  marched  after  the  fall  of  Megiddo,  capturing  there 
the  three  cities  at  the  seaward  bend  of  the  Litany  River, 
which  we  may  call  the  Lebanon  Tripolis:b  Yenoam, 
Nuges,  and  Herenkeru,  commanding  the  thoroughfare 
northward  between  the  Lebanons.  All  this  serves  merely 
as  an  introduction  to  the  splendid  feasts  of  victory  cele- 
brated by  the  king,  as  is  distinctly  stated  u  on  his  return 
from  the  first  victorious  campaign.11  The  date  of  these 
celebrations  is  preserved,  and  enables  us  for  the  first  and 
only  time  to  determine  the  length  of  an  Egyptian  campaign 
in  Syria. 

409.  The  entire  calendar  of  the  campaign,  as  far  as  can 
be  determined,  is  as  follows: 


a§§54i  ff. 

bOnly  the  spoil  of  these  cities  is  enumerated  in  the  Annals,  the  march  thither 
being  entirely  ignored.  The  record  of  feasts  and  offerings  only  mentions  them 
later  to  say  that  they  were  given  to  Amon. 


§4io]  THE  ANNALS:  FIRST  CAMPAIGN  177 


Event 

approximate 

Distance 
(English  Miles) 

Egyptian  Calendar 

Modern 
Calendar 

Year  of 
Reign 

Calen- 
dar 
Month 

Day 

Approximate 
Date 

In  Tharu  

In  Gaza;  Feast  of  Coronation  ..  . 

In  Yehem  \ 

In  Aruna  / 

Departure  from  Aruna  

Arrival  before  Megiddo  

Battle  of  Megiddo  

Beginning  of  siege  of  Megiddo.  .  . 

Capture  of  Yenoam,  Nuges, 

Herenkeru  

Construction  of  fort  in  Lebanon. . 
Return  to  Thebes,  not  later  than 

■ 

>  160 

»c.  80  to  90 
'  c.  4  or  5 

•  at  least  75 

>  over  900 

22d 

23d 

8th 
9th 

? 

? 
? 
2d 

25th 
4th 
5th 
1  otn 
19th 
20th 
20th 

2ISt 
2ISt 
? 

? 

? 

? 

14th 

April  19 

"  28 
"  29 
May  10 

"  13 
"  14 
u  14 
"  15 
"  15 
?  ? 
?  ? 

?  ? 

?  ? 

Oct.  11 

410.  In  less  than  148  days,  roughly  five  months,  Thut- 
mose  III  fought  the  Battle  of  Megiddo,  completely  invested 
with  a  wall  the  powerful  fortress  of  Megiddo  itself,  and 
captured  it;  marched  northward  seventy-five  miles  to  the 
Lebanon  region,  captured  three  cities,  and  built  a  fortress 
there;  completed  the  return  to  the  Delta  coast  and  the 
voyage  up-river  to  Thebes;  and  celebrated  his  first  feast  of 
victory  there.  The  entire  campaign  from  the  departure 
from  Tharu  to  the  arrival  in  Thebes  lasted  a  maximum  of 
175  days;  that  is,  in  five  months  and  twenty-five  days  from 
the  day  on  which  he  left  Tharu  he  was  celebrating  his  great 
Feast  of  Amon  at  Thebes.  Fortunately,  we  are  able  to 
locate  this  period  approximately  in  the  astronomical  calendar 
and  tell  in  what  month  he  went  and  returned. a    (See  §  409, 


aFor  this  purpose  we  have  first  the  Elephantine  calendar  fragment,  which 
gives  the  heliacal  rising  of  Sothis  in  the  reign  of  Thutmose  III  as  the  28th  of  Epiphi 
(Young,  Hieroglyphics,  59  =  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  II,  363=Lepsius,  Denkmaler, 
III,  43,  e  =  de  Morgan,  Catalogue  des  Monuments,!,  121).  Doubt  has  been  cast 
upon  this  date,  but  I  have  examined  the  Berlin  squeezes,  and  there  is  not  a  shadow 
of  doubt  that  it  belongs  to  the  series  of  blocks  from  the  reign  of  Thutmose  III.  In 


178         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§4n 


last  column).  It  is  thus  evident  that  the  campaign  falls 
exactly  within  the  limits  of  the  dry  season  in  Palestine. a 

411.  Beside  the  celebration  in  Thebes,  the  victory  was 
celebrated  and  recorded  in  a  poetic  inscription  by  the 
viceroy  of  Kush,  Nehi  (§§412,  413),  at  Wadi  Halfa.b  It 
refers  to  the  first  campaign,  as  follows: 

412.  who  (a  god)  stationed  I0his  majesty  at  the  Horns  of 

the  Earth,  in  order  to  overthrow  the  Asiatics  (Mnt'w-Stt).  I  am  the 
Mighty  Bull,  Shining  in  Thebes,  Son  of  Atum,  beloved  of  Montu, 
T 'fighting  for  his  army  himself,  that  the  Two  Lands  may  see  it;  it  is 
no  lie.  I  came  forth  from  the  house  of  my  father,  the  king  of  gods, 
Amon,  who  decrees  me  victory. 

413.  I2The  king  himself,  he  led  the  way  of  his  army,  mighty  at  its 
head,  like  a  flame  of  fire,  the  king  who  wrought  with  his  sword.  He 
went  forth,  none  ^like  him,  slaying  the  barbarians,  smiting  Retenu 
(Rtnw  /,  sicl),  bringing  their  princes  as  living  captives,  their  chariots 
wrought  I4with  gold,  bound  to  their  horses.  The  countries  of  Tehenu 
do  obeisance  because  of  the  fame  of  his  majesty,  with  their  tribute  upon 


width  of  column  and  height  of  corresponding  signs  it  is  identical  with  a  block 
bearing  the  name  of  Thutmose  III.  Erman,  with  whom  I  examined  it,  was  of  the 
same  opinion.  Unfortunately,  the  regnal  year  is  not  given;  but  since  my  attempt 
to  determine  the  season  of  the  campaign  (Zeitschrijt  fur  dgyptisclie  Sprache,  37, 
127  f.)  on  the  basis  of  the  Sothis  date,  the  new  moon  dates  have  been  finally  estab- 
lished by  Meyer,  which  modify  my  series  of  dates  by  two  days,  but  corroborate 
entirely  the  season  as  I  established  it  (Meyer,  Abhandlungen  der  Berliner  Akademie, 
1904,  Aegyptische  Chronologie,  49  f.). 

aAlso  shown  by  the  fact  that  the  army  reaped  the  grain  harvest  about  Megiddo, 
after  having  foraged  upon  it.  From  the  king's  Karnak  building  inscription  (§  608) 
we  see  that  he  was  at  home  in  February  after  the  campaign  of  the  year  24;  and 
the  Harmhab  decree  (III,  58)  shows  that  Thutmose  III  was  accustomed  to  be  at 
home  each  year  at  the  feast  of  Opet  early  in  October  after  the  summer's  campaign- 
ing. The  campaign  of  the  year  31  also  began  in  April  (§469,  1.  9);  the  Syrian 
campaign  of  Amenhotep  II  (§§  780  ff.)  and  the  Kadesh  campaign  of  Ramses  II 
(III,  298  ff.)  also  fell  in  the  dry  season  (see  Zeitschrijt  jiir  dgyptische  Sprache, 
37>  i29)- 

bOn  a  pillar  of  the  Empire  temple.  It  is  dated  "year  2J."  I  am  indebted 
for  it  to  a  photograph,  kindly  loaned  me  by  Professor  Steindorff,  as  it  is  still 
unpublished.  There  is  in  Cairo  a  fragment  of  a  stela  (unpublished,  no  number) 
recording  the  erection  of  this  temple  by  Thutmose  III  ("building  for  him  a  temple 
of  white  sandstone"),  and  its  endowment  with  offerings;  but  only  the  extreme  ends 
of  eight  lines  are  preserved.    I  am  indebted  to  Schaefer  for  a  copy  of  it. 


§4i7l 


THE  ANNALS:  FIRST  CAMPAIGN 


their  backs,  15  as  do  the  dogs,  that  there  might  be  given  to  them 

the  breath  of  life. 

414.  Tnere  is  here  further  reference  to  the  king's  personal 
leading  of  his  army  through  the  mountains  and  in  the 
Megiddo  battle.  Furthermore,  we  see  that  Libyans  came 
with  tribute  on  the  king's  return  from  the  campaign.  The 
Annals  narrate  the  campaign  as  follows: 

At  the  Frontier  in  Tharn 

415.  Year  22,  fourth  month  of  the  second  season  (eighth  month), 
on  the  twenty-fiftha  day  [his  majesty  was  in]  ?Triaru  (T  *-rw)  on  the  first 
victorious  expedition  to  [extend]  8the  boundaries  of  Egypt  with  might 

Revolt  in  Asia 

416.  <>Now,  (at)  that  periodb  [rthe  Asiatics  had  fallen  into]  ^dis- 
agreement,1 each  man  [fighting0]  against  [rhis  neighbor1]   . 

I1Now/  it  happened  rthat  the  tribes1  the  people,  who  were  there 

12in  the  city  of  Sharuhen  (S^-r^-h^-n);  behold,  from  Yerazad  (F-r^-J3) 
*Ho  the  marshes  of  the  earth,d  (they)  had  begun  to  revolt  against  his 
majesty. 

Arrival  in  Gaza,  Feast  oj  Coronation 

417.  Year  23,  first  (month)  of  the  third  season  (ninth  month),  on 
the  fourth  day,e  the  day  of  the  feast  of  the  king's  coronation,  (he  arrived) 
I4at  the  city,  fthe  possession  of  the  ruler,f  Gazag  (G^-d^-tw). 


aThe  day  is  lacking  in  Lepsius  and  Brugsch,  but  is  preserved  by  Champollion's 
early  copy  (Champollion,  Notices  descriptives,  II,  154). 

bOr:  "Now,  at  the  time  of  these  ' events,  during  years^;"  there  are  traces  of  the 
last  two  words  (m  rnp'wt)  at  the  end,  before  the  lacuna. 

c Restored  from  the  determinative. 

dThat  is,  from  northwestern  Judea  to  beyond  the  Euphrates. 

eMaspero  {Recueil,  II,  50,  and  Struggle  of  the  Nations,  255  f.)  has  third  day, 
but  the  text  of  Brugsch  has  fourth;  moreover,  the  table  of  feasts  on  the  south  wall 
at  Karnak  (Mariette,  Karnak,  PI.  14,  b;  Rouge,  Inscriptions  hieroglyphiques,  164) 
has  (1.  7) :  "  The  first  month  of  the  third  season,  fourth  day,  the  feast  of  the  coronation 
of  the  king  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III)."  Pylon  VII 
(§  594)  gives  the  same  date. 

fThis  is  possibly  a  proper  name,  made  up  of  a  verb  (in  relative  form)  and  a 
noun,  meaning:  "Which  the  ruler  seized"  (mh~  n  p*  hk^  ?). 

g  About  125  miles  from  the  starting-point  in  nine  days. 


180         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§4Ig 


Departure  jrom  Gaza 

418.  [Year  23]  I5first  month  of  the  third  season  (ninth  month),  on 

the  fifth  day;  departure  from  this  place  in  might,  l6in  power,  and 

in  triumph,  to  overthrow  that  wretched  foe,a  to  extend  ^the  boundaries 

of  Egypt,  according  as  his  father,  Amon-Re,  rhad  commanded  1 

that  he  seize. 

Arrival  at  Yehem 

419.  Year  23,  first  month  of  the  third  season  (ninth  month),  on  the 
sixteenth  day,  (he  arrived)  at  the  city  of  Yehem  (Y-htn). 

Council  oj  War 

420.  [His  majesty]  ordered  ^a  consultation  with  his  valiant  troops, 
saying  as  follows:  "That  [wretched]  enemy,  [the  chief]  2°of  Kadesh 
(Kd-$w),  has  come  and  entered  into  Megiddo  (My-k-ty);  he  [ris  there1] 
2Iat  this  moment.  He  has  gathered  to  himself  the  chiefs  of  [all]  the 
countries  [which  are]  22on  the  water  of  Egypt,b  and  as  far  as  Naharin 
(N-h-ry-n),  consisting  of  [the  countries]  of  23the  Kharu  (IJ^-rw),  the 

Kode  (Kdw),  their  horses,  their  troops,  24thus  he  speaks,  T 

have  arisen  to  [rfight  against  his  majesty1]  2Sin  Megiddo  (My-k-ty).1 
Tell  ye  me  ."c 

Advice  of  the  Officers 

421.  They  spoke  in  the  presence  of  his  majesty,  "How  is  it,  that 
[we]  should  go  upon  this  road, 2 7 which  threatens  to  be  narrow  ?  While 
they  [rcome1]  28and  say  that  the  enemy  is  there  waiting,  fhold^ing  the 
2^way  against  a  multitude.  Will  not  horse  come  behind  [horsed  and 
man  behinde]  3°man  likewise  ?  Shall  our  [""advance-guard1]  3Ibe 
fighting  while  our  [rrear-guard1]f  is  yet  standing  yonder  32in  Aruna 
(c  D  -rw-n 3)  not  having  fought  ?  There  are  yet  two  (other)  roads : 
33one  road,  behold,  it  [will]  —  us,  for  it  comes  forth  at  34Taanach 


aThe  king  of  Kadesh. 

bAn  idiom  for  ''dependent  upon"  or  "subject  to.'1 

cThe  king's  demand  upon  his  officers  is  for  information  concerning  the  road, 
as  the  subsequent  developments  show. 
dSee  §  424,  I.  55. 

eThe  end  is  the  restoration  of  Maspero  (Recueil,  II,  52)  suggested  probably 
by  that  of  Brugsch  (Egypt  under  the  Pharaohs,  155). 

f  Maspero,  Recueil,  II,  52;  the  determinative  of  men  is  still  preserved  after 
"rear-guard." 


§424] 


THE  ANNALS:  FIRST  CAMPAIGN 


181 


(r3-C3-«5-P),  the  other,  [beholjd,  it  will  [bring  us  upon]  3sthe  way 
north  of  Zefti  {Dj-ty),  so  that  we  shall  come  out  to  the  north  of  Megiddo 
(My-k-ty).  36Let  our  victorious  lord  proceed  upon  [the  road]  he  desires; 
(but)  cause  us  not  to  go  by  a  difficulta  road." 

Decision  oj  the  King 

422.  Then  — b  38rmessengers1  concerning  [this]  design  39Which  they 
had  uttered,  in  view  of  what  had  been  said  rbyi  the  majesty  of  the 
Court,  L.  P.  H.:  "I  [swear],  as  Re  loves  me,  as  my  father  Amon,  favors 
me,  as  my  [nostrils]  are  rejuvenated  with  satisfying  life,  my  majesty 
will  proceed  upon  this  road  of  *2Aruna  (c  ^-rw-n 3) .  Let  him  who  will 
among  you,  go  upon  those  43roads  ye  have  mentioned,  and  let  him  who 
will  44among  you,  come  in  the  following  of  my  majesty.  Shall  they 
think  among  those  ^enemies  whom  Re  detests:  'Does  his  majesty  pro- 
ceed upon  46another  road  ?  He  begins  to  be  fearful  of  us,'  so  will  they 
think." 

Submission  oj  the  Officers 

423.  47They  spoke  before  his  majesty:  "May  thy  father  Amon, 
lord  of  Thebes,  presider  over  Karnak,  rgrant  thee  life1.  48Behold,  we 
are  the  following  of  thy  majesty  in  every  place,  whither  [thy  majesty] 
proceedeth;  49as  the  servant  is  behind  [his]  master." 

Departure  jrom  Yehem 

424.  so[rxhen  his  majesty1]  commanded  the  entire  army  \Jto  march1] 

 [upon]  51  that  roadc  which  threatened  to  be  [narrow.d  His 

majesty]  52swore,  saying:  "None  shall  go  forth  [rin  the  way1]  53before 

my  majesty,  in  ."    S4He  went  forth  at  the  head  of  his  army 

himself,  rshowing  [the  way1]  55by  his  (own)  footsteps ;e  horse  behindf 
[horse],  phis  majesty1]^  being  s^at  the  head  of  his  army. 


aThe  same  word  (U  is  applied  to  the  road  upon  which  the  great  block  for 
the  el-Bersheh  colossus  (I,  696,  I.  1)  was  brought.  It  means  "inaccessible"  or 
"difficult;"  it  is  also  used  by  Thutmose  III  of  the  celestial  road  of  the  sun  (§  141). 

bVerb  lost. 

cText  has  an  Amon  wrongly  restored  here. 

dCf.  1.  27,  above. 

eLit.,  "steps  of  marching." 

fThe  army  here  enters  the  mountain  pass. 

eOr  possibly :"[{the  vanguard,^]  being  0}  the  best  0}  his  army" 


i82         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§425 


Arrival  at  Aruna 

425.  Year  23,  first  month  of  the  third  season  (ninth  month),  on  the 
nineteenth  day;  the  watch  in  [safety]a  57in  the  royal  tent  was  at  the 
city  of  Aruna  (c  3  -rw-n  D).b  58" My  majesty  proceeded  northward 
under  (the  protection  of  my)  father,  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes,  [who 

went]  5<>before  me,  while  Harakhte  [strengthened  my  arms]c   

6o(my)  father,  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes,  victorious  of  the  sword 
 6lover  my  majesty." 

Battle  in  the  Mountains 

426.  [The  enemy]  went  forth  6 2 in  numerous  battle  array 

 .    6^The  southern  wing  was  in  Taa[nach]  (T  D-c  3  [-n  °-k  3]), 

64the  northern  wing  was  on  the  ground  south  of   .d  6sHis 

majesty  cried  out  to  them  before    66they  fell;  behold,  that 

wretched  foee  67  68  of  [the  city  of]f  69Aruna 

(c  >-rw~n  >). 

aPerhaps  we  should  supply:  "life,  prosperity,  and  health"  as  in  Ramses  IPs 
march  to  Kadesh  (1.  1);  but  above,  the  said  phrase  is  used  after  "tent,"  to  express 
the  adjective  "royal"  and  would  hardly  appear  twice  in  the  same  phrase. 

bThree  days  after  the  arrival  at  Yehem,  Aruna,  lying  in  the  midst  of  the  moun- 
tains, is  reached.  Here  they  spent  the  night  of  the  nineteenth  and  marched  on  the 
twentieth  (1.  58). 

c  Restored  from  §  430,  1.  3. 

dMaspero  {Recueil,  II,  56)  following  Brugsch,  supplies  Megiddo  here.  This 
is  quite  possible,  but  only  on  a  different  supposition  from  that  of  Maspero  and 
Brugsch,  viz.,  that  the  position  described  here  is  that  of  the  Asiatic  forces,  not  of 
the  Egyptians,  for  the  latter  do  not  arrive  "south  0)  Megiddo"  until  long  after 
this  (§  428).  Furthermore,  it  is  quite  impossible  for  the  Egyptians  to  have  had 
their  southern  wing  at  Taanach,  while  defiling  through  the  Megiddo  road.  This 
seems  to  have  been  the  view  in  the  translation  in  Pe trie's  History  (II,  106),  but  no 
mention  is  made  of  an  encounter  with  the  enemy  in  the  mountains  in  the  summary, 
p.  101.  The  passage  is  important,  for  it  decisively  determines  (even  without 
supplying  Megiddo  above)  the  location  of  Megiddo  against  Condcr's  identification 
with  Mujeddac.  An  Asiatic  army  which,  we  know,  fought  before  Megiddo,  has 
its  southern  wing  at  Taanach,  which  is  known  to  be  Tannuk  of  today;  it  must 
follow  that  Megiddo  is  northward  from  Tannuk.  See  Breasted,  Proceedings  of 
the  Society  of  Biblical  Archaeology,  22,  96. 

eThere  was  some  encounter  with  the  enemy  here  in  the  mountains,  and  this 
moves  the  officers  to  urge  calling  in  the  straggling  rear  as  soon  as  possible.  This 
encounter  has  escaped  all  the  historians  except  Meyer  (Geschichte,  239);  cf.  Mas- 
pero, Struggle  of  the  Nations,  257:  Wiedemann,  Aegyptische  Geschichte,  347; 
Petrie,  History  of  Egypt,  II,  101;  etc. 

f  There  is  a  loss  of  five  lines  here,  before  1.  69,  but  it  is  not  indicated  in  the 
publications. 


§429]  THE  ANNALS:  FIRST  CAMPAIGN  183 


Danger  oj  the  Rear 

427.  Now,  the  rear  of  the  victorious  army  of  his  majesty  was  at  the 
city  of  7°Aruna  (c^-rw-n^),  the  front  was  going  forth  to  the  valley  of 
—  ;a  7 1  they  filled  the  opening  of  this  valley.  Then  [they]  said  in  the 
presence  of  his  majesty,  L.  P.  H.:  72"  Behold,  his  majesty  goeth  forth 
with  his  victorious  army,  and  it  has  filled  7nhe  hollow  of  the  valley; 
let  our  victorious  lord  hearken  to  us  this  timeb  and  74let  our  lord  protect 
for  us  the  rear  of  his  army  and  his  people.  7$Let  the  rear  of  this  army 
come  forth  to  us  behind;  then  shall  they  (also)  fight  against  76these 
barbarians;  then  we  shall  not  (need  to)  take  thought  for  the  rear  of  our 
77army."  His  majesty  halted  outside  and  waited  78there,  protecting 
the  rear  of  his  victorious  army. 

Exit  from  the  Mountains 

428.  Behold,  when  the  front  had  reached  the  exit  upon  this  road, 
the  shadow  had  turned,0  and  when  dlhis  majesty  arrived  at  the  south 
of  Megiddo  {My-k-ty)  one  the  bank  of  the  brook  of  Kina  (Ky-n^),  the 
seventh  hourf  was  turning,  (measured)  by  the  sun. 

Camp  in  Plain  oj  Megiddo 

429.  Then  was  set  up  the  camp  of  his  majesty,  and  command  was 
given  to  the  whole  army,  saying:  " Equip  yourselves!  Prepare  your 
weapons!  for  we8  shall  advance  to  fight  with  that  wretched  foe  in  the 
morning."  Therefore1  the  king  2rested  in  the  royal  tent,  the  raffairslh 
of  the  chiefs  were  arranged,  and  the  provisions  of  the  attendants.  The 
watch  of  the  army  went  about,  saying,  "Steady  of  heart!  Steady  of 
heart !  Watchful !  Watchful  Is  Watch  for  life  at  the  tent  of  the  king." 
One  came  to  say  to  his  majesty,  "The  land  is  well,  and  the  infantry  of 
the  South  and  North  likewise." 

aProper  name  ending  in  «. 

bPetrie,  History  of  Egypt,  II,  106.  cIt  was  past  midday. 

dA  new  enumeration  of  twenty-eight  longer  lines  begins  here. 

eThe  army  here  emerges  in  safety  upon  the  plain  in  the  afternoon  of  the 
twentieth,  and  camps  unmolested  that  night,  to  go  forth  to  battle  in  the  morning  of 
the  twenty-first. 

f About  one  o'clock  p.  m.  eThe  text  has  the  impersonal  "one" 

hSee  §341,  1.  17,  for  the  same  rare  phrase. 

i  Lit.,  "Watchful  of  head"  meaning  "to  be  vigilant,"  e.  g.,  of  the  king  (Amen- 
hotep  III)  on  the  architrave  at  Luxor:  "the  Good  God  who  is  very  vigilant  (lit., 
watchful  of  head)  over  the  house  of  his  father,  Anton"  (Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III, 
73,  6;_again  ibid.,  e);  and  often  of  the  vigilance  of  a  faithful  official. 


i84        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§43o 


Battle  oj  Megiddo 

430.  Year  23,  first  (month)  of  the  third  season  (ninth  month),  on 
the  twenty-first  day,  the  day  of  the  feast  of  the  new  moon,  rcorresponding 
to1  the  royal  coronation,  early  in  the  morning,  behold,  command  was 

given  to  the  entire  army  to  move  .    3 His  majesty  went  forth  in  a 

chariot  of  electrum,  arrayed  in  his  weapons  of  war,  like  Horus,  the 
Smiter,  lord  of  power;  like  Montu  of  Thebes,  while  his  father,  Amon, 
strengthened  his  arms.  The  southern  wing  of  this  army  of  his  majesty 
was  on  a  hill  south  of  the  [brook  of]a  Kina  (Ky-n°),  the  northern  wing 
was  at  the  northwest  of  Megiddo  (My-k-ty), h  while  his  majesty  was  in 
their  center,  with  Amon  as  the  protection  of  his  members, r — 1  the  valor 
—  40f  his  limbs.  Then  his  majesty  prevailed  against  them  at  the  head 
of  his  army,  and  when  they  saw  his  majesty  prevailing  against  them 
they  fled  headlong  to  Megiddo  (My-k-ty)  in  fear,c  abandoning  their 
horses  and  their  chariots  of  gold  and  silver.  The  peopled  hauled  them 
(up),  pulling  (them)  by  their  clothing,  into  this  city;  the  people  of  this 
city  having  closed  (it)  against  them  [and  flowered1]  clothing  to  pull 
them  up  into  this  city.  Now,  if  only  the  army  of  his  majesty  had  not 
given  their  heart  to  plundering  the  things  of  the  enemy,  they  would  have 
[captured]  Megiddo  (My-k-ty)  at  this  moment,  when  the  wretched  foe 
of  (Kd-$)  Kadesh  and  the  wretched  foe  of  this  citye  were  hauled  up  in 
haste  to  bring  them  into  this  city.e  The  fear  of  his  majesty  had  entered 
6[rtheir  hearts1],  their  arms  were  powerless,  his  serpent  diadem  was 
'Victorious1  among  them. 

The  Spoil 

431.  Then  were  captured  their  horses,  their  chariots  of  gold  and 
silver  were  made  spoil  ;f  their  champions  lay  stretched  out  like  fishes 

aRestored  from  §428,  I.  1. 

bThis  shows  that  Thutmose  has  gone  around  Megiddo  toward  the  west  and, 
having  his  army  partially  on  the  north  of  the  city,  has  intercepted  the  enemy's 
northern  line  of  retreat;  at  the  same  time  probably  securing  his  own  line  of  retreat 
along  the  Zefti  road  (see  §421,  1.  35).  This  position  corroborates  the  position  of 
the  Asiatics  with  their  southern  wing  at  Taanach  on  the  day  before  the  battle 
(see  §  426,  especially  note).  This  move  must  have  been  made  by  Thutmose  in 
the  afternoon  or  during  the  night  before  the  battle. 

cLit.,  " with  or  in  the  faces  of  fear."  dLit.,  "one." 

eMegiddo.    The  two  kings  of  Kadesh  and  Megiddo  are  meant. 

fRead  m  ys-h^>  k  (Sethe,  Verbum,  II,  §700),  and  compare  the  same  phrase 
year  31,  1.  10  (§47°)- 


§433] 


THE  ANNALS:  FIRST  CAMPAIGN 


on  the  ground.  The  victorious  army  of  his  majesty  went  around  count- 
ing their  portions.    Behold,  there  was  captured  the  tent  of  that  wretched 

foe  [in]  which  was  [his]  son  7  .a    The  whole  army  made 

jubilee,  giving  praise  to  Amon  for  the  victory  which  he  had  granted  to 
his  son  on  [Jthis  day,  bgiving  praisebl]  to  his  majesty,  exalting  his  victories. 
They  brought  up  the  booty  which  they  had  taken,  consisting  of  hands,0 
of  living  prisoners,  of  horses,  chariots  of  gold  and  silver,  of  8 

 d 

The  Rebuke 

432.  [Then  spake  his  majesty  ron  hearing1  the  words  of  his  army, 
saying:  "Had  ye  captured  [this  city]  afterward,  behold,  I  would  have 

given  e  Re  this  day;  because  every  chief  of  every  country  that 

has  revolted  is  within  it;  and  because  it  is  the  capture  of  a  thousand 
cities,  this  capture  of  Megiddo  (My-k-ty).  Capture  ye  rmightily, 
mightily*  *  »  » 

Siege  0}  Megiddo 

433.  [rHis  majesty  commanded1]  the  rofficers1  of  the  troops  to  go 
 ,  ^assigning  to1]  each  his  place.  They  measured  this  city,  ["sur- 
rounding it1]  with  an  inclosure,  walled  about  with  green  timber  of  all 
their  pleasant  trees.h  His  majesty  himself  was  upon  the  fortification 
east  of  this  city,  finspectjing1  10  } 

It  was  [wa]lled  about  with  a  thick  wall  >'  with  its  thick  wall.k 

Its  name  was  made:  "Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III)-is-the-Surrounder- 


aAbout  a  quarter  of  1.  7  is  lacking. 

bOr:  "the  —  of  his  majesty  were  exalting,  etc.''* 

cCut  off  from  the  slain. 

dAbout  one-fourth  of  1.  8  is  lacking. 

eThree  or  four  words  are  lacking,  probably:  "[very  many  offerings  to]  Re  this 
day"  or  something  similar. 

fThe  lacuna  doubtless  contained  the  exhortation  to  begin  the  siege. 

gLl.  9-19  generally  lack  about  one-third  their  length  at  the  beginning. 

hThutmose  III  describes  the  trees  in  his  own  garden  of  Amon,  in  the  same 
way  (§567).  Possibly  fruit  trees  are  meant,  as  the  word  rendered  "pleasant" 
(bnr)  literally  means  "sweet" 

iAbout  one-third  line  lacking. 

iFive  or  six  words  are  lacking. 

kThe  same  thick  wall  is  also  referred  to  in  the  building  inscription  of  the  Ptah- 
temple  (§  616,  1.  11)  and  the  fragment  on  this  campaign  (§  596,  1.  7). 


i86         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§ 


of- the- Asiatics."    People  were  stationed  to  watch  over  the  tent  of  his 

majesty;  to  whom  it  was  said:  " Steady  of  heart!    Watch  ."a 

His  majesty  "[commanded,  saying:  "Let  not  bon]e  among  them 
[come  forth]  outside,  beyond  this  wall,  except  to  come  out  in  order  to 
•"knock1  at  the  door  of  their  fortification."0 

Now,  all  that  his  majesty  did  to  this  city,  to  that  wretched  foed  and 
his  wretched  army,  was  recorded  on  (each)  day  by  its  (the  day's)  name, 

under  the  title  of:  "r— 1  —  —  — e  "  12  .f    Then  it  was  recorded 

upon  a  roll  of  leather  in  the  temple  of  Amon  this  day.s 

Surrender  oj  Megiddo 

434.  Behold,  the  chiefs  of  this  country  came  to  render  their  portions, 
to  do  obeisance11  to  the  fame  of  his  majesty,  to  crave  breath  for  their 
nostrils,  because  of  the  greatness  of  his  power,  because  of  the  might  of 

the  fame  of  his  majesty  ^the  country1  came  to  his  fame, 

bearing  their  gifts,  consisting  of  silver,  gold,  lapis  lazuli,  malachite; 
bringing  clean  grain,  wine,  large  cattle,  and  small  cattle  —  for  the  army 
of  his  majesty.  rEach  of  the  Kode1  (Kd-(w)i  among  them  bore  the 
tribute  southward.  Behold,  his  majesty  appointed  the  chiefs  anew  for 
14  k 


*Cf.  §429,  1.  2;  but  there  is  not  room  here  to  restore  as  there  indicated.  So 

Maspero,  Recueil,  II,  145. 

bThe  lacuna  is  slightly  longer  than  this. 

cProbably  meaning  to  offer  themselves  as  prisoners  (Petrie,  History  of  Egypt, 
II,  108). 

dThe  king  of  Kadesh. 

eThe  first  word  without  the  following  connection  seems  doubtful;  it  means 
"to  sail,  travel"  and  possibly  refers  to  the  fact  that  the  king  sailed  each  year  to  Syria 
in  the  later  campaigns;  hence  the  title  may  have  been:  "  Voyages,  etc."  The  whole 
reminds  one  of  the  statement  concluding  the  reign  of  each  king  in  the  Book  of 
Kings  (e.  g.,  1  Kings  15:23). 

f  Almost  one-third  line  lacking. 

sThe  royal  secretary  Thaneni  was  apparently  the  one  who  kept  this  record 
(see  §  392). 

hLit.,  "to  smell  the  earth." 
iAlmost  one-third  line  lacking. 

iCf.  1.  23,  §420.  The  sentence  is  uncertain  in  the  original,  both  as  to  text 
and  meaning.  As  the  Kode  are  coast-people,  it  may  possibly  refer  to  their  shipping 
the  spoil  to  Egypt  for  the  soldiers. 

kAlmost  one-third  line  lacking. 


§436] 


THE  ANNALS:  FIRST  CAMPAIGN 


187 


Spoil  oj  Megiddo 

435.   a  340  living  prisoners;  83  hands;  2,041  mares ;b  191 

foals;  6  stallions;  —  young  — ;  a  chariot,  wrought  with  gold,  (its)  rpole"l 
of  gold,  belonging  to  that  foe;c  a  beautiful  chariot,  wrought  with  gold, 

belonging  to  the  chief  of  IS[Megiddo];d   e  892  chariot[s]  of  his 

wretched  army;  total,  924f  (chariots) ;  a  beautiful  'suit1  of  bronze  armor, 
belonging  to  that  foe;g  a  beautiful  •suit1  of  bronze  armor,  belonging  to 

the  chief  of  Megiddo  {M-k-ty)\  ,h  200  suits  of  armor,  belonging 

to  his  wretched  army;  502  bows;  7  poles  of  (wry)  wood,  wrought  with 
silver,  belonging  to  the  tent  of  that  foe.     Behold,  the  army  of  [his 

majesty  ]took  16  }  297  — ,  1,929  large  cattle,  2,000  small 

cattle, i  20,500  white  small  cattle.k 

Plunder  oj  the  Lebanon  Tripolis,  Megiddo,  Etc. 

436.  List  of  that  which  was  afterward  taken  by  the  king,  of  the 
household  goods  of  that  foe  who  was  in  [rthe  city  of1]  Yenoam  ( Y-nw- 
c^-mw),  in  Nuges  (Yn-yw-g-s 3),  and  in  Herenkeru  (Hw-r-n-k^-rw)} 


aThe  determinative  sign  of  a  foreign  country  is  the  first  sign  at  the  end  of  the 
lacuna  before  the  list. 

bThis  word  (ssmwt)  I  have  elsewhere  translated  "horses"  for  what  seem  to 
me  sufficient  reasons,  but  in  this  context  we  have  a  clear  distinction  between  mares 
and  stallions. 

cThe  king  of  Kadesh.  dRestored  from  the  list  of  armor  following. 

eAbout  one-third  line  lacking. 

fThere  must  be  30  chariots  therefore,  mentioned  in  the  lacuna,  which  would 
probably  be  those  of  the  officers  or  other  chiefs. 
eThe  king  of  Kadesh. 

hHere  followed  the  armor  of  the  officers,  as  in  the  case  of  the  chariots  above. 
iAlmost  one-third  line  lacking. 
iSheep  ?  kGoats  ? 

'These  three  cities  lay  close  together  at  the  southern  end  of  Lebanon.  That 
Thutmose  III  marched  to  Lebanon  after  the  fall  of  Megiddo  is  shown  by  the 
fact  that  he  built  a  fortress  there  (§  548,  1.  1)  just  before  returning  to  Thebes.  The 
three  cities  formed  a  political  whole  under  a  single  ruler  ("  that  foe"),  and  were  given 
as  a  whole  to  Amon  by  Thutmose  III  (§  557).  The  location  of  these  cities  in  the 
plain  of  Megiddo  (Petrie,  Syria  and  Egypt,  14)  is  plainly  due  to  overlooking  the 
other  evidence  (see  Miiller,  Asien  und  Euro  pa,  200-3) ;  though  Petrie  is  undoubtedly 
right  in  denying  the  identity  of  Nuges  and  Nukhasse,  already  opposed  by  Miiller 
(ibid.,  394).  If  "that  foe"  refers  to  the  king  of  Kadesh  here,  as  it  does  elsewhere 
throughout  this  inscription,  we  have  an  important  indication  of  the  extent  south- 
ward of  the  territory  of  that  king. 


188         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§437 


together  with  all  the  goods  of  those  cities  which  submitted  themselves, 
which  were  brought  to  I7[his  majesty:  474]  — ;a  38b  lords  ([m-r  3) 
of  theirs,  87  children  of  that  foe  and  of  the  chiefs  who  were  with  him, 
5  lords  of  theirs,  1,796  male  and  female  slaves  with  their  children,  non- 
combatants  who  surrendered  because  of  famine  with  that  foe,  103  men; 
total,  2,503.°   Besides  flat  dishes  of  costly  stone  and  gold,  various  vessels, 

18  ,d  a  large  (two-handled)  vasee  of  the  work  of 

Kharu  (H  ^-rw),  ( —  b-)  vases,  flat  dishes,  (hntw-)  dishes,  various  drink- 
ing-vessels,  3  large  kettles  (rhd'  /),  [8]7  knives,f  amounting  to  784  deben  « 
Gold  in  rings  found  in  the  hands  of  the  artificers,  and  silver  in  many 

rings,  966  deben  and  1  kidet.h  A  silver  statue  in  beaten  work  x»  1 

the  head  of  gold,  the  staff  with  human  faces;  6  chairs*  of  that  foe,  of 
ivory,  ebony  and  carob  wood,  wrought  with  gold ;  6  footstoolsk  belong- 
ing to  them;  6  large  tables  of  ivory  and  carob  wood,  a  staff  of  carob 
wood,  wrought  with  gold  and  all  costly  stones  in  the  fashion  of  a  scepter, 
belonging  to  that  foe,  all  of  it  wrought  with  gold;  l2°a  statue  of  that 
foe,  of  ebony  wrought  with  gold,  the  head  of  which  [rwas  inlaid1]  with 
lapis  lazuli  ;m  vessels  of  bronze,  much  clothing  of  that  foe. 

Harvest  of  the  Plain  of  Megiddo 

437.  Behold,  the  cultivable  land  was  divided  into  fields,  which  the 
inspectors  of  the  royal  house,  L.  P.  H.,  calculated,  in  order  to  reap  their 


aAbout  one-third  line  lacking. 
bBrugsch,  39. 

cThe  prisoners  enumerated  foot  up  to  2,029;  hence  474  must  have  been 
mentioned  in  the  lacuna  at  the  head  of  1.  17.  These  must  have  included  "that 
foe  and  the  chiefs  who  were  with  him,'"  and  probably  others  whom  we  cannot 
identify. 

d About  one-third  line  lacking;  the  numeral  belonging  to  the  preceding  objects 
is  lost  in  this  lacuna. 
^Hebrew,  . 

f  Restored  from  the  87  in  1.  17. 

819 1. 1  pounds,  total  of  gold  in  the  preceding  list  of  articles. 

h235«46  pounds. 

'About  one-third  line  lacking. 

iln  Egyptian  the  word  (kny)  often  means  a  kind  of  open  sedan  chair. 
^Hdmw,  Hebrew,  D'HH  . 

'From  this  point  on,  four  lines  are  again  nearly  complete. 
mAbout  one-fifth  of  the  line  is  lacking. 


§  439] 


THE  ANNALS:  FIRST  CAMPAIGN 


189 


harvest.    Statement  of  the  harvest  which  was  brought  to  his  majesty 

from  the  fields  of  Megiddo  (My-k  /):  2o8,2oo(  +  Jc)a  fourfold  heket  of 

grain,  "besides  that  which  was  cut  as  forage  by  the  army  of  his  majesty 
 b 

FRAGMENT  ON  THE  SIEGE  OF  MEGIDDO0 

438.  The  inscription  to  which  this  fragment  belonged 
contained  an  account  of  the  first  campaign  and  apparently 
no  more,  so  that  it  was  doubtless  recorded  at  the  close  of 
this  campaign  before  the  others  took  place.  It  is  probably 
therefore,  the  oldest  of  Thutmose  Ill's  war  records,  and 
introduces  an  offering-list. 

The  Insurrection 

439.  1   Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes,  at  the  overthrowd  of 

Retenu,  the  wretched  2  anew  for  my  father,  Amon   

3  the  lands  of  the  Fenkhu,  who  had  begun  to  invade  my  bound- 
aries.0  4rarrayed,  in1  hatred  of  my  majesty.    They  fell  upon 

their  faces  5  of  Megiddo. 


aThe  possible  uncertainty  is  not  more  than  200  more.  This  makes  aboat 
112,632  imperial  bushels  (of  2,218.19  cubic  inches).  It  is  impossible  to  say  how 
much  an  acre  would  yield  at  this  time,  but  at  twenty  bushels  to  the  acre,  this  harvest 
covered  a  territory  of  nearly  nine  square  miles.  (Mr.  Petrie's  reckoning  of  150,000 
bushels  is  based  on  an  error  in  the  original  number  of  fourfold  heket;  he  has 
280,500  (History  of  Egypt,  II,  112),  while  the  text  gives  only  208,200,  or  possibly 
208,400. 

bAbout  one-fifth  line  lacking.  For  the  continuation  of  the  campaign,  see  the 
record  of  "Feasts  and  Offerings,"  §§541  ff. 

cSouth  (  ?)  wall  in  the  Eighteenth  Dynasty  Karnak  temple.  It  has  been 
partially  published  by  Brugsch  (Recueil  de  monuments,  I,  XXVII,  and  again, 
Thesaurus,  V,  1187),  and  more  fully  by  Dumichen  (Historische  Inschriften,  II,  38). 
I  had  also  a  photograph  by  Borchardt.  The  inscription  is  in  vertical  lines,  which 
have  been  numbered  backward  by  Dumichen  and  Brugsch  (in  Brugsch,  Recueil 
de  monuments;  Thesaurus,  without  numbers).  An  unknown  amount  is  lost  at 
the  top,  11.  17-21  are  entirely  lost,  and  only  a  few  words  are  preserved  at  the  bottoms 
of  11.  13-16  and  22-24. 

dThis  dates  the  offering  to  Amon  as  occurring  after  the  defeat  of  Retenu,  and 
as  the  following  shows,  on  the  first  campaign. 

eThis  is  the  insurrection  referred  to  in  §  416.  The  battle  of  Megiddo  is  then 
rapidly  passed  over,  and  1.  5  begins  the  siege  of  Megiddo. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§440 


Siege  oj  Megiddo 

440.  Then  my  majesty  surrounded  it  with  a  wall,  made  thick 

6   they  tasted  not  the  breath  of  life,  surrounded  in  front  of 

their  rwall1  7  the  Asiatics  of  all  countries  came  with  bowed 

head,  doing  obeisance  to  the  fame  of  my  majesty.    8  . 

Surrender  oj  Megiddo 

441.  These  Asiatics  who  were  in  the  wretched  Megiddo  9  

fcame  forth1]  to  the  fame  of  Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III),  [rgiven  life, 
saying1]:  4 'Give  us  a  chance, a  that  we  may  present  to  thy  majesty  [our] 
impost."    10  all  that  my  majesty  did  in  this  land  forever. 

The  Inhabitants  Shown  Mercy 

442.  Then  my  majesty  commanded  to  give  to  them  the  breath  of 
life  11  all  their  goods,  bearing  12  . 

Further  March 

443.    led  me  to  a  goodly  way  13   inclosed  in 

14  rxyrelb  *s  c  16  these  17  d  22  

with  every  fragrant  wood  23   I  did  this  24  .    I  was 

25  victorious  in  all  lands,  shining  upon  the  Horus-throne  of 

the  living  —  like  Re,  forever. 

III.     SECOND  CAMPAIGN  (YEAR  24)c 

444-  This  campaign  seems  to  have  been  only  a  circuitous 
march  through  Palestine  and  southern  Syria  (1.  25),  to  re- 
ceive the  submission  and  tribute  of  the  dynasts.  Far-off 
Assyria  also,  which  had  now  heard  of  the  great  victory  of 
the  preceding  year,  sent  gifts,  which  the  scribe  calls  "tribute" 
(ynw)  like  that  of  Syria. 

aLit.,  "Give  our  occasion." 

bThc  line  is  broken  just  above  this  word;  hence,  although  it  spells  Tyre 
it  may  be  the  end  of  a  longer  word  terminating  in  d  3-r  3,  like  Sn-d^-r^ 
(Amenemhab,  L  11,  §584).    But  see  Miiller,  Asien  und  Europa,  185. 

cEnd  shows  determinative  of  foreigners. 

dLl.  17-21  are  entirely  lost. 

eLepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  32,  11.  32-39  =  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1166-68,  11. 
ai-28. 


§  447]  THE  ANNALS:  SECOND  CAMPAIGN 


445.  [List  of  the  tribute  of  Assur  and  of]  the  chiefs  of  Retenu  in  the 
year  24. a 

Tribute  oj  Assur 

446.  The  tributeb  of  the  chief  of  Assur  (Ys-sw-r0):  genuine  lapis 
lazuli,  a  large  block,  making  20  deben,  9  kidet;  genuine  lapis  lazuli, 
2  blocks;  total,  3;c  and  pieces,  [making]  30  deben;  total,  50  deben  and 
9  kidet ;d  fine  lapis  lazuli  from  Babylon  (Bb-r^)\  vessels  of  Assur  (ys- 
sw-r0)  of  (hrtt-)  stone  in  colors,e  "very  many. 

Tribute  oj  Retenu 

447.  The  tribute  of  the  chiefs  of  Retenu:  the  daughter  of  a  chief, 
(with)  ornaments  of  —  gold,  lapis  lazuli  of  t[his]  country  ;f  30  [•slaves1] 
belonging  [rto  her1];  652  male  and  female  slaves  of  his  tribute;  103 
horses;  5  chariots,  wrought  with  gold,  (with)  •"poles1  of  gold;  5  chariots, 
wrought  with  electrum,  (with)  rpoles1  of  c  g' t;  total,  10;  45  bullocks11 
(•and1)  calves;  749  bulls;  5,703  small  cattle;  flat  dishes  of  gold1  2  3 which 
could  not  be  weighed;  flat  dishes  of  silver,  and  fragments,  (making)  104 
deben,  5  kidet ;>  a  gold  Qiorn1  (mk-r^-dy-n0),  inlaid  with  lapis  lazuli;  a 

bronze  corselet  (fy^-n-rw),  inlaid  with  gold,  •ornamented3   k 

many  —  of  silver  —  in  battle  k  24823  (mn-)  jars  of  incense; 

1,718  (mn-)  jars  of  honeyed  wine;1  r — 1  c  g'tm  and  much  two-colored 


aBrugsch  (with  sic!),  Champollion,  Lepsius,  and  Bissing,  all  have  40,  in  which 
4  units  have  unquestionably  been  miswritten  by  the  ancient  copyist,  for  2  tens — 
an  easy  error.  Griffith  does  not  give  Burton's  reading.  The  emendation  to  24  is 
certain  from  1.  25,  dated  year  24. 

bThese  are,  of  course,  only  gifts,  but  the  text  uses  the  same  word  as  in  the  case 
of  the  chiefs  of  Retenu.  It  is  at  the  head  of  the  list,  for  it  reached  him  early  as 
a  result  of  the  Megiddo  victory  in  the  preceding  year. 

cThis  total  of  "blocks"  is  thrust  in  between  as  a  parenthesis. 

di2.40  pounds. 

eSo  the  texts  of  Champollion  and  Bissing. 
fOr:  "oj  the  foreigners"  (h*  Hyw). 

sThese  65  slaves  are  not  among  the  tribute  of  Assur,  as  Muller  indicates, 
being  misled  bv  Champollion  Notices  descriptives,  158  (Muller,  Asien  und  Europa, 
278). 

hSo  Lepsius,  Champollion,  and  Bissing;  Brugsch,  55. 
iThere  is  possibly  a  lost  word  or  even  two  at  the  end  of  the  line  (22). 
J25.47  pounds.  'Or:  "wine  and  honey." 

kAbout  one-third  of  the  line.  mTwo  sorts  of  c  g't. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§44s 


c g  t*  ivory,  carob  wood,  mrw  wood,b  psgw  wood,  many  bundles1  of 

fire  wood,  all  the  luxuries  of  this  country  c  2sto  every  place  of 

his  majesty's  circuit,  (where)  the  tent  was  pitched.d 

A  ppendix 

448.  Year  24.  List  of  the  tribute  brought  to  the  fame  of  his  majesty 
in  the  country  of  Retenu. 

Second  Tribute  of  Assur 

449.  Tribute  of  the  chief  of  Assur  ( Ys-sw-r 3) :  hforses1]  .e 

26A  r — lf  of  skin  of  the  M-h  ^-w^  as  the  'protection1  of  a  chariot,  of  the 

finest11  of  —  wood;  igo(  +  x)  wagons  e  27 —  wood,  nhb  *wood, 

343  pieces;  carob  wood,  50  pieces;  mrw  wood,  190  pieces;  nby  and 
k^nk  wood,  206  pieces;  rolive  wood1,   e  2&  J 

IV.     THIRD  CAMPAIGN  (YEAR  25)k 

450.  The  Annals  contain  no  account  of  the  third  cam- 
paign, which  was  evidently  a  peaceful  tour  of  inspection. 
The  record  of  its  results  required  more  room  than  the  wall 
of  the  Annals  afforded,  hence  it  was  transferred  to  a  chamber 
in  the  rear  of  the  temple,  and  recorded  in  a  long  series  of 
reliefs  representing  the  flora  and  fauna  of  Syria,  brought 


aTwo  sorts  of  cg  t. 
bSame  as  "merywood" 

CL1.  24-28  lack  considerably  over  half  their  length  below. 

dThe  statement  undoubtedly  was  that  the  tribute  was  brought  to  the  king 

wherever  he  was  in  his  circuit. 

eOver  half  the  line  is  wanting. 

tMswy,  perhaps  the  leathern  front  of  a  chariot.    See  also  Miiller,  Asien  und 

Europa,  278,  n.  3. 

sAn  unknown  animal. 

hOr:  "fwithi  heads  of  —  wood."" 

*So  Lepsius;  Brugsch,  neheb;  unknown. 

iA  few  numerals  and  fragments  of  words  are  visible,  in  which  "j,ooo  various 
( trees*"  (or  objects  of  wood)  appear. 

^Reliefs  and  inscriptions  on  the  walls  of  the  first  chamber  north  of  the  second 
(rear)  sanctuary  of  Karnak  (marked  Y'  on  Mariette's  plan,  PI.  5);  published  by 
Mariette,  Karnak,  28-31. 


§  453]  THE  ANNALS:  FOURTH  CAMPAIGN 


back  from  this  campaign.  They  are  accompanied  by  the 
following  inscriptions:* 

451.  bYEAR  25,  under  the  majesty  of  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower 
Egypt,  Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III),  living,  forever.  Plants  which  his 
majesty  found  in  the  land  of  Retenu. 

CIA11  plants  that  rgrow1,  all  flowers  that  are  in  God's-Landd  [which 
were  found  by]  2his  majesty  when  his  majesty  proceeded  to  Upper 
Retenu,  to  subdue  fall1]  the  countrie[s,]  ^according  to  the  command  of 
his  father,  Amon,  who  put  them  beneath  his  sandals,  from  [rthe  year  i1] 
4to  myriads  of  years. 

452.  His  majesty  said:  "I  swear,  as  Re  [loves  me]  5as  my  father, 
Amon,  favors  me,  all  these  things  happened  in  truth  — .  6I  have  not 
written  fiction  as  that  which  really  happened  to  my  majesty  ;e  I  have 
Engraved1  the  excellent  [deeds]  ?r — 1.  My  majesty  hath  done  this  from 
desire  to  put  them  8before  my  father  Amon,  in  this  great  temple  of 
Amon,  (as)  a  memorial  forever  and  ever." 

V.     FOURTH  CAMPAIGN 

453.  The  account  of  this  campaign,  if  any  existed,  is 
lost;  it  was  not  recorded  on  the  wall  of  the  Annals,  and 
may  have  been  put  elsewhere,  like  the  third. 


aThe  only  other  inscription  of  year  25  is  a  stela  cut  on  the  rocks  of  the  Sarbut 
el-Khadem,  and  dated  in  the  "year  25."  Above  is  a  relief  showing  Thutmose  III 
offering  a  libation  to  " Hathor,  mistress  of  malachite;"  behind  the  king  stands  the 
"chief  treasurer,  Ray"  (R^y),  who  conducted  the  expedition  hither.  An  inscrip- 
tion of  eight  horizontal  lines  contains  only  titulary  and  praise  of  Thutmose  III. 
Below  stands  Ray  again  with  an  inscription  in  eight  vertical  lines,  which  has  almost 
wholly  disappeared.  The  following  may  be  discerned:  "He  appointed  him  at 
the  head  0}  his  army,  to  bring  that  which  his  majesty  desired,  of  products  of  the  lands 

of  the  gods,  malachite  without  number,  he  exceeded  that  which  was  commanded 

him,  and  that  which  was  exacted  A  reference  to  "the  sea"  (w*  d-wr)  at  the 

end  doubtless  indicates  the  way  in  which  the  journey  was  made. 

b Vertical  line  on  the  east  wall;  text,  Marie tte,  Karnak,  31. 

cEight  vertical  lines  on  the  north  wall,  left  of  the  door;  numbered  from  right 
to  left;  text,  Mariette,  Karnak,  28. 

dShowing  that  T~>-ntr  (" God' s-Land")  is  sometimes  applied  to  Asia;  same  in 
inscription  of  Thaneni  (§820),  and  in  §888. 

'Text  has:  "the  souls  of  my  majesty." 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§4 


VI.     FIFTH  CAMPAIGN  (YEAR  29) a 

454.  The  first  campaign  extended  no  farther  northward 
than  the  Tripolis  of  the  southern  Lebanon,  and  this  was 
inland.  The  second  and  third  campaigns  were  not  aggres- 
sive, and  apparently  did  not  push  far  north;  the  record  of 
the  fourth  campaign  is  lost,  and  it  is  not  until  the  fifth,  in 
the  year  29,  that  we  have  certain  information  of  an  advance 
beyond  the  northern  limits  of  the  first  campaign,  and  along 
the  coast.  This  fifth  campaign  begins  with  a  new  caption, 
as  if  a  new  period  of  the  wars  had  begun  here,  and  it  is 
clear  that  the  revolt  suppressed  in  the  south  in  the  year  23 
was  after  six  years  not  yet  subdued  in  the  cities  of  Zahi, 
which  the  king  had  not  yet  visited.  The  wars  in  the  Annals 
are  thus  divided  into  two  great  groups,  the  first  group  being 
in  the  south,  and  the  second  group,  beginning  in  the  year 
29,  being  the  wars  in  the  north. 

After  the  capture  of  a  city  the  name  of  which  is  lost 

(WD  ),  wThich  was  supported  by  troops  from  Tunip, 

contained  a  sanctuary  of  Amon,  and  yielded  rich  plunder, 
the  king  proceeded  southward  and  captured  Arvad.  The 
rich  gardens  and  fields,  now  in  the  season  of  fruitage,  were 
plundered,  and  the  army  spent  the  days  in  rioting  and 
feasting.  The  king  seized  some  Phoenician  ships,  and  the 
expedition  returned  by  water.  This  had  perhaps  been  done 
by  earlier  expeditions,  but  the  fifth  is  the  first  in  which  it  is 
certain. 


aThc  text  here  returns  to  the  main  sanctuary,  where  the  annals  are  resumed, 
beginning  at  the  jog  in  the  north  wall  (see  Maricttc,  Karnak,  PI.  13).  Only 
the  lower  ends  of  the  lines  are  still  in  situ,  the  rest  having  been  barbarously 
quarried  out  by  Salt;  this  section  is  now  in  the  Louvre.  Text  of  Louvre 
section  and  part  of  lines  in  situ,  Lepsius,  Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden, 
XII,  11.  1-7;  lower  ends  of  same  lines,  Mariette,  Karnak,  13,  11.  1-6;  both, 
Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  V,  1168-70,  11.  i~7=Bissing,  Statistische  Tafel,  xxvii  f., 
11.  1-7. 


§458] 


THE  ANNALS:  FIFTH  CAMPAIGN 


195 


Introduction 

455.  aHis  majesty  commanded  to  cause  that  the  victories  which  his 
father  [Amon]  had  given  him  should  be  recorded  upon  the  stone  wall  in 
the  temple  which  his  majesty  made  anew  [rfor  his  father  Amon,  setting 
forth  each1  expedition]5  by  its  name,c  together  with  the  plunder  which 
his  majesty  brought  therefrom.  It  was  done  according  to  [all  the  com- 
mand which  his  father,  Re,  gave  to  himd]  . 

Campaign  in  Zahi 

456.  jYear  29.  Behold,  [his]  majesty  was  [in  Za]hi  subduing  the 
countries  revolting  against  him,  on  the  fifth  victorious  campaign. 

Capture  of  Unknown  City 

457.  Behold,  his  majesty  captured  the  city  of  Wa  (W^  )e 

 .    This  army  offered  acclamations  to  his  majesty/  giving 

praise  to  2[Amon]  for  the  victories  which  [he  gave  to]  his  son.  They 
were  pleasing  to  the  heart  of  his  majesty  above  everything. 

Sacrifices  to  Amon 

458.  After  this  his  majesty  proceeded  to  the  storehouse  of  offer- 
ing^], to  give  a  sacrifice  to  Amon  and  to  Harakhte*  consisting  of  oxen, 
calves,  fowl,  [rfor  the  life,  prosperity,  and  health  ofhl]  Menkheperre 
(Thutmose  III),  who  giveth  life  forever. 


aHorizontal  line  at  the  top;  cf.  same  beginning  in  the  introduction  to  the 
Megiddo  campaign,  §407,  L  3  (  =  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  31,  b,  3  ff.). 

bExcepting  the  word  "expedition,"  this  part  is  also  broken  out  in  the  Intro- 
duction (1.  5,  §  407)- 

cApparently  this  means  by  its  number,  for  from  now  on  the  expeditions  are 
numbered:  see  year  29. 

^Restored  from  §407,  1.  6  (=Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  31,  b,  I.  6). 

eYoung  shows  that  the  name  ended  in  /.    About  five  or  six  words  are  lacking. 

fAs  after  the  battle  of  Megiddo. 

gBissing  (Statistische  Tafel,  XV)  makes  the  obvious  comparison  with  the  men- 
tion of  the  presence  of  the  gods  of  Egypt  in  "Dunip"  {Amarna  Letters,  ed.  Winckler, 
41,  9,  10)  in  the  Amarna  letters. 

hSeven  or  eight  words  are  lacking. 


i96        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [| 


Spoil  of  the  City 

459.  List  of  the  plunder  taken  out  of  this  city,  from  3the  infantry  of 
that  foe  of  Tunip  (Tw-np),  the  chief  of  this  city,  1;  (T-h-r-)3-  warriors, 
329;  silver,  100  deben;b  gold,  100  deben;b  lapis  lazuli,  malachite,  vessels 
of  bronze  and  copper. 

The  Return  Voyage 

460.  Behold,  ships  were  taken  laden  with  everything,  with 

slaves,  male  and  female;  copper,  lead,  Fernery1,  (and)  Everything  good. 
Afterward  his  majesty  proceeded  southward0  to  Egypt,  to  his  father. 
Amon-Re,  with  joy  of  heart. 

Capture  of  Arvad 

461.  Behold,  his  majesty  overthrew  the  city  of  Arvad  (°-r  ^-ty-wt) , 
with  its  grain,  cutting  down  all  its  pleasant  trees.d  Behold,  there  were 
found  fthe  products1]  of  all  Zahi.  Their  gardens  were  filled  with  their 
fruit,  5their  wines  were  found  remaining  in  their  presses  as  water  flows, e 
their  grain  on  the  terracesf  rupon  — 1;  it  was  more  plentiful  than  the 
sand  of  the  shore.    The  army  were  overwhelmed  with  their  portions. 

Tribute  on  This  Expedition 

462.  List  of  the  tribute  brought  to  his  majesty  on  this  expedition: 
51  slaves,  male  and  female;  30  horses;  10  flat  dishes  of  silver;  6incense, 
oil,  470  (tnn-)  jars  of  honey,  6,428  (mn-)  jars  of  wine,  copper,  lead,  lapis 
lazuli,  green  felspar,  616  large  cattle,  3,636  small  cattle,  loaves,  various 


aText  has  only  u —  hr;*1  I  am  indebted  for  the  restoration  to  Erman;  see  also 
Mtiller  (Asien  und  Europa,  360,  n.  5). 

b24.37  pounds. 

cThe  return  of  the  king  is  here  prematurely  narrated.  It  was,  of  course,  by 
water,  as  the  preceding  context  shows  that  Phoenician  ships  were  seized  for  the 
purpose. 

dSee  §  433  (Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  32,  1.  20)  where  the  same  was  done  for 
Megiddo. 

eCf.  Bissing,  Statistische  Tafel,  16  ff.,  who  makes  the  passage  too  difficult; 
and  Piehl,  Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archcrology,  1889-90,  376,  whose 
emendation  is  not  necessary.  Precisely  the  same  figure,  with  the  same  gram- 
matical construction  occurs  in  Papyrus  Harris  (IV,  213  and  216  =  7,  11  anc*  8,  6). 

fThe  sloping  fields  of  the  mountain  side. 


§464] 


THE  ANNALS:  SIXTH  CAMPAIGN 


197 


(njr't-)  loaves,  clean  grain  in  kernel  and  ground  .    All  good  fruit 

of  this  country.  Behold,  the  army  of  his  majesty  was  drunk  and 
anointed  with  oil  7every  day  as  at  a  feast  in  Egypt. 

VII.     SIXTH  CAMPAIGN  (YEAR  30) a 

463.  This  year  the  expedition  went  by  water  and  landed 
at  Simyra,b  the  most  convenient  port  for  reaching  Kadesh. 
This  city  had  been  the  leader  in  the  great  coalition  of  re- 
volters,  defeated  at  Megiddo  in  the  first  campaign  seven 
years  before.  It  was  doubtless  also  constantly  supporting 
revolt  in  the  Phoenician  coast  cities,  as  Tunip  had  done  in  the 
preceding  year  (29),  causing  the  king  to  direct  his  forces 
thither  in  that  year.  Finally  in  the  year  30  the  king  succeeded 
in  reaching  the  source  of  the  disturbance,  capturing  and 
severely  punishing  Kadesh,c  a  feat  in  which  Amenemhab 
assisted.  He  returned  to  his  fleet  at  Simyra,  proceeded  to 
Arvad  and  punished  it  as  in  the  preceding  year.  On  his 
return  to  Egypt  he  took  with  him  the  children  of  the  native 
princes  to  be  educated  in  friendship  toward  Egypt,  that  they 
might  be  sent  back  gradually  to  replace  the  old  hostile  genera- 
tion of  Syrian  princes. 

464.  Year  30.  Behold,  his  majesty  was  in  the  land  of  Retenu  on 
the  sixth  victorious  expeditiond  of  his  majesty. 


aLepsius,  Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XII,  11.  7-9,  and  Mariette, 
Karnak,  13,  11.  7,  8;  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1170,  1171,11.  7-9;  Bissing,  Statistische 
Tafel,  11.  7-9. 

bThis  is  not  stated  in  the  Annals,  but  as  he  returned  to  the  coast  at  Simyra, 
and  as  Simyra  was  the  port  nearest  Kadesh,  the  objective  of  his  campaign,  there 
can  be  little  doubt  about  the  place  of  landing. 

c Although  it  still  remained  the  center  of  Syrian  rebellion  and  revolted 
again  in  year  42  (§§  531,  532).  Amenemhab  refers  to  both  conquests  (§  585  and 
§§589  f.)- 

dThe  word  is  in  this  case  determined  with  a  ship  indicating  the  manner  in 
which  the  king  proceeded  to  Syria  (cf.  Wiedemann,  Zeitschrift  der  Deutschen 
Morgenlandischen  Gesellschaft,  32,  128;  also  Bissing,  Statistische  Tafel,  19). 


i98         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§465 


Punishment  of  Kadesh  and  Arvad 

465.  (He)  arrived  at  the  city  of  Kadesh  (Kd-Sw),  overthrew  it,a 
cut  down  its  groves,  harvested  its  grain.  (He)  came  to  the  land  of 
$ — y — wt,h  arrived  at  the  city  of  Simyra  (D^-my-r^),  arrived  at  the 
city  of  Arvad  (^-r^-t-wt),  doing  likewise0  to  it. 

Tribute 

466.  List  of  the  tribute  8brought  to  the  souls  of  his  majesty  by  the 
chiefs  of  Retenu  in  this  year. 

Capture  0}  Children  oj  Chiefs 

467.  Behold,  the  children  of  the  chiefs  (and)  their  brothers  were 
brought  to  be  in  strongholds  in  Egypt. d  Now,  whosoever  died  among 
these  chiefs,  his  majesty  would  cause  his  son  to  stand  in  his  place.  List 
of  the  children  of  chiefs  brought  in  this  year:  (x+)2e  persons;  181 
slaves,  male  and  female;  188  horses;  40  chariots,  9 wrought  with  gold 
and  silver  (and)  painted. 

VIII.     SEVENTH  CAMPAIGN  (YEAR  3l)f 

468.  The  king  again  directs  his  attention  to  the  coast 
cities  of  Phoenicia,  and  it  is  clear  that  he  proceeds  thither  by 
water,  first  capturing  Ullaza,  a  coast  city  in  the  vicinity  of 
Simyra,  when  he  receives  the  tribute  and  homage  of  the 
submissive  Syrian  kinglets.  He  then  sailed  along  the  coast 
from  harbor  to  harbor,  forcing  submission,  and  laying  up 


aThe  language  does  not  unequivocally  state  the  capture  of  the  city,  but  its 
capture  is  clearly  stated  by  Amenemhab  (§  585,  11.  13,  14). 

bThis  fragmentary  name  must  indicate  the  country  north  of  Kadesh,  for, 
according  to  Amenemhab  (§  584),  Thutmose  went  to  Senzar  on  this  Kadesh  cam- 
paign. 

cAs  he  had  done  to  Kadesh. 

dThey  were  kept  in  a  special  place  of  confinement  or  dwelling  at  Thebes, 
explained  in  §402;  cf.  also  Miiller,  Asien  und  Europa,  268. 

eThe  first  part  of  the  number  is  broken  out. 

fLepsius,  Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XII,  11.  9-17,  and  Mariette, 
Karnak,  13,  11.  9-16  =  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1171-73,  11.  9-17  =  Bissing,  Statistische 
Tafel,  11.  9-17. 


§47i]  THE  ANNALS:  SEVENTH  CAMPAIGN  199 

in  each  the  necessary  supplies  for  his  garrisons  and  his 
future  operations.  After  receiving  reports  on  the  harvest 
of  Retenu,  he  returned  to  Egypt,  where  he  found  messengers 
bringing  tribute  from  the  southern  tribe  of  the  Genebteyew. 
The  record  here  appends  the  annual  taxes  of  the  Nubian 
Wawat. 

469.  Year  31,  first  (month)  of  the  third  season,  day  3.  List  of 
that  which  his  majesty  captured  in  this  year. 

Capture  oj  Ullaza 

470.  Booty  brought  from  the  city  of  Ullaza  (3  n-r  °-tw) ,  which  is 
upon  the  shore  of  Zeren  (r.DV-» 3),a  490  living  captives;  [3]  r — lb  of 
the  son  of  that  foe  of  Tunip  (f  T^w-n[p]) ;  chief  of  the  r — \  who  was  there, 
1 ;  total,  494  persons.  Twenty-six  horses;  13  chariots,  TOand  their  equip- 
ment of  all  the  weapons  of  war.  Verily,  his  majesty  captured  this  city 
in  a  short  hour,  and  all  its  property  was  spoil. c 

Tribute  oj  Submissive  Princes 

471.  Tribute  of  the  princes  of  Retenu,  who  came  to  do  obeisance 
to  the  [souls]  of  his  majesty  in  this  year:  —  dslaves,  male  and  female; 

72  of  this  country;  silver,  761  deben,  2  kidet;e  19  chariots, 

wrought  with  silver;  "the  equipment  of  their  weapons  of  war;  104  oxen 
with  bullocks/  172  calves  and  cows;  total,  276;  4,622  small  cattle; 

native  copper,  40  blocks;  lead,  g  41  golden  bracelets,  figured 

with  r — !;  together  with  all  their  produce  and  all  the  fine  fragrant 
"woods  of  this  country. 


aAs  corrected  by  Bissing,  Statistische  Tafel,  22.    It  has  the  determinative  of 
a  body  of  water. 
*Hnty. 

^Compare  a  similar  phrase  in  year  23,  1.  6  (§  43O,  and  "Hymn  of  Victory," 
1-  9  (§  657);  the  identical  phrase  in  Ahmose-si-Ebana,  1.  21  (§15).  Cf.  Sethe, 
Verbum,  II,  §  70. 

dNumeral  lost. 

ei85.5  pounds. 

fCf.  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  32,  I.  33. 

gNot  more  than  five  words  lacking,  and  about  the  same  in  1.  12. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§472 


The  Harbors 

472.  Now,  every  harbora  at  which  his  majesty  arrived  was  supplied 
with  (njr-)  loaves  and  with  assorted  loaves,  with  oil,  incense,  wine, 

honey,  f[ruit]  abundant  were  they  beyond  everything, 

beyond  the  knowledge  of  his  majesty's  army;  (it)  is  no  fiction,  ^they 
remain  in  the  daily  registerb  of  the  palace,  L.  P.  H.,  the  list  of  them  not 
being  given  in  this  inscription,  in  order  not  to  multiply  words,  and 
in  order  to  furnish  rtheir  circumstances1  in  this  place0   d 

Harvest  oj  Reienu 

473.  The  harvest  of  the  land  of  Retenu  was  reported,  consisting  of 
much  clean  grain,  I4grain  in  the  kernel, e  barley,  incense,  green  oil, 
wine,  fruit,  every  pleasing  thing  of  the  country;  they  shallf  apportion 
it  to  the  treasury,  according  as  the  impost  of   the  —  is  counted 

 33  various  — ,  together  with  green  rstone1,  every  costly  stone  of 

this  country,  and  many  stones  lsof  •sparkle1;8  [all  the]  good  [things]  of 
this  country. 


aThat  these  are  the  harbors  on  the  Phoenician  coast,  there  is  no  doubt.  The 
word  is  a  feminine  noun  (mny  wt)  from  mnyJ  "to  land,"  and  sometimes  has  a  ship 
as  determinative  (Papyrus  Anast.,  IV,  15,  4).  Some  of  the  supplies  with  which 
these  mny  wt  were  equipped  were  ships  and  spars  (§  492).  These  cannot  apply  to 
inland  stations!  When  we  notice  that  it  is  always  Lebanon  chiefs  who  furnish 
the  supplies,  the  conclusion  is  clear.  A  new  meaning  is  thus  given  the  words  of 
Abdkhiba  of  Jerusalem:  "As  long  as  ships  were  upon  the  sea,  the  strong  arm  of 
the  king  occupied  Nahrima  (Naharin)  and  Kas"  (Babylonia)  {Amarna  Letters  ed. 
Winckler,  182,  32  f.).  This  observation  throws  a  flood  of  light  on  Thutmose  Ill's 
campaigns,  and  shows  that  his  military  operations  were  later  regularly  conducted 
from  some  harbor  as  a  base.  He  therefore  employed  his  navy  in  these  campaigns 
to  a  far  greater  extent  than  we  had  supposed,  regularly  transporting  his  army  to 
Syria  by  water,  and  even  probably  conducting  the  above  campaign  by  water, 
sailing  from  harbor  to  harbor.    See  note,  §  483,  1.  24. 

hHrwy  t.  The  word  is  rare,  but  occurs  also  in  the  Decree  of  Harmhab 
(III,  63,  1.  4),  indicating  a  writing  containing  laws. 

cMeaning,  perhaps,  that  there  is  room  on  the  wall  only  for  offering  the  cir- 
cumstances under  which  the  spoil  was  taken,  without  enumerating  the  same. 

dOver  one-third  of  the  line  is  broken  out,  and  this  is  the  case  with  each  line  as 
far  as  1.  35. 

eNot  ground. 

fThc  tense  shows  that  we  have  here  the  very  words  of  the  government  scribe's 

books. 

«The  word  has  the  fire  determinative;  same  word  in  forty-second  year,  1.  14, 
§  533;  and  Papyrus  Harris  three  times  (not  four,  as  given  in  Piehl's  Dictionnaire,  21, 
22),  each  time  referring  to  costly  stones.  Hence  Bissing's  conjecture  that  it  means  a 
founder's  mould  of  stone  is  impossible  (Bissing,  Statistische  Tajel,  28). 


§  476] 


THE  ANNALS:  EIGHTH  CAMPAIGN 


20I 


Tribute  oj  the  Genebteyew 

474.  When  his  majesty  arrived  in  Egypt,  the  messengers  of  the 
Genebteyew  (Gnb' tyw)  came  bearing  their  tribute,  consisting  of  myrrh, 

rgum1  6  — ;  10  male  negroes  for  attendants;  113  oxen  l6(and) 

calves;  230  bulls;  total,  343;  besides  vessels  laden  with  ivory,  ebony, 
skins  of  the  panther,  products   . 

Impost  oj  Wawat 

475.  [List  of  the  impost  of  Wawat  (W  ^-w  *•/)]:  5  —  of  Wawat;  31 
oxen  and  calves;  61  bulls;  total,  92;  ^besides  vessels  laden  with  all 
things  of  this  country;  the  harvest  of  Wawat,  likewise. 

IX.     EIGHTH  CAMPAIGN  (YEAR  33) a 

476.  In  this  year  the  king  carries  out  the  greatest  cam- 
paign of  his  Asiatic  wars,  viz.,  the  conquest  of  the  Euphrates 
country.  He  has  been  long  preparing  for  it,  in  the  preceding 
campaigns,  overthrowing  Kadesh  in  the  Orontes  valley, 
subduing  the  coast  cities,  and  filling  them  with  provisions 
for  his  garrisons  and  his  future  operations.  The  story  is 
unfortunately  briefly  told,  and  not  always  chronological. 
The  voyage  to  Simyra, b  and  the  long  march  thence  down 
the  Orontes  and  to  the  Euphrates,  are  entirely  omitted. 
The  crowning  act  of  the  campaign,  the  erection  of  his 
boundary  tablet  east  of  the  Euphrates,  and  another  in  the 
vicinity  beside  that  of  his  father,  Thutmose  I,  is  immedi- 
ately narrated.  The  operations  which  led  to  this  culmination 
are  then  recorded  in  the  meagerest  words.  While  marching 
northward,  plundering  as  he  went,  probably  not  far  from 
the  Euphrates,  he  meets  the  king  of  Mitanni,  defeats  and 

aLepsius,  Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XII,  11.  17-29;  Mariette,  Karnak, 
13,  11.  i7-28  =  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1 173-75, 11.  17-29  =  Bissing,  Statistische  Tafel, 
11.  17-29. 

bHe  must  have  landed  at  Simyra,  for,  according  to  the  fragment  of  Pylon  VII 
(§  598)  he  conquered  Ketne  on  this  campaign.  Ketne  was  in  the  Orontes  valley 
behind  Simyra  (Meyer,  Aegyptiaca.  68;  Petrie's  location  of  it  by  Damascus  seems 
to  me  impossible.    See  Syria  and  Egypt,  s.  v.). 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§4 


drives  him  in  flight,  capturing  a  great  booty  on  the  battle- 
field. Amenemhab  mentions  three  battles  on  this  campaign, 
of  which  the  last,  that  at  Carchemish,  is  probably,  the  one 
here  mentioned  in  the  Annals.  Probably  Carchemish  marks 
the  northern  limit  of  the  advance  in  this  campaign,  and  the 
two  other  battles  mentioned  by  Amenemhab  occurred  on 
the  march  thither  (§§  581,  582).  The  king  then  crossed  the 
Euphrates,  set  up  his  boundary  tablets,  and,  as  he  marched 
southward  to  Niy  on  his  return,  he  was  met  by  the  subor- 
dinate princes,  who  immediately  submitted  and  brought 
their  tribute.  Even  far-off  Babylon  sends  gifts,  which,  of 
course,  the  king  calls  tribute,  and  also  the  Hittites,  who  here 
make  their  first  appearance  in  history.  It  is  now  arranged 
that  the  Lebanon  princes  shall  keep  the  king's  harbors  sup- 
plied with  provisions  a 

On  the  king's  return,  an  expedition  of  his  to  Punt  arrives 
with  magnificent  returns  from  "  God's -Land The  impost 
of  Wawat  is  paid  as  usual. 

477.  Year  33.  Behold,  his  majesty  was  in  the  land  of  Retenu; 
[he]  arrived  . 

Boundary  Tablet  on  the  Euphrates 

478.  [He  set  up  a  tablet]  east  of  this  water  ;b  he  set  up  another  beside 
the  tablet  of  his  father,  l8the  king  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Okheper- 
kere  (Thutmose  I). 

Battle  in  Naharin 

479.  Behold,  his  majesty  went  north0  capturing  the  towns  and  laying 
waste  the  settlements  of  that  foed  of  wretched  Naharin  (N-h-ry-n^) 

aThis  is  narrated  out  of  its  place  before  the  tribute  of  Babylon  and  the 
Hittites. 

bThis  is  the  Euphrates;  see  also  note  on  pursuit,  11.  18,  19. 
cSee  Amenemhab,  §  583,  11.  8,  9. 
dThe  king  of  Mitanni. 


§  482]  THE  ANNALS:  EIGHTH  CAMPAIGN 


203 


 he  [rpursu"i]ed  after  them  an  iter  (ytr)a  of  sailing;  not  one 

looked  ^behind  him,  but  (they)  fled,  bforsooth,b  like  a  rherd1  of  moun- 
tain goats;  yea,  the  horses  fled  . 

The  Booty 

480.  [rList  of  the  booty  taken1]  among  the  whole  army,  consisting 
of:  princes,  3;  2°their  wives,  30;  men  taken,  80;  606  slaves,  male  and 
female,  with  their  children;  those  who  surrendered  (and)  their  wives, 
  (he)  harvested  their  grain. 

Arrival  at  Niy 

481.  His  majesty  arrived  at  the  city  2Iof  Niy  (Nyy),  going  south- 
ward, when  his  majesty  returned,  having  set  up  his  tablet  in  Naharin 
(N-h-ry-n^),0  extending  the  boundaries  of  Egypt.d   . 

Tribute  oj  Naharin 

482.  [List]  of  the  tribute  brought  to  his  majesty  by  the  chiefs  of 
this  country:  "513  slaves,  male  and  female;  260  horses;  gold,  45 
deben,  ^  kidet;e  silver  vessels  of  the  workmanship  of  Zahi  (D^-hy) 

  [chariots]  with  all  their  weapons  of  war;  28  oxen,  ^calves, 

and  bullocks;  564  bulls;  5,323  small  cattle;  incense,  828  (mn-)  jars; 

sweet  oil  and  [green  oil]  every  pleasing  [thing]  of  this  country; 

all  fruits  in  quantity. 


aIn  view  of  the  parallel  passage  in  the  Semneh  stela  of  Amenhotep  III,  where 
the  words,  "ytr  of  sailing,"  are  followed  by  a  numeral,  the  word  must  be  the  linear 
measure,  ytr,  and  not  the  word  ytr,  "river."  Hence  the  rendering  of  Muller 
(Asien  und  Europa,  254):  "er  (uberschritt)  den  Flussdes  Rundfahrens  (?)"  must 
be  given  up.  There  is  no  statement  of  a  crossing  of  the  Euphrates  here,  but  that 
Thutmose  III  really  crossed  this  river  is  stated  on  his  Constantinople  obelisk 
(Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  60,  W}):  "Thutmose  (III)  who  crossed  the  Great  Bend 
oj  Naharin  (N-h-r-n)  with  might  and  with  victory  at  the  head  of  his  army"  (§  631). 
That  this  crossing  of  the  river  was  on  this  campaign  is  not  to  be  doubted,  and  the 
second  tablet  of  1.  17  was  therefore  set  up  on  the  "east"  of  the  Euphrates.  A 
further  striking  corroboration  of  the  crossing  is  in  the  "Hymn  of  Victory"  (§  656, 
11.  7,  8). 

bA  rare  New  Egyptian  particle,  m-dwn;  cf.  Erman,  Neuagyptische  Gram- 
matik  (§94,  2). 

cAs  above  narrated. 

dThe  remainder  of  the  campaign  must  have  been  very  brief,  as  it  occupied  only 
the  lacuna  (about  one-third  of  the  line). 
eNearly  eleven  pounds,  troy. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  483 


The  Harbors 

483.  Behold,  24these  harbors  were  supplied  with  everything  accord- 
ing to  their  dues,  according  to  their  contract  of  each  year,  together  with 
the  impost  of  Lebanona  (R  °-mn-ri)  according  to  their  contract  of  each 

year  with  the  chiefs  of  Lebanon  (R  °-mn-n)  2  unknown  ''birds1; 

4  wild  fowl  25of  this  country,  which  r — 1  every  day. 

Tribute  of  Babylon 

484.  The  tribute  of  the  chief  of  Shinar  (S  >-n-g-r D)  ;b  real  lapis 
lazuli,  4(  +  x)  deben;  artificial  lapis  lazuli,  24  deben;  lapis  lazuli  of 

Babylon  (B-b-r^)   of  real  lapis  lazuli;  a  ram's  headc  of  real 

lapis  lazuli;  26 15  kidet;  and  vessels  . 

Tribute  of  the  Hittites 

485.  The  tribute  of  Kheta  (H-t°)  the  Great,  in  this  year:  8  silver 
rings,  making  401  deben ;d   of  white  precious  stone,  a  great  block; 

(p-gw-)  wood    ^returning1]  to  Egypt,  at  his  coming  from 

27Naharin  {N-h-ry-n 3),  extending  the  boundaries  of  Egypt. 

Products  of  Punt 

486.  Marvels  brought  to  his  majesty  ine  the  land  of  Punt  in  this 

year:  dried  myrrh,  1,685  heket;f  gold  gold,  155  deben,  2  kidet; 

134  slaves,  male  and  female;  114  oxen,  28and  calves;  305  bulls;  total, 
419  cattle;  beside  vessels  laden  with  ivory,  ebony,  (skins)  of  the  panther; 
every  good  thing  of  [this]  country  . 


aThe  harbors  lying  at  the  foot  of  the  Lebanon  along  the  Phoenician  coast  would 
naturally  be  supplied  by  the  Lebanon  princes.  It  is  to  be  noted  that  these  supplies 
were  collected  as  "impost"  (not  "tribute"),  and  probably  by  an  Egyptian  officer, 
as  was  the  "impost"  of  Nubia. 

identified  long  ago  by  Brugsch  (Gr.  Oase,  91)  with  the  biblical  Shinar  (Sn  <=  r), 
an  identification  which  was  overlooked  in  favor  of  Meyer's  identification  with 
Singara.  Meyer  (Aegyptiaca,  63)  now  sees  in  S^-n-g-r*  the  Sanhar  of  the  Amarna 
letters  (Amarna  Letters,  ed.  Winckler,  25,  49),  which  also  leads  him  to  recognize 
Shinar  in  both,  although  Brugsch's  identification  of  5  ">-n-g-r  ~>  with  Shinar  seems 
not  to  have  been  noticed. 

cText  really  has  "face,"  but  the  wall  paintings  show  complete  heads  in  such 

cases. 

d97.74  pounds. 

eOr  possibly  "from"  (hr);  it  is  noticeable  that  in  the  year  38  (§513)  the 
preposition  is  m,  "from."    Hence  perhaps  an  expedition  here;  but  see  §  616,  I.  9. 
f  About  223!  bushels. 


§49o]  THE  ANNALS:  NINTH  CAMPAIGN 


Impost  oj  Wawat 

487.  [Impost  of  Wawat]:  13  male  [negro]  slaves;  total, 

20 ;a  44  oxen  and  calves;  2^6o  bulls;  total,  104;  beside  vessels  laden 
with  every  good  thing  of  this  country ;  the  harvest  of  this  place  likewise. 

X.     NINTH  CAMPAIGN  (YEAR  34) b 

488.  The  king  confines  himself  this  year  to  little  more 
than  a  voyage  of  inspection  to  Zahi,  receiving  the  surrender 
of  submissive  towns,  and  the  tribute  of  Retenu,  and  Cyprus. 
The  harbors  are  stocked  with  supplies  as  usual,  including  a 
fleet  of  foreign  vessels  laden  with  timber. 

The  annual  impost  of  Kush  and  Wawat  is  recorded  as 
usual. 

489.  Year  34.  Behold,  his  majesty  was  in  the  land  of  Zahi 
(D>-hy). 

Surrender  of  Zahi  Towns 

490.    he  surrendered  fully  to  his  majesty  with  rfear1. 

List  of  3°the  towns  captured  in  this  year:  2  towns,  (and)  a  town  which 
surrendered  in  the  district  of  Nuges  ( 3  n-yw-g-s  D) ;  total,  3.  Captives 
brought  to  his  majesty    taken  captive  90,  those  who  surren- 
dered, their  wives  3Iand  their  children  ;c  40  horses;  15  chariots, 

wrought  with  silver  and  gold;  golden  vessels  and  gold  in  rings,  5od 
deben,  8  kidet;d  Tsilver1  vessels  of  this  country  and  rings,  153  deben;e 

copper   ;f  326  heifers;  40  white  goats;  50  small  goats;  70 

asses;  a  quantity  of  {P-gw-)  wood;  32rmanylg  chairs  of  black  wood 
(and)  carob  wood;  together  with  6  tent-poles,  wrought  with  bronze  and 
set  with  costly  stones;  together  with  every  fine  wood  of  this  country. 


aSeven  other  persons  therefore  were  mentioned  in  the  lacuna. 

bLepsius,  Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XII,  29-37;  Mariette,  Karnak, 
13,  11.  29-35  =Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1175-77,  11.  29-27  =  Bissing,  Statistische  Tafel, 
11.  29-37. 

cOnly  the  number  is  lost;  von  Bissing  gives  no  lacuna. 
dAbout  twelve  and  one-quarter  pounds,  troy. 
eAbout  thirty-seven  and  three-tenths  pounds. 

fThe  fragment  marked  11.  55-62  (in  Lepsius,  Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkun- 
den, XII)  nearly  fills  out  completely  the  gap  between  Lepsius'  text  and  Mariette's 
(see  Mariette,  Karnak,  13). 

^Possibly  "many"  belongs  here,  which  might  then  give  11  many  tree-trunks. ," 


2o6         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§ 


Tribute  oj  Retenu 

491.  Tribute  of  the  chiefs  of  Retenu  in  this  year:  — a  horses;  31 
(+x)  [chariots,]  wrought  with  silver  and  gold,  and  painted;  7o[r-h31] 
slaves,  male  and  female;  gold,  55  deben,  8  kidet;  various  silver  vessels 
33of  the  workmanship  of  the  country,  —  deben,  6  kidet;  gold  and  silver; 
(mnw-)  stone;  vessels  of  every  costly  stone;  native  copper,  80  blocks; 
lead,  it  blocks;  colors,  100  deben;  dry  myrrh,  rfeldspar1;  greenstone1 
r — 1  —  13  oxen  and  calves;  530  bulls;  84  asses;  bronze  — ;  a  quantity 
of  wood;  numerous  vessels  of  copper;  incense,  693  (mn-)  jars;  34sweet 
oil  and  green  oil,  2,080  (mn-)  jars;  wine,  608  (mn-)  jars;  3b  chariots  of 
(P-gw-)  wood,  carob  wood,  ""logs1  of  every  wood  of  this  country. 

The  Harbors  Supplied 

492.  Behold,  all  the  harbors  of  his  majesty  were  supplied  with  every 
good  thing  of  that  '"which1  [his]  majesty  received  [in]  Zahi  (P0-hy), 
consisting  of  Keftyew  ships,  Byblos  ships,  and  Sektu  (Sk-tw)  ships0  of 
cedar  laden  with  poles,  and  masts,  together  3 5 with  great  trees  for  the 
r — ld  of  his  majesty. 

Tribute  oj  Cyprus 

493.  Tribute  of  the  chief  of  Isy  (Ysy)  in  [this  year]:  108  blocks  of 
pure  copper  (or)  2,040  deben ;e  5(  +  *v)  blocks  of  lead;  1,200  rpigslf  of 
lead;  lapis  lazuli,  no  deben;  ivory,  1  tusk;  2  staves  of  —  wood. 

Impost  oj  Rush 

494.  Impost  of  Kush  the  wretched:  gold,  300  (+x)  deben;  60 
negroes ;g  the  sonh  of  the  chief  of  Irem  (Yrm)  {  36total,  64;  oxen, 


aOnly  the  number  is  lacking. 

bThe  three  strokes  may,  of  course,  be  the  plural  strokes. 

CW.  M.  Miiller  (Asien  und  Europa,  339)  inserts  a  lacuna  between  the  initial 
5  of  this  word  and  the  end;  but  a  glance  at  the  neighboring  lines  (Lepsius,  Aus- 
wahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XII;  and  Mariette,  Karnak,  13),  especially  56 
(  =  32),  will  show  that  there  is  room  for  only  the  s£-sign  in  the  lacuna.  The  place 
is  unknown.    See  also  Bissing,  Statistische  Tajel,  1.  34. 

dSome  construction  of  wood.  iNws;  see  Papyrus  Harris,  passim. 

eAbout  408  pounds.  ePersons  of  some  sort. 

hMaspero  has  daughter  (Struggle  oj  the  Nations,  267;  so  also  Petrie,  History 
oj  Egypt,  II,  118). 

JThree  persons  must  have  been  mentioned  in  this  lacuna;  but  Bissing,  Sta- 
tistische Tajel,  has  no  lacuna. 


§49«] 


THE  ANNALS:  TENTH  CAMPAIGN 


207 


[95;  calves,]  180;  total,  275;  besides  [vessels]  laden  with  ivory,  ebony 
and  all  products  of  this  country;  the  harvest  of  Kush  likewise. 

Impost  of  Wawat 

495.  The  [impost]  of  Wawat;  gold,  254**  deben;  10  negro  slaves, 
male  and  female;  —  oxen,  and  calves  [besides  vessels  laden  with] 
3?every  good  thing  of  [this  country]. 

XI.     TENTH  CAMPAIGN  (YEAR  35) b 

496.  It  was  now  the  second  year  since  the  invasion  of 
Naharin,  and  the  kings  of  that  region  had  revolted.  Thut- 
mose  marched  thither  from  the  Phoenician  coast,  defeated 
the  rebels  who  had  united  under  some  prince  who  is  called 
the  "foe  of  Naharin"  This  may  have  been  the  king  of 
Aleppo.  The  allies  were  defeated  in  a  battle  at  Araina, 
possibly  in  the  land  of  Tikhsi,  as  mentioned  by  Amenemhab 
(§  587,  1. 19),  and  Thutmose  took  great  spoil.  The  tribute 
of  the  Syrian  princes  is  not  mentioned ;  it  was  doubtless  paid 
as  usual;  the  impost  of  Kush  and  Wawat  are  noted. 

497.  Year  35.  Behold,  his  majesty  was  in  the  land  of  Zahi  (D  °-hy) 
on  the  tenth  victorious  expedition. 

Revolt  in  Naharin 

498.  When  his  majesty  arrived  at  the  city  of  Araina  >-y  °-n  °),° 
behold,  that  wretched  foe  [of  Nahar]in  ([N-h-r]y-n 3)  had  collected 

horses  and  people;  [his]  majesty  38of  the  endsd  of  the 

earth.    They  were  numerous  they  were  about  to  fight  with  his 

majesty. 


aThe  numeral  may  have  contained  more  hundreds;  as  it  is,  it  amounts  to 
61.91  pounds. 

bLepsius,  Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XII,  11.  37-41;  Denkmdler,  III, 
31,  a,  11.  1-3  =  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1177-79,  U.  37~44>  and  1.  2  =  Bissing,  Statistische 
Tafel,  11.  37-44- 

cNot  Aruna,  as  sometimes  supposed;  it  is  an  unidentified  city,  but  was  per- 
haps situated  in  the  land  of  Tikhsi,  where  Amenemhab  (§  587)  mentions  a 
battle. 

dLit.,  "hinder  parts;"  see  Thutmose  Ill's  "Hymn  of  Victory"  (§  661,  L  20). 


2o8         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  499 


Battle  in  Naharin 

499.  Then  his  majesty  advanced  [to  fight] a  with  them;  then  the 
army  of  his  majesty  furnished  an  example  of  attack, b  in  the  matter0  of 
seizing  and  taking.b  Then  his  majesty  prevailed  against  [these]  bar- 
barians by  the  souls  of  [his]  f[ather]  A[mon]    390f  Naharin 

(N-h-r-n^).  They  fled  headlong,  falling  one  over  another,  before  his 
majesty. 

Booty  oj  the  King 

500.  List  of  booty  which  his  majesty  himself  brought  away  from  these 

barbarians  of  Naharin  (N-h-ry-n0'):    2  [rsuits  of1]  armor; 

bronze  — d  deben  — . 

Booty  of  the  Army 

501.  List  of  booty  which  the  army  of  his  majesty  brought  away 
from  [these  foreigners:  10  living  prisoners;  180  horses;  60  chariots; 

 41  ^  inlaid  corselets;  13  bronze  rsuits1  of  armor  — ; 

5  bronze  helmets  for  the  head ;  5  bows  of  Kharu  (Palestine) ;  captures 

made  in  other  ['"countries1]    e42  f  226  — ;  a  chariot, 

wrought  with  gold;  2o(+^)  chariots,  wrought  with  gold  and  silver, 

 together  with   43   21  (mn-)  jars  —  •; 

sweet  oil,  954[+^]  (mn-)  jars  44  work  of  .g 

hi   gold  brings1,  bracelets,  (ybhty-)  stone,  eye 

cosmetic  —  wild  goats,  fire  wood. 

Impost  oj  Knsh 

502.  Impost  of  the  wretched  Kush:  gold,  70  deben,  1  kidet;  slaves, 
male  and  female,  oxen,  calves,  [besides  vessels 

aThis  seems  to  have  been  omitted  here.    Cf.  the  Megiddo  battle  (1.  1,  §  429). 
bPiehl  suggests:  "pendant  une  suspension  du  pillage"  (Sphinx,  II,  109). 
cIIn  as  in  hn-n-mdw  t. 
dNumeral  lost. 

eThe  block  containing  the  tops  of  11.  42-54  in  Lepsius,  Auswahl  der  wichtigsten 
Urkunden,  XII,  should  be  pushed  to  the  left  at  least  the  width  of  three  lines.  This 
is  evident  from  the  text  in  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  31,0,  and  Brugsch,  Thesaurus, 
1178-84,  with  which  we  begin  a  new  numbering  of  the  above  block. 

f  After  the  transfer  of  above  block  as  above  noted,  the  tops  of  11.  42-44  are  of 
course  wanting. 

^Probably  several  lines  are  wanting  here. 

hNumbered  according  to  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  31,  a. 


§5o8]       THE  ANNALS:  THIRTEENTH  CAMPAIGN 


laden]  ^with  ebony,  ivory,  all  the  good  products  of  this  country,  together 
with  the  harvest  of  [Kush,  likewise]. a 

Impost  of  Wawat 

503.  [Impost  of  Wawat]  34  negro  slaves,  male  and  female; 

94  oxen,  calves,  and  bulls;  besides  ships  laden  with  every  good  thing; 
the  harvest  of  Wawat,  [likewise]. 

XII.  ELEVENTH  CAMPAIGN  (YEAR  36) 

504.  Lost. 

XIII.  TWELFTH  CAMPAIGN  (YEAR  37) 

505.  Lost. 

XIV.     THIRTEENTH  CAMPAIGN  (YEAR  38) b 

506.  The  king  directs  his  attention  to  the  southern 
Lebanon  region  of  Nuges  again,  where  he  is  obliged  to  sub- 
jugate the  local  princes,  who  controlled  the  road  northward 
between  the  two  Lebanons  at  the  seaward  bend  of  the 
Litany  River.  The  regular  Syrian  tribute  and  the  supply- 
ing of  the  harbors  are  mentioned,  as  usual;  followed  for  the 
first  time  by  the  tribute  of  Cyprus  and  Arrapachitis,  later 
known  as  an  Assyrian  province.  The  products  of  Punt  are 
then  followed  by  the  usual  impost  of  Kush  and  Wawat. 

507.  [Year  38.  Behold,  his  majesty  was  in  ]  4on  the  thir- 
teenth victorious  expedition.  Behold,  his  majesty  was  overthrowing 
 c  [in]  the  district  of  Nuges  ( 3  n-yw-g-s  3) . 

Booty  of  Nuges  District 

508.  List  of  booty  which  the  army  of  his  majesty  brought  away 
from  the  district  of  Nuges:  50  living  captives;  —  horses;  —  3  chariots; 

 with  [their  weapons]  5of  war;  —  people  who  surrendered  of 

the  region  of  Nuges  . 


aBrugsch's  restoration  (Thesaurus,  11 79)  to  Wawat  is  an  error,  as  the  harvest 
of  Wawat  is  mentioned  in  the  next  paragraph. 

bLepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  31,  a,  11.  3-10  =  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  11 78-81,  11.  2-9. 
cNearly  one-quarter  line  lacking. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  s 


Syrian  Tribute 

509.  Tribute  which  was  brought  to  the  fame  of  his  majesty  in  this 
year:  328  horses;  522  slaves,  male  and  female;  9  chariots,  wrought 
with  silver  and  gold ;  61  painted  (chariots) ;  total,  70;  a  necklace  of  real 

lapis  lazuli  a  (two-handled  ^-k^-n0-)  —  vase;  3  flat 

dishes;  headsa  of  goats,  head  of  a  lion,  vessels  of  all  the  work  of  Zahi 

 copper,  2,821  [deben],  3^  kidet;  of  crude  copper,  276  blocks; 

lead,  26  blocks;   incense,  656  (&£w/)-jars;  sweet  oil  and  green  oil, 

(s)'t-)  oil,  1,752  (mn-)  jars;  wine,  156  (jars);b  12  oxen;  46 

asses;  5  heads  of  7tooth  ivory;  tables  of  ivory  (and)  of  carob  wood; 

white  (mnw-)  stone,  68  deben  bronze  spears,  shields,  bows, 

—  all  weapons  of  war;  sweet  wood  of  this  country,  all  the  good 
product(s)  of  this  country. 

The  Harbors  Supplied 

510.  Behold,  every  harbor  was  supplied  with  every  good  thing 
according  to  their  agreement  of  each  year,  in  going  [northward  or]c 
southward;  the  impost  of  Lebanon  (R^-mn-n)^  likewise;  the  harvest 
of  Zahi,  consisting  of  clean  grain,  green  oil,  incense,  [win]e. 

Tribute  oj  Cyprus 
5X1.  Tribute  of  the  prince  of  Isy  (Ysy):  crude  copper — ;  horses. e 

Tribute  of  Arrapachitis 

512.  Tribute  of  the  country  of  Arrapachitis  (^-r^-rlj)1  in  this  year: 
slaves,  male  and  female;  crude  copper,  2  blocks;  carob  trees,  65  logs; 
and  all  sweet  woods  of  his  country. 

Product  oj  Punt 

513.  [Marvels]  brought8  to  the  fame  of  his  majesty  from  Punt: 
9dried  myrrh,  240  heket. 

aThe  word  hnn  (written  out  phonetically  at  end  of  1.  6)  means  "head,"  not 
"jace,11  as  the  graphic  writing  might  indicate. 
bText  has  omitted  the  word. 
c  Restored  from  1.  13,  fourteenth  expedition. 
dFrom  which  the  harbors  were  supplied.  eLit.,  "spans.11 

fProbably  3-r  >-r-p-h  =  Arrapachitis,  is  meant.    See  Miiller,  Asien  und  Europa, 

279. 

«In  the  year  33  the  gifts  of  Punt  are  introduced  by  the  words:  "Marvels 
brought  to  his  majesty,  etc.,  (see  §  486);  hence  restoration.  There  is  no  expedition 
this  time,  as  the  preposition  is  "from,11  not  "in,11  as  in  §  486. 


§Si8]       THE  ANNALS:  FOURTEENTH  CAMPAIGN 


211 


Impost  oj  Rush 

514.  Impost  of  the  wretched  Kush:  gold,  100  [+*]a  deben,  6  kidet; 
36  negro  slaves,  male  and  female;  111  oxen,  and  calves;  185  bulls; 
total,  306  (sic!),b  besides  vessels  laden  with  ivory,  ebony,  all  the  good 
products  of  this  country,  together  with  the  harvest  of  this  country. 

Impost  oj  Wawat 

515.  Impost  of  Wawat:  [gold],  2,844  [deben,  —  kidet];  16  negro 
slaves,  male  and  female;  io77  oxen  and  calves;  besides  [vessels]  laden 
with  every  good  product  of  this  country. 

XV.     FOURTEENTH  CAMPAIGN  (YEAR  39)° 

516.  This  campaign  was  introduced  by  an  excursion 
to  punish  the  raiding  Bedwin  on  the  northeastern  frontier  of 
Egypt,  also  referred  to  by  Amenemhab  (§580),  after  which 
the  king  proceeded  northward,  to  receive  the  usual  Syrian 
tribute  and  ensure  supplies  for  the  harbors. 

Defeat  oj  Shasn 

517.  Year  39.  Behold,  his  majesty  was  in  the  land  of  Retenu  on 
the  fourteenth  victorious  expedition,  after  [his]  going  [to  defeat]  the  fallen 
ones  of  Shasu  (S  ^-sw) . 

Syrian  Tribute 

518.  List  of  [the  tribute  of]  197  slaves,  male  and  female; 

11 229  horses;  2  flat  dishes  of  gold;  together  with  rings  (of  gold),  12 
deben,  1  kidet;  —  real  lapis  lazuli,  30  deben;  a  flat  dish  of  silver;  a 
(two-handled)  vase  (^-k^-n^)  of  silver;  a  vessel  with  the  head  of  an  ox; 
325  various  vessels  (of  silver):  together  with  silver  in  rings,  making 

1,495  deben,  1  kidet  ;d  a  chariot   made  [with]  "white  costly 

stone,  white  {mnw-)  stone;  natron,  (mnw-)  stone,  all  the  various  costly 
stones  of  [this]  country;  incense,  sweet  oil,  green  oil,  (sf't-)  oil,  honey 
264e  [+x  jars];  wine,  1,405  (mn-)  jars;  84  bulls;  1,183  small  cattle;f 


aThere  is  room  for  several  hundreds  more. 

bThe  total  should  be  296,  the  scribe  has  made  an  error  of  10. 

cLepsius,  Denkmaler,  31,  a,  11.  10-14  =  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1181,  1182,11.9-13. 

d364.43  pounds.  eThe  hundreds  may  be  increased  indefinitely. 

fSo  Lepsius;  Brugsch,  1193. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§ 


bronze   ;a  I3the  pleasant  —  and  the  perfume  of  this  country, 

together  with  all  good  products  of  this  country. 

The  Harbors  Supplied 

519.  Behold,  every  harbor  was  supplied  with  every  good  thing 
according  to  their  agreement  of  each  [year];b  in  going  northward 

[or  sou]th[ward]c  likewise;  the  harvest  of  [Lebanon]d  a 

[the  harvest]  I4of  Zahi,  consisting  of  clean  grain,  incense,  oil,  —  w[ine] 

 _e 

XVI.     FIFTEENTH  CAMPAIGN  f 

520.  The  fragments  of  the  wall  at  this  place  show  only 
the  tribute -list  of  Cyprus  and  the  impost  of  Kush  and 
Wawat. 

^Year  40j  * 

Tribute  oj  Cyprus 

521.  [Tribute  of  the  chief]  of  Isy  (Ysy):  ivory,  2  tusks;  copper, 
40  bricks;  lead,  1  brick. 


aNearly  half  a  line  is  wanting. 

bThe  scribe  has  omitted  the  word  "year;"  restored  from  1.  7,  p.  210. 
cRestored  from  1.  7,  thirteenth  expedition. 

dLebanon  and  Zahi  are  regularly  mentioned  together  in  connection  with  the 

harbors. 

eAll  the  rest  (about  nine-tenths)  of  the  line  is  wanting;  it  is  the  last  line  on 
the  north  wall,  and  the  inscription  here  turns  to  the  left,  to  follow  the  west  wall  (the 
back  of  Pylon  VI)  southward  to  the  door.  It  doubtless  concluded  with  the  impost 
of  Kush  and  Wawat,  which  could  not  have  occupied  more  than  the  rest  of  this  line. 

fThe  Annals  arc  now  continued  on  the  back  of  Pylon  VI.  The  visitor  on  the 
spot  will  notice  that  only  the  lower  third  (or  less)  of  these  twenty  vertical  lines  on 
the  pylon  (north  of  door)  is  preserved;  hence  the  first  date  is  lost,  and  unfortunately 
also  all  the  others  on  this  wall  section.  The  text  in  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  30,  a 
=  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  V,  1182-85.  The  fragment  certainly  contains  data  from 
three  different  expeditions;  it  must  remain  somewhat  uncertain  whether  the  first 
of  the  three  is  the  conclusion  of  the  fourteenth  expedition  in  year  39  or  part  of  a 
fifteenth  in  year  40.  It  seems  probable  that  the  long  lacuna  (nearly  the  whole  1.  1, 
west  wall)  contains  the  conclusion  of  the  fourteenth  expedition,  which  must  other- 
wise have  occupied  more  space  than  either  of  the  campaigns  before  or  after  it. 
Line  1  of  the  west  wall,  therefore,  begins  the  fifteenth  expedition.  Miiller  (Asien 
und  Europa,  54)  sees  difficulties  in  this  arrangement,  which  arc  not  apparent  to 
me.    See  further  notes  on  text. 

^Contained  the  tribute  of  some  unknown  country,  probably  Retenu;  the 
restored  date  is  almost  certain. 


§  525]        THE  ANNALS:  SIXTEENTH  CAMPAIGN 


Impost  oj  Kush 

522.  Tribute  of  2  .a   [Impost  of  the  wretched  Kush  in] 

this  year:  gold,  144  deben,  3  kidet;  10 1  negro  slaves,  male  and  female; 
oxen  3  .b 

Impost  oj  Wawat 

523.  [Impost  of  Wawat]:   35  calves;  54  bulls;  total,  89; 

besides  vessels  laden  4[with  ebony,  ivory,  and  all  the  good  products  of 
this  country0]  .b 

XVII.     SIXTEENTH  CAMPAIGN 

524.  The  record  contains  only  tribute-lists. 
[Year  4i.d    Tribute  of]  2e  rings. 

Tribute  oj  Retenu 

525.  List  of  the  tribute  of  the  chiefs  of  Retenu,  brought  to  the  fame 

of  his  majesty  in  5[this  year]f  4o[  +  #]  blocks  a  sword 

of  rflint1,  bronze  spears  —  6  .b 

[Tribute  of  —  in]  this  [yea]r:  ivory,  i8g  tusks;  carob  wood,  242 
logs;  184  large  cattle;  —  small  cattle  7  b  hincense  likewise. 

Tribute  oj  the  Hittites 
Tribute  of  the  chief  of  Kheta  (H-t0)  the  Great,  in  this  year:  gold 

  8  


aContained  the  tribute  of  some  unknown  country  followed  by  the  impost  of 
Kush,  for  ''tribute  oj"  at  end  of  1.  1  cannot  refer  to  Kush,  for  which  bk'w,  "impost," 
is  always  used.    Kush  is  certain  from  the  negroes  in  the  list. 

bSee  note  f,  p.  212. 

cAt  least  this  is  the  usual  continuation.  Possibly,  the  tribute  of  some  other 
country  intervenes  in  the  following  lacuna. 

dAs  the  impost  of  Kush  and  Wawat  usually  concludes  the  year's  list,  it  is  evi- 
dent that  we  should  begin  another  year  at  this  point,  as  usual,  with  Retenu;  prob- 
ably year  41. 

eSo  Lepsius;  Brugsch  has  "second  time.'n 

fBrugsch's  restoration,  "this  land,"  is  not  according  to  the  parallels. 
sSo  Lepsius;  Brugsch,  26. 

hProbably  the  tribute  of  another  country,  also,  is  lost  in  the  lacuna. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  526 


Impost  oj  Rush 

526.  [Impost  of  Kusha  the  wretched  in  this  year;  gold,  x+]  g^h 
deben,  2  kidet;  8  negro  slaves,  male  and  female;  13  male  (negroes), 
brought  for  following;0  total,  21;  oxen,  9  d 

Impost  oj  Wawat 

527.  [Impost  of  Wawat] :e  gold,  3,i44f  deben,  3  kidet;  35  oxen 
and  calves;  79  bulls;  total,  114;  besides  vessels  laden  with  ivory 
10  

XVIII.     SEVENTEENTH  CAMPAIGN g 

528.  The  last  campaign,  which  happened  not  later  than 
the  year  42,  shows  the  old  king,  now  probably  over  seventy 
years  of  age,  suppressing  a  revolt  of  Tunip  and  Kadesh, 
who  are  supported  by  auxiliaries  from  Naharin.  He 
marched  from  the  northern  coast  of  Syria,  after  capturing 
the  coast  city  of  Erkatu,h  directly  against  Tunip.  Having 
subjugated  it,  he  then  marched  up  the  Orontes  against  his 
old  enemy,  Kadesh,  whose  prince  led  the  allied  forces,  which 
Thutmose  III  had  routed  at  Megiddo  on  the  first  campaign, 
nearly  twenty  years  before.  There  was  a  stubborn  defense, 
but,  according  to  the  narrative  of  Amenemhab,  the  walls 
of  the  city  were  breached,  and  it  was  taken  by  storm  (§  590). 
From  it  and  surrounding  towns  great  plunder  was  secured, 
among  which  were  the  Naharin  auxiliaries  and  their  horses. 


aRestored  from  the  character  of  the  tribute. 

bLepsius,  83.    Brugsch,  86;  the  photograph  indicates  94  as  probable. 
cAs  pedessequii.  eRestored  after  §  539. 

dSee  note  f,  p.  212.  ^766. 35  pounds. 

gLepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  30,  a,  11.  10-20  =  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1183-85,  11. 
10-20. 

hErkatu  (c-r-k  ^-tw)  must  have  been  on  the  coast  somewhere  between  the 
mouth  of  the  Orontes  and  the  Nahr  el-Kebir.  As  it  is  the  same  as  Irkata  of  the 
Amarna  Letters  (see  §  529,  note),  it  was  not  far  from  Simyra.  Thutmose  may 
have  landed  at  Simyra,  as  be  had  evidently  often  done  before,  and  hence  he  marched 
upon  the  "coast  road"  against  Erkatu. 


§  532]      THE  ANNALS:  SEVENTEENTH  CAMPAIGN 


Long  tribute -lists,  the  harbor  supplies,  and  the  impost  of 
Kush  and  Wawat  conclude  the  Annals. 

Overthrow  oj  Erkatu 

529.  [Year  42.]a   the  Fenkhu  ([F]ntrw).    Behold,b  his 

majesty  was  upon  the  coast  road,  in  order  to  overthrow  the  city  of 

Erkatu c  (c  r-k  °-tw)  and  the  cities  of  Ild  Kana  (K  °-n D)  ; 

this  city  was  overthrown,  together  with  its  districts. 

Overthrow  of  Tunip 

530.  (His  majesty)  arrived  at  Tunip  (Tw-npe),  overthrew  that  city, 

harvested  its  grain,  and  cut  down  its  groves  12  the  citizens  of 

the  army. 

Overthrow  oj  Cities  oj  Kadesh  District 

531.  Behold,  (he)  came  in  safety,  arrived  at  the  district  of  Kadesh 
(Kd-Sw),*  captured  the  citiesg  therein. 

Booty  oj  Kadesh  District 

532.  List  of  the  booty  brought  from  there  —  E*  d  of  the 

wretched  Naharin  (N-h-ry-ny)  who  were  as  auxiliaries  among  them, 

aHere  a  new  year  should  begin  for  the  same  reason  as  in  I.  4;  see  note.  That 
its  number  should  be  42  is  clear  from  the  date  in  the  last  line  of  this  section;  see 
note,  §  540. 

bRead  yst  instead  of  "Anion"  incorrectly  restored  by  Harmhab. 

cThis  important  name  is  given  by  Lepsius  as  c  r-k  ^-n-tw,  inserting  an  n  before 
tw;  in  this  he  is  followed  by  Brugsch,  who  evidently  published  {Thesaurus,  V, 
1 183)  an  old  copy  of  his  made  from  Lepsius;  for  the  original  (in  the  photo- 
graph) shows  no  trace  of  n  and  no  room  for  it.  The  signs  are  perfectly  preserved, 
and  the  feet  of  the  eagle  in  k  3  practically  touch  the  head  of  the  w-bird  in  /w, 
leaving  absolutely  no  room  for  n  in  the  vertical  column  between  k 3  and  tw. 
Neither  is  there  any  trace  on  the  back  of  the  eagle  of  n  (horizontal).  This 
makes  the  identity  of  our  word,  with  Irkata  of  the  Amarna  Letters  a  certainty. 
See  also  Eduard  Meyer,  Festschrift  fur  Georg  Ebers,  69,  n.  2;  and  compare  above 
§  528,  note., 

dSee  note  f,  p.  212. 

eTo  strike  Tunip  on  turning  inland,  Erkatu  must  have  been  well  to  the  north 
of  Arvad,  unless,  of  course,  Thutmose's  northward  march  is  lost  in  the  lacuna. 

£He  is  therefore  marching  up  the  Orontes. 

glncluding,  of  course,  Kadesh  itself. 


216         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  533 


together  with  their  horses;    691  people ;a    29  hands ;b   44  horses ;c 

Z4  d 

Tribute  oj  Unknown  Country 

533.  [List  of  the  tribute  of  — ]  in  this  year:  295  slaves,  male  and 
female ;e  68  horses;  3  golden  flat  dishes ;f  3  silver  flat  dishes ;f  (two- 
handled  ^-k^-n0-)  vases,  3;*  •"sparkling1  stones,8  together  with  silver 

15  d 

Tribute  oj  Tunip? 

534.  [List  of  the  tribute  (or  booty)  of  rTuniplh]:   lead,  47 

bricks;  lead,  1,100  deben;  colors,  remery1,  all  beautiful  costly  stones  of 

this  country;  bronze  '"suits1  of  armor;  weapons  of  war  16  'l 

[all  the]  pleasant  [things]  of  this  country. 

The  Harbors  Supplied 

535.  Behold,  every  harbor  was  supplied  with  every  good  thing 
according  to  their  agreement  of  each  year;  the  harvest  of  this  country 
^[likewise]  .d 

Tribute  oj  Unknown  Country 

536.  [The  tribute  of  — ]    together  with  flat  dishes,  heads 

of  bulls, i  making  341  deben,  2  kidet;  genuine  lapis  lazuli,  1  block, 
making  33k  kidet,  a  fine  (t  °-gw-)  wood  staff,  native  copper  18  . 


aSo  Lepsius;  Brugsch,  690;  photograph,  691. 
bOf  the  slain,  as  usual. 

cSo  Lepsius;  Brugsch,  48;  photo  shows  room  for  a  much  larger  number. 

dSee  note  f,  p.  212. 

eSo  Lepsius;  Brugsch,  195. 

fIt  is  possible  that  these  are  simply  plurals  without  numerals. 
gSame  word  (wdh)  in  §473,  1.  15,  q.  v.  and  note. 

hAbove  (1.  12)  some  captives  were  taken  from  Tunip,  but  the  spoil  of 
Tunip  is  perhaps  not  yet  enumerated.  Among  the  following  list  the  rare  emery 
occurs,  which  is  found  in  the  spoil  taken  from  the  Tunip  auxiliaries  in  the 

unknown  city  of  "Wa  "  (year  29,  §461);  hence  this  list  may  here  belong 

to  Tunip. 

i  Possibly  another  nation  has  been  introduced  in  the  lacuna;  see  note  f, 
p.  212. 

iMcaning  that  the  bulls'  heaas  were  a  decoration  upon  the  vessels,  as  depicted 
in  the  reliefs. 

kLepsius,  41;  Brugsch,  33;  he  is  sustained  by  the  photograph. 


THE  ANNALS:  CONCLUSION 


217 


Tribute  oj  Tinay 

537.  [The  tribute  of  the  chief]  of  Tinay  (Ty-n  >-y)  :a  a  silver  ($  5-w  3- 
b-ty)h  vessel  of  the  work  of  Keftyew  (Kj-tyw),  together  with  vessels  of 
iron,c  4  hands  of  silver,  making  56  deben,  1  kidet;   . 

Impost  oj  Kush 

538.  [The  impost  of  the  wretched  Kush  in  this  year]:   

[besides  vessels  laden]  with  every  good  thing  of  this  country ;  the  harvest 
of  the  wretched  Kush,  likewise. 

Impost  oj  Wawat 

539.  The  impost  of  Wawatd  in  this  year:  gold,  2,374  deben, e  1  kidet, 
20  f  [the  harvest  of  Wa]wat. 

XIX.  CONCLUSION 

540.  Behold,  his  majesty  commanded  to  record  the  victories  which 
he  won  from  the  year  238  until  the  year  42,  when  this  inscription  was 
recorded  upon  this  sanctuary;11  that  he  might  be  given  life  forever. 


aSo  Lepsius;  Brugsch,  Ty-n-my. 

bSee  Bissing,  Zeitschrijt  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  34,  166,  who  identifies  this 
vessel  with  the  suibdu  (of  stone)  mentioned  in  an  Amarna  letter  (Winckler, 
Amarna  Letters,  393,  1.  61). 

cBy  3.  eOver  578  pounds. 

dOne  wa  has  been  omitted  in  Lepsius'  text.         £  See  note  f,  p.  212. 

sOf  course,  22  or  23  is  to  be  read,  the  reading  is  based  on:  (1)  our  knowledge 
of  the  date  when  the  campaigns  began;  (2)  the  fact  that  2i  is  clear  and  there  is  only 
room  in  the  possible  lacuna  for  one  unit  more;  (3)  the  fact  that  the  list  of  offerings 
from  the  Asiatic  wars  (§§  541  ff.)  also  begins  in  the  year  23.  This  date,  as  well  as 
the  terminal  date  "year  42"  (for  which  both  Lepsius  and  Brugsch  give  32),  has 
been  the  subject  of  much  discussion.  The  following  remarks  of  Mariette  in  a 
letter  to  de  Rouge  which  have  been  mostly  overlooked,  should  settle  the  question 
{Revue  archeologique,  i8602,  N.  S.,  I,  32): 

"La  premiere  de  ces  deux  dates,  a,  la  verite,  est  un  peu  detruite;  mais  la 
planche  de  M.  Lepsius  rapporte  fidelement  Parrangement  des  chiffres,  et  vous 

voyez  qu'il  n'y  a  place  la  que  pour  l'an  22,  ou  l'an  23;  Quant  a  la 

date  donnee  pour  la  derniere  de  ces  campagnes,  elle  est  celle  de  la  quarante-deuxi- 
eme  annee  du  regne  de  Thouthmes.  Comme  cela  arrive  frequemment  pour  les 
textes  graves  en  relief  tres-mince  sur  le  gres,  Tun  des  chiffres  dix  a  presque  disparu 
par  une  sorte  de  dissolution  spontanee  de  la  pierre  et  il  est  evident  que  si  M.  Lepsius 
a  fait  sa  publication  sur  un  estampage,  il  a  du  lire  32.  Mais  le  chiffre  qui  tend  a 
s'effacer  est  encore  parfaitement  clair,  et  c'est  sans  contredit  l'an  42  qu'il  faut 

voir  "    These  statements  are  confirmed  by  the  photograph,  although  the 

space  for  the  fourth  ten  (in  42)  is  absolutely  smooth. 

hSh-ntr,  with  masculine  demonstrative. 


2i8         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§ 


FEASTS  AND  OFFERINGS  FROM  THE  CONQUESTSa 

541.  In  this  inscription  Thutmose  III  records  the  new 
feasts  and  additional  offerings  which  he  established  during 
the  period  of  his  splendid  conquests  in  Asia.  The  record, 
therefore,  begins  with  his  return  from  the  first  campaign  in 
the  year  23,  and  continues  till  the  year  42,  when  his  cam- 
paigning ceased. b  In  order  to  connect  the  record  with  the 
occurrence  of  the  first  campaign,  it  goes  back  to  the  march 
to  Lebanon  after  the  fall  of  Megiddo,  refers  to  a  fortress 
which  he  built  there,  and  proceeds  then  to  his  return  and 
landing  at  Thebes.  All  this  leads  up  to  the  establishment 
of  three  great  "  Feasts  of  Victory,"  for  which  it  furnishes 
the  motive.  After  fixing  the  calendar  of  these  three  feasts, 
with  the  lists  of  oblations  to  be  offered  at  their  celebration, 
the  king  proceeds  to  the  gifts  which  he  made  to  Amon  at  the 
feast  of  his  voyage  to  southern  Opet,  which  are  exceedingly 
rich  and  numerous,  including  the  three  cities  just  captured 
in  the  Lebanon,  fields  and  gardens,  slaves,  precious  metals 
and  stones,  and  the  doubling  of  some  of  the  old  offerings 
(11.  5-14).  It  would  seem  as  if  this  feast  was  the  first  cele- 
brated by  the  king  after  his  return  from  the  first  campaign, 
for  it  is  among  its  gifts  that  the  acquisitions  of  that  campaign 
appear. 


aWall  inscription  ia  the  Karnak  temple  on  the  back  of  the  south  half  of  Pylon 
VI  (Baedeker,  plan  opp.  p.  239).  It  therefore  by  its  position  (as  well  as  by  its  con- 
tent) shows  that  it  is  really  a  continuation  of  the  Annals,  which  are  concluded  at 
the  door  on  the  back  of  the  north  half  of  the  same  pylon.  It  is  in  vertical  lines,  and 
as  a  considerable  amount  of  the  pylon  is  lost  at  the  top  clear  across,  the  tops  of  all 
the  lines  are  lacking.  Published  by  Lepsius,  (Denkmdler,  III,  30,  b)  and  Brugsch 
(Recucil  des  monuments,  I,  43,  44;  last  five  lines  omitted).  Lepsius  offers  a  more 
accurate  text,  but  not  so  full  in  indistinct  places.  I  collated  the  Berlin  squeeze  for 
the  important  historical  portion  (11.  1-6)  and  a  photograph  by  Borchardt  for  the 
whole. 

bThc  date  of  the  beginning  is  clearly  shown  in  several  places;  that  of  the  end 
by  the  list  of  Asiatic  and  Nubian  slaves,  which  continues  "till  the  recording  of  this 
tablet,"  which  is  stated  at  the  end  of  the  Annals  (§  540)  to  be  "year  42" 


|  544]    FEASTS  AND  OFFERINGS  FROM  CONQUESTS  219 


542.  The  other  offerings  due  to  Amon,  now  richly  in- 
creased, are  then  successively  enumerated  (11.  14-25),  and 
the  long  inscription  closes  with  the  king's  exhortation  to 
the  priests,  like  that  to  the  priests  of  Abydos  (§§97  ff.)  to 
be  true  to  their  duties  and  to  offer  the  mortuary  oblations 
due  him,  a  list  of  which  follows. 

543.  A  splendid  array  of  these  gifts  is  depicted  in  a  wall 
relief a  in  the  corridor  of  the  Annals.  Chief  among  them 
are  the  two  Karnak  obelisks,  one  of  which  is  now  at  Con- 
stantinople (§§629  ff.),b  and  two  pairs  of  flagstaves  for  the 
temple  facade,  of  course  of  cedar,  tipped  with  electrum. 
But  the  relief  shows  the  widest  range  of  temple  furniture: 
chests,  a  varied  array  of  exquisite  vessels;  altars,  and 
temple  doors;  besides  ornaments  for  the  divine  statue, 
chiefly  elaborate  necklaces;  the  whole  series  being  of  gold, 
silver,  bronze,  and  costly  stones,  especially  lapis  lazuli. 
The  vessels  bear  the  general  inscription: 

Very  numerous;  from  the  yearly  dues  (htr). 

544.  The  purpose  of  the  gifts  is  indicated  by  such  accom- 
panying inscriptions  as  the  following: 

Over  a  jar: 

(Of)  alabaster;  filled  with  pure  ointment  of  the  divine  things. 
By  rich  necklaces: 

Ornaments  of  the  "  Appearance  Festival;"0  amulets  upon  the  divine 
limbs. 

aOn  the  south  wall  of  the  passage  south  of  the  sanctuary;  published  by 
Champollion,  Monuments,  IV,  316,  317;  partially  by  Rosellini,  Monutnettii,  Text, 
III,  1,  plate  opp.  p.  125;  and  Rosellini,  Monumenti  Civili,  57;  partially  by 
Burton,  Excerpta  hieroglyphica,  29;  and  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  V,  11856".;  and 
see  Birch,  Archceologia,  XXXV,  155. 

bIn  the  relief,  this  obelisk  bears  the  complete  dedication,  of  which  only  the 
first  half  is  preserved  on  the  original  in  Constantinople.  See  Breasted,  Zeitschrift 
fur  dgyptische  Sprache,  39,  55  ff.,  and  infra,  §  630,  where  the  entire  dedication  will 
be  found. 

cWhen  the  god  appears  in  procession. 


220         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§545 

545.  The  source  of  the  gifts  also  appears  thus: 
Over  armlet,  necklace,  etc. : 

(Of)  gold,  and  much  costly  stone;  ornaments  of  his  majesty. 
Over  a  vase: 

(Of)  costly  stone,  which  his  majesty  made  according  to  the  design 
of  his  own  heart. a 

546.  Before  these  gifts,  on  the  right,  Amon  sits  enthroned, 
receiving  them  from  Thutmose  III  on  the  left,  before  whom 
are  the  words: 

Presentation  of  monuments  by  the  king  ,  that  he  may  be 

given  life  like  Re,  forever.b 

547.  It  is  clear  from  this  and  the  following  document 
that  the  beginning  of  Thutmose  Ill's  conquests  in  Asia 
marks  a  sudden  and  profound  change  in  the  cultus  of  Amon, 
occasioned  by  the  enormous  and  entirely  disproportionate 
wealth  which  from  now  on  is  poured  into  his  treasury.  We 
see  here  the  beginning  of  that  power  and  wealth  to  which 
the  most  remarkable  witness  is  the  Papyrus  Harris  (IV, 
182-412). 

Fortress  in  Lebanon 

548.  1   in  the  land  of  Retenu  (Rtnw)  as  a  fortress  which 

hisc  majesty  built  in  his  victoriesd  among  the  chiefs  of  Lebanon  (R-mn-n), 
the  name  of  which  is:  "Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III)-is-the-Binder-of- 
the-Barbarians." 


aThe  making  of  these  vessels  is  depicted  in  the  tomb  of  Menkheperreseneb, 
accompanied  by  the  same  remark  (§  775),  showing  that  they  were  really  designed 
by  Thutmose  III  himself,  and  that  the  fact  was  thought  worthy  of  remark  there  as 
well  as  here.    He  says  the  same  thing  in  §  164,  1.  43. 

bThere  are  other  such  short  inscriptions  of  a  single  word  or  more,  but  they  are 
as  yet  inadequately  published.  One  is  of  especial  interest.  Over  an  offering- 
table  made  of  four  ht />-signs,  precisely  like  the  great  alabaster  altar  recently  found 
at  Abusir,  are  the  words:  "(Of)  ^shining*  alabaster  of  Hatnub." 

cThe  text  has  "my." 

dThese  victories  in  the  Lebanon  must  have  been  won  on  first  the  expedition 
after  the  Mcgiddo  victory,  for  they  are  here  referred  to  as  preceding  the  king's 
return  to  Egypt  from  that  expedition  (1.  2).  The  three  cities  which  he  captured 
in  the  Lebanon  are  enumerated  in  the  First  Campaign,  1.  16  (§  436).  Of  the 
historians  only  Brugsch  (Geschichte,  328)  and  Meyer  ^(240)  have  noted  this  march 
to  Lebanon. 


§  5S2]    FEASTS  AND  OFFERINGS  FROM  CONQUESTS 


Arrival  in  Thebes 

549.  Behold,  he  landed  at  Thebes,a  his  father,   Amon,  being 

2  •   My  majesty  established  for  him  a  "Feast  of  Victory  "b  for  the 

first  time,  when  my  majesty  arrived  from  the  first  victorious  expedition,0 
overthrowing  wretched  Retenu  (Rtnw)  and  widening  the  borders  of 
Egypt  in  the  year  23, d  by  the  victories  which  hee  decreed  to  me,  lead- 
ing —  3  . 

First  Feast  of  Victory 

550.  [The  first  " Feast  of  Victory"  was  celebrated  at  (the  feast) 

 f]  the  first  feast  of  Amon,  in  order  to  make  it  of  five  days'  dura- 

tion« 

Second  Feast  oj  Victory 

551.  The  second  " Feast  of  Victory"  was  celebrated  at  (the  feast): 
"Day-of-Bringing-in-the-God,"h  the  second  feast  of  Amon,  in  order  to 
make  it  of  five  days'  duration. 

Third  Feast  oj  Victory 

552.  The  third  " Feast  of  Victory"  was  celebrated  at  the  fifth  feast 

of  Amon  in  (the  temple):  " Gift-of-Life,"1  the  day  of  i—  4  

[in  order  to  make  it  of  rfive  days'1  duration]. 


aSqueeze  and  photograph. 

bAs  the  next  line  shows,  there  were  three  "Feasts  of  Victory;"  but  the  first  is 
here  referred  to  as  celebrated  on  his  arrival.  On  these  feasts,  see  Breasted,  Zeit- 
schrift  jiir  agyptische  Sprache,  37,  123  ff. 

c§§4o8  ff.  dBrugsch  has  "22,"  which  is,  of  course,  an  error. 

eAmon. 

fThe  restoration  is  certain  from  the  other  feasts;  only  the  name  of  the  Feast 
of  Amon,  with  which  the  first  feast  of  victory  coincided,  being  unknown. 

sLit.,  "in  order  to  cause  that  it  take  place  during  (m)  5  days." 

hThis  is  the  feast  mentioned  by  Piankhi  (IV,  836,  1.  26),  who  gives  the  date 
as  the  second  of  Hathor,  which  thus  determines  the  date  of  the  second  Feast  of 
Victory. 

*This  is  the  name  (hnk't-c  nh)  of  the  mortuary  temple  (Memnonium)  of 
Thutmose  III  on  the  west  shore  at  Thebes  (cf.  Recueil,  XIX,  86-89).  It  stood  at 
the  northeast  end  of  the  line  of  temples  (see  Baedeker,  "Necropolis  of  Thebes," 
opp.  p.  254);  as  the  earliest  known  reference  to  this  building,  it  is  particularly  inter- 
esting, because  it  shows  that  already  in  his  twenty-third  year,  Thutmose  Ill's 
mortuary  temple  was  complete  and  in  use  (see  also  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  Text, 
III,  139). 

iThe  name  of  the  Amon  Feast  here  followed,  the  order  being  different  from 
that  in  the  first  two  feasts. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§ 


Offerings  for  the  Feasts  of  Victory 

553.  [Mya  majesty  established]  a  great  oblation  for  the  "Feast  of 
Victory,"  which  my  majesty  made  for  the  first  time,  consisting  of  bread, 
beer,  bull-calves,  bulls,  fowl,  antelopes,  gazelles,  ibexes,  incense,  wine, 
fruit,  white  bread,  offerings  of  everything  good  5  . 

Anion's  Voyage  to  Luxor 

554.  [Year  23,  secondb  month]  of  the  first  season,  (day)  14,  when 
the  majesty  of  this  august  god  proceeded,  to  make  his  voyage0  in  his 
southern  Opet  (Luxor) ;  my  majesty  established  for  him  a  great  oblation 
for  this  day  at  the  entrance  into  Luxor,  consisting  of  bread,  bull-calves, 

bulls,  fowl,  incense,  wine,  6  d  from  the  first  of  the  victories  which 

he  (Amon)  gave  me,  in  order  to  fill  his  storehouse,  r — 1  peasant-serfs,  in 
order  to  make  for  him  royal  linen  ($s),  white  (pk'  /-)  linen,  (Shr'w-) 
linen,  (wm'  /-)  linen;  — peasants  performed  the  work  of  the  fields,  in 
order  to  make  the  harvest,  to  fill  the  storehouse  of  my  father  [Amon] 
7  to  the  goodly  way. 

Gifts  of  Slaves 

555.  Statement  of  the  Asiatics,  male  and  female,  the  negroes  and 
negresses,  which  my  majesty  gave  to  my  father  Amon,  from  the  year  23 
until  the  recording  of  this  tablet  upon  this  sanctuary  :e  1,578  Syrians 

(H  ^-rw)  8  . 


aHaving  enumerated  the  three  feasts,  with  their  dates,  he  now  proceeds  to  the 
celebration  and  the  oblations  to  be  offered. 

bThe  numeral  is  partially  broken  out;  but  it  can  be  clearly  proven  to  be  two. 
See  Breasted,  Zeitschrift  fiir  agyptische  Sprache,  37, 125  f.  This  date  is  very  impor- 
tant, as  it  shows  at  what  time  Thutmose  III  was  already  in  Thebes  on  his  return 
from  the  first  campaign,  the  length  of  which  is  thus  determined.  See  the  calendar 
of  the  campaign  in  §  409. 

cThis  is  the  beautiful  ceremony  of  the  god's  voyage  in  his  sacred  barge,  called 
at  Thebes  "'Userhetamon"  (for  a  description  of  the  barge  made  for  this  purpose 
by  Ramses  III,  see  IV,  209).  It  was  probably  on  the  above  occasion  that  the  officer 
Amencmhab  officiated  (see  his  inscription,  §  809,  11.  33,  34).  It  was  on  the  day 
of  the  return  to  Karnak  from  this  voyage,  called  the  "  Day-of-Bringing-in-the-Cod," 
that  the  Second  "Feast  of  Victory"  began.  It  therefore  continued  for  five  days 
after  the  return,  during  which  the  Second  Amon  Feast  also  continued  (see  Zeit- 
schrift fiir  agyptische  Sprache,  37,  126). 

dThe  "[spoil]  from  the  first,  etc.,"  was  probably  mentioned  as  part  of  the  oblation. 

eThe  concluding  words  of  the  annals  are:  "from  the  year  XXI[II]  until  the 
year  [X]XXXII,  when  this  tablet  was  recorded  upon  this  sanctuary;"  hence  the  year 
42  was  probably  also  the  year  when  the  feast  inscription  was  recorded. 


§56o]    FEASTS  AND  OFFERINGS  FROM  CONQUESTS  223 


Gijts  of  Cattle 

556.   of  the  south  and  north:  3  loan-cows  of  the  cattle  of 

Zahi;  1  loan-cow  of  the  cattle  of  Kush;  total,  4  loan-cows;  in  order  to 
draw  the  milk  thereof  into  jars  of  electrum  each  day,  and  to  cause  (it) 
to  be  offered  [to]  my  father  '[Amon]. 

Gift  of  Three  Cities 

557.  My  majesty  gave  to  hima  three  cities  in  Retenu  the  Upper: 
Nuges  ( 0  n-yw-g-s  D)  was  the  name  of  one,  Yenoam  (Y-nw-c:>  -mw) 
was  the  name  of  another,  Herenkeru  (Hw-r-n-k^-rw)  was  the  name  of 
another.  The  dues  consisting  of  the  bimpost  of  the  fiscal  year,b  the 
divine  offerings,  [of]  my  father  Amon  — . 

Gijts  oj  Precious  Metals  and  Stones 

558.  10  all  ^things1]  of  silver,  gold,  lapis  lazuli,  malachite. 

My  majesty  presented  to  him  gold,  silver,  lapis  lazuli,  malachite,  copper, 
bronze,  lead,  colors,  fernery,1  in  great  quantity,  in  order  to  make  every 
monument  of  my  father,  Amon.    —  11  . 

Gijts  oj  Poultry 

559.  My  majesty  formed  for  him  flocks  of  geese  to  fill  the  (sacred) 
pool,  for  the  offerings  of  every  day.  Behold,  my  majesty  gave  to  him 
2C  fattened  geese  each  day,  as  fixed  dues  forever,  for  my  father,  Amon. 

—  12   [Jthe  former  offering  to  Amon  consisted1]  of  various 

loaves,  1,000. 

Ancient  Offerings  Increased 

560.  My  majesty  commanded  to  multiply  this  offering  of  1,000 
various  loaves  after  the  arrival  of  my  majesty  from  smiting  Retenu  on 
the  first  victorious  expedition,  in  order  to  gain  favord  in  the  great  house 
(called):  "Menkheperree  (Thutmose  III)-is-Glorious-in-Monuments.,, 

13  various  — ;  632  —  from  the  daily  income  of  every  day,  as 

an  increase  of  that  which  was  formerly. 


aAmon. 

bLit,  "the  work  (impost)  0}  the  affairs  of  the  year." 
cBrugsch,  3;  photograph,  2. 
dOf  the  god. 

eThis  is  the  name  of  Thutmose  Ill's  Karnak  halls;  see  §  599,  note,  and  IV, 
754,  note. 


224 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III 


Gifts  of  Lands 

561.  I  took  for  him  numerous  fields,  gardens,  and  plowed  lands, 
of  the  choicest  of  the  South  and  North, a  to  make  fields,  in  order  to  offer 
him  clean  grainb  —  14  . 

Further  Offerings 

562.    yearly;  consisting  of  loaves,  bull-calves,  bulls,  fowl, 

incense,  wine,  fruit,  every  good  thing  of  the  dues  of  each  year.  My 
majesty  established  divine  offerings,  in  order  to  gain  the  favor  of  (my) 

father,  Harakhte,  when  he  rises  IS   my  majesty  [established 

for]  him  a  divine  offering  of  barley,  in  order  to  perform  the  ceremonies 
therewith,  at  the  feast  of  the  new  moon,  at  the  feast  of  the  sixth  day  (of 
the  month);  and  as  a  daily  (income)  of  each  day,  according  to  that 
which  was  done  in  Heliopolis.  Behold,  my  majesty  found  it  very  good 
to  plow  the  barley  in  16  . 

Offerings  for  Obelisks 

563.    divine  offerings  for  four  great  obelisks0  which  my 

majesty  made  for  the  first  time,  for  my  father  [Amon],  consisting  of 
various  loaves,  and  4  (ds-)  jars  of  beer,  which  were  for  each  one  of  these 
obelisks;  25  (loaves)  of  bread,  1  (ds-)  jar  of  beer. 

Offerings  for  Statues 

564.  My  majesty  added  divine  offerings  for  the  statuesd  of 17  

the  openinge  of  this  portal. 

Evening  Offering 

565.  My  majesty  founded  for  him  an  evening  offering  of  bread, 
beer,  fowl,  incense,  wine,  loaves,  white  loaves,  offerings  of  every  good 

thing  each  day.    My  majesty  added  for  him  increase  of  things  in 

18  


aSinuhe's  land  in  Palestine  is  described  in  the  same  words  (I,  496,  L  80). 

bThe  gifts  connected  with  the  Southern  Opet  festival  continue  to  this  point. 
The  gifts  of  slaves  (11.  7,  8)  are  brought  down  to  the  end  of  the  campaigns  (year  42), 
but  he  goes  back  again  after  that  to  the  return  from  the  first  campaign,  mentioning 
the  three  cities  in  Lebanon  captured  on  that  campaign  (1.  9)  and  mentioning  the 
return  (1.  12). 

cSee  §§  623  ff.;  also  Legrain,  Annates,  V,  which  arrived  too  late  for  use  here. 
dIn  1.  27  it  is  written  phonetically.    These  are  the  statues  of  the  older  Pharaohs, 

preserved  in  the  temple  (see  §  604). 
*Tph-t? 


§  569]    FEASTS  AND  OFFERINGS  FROM  CONQUESTS  225 


Feast  oj  Peret-Min 

566.  My  majesty  founded  an  offering  for  the  feast  of  the  "Going- 
Forth-of-Min"  consisting  of  oxen,  fowl,  incense,  wine,  loaves,  every- 
thing good;  120  "heapsaof  offerings  supplied  with  everything;"  for  the 
sake  of  the  life,  prosperity,  and  health  of  my  majesty.    I  commanded 

the  addition  of  6  great  jars  {how  t)  of  wine  19  [feachJ]  year  as 

an  increase  of  that  which  was  formerly. 

A  New  Garden 

567.  My  majesty  made  for  him  a  garden  for  the  first  time,  planted 
with  every  pleasant  tree,  in  order  to  offer  vegetables  therefrom  for  divine 
offerings  of  every  day,  which  my  majesty  founded  anew  as  increase  of 
that  which  was  formerly  20  with  maidensb  of  the  whole  land. 

Wise  Administration 

568.  Behold,  my  majesty  made  every  monument,  every  law,  (and) 
every  regulation  which  I  made,  for  my  father,  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes, 
presider  over  Karnak,  because  I  so  well  knew  his  fame.    I  was  wise  in 

his  excellence,  resting  in  the  midst  of  the  body  ;c  while  I  knew  21  

that  which  he  commanded  to  do,  of  the  things  which  he  desired  should 
be,  of  all  things  which  his  ka  desired  that  I  do  them  for  him,  according 
as  he  commanded.  My  heart  led  me,  my  hand  performed  (it)  for  my 
father,  who  fashioned  me,  performing  every  excellent  thing  for  my 

father  "[Amon]   .    My  majesty  found  all  excellent  things, 

while  enlarging  monuments,  as  a  record  for  the  future ;  by  enactments/ 
by  purifying,  by  regulations,  by  supplying  with  offerings  this  house  of 
my  father,  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes,  presider  over  Karnak ;  iwhen1  passing 
Dv  23  hjs  o!esire  every  day. 

Feasts  oj  the  Seasons 

569.  Behold,  my  majesty  supplied  with  offerings  the  feasts  of  the 
beginning  of  the  seasons  yearly,  and  of  the  appearance  (of  the  god) 

aThese  are  the  heaps  so  often  seen  in  the  reliefs.    See  I,  785  and  note  h. 
bLit.,  11  beauties"  (nfr'wt). 

cMeaning  where  the  most  secret  affairs  of  the  god  were,  as  it  is  frequently  said 
of  the  king,  "he  knows  the  bodies"  or  that  which  is  in  the  bodies  of  men,  that  is, 
their  thoughts. 

dOr  possibly:  "by  recording  for  the  future  in  documents." 


226         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  in       [§  57o 


therein  in  the  midst  of  the  house  of  my  father,  Amon,  presider  over 
Karnak,  aftera  my  majesty  found  that  offerings  were  made  there,  con- 
sisting of  libation,  incense,  24  the  dues  of  each  year. 

Truth  oj  the  Record 

570.  I  have  not  uttered  exaggeration,  in  order  to  boast  of  that  which 
I  did,  saying:  "I  have  done  something,"  although  my  majesty  had  not 
done  it.  I  have  not  done  (anything)  to  people,  against  which  contradic- 
tion might  be  uttered.    I  have  done  this  for  my  father  2S[Amon]  

saying  something  which  was  not  done;  because  heb  knoweth  heaven, 
and  knoweth  earth,  he  seeth  the  whole  earth  hourly.  I  swear c  as  Re 
loves  me,  as  my  father  [Amon]  praises  me,  as  my  nostrils  are  filled  with 
satisfying  life,  I  have  done  this  —  26  . 

Instructions  to  Priests 

571.  d  Be  ye  vigilant  concerning  your  duty,  be  ye  not 

careless  concerning  any  of  your  rules;  be  ye  pure,  be  ye  clean  concern- 
ing divine  things,  rtake  heed1  concerning  matters  of  transgression, 
guard  your  heart  lest  your  speech  r — every  man  Hooking  to  his  own 

steps  therein1.    27   to  my  statues,  for  the  rwell- being1  of  the 

monuments  which  I  have  made.  Bring  ye  up  for  me  that  which  came 
forthe  before,  for  I  made  festive  his  house;  put  on  the  garments  of  my 
statues,  consisting  of  ($s-)  linen,  for  I  filled  the  mortuary  oblations  of 

{pk'  /-)  linen  —  28  offer  ye  to  me  of  all  fruit,  for  I  consecrated 

a  garden  anew;  give  ye  me  —  shoulders  of  beef,  for  I  endowed  the  begin- 
ning of  the  seasons  with  bulls;  fill  ye  for  me  the  altar  with  milk,  let 

incense  be  29  tables  of  silver  and  gold  — ;  give  ye  to  my  statues 

according  as  I  supplied  those  who  were  before  me;f  bring  forth  my 
statues  on  the  day  when  your  hands  row,g  giving  praise  Ho1  my  father. 


aIn  addition  to  that  which  he  found  already  being  offered. 

bThis  must  be  Amon,  who,  says  the  king,  sees  and  knows  everything  and 
would  detect  a  lie. 

cComparc  the  oath  on  Hatshepsut's  obelisk  (§318). 

dCompare  similar  instructions  to  the  priests  of  Abydos  (§§Q7  ff.).  The  lists 
which  follow  are  the  mortuary  offerings  for  the  king,  to  which  he  exhorts  the  priests. 

eThe  offerings. 

*The  statues  of  the  earlier  kings,  set  up  in  the  temple. 

aIn  the  periodic  voyage  of  the  god  upon  the  Nile  or  sacred  lake. 


§  574]  BIOGRAPHY  OF  AMENEMHAB 


227 


He  will  count  it  for  the  ^well-being!  of  that  which  I  have  made  in  — a 

30  anew  daily  as  an  increase  of  that  which  was  before:  3,305b 

various  loaves  of  the  divine  offering;  132  (ds-)  jars  of  beer;  of  grain, 
two  white  loaves;  2  ndoc  of  (3  h-)  herb;  2  nd^0  of  dates;  —  fattened 

(/*/-"-)  fowl  31  manyd  (#/-C3-)  fowl;  5  vesselfuls  of  incense; 

2  (win-)  jars  of  wine;  4  (pg-)  vessels  of  honey;  2  (win-)  jars  of  I"— 1;  T 
(chc-)  jar  of  beer;  2  white  loaves  of  dk,  15  white  loaves  in  oblations; 

—  roasts  of  fresh  fat;  32   2  __.  5  ibexes;  9  gazelles;  125 

fattened  (ht-c>-)  fowl;  1,100  ""mated!  (fyt-c:>-)  fowl;  258  flocks  of  ($d-) 
birds;  5,237  flocks  of  rmatedi  birds;  1,440  (jars)  of  wine;  incense. 

Offerings  for  Four  Obelisks 

572.  (For  the)  four  obelisks:  incense,  318  white  loaves;  —  incense 

33   104  heket  of  [injcense,  making  334  pd' t  of  incense;  21 

(win-)  jars  of  green  incense;  5  heket  of  myrrh;  236  bull-cakes;  258 
dressed-geese  cakes;  24  obelisk-cakes ;e  562  white-loaf  cakes;  34  . 

573.  Restoration  which  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt, 
Zeserkheperure,  Setepnere  (Harmhab)  made,  for  his  father,  Amon-Re, 
lord  of  Thebes,  that  he  might  be  granted  life  through  him  like  Re,  forever. 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  AMENEMHAB^ 

574-  This  inscription  is  an  account  of  the  services  and 
adventures  of  an  officer  named  Amenemhab  on  the  Asiatic 

aBrugsch,s  text  stops  here. 

bThese  lists  contain  many  uncertain  things  which  require  special  investigation ; 
the  following  version  is  merely  given  for  the  sake  of  completeness. 

cApparently  an  unknown  measure  of  bulk  (see  also  §  159,  I.  37). 

dThere  is  a  "/wo"  after  "fowl"  which  is  not  clear,  possibly  "pairs." 

eThese  are  cakes  in  the  shape  of  the  top  of  an  obelisk;  in  the  Berlin  Kahun 
papyri  occur  pyramidion  (bnbn)  loaves  of  white  bread.  The  other  two  varieties 
were  doubtless  also  made  in  the  shape  indicated  by  the  name. 

*  This  refers  to  the  re-insertion  of  Amon's  name  throughout  the  inscription  by 
Harmhab,  after  its  erasure  by  Amenhotep  IV. 

^Engraved  upon  the  walls  of  his  tomb  in  the  necropolis  of  Thebes,  which  was 
noted  by  Champollion  (Notices  descriptives,  I,  505,  Tomb  12;  hence  not  "dis- 
covered" by  Ebers,  as  he  stated  (Zeitschrijt  der  Deutschen  Morgenlandischen 
Geselischaft,  30,  p.  391).  Ebers,  however,  did  discover  and  publish  the  text: 
first  in  Zeitschrijt  jiir  dgyptische  Sprache,  1873,  3-9  (corrections  by  Ebers  and 


228         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  I  [§575 


campaigns  of  Thutmose  III  (11.  3-32),  and  his  subsequent 
favor  and  service  under  Amenhotep  II  (§§  807  ff.,  11.  32-46). 
It  forms  a  very  important  supplement  to  the  Annals  of 
Thutmose  III,  but  unfortunately  does  not  insert  the  dates 
of  the  campaigns  nor  follow  a  chronological  order. 

The  old  soldier  seems  to  have  narrated  to  some  scribe, 
who  recorded  them,  the  more  important  incidents  and  ad- 
ventures of  his  career  as  they  occurred  to  him,  without 
attempt  at  order,  beyond  the  involuntary  association  of 
events  that  belong  to  the  same  campaign.  This  narrative 
he  had  engraved  beside  his  own  figure  on  the  wall  of 
his  tomb,  as  he  is  represented  standing  in  the  presence  of 
Amenhotep  II,  to  whom  this  recital  of  his  life  is  evidently 
directed. 

575.  Beginning  with  a  battle  in  the  Negeb  (year  39), 
he  proceeds  to  three  battles  in  Naharin,  and  the  capture 
of  Senzar  (year  33),  followed  by  the  capture  of  Kadesh 

(year  30).    The  name  of  the  next  country  (  hD)  is 

mutilated,  and  this  is  followed  by  a  battle  in  Tikhsi  (prob- 
ably year  35),  and  the  elephant  hunt  at  Niy  (year  33); 
while  the  whole  series  concludes,  as  it  should,  with  the  siege 
of  Kadesh  on  the  last  campaign  of  Thutmose  III  in  the 
year  42.  Arranged  in  chronological  order,  Amenemhab 
records  the  following  campaigns: 
Sixth  Campaign,  Year  30 — 

Capture  of  Kadesh  (§585). 

Stern,  ibid.,  63,  64);  again  by  Chabas,  Melanges  egyptologiques,  III,  Pis.  XVI- 
XVII  (from  Zeitschri/t  }iir  agyptische  Sprache,  corrections  by  Stern,  ibid.,  1875, 
174).  Again  by  Ebers  more  accurately  in  Zeitschrijt  der  Deutschen  Morgen- 
landischen  Gesellschajt,  30,  391-416  and  3  plates;  ibid.,  31,  439  ff.;  very  incor- 
rectly also  by  Virey,  "Sept  tombeaux  The  bains  de  la  XVIIIe  dynastie,"  in  Memoires 
de  la  mission  frangaise  au  Caire,  V,  238-40;  corrections  by  Sjoberg,  Sphinx,  I,  18- 
20.  See  also  Piehl,  Inscriptions,  I,  CIX,  F-CXIII,  G,  and  Pis.  CXXV, 
O-CXXVII,  P  and  pp.  87-92.  I  am  indebted  to  the  kindness  of  Mr.  Newberry 
for  a  careful  scale  copy  of  the  inscription,  which  adds  some  new  readings. 


§  577]  BIOGRAPHY  OF  AMENEMHAB 


229 


Eighth  Campaign,  Year  33 — 

Capture  of  Senzar;  three  battles  in  Naharin  (§§  581- 
84,  and  588),  and  elephant  hunt  at  Niy  (§  588). 
Tenth  Campaign,  Year  35 — 

Battle  in  Tikhsi  (§  587). 
Fourteenth  Campaign,  Year  39 — 

Battle  in  the  Negeb  (§  580). 
Seventeenth  Campaign,  Year  42 — 

Siege  of  Kadesh  (§  589).. 

Following  the  campaigning  is  a  feast  at  Thebes,  possibly 
that  of  the  fourteenth  of  Pakhons,  on  Thutmose  Ill's  return 
from  his  first  campaign  (§550).  The  death  of  the  old  king 
is  then  narrated  with  the  date,  from  which  we  may  compute 
the  exact  length  of  his  reign — fifty-three  years,  ten  months, 
and  twenty-six  days. 

576.  This  biography  affords  us  fleeting  glimpses  of  the 
arduous  tasks  which  beset  the  remarkable  campaigns  of 
Thutmose  III,  of  which  the  Annals  offer  us  little  or  nothing. 
The  first  campaign  in  Naharin  (year  33)  brought  three  suc- 
cessive battles  in  which  Amenemhab  distinguished  himself ; 
of  these  the  Annals  mention  only  one,  without  referring  to 
the  place  where  it  occurred. 

577.  These  adventures  of  Amenemhab  are,  of  course, 
typical  of  a  host  of  others,  which  fell  to  the  lot  of  the  Egyp- 
tian soldier  in  Syria.  Some  of  them  found  place  in  folk- 
tales, and  one  has  survived  in  the  story  of  the  capture  of 
Joppa  by  Thutiy,  one  of  Thutmose  Ill's  generals, a  whose 

aPart  of  the  1  averse  (the  first  three  pages)  of  the  British  Museum  papyrus, 
known  as  Harris  500.  Text  first  published  by  Maspero,  Etudes  egyptologiques,  I, 
Pis.  I— III,  with  transliteration  and  notes,  pp.  53-66;  it  had  already  been  translated 
by  Goodwin,  Transactions  oj  the  Society  0}  Biblical  Archeology,  III,  340-48;  then 
by  Maspero,  ibid.,  I,  53-66;  paraphrase  based  on  Maspero  by  Petrie,  Egyptian 
Tales,  II.  1-7. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  57g 


reality  is  vouched  for  by  his  tomb  and  other  contempora- 
neous monuments  of  his.a  The  manuscript  of  the  story  is 
about  200  years  later. 

578.  Besides  his  biography,  Amenemhab's  tomb  con- 
tained a  series  of  scenes  showing  him  in  the  exercise  of 
certain  of  his  functions  as  a  deputy  of  the  army,  especially 
introducing  the  officers  of  the  commissariat  to  the  king  to 
report  (  ?)  on  the  maintenance  of  the  army.b  His  tomb  also 
contains  other  references  to  his  career,  like  those  inserted 
among  his  titles: 

Attendant  of  his  lord  on  his  expeditions  in  the  countries  of  the 
south  and  north,  not  separated  from  the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands  on 
the  battlefield  in  the  hour  of  repelling  millions  of  men.c 

He  was  evidently  a  favorite  of  Thutmose  III,  and  may 
have  owed  his  favor  to  his  wife,  who  was  the  royal  nurse, 
possibly  of  Thutmose  III  himself. 

Introduction 

579.  The  officer,  Amenemhab;  he  says; 

X"I  was  the  very  faithful  one  of  the  sovereign,  L.  P.  H.,  the  wise- 
hearted  of  the  King  of  Upper  Egypt,  the  excellent-hearted  of  the  King 
of  Lower  Egypt.  I  followed  2my  lord  on  his  expeditions  in  the  northern 
and  the  southern  country.  He  desired  that  I  should  be  the  companion 
of  his  feet,  while  he  was  3upon  the  battlefieldd  of  his  victories,  while  his 
valor  fortified  the  heart." 


aA  list  of  them  in  Maspero,  Etudes  egyptologiques,  I,  68  f.  See  also  Deveria, 
Bibliotheque  egyptologique,  IV,  35  ff.  The  tomb  is  now  unknown,  but  must  have 
been  known  to  the  natives  early  in  the  last  century,  when  it  was  plundered. 

bThis  scene  is  repeated  in  the  tomb  of  Pehsukher,  whose  office  was  similar  to 
that  of  Amenemhab  {Memoires  de  la  mission  francaise  au  Caire,  V,  289). 

cMemoires  de  la  mission  jrangaise  au  Caire,  V,  245. 

dRestored  from  text  in  Zeitschrijt  }ilr  agyptische  Sprache,  1876,  100,  1.  2. 
Piehl  has  preceded  me  in  this  restoration,  ibid.,  1885,  61,  where  the  particle  ty, 
"while,"  introducing  a  nominal  clause,  was  not  yet  understood  (it  has  nothing  to 
do  with  mn,  "remain"). 


§5»3] 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  AMENEMHAB 


231 


Battle  in  Negeb 

580.  "I  fought  hand  to  hand  in  the  land  of  ^Negeb  (N-g-b*)* 
I  brought  off  three  men,  Asiatics,  as  living  prisoners." 

Battle  in  Naharin 

581.  "When  his  majesty  came  to  Naharin  (N-h-r-ri)h  si  brought 
off  three  men  from  the  fight  there;  I  set  them  before  thy  majesty  as 
living  prisoners." 

Battle  in  Wan 

582.  6"  Again  I  fought  hand  to  hand  (on)  that  expedition  in  the 
land  of  'The-Height-of-Wan'  (W-c-n)c  on  the  west  of  Aleppo  (H  3  - 
r^-bw).  I  brought  off  '13  Asiatics  as  living  prisoners,  13  men;  70 
living  asses;  13  bronze  rspears1;d  the  bronze  was  wrought  with  gold 

 8  J> 

Battle  of  Carchemish 

583.  "Again  I  fought  (on)  that  expedition  in  the  land  of  Carchemish 
(K 3  -ry-k  3  -m y- c  -S  D) . e    I  brought  off  —  9 —  as  living  prisoners.  I 


aThis  is  clearly  the  Hebrew  Negeb  = "  south  country;"  the  fourteenth  cam- 
paign of  the  Annals  was  against  the  Bedwin  (Shasu)  of  this  region. 

bThe  following  three  battles  all  took  place  on  a  campaign  in  Naharin,  probably 
that  of  year  33  (§§  476-87),  as  he  later  mentions  another  in  Naharin,  which  would 
correspond  with  that  of  year  35. 

cIdentified  by  Mtiller  (Asien  und  Europa,  259  f.),  with  the  heights  (Mons 
Casius)  on  the  south  shore  of  the  seaward  stretch  of  the  Orontes  by  Antioch.  But 
tst  {"height")  does  not  mean  "Ufer,"  and  Mons  Casius  could  have  been  much 
more  easily  identified  by  the  scribe  by  mentioning  the  Orontes,  rather  than  the 
distant  Aleppo.  Evidently  some  height  not  far  from  Aleppo  is  meant,  for  which 
Gebel  Sim c  an  (2,700  feet  high)  answers  admirably.  It  is  but  slightly  north  of  west 
of  Aleppo,  but  the  Egyptian  did  not  carry  a  compass,  and  any  traveler  of  today 
would  speak  of  it  as  west  of  Aleppo,  and  refer  to  his  table  of  bearings  for  the  exact 
direction.  But  there  is  a  ruin  by  Dana  directly  west  of  Aleppo,  on  a  height  of  nearly 
1,100  feet,  which  will  do  equally  well. 

dThe  rendering  of  Brugsch  {Zeitschrift  jiir  dgyptische  Sprache,  1873,  144): 
"13  Wurfspiesse  von  Eisen  und  mit  Gold  ausgelegt,"  is  entirely  unjustifiable. 
The  material  (hsmn)  precedes  as  usual;  then  follows  the  object  made  of  it,  viz., 
ynb,  which  is  some  article  of  which  each  of  the  thirteen  captured  men  carried  one. 
Bronze  helmets  are  mentioned  in  Annals  (year  35,  1.  41),  and  perhaps  it  is  not  an 
accident  that  "73  inlaid  corselets  and  13  bronze  suits  of  armor"  are  also  mentioned 
in  the  Naharin  campaign  of  year  35,  1.  41  (§501). 

•This  was  on  the  northern  march  described  in  the  Annals  (§479,  I.  18). 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [|  584 


crossed  over  the  water  oi  Naharin  (N-h-r-ri),  while  they  were  in  my 
hand,  to  a —  10 — ;  I  [set]  them  before  my  lord.  He  rewarded  me  with 
a  great  reward;  list  thereof:13  —  11 — ." 

Battle  in  Senzar 

584.  "I  beheld  the  royal  victories  of  the  King  Menkheperre  (Thut- 
mose  III),  given  life,  in  the  country  of  Senzar  (Sn-d 3  -r  3),c  when  he 
made  a  [great]  slaughter]  I2[among]  them.  I  fought  hand  to  hand 
before  the  king,  I  brought  off  a  hand  there.  He  gave  to  me  the  gold  of 
honor;  list  thereof:  —  13 —  two  silver  rings." 

Capture  oj  Kadesh 

585.  "  Again  I  beheld  his  bravery,  while  I  was  among  his  followers. 
[He]  captured  [the  city  of]  I4Kadesh  (Kd-$w)  ;d  I  was  not  absent  from 
the  place  where  he  was;  I  brought  off  two  men,e  lords  (m-r 3  -y-n 3) , 
as  [living  prisoners;  I  set  them]  I5before  the  king,  the  Lord  of  the  Two 
Lands,  Thutmose  (III),  living  forever.    He  gave  to  me  gold  because  of 

bravery,  before  the  whole  people  ;  l6list  thereof:  of  the  finest 

gold:  a  lion;  2  necklaces,  2  flies,f  4  arm  rings." 

Campaign  in  Unknown  Country 

586.  "I  saw  my  lord  in  17  in  all  his  forms 

in  the  country  of  the  ends*?  of  [rthe  earth""]  l8Ha  —  (H 0  — ). 

Then  I  was  raised  to  be  the  r  1  of  the  army,  like  ." 


aAhmosc,  son  of  Ebana,  had  a  similar  adventure,  see  §  11. 
bRestored  from  1.  16. 

cZinzar  of  the  Amarna  Letters,  it  is  the  modern  Kalcat  Seidjar  on  the  Orontes 
below  Hamath;  see  Meyer  {Festschrift  fur  Georg  Ebers,  71),  Miiller  (Asien  und 
Enropa,  185,  n.  3),  and  Maspero  (Struggle  of  the  Nations,  264).  It  was  taken  in 
the  year  33,  on  the  Naharin  campaign. 

dThis  occurred  in  the  year  30  (see  Annals,  §  465). 

eApposition  with  "lords." 

£See  Breasted,  Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archeology,  March,  1900, 
7  f.  libers'  corrected  text  (in  Zeitschrift  dcr  Deutschen  Morgenldndischen  Gesell- 
schaft,  30,  Taf.  II,  1.  16)  has  c  df,  an  error  for  c  ff,  as  in  1.  21. 

eSee  Annals,  year  35,  1.  38  (§498),  and  "Hymn  of  Victory"  (§661,  1.  20). 
This  was  probably  on  the  march  from  the  coast  to  Naharin,  on  the  second  campaign 
against  that  country. 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  AMENEMHAB 


233 


Battle  in  Tikhsi 

587.  1 9"  Again  I  beheld  his  victory  in  the  country  of  Tikhsi  (Ty- 
fy-sy)  the  wretched,  in  the  city  of  Mero —  (Mr-yw  — ).  2°I  fought 
hand  to  hand  therein  before  the  king.  I  brought  off  Asiatics,  3  men,  as 
living  prisoners.  2IThen  my  lord  gave  to  me  the  gold  of  honor;  list 
thereof:  2  golden  necklaces,  4  arm  rings,  2  flies,  a  lion,  a  female  slave, 
and  a  male  slave." 

Elephant  Hunt  in  Niy 

588.  22 "  Again  [rI  beheld1]  another  excellent  deed  which  the  Lord 
of  the  Two  Lands  did  in  Niy  (Nyy).  He  hunted  120  elephants,  for 
the  sake  of  their  tusks  and  r — \  2$I  engaged  the  largest  which  was 
among  them,  which  fought  against  his  majesty;  I  cut  off  his  handa 
while  he  was  alive  24[before]  his  majesty,  while  I  stood  in  the  water 
between  two  rocks.b  Then  my  lord  rewarded  me  with  gold;  25[he] 
gave  and  3  changes  of  clothing." 

Siege  of  Kadesh 

589.  "The  prince  of  Kadesh c  sent  forth  a  mared  26before  [rthe 
army1];  in  order  to  —  rthem,1  she  entered  among  the  army.  I  pursued 
after  her  27on  foot,  with  my  sword,  and  I  ripped  open  her  belly;  I  cut 
off  her  tail,  I  set  28it  before e  the  king;  while  there  was  thanksgiving  to 
god  for  it!f  He  gave  (me)  joy,  it  filled  my  body,  Cwith1)  rejoicing,  he 
endued  my  limbs." 

Assault  on  Kadesh 

590.  29"His  majesty  sent  forth  every  valiant  man  of  his  army,  in 
order  to  pierce  the  wall  for  the  first  time,  which  Kadesh  had  made. 


aDoubtless  the  trunk  is  meant. 

bHe  was  perhaps  pursued  by  the  wounded  elephant,  and  took  refuge  between 
the  rocks. 

cOn  the  last  campaign  of  Thutmose  III  in  year  42  (§  531)  and  the  last  men- 
tioned by  Amenemhab. 

dFor  the  purpose  of  exciting  the  stallions  of  the  Egyptian  chariotry  and  thus 
confusing  their  line  of  battle;  but  Amenemhab  leaps  down  from  his  chariot,  and, 
pursuing  her  "on  foot"  slays  her.  See  Borchardt,  Zeitschrijt  filr  dgyptische  Sprache, 
31,  62  f. 

eThe  preposition  is  incomplete. 

£The  phrase  occurs  not  infrequently,  denoting  the  thanks  of  a  king  for  the 
faithfulness  of  a  servant;  e.  g.,  Amenemhet  (I,  520,  1.  14)  The  impersonal  form 
merely  indicates  that  it  was  the  king  who  gave  thanks. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§ 


I  3owas  the  one  who  pierced  it,  being  the  first  of  all  the  valiant;  no 
other  before  me  did  (it).  I  went  forth,  I  brought  off  ^2  men,a  (w-r3  - 
y-n 3)  lords,  as  living  prisoners.  Again  my  lord  rewarded  me  because 
of  it,  with  32eVery  good  thing  for  satisfying  the  heart,  of  the  king's- 
presence." 

Feast  at  Thebes 

591 .  "I  made  this  capture  while  [I]  was  an  officer  of  the  navy  

331  was  the  commander  of  r — 1  [rhis  vessel1]  —  I  was  the  chief  of  his 

associates  34on  the  voyage  at  his  beautiful  Feastb  of  Opet, 

when  all  the  land  was  in  acclamation. " 

Death  oj  Thutmose  III 

592.  35"  Lo,  the  king  completed  his  lifetime  of  many  years,  splendid 
in  valor,  in  [migh]t,  36and  in  triumph;  from  year  1  to  year  54,  third  month 
of  the  second  season,  the  last  dayc  (of  the  month)  under  [the  majesty 
of]  37King  Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III),  triumphant.  He  mounted  to 
heaven,  [he]  djoined  the  sun;  the  divine  limbs  mingling  with  him  who 
begat  him." 

[Concluded  §§807-809] 


FRAGMENTS  OF  KARNAK  PYLON  VIP 

593-  From  the  data  thus  far  given  by  Legrain,  it  is  im- 
possible to  put  together  all  the  fragments  heretofore  found; 

aApposition. 

bThis  is  perhaps  the  celebration  of  the  Feast  of  Southern  Opet  on  the  fourteenth 
of  Paophi,  after  the  return  from  the  first  campaign  (§  550),  which  Amenemhab 
here  relates  after  the  campaigns  exactly  as  the  inscription  of  Feasts  and  Offerings 
continues  the  Annals. 

cThat  is  the  thirtieth  of  the  seventh  month  (Phamenoth) ;  as  he  was  crowned 
on  the  fourth  of  the  ninth  month  (Pakhons),  he  lacked  one  month  and  four  days 
of  concluding  his  fifty-fourth  year,  dying  on  the  seventeenth  of  March,  while  his 
fifty-fourth  year  would  have  been  completed  on  the  nineteenth  of  the  following 
April  (his  coronation  day  coming  over  thirteen  days  earlier  than  when  he  was 
crowned  fifty-four  years  earlier).  If  born  before  his  father's  accession,  as  seems 
probable,  he  was  at  least  eighty-four  years  old  at  his  death. 

dThis  phrase  is  rendered  by  Brugsch  {Zeitschrijt  }iir  agyptische  Sprache,  1873, 
134):  "es  ging  unter  die  Sonnenscheibe,"  for  which  he  gives  excellent  reasons; 
but  in  Ineni  (§46,  1.  4),  the  pronoun  "he"  is  expressed,  rendering  B's  translation 
impossible.    See  also  IV,  988  E  and  988  G. 

eFragments  of  a  great  granite  doorway  some  forty  feet  high  through  the  center 
of  Pylon  VII  (Baedeker's  plan),  the  northernmost  of  the  southern  pylons,  were 


FRAGMENTS  OF  KARNAK  PYLON  VII 


235 


but  even  from  the  fragments  the  great  historical  value  of  the 
monument  is  evident.  It  contained  a  record  of  Thutmose 
Ill's  military  career  as  an  explanation  of  the  sources  of  the 
costly  materials  used  on  this  pylon  and  other  good  works  in 
the  Karnak  temple.  It  begins  with  his  coronation,  passes 
to  the  reign  of  Thutmose  II,  and  furnishes  our  most  impor- 
tant proof  of  Thurmose  Ill's  coregency  with  Thutmose  II, a 
whom,  as  his  predecessor,  he  officially  calls  his  "father"  as 
was  customary  on  the  monuments  in  referring  to  deceased 
Pharaohs.  The  record  then  proceeds  to  the  first  campaign, 
the  battle  of  Megiddo,  the  siege  of  Megiddo,  its  capture, 
the  prisoners,  and  the  disposal  of  the  prisoners  and  plunder 
in  Karnak.  Whether  the  succeeding  campaigns  were  now 
taken  up  is  uncertain.  In  any  case,  the  record  now  included 
some  account  of  the  important  eighth  campaign,  of  the  year 
33,  when  Thutmose  III  first  conquered  the  Euphrates  country. 

With  some  omissions  of  mutilated  portions,  necessitated 
by  the  exceedingly  fragmentary  character  of  some  of  the 
material,  the  fragments  are  as  follows: 

First  Fragment 

594.  Year  1,  first  month  of  the  third  season  (ninth  month),  the 
fourth  day,c  occurred  the  coronation  of  the  king's-son  . 

Second  Fragment*1 

595.   before  me  into  the  — .    There  was  assigned  to  me 

the  sovereignty  of  the  Two  Lands  upon  the  throne  of  Keb,  the  office 

found  by  Legrain  in  September-October,  1901,  and  published  by  him  in  the 
Annates  du  Service,  II,  272-79,  IV,  PI.  III.  The  inscription  is  in  vertical  lines,  of 
which  there  were  at  least  fourteen,  computed  by  Legrain  to  have  had  a  combined 
length  (if  set  end  to  end)  of  200  meters.  Of  all  this  the  surviving  fragments  con- 
tain but  a  small  fraction. 

aA  lintel  block,  found  by  Petrie  at  Abydos  in  1902  (Abydos,  I,  PI.  LXI,  2 ;  LXIV, 
and  p.  30),  shows  their  two  names  together,  as  having  been  coregent  during  work 
on  the  Eighteenth  Dynasty  Abydos  temple. 

bLegrain's  E.  279.  cSee  Annals,  §417- 

dLegrain's  combination  of  several  fragments,  276,  277. 


236         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  5o6 


of  Khepri  by  the  side  of  my  father,  the  Good  God,  King  of  Upper  and 
Lower  Egypt,  Okhepernere  (Thutmose  II),  given  life  forever  

4  

Spoil  oj  First  Campaign 

596.  His  majesty  commanded  to  build  stone    5 —  it  with 

electrum.    The  divine  shadow  was  the  likeness  of  a  ram,  whose  name 

was  made:    "Menkheperre  Monuments."    It  is  the  favorite 

place  of  the  lord  of  the  gods  All  its  vessels  were  of  electrum, 

gold,  [every]  costly  stone,  6[rcaptured  when  his  majesty  went 

to1]  Retenu,  to  repel  the  northern  countries,  on  his  first  victorious  cam- 
paign, which  Amon  decreed  to  him  »   put  in 

front  of  their  wall,  surrounding  it  with  a  firm  rampart.  My  majesty 
besieged  ita  like  a  terrible  lion.  As  for  him  who  rcame1  upon  it  by  night, 
 8  .  Lo,  my  majesty  carried  off  the  wives  of  that  van- 
quished one,  together  with  [rhisn]  children,  and  the  wives  of  the  chiefs 
who  were  [there,  together  with  their]  children.    My  majesty  placed  these 

women  9   the  name  of  another.    Their  impost  was 

brought  into  the  temple  of  my  father,  Amon,  as  the  dues  of  Retenu 

 these  wives  of  the  vanquished  chief  of  Kadesh  

10  of  Egypt,  extending  the  boundaries,  forever.  —  My 

majesty  made  this  equipment  to  overlay  [a  barge]  of  the  "Begin- 

ning-of-the-River  "  (named):  "Userhet,"b  hewn  [of  cedar]   

11  12   with  all  [products]  of  the  northern  countries, 

when  my  majesty  returned  from  these  countries. 

Third  Fragment0 

597.   their  horses  the  great  chiefs  of  this  country 

who  came  to  fight  their  —  into  the  temple  of  Amon.  Then 

my  majesty  commanded    my  [father]  Amon  dues  as  yearly 

impost.    Lo,  Lo,  my  majesty  furnished  an  example  of  might, 


aMeaning,  of  course,  Megiddo;  the  preceding  being  a  reference  to  his  siege 
works;  compare  Annals,  §433,  II.  9-1 1. 

bFor  '*  U serhetamon."  Of  course,  we  are  to  read  h  5 1  instead  of  Legrain's 
«  t;  see  Lateran  Obelisk  (§§  838). 

cLegrain's,  I,  274.  According  to  Legrain,  these  sections  of  seven  lines  belong 
to  11.  8-14,  presumably  referring  to  his  numbering  of  the  second  fragment;  but  they 
are  too  far  separated  from  that  fragment  to  be  here  placed  in  connection  with  it. 
They  evidently  refer  to  the  king's  prowess  in  some  battle. 


§  6oo]      GREAT  KARNAK  BUILDING  INSCRIPTION 


V>1 


with  my  own  sword,  in  the  midst  of   Bekhu  (Bhw).3-  None 

stood  before  [me]   anew  for  my  father,  Amon. 

Fourth  Fragment^ 

598.  of  Ketne  (Kd-n D)  on  the  eighth  victorious  campaign, 

to  repel  .c 


GREAT  KARNAK  BUILDING  INSCRIPTION 

599-  This  inscription  contained  the  record  of  Thutmose 
Ill's  buildings,  erected  after  the  beginning  of  his  wars.e  In 
particular,  it  recounts  the  erection  of  one  of  his  extensive 
additions  to  the  east  end  of  the  great  Karnak  temple.  The 
inscription  is  unfortunately  badly  mutilated,  only  the  intro- 
ductory lines  being  preserved,  but  we  see  that  it  recorded 
the  erection  of  Thutmose  Ill's  splendid  colonnaded  halls 
and  sanctuary,  which  form  the  eastern  extension  of  the 
Karnak  temple  ;f  for  it  was  a  building  so  extensive  that  an 
old  shrine  of  Nun  had  to  be  removed  farther  eastward. 

600.  There  was  a  reason,  hitherto  overlooked,  for  the 
erection  of  these  eastern  halls  by  Thutmose  III,  which 


aWith  a  foreign  determinative. 
bLegrain's  G,  279. 

cThere  are  two  more  lines,  of  which  the  first  seems  to  contain  some  reference 
to  making  bows. 

dA  large  granite  stela,  found  by  Mariette  in  the  great  Karnak  temple,  now  in 
Cairo;  fragments  of  only  seventeen  lines  are  preserved;  text:  Mariette,  Karnak,  12. 

eThe  record  of  his  Theban  buildings  before  his  wars  is  contained  in  the  great 
coronation  inscription  (§§  131  ff.).  Of  his  buildings  elsewhere,  he  has  left  but 
slight  record:  a  fragmentary  dedication  at  El  Kab  (Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  Text, 
IV,  37);  a  similar  fragment  at  Erment  (ibid.,  IV,  1);  and  a  record  of  his  share  in 
the  Pasht  speos  at  Benihasan  (Rouge,  Inscriptions  hieroglyphiques,  149),  which  is 
chiefly  of  religious  character.    Further  building  records  also  in  §§  609-22;  637-43. 

f According  to  an  altar  found  at  Karnak,  this  building  was  called:  " Men- 
kheperre-is-Glorious-in-Monuments"  (Zeitschrijt  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  1879,  137). 
An  altar  with  the  same  inscription  was  reported  at  Salonichi  (ibid.,  1S68,  78  ff.), 
and  is  possibly  identical  with  the  first.  See  also  §  560  for  the  only  other  occurrence 
of  the  name  in  Thutmose  Ill's  time.  This  name  of  Thutmose  Ill's  sanctuary 
was  still  in  use  in  the  reign  of  Takelot  II,  650  years  later  (IV,  753). 


238         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  601 


must  be  noted  here.  The  colonnaded  hall  built  by  Thut- 
mose  I  between  his  two  pylons  (IV  and  V)  formed  the 
entrance-hall  to  the  Karnak  temple,  and  at  this  time  was 
the  largest  hall  in  the  building,  the  only  one  sufficiently 
large  for  a  procession  of  the  god,  such  as  that  which  took 
place  there  when  Thutmose  III  was  installed  as  king  by  the 
priests.  Now,  this  hall  had  been  rendered  unfit  for  use  by 
Hatshepsut's  strange  insertion  of  her  obelisks  there  (§304); 
it  now  stood  roofless,  with  a  small  group  of  six  columns  at 
its  northern  end.  Of  these,  four  were  the  original  cedar 
columns  of  Thutmose  I,  which  Thutmose  III  now  renews, 
recording  the  renewal  on  one  of  them,  as  follows  :a 

601.  xHe  (Thutmose  III)  made  (it)  as  his  monument  for  his  father, 
Amon-Re,  erecting  for  him  [4  columns]  of  sandstone  set  upb  [in]  the 
hypostyle,  as  [ra  renewal  of  that  which1]  his  [rfather  had  made1],  the 
Good  God,  Lord  of  Offering  (viz.,  Thutmose  I),  shaped  of  cedar.c 
My  majesty  [radded1]d  4  columns  to  the  two  columnse  in  the  north  side, 

together  6;  wrought  with  — ,  established  with  2and  that  which 

was  brought  because  of  the  fame  of  my  majesty,  being  impost  of  all 
countries,  which  my  father,  Amon-Re,  assigned  to  me,  shapedf  of  sand- 
stone. The  height  thereof  was  made  30  cubits,g  on  both  sides  of  the 
great  august  portal,h  throughout.    They  illuminated  Karnak 


aPublished  by  Piehl,  Actes  du  6me  congres  international  des  orientalistes  tenu 
en  1883  a  Leide,  IVme  partie,  section  3,  pp.  203-19.  The  text  is  badly  broken, 
and  unessential  fragments  have  been  omitted. 

bRead:  smn. 

cThis  reference  is  the  first  mention  of  wooden  columns  in  an  Egyptian  temple, 
and  shows  that  Thutmose  I  built  his  hall  with  cedar  columns.  (See  my  New  Chap- 
ter, 31,  note  b). 

dPiehl. 

eThat  is,  the  two  columns  of  stone  already  inserted  by  Thutmose  I  (§  100 
and  note). 

f Three  passive  participles  agree  with  "4  columns,"  viz.,  "wrought,"  " estab- 
lished,"  and  "shaped."  This  mention  of  the  material  is  in  contrast  with  "shaped 
of  cedar"  (1.  1),  referring  to  the  wooden  predecessors  of  the  four  new  stone  columns. 

sOver  fifty-one  feet. 

hNorthern  portal;  see  plan,  New  Chapter,  13. 


§6o2]      GREAT  KARNAK  BUILDING  INSCRIPTION 


239 


like  of  sandstone,  painted  with  figures  of  my  father  Amon, 

together  with  figures  of  my  majesty,  and  figures  of  my  father,  the  Good 
God  (viz.,  Thutmose  I).  Behold,  as  for  that  which  was  founda  going 
to  ruin  among  them,  my  majesty  established  it  with  sandstone,  in  order 
that  this  temple  might  be  established  —  3 —  like  the  heavens,  abiding 
upon  their  four  pillars,  as  a  monument,  great,  excellent  and  useful  for 

the  lord  of  eternity;  of  granite,  ivory,  of  sandstone,  silver, 

of  the  Beautiful-faced  (Ptah).  I  swear  as  [Re]  loves  me,  [as  my  father, 
Amon,  favors  me,b  I  made  it]  anew  in  the  north  side,  being  an  increase 
of  that  which  my  father  had  made. 

602.  Thus  the  north  end  of  the  hall,  the  end  where 
Thutmose  III  had  been  stationed  when  he  was  proclaimed 
king,  was  repaired  by  him,  but  the  south  end  was  still  without 
columns  and  roofless.,  and  the  obelisk -bases  had  usurped 
the  room  of  eight  columns,  over  a  third  of  the  entire  colon- 
nade. The  hall  could  not  be  made  fit  for  great  ceremonials, 
with  the  obelisks  preventing  the  replacement  of  over  a 
third  of  the  roof.  Thutmose  III  therefore  built  a  masonry 
sheathing  around  each  of  the  obelisks,  covering  the  inscrip- 
tions of  Hatshepsut,  and  desisted0  from  any  further  attempt 
to  restore  the  hall  where  he  had  been  raised  to  the  throne. 
But  as  such  a  great  ceremonial  hypostyle  was  of  course  in- 
dispensable, he  built  the  splendid  colonnaded  halls  still 
standing  at  the  other  or  east  end  of  the  temple.  On  his 
return  from  the  second d  campaign,  in  the  year  24,  the  build- 
ing was  begun,  and  on  the  thirtieth  of  Mekhir,  that  is,  in 
the  latter  part  of  February,  some  two  months  before  his 
departure  for  Syria  on  the  third  campaign,  the  brilliant 


aRead:  gmy't? 

bRestored  from  the  common  form  of  royal  oath,  e.  g.,  Hatshepsut's  obelisk 
inscription,  §  318,  I.  2. 

cThis  is  clear  from  the  fact  that  his  son  Amenhotep  II,  erected  the  columns  of 
the  south  end  (§  805). 

dNot  the  first  campaign,  as  I  have  incorrectly  stated  in  Zeitschrift  fur  agyp- 
tische  Sprache,  39,  61. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  603 


celebration  of  the  foundation  ceremonies  took  place.  On 
his  return  from  the  third  campaign,  in  the  year  25,  the 
building  was  sufficiently  far  advanced  to  record  on  the 
walls  of  one  of  its  chambers,  the  plants  and  flowers  which 
he  brought  from  Syria a  in  that  year  (§§45of.). 

603.  The  architraves  of  the  building  bear  the  following 
dedications:13 

cHe  made  (it)  as  his  monument  for  his  father,  Amon-Re,  lord  of 
Thebes,  erecting  for  him  an  august  central  hypostyled  anew,  of  fine 
white  sandstone  (variant,  fine  limestone  of  Ayan). 

Another  form  of  this  dedication  is  an  epitheton  attached 
to  Thutmose  Ill's  name: 

Establishing  the  house  of  his  father,  Amon-Re,  of  fine  white  limestone 
of  Ayan. 

604.  Another  dedication  designates  the  hall6  in  the 
temple  which  was  set  apart  by  Thutmose  III  for  the  mor- 
tuary service  of  his  ancestors.    It  is  as  follows: 

f  making  for  them  a  great  dwelling  of  myriads  of  years, 

anews  of  fine  limestone  of  Ayan,  shining  like  the  horizon  of  heaven, 
established  as  an  eternal  work.  His  majesty  commanded  to  record  the 
names  of  his  fathers,  to  increase  their  offerings,  and  to  fashion  statues 

r  1h  to  establish  for  them  divine  offerings  anew,  as  increase  of  [what 

was  formerly]. 

605.  In  one  of  the  chambers  to  which  this  hall  gave 
access,  Thutmose  had  recorded  on  the  walls  a  list1  of  the 


aThis  is  the  earliest  extract  from  his  annals;  the  extracts  around  the  sanctuary 
were,  of  course,  made  after  the  conclusion  of  his  campaigns. 

bLcpsius,  Dcnkmdler,  Text,  III,  31;  Champollion,  Notices  descripiives,  II, 
159  f.,  162;  and  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  VI,  1313. 

cPreceded  by  the  titulary  of  Thutmose  III. 

^Hry't-yb.  in  Mariette's  Plan  (Karnak,  PI.  V). 

f  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  VI,  1313;  Champollion,  Notices  descripiives,  II,  168; 
Mariette,  Karnak,  32,  h;  titulary  and  usual  introduction  are  omitted. 

KOr:  "far  the  first  time."  h"0/  their  bodies?" 

Removed  by  Prisse  to  Paris,  where  it  now  is,  in  the  Bibliotheque  Nationale. 
This  is  the  famous  Karnak  list  of  kings.    See  I,  p.  197,  note  a. 


§6o7]      GREAT  KARNAK  BUILDING  INSCRIPTION 


241 


Pharaohs,  his  ancestors  who  were  worshiped  in  this  temple, 
and  whose  statues  were  set  up  in  it.  It  is  to  this  list  that 
the  dedication  inscription  refers. 

This  ancestral  character  of  the  temple  is  also  referred  to 
in  another  inscription a  of  Thutmose  III,  which  designates 
the  temple  as  "a  monument  for  his  father,  the  king  of  Upper 
and  Lower  Egypt,  Thutmose  I,  and  a  monument  of  his 
fathers,  the  kings  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt." 

The  architect  in  charge  of  these  great  additions  was  the 
first  prophet  of  Amon,  Menkheperreseneb,  who  briefly  re- 
counts his  connection  with  them  in  his  tomb  inscriptions 
(§§772  ff.)- 

The  great  building  inscription  on  our  granite  stela  is  as 
follows : 

The  Oracle 

606.  1  b    The  king  himself  commanded  to  put  in  2writing, 

according  to  the  statement  of  the  oracle ,c  to  execute  monuments  before 
those  who  are  on  earth  — .  My  majesty  desired  to  make  a  monument 
to  my  father,  Amon-Re,  in  Karnak,  erecting  a  dwelling,  beautifying  the 
horizon,  adorning  for  him  Khaftet-hir-nebes,  the  favorite  place  of  my 
father  3from  the  beginning,  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes.  I  made  it  for 
him  upon  this  block  of  enduring  stone,d  exalting  and  magnifying  greatly, 
since  water  to  the  shrinee  of  Nun,  on  arriving  at  his  seasons. 

Old  Buildings  Removed 

607.  I  built  it  for  him  according  to  (his)  desire,  I  satisfied  him  by 
that  which  I  made  for  him  (as)  at  first,  building  4a  shrine  at  the  east  of 

aBrugsch,  Thesaurus,  VI,  1315. 

bThe  usual  titulary  of  Thutmose  III  complete. 

cThis  is  doubtless  the  same  as  the  oracle  in  the  Punt  inscriptions  (§  285,  1.  5, 
nd't-r  =>)  commanding  the  expedition.  So  also  Thutmose  III  is  building  in  response 
to  an  oracle. 

dMariette  states  that  this  tablet  is  of  "granite  gris"  (Mariette,  Karnak,  Texte, 
47);  so  that  rwd't  cannot  mean  "sandstone"  here. 

eAs  Brugsch  has  supposed  (Egypt  under  the  Pharaohs,  p.  180),  this  temple,  or 
shrine  of  Nun;  was  in  the  way  of  enlarging  the  Amon-temple.  It  seems,  therefore, 
to  have  been  taken  down  and  rebuilt  farther  eastward. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  608 


this  temple.    Behold,  my  majesty  found  the  encircling  wall  of  mud 

brick,  [rI  removed  the  wall  of1]  mud  [brick,]  in  order  to  extend 

athis  temple. a  I  cleansed  it,  I  overthrew  its  ruinous  (parts),  and  removed 
the  inclosure,  which  was  by  its  side,  which  went  up  sfto1]  the  house. 
I  built  this  place  where  the  encircling  wall  was,  in  order  to  erect  this 

monument  upon  it  Karnak.    I  made  (it)  anew,b  I  fulfilled 

that  which  was  prescribed,  I  did  not  appropriate  the  monument  of 
another.  My  majesty  spake  this  in  truth  for  the  information  of  6every 
one,  my  great  abomination  is  to  speak  lies,  there  is  no  fiction  in 
 really.    I  know  that  he  is  pleased  therewith.0 

Foundation  Ceremonies 

608.  My  majesty  ordered  that  the  foundation  ceremonyd  should 
be  prepared  rat  the  approach  of3  the  day  of  the  Feast  of  the  New  Moon,e 
7to  extend  the  measuring-line  upon  this  monument.  In  the  year  24, 
second  month  of  the  second  season,  the  last  day  (of  the  month),  on  the 

day  of  the  tenth  feast  of  Amon  in  f  the  god  rested  Con1)  his  great 

throne.  After  this,  I  proceeded  rafter1  (my)  father,  8Amon ;  the  god  pro- 
ceeded at  his  going  to  celebrate  this  his  beautiful  feast.    The  majesty  of 

this  god  marveled  f   this  god  ['assum^ed  the  station  rfor1  the 

extension  of  the  [measuring-line].  He  set  his  majesty  before  him  at 
this  monument,  which  his  majesty  had  exacted.  9The  majesty  of  this 
god  rejoiced  in  this  monument  f  [the  majesty]  of  this  god  pro- 
ceeded; the  beautiful  feast  was  celebrated  '"for1  my  lord.    Then  I  went 

to  do  the  extending  of  the  measuring-line  upon  that  which   h 

I0before  him.    He  led  ir  1*  the  first  feast  of  extending  the  line. 

Behold,  the  majesty  of  this  revered  god  desired  to  do  the  extending  of 
the  line  himself  11  i  r  lk  12  all  that  he  made. 


aBy  a  slight  emendation  of  the  text. 

bOr:  "for  the  first  time."  cViz.,  with  the  truth;  a  common  idea. 

dLit.,  "the  line  extension,"  as  in  1.  7,  following. 
eSee  Brugsch  (Thesaurus,  VI,  1290  f.). 
fAbout  one-third  line.  gLess  than  one-third  line. 

hOver  one-half  line.    The  remaining  short  ends  of  eight  lines  still  have  to  do 
with  this  building,  but  offer  nothing  decisive  by  which  to  identify  it. 
iPartially  broken.  iNearly  two-thirds  line. 

kSee  Brugsch  (Thesaurus,  VI,  1291);  I  do  not  understand  the  passage,  and  his 
explanation  does  not  seem  to  me  probable. 


§  6o9]      INSCRIPTION  OF  KARNAK  PTAH-TEMPLE 


His  majesty  rejoiced  exceedingly  when  he  saw  the  great  marvels  which 

his  father  [Amon]  had  performed  for  him.    *3  a    My  heart 

dilated  at  every  beautiful  approach  to  begin  this  monument,  enduring 

14  b  all  the  names  of  the  great  gods  who  are  in  Karnak  and  of 

the  gods  and  goddesses  »s  a    All  the  people  made  jubilee. 

After  this  16  c  electrum,  which  [my  majesty]  made  for  him 

17  d 


BUILDING  INSCRIPTION  OF  THE  KARNAK  PTAH- 
TEMPLE6 

609.  This  inscription  records  how  Thutmose  III  found 
the  Ptah-temple,  just  north  of  the  great  hypostyle  in  Karnak, 
built  of  brick,  with  wooden  columns  and  doorposts,  falling 
to  ruin.  The  occasion  of  rebuilding,  or  at  least  of  new 
offerings,  was  the  return  from  the  first  campaign,  and  the 
inscription  contains  interesting  references  (§616)  to  the  in- 
vestment and  capture  of  Megiddo  on  that  campaign.  From 
the  plunder  thus  obtained  the  temple  was  also  newly  and 
richly  furnished.  As  this  temple  was  one  of  the  stopping- 
places  of  Amon,  when  his  processions  moved  out  from  the 
Karnak  temple,  on  all  feast  days,  offerings  are  provided  for 
Amon  on  such  occasions  (§§615,  617).  At  such  times  also 
the  lay  priesthood  was  to  receive  an  offering,  as  well  as  the 
royal  statue  which  was  carried  in  procession  (§618);  and 
the  usual  daily  offering  was  made  to  Ptah  (§619),  increased 
by  certain  new  offerings  now  established  for  the  first  time 


aOver  two-thirds  line. 

bAbout  three-fourths  line.  cAbout  four-fifths  line. 

dThe  remainder  of  the  tablet  must  have  contained  at  least  as  many  more  lines 
as  the  above. 

eLarge  granite  stela  1.50  m.  high,  0.74  m.  wide,  and  0.32  m.  thick,  found  in 
the  Ptah-temple  at  Thebes;  now  in  Cairo,  thus  far  without  number.  It  was  pub- 
lished and  translated  by  Maspero,  Comptes  rendus  de  Vacademie  des  inscriptions 
et  belles-lettres,  1900,  Tome  I,  113-23,  with  facsimile  plate;  and  again  by  Legrain, 
Annales,  III,  107-11.  I  had  also  a  copy  of  the  original,  kindly  loaned  me  by 
Schaefer. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  610 


(§620).  These  were  further  increased  on  the  king's  return 
from  a  subsequent  campaign  late  in  September  (§621). 
With  offerings  for  Mut-Hathor  (§  622),  the  inscription  closes. 

These  offerings  are  all  "  jor  the  sake  0]  life,  prosperity, 
and  health"  of  the  Pharaoh;  that  is,  they  are  the  official 
sacrifices  in  his  behalf,  which  were  begun  as  soon  as  a  king 
was  crowned  (cf.  §  57). 

610.  The  stela  was  badly  defaced,  when  the  persecution 
of  Ikhnaton  caused  the  chiseling  out  of  the  entire  relief 
and  every  occurrence  of  the  names  of  other  gods.  This 
defacement  is  important  as  showing  that  the  persecution  of 
Ikhnaton  was  not  confined  to  Amon.  The  restorers  of 
Seti  I  at  Thebes  were  so  accustomed  to  inserting  the  name 
of  Amon  that  they  have  here  inserted  it  where  the  titles 
clearly  show  that  Ptah  was  original. 

611.  The  dedication  inscription  on  the  wall  of  the  Ptah- 
temple  also  attributes  the  building  to  Thutmose  III,  of 
whom  it  says:a 

[He  made  (it)  as  his  monument]*3  for  his  father,  Ptah,  the  beautiful  of 
face,  lord  of  "Life  of  the  Two  Lands,"  presiding  over  the  great  seat ; 
erecting  for  him  the  house  of  Ptah  anew  [of]  fine  white  sandstone,  doors 
of  new  cedar  of  the  best  of  the  terraces.    It  is  more  beautiful  than  it 

was  before.    Lo,  my  majesty  found  this  house  of  brick  of  the 

ancestors.  His  majesty  commanded  to  make  for  him  this  temple  of 
sandstone,  established  as  an  eternal  work,  made  to  flourish,  an  abiding 
monument  ,c  which  the  Son  of  Re,  Thutmose  (III),  makes  for  him. 

612.  Our  stela  inscription  is  surmounted  by  a  relief, d 
down  the  middle  of  which  is  the  following  record  of  Seti  I's 
restoration : 

aBrugsch,  Thesaurus,  V,  1 188  =  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  Text,  III,  7  =  Legrain, 
Annates,  III,  98,  99. 

bThe  restoration  in  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  Text,  is  not  correct;  and  that  of 
Legrain  is  impossible. 

cName  of  Ptah  erased  by  Ikhnaton;  see  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  Text,  III,  8. 

dThis  entire  relief  was  chiseled  out  by  Ikhnaton. 


§6i5]      INSCRIPTION  OF  KARNAK  PTAH-TEMPLE 


Restoration  of  the  monument,  which  King  Menmare  (Seti  I)  made, 
in  the  house  of  his  father,  Ptah. 

On  the  right,  Thutmose  III  offers  wine  to  Ptah.  Behind 
the  king  is  the  divine  wife  (hm  t  ntr)  Sityoh  (S D' /  yc  h),* 
offering  ointment.  On  the  left,  before  the  same  god,  Thut- 
mose III,  offering  a  libation  of  water,  is  followed  by  the 
same  princess, b  again  offering  ointment. 

The  inscription  below  the  relief  is  as  follows: 

Introduction 

613.  *Live  Horus  Thutmose  III,  beloved  of  Ptah-South- 

of-His-Wall,  in  Thebes,  given  life  forever. 

Building  the  New  Temple 

614.  2Myc  majesty  commands  that  there  be  built  the  temple  of 
Ptah-South-of-His-Wall,  in  Thebes,  which  is  a  station  (w*  hyt)  of  my 
father,  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes,  wherein  he  [ — ]d  on  the  day  of  "Bring- 
ing-in-the-God,"  and  all  his  feasts  3during  the  year,  when  he  proceeds  to 
the  treasury  of  the  south  (tp  rsy) .  Lo,  my  majesty  found  this  temple  built 
of  brick  and  wooden  columns, e  and  its  doorway  of  wood,  beginning  to 
go  to  ruin.  4My  majesty  commands  to  stretch  the  cord  upon  this 
temple  anew,  erected  of  fine  white  sandstone,  and  the  walls  around  itf 
of  brick,  as  a  work  enduring  for  eternity.  5My  majesty  erected  for  it 
doors  of  new  cedar  of  the  best  of  the  terraces,  mounted  with  Asiatic 
copper,  rcorresponding  to1  (hjt)  the  house  of  Ptah  anew,  in  the  name  of 
my  majesty.    6Never  was  done  for  him  the  like,  before  my  majesty. 

New  Equipment  0}  the  Temple 

615.  My  majesty  made  him  rich,  and  I  made  him  greater  than 
before.    I  overlaid  for  him  his  great  seat  with  electrum  of  the  best  of 

aThe  name  is  perhaps  wrongly  restored,  and  Maspero  affirms  he  has  seen 
traces  of  the  name  Merytre;  but  of  this  Schaefer  saw  nothing. 
bHer  name  is  here  original. 

cThe  text  has  a  Horus-hawk  on  the  standard,  used  for  the  first  person  when 
the  king  speaks,  in  the  rest  of  the  inscription. 

dWe  expect  some  verb  like  "rests"  or  "turns  aside,"  but  the  text  shows  only 
the  verb  "give"  and  a  very  small  lacuna. 

eOn  wooden  columns  in  a  temple,  see  §  100. 

fThat  is,  the  walls  of  the  temple  inclosure. 


246         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§616 


the  countries.  7A11  vessels  were  of  gold  and  silver,  and  every  splendid, 
costly  stone,  clothing  of  fine  linen,  white  linen,  ointments  of  divine 
ingredients,  to  perform  his  pleasing  ceremonies  at  the  feasts  of  8the 
beginnings  of  the  seasons,  which  occur  in  this  temple,  when  my  majesty 
caused  him  to  proceed,  to  assume  his  throne. 

Offerings  on  Return  from  First  Campaign 

616.  I  filled  his  temple  with  every  good  thing,  with  oxen,  geese, 
incense,  wine,  offerings  of  9all  sorts  of  fruit,  at  the  return  of  my  majesty 
from  (hr)  the  country  of  Retenu  (Rtnw),  on  the  first  victorious  campaign, 
which a  my  father,  Amon,  gave  to  me,  when  he  gave  to  me  all  the  allied 
countries  of  Zahib  (D  3  -hy),  10shut  up  in  one  city.  The  fear  of  my 
majesty  entered  their  hearts,  (they)  fell,c  (they)  slunk  back;  when  I 
reached  them,  there  was  not  one  left  "who  stirred  (wtwi)  among  them. 
I  snared  them  in  one  city,  I  built  around  them  with  a  rampart  of  thick 
wall,  to  — d  their  nostrils  of  the  breath  of  life,  by  the  fame  of  I2my  father, 
Amon,  who  guides  me  into  a  prosperous  way  by  all  his  good  designs, 
which  he  has  wrought  for  my  majesty.  He  has  made  great  the  victories 
of  my  majesty  above  (those  of)  any  king  who  has  been  before. 

New  Offerings  for  Amon 

617.  I3My  majesty  commanded  that  his  altar  should  be  supplied 
with  every  good  thing.  My  majesty  commanded  that  offerings  be  added 
anew  for  my  father,  Amon,  in  Karnak,  I4when  he  rested  there:  12  e"heaps 
of  offeringse  supplied  with  everything,"  for  the  day  of  "Bringing-in-the- 
God  "  and  every  feast  of  Amon,  beingf  an  increase  of  what  was  before, 
for  the  sake  of  the  life,  prosperity,  and  health  of  my  majesty  — .g 


aThis  relative  clause  (rdyn  ny  yfy)  is  common.  Maspero's  rendering,  "Je  fis 
en  efTct  ces  dons  a  mon  pere,  etc.,"  is  possible  only  by  overlooking  one  of  the  n's. 

bThis  shows  the  wide  extent  of  Zahi,  evidently  far  beyond  the  limits  of  Phoenicia. 

cThe  text  has  been  restored  here,  and  may  be  corrupt;  "fell"  (hr)  may  be 
the  particle  "then,  so." 

dSome  verb  like  "deprive." 

eThis  is  a  cultus  term  for  a  kind  of  oblation.    See  §  566. 
f  Emend  after  1.  19. 

sAmon  is  here  wrongly  restored  in  an  erasure  extending  over  from  the  next 
line.  The  ancient  restoration  "my  majesty"  (hn-y)  is  quite  right,  as  is  shown  by 
1.  19;  Maspero  {Comptes  rend  us,  1900,  I,  115)  corrects  the  restoration,  and  appeals 
to  1.  19  as  supporting  his  correction;  but  his  quotation  of  1.  19  overlooks  hn. 


§620]      INSCRIPTION  OF  KARNAK  PTAH-TEMPLE 


Offerings  jor  the  Priesthood  and  Royal  Statue 

618.  Now,  'Swhen  the  majesty  of  this  august  god  is  satisfied  with 
his  offering  (yfr  f),  let  one  cause  a  "heap  of  offerings,  supplied  with 
everything"  to  be  issued  to  the  lay  priests  of  the  temple  of  my  father, 
Amon,  in  Karnak;  l6and  6  "  heaps  of  offerings,  supplied  with  every- 
thing"21 and  with  bread  ofb  the  ''Coming  Forth"  (to  be  issued)  before 
the  statue  of  millions  of  years  of  my  majesty,  which  follows  to  this  temple, 
which  is  in  the  domain  of  the  majesty  of  ^this  august  god,  for  the  sake 
of  this  offering,  cthe  name  of  which  is:  "Menkheperre-is-Great-in- Offer- 
ings." 

Offerings  for  Ptah 

619.  Now,  when  this  statue  is  satisfied  with  this  offering,  there  shall 
be  issued  for  the  temple  of  l8Ptah,  lord  of  truth,  South-of-His-Wall,  in 
Thebes,  according  to  the  measure  of  the  customaryd  offering,  which  is 
in  this  temple. 

New  Offerings  jor  Ptah 

620.  My  majesty  has  moreover  commanded  to  found  divine  offer- 
ings anew  for  my  father,  ^Ptah-South-of-His-Wall  in  Thebes,  con- 
sisting of  60  various  loaves,  2  jars  (ds)  of  beer,  vegetables,  bread 

of  the  daily  offering  of  every  day,  as  an  increase  of  that  which  was  before, 
for  the  sake  of  the  life,  prosperity,  and  health  of  my  majesty. 

2°Now,  when  the  god  is  satisfied  with  his  offerings,  let  this  ""offering1 
be  placed  before  [this]  statue  of  my  majesty,  when  the  lay  priesthood  of 
the  temple  of  Ptah-South-of-His-Wall,  in  Thebes,  go  forth.  My  majesty 
[""commands1] f  2Ito  have  executed  every  contract  of  the  court,  for  his 
father,  Ptah-South-of-His-Wall,  in  Thebes  Amon  in  Karnak. 


aThis  is  interpreting  the  loaf  as  determinative  of  the  whole  group;  it  is  possible 
to  separate  it,  as  Maspero  does,  and  read  "six  loaves  from  the  bread  of,  etc." 

bOr:  " for  the  Coming  Forth;"  in  which  case  the  parenthesis  must  be  inserted 
after  "bread,"  thus:  "  bread  (to  be  issued)  for  the  Coming  Forth,  etc." 

cThis  relative  clause,  as  the  gender  shows,  does  not  belong  to  "offering,"  but 
to  "temple!"  The  order  of  words  above  is  as  in  the  original,  which  is  very  con- 
fused. Such  royal  statues  are  depicted  in  reliefs  "following"  in  procession  to  the 
temple. 

dFor  another  example  of  this  use  of  this  word  (mtt),  see  §  798;  and  the  Treaty, 
HI,  §  377,  1.  14. 

eThe  restorer  has  absurdly  inserted  Amon  here  before  Ptah! 
fThe  restoration  has  probably  omitted  this  word. 


248         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§621 


Further  Addition  to  Ptah>s  Offerings 

621.  First  (month)  of  the  first  season  (first  month),  twenty -sixth 
day.a  My  majesty  hath  founded  for  him:  22a  bull,  — b  jars  (mnw)  of 
wine,  2  geese,  4  great  r — 5  measures  {dny  t)  of  fruit,  grain  for  6  white 
loaves,  2  [bundles  of  vegetables],0  20  {P  b-)  jars  and  10  (ds-)  jars  of 
beer,  5  table  fowl,  23  200  various  loaves  of  the  divine  offerings  from  the 
house  (pr)  of  Amon,  4  measures  of  incense,  —  cakes,  20  white  loaves, 
dfor  the  sake  ofd  the  life,  prosperity,  and  health  of  Pharaoh,  fixed  as 
annual  dues,  burned  in  the  presence  of  this  god  2«every  day. 

Offerings  for  Mut-Hathor 

622.  My  [majesty  commands]  to  have  executed  every  contract  of 
the  court  for  Mut-Hathor,  mistress  of  Thebes,  on  the  day  of  the  "  Altar-of- 
the-Feast,"  which  takes  placee  on  the  last  day  of  the  third  month  of  the 
third  season  (eleventh  month).  25[My  majesty]  has  [founded  rdivine 
offerings  of1]  —  jars  of  wine,  1  goose,  2  great  r — \  4  measures  {dny  t) 
of  fruit,  grain  for  four  white  loaves,  2  bundles  of  vegetables,  2  (/36-)jars 
of  beer.  265  table-fowl,  25  [various  loaves  of  the  divine] f  offerings,  r — 1 
of  the  garden,  and  every  plant,  burnedg  in  the  presence  of  this  goddess, 
every  day. 

27[It  is]  my  [majesty]  who  does  all  the  things  to  be  done  in  this  house 
in  this  good  hour  '"exactly1,  in  which  is  the  burning.    It  is  my  majesty 

who  makes  anew  . 


aThis  is  about  the  twenty-third  of  September  and  was,  of  course,  the  time  of 
the  king's  return  with  the  plunder  from  some  campaign  of  the  preceding  summer 
(see  §§409  ff.). 

bThe  numeral  has  been  corrupted  in  the  restoration. 

cTo  be  restored  from  1.  25. 

dMaspero  restores:  nw  =  "<?/;"  but  the  context  demands  the  usual  connection, 
viz.,  "for  the  sake  of  {hr-d  3  d  3),  etc.,"  which  Schaefer  read;  and  this  is  shown  by  the 
photograph  to  be  correct. 

eMaspero  has  "fete  de  faire  etrc;"  but  the  phrase  "cause  to  be"  is  usual  for 
the  taking  place  of  a  feast.  See  Zeitschrijt  fiir  agyptische  Sprache,  37,  124  f., 
where  it  occurs  three  times,  and  the  Elephantine  appendix  to  the  Amada  stela, 
§  798. 

i  Restored  from  1.  23. 

bA  participle  referring  to  the  entire  preceding  scries  of  offerings;  the  same 
above  in  L.  23. 


§  624] 


OBELISKS 


249 


OBELISKS 

623.  In  celebration  of  the  usual  jubilee  on  the  thirtieth 
anniversary  of  his  being  proclaimed  crown  prince,  and  on 
recurrences3  of  the  same  feast,  Thutmose  III  erected  a 
series  of  at  least  seven b  obelisks,  of  which  five  were  in 
Thebes  and  two  in  Heliopolis.  The  first  of  these  feasts 
must  have  taken  place  in  his  thirtieth  year  as  king,  because 
his  proclamation  as  crown  prince  was  coincident  with  his 
coronation.  He  had  no  prospect  of  succeeding  until  he 
was  crowned.  These  obelisks  are  chronologically  impor- 
tant, and  bear  inscriptions,  some  of  which  possess  great 
historical  value. 

I.     KARNAK  OBELISKS 

624.  If  we  exclude  those  of  Hatshepsut,  there  are  now 
no  obelisks  erected  by  Thutmose  III  remaining  in  Karnak; 
for  that  of  Thutmose  I  which  he  appropriated  was  not 
erected  by  Thutmose  III  (see  §§105,  86  ff.),  but  only  in- 
scribed by  him.  In  the  year  42,  however,  he  had  already 
erected  in  Karnak  four  obelisks,  for  which  he  decreed  offer- 
ings (§§  563,  572).  Whether  he  later  erected  more,  we  cannot 
tell,  but  it  can  hardly  be  an  accident  that  other  sources  also 
refer  to  four  at  Karnak,  two  being  recorded  by  the  king 

aA  record  of  the  celebration  of  a  jubilee  on  the  second  of  Pauni  in  year  33  is 
found  in  a  tablet  at  el-Bersheh  (Sharpe,  Egyptian  Inscriptions,  II,  47;  again  less 
accurately,  II,  33).    The  monument  is  now  destroyed. 

bThat  is:    Mentioned  in  texts  at  Karnak        ....  4 
(Includes  Constantinople  obelisk) 

Lateran  obelisk   1 

Heliopolis  obelisks   2 

Total  7 

The  Lateran  obelisk  was,  of  course,  not  completed  by  Thutmose  III.  There 
is  a  small  obelisk  of  his  at  Sion  house;  see  Birch,  History,  102.  A  new  obelisk  of 
"Thotmes"  (not  stated  which  one)  is  mentioned  in  Egypt  Exploration  Fund 
Archaeological  Report,  98,  99,  22.  See  Breasted,  "The  Obelisks  of  Thutmose  III 
and  His  Building  Season  in  Egypt"  (Zeitschrift  jiir  agyptische  Sprache,  39,  55"6l)« 
Legrain's  recent  discoveries  at  Karnak  (Annales,  V)  arrived  too  late  for  use  here. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§625 


himself  and  two  mentioned  in  the  tomb  of  Puemre  (§§  382  ff.) 
The  former  two  are  represented  in  a  relief a  where  Thutmose 
III  is  presenting  to  Amon  a  magnificent  array  of  costly  gifts 
in  gold  and  silver  and  the  like.  Among  these  appear  two 
obelisks  each  inscribed  with  titles,  etc.,  of  Thutmose  III, 
followed  on  the  one  by  the  words: 

He  made  (it)  as  his  monument  [for  his  father,  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes] ,b 
erecting  for  him  two  great  and  mighty  obelisks  of  granite;  the  pyra- 
midions  (being)  of  electrum;c  at  the  double  facade  of  the  temple. 

As  the  inscription  is  different  from  that  upon  the  obelisks 
in  the  tomb  of  Puemre,  they  must  be  a  different  pair.d 
The  inscriptions  in  the  tomb  of  Menkheperreseneb  also 
refer  to  "many  obelisks  and  flagstaves" e  erected  by  him  for 
Thutmose  III  at  Thebes. 

625.  A  scarab/  issued  in  celebration  of  the  erection  of 
obelisks  in  Karnak,  bears  the  words: 

Thutmose  III,  whose  obelisks  abide  in  the  house  of  Amon. 

In  addition  to  these  four,  for  which  we  have  chiefly  in- 
scriptional  evidence,  Thutmose  III  had  at  least  one  more 

aIn  the  corridor  of  the  Annals  in  the  great  Karnak  temple;  published  by 
Champollion,  Monuments,  IV,  316,  317;  partially  by  Rosellini,  Monumenti  Storici, 
Text,  III,  1,  plate  opposite  p.  125;  partially  by  Burton,  Excerpta  hieroglyphica,  29, 
and  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  V,  1185  ff. 

bBrugsch  and  Rosellini  represent  this  as  erased,  but  Champollion  has  it  in 
full,  having  doubtless  inserted  it  from  similar  dedications. 

cSee  Ineni  (§  103,  I.  8);  Lepsius  says  of  the  obelisk  in  tomb  of  Puemre:  "das 
pyramidion  ist  gelb  gemalt,"  of  course  representing  electrum  (Lepsius,  Denkmaler, 
Text,  III,  244).  On  the  other  obelisk  the  same  inscription  with  the  variant  "obe- 
lisks" (for  the  dual). 

dNone  of  these  can  be  the  Late  ran  obelisk,  for  it  was  not  one  of  a  pair;  but  the 
Constantinople  obelisk  is  one  of  the  first  pair  above  mentioned,  for  the  position, 
of  the  representations  and  the  wording  of  the  inscriptions  tally  exactly  (the  only 
difference  is  the  omission  of  dsr-h  c  w  in  the  Golden  Horus  name  in  the  Karnak 
relief).  See  Zeitschrift  fiir  agyptische  Sprache,  39,  Tafcl  III,  1  and  2  (opp.  p.  56), 
and  p.  57. 

eVirey,  Memoires  de  la  mission  jrancaise  au  Caire,  V,  209,  1.  15. 

f  Berlin,  No  3530,  Ausfiihrliches  Verzcichniss  des  Berliner  Museums,  417. 


$  626] 


OBELISKS 


obelisk  in  Karnak,  which  has  itself  survived,  though  far 
from  its  original  site,  viz.,  the  Lateran  Obelisk. 

II.     LATERAN  OBELISK a 

626.  This  obelisk  has  had  an  interesting  history.  It  was 
intended  by  Thutmose  III  probably  for  the  forecourt  before 
his  southern  pylon  (VIII)  in  Karnak. b  But  he  apparently 
died  after  it  had  reached  its  site,  but  before  it  was  erected 
or  inscribed.  There  it  lay  for  thirty-five  years  in  "the  hands 
0}  the  craftsmen"  until  it  was  piously  erected  and  properly 
inscribed  with  Thutmose  Ill's  dedication,  etc.,  by  his  grand- 
son, Thutmose  IV,  who  adds  also  his  own  inscription  with 
an  account  of  the  monument's  history  thus  far.  It  is  herein 
distinctly  stated  that  this  is  the  first  time  that  a  single  obelisk 
was  erected.0  The  next  date  of  its  history  is  that  of  its 
erection  by  Constantius  in  the  Circus  Maximus  at  Rome  in 
357  A.  D.  In  1587  it  was  discovered  there  broken  into 
three  pieces,  and  was  set  up  on  its  present  site  in  the  next 
year  by  Pope  Sixtus  V. 

The  inscriptions  of  Thutmose  III  occupy  the  middle 


aIn  the  piazza  of  the  Lateran  in  Rome;  published  in  Interpretatio  Obeliscorum 
Urbis  ....  digesta  per  A.  M.  Ungarellium,  Romae,  MDCCCXLII,  Tab.  I; 
Birch,  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Literature,  2d  ser.,  II,  228;  de  Horrack, 
Revue  Archeologique,  N.  S.,  1864,  IX,  45  (incomplete);  Marucchi,  Gli  obelischi 
egiziani  di  Roma,  Tav.  I  and  II. 

bThutmose  III  says  it  was  set  "in  the  forecourt  of  the  temple  over  against 
Karnak;"  Thutmose  IV  refers  three  times  to  its  location:  (1)  when  found  it  was 
lying  "on  the  south  side  of  Karnak;"  (2)  it  was  erected  "in  Karnak;"  (3)  it  was 
erected  "at  the  upper  portal  of  Karnak."  Taken  altogether,  these  data  show  that 
in  No.  3  the  southern  entrance  through  Pylon  VIII  is  meant,  and  there  the  obelisk 
stood.  There  is  a  reference  to  the  same  portal  in  the  inscription  of  Beknekhonsu 
(III,  567,  1.  5),  where  it  is  also  called  the  "upper  portal"  In  both  cases  the  same 
word  (hr)  is  used  for  "upper."  It  is  unusual  in  this  sense,  viz.,  referring  to  the 
river,  but  occurs  twice  in  the  same  way  in  the  inscription  of  Zoser  (Sehel,  11.  16 
and  30). 

cHence  it  was  not  paired  with  the  Constantinople  obelisk,  as  Wiedemann  states 
(Aegyptische  Geschichte,  365). 


252 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III 


[§627 


lines,  those  of  Thutmose  IV  the  side  lines. a  All  have  suffered 
much  from  restoration  by  the  papal  architect  at  the  last 
erection. 

Dedication  {South  Side) 

627  b  Thutmose  (III).  He  made  (it)  as  his  monu- 
ment for  his  father,  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes,  erecting  for  him  a  single 
obelisk  in  the  forecourt  (wb 3)  of  the  temple  over  against  (r-h 3  w) 
Karnak,  as  the  first  beginning  of  erecting  a  single  obelisk  in  Thebes; 
that  he  might  be  given  life. 

North  Side 

 (Thutmose  III),  son  of  Amon,  of  his  body,  whom  Mut 

bore  to  him  in  Ishru,  of  the  same  limbs  as  he  who  fashioned  him,  Son  of 
Re,  Thutmose,  Beautiful  of  Form,  beloved  of  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes, 
given  life,  like  Re. 

East  Side 

628  (Thutmose  III),  rich  in  monuments  in  the  house  of 

Amon;  making  his  monuments  greater  than  that  which  the  ancestors 
made,  who  were  before;  exceeding  that  which  ever  was,  not  resembling 
the  likeness  of  anything  that  was  made  in  the  house  of  his  father,  Amon, 
that  the  son  of  Re,  Thutmose,  Ruler  of  Heliopolis,  may  be  given  life 
through  him  («/). 

West  Side 

 (Thutmose  III),  who  praises  Amon,  when  he  rises  in 

Karnak.  He  sends  Amon  to  rest  in  the  house,  "Bearer-of- Diadems," 
while  his  (Amon's)  heart  is  glad  at  the  monuments  of  his  beloved  son, 
"  Enduring  in  Kingship."0  Cause  him  to  endure  and  to  repeat  for  thee 
the  celebration  of  this  million  of  jubilees;  Son  of  Re,  Thutmose, 
Beautiful  of  Form,  given  life. 

III.     CONSTANTINOPLE  OBELISK d 

629.  This  obelisk  was  removed  by  the  emperor  Theodo- 
sius  from  Egypt  to  Constantinople.6   It  originally  stood 

aThese  latter  will  be  found  under  his  reign  (§§8306°.). 
bFull  five-name  titulary,  as  in  §§143  ff. 
cSecond  name  of  Thutmose  III. 

dIn  Constantinople,   published   by  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,   III,  60;  Sharpe, 
Egyptian  Inscriptions,  II,  65.    Only  the  upper  portion  is  preserved. 
eWiedemann,  Aegyptische  Geschichte,  365. 


OBELISKS 


253 


somewhere  in  Karnak,a  and  is  shown  with  its  fellowT  in  a 
relief  there,  in  which  the  king  offers  the  pair  to  Amon. 
The  exact  location  of  these  obelisks,  or  of  the  pair  erected 
by  Puemre,  is  doubtless  indicated  by  an  inscription  on  a 
fragment  of  a  sphinx  found  near  Thutmose  Ill's  southern 
pylon  (VII)  at  Karnak,  which  reads:  "He  presented  two 
obelisks  of  stone,  one  on  each  side  of  it"  {Annates,  IV,  9), 
evidently  meaning  the  door  of  the  pylon.  The  inscriptions 
on  the  Constantinople  obelisk b  are  as  follows: 

Dedication  {South  Side) 

630  c(Thutmose  III);  he  made  (it)  as  his  monument  for 

his  father,  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes;  erecting  d[for  him  very  great 
obelisks  of  red  granite,  the  pyramidions  of  electrum;  that  he  may  be 
given  life,  like  Re,  forever]. 

North  Side 

 (Thutmose  III),  whom  Alum  reared  as  a  child,  in  the  arms 

of  Neit,  Divine  Mother,  to  be  king;  who  has  taken  all  lands,  the 
extent  of  time;  lord  of  jubilees  (hb-sd)   . 

East  Side 

63 1  (Thutmose  III),  lord  of  victory,  binder  of  every 

land,  who  makes  his  boundary  as  far  as  the  Horns  of  the  Earth,  the 
marshes  as  far  as  Naharin  (N-h-r-n)   . 

West  Side 

 (Thutmose  III),  who  crossed  the  " Great  Bend"  of 

Naharin  (N-h-r-n)e  with  might  and  with  victory  at  the  head  of  his  army, 
making  a  great  slaughter  [among  them]  . 


aSee  §  624  and  note. 

bPetrie  (History  of  Egypt,  II,  131  ff.)  has  shown  that  this  obelisk  must  have 
been  verv  high.  He  would  for  this  reason  identify  it  with  the  great  obelisks  of 
Thutiy's'inscription  (§  376),  but  those  obelisks  belonged  to  Hatshepsut,  and,  as 
we  have  seen,  the  Constantinople  obelisk  is  certainly  one  of  those  shown  in  the 
Karnak  relief  (§624  and  note). 

cFull  titulary  except  last  fifth  name. 

dThe  Karnak  relief  (§  543)  furnishes  the  lost  conclusion  of  this  dedication. 
eThis  is  the  campaign  of  the  thirty-third  year.    See  §§  477  ff- 


254         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§632 


IV.     LONDON  OBELISK a 

632.  This  obelisk,  with  its  fellow,  now  in  New  York, 
stood  in  the  temple  of  Heliopolis.  Removed  to  Alexandria, 
they  were  erected  before  the  temple  of  the  Caesars  there,  in 
13-12  B.  C.,b  by  the  Romanc(?)  architect  Pontius,  while 
Barbarus  was  prefect.  The  London  obelisk,  which  had 
fallen  early  in  the  fourteenth  century,  was  removed d  thither 
in  1877  and  landed  in  England  in  January,  1878.  It  is 
68J  feet  high  (Petrie,  History  oj  Egypt,  II,  127). 

633.  Its  inscriptions6  are  not  of  great  historical  impor- 
tance; the  dedication  is  as  follows: 

 Thutmose  (III);  he  made  (it)  as  his  monument  for  his 

father,  Harakhte,  erecting  for  him  two  great  obelisks;  with  pyramidion 
of  electrum,  at  the  fourthf  occurrence  of  the  jubilee  (hb-sd),  because  he 
so  much  loved  rhis  father.1  May  the  Son  of  Re,  Thutmose  (III),  be 
[given  life]  through  him  (nj). 


aStands  on  the  Thames  embankment  in  London;  published  in  Description, 
Antiquitcs,  V,  32,  33  (partially  and  badly);  Champollion,  Monuments,  IV,  445,  446; 
Burton,  Excerpta  hieroglyphica,  51;  phototype,  Gorringe,  Egyptian  Obelisks; 
Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  V,  11,  30  (dedication  only);  King,  Cleopatra's  Needle  (Lon- 
don, 1886). 

bThe  current  date,  22  B.  C,  is  an  error,  to  be  corrected  from  the  revised 
text  of  Merriam  (The  Greek  and  Latin  Inscriptions  on  the  Obelisk-Crab,  by  A.  C. 
Merriam,  New  York,  1883)  on  the  bronze  crabs  which  were  inserted  under  the 
obelisks  at  their  re-erection.  Those  under  the  fallen  London  obelisk  had,  of  course, 
disappeared;  on  a  claw  found  under  the  other  (New  York)  obelisk,  and  now  in  the 
Metropolitan  Museum  (New  York),  both  the  Greek  and  Latin  versions  are  pre- 
served.   Merriam's  copy  reads: 

L  IH  KAISAPS  A[N]NO  XVIII  CAESARIS 
BAPBAP03  ANE0HKE  BARBARUS  PRAEF 

APXITEKTONOYNTOS  AEGYPTI  POSUIT 

TTONTIOY  ARCHITCTANTE  PONTIO 

(Ligatures  and  missing  portions  of  broken  letters  I  have  not  indicated). 
cIf  he  be  the  same  as  the  "Pontios"  of  the  fountain  in  the  garden  of  Maecenas 
(Merriam,  Obelisk-Crab,  47),  he  was  an  Athenian. 
dSce  Gorringe. 

eThe  middle  lines  are  by  Thutmose  III;  the  side  lines  by  Ramses  II. 

fOn  the  Thames  embankment,  in  1901,  I  could  see  only  three  strokes  of  the 
numeral;  nor  (with  an  opera -glass)  could  I  discern  room  for  a  fourth;  but  Brugsch 
read  it  when  it  was  prostrate  (Thesaurus,  V,  1130)  as  four. 


§636] 


OBELISKS 


255 


V.     NEW  YORK  OBELISK a 

634.  It  was  removed  to  New  Yorkb  with  admirable  skill 
and  success  by  Lieutenant-Commander  Gorringe,0  landing 
in  July,  1880.  Unfortunately,  the  dedication  inscription d  is 
illegible,  and  the  others  contain  only  the  conventional  praise 
of  the  king.    They  are  as  follows: 

East  Side 

635.  Horus:  Mighty  Bull,  Shining  in  Thebes;  Favorite  of  the  Two 
Goddesses;  Enduring  in  Kingship  like  Re  in  Heaven;  eBorn  of  Atum, 
Lord  of  Heliopolis,  Son  of  his  body,  whom  Thoth  fashioned  ;e  whom 
they  fashioned  in  the  Great  House  in  the  beauty  of  their  limbs,  knowing 
that  he  would  exercise  a  kingship  enduring  forever,  King  of  Upper  and 
Lower  Egypt,  Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III),  beloved  of  Atum,  the 
great  god,  and  the  divine  ennead ;  given  life,  stability,  and  satisfaction, 
like  Re,  forever. 

North  Side 

636.  Horus:  ^Taking1  the  white  crown;  King  of  Upper  and  Lower 
Egypt,  Menkheperre;  Golden  Horus:  satisfied  in  smiting  the  rulers 
of  the  countries  fapproaching1  him,  according  as  his  father,  Re,  has 
decreed  for  him  victoryf  against  every  land,  and  might  of  the  sword  by 
his  arms,  in  order  to  widen  the  boundaries  of  Egypt;  Son  of  Re,  Thut- 
mose (III)  . 


aCentral  Park,  New  York.  See  introduction  to  London  Obelisk;  published 
in  Description,  Antiquites,  V,  32,  33  (incomplete);  Champollion,  Monuments,  IV, 
444;  Burton,  Eocterpta  hieroglyphica,  52;  Gorringe,  Egyptian  Obelisks;  Moldenke, 
The  New  York  Obelisk  (New  York,  189 1). 

bFor  its  earlier  history,  see  §  632. 

cSee  his  excellent  account  of  the  achievement  in  Egyptian  Obelisks,  by  H. 
Gorringe  (New  York,  1882).  It  contains  useful  descriptions  of  the  transport  of 
the  London,  Paris,  and  other  obelisks. 

dThe  inscriptions  of  Thutmose  III  occupy  the  middle  lines;  the  side  lines 
are  by  Ramses  II,  as  in  London. 

eThis  is  all  in  one  cartouche,  and  the  words  ms  and  Thoth,  appearing  together 
below,  are  perhaps  intended  to  be  joined  as  "Thutmose,"  although  they  belong  to 
the  two  separate  lines,  "Born  fashioned,"  above. 

fSee  Lateran  Obelisk,  north  side,  right  line  (§831). 


256         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§637 


MEDINET  HABU  BUILDING  INSCRIPTIONS'* 

637.  The  small  Eighteenth  Dynasty  temple  of  Medinet 
Habu,  on  the  west  shore  at  Thebes,  is  so  shut  in  by  the 
larger  buildings  later  erected  around  it  that  it  is  little  noticed 
by  the  modern  visitor.  It  was  begun  by  Thutmose  I.  Al- 
though Hatshepsut  certainly  had  a  share  in  it,  the  dedication 
inscriptions  attribute  its  erection  to  Thutmose  III,  but  refer 
to  an  earlier  temple  on  the  spot,  meaning  the  work  of  Thut- 
mose I.    They  are  as  follows: 

638.  b  He  made  (it)  as  his  monument  for  his  father, 

Amon-Re,c  king  of  gods,  making  for  him  a  great  temple  upon  the  r — 1 
district  of  the  West  of  Thutmose  III  (called):  "Splendid-is-the-Seat-of- 
Amon;"d  of  fine  white  sandstone;  that  he  might  therefore  be  given 
life,  forever. 

639  He  made  (it)  as  his  monument  for  his  father, 

Amon,  lord  of  Thebes,  presider  over  "  Splendor-of- the- West,"  erecting 
for  him  a  splendid  adytum  of  fine  white  sandstone,  Cm1)  his  accustomed 
place  of  the  first  beginning.  My  majesty  established  it  anew,  that  he 
might  therefore  be  given  life  forever. 

640.  e  erecting  for  him  his  splendid  seat  of  the  first 

beginning,  establishing  it  as  an  eternal  work,  his  majesty  having  found 
it  beginning  to  fall  to  ruin;  that  he  might  be  given  life  like  Re,  forever. 

641.  f  making  for  him  "Splendor-of-the-West,"  to  shel- 
ter its  lord  and  these  lords  of  the  district  of  Thamut  (T  3  -mw  t)  


aSee  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  VI,  1304-6. 

bThe  following  three  texts  are  from  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  38,  c,  and  d.  I 
have  omitted  in  all  the  full  fivefold  titulary  of  Thutmose  III. 

cChiseled  out  and  restored. 

dOr:  "  Amon-is-Splendid-in-Throne"  (as  to  his  throne),  Ymn-dsr-ys' t.  It  is 
abbreviated  as  dsr-ys't,  and  probably  also  as  Ymn-dsr  on  a  set  of  foundation 
deposit  tools  (Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  VI,  1298,  1299).  Another  name  of  the  temple 
or  district  is  "Splendor-of-the-West." 

eTitulary  and  introduction  are  omitted.  On  this  form  see  Lepsius,  Denk- 
mdler, Text,  III,  156,  as  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  38,  d,  is  wrongly  reconstructed. 

1  Rouge,  Inscriptions  hieroglyphiques,  130,  and  Diimichen,  Historische  Inschrij- 
ten,  II,  xxxvi;  titulary  and  introduction  omitted  as  above.  The  other  two  are  also 
from  the  same  sources. 


§  644] 


NUBIAN  WARS 


257 


He  made  "  Chamber-of-the-Cemetery "  for  his  fathers,  the  lords  of 
the  splendid  region  

He  made  "  Possessed-of-Eternity "  for  his  father  Ptah-Tatenen  of 
"  Lord-of-Life  "  a 


HELIOPOLIS  BUILDING  INSCRIPTIONS 

642.  A  round-topped  stelab  bears  in  the  upper  two-thirds 
a  relief  showing  Thutmose  III,  offering  an  oblation  to 
Harakhte.    Below  the  relief  is  the  following  inscription: 

Year  47,  under  the  majesty  of  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt: 
Menkheperre;  Son  of  Re:  Thutmose  (III),  [living]  forever. 

His  majesty  commanded  to  encircle  this  temple  with  a  thick  wall 
of  stone-work,  for  his  father  Re-Harakhte  forever,  when  he  cleansed 
Heliopolis,  the  house  of  Re  .c 

643.  A  doorpostd  in  Cairo  bears  a  dedication  of  Thut- 
muse  III,  as  follows: 

He  made  (it)  as  his  monument  for  his  father  Atum,  lord  of  Heliopolis, 
making  for  him  a  doorway  of  benut  (bnw  t)  stone,  (called):  uPure-are- 
the-Offerings-of-Menkheperre-Beloved-of-the-Gods-of-Heliopolis." 


NUBIAN  WARS 

644.  The  records  of  Thutmose  Ill's  conquests  in  Nubia 
are  very  meager ;  although  he  had  evidently  been  early  active 
there,  as  is  shown  by  his  building  of  the  Semneh  temple 
(§§167  ff.),  yet  the  first  mention  of  a  Nubian  campaign  is 
in  his  fiftieth  year,  when  in  passing  through  the  canal  at 
the  first  cataract  he  was  obliged  to  clear  it  of  stones,  as 
recorded  in  his  inscription,  cut  there  at  the  time  (§§  649  ff.). 

aTwo  others  add:  11  for  the  father  of  his  fathers,  all  the  gods  of  the  splendid 
region;'"  and  " for  his  father,  Atnon-Re." 

bStela  found  by  Lepsius  at  Heliopolis;  limestone,  96  cm.  high,  now  in  Berlin, 
No.  1634.  Published  by  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  29,  b;  I  had  also  my  own 
photograph  of  the  original,  and  the  copy  for  the  Berlin  dictionary. 

cOne  line,  and  perhaps  more,  lacking. 

dSharpe,  Egyptian  Inscriptions,  II,  34. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  ITI 


[§645 


645.  Besides  this,  the  king  commemorated  his  victories 
in  Nubia  by  having  engraved  upon  the  front  of  each  tower  of 
one  of  his  pylons a  at  Karnak  a  listb  of  seventeen  names  of 
towns  and  districts  captured  there.  Over  one  list  is  a 
relief ,c  now  in  a  very  fragmentary  state,  representing  the 
king  sacrificing  his  Nubian  foes  before  Amon.  The  scene 
is  accompanied  by  the  words: 

  bringing1  the  living  prisoners  to  Egypt,  all  their  herds 

being  led  to  Egypt.    He  has  filled  the  storehouse  of  his  father,  the  lord 

of  gods  with  of  the  chiefs  iwhom1  he  has  Tconquered1.  The 

kings  have  not  done  it  (before)  in  this  land.  His  name  shall  abide  for- 
ever and  ever. 

Over  the  other  list  was  a  similar  inscription,  now  too 
fragmentary  for  translation. 

646.  A  further  and  much  fuller  list  was  placed  by  the 
king  in  duplicate ,  one  on  each  of  the  two  towers  of  the  sixth 
Karnak  pylon,  a  list  which  contains  no  less  than  ii5d 
names  of  the  towns  and  districts  of  the  Nubian  regions  con- 
quered.6 One  of  these  lists  was  surmounted  by  a  relief 
showing  the  Nubian  god  Dedun  leading  and  presenting  to 
Thutmose  III  the  towns,  etc.,  enumerated  in  the  list.  Over 
both  the  lists  is  the  following  inscription: 

List  of  these  southf  countries,  the  Nubian  Troglodytes  of  Khenthen- 
nofer,  whom  his  majesty  overthrew,  making  a  greatg  slaughter  among 
them,  (whose)  number  is  unknown,  and  carrying  away  all  their  subjects 
as  living  captives  to  Thebes,  in  order  to  fill  the  storehouse  of  his  father, 


aBouriant  docs  not  indicate  clearly  which  pylon  is  meant,  but  says  it  is  in  front 
of  the  sanctuary. 

bDaressy,  Recueil,  XI,  154,  155. 

cSouth  of  door.  dMariette's  116  is  an  error. 

eMariette,  Karnak,  22,  23;  Maspero,  Recueil,  VII,  99,  100;  Golenischeff, 
Zeitschrift  jtir  dgyptische  Sprache,  1882,  145-48,  and  Taf.  VI;  Dumichen,  His- 
torische  Inschrijten,  II,  37;  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  VI,  1544-53. 

fThe  duplicate  has  "south  and  north  I"  but  as  the  two  lists  are  duplicates,  and 
the  Nubian  god  Dedun  presents  them  to  the  king,  "north"  is  certainly  an  error. 

z"  Great"  is  from  the  duplicate. 


NUBIAN  WARS 


259 


Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes.  Lo,  all  lands  are  the  subjects  of  his  majesty, 
according  as  his  father,  Amon,  has  commanded. 

647.  Finally,  on  his  southern  pylon  (VII)  at  Karnak,  the 
king  recorded  a  table  of  nearly,  and  possibly  more  than, 
400  names  of  towns,  districts,  countries,  etc.,  conquered  in 
Nubia. a  It  was  accompanied  by  the  same  inscription  as 
that  over  the  lists  on  Pylon  VI.  The  geography  of  Nubia 
is  too  little  known  to  determine  the  limits  of  the  territory  in- 
cluded in  these  lists,  and  it  is  uncertain  how  far  up  the  Nile 
Thutmose  Ill's  conquests  extended.  As  his  son  Amenhotep 
II  reached  the  extreme  southern  limit  at  Napata,  it  is  prob- 
able that  Thutmose  Ill's  wars  at  least  prepared  the  way 
thither,  if  they  did  not  include  Napata. 

648.  A  short  inscription13  in  the  tomb  of  Ineni  refers  to 
captives  and  spoil  from  Nubia: 

 among  the  negroes,  given  from  chiefs  and  living  captives, 

r — 1  for  divine  offerings  of  Amon,  when  Kush,  the  wretched,  was  over- 
thrown; together  with  the  tribute  of  all  countries,  which  his  majesty 
gave  to  the  temple  of  Amon  as  yearly  dues,  for  the  sake  of  the  life,  pros- 
perity, and  health  of  King  Thutmose  III.C 

The  above  document  is  corroborated  by  a  record  of  such 
offerings  placed  by  the  king  in  the  Karnak  temple  (§§  541  fL). 

I.     CANAL  INSCRIPTION d 

649.  On  this  expedition  into  Nubia,  the  king  found  the 
old  Middle  Kingdom  canal  of  Sesostris  III  (I,  642  ff.) 

aMariette,  Karnak,  24-26;  Maspero,  Recueil,  VII,  97-99;  Golenischcff, 
Zeitschrift  fiir  agyptische  Sprache,  1882,  145-48,  and  Taf.  VI;  Brugsch,  Thesaurus, 
VI,  1544-53  (where  material  from  this  list  is  combined  with  others,  especially  the 
115  names  of  Pylon  VI). 

bPiehl,  Inscriptions,  I,  129,  Q-130,  and  p.  105. 

cPiehl's  copy  has  Hpr-k>-Rc,  which  would  be  Sesostris  I;  but  mn  of  Mn- 
]}pr-k  ^>-R  e  has  certainly  fallen  out,  as  offerings  "  for  the  sake  0}  the  life,  etc."  were 
made  only  for  living  kings. 

dCut  on  the  rock  of  the  island  of  Sehel,  at  the  first  cataract.  It  was  discovered 
by  Mr.  E.  C.  Wilbour  in  1889,  and  published  in  Recueil,  XIII,  202  f.;  again, 
inaccurately,  in  de  Morgan,  Catalogue  des  monuments,  85,  No.  18. 


26o         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§65o 


stopped  up,  although  it  had  been  cleared  by  his  father, 
Thutmose  I  (§§  74  ff.).  He  ordered  it  cleared,  and  was 
able  to  sail  through  without  trouble  on  his  return.  He  put 
up  a  record  of  the  clearance,  beside  that  of  his  father  and 
in  the  identical  language  ;a  he  also  made  the  fishermen  of 
Elephantine  responsible  for  the  yearly  clearance  of  the  pas- 
sage in  the  future. 

650.  Year  50,  first  (month)  of  the  third  season  (ninth  month),  day 
22,  under  the  majesty  of  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Men- 
kheperre  (Thutmose  III),  given  life. 

His  majesty  commanded  to  dig  this  canal,  after  he  had  found  itb 
stopped  up  with  stones,  (so  that)  no  ship  sailed  upon  it.  He  sailed 
down-stream  upon  it,  his  heart  glad,  having  slain  his  enemies. 

The  name  of  this  canal  is:  "Opening-of-This-Way-in-the-Beautyc-of- 
Menkheperre-Living-Forever."  The  fishermen  of  Elephantine  shall 
clear  this  canal  each  year. 

II.     INSCRIPTIONS  OF  NEHI,  VICEROY  OF  KUSH 

651.  Nehi  held  the  office  of  "  King's-son,"  or  viceroy  of 
Kush,  in  the  second  half  of  the  reign  of  Thutmose  III  (see 
§61),  beginning  not  later  than  the  year  23,  when  he  erected 
Thutmose  Ill's  record  of  victory  at  Wadi  Haifa  (§§411  ff.). 
He  was  evidently  in  charge  of  the  alterations  in  the  Semneh 
temple,  later  undertaken  by  Thutmose  III.  A  mutilated 
inscription d  of  his  in  this  temple  speaks  of  "  bringing  stone 
 in  restoring  the  monument  —  of  eternity  — 


aThis  probably  indicates  that  we  are  not  to  understand  literally  the  identical 
statements  made  by  his  father  as  to  his  actually  sailing  on  the  canal.  Thutmose  III 
was  now  an  old  man  of  eighty  years  at  least,  and  it  is  impossible  that  he  should 
have  accompanied  the  expedition  himself. 

bLit.,  "after  his  finding  (infinitive)  it" 

cIt  is,  of  course,  the  same  as  the  Middle  Kingdom  canal,  but  is  given  a  new 
name  by  each  king. 

dOutside,  south  wall,  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  47,  a,  below,  at  the  right  of 
the  door;  the  "governor  of  the  south  countries,'"  whose  name  is  lost  on  the  left  of 
the  door,  belongs  to  the  Ramsessid  period,  as  he  is  adoring  Ramses  III. 


NUBIAN  WARS 


261 


 [Governor  of  the]  south  [countries],  Nehi  (Nhy)" 

Another  record a  of  his  on  the  latest  portion  of  the  building, 
the  northern  addition,13  is  too  fragmentary  for  translation. 

652.  The  grotto  at  Ellesiyehc  dates  from  the  fifty-second 
yeard  of  Thutmose  III,  and  contains  the  following  inscrip- 
tion6 of  Nehi: 

Bringingf  the  tribute  of  the  south  countries,  consisting  of  gold,  ivory, 
and  ebony,  [by]  the  hereditary  prince,  count,  wearer  of  the  royal  seal, 
sole  companion,  satisfying  the  heart  of  the  king  at  the  Horns  of  the 
Earthy  having  access  to  the  king,  pleasant  to  the  divine  limbs;  com- 
panion, approaching  the  mighty  sovereign,  vigilant  for  the  lord  of  the 
palace,  king's-son,  governor  of  the  south  countries,  Nehi. 

He  saith:  "I  am  a  servant  useful  to  his  lord,  filling  his  house  with 
gold,  giving  tribute  to  — ,  consisting  of  the  impost  of  the  south  countries; 
rwhose1  praise  comes  forth  in  the  presence  of  his  lord;h  the  king's-son, 
governor  of  the  south  countries,  Nehi."1 

Another  inscription1  of  Nehi,  containing  only  his  name 
and  titles,  is  on  the  island  of  Sai,  one  hundred  miles  above 
Semneh. 

III.     OFFERINGS  FROM  THE  SOUTH  COUNTRIES1" 

653.  A  relief  shows  Amon  enthroned,  and  receiving  from 
Thutmose  III,  who  stands  before  him,  a  great  array  of  offer- 

aLepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  56,  a. 
bSee  Sethe,  Untersuchungen,  I,  21  f. 
cLepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  45,  e. 
dSee  Sethc,  Untersuchungen,  I,  23,  n.  1. 

eLepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  46,  c  =  Champollion,  Notices  descriptives,  I,  80. 
1  The  inscription  of  course  accompanied  a  representation  of  the  Nubians  bring- 
ing the  tribute  before  Nehi. 

sSee  Index.  hRead:  rib"  f. 

iThis  inscription  has  been  understood  by  Wiedemann  as  belonging  to  the 
tomb  of  Nehi;  for  he  refers  (Aegyptische  Geschichte,  362)  to  this  inscription  to 
prove  the  statement  that  the  Tomb  of  Nehi  was  at  Silsileh  (confusion  with  Elle- 
siyeh?).    The  tomb  of  Nehi  is  unknown,  as  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  find. 

iLepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  59,  b. 

kA  relief  with  inscription  in  one  of  the  rear  rooms  in  Thutmose  Ill's  portion 
of  the  Karnak  temple;  Champollion,  Notices  descriptives,  II,  165  f. 


262         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  654 


ings,  including  cattle,  fowl,  flowers,  bread,  all  sorts  of  fruit, 
together  with  metal  libation-vessels,  necklaces,  amulets,  and 
pendants.  The  whole  is  accompanied  by  the  following 
inscription : 

654.  Good  God,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  King  of  Upper  and 
Lower  Egypt,  Menkheperre;  he  made  (it)  as  his  monument  for  his 
father,  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes,  [making]  for  him  divine  possessions, 
presenting  to  him  all  divine  offerings,  and  very  great  feasts,  which  his 
majesty  made  for  the  first  time  as  an  increase  of  that  which  was  before : 
giving  an  oblation  of  vessels  of  very  plentiful  '"fullness1;  necklaces, 
amulets,  and  pendants  of  reala  electrum,  brought  to  his  majesty  from 
the  south  countries  as  their  yearly  impost;  that  he  may  live  forever. 


HYMN  OF  VICTORYb 

655.  At  the  top,  occupying  over  one-fourth  of  the  stela, 
are  two  scenes  of  worship,  in  each  of  which  Thutmose  III, 
accompanied  by  the  goddess  of  the  Theban  necropolis, 
Khaftet-hir-nebes  (h]f  t-hr-nbs^,  offers  to  Amon,  with  the 
usual  superscriptions. c 

The  hymn  itself  in  twenty-five  lines  occupying  the  re- 
mainder of  the  stela,  is  the  best  specimen  of  its  class,  and 
was  later  partly  copied  by  scribes  of  Seti  I  for  the  wall  of 
the  great  Karnak  temple d  in  which  this  tablet  was  set  up. 
The  hymn  is  of  sufficient  historical  importance  to  be  included 
here ;  although  due  allowance  must  be  made  for  its  rhetorical 
style,  it  is  a  very  helpful  supplement  to  the  Annals. 

aText  has  m  3,  "new" 

bA  black  granite  tablet  180  cm.  in  height,  discovered  by  Mariette  in  a  chamber 
northwest  of  the  main  sanctuary  room  of  Karnak,  now  in  Cairo.  Text:  Rouge, 
from  a  copy  by  Deveria,  Revue  archeologique,  N.  S.,  IV,  1 86 12,  opposite  p.  196;  Mari- 
ette, Album  photo  graphique,  PI.  32;  Mariette,  Karnak,  PI.  11.  Mariette 's  text  is 
very  incorrect  and  must  be  compared  with  the  photograph. 

cThe  whole  of  both  scenes  was  hammered  out  by  Amenhotep  IV,  and  has  then 
been  restored. 

dCopied  by  Champollion,  Notices  desert ptives,  II,  96,  republished  by  Maspero, 
Du  genre  epistolaire,  90,  and  Guieysse,  Recueil,  XI,  64,  65.    See  III,  117. 


HYMN  OF  VICTORY 


263 


656.  *  Utterance  of  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes: 
Thou  comest  to  me,  thou  exultest,  seeing  my  beauty, 

0  my  son,  my  avenger,  Menkheperre,  living  forever. 

1  shine  for  love  of  thee, 

My  heart  2is  glad  at  thy  beautiful  comings  into  my  temple; 
(My)  two  hands  furnish  thy  limbs  with  protection  and  life. 
How  pleasing  is  thy  pleasantness  toward  my  bodv.a 
I  have  established  3thee  in  my  dwelling, 
I  have  worked  a  marvel  for  thee; 

I  have  given  to  thee  might  and  victory  against  all  countries, 

I  have  set  thy  fame  (even)  the  fear  of  thee  in  all  lands. 

Thy  terror  as  far  as  the  4four  pillars  of  heaven; 

I  have  magnified  the  dread  of  thee  in  all  bodies, 

I  have  put  the  roaring  of  thy  majesty  among  the  Nine  Bows. 

The  chiefs  of  all  countries  are  gathered  in  thy  grasp, 

si  myself  have  stretched  out  my  two  hands, 

I  have  bound  them  for  thee. 

I  have  bound  together  the  Nubian  Troglodytes  by  tens  of  thousands 
and  thousands, 

The  Northerners  by  hundreds  of  thousands  as  captives. 

6I  have  felled  thine  enemies  beneath  thy  sandals, 

Thou  hast  smitten  the  rhordes1  of  rebels  according  as  I  commanded 
thee. 

The  earth  in  its  length  and  breadth,  Westerners  and  Easterners  are 
subject15  to  thee, 

7Thou  tramplest  all  countries,  thy  heart  glad; 

None  presents  himself0  before  thy  majesty, 

While  I  am  thy  leader,  so  that  thou  mayest  reach  them. 

Thou  hast  crossed  the  water  of  the  Great  Bendd  of  8Naharin  (N-h- 
r-n)  with  victory,  with  might. 


aReferring  to  the  king's  adornment  of  the  divine  image  as  prescribed  by  the 
ritual. 

bLit.,  "are  under  the  place  0}  thy  face,"  an  idiom  for  "subject." 

cExactly  the  same  phrase  is  found  in  Seti  I's  Syrian  campaign  (Recueil,  XI, 
59),  III,  86;  it  is  explained  by  the  Tombos  tablet,  11.  n,  12,  §  73. 

dEuphrates.  On  the  obelisk  of  Thutmose  III  in  Constantinople  the  same 
phraso  is  applied  to  him:  "who  crossed  the  Great  Bend  of  Naharin  (N-h-r-n)  with 
might  and  with  victory"  (§631).  This  statement  is  therefore  not  merely  poetic 
hyperbole,  and  coincides  with  the  Annals,  §§  477  ff. 


264         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  657 


657.  I  have  decreed  for  thee  that  they  hear  thy  roarings  and  enter 
into  caves; 

I  have  deprived  their  nostrils  of  the  breath  of  life. 
91  have  set  the  terrors  of  thy  majesty  in  their  hearts, 
My  serpent -diadem  upon  thy  brow,  it  consumes  them, 
It  makesa  captive  by  the  hairb  the  Kode-folk, 
IOIt  devours  those  who  are  in  their  marshes  with  its  flame. 
Cut  down  are  the  heads  of  the  Asiatics  fc  3  mw),  there  is  not  a  rem- 
nant of  them;c 

Fallen  are  the  children  of  their  mighty  ones. 

XII  have  caused  thy  victories  to  circulate  among  all  lands, 

My  serpent-diadem  gives  light  to  thy  dominion. 

There  is  no  rebel  of  thine  as  far  as  the  circuit  of  heaven; 

They  come,  bearing  tribute  upon  their  backs, 

12 Bowing  down  to  thy  majesty  according  to  my  command. 

I  have  made  powerless  the  invaders  who  came  before  thee; 

Their  hearts  burned,  their  limbs  trembling. 

658.  r3l  have  come,  causing  thee  to  smite  the  princes  of  Zahi  (D  3  h) ; 
I  have  hurled  them  beneath  thy  feet  among  their  highlands. 

I  have  caused  them  to  see  thy  majesty  as  lord  of  radiance, 

So  that  thou  hast  shone  in  their  faces  like  my  image. 

I4I  have  come,  causing  thee  to  smite  the  Asiatics,4 

Thou  hast  made  captive  the  heads  of  the  Asiatics e  of  Retenu. 

I  have  caused  them  to  see  thy  majesty  equipped  with  thy  adornment, 

When  thou  takest  the  weapons  of  war  in  the  chariot. 

I5I  have  come,  causing  thee  to  smite  the  eastern  land, 

Thou  hast  trampled  those  who  are  in  the  districts  of  God's-Land. 

I  have  caused  them  to  see  thy  majesty  like  a  circling  star/ 

When  it  scatters  its  flame  in  fire,  and  gives  forth  its  dew. 

659.  l6I  have  come,  causing  thee  to  smite  the  western  land, 
Keftyew  (Kj-tyw)  and  Cyprus  (Ysy)  are  in  terror. 

I  have  caused  them  to  see  thy  majesty  as  a  young  bull, 


aThis  phrase  is  explained  in  Anna 
see  Sethe,  Verbum,  II,  §  700. 

h"  Hair"  is  without  determinative; 
tablet,  11.  6,  7,  §  71,  q.  v. 

cLit.,  "their  remnant  is  not." 

dYmyw-st't.  e^^mw. 


5,  year  31,  1.  10,  §470,  note;  for  ys-h^k, 
it  occurs  with  determinative  on  Tombos 

fSce  I,  511,  1.  2. 


§66i]  HYMN  OF  VICTORY 


Firm  of  heart, a  ready-horned,  irresistible. 

X*I  have  come,  causing  thee  to  smite  those  who  are  in  their  marshes, 
The  lands  of  Mitanni  (My-t-n)  tremble  under  fear  of  thee. 
I  have  caused  them  to  see  thy  majesty  as  a  crocodile, 
Lord  of  fear  in  the  water,  unapproachable. 

660.  l8I  have  come,  causing  thee  to  smite  those  who  are  in  the  isles; 
Those  who  are  in  the  midst  of  the  Great  Green  (Sea)  hearb  thy  roar- 
ings. 

I  have  caused  them  to  see  thy  majesty  as  an  avenger  (nd' ty) 

Who  rises  upon  the  back  of  his  slain  victim. 

IQI  have  come,  causing  thee  to  smite  the  Tehenu  (Libyans), 

The  isles  of  the  Utentyewc  are  ^subject1)  to  the  might  of  thy  prowess. 

I  have  caused  them  to  see  thy  majesty  as  a  fierce-eyed  lion, 

Thou  makest  them  corpses  in  their  valleys. 

661.  2°I  have  come,  causing  thee  to  smite  the  uttermost  ends  of  the 
lands, 

The  circuitd  of  the  Great  Circle  (Okeanos)  is  inclosed  in  thy  grasp. 
I  have  caused  them  to  see  thy  majesty  as  a  lord  of  the  wing,e 
Who  seizeth  upon  that  which  he  seeth,  as  much  as  he  desires. 
2II  have  come,  causing  thee  to  smite  those  who  are  in  frontf  of  their 
land. 

Thou  hast  smitten  the  Sand-dwellers  as  living  captives. 
I  have  caused  them  to  see  thy  majesty  as  a  southern  jackal, 
Lord  of  running,  stealthy-going,  who  roves  the  Two  Lands. 
22I  have  come,  causing  thee  to  smite  the  Nubian  Troglodytes, 
As  far  as  r — lg  (they)  are  in  thy  grasp. 


aSee  a  bead  of  Amenhotep  II,  bearing  a  bull,  with  the  words:  11  Firm  of  heart " 
(Petrie,  Historical  Scarabs,  XVIII,  No.  n  19);  not  uncommon. 
bLit.,  "are  under  thy  roarings." 
cWtntyw;  unknown. 

dLit.,  "That  which  the  Great  Circle  encircles." 
eA  designation  of  the  hawk. 

fThis  is  in  contrast  with  the  "back-lands"  of  I.  20;  Maspero's  rendering, 
"duars"  =  protected  inclosures,  is  a  conjecture  which  ignores  the  word  "land," 
written  here  with  a  single  stroke,  very  easily  to  be  overlooked.  The  text  thus  con- 
trasts the  nearest  and  the  remotest  Asiatic  enemies  of  Egypt.  Chabas  (Etudes  sur 
Vantiquite  historique,  183)  emends  to  read  the  same  as  the  word  for  river-  and 
harbor-mouths  (h  3  ivt)  under  Ramses  III. 

eS^'t,  name  of  an  uncertain  Nubian  country. 


266         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§662 


I  have  caused  them  to  see  thy  majesty  as  thy  two  brothers, a 

I  have  united  their  two  arms  for  thee  in  rvfictory1] 

662.  23Thy  two  sisters,b  I  have  set  them  as  protection  behind  thee, 

The  arms  of  my  majesty  are  above,  warding  off  evil. 

I  have  caused  thee  to  reign,  my  beloved  son, 

Horus,  Mighty  Bull,  Shining  in  Thebes,  whom  I  have  begotten,  in 
[uprightness  of  heart]0. 

24Thutmose,  living  forever,  who  hast  done  for  me  all  that  my  ka 
desired ; 

Thou  hast  erected  my  dwelling  as  an  everlasting  work, 
Enlarging  and  extending  (it)  more  than  the  past  which  had  been. 

The  great  doorway  . 

25Thou  hast  feted  the  beauty  of  Amon-Re, 

Thy  monuments  are  greater  than  (those  of)  any  king  who  has  been. 
When  I  commanded  thee  to  do  it,  I  was  satisfied  therewith; 
I  established  thee  upon  the  Horus-throne  of  millions  of  years; 
Thou  shalt  continue  life  . 


TOMB  OF  REKHMIREd 

663.  This  tomb  is  the  most  important  private  monument 
of  the  Empire.  The  scenes  and  inscriptions  on  its  walls 
depict  and  narrate  the  career  of  Rekhmire,  who  was  prime 
minister,  or  vizier,  of  Egypt  and  governor  of  the  residence 

aHorus  and  Set.  bIsis  and  Nephthys.  cSee  §  138,  1.  1. 

dA  cliff-tomb  in  the  hill  of  Shekh  Abd  el-Kurna,  on  the  west  shore  at  Thebes; 
it  attracted  attention  as  early  as  1819,  when  some  scenes  were  copied  by  Cailliaud, 
and  later  published  in  "  Recherches  sur  les  arts  et  metiers,  les  usages  de  la  vie  civile 
et  domestique  des  anciens  peuples  de  V Egypte,  de  la  Nubie  et  de  V Ethiopie,"  par  F. 
Cailliaud  (Paris,  1831-37).  Later  various  scenes  were  published  by  Wilkinson, 
Manners,  I,  PI.  IV,  etc.;  Champollion,  Monuments,  161,  1645.;  Rosellini,  Monu- 
menti  Civili,  52-54;  Hoskins,  Travels  in  Ethiopia  (London,  1835),  328;  Lepsius, 
Denkmaler,  III,  40,  41,  and  Text,  III,  270  f.;  Prisse,  Histoire  de  Vart  ggyptien, 
1863  (plates  not  numbered);  Piehl,  Inscriptions  hieroglyphiques,  113,  114,  pp. 
92,  93.  The  first  attempt  to  publish  the  entire  tomb  was  made  by  M.  Ph.  Virey. 
It  was  published  by  him  in  1889  (Memoires  de  la  mission  frangaise  au  Caire, 
V,  " he  Tombeau  de  Rekhmara"),  but  his  work  is  so  incomplete  and  incorrect,  both 
in  the  drawings  and  the  texts,  that  it  is  unusable;  indeed,  Virey  himself  trans- 
lated from  it  the  great  inscription  on  the  duties  of  the  vizier  backward!  Thus  this 
priceless  monument  steadily  deteriorated  during  the  last  century,  without  a  serious 
effort  being  made  to  preserve  it  in  its  entirety,  until  it  was  finally  rescued  by  Mr. 


§  665] 


TOMB  OF  REKHMIRE 


267 


during  the  latter  half  of  the  reign  of  Thutmose  III,  the 
period  of  Egypt's  greatest  power.  He  came  of  eminent 
family,  having  succeeded  his  uncle  Woser  in  the  vizierate, a 
and  as  his  career  brought  him  the  highest  post  in  the  state 
during  the  most  stirring  years  of  Thutmose  Ill's  great  con- 
quests, he  has  put  much  of  it  in  his  tomb.  We  find  in  it 
the  fullest  known  source  for  the  study  of  the  constitution  of 
the  state  and  the  administration  of  the  Pharaoh's  govern- 
ment under  the  Empire,  beside  the  best  known  representa- 
tions in  color  of  the  peoples  and  products  of  Punt,  Keftyew, 
Retenu,  and  Nubia. 

664.  Incidentally,  Rekhmire  also  throws  light  upon  the 
character  of  Thutmose  III.  After  modestly  remarking 
of  himself  that  "  there  was  nothing  0]  which  he  was  ignorant 
in  heaven,  in  earth,  (or)  in  any  quarter  of  the  nether  world;" h 
and  again:  "I  was  a  noble,  second  to  the  king;"  he  says  of 
the  king:  "Lo,  his  majesty  knew  that  which  occurred;  there 
was  nothing  which  he  did  not  know  — ,  he  was  Thoth  in 
everything,  there  was  no  affair  which  he  did  not  complete." 

I.     APPOINTMENT  OF  REKHMIRE  AS  VIZIER c 

665.  The  following  inscription  narrates  Rekhmire's 
appointment  to  the  highest  office  in  the  kingdom.  The 

Newberry,  who  published  the  first  instalment  of  his  complete  copies  in  1900  (The 
Life  of  Rekhmara,  by  Percy  E.  Newberry,  London,  1900).    From  this  careful  work, 
for  which  we  are  much  indebted,  the  following  translations  have  been  made;  the 
plate  numbers  referred  to  are  always  those  of  Newberry's  work. 
aFor  a  full  account  of  his  life,  see  Newberry,  13-20. 

bHe  is,  of  course,  referring  to  the  affairs  of  his  office,  and  to  political  matters. 
These  extracts  are  all  taken  from  a  long  inscription,  too  fragmentary  for  full  trans- 
lation (Pis.  VII  and  VIII). 

cPls.  IX  and  X.  I  had  also  the  fragmentary  copies  of  the  same  text  in  the 
tombs  of  Woser  and  Amenhotep  (Newberry,  34),  for  which  I  am  indebted  to  the 
kindness  of  Mr.  Alan  H.  Gardiner.  They  fill  up  some  lacunae  and  furnish  some 
corrections,  cited  as  "Dupl.,"  but  I  have  not  added  this  remark  merely  to  indicate 
the  filling  up  of  a  lacuna.  [Later:  Mr.  Gardiner  has  now  published  the  text 
and  duplicates,  with  an  excellent  rendering  and  commentary  (Recueil,  XXVI), 
from  which  I  have  incorporated  a  number  of  valuable  points  in  the  above.] 


268         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  666 


relief  shows  Thutmose  III  enthroned,  before  whom,  in 
accordance  with  the  statement  of  the  inscription,  Rekhmire 
appears  for  appointment. a  The  king  then  gives  him  instruc- 
tions regarding  the  administration  of  his  office.  Unfor- 
tunately, these  instructions,  which  occupy  twenty  long  lines, 
are  very  fragmentary,  and  at  the  same  time  extremely 
obscure.  The  following  version  omits  a  number  of  passages 
which  may  not  be  safely  rendered,  and  even  so  translates 
much  more  than  can  be  understood,  without  a  longer  com- 
mentary than  it  is  possible  to  offer  here.  It  will  be  seen 
that  the  vizier  is  exhorted:  to  legal  (1.  8),  just  (1.8),  and 
impartial  (1.  15)  decisions;  not  to  be  excessively  forbidding, 
but  still  to  keep  himself  aloof  from  the  people  (11.  18,  19); 
finally,  that  his  office  is  really  to  be  administered  according 
to  the  instructions  given  (1.  22).  The  instructions  are 
remarkably  humane  in  temper  and  show  a  surprisingly  high 
appreciation  of  justice.  As  they  present  the  fundamentals 
of  Egyptian  government,  it  is  greatly  to  be  regretted  that 
they  are  so  fragmentary  and  difficult.  These  were  appar- 
ently the  conventional  instructions  customarily  delivered  at 
the  appointment  of  every  vizier,  for  they  were  delivered 
to  Woser,  the  uncle  of  Rekhmire,  at  his  appointment,  and 
also  to  Hapu,  vizier  under  Thutmose  IV. b 

666.  Regulation  laid  upon  the  vizier,  Rekhmire.  2The  officials 
were  brought  to  the  audience-hall,  [rhis  majesty1]  commanded  that  3the 
vizier,  Rekhmire, c  be  presented  [Tor1]  appointment  for  the  first  time. 

^His  majesty  spake  before  him:  [r"Take  heed1]  to  thyself  for  the 
hall  of  the  vizier;  5be  watchful  over  all  that  is  done  therein.  Behold, 
it  is  a  supportd  of  the  whole  land;  behold,  as  for  the  vizier,  behold,  he  is 
not  sweet,  behold,  bitterd  is  he,  when  he  addresses  6of  copper  is 


aHis  figure  has  been  intentionally  erased. 
bNewberry,  Rekhmara,  p.  34. 
cName  intentionally  erased  from  the  wall. 
dSee  Gardiner. 


§66g] 


TOMB  OF  REKHMIRE 


269 


he,  a  wall  of  gold  for  the  house  of  his  — .  Behold,  he  is  not  one  setting 
his  face  toward  the  officials  and  councilors,  neither  one  making  [brethren] 

of  all  the  people.    Behold,  7a  man  is  in  the  dwelling  of  his  lord, 

he  [does]  good  for  him;  behold  [he]  does  not  for  another. 

667.  Behold,  the  petitioner  of  the  South,  [the  North]  and  the  whole 

land,  shall  come,  supplied  .    8Mayest  thou  see  to  it  for 

thyself, a  to  do  everything  after  that  which  is  in  accordance  with  law; 

to  do  everything  according  to  the  right  thereof.    Do  not  that 

he  may  be  just.  Behold,  as  for  an  official,  when  he  has  reported  ^water 
and  wind  of  all  his  doings,  behold,  his  deeds  shall  not  be  unknown 

 r  1  ;  he  is  not  brought  in  because  of  the  speech 

of  the  responsible  officer,  [rbut1]  it  is  known  I0by  the  speech  of  his  mes- 
senger13 as  the  one  stating  it;b  he  is  by  the  side  of  the  responsible  officer 
as  the  speaker;  he  is  not  one  lifting  up  the  voice,  a  messenger  petitioning 

 "or  an  official.    Then  one  shall  not  be  ignorant  of  his 

deeds;  lo,  it  is  the  safety0  of  an  official  to  do  things  according  to  the 
regulation,  by  doing  that  which  is  spoken  by  the  petitioner  d 

668.  15It  is  an  abomination  of  the  god  to  show  partiality.  This  is 
the  teaching:  thou  shalt  do  the  like,  shalt  regard  him  who  is  known 
to  thee  like  him  who  is  unknown  to  thee,  and  him  who  is  near  to  — 

like  him  who  is  far  e  l6an  official  who  does  like  this,  then  shall 

he  flourish  greatly  in  the  place.  Do  not  favoid1  a  petitioner,  nor  nod 
thy  head  when  he  speaks.     As  for  him  who  draws  near,  who  will 

approach  to  thee,  do  not  I7the  things  which  he  saith  in 

speaking.  Thou  shalt  punish  him  when  thou  hast  let  him  hear  that  on 
account  of  which  thou  punishest  him.  Lo,  they  will  say,  the  petitioner 
loves  him  who  nods  the  head  r  1  . 

669.  l8Be  not  enraged  toward  a  man  unjustly,  but  be  thou  enraged 
concerning  that  about  which  one  should  be  enraged;  show  forth  the 
fear  of  thee;  let  one  be  afraid  of  thee,  (for)  a  prince  is  a  prince  of  whom 
one  is  afraid.  Lo,  the  true  dread  of  a  prince  is  to  do  ^justice.  Behold, 
if  a  man  show  forth  the  fear  of  him  a  myriad  of  times,  there  is  some- 


aAn  ethical  dative  which  might  be  omitted  in  the  translation.  Dupl.  has 
w3  k  nk. 

bOr:  "  Tell  it  not,  {for)  he  is,  etc"  cLit.,  "refuge." 

dIn  1.  13  there  is  a  reference  to  an  unjust  vizier  Khety.  but  in  what  connection 
is  uncertain. 

eFor  a  similar  antithesis  of  tkn,  "be  near,"  and  w  5  y,  "be  far"  see  Hierat. 
Papyrus  aus  den  koniglichen  Museen  zu  Berlin,  II,  36,  1.  8. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  670 


thing  of  violence  in  him.  Be  not  known  to  the  people;  and  they  shall 
not  say:  "He  is  (only)  a  man."a 

670.  2°He  who  speaks  a  lie  shall  go  forth  according  to  his  docket,b 
Lo,  r — ■!  thou  shalt  do  thy  office,  as  thou  doest  justice.    Lo,  one  shall 

desire  to  do  justice  21   Lo,  one  shall  say  of  the 

chief  scribe  of  the  vizier:  "A  scribe  of  justice,"  shall  one  say  of  him. 
Now,  as  for  the  hall,  wherein  thou  holdest  hearings  there  shall  be  a 

broad-hall  therein  .    [rHe  who  dispenses1  2 2 justice  before  all 

the  people,  he  is  the  vizier.  Behold,  a  man  shall  be  in  his  office,  (as 
long  as)  he  shall  do  things  according  to  that  which  is  given  to  him. 
Lo,  a  man  is  r — 1  when  he  shall  act  according  to  that  which  has  been 

told  him.    Do  not  —  thy  —  in  2^that  thou  knowest  the  law 

thereof.  Lo,  let  one  r — 1  to  the  proud-hearted  ;c  the  king  loves  the 
fearful  more  than  the  proud-hearted.  Do  thou  according  to  rthat  which 
is  given1  to  thee;  lo,  24   . 

H.     DUTIES  OF  THE  VIZIER d 

671.  This,  the  most  important  inscription  known  on  the 
organization  of  the  state  under  the  Eighteenth  Dynasty,  is 
unfortunately  incomplete.  Two  duplicates6  found  by 
Newberry  fill  out  many  of  the  lacunae,  but  the  last  fifth  of  the 
text  is  very  fragmentary.  This  is  especially  unfortunate, 
as  the  latter  part  of  the  inscription  is  by  far  the  most  intelli- 
gible and  deals  with  functions  easily  understood. 

672.  The  inscription  is  an  outline  of  the  duties  of  the 
vizier,  of  the  greatest  interest.  After  prescribing  the  external 
arrangements  for  the  vizier's  daily  sitting  in  his  "hall"  as 
his  office  is  termed,  the  document  proceeds  to  the  daily 
conference  of  the  vizier  with  the  king,  and,  immediately 


aThis  is  the  same  advice  given  by  Amenemhet  I  to  his  son  Sesostris  I  (I,  479, 
11.  3-5)- 

bSee  Duties  of  Vizier,  §  6S3,  1.  14. 

cLit.,  "mighty-hearted."  *V\s.  II  and  III. 

eFrom  the  tomb  of  Woser,  belonging  to  the  early  part  of  Thutmose  Ill's 
reign;  and  the  tomb  of  Amenemopet,  belonging  to  Amenhotep  II's  reign  (see  New- 
berry, 25  f.). 


§672]  TOMB  OF  REKHMIRE  271 

subsequent  to  this,  the  daily  reports  of  the  chief  treasurer 
and  the  vizier  to  each  other,  and  of  the  chief  officials  to  the 
vizier.  These  daily  duties  are  now  followed  by  a  long  list 
of  exceedingly  varied  functions  to  be  discharged  by  the 
vizier,  making  in  all  at  least  thirty.  There  seems  to  be 
no  logical  order  in  the  enumeration,  and  the  varied  character 
of  the  list  will  be  evident  from  a  reading  of  the  marginal 
heads,  which  may  serve  in  lieu  of  a  table  of  content  here. 
It  will  be  seen  that  the  vizier  is  grand  steward  of  all  Egypt, 
and  that  all  the  activities  of  the  state  are  under  his  control. 
He  has  general  oversight  of  the  treasury,  and  the  chief 
treasurer  reports  to  him;  he  is  chief  justice,  or  head  of  the 
judiciary;  he  is  chief  of  police,  both  for  the  residence  city 
and  the  kingdom;  he  is  minister  of  war,  both  for  army 
and  navy;  he  is  secretary  of  the  interior  and  of  agriculture, 
while  all  general  executive  functions  of  state,  with  many 
that  may  not  be  classified,  are  incumbent  upon  him.  There 
is,  indeed,  no  prime  function  of  the  state  which  does  not 
operate  through  his  office.  He  is  a  veritable  Joseph,  and 
it  must  be  this  office  which  the  Hebrew  writer  has  in  mind 
in  the  story  of  Joseph.  The  only  person  other  than  the  king 
to  whom  he  owes  any  respect  is  the  chief  treasurer,  to  whom 
he  seems  to  offer  a  daily  statement  that  all  is  well  with  the 
royal  possessions.  Such  power  is,  of  course,  possible  only 
in  a  highly  centralized  state,  and  Egypt  is  shown  by  this 
inscription  to  be  in  the  Empire  simply  a  vast  estate  of  the 
Pharaoh,  of  which  the  vizier  is  chief  steward.  The  vizier's 
functions  are  distributed  promiscuously  throughout  the 
document,  as  follows: 

I.  Judiciary  (§§675,  681,  685-6,  688-91,  700,  704,  705). 

II.  Treasury  (§§676,  680,  706,  708). 

in.  w,r^my^69^i02)- 

\Navy  (§§  710,  687). 


272         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§673 


IV.  Interior  (§§677,  687,  697,  707). 

V.  Agriculture  (§§698,  699). 

VI.  General  Executive  (§§692,  701,  703). 

VII.  Advisory  and  Unclassified  (§§678,  679,  682,  684, 
696,  709,  711). 

673.  It  is  impossible  to  discuss  this  inscription  without 
raising  the  question  of  its  origin  and  exact  character.  The 
fact  that  it  is  known  to  exist  in  two  other  tombs  also,  would 
suggest  that  it  was  not  an  informal  enumeration  of  the 
vizier's  duties  drawn  up  by  himself  especially  for  his  tomb, 
but  a  close  examination  of  the  document  itself  shows  that 
it  could  not  possibly  have  been  a  state  document  to  the 
decrees  of  which  the  vizier  was  amenable.  It  was  evidently 
no  more  than  we  have  suggested,  viz.,  a  list  of  the  vizier's 
duties,  compiled  by  himself,  for  recording  in  his  tomb.  It 
must,  of  course,  have  been  based  upon  the  existent  laws, 
from  which  it  may,  in  places,  contain  extracts.  In  any 
case,  it  contains  the  purport  of  certain  of  the  laws  in  force 
at  the  time,  some  of  which,  like  those  regulating  the  criminal 
docket,  are  very  interesting  and  important.  The  only 
other  surviving  example  of  the  laws  of  Egypt  are  in  the 
Decree  of  Harmhab  (III,  45  ff.),  for  of  the  "4.0  skins" 
undoubtedly  rolls  containing  "this  law  which  is  in  his  hand" 
mentioned  by  our  inscription,  nothing  has  ever  been  found. 
Such  law  was,  of  course,  the  codified  fiat  of  the  Pharaoh, 
as  is  evident  in  the  Decree  of  Harmhab. 

674.  The  language  of  the  document  is  very  difficult, 
and  demonstrates  how  helpless  our  incomplete  knowledge 
of  the  Egpytian  dictionary  leaves  us  as  soon  as  we  pass 
from  the  conventional  language  of  the  few  classes  of  monu- 
ments familiar  to  us,  to  some  untrodden  path.  Especially 
the  legal  enactments  of  the  first  half  of  the  inscription 
abound  in  technical  terms,  most  of  which  are  totally  unknown 


TOMB  OF  REKHMIRE 


273 


to  us.  These  render  a  final  translation  impossible,  in 
many  places. 

External  Arrangement  oj  the  Sitting 

675.  1  Arrangement  of  the  sitting3-  of  the  governor  of  the  (residence) 
city,  and  vizier  of  the  Southern  City,  (and)  of  the  court,  in  the  hall  of  the 
vizier.  As  for  every  actb  of  this  official,  the  vizier  while  hearing  in  the 
hall  of  the  vizier,  he  shall  sit  upon  a  chair, c  with  a  rug  upon  the  floor, 
and  a  dais  upon  it,  a  cushiond  under  his  back,  a  cushion  under  his  feet, 
a  —  upon  it,  2and  a  baton  at  his  hand;  the  40  skinse  shall  be  open  before 
him.  Then  the  magnates  of  the  Southf  (shall  stand)  in  the  two  aisles 
before  him,  while  the  master  of  the  privy  chamber  is  on  his  right,  the 
•"receiver  of  income1  on  his  left,  the  scribes  of  the  vizier  at  his  (either) 
hand;  oneg  '"corresponding1  to  another,  with  each  man  at  his  proper 
place.  One  shall  be  heard  after  another,  without  allowing  one  who  is 
behind  to  be  heard  before  3one  who  is  in  front.  If  one  in  front  says: 
"  There  is  none  being  heard  at  my  hand,"  then  he  shall  be  taken  by  the 
messenger  of  the  vizier.h 

Intercourse  oj  Palace  with  Outside  World 

676.  There  shall  be  reported  to  him  the  sealing  of  the  sealed  cham- 
bers up  to  (that)  hour  and  the  opening  of  them  up  to  (that)  hour.  There 
shall  be  reported  to  him  the  affairs  of  the  fortresses  of  the  South  and 


aThis  is  not  the  title  of  the  entire  document,  but  refers  only  to  the  opening 
paragraph. 

bLit.,  "every  doing"  (inf.!). 

cEvidently  a  particular  kind  of  chair  called  phdw,  a  word  not  occurring  else- 
where. 

dErman;  original  has  $d,  "a  skin,"  evidently  meaning  a  leathern  cushion  so 
common  on  Egyptian  furniture.    "Back"  is,  of  course,  a  euphemism. 

eThis  word  (hm)  is  new;  it  has  the  determinative  of  leather.  The  40  hm 
are  depicted  in  the  accompanying  scene  lying  on  the  floor  before  the  vizier  (§  712). 
Erman  suggests  they  may  have  been  the  leather  cases  in  which  the  rolls  of  the 
papyrus  were  preserved;  but  such  state  documents  were  written  on  leather,  e.  g., 
the  records  of  Thutmose  III  (§  433)- 

fOnly  the  magnates  of  the  South,  as  the  vizier  with  whom  we  are  dealing  is 
the  southern  vizier. 

e"One"  refers  to  the  entire  company  before  him;  each  shall  occupy  his  proper 
place  with  reference  to  the  other. 

^Meaning  that  as  soon  as  a  petitioner  in  front  sees  no  one  before  him  ("at 
his  hand"),  he  may  say  so,  and  be  taken  to  the  vizier  by  his  messenger. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  677 


North.  The  going  out  of  all  that  goes  out  4of  the  king's-house  shall 
be  reported  to  him;  and  the  coming  in  of  all  that  comes  into  the  king's- 
house  shall  be  reported  to  him.a  Now,  as  for  everything  going  in  (and) 
everything  going  out  on  the  floor  of  the  court,  they  shall  go  out  (and) 
they  shall  go  in  through  his  messenger,  who  shall  cause  (them)  to  go  in 
(and)  go  out. 

Reports  of  Overseers 

677.  The  overseers  of  hundreds  and  the  overseers  of  r — lb  shall 
report  to  him  their  affairs. 

Daily  Report  to  Pharaoh 

678.  s  Furthermore,  he  shall  go  in  to  take  counsel  on  the  affairs  of 
the  king,  L.  P.  H.,  and  there  shall  be  reported  to  him  the  affairs  of  the 
Two  Lands  in  his  house  every  day.  He  shall  go  in  to  Pharaoh,  before 
the  chief  treasurer;  hec  shall  wait  at  the  northern  flagstaff.  Then  the 
vizier  shall  come,  proceeding  from  the  gate  of  the  great  double  facade. 

Report  of  Treasurer  and  Vizier  to  Each  Other 

679.  Then  6the  chief  treasurer,  he  shall  come  to  meet  him  (the 
vizier)  and  shall  report  to  him,  saying:  "All  thy  affairs  are  sound  and 
prosperous;  every  responsible  incumbent  has  reported  to  me,  saying: 
'  All  thy  affairs  are  sound  and  prosperous,  the  king's-house  is  sound  and 
prosperous*.'"  Then  the  vizier,  he  shall  report  to  the  chief  treasurer, 
saying:  7 "All  thy  affairs  are  sound  and  prosperous;  every  seat  of  the 
court  is  sound  and  prosperous.d    There  have  been  reported  to  me 

aThe  "king's-house"  is  a  whole,  of  which  the  "court"  is  but  one  part,  in  which 
the  king  lived.  Entrance  to  the  "king's-house"  was  only  reported  to  the  vizier, 
while  entrance  to  the  "court"  could  be  gained  only  under  conduct  of  his  "  messenger." 

hMr-}trp. 

cThe  chief  treasurer;  the  front  of  the  palace  was  decorated,  like  the  temple 
facades,  with  flagstaves,  and  near  one  of  these  the  treasurer  is  to  wait. 

dOn  a  fragment  in  the  Louvre  (without  a  number)  is  a  relief  showing  a  line 
of  twelve  priests:  three  of  the  "first  order"  three  of  the  "second  order"  three  of  the 
"third  order"  and  three  of  the  "fourth  order."  Over  their  heads  are  fragments  of 
two  lines,  as  follows:   in  the  temple  0}  Anion,  in  ' Most-Splendid-o) -Splen- 
dors' (name  of  Der  el-Bahri  temple),  by  the  High  Priest  of  Amon  in  'Most-Splendid- 

of-Splendors,'  Senu  (Snw),  triumphant    of  Amon  and  of  Hathor,  Mistress 

of  Thebes.  They  praise  thee,  they  love  thee,  for  all  thy  affairs  are  sound  and  pros- 
perous in  this  temple."  The  High  Priest  of  Hatshepsut's  temple  of  Der  el-Bahri 
is  thus  eulogized  in  the  formal  terms  for  a  faithful  officer's  report.  See  the  same 
words  in  the  report  of  the  lay  priests  at  Illahun,  Zeitschrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache, 
37>  97- 


§682] 


TOMB  OF  REKHMIRE 


275 


the  sealing  of  the  sealed  chambers  to  this  hour  (and)  the  opening  of  them 
to  (this)  hour,  by  every  responsible  incumbent. "a 

Daily  Opening  oj  the  Kings-House 

680.  Now,  after  each  has  reported  to  the  other,  of  the  two  officials, 
then  the  vizier  shall  send  8to  open  every  gate  of  the  king's-house,  to 
cause  to  go  in  all  that  goes  in,  (and)  fto  go  outT|b  all  that  goes  out  like- 
wise, by  his  messenger,  who  shall  cause  it  to  be  put  in  writing. 

Irregularities  among  the  Princes 

681.  Let  not  any  official  be  empowered  to  judge  ragainst  a  superior1 
in  his  hall.  If  there  be  any  assailantc  against  <>any  of  these  officials  in 
his  hall,  then  he  shall  cause  that  hed  be  brought  to  the  judgment-hall. 
It  is  the  vizier  who  shall  punish  him,  in  order  to  expiate  his  fault. 
Let  not  any  official  have  power  to  punish  in  his  hall.  There  shall  be 
reported  fto1]  him  every  judgment  which  is  against  the  hall,  rwhen  he 
repairs  thereto.1 

Duties  and  Treatment  oj  the  Vizier's  Messengers 

682 .  As  for  every  messenger  I0whom  the  vizier  sends  with  a  message 
for  an  official,  from  the  first  official  to  the  last,  let  him  not  be  Tswerved1, 
and  let  him  not  be  conducted;  the  official  shall  repeat  his  vizierial  message 
while  hee  stands  before  "the  official,  repeating  his  message  and  going 
forth  to  wait  for  him.  His  messenger  shall  seize  the  mayors  and  village 
sheiks  for  the  judgment-hall;  his  messenger  shall  give  the  ^regulation1] 

 his  messenger  gives  answer,  saying:  "I  have  been  sent  "with 

a  message  for  the  official  so  and  so;  he  caused  that  I  be  conducted,  and 


aIt  will  be  seen  that  the  vizier  reports  on  the  "court,"  while  the  treasurer 
reports  on  the  "kings-house"  Now,  the  vizier  possesses  the  reports  concerning 
the  "king's-house"  (mentioned  in  11.  3  and  4),  by  which  he  is  enabled  to  control 
the  report  of  the  treasurer  on  the  "king's-house."  Similarly,  if  we  possessed  a  list 
of  the  treasurer's  duties,  we  should  doubtless  find  that  he  received  daily  reports 
on  the  matters  of  the  "court"  by  means  of  which  he  was  enabled  to  control  the 
vizier's  report  on  the  "court"  which  the  vizier  conducted  directly  by  means  of  his 
messenger. 

bThe  publication  shows  no  lacuna,  but  the  sense  demands  the  inserted  phrase. 

dThe  confusion  of  pronouns  is  also  in  the  original. 
eThe  messenger. 


276        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§683 


he  caused  that  something  be  entrusted  to  me.a  Hear  rthe  affair*  of  this 
official  expiate  those  things,  about  which  there  has  been  liti- 
gation by  the  vizier  in  I3his  hall,  in  every  f  crime1,*  with  greater15  punish- 
ment than  by  cutting  off  a  limb. 

Criminals 

683.  Now,  as  for  every  act  of  the  vizier,  while  hearing  in  his  hall; 
and  as  for  every  one  who  shall  [Hie  shall  record1]  every- 
thing concerning  which  he  hears  him.  He  who  has  not  disproved 
the  charge0  at  I4his  hearing,  which  takes  place  r — 1,  then  it  shall  be 
entered  in  the  criminal  docket.  He  who  is  in  the  great  prison,d  not 
able  to  disprove  the  charge  of  hise  messenger,  likewise;  when  their 
case  comes  on  another  time,  then  one  shall  report  and  determine  whether 
it  is  in  the  criminal  docket,  *sand  there  shall  be  •executed'1  the  things 
concerning  which  entry  was  made,  in  order  to  expiate  their  offense. 

Loan  oj  Vizier's  Records 

684.  As  for  any  writing  sent  [rby  the  vizier1  to]  any  hall,  being  those 
which  are  not  confidential/  it  shall  be  taken  to  him^  together  with  the 
documents  of  the  keepers  l6thereof  under  seal  of  the  (sdm'w-)  officers, 
and  the  scribes  thereof  after  them;  then  he  shall  open  it;  then  after  he 
has  seen  it,  it  shall  return  to  its  place,  sealed  with  the  seal  of  the  vizier. 
(But)  if  he  furthermore  ask  for  I7a  confidential  writing,  then  let  it  not 
be  taken  by  the  keepers  thereof. 

Summons  oj  Petitioner 

685.  Now,h  as  for  every  messenger  whom  the  vizier  sends  on  account 
of  any  petitioner,  he  shall  cause  that  he  go  to  him. 

aLit.,  "put  upon  my  neck."  This  message  evidently  furnishes  the  formula 
to  be  used  by  the  messenger  in  reporting  the  replies  of  the  officials  to  whom  he 
has  been  sent. 

bErman;  lit.,  "with  an  increase  upon  punishment  by,  etc." 
cLit.,  "warded  off  the  evil." 

dOn  our  scanty  knowledge  of  the  prisons,  see  Spiegelberg,  Studien,  64  ff. 
eOf  the  vizier. 
fLit.,  "wrapped  up." 

KThe  official  desiring  to  consult  the  document. 

hOn  this  and  the  following  paragraph,  see  Gardiner,  Inscription  of  Mes. 
37,  38- 


§  690]  TOMB  OF  REKHMIRE 


Real  Estate  Cases 

686.  Now,  as  for  every  petitioner  to  the  vizier  concerning  lands,  he 
shall  dispatch  him  (the  messenger)  to  him,  in  addition  to  a  hearing  of 
l8the  land-overseer  and  the  local  council51  of  the  rdistrict.ab  He  shall 
decree  a  stay  for  him  of  two  months  for  his  lands  in  the  South  or  North. 
As  for  his  lands,  however,  which  are  near  to  the  Southern  City  and  to 
the  court,  he  shall  decree  a  stay  for  him  of  three  days,  being  ^that 
which  is  according  to  law;  (for)  he  shall0  hear  every  petitioner  accord- 
ing to  this  law  which  is  in  his  hand. 

Reports  oj  District  Officials 

687.  It  is  he  who  brings  in  the  officials  of  the  district;  it  is  he 
who  sends  them  out;  they  report  [to]  him  the  affairs  of  their  districts. 

Wills,  Etc. 

688.  Every  property-listd  is  brought  to  him;  it  is  he  who  seals  it. 

Settlement  oj  Registered  Boundaries 

689.  2°It  is  he  who  administers  the  rgift1-landse  in  all  regions.  As 
for  every  petitioner  who  shall  say:  "Our  boundary  is  unsettled ;"  one 
shall  examine  whether  it  is  under  the  seal  of  the  official  thereof ;  then 
he  shall  seize  the  seizuresf  of  the  local  council  who  unsettled  it. 

Treatment  oj  Unregistered  Boundaries 

690.  Now,  as  for  every  remarkable  case,g  and  everything  pertaining 
thereto;  do  not  look  2Iat  anything  therein. 

^D^d^t.    Whether  this  is  a  hearing  before  the  vizier  or  a  local  hearing 
under  the  charge  of  "  messenger  "  is  not  clear. 
*>Tm  ' 

cThe  verbal  form  (sdmtf)  seems  to  be  incorrect. 

dSuch  a  property-list  is  frequently  a  will.  A  will,  with  the  registration  docket 
of  the  vizier's  office  upon  it,  is  preserved  to  us;  it  reads:  "(Date);  Done  in  the 
office  (lit.,  hall)'o}  the  vizier  in  the  presence  0}  the  governor  of  the  city  and  vizier  Khety, 
by  the  seal-scribe  of  the  people' s-bureau,  Amenemhet-Ameny"  A  remark,  probably 
indicating  the  payment  of  the  tax  on  the  transfer,  follows  (Griffith,  Kahun  Papyri, 
PI.  XIII,  11.  9-12).    The  document  is  from  the  Middle  Kingdom. 

eThese  lands  ($d)  are  thought  by  Moret  to  be  the  divisible  lands  held  by 
tenantry  as  distinguished  from  indivisible  tracts  held  by  nobles  (Zeitschrift  filr 
agyptische  Sprache,  39,  36). 

f  Meaning  ? 

^Unregistered  land  ?  Erman. 


278         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§691 


Manner  oj  Petition 

691.  One  shall  put  every  petition51  in  writing,  not  permitting  that  he 
petition  orally. b  Every  petitioner  to  the  king  shall  be  reported  to  him,c 
after  he  puts  (it)  in  writing. 

Intercourse  between  Court  and  Local  Authorities 

692.  It  is  he  who  dispatches  every  messenger  of  the  king's-house, 
L.  P.  H.,  who  is  sent  to  the  mayors  and  village  sheiks.  It  is  he  who 
dispatches  "every  circuit  messenger,  every  expedition  of  the  king's- 

house.    It  is  he  who  acts  as  the  one  who  [in]  the  South  and  North, 

the  Southern  Frontier  (tp  rsy)  and  Abydos  (T 3  -wr).  They  shall  report 
to  him  all  that  happens  among  them,  on  the  first  day  of  every  four- 
month  season;  they  shall  bring  to  him  the  writing  thereof,  in  their  hands, 
together  with  their  local  council. 

Mustering  King's  Escort 

693.  23It  is  he  who  gathers  the  troops,  moving  in  attendance  upon 
the  king,  in  journeying  northward  or  southward. 

Garrison  oj  Residence  City 

694.  It  is  he  who  stations  the  rest  who  remain  in  the  Southern  City, 
(and)  in  the  court,  according  to  the  decision  in  the  king's-house,  L.  P.  H. 

General  Army  Orders 

695.  The  commandant  of  the  ruler's  tabled  is  brought  to  him,  to 
his  hall,  together  with  24the  council  of  the  army,  in  order  to  give  to  them 
the  regulation  of  the  army. 

Advisory  Functions 

696.  Let  every  office,  from  first  to  last,e  proceedf  to  the  hall  of  the 
vizier,  to  take  counsel  with  him. 

Felling  Timber 

697.  It  is  he  who  dispatches  to  cut  down  trees  according  to  the 
decision  in  the  king's-house. 

aLit.,  "petitioner''  strange  as  it  seems;  hence  "he"  in  the  next  clause. 
bEgyptian:  "by  hearing."  cThe  vizier. 

dA  district  commandant  who  delivered  game  and  supplies  for  the  prince's 
table.    In  the  Middle  Kingdom  the  nomarchs  also  had  such  officers. 
eLit.,  "every  first  office  to  every  last  office." 

{ Only  the  determination  of  a  verb  of  motion  occupies  the  place  where  the  verb 
should  be. 


§705]  TOMB  OF  REKHMIRE  279 

Water-Supply 

698.  It  is  he  who  dispatches  2nhe  official  staff,  to  attend  to  the 
water-supply21  in  the  whole  land. 

Annual  Plowing 

699.  It  is  he  who  dispatches  the  mayors  and  village  sheiks  to  plow 
for  harvest  time. 

Overseers  oj  Labor? 

700.  It  is  he  who  ''appoints1  the  overseers  of  hundreds  in  the  hall  of 
the  king's-house. 

Audience  for  Town  Authorities 

701.  It  is  he  who  ^arranges1  the  hearing  of  the  mayors  and  village 
sheiks  who  go  forth  in  his  name,  of  South  and  North. 

Administration  oj  Fortresses 

702.  26Every  matter  is  reported  to  him;  there  are  reported  to  him 
the  affairs  of  the  southern  fortress;  and  every  arrest  which  is  for  seizing 

Nome  Administration,  Boundaries,  Etc. 

703.  It  is  he  who  makes  the  r — 1  of  every  nome;  it  is  he  who  "  hears  " 
it.  It  is  he  who  dispatches  the  •"district1  soldiers  and  scribes  to  carry 
out  the  Tadministration1  of  the  king.  27The  records  of  the  nome  are  in 
his  hall.  It  is  he  who  hears  concerning  all  lands.  It  is  he  who  makes 
the  boundary  of  every  nome,  the  field  r — \  all  divine  offerings5  and 
every  contract. 

Record  oj  Depositions,  Etc. 

704.  It  is  he  who  takes  every  deposition;  it  is  he  who  hears  the 
rejoinder  when  a  man  comes  for  argument  with  his  opponent.0 

Appointment  oj  Courts  jor  Special  Cases,  Etc. 

705.  It  is  he  who  appoints  every  appointee  28to  the  hall  of  judgment, 
when  any  litigant  comes  to  him  from  the  king's-house.d  It  is  he  who 
hears  every  edict. 


aSee  I,  407,  L.  6.  bTemple  income. 

cLit.,  "comes  to  words  with  his  second."  This  evidently  refers  to  argument 
of  plaintiff  and  defendant  before  the  vizier.  See  Gardiner,  Inscription  of  Mes, 
36,  37- 

dHe  appoints  members  of  special  courts  for  cases  where  a  member  of  the 
king's  household  is  concerned. 


28o         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  7o6 


Sacred  and  Royal  Revenues  in  Residence  City  and  Court 

706.  It  is  he  who  hears  concerning  the  " Great  Beauty"  of  every 
divine  offering.    It  is  hea  who  levies  all  taxes  of  the  income,  and  who 

gives  it  to  him  r — 1  every  —  in  the  Southern  City,  (and)  in 

the  court.  It  is  he  who  seals  29it  under  his  seal.  It  is  he  who  hears 
every  matter;  it  is  he  who  makes  the  distribution  of  the  tribute  to  the 
crown  possessions.    The  great  council  shall  report  to  him  their  dues 

  every  —  that  is  brought  to  3°the  judgment-hall,  and  every 

offering  to  the  judgment-hall,  he  shall  hear  concerning  it.  It  is  he  who 
opens  the  gold-house,  together  with  the  chief  treasurer.    It  is  he  who 

inspects  the  tribute  of  [all]  landsb    31  chief  steward,  together 

with  the  great  council  (d^d^t  wr'  /).  It  is  he  who  makes  the  lists  of1 
all  bulls,  rof1  which  a  Hist1  is  made. 

Canal  Inspection  ( ?)  in  Residence  City 

707.  It  is  he  who  inspects  the  •water-supply1  (swr  t)c  on  the  first  of 

every  ten-day  period  r — 1    3  2  concerning  every  matter  of  the 

judgment-hall. 

Revenues  from  Local  Authorities 

708.  The  mayors,  village  sheiks,  and  every  man  shall  report  to  him, 
all  their  tribute.    Every  district  supervisor,  and  every  [roverseer  of1] 

hundreds,  they  shall  report  to  him  every  litigation  r — 1  33they 

shall  report  to  him  furthermore,  monthly,  in  order  to  control  the  tribute. 
The  treasurers  and  the  (k)0  yb-)  officials  shall  . 

Observation  oj  Sirius  and  High  Nile 

709.   the  rising  of  Sirius,  and  the  r — 1  of  the  Nile.  There 

shall  be  reported  to  him  the  high  (Nile)d   r  1  34 — . 

Administration  oj  Navy 

710.  It  is  he  who  exacts  the  ships  for  every  requisition  made  upon 
him.  It  is  he  who  dispatches  every  messenger  of  the  king's-house  to 
 .    When  the  king  is  with  the  army,  it  is  he  who  makes  report 

aRead:  ntf. 

bThis  function  of  the  vizier  is  depicted  with  great  detail  in  a  splendid  series 
of  wall  scenes  in  this  tomb  (§§  760  ff.). 
cSee  Florence  Stela,  No.  1774. 

dSimilar  duties  are  referred  to  in  the  tomb  of  Min  (Memoires  de  la  mission  }ran- 
caise  au  Caire,  V,  368),  but  the  context  is  unfortunately  broken.    The  following  is 

visible:    "   concerning  the  affairs  0}  the  king's-house,  conducting  the  work 

 of  the  high  Nile:' 


TOMB  OF  REKHMIRE 


281 


 .    3  5Report  is  made  to  him  by  all  the  officials  of  the  head  of 

the  navy,  from  the  highest  to  the  lowest.    It  is  hea  who  seals  the  edicts 

 r — 1  of  the  keeper  of  r — 1  who  is  dispatched  with  a  message  of 

the  king's-house. 

Method  of  Reporting  to  Vizier 

711.  Every  report  shall  be  reported  to  him  by  36the  doorkeeper  of 
the  judgment-hall,  who  reports  ron  his  part1  all  that  he  (the  vizier)  does 
while  hearing  in  the  hall  of  the  vizier. 

HI.     THE  SITTING  OF  THE  VIZIERb 

Scene 

712.  The  vizier  sits  enthroned  at  one  end  of  the  hall; 
before  him  are  the  "Magnates  0}  the  South"  and  the  "scribes 
oj  the  vizier in  two  rows  on  each  side  of  the  central  aisle; 
in  this  aisle,  directly  in  front  of  the  vizier,  are  the  forty  rolls 
of  the  law  (see  §675,  1.  2).  Two  deputies  are  leading 
petitioners  down  the  aisle,  and  outside  are  other  deputies 
or  door-keepers  receiving  the  petitioners  as  they  arrive. 

Inscription 

713.  Sitting,  in  order  to  hear  the  petitioners,  in  the  hall  of  the  vizier; 
by  the  hereditary  prince,  count,  wearer  of  the  royal  seal,  sole  companion, 
(mr*  t-ntr-)  priest,  chief  of  the  six  courts  of  justice,  a  mouth  giving  satis- 
faction in  the  whole  land;  (sm-)  priest,  rmaster  of  every  wardrobe1, 
judging  justly,  not  showing  partiality,  sending  two  men  forth  satisfied, 
judging  the  weak  and  the  powerful,  not  rbringing  sorrow1  to  the  one  who 
petitioned  him;  satisfying  the  heart  of  the  king  before  the  Two  Lands, 
prince  before  the  people,  companion  approaching  the  sovereign,  favorite 
of  him  who  is  in  the  palace. 

IV.     RECEPTION  OF  PETITIONS  c 

714.  The  following  scene  has  unfortunately  almost 
entirely  disappeared;  it  portrayed  the  reception  of  petitions, 
from  the  people,  regulated  in  the  " Duties  of  the  Vizier" 
(§§685  and  691). 

aText  has  nf;  I  emend  to  ntf. 

bPl.  IV.     See  the  description  of  the  sitting  in  the  first  three  lines  of  the  pre- 
ceding inscription  (§675). 
cPl.  XV. 


282         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§7I 


Scene 

Rekhmire  stands  leaning  upon  his  staff,  while  scribes 
pass  out  among  the  people,  where  they  receive  and  register 
complaints  and  petitions.    Over  Rekhmire  is  the  following: 

Inscription 

715.  Going  forth  over  the  land  every  morning  to  do  the  daily  favors, 
to  hear  the  matters  of  the  people,  the  petitions  of  the  South  and  the 
North;    not  preferring  the  great  above  the  humble,  rewarding  the 

oppressed r  \  bringing  the  evil  to  him  who  committed  it;  by  

[Rekhmire]. 

V.     INSPECTION  OP  TAXES  OF  UPPER  EGYPT 

716.  These  important  scenes, a  representing  the  only  tax- 
lists  we  possess,  show  the  local  officials  of  Upper  Egypt 
paying  their  dues  (yp  'w)  to  the  vizier.  Just  what  part  of 
the  total  revenues  of  Upper  Egypt  these  dues  formed, 
it  is  impossible  to  state;  but  that  they  were  only  a  part  is 
certain.  For  the  inscription  clearly  indicates  that  they  are 
only  the  dues  exacted  from  the  local  officials  (as  a  tax  upon 
their  offices),  and  not  the  taxes  paid  by  the  people,  for 
which  we  find  a  different  designation  (bk  'w),  from  that 
employed  here.  This  tax  (yp'w)  upon  the  officials  is  the 
one  remitted  by  Harmhab  (III,  63).  It  was  collected  by 
the  vizier,  while  the  tax  (bk'w)  upon  the  people  was,  of 
course,  collected  by  the  chief  treasurer.  It  is  noticeable 
that  the  vizier  has  charge  of  these  revenues  (yp'w)  only 
in  Upper  Egypt,  showing  clearly  the  extent  of  his  fiscal 
jurisdiction.  There  was,  of  course,  another  vizier  for  Lower 
Egypt  from  below  Assiut  to  the  sea.b 

Owing  to  the  loss  of  a  large  portion  of  the  lower  rows, 
it  is  impossible  to  summarize  and  determine  the  total  income 

aPls.  V  and  VI.  They  are  published  for  the  first  time  by  Newberry,  having 
been  passed  over  by  all  previous  students  of  the  tomb.  We  are  therefore  much 
indebted  to  him  for  their  rescue. 

bA  relief  at  Berlin,  for  example,  shows  the  two  viziers  (No.  12411);  see  addi- 
tional references,  Newberry,  17,  n.  3,  and  a  full  statement,  Gardiner,  Inscription 
of  Mes,  33.  It  is  probable  that  the  office  was  not  divided  before  the  Empire,  and 
probably  not  before  Thutmose  III. 


§7i8]  TOMB  OF  REKHMIRE  283 


of  the  crown  from  this  source  in  Upper  Egypt.  Gold, 
silver,  cattle,  and  linen  form  the  most  valuable  items;  of 
the  others  many  are  uncertain,  and  have  therefore  only 
been  transliterated.  The  list  begins  with  the  fortresses  of 
Bigeh  and  Elephantine  at  the  first  cataract,  and  extends 
as  far  north  as  Assiut.  Some  of  the  place-names  are  un- 
known, and  have  been  merely  transliterated  below.  The 
list  is  divided  into  two  parts:  the  first  from  the  cataract 
to  Thebes,  and  the  second  from  Thebes  to  Assiut;  that  is, 
the  first  above,  the  second  below  Thebes. 

A.     ABOVE  THEBES 

Scene 

717.  Rekhmire,  at  the  right,  receives  the  local  officials, 
who  advance  in  four  lines,  bringing  their  dues. a  Over 
their  heads  are  inscribed  their  titles,  the  names  of  the  towns  or 
localities  to  which  they  belong,  and  the  amounts  of  their  dues. 

Over  Rekhmire 

Inspection  of  the  taxes  (yp'  w)  counted  tob  (the  credit  of)  the  hall  of 
the  vizier  of  the  Southern  City,  and  counted  against  the  mayors,  the 
town-rulers,  the  district  officials,  the  recorders  of  the  districts,  their 
scribes,  and  their  field-scribes,  who  are  in  the  South  (Tp-rsy) ;  beginning 
with  Elephantine  and  the  fortress  of  Bigeh ;  made  according  to  the  writings 
of  ancient  time,  by  the  hereditary  prince  c  [Rekhmire]. 


Official  and  Place 

Tax 

20  deben  of  gold 

718. 

Commandant  of  the  for-  I 

5  good  hides 

tress  of  Bigeh  (Sn-mw /)j 

apes;  10  bows 

20  large  staves  of  Tcedar1  wood 

aThere  are  thirty-one  officials  still  preserved;  of  five  of  these  the  inscriptions 
with  names  and  dues  are  lost.  Besides  this,  at  least  three  more,  with  their  inscrip- 
tions, have  been  lost  in  the  lower  row;  that  is,  nearly  one-fourth  of  the  officials 
with  their  dues  are  lost.    How  many  names  of  localities  are  lost  is  uncertain. 

bThe  two  prepositions  "to"  or  "for"  (n)  and  "against"  (r)  are  correlative, 
and  antithetic,  the  first  being  the  preposition  of  advantage,  the  second  of  disad- 
vantage. This  is  precisely  as  in  Arabic,  where  11  and  c  dlo'(y)  have  the  same  rela- 
tion; thus*  U  d&ynun  =  "A  debt  is  (owing)  to  me"  (lit.,  "to  me  is  a  debt")  is 
opposed  to:  c  d/dyyd  d&ynun  ="  I  owe  a  debt"  (lit.,  "against  me  is  a  debt"). 
See  Uni,  L  36  (I,  320)  for  the  same  use  of  yp  n,  "count  to." 

^Omitted  titles. 


284         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  m 


Official  and  Place 

Tax 

719. 

Commandant  of  the  for-  j 
tress  of  Elephantine  I 

Scribe  of  the  recorder  of  1 
Elephantine  ] 

Kenbeti  of  Elephantine  I 
Scribe  of  Elephantine 

40  deben  of  gold,  tribute  weight 
1  chest  of  (mt-)  linen   

f\  (\p\\t±r\  r»T  nr»lri    in  tT"iriiitf»  T^r<^i ct\\ f 
U  U.CUCI1  Ul  gUlU,  111  LIlUuLL  VVClgllL 

a  pedet  of  raiment 
a  large  rbolt1 

2  deben  of  gold;  2  pedet  of  rai- 
ment; a  large  •"bolt1;  1  chest  of 
(mt-)  linen 

1  deben  of  gold;  2  oxen  (ng0'  w) 

720. 

Recorder  of  Ombos 
Scribe  of  the  Recorder  of  ( 
Ombos  \ 

Kenbeti  of  Ombos  \ 

2  deben  of  gold;   

1  deben  of  gold,  in  tribute  weight 

3  large  bolts;   

—  deben  of  silver,  in  tribute  weight 
4  deben  of  gold,  in  tribute  weight 

1  OA  y     1    I  WU-ycdl  -U1U. 

721. 

Mayor  of  Edfu  < 
His  scribe 

Recorder  of  Edfu  < 

8  deben  of  gold,  tribute  weight 

tl  git. ell  LHJxl 

gold  (amount  ?) 
1  ox 

Town-Ruler  of  Pr-mr-yw&  < 

1  deben  of  gold 

1  chest  of  (mt-)  linen ;  2  oxen 

722. 

Mayor  of  Nekhen  < 
jvenueii  01  i>cKiiLii  < 

4  deben  of  gold 
3  deben  of  silver 
1  ox 

1  two-year-old 

3  deben  of  gold,  in  tribute  weight 

1  bead  necklace  [roP  gold] 

2  oxen 

1  chest  of  (mt-)  linen;  1  chest  of 
(d 3  w-)  linen 

(Name  lost,  top  row)  j 

Garments,  2  (pdt-)  bolts 
(Linen)  1  great  (sm  3  /-)  ""bolt1 
gold  (amount  ?) 

(Name  lost,  top  row)  j 

1  (wn-dw-)  ox,  2  yearlings 
Gold,  linen 

aAn  uncertain  town. 


§  728]  TOMB  OF  REKHMIRE  285 


Official  and  Place 

Tax 

723. 

Town-Ruler  of  Esneh  \ 

1 

Scribe  of  the  Islands  of  1 
Esneh 

Kenbeti  of  Esneh a  < 

—  of  silver 
8  of  gold 

2  oxen;  grain,  linen 

Z  LlcUCIl  Ul  gUlU 

i  deben  of  silver 

1  bead  necklace  To0  gold 

1  (wn-dw-)  ox,  1  yearling;  linen 
(d 3  w-)  linen 

2  chests  of  (mt-)  linen 
grain 

2  calves,  2  oxen  (s  3 ) 

724. 

Recorder  of  Gebelen 

1  deben  of  gold ;  i  deben  of  silver 

725. 

Scribe  of  the  District  of «— "»( 

I 

Gold,  bead  necklace,  linen,  year- 
lings ;    two-year-olds ;  (num- 
bers lost) 

726. 

Scribe  of  the  Islands 
which  are  in  the  South  < 
(tp-rsy) 

2  deben  of  gold 

30  pigeons 

c  nb-tm 3*  t 

2  oxen,  5  yearlings 

1  chest  of  (mt-)  linen 

727. 

Recorder  of  Hermonthis  j 

Scribe  of  the  Recorder  of  ( 
Hermonthis  \ 

Scribe  of  —  the  District 
of  Hermonthis 

Kenbeti  of  the  District 
of  Hermonthis 

3  deben  of  gold 
10  c nb-tm0'  t 

1  chest  of  (mt-)  linen 
Gold  (amount  lost) 
(d 3  w-)  linen 

2  deben  of  gold 

1  chest  of  (mt-)  linen 
40  pigeons 

r*   ■fifctlinrrc  r\f  tnp  vpsr 
S   Ilia HUli' 0  Ul    L11C  ^Cctl 

2  oxen,  5  yearlings 
Grain,  honey 

4  deben  rof1  gold 
1  deben  of  silver 

1  bead  necklace  rof*  gold 
1  chest  of  (mt-)  linen 
(d^'w-)  linen 

728. 

Recorder  of  House  of 
Hathor  (Pr-Hthr) 

(Lost) 

aOnly  the  end  of  the  name  is  preserved.  In  the  second  row  next  to  Esneh 
there  is  another  Kenbeti,  whose  place-name  is  lost.  He  brings  gold  (amount?), 
1  chest  of  (mt-)  linen,  2  heket  of  grain,  and  1  heket  of  grain  (sic!). 


286        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§ 


B.     BELOW  THEBES 

729.  The  scene  is  the  same  as  before. a 
Over  Rekhmire 

Inspection  of  the  taxes  (yp'w)  counted  to  (the  credit  of)  the  hall  of 
the  vizier  of  the  Southern  City  (and)  counted  against  the  mayors,  the 
town-rulers,  the  district  officials,  the  recorders  of  the  districts,  their 
scribes  and  the  —  of  their  fields,  from  above  Koptos  to  below  Sput],  by 
the  hereditary  prince  [Rekhmire]. 


Official  and  Place 

Tax 

730. 

—  in  the  midst  of  the 
City  (Thebes) 

l 

1  deben  of  silver 
3  deben  of  gold 

1  chest  of  (mt-)  linen 

2  two-year-olds 

3  vearlings 

731. 

Scribe  of  the  District  of 
Rs-njt 

1  chest  of  (mt-)  linen 
Honey 

3  heket  of  grain 

3  yearlings 

3  two-year-olds 

2  full-grown  (oxen) 

gold  (amount  lost) ;  bead  necklace 

732. 

—  of  Cusae 

—  of  Cusae 

3  deben  of  gold 

1  bead  necklace  rof]  gold 

—  deben  of  gold 

—  deben  of  silver 

aThc  two  lower  rows  have  mostly  disappeared ;  twenty-four  figures  of  officials 
are  visible,  and  the  tribute  of  two  more  is  partially  preserved.  Of  these  twenty-six, 
the  dues  of  one  are  totally  lost,  while  five  more  figures  (at  least)  with  their  dues 
have  also  disappeared;  thus  the  dues  of  about  one-fifth  of  the  officials  have  been 
lost;  the  number  of  place-names  lost  (if  any)  is  uncertain. 


§  737]  TOMB  OF  REKHMIRE  287 


Official  and  Place 

Tax 

733. 

Kenbeti  of  the  District  of 
of  Coptos 

1  deben  of  silver 

\  deben  of  gold 

10  measures  of  (y c  h-)  grain 

1  heket  of  grain 

1  (hbnt-)  jar  of  honey;  calves 

734. 

Kenbeti  of  the  District 
of  Dendera 

1  deben  of  gold 

 of  silver 

(y c  b~)  grain 

10  heket  of  grain 

1  (hbn  t-)  jar  of  honey 

5  calves 

—  two-year-olds 
1  ox 

735. 

Mayor  of  Haturt-Amen- 
emhet  (Ht-wr  t-Ymn-  < 
m-h>  t) 

5  deben  of  gold 

1  deben  of  silver,  tribute  weight 
200  (kw-)  loaves 

1,000  (sht-)  loaves 
-3  wdn 

10  sacks  of  r — 3 
3  tm 3 
5  calves 
3  yearlings 
3  two-year-olds 

2  (full-grown)  oxen 
500  pigeons 

736. 

r 

Recorder  of  W 3  h-ys'  t  | 

Scribe  of  the  Recorder  of  f 
W^h-ys-t  \ 

\  deben  of  gold 
1  chest  of  (mt-)  linen 
1  (hbn  t)  jar  of  honey 
1  two-year-old 
1  bolt  of  (d 3  -w-)  linen 
cattle 

737. 

J\.C(-UIU.Ci    Ul  -L/lUSJJUllo 

Parva  (Ht-shm) 

Scribe  of  the  Recorder  of 
Diospolis  Parva 

5  deben  of  gold 

1  heket  of  (tb-)  grain 

($ c  -)  grain 

1  measure  of  (y c  h-)  grain 
1  measure  of  (surf-)  grain 
3  measures  of  southern  grain 
1  measure  of  southern  grain 
pigeons,  linen  (many  items  lost) 

3  deben  of  gold 

288         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  738 


Official  and  Place 

Tax 

738. 

Recorder  of  Abydos 

1 

His  scribe  < 

Scribe  of  the  District  of 
of  Abydos 

Kenbeti  of  Abydos  j 

1  deben  of  gold 

(mt-)  linen 

(d 3  w-)  linen 

1  (hbn  /-)  jar  of  honey 

1  two-year-old 

1  deben  of  gold 

3  two-year-olds 

1  deben  of  gold 

1  bead  necklace  rof*  gold 

1  heket  of  grain 

2  heket  of  southern  grain 
oxen 

739. 

Mayor  01  I  hinis 

6  deben  of  gold 

1  deben  of  silver 

(y  c  h-)  bread,  20  (kw-)  loaves 
10  sacks  of  r — J 
10  c  nb-tm  0  / 

2  heket  of  grain 
50  heket 

10  heket  of  grain 

1  (hbn'  /-)  jar  of  honey 

5  calves 

6  yearlings 

3  two-year-olds 

2  (full-grown)  oxen 

740. 

Scribe*  of  the  District  of 
the  city  of  Min  (Akh- 
mim) 

2  deben  of  gold 

1  deben  of  silver 

2  bead  necklaces  roP  [gold] 
200  r — * 

2  heket  of  grain 
— 1  calves 
—  two-year-olds 
1  (full-grown)  ox 

741. 

Recorder  of  Itfit 
His  scribe 

3  heket  of  southern  grain 
1  measure  of  grain 

1  (hbn  t)  jar  of  honey 

2  (full-grown)  oxen 

742. 

Mayor  of  Pr-Hr 

1  heket  of  southern  grain 
10  measures  of  (sw  t-)  grain 

1  (wn-dw)  ox 
1  two-year-old 
($w-)  rolls 

aBehind  him  was  a  figure  now  lost,  with  considerable  tribute  of  grain,  bread 
and  cattle;  the  gold,  if  any,  is  lost.    This  may  also  belong  to  Akhmtm. 


§  747]  TOMB  OF  REKHMIRE  289 


Official  and  Place 

Tax 

743. 

Mayor  — 

1,000  (sht-)  loaves 

(sw  /-)  grain 

3  measures  of  grain 

emit nffn  frfiir* 

0UUIHCI1I  til  dill 

2  heket  of  grain 

10  (kw-)  loaves 

1  (hbn  t-)  jar  of  honey 

tmct 

1  yearling 

1  (full-grown)  ox 

C  fipnpn  of  cnlH 

2  heket  of  grain 

i  chest  of  (ml-)  linen 

1  chest  of  (d 3  w-)  linen 

  rHp>rw^nl  r\\  crf\\r\ 

[^LlCUCllJ  Ul  J^UIQ 

i  chest  of  (mi-)  linen 
1  chest  of  (d 3  w-)  linen 

—  I 

Scribe  of  the  District  of 
cnt  — 

( 

745. 

Scribe  of  the  Recorder  of  ( 
Siuta  \ 

Kenbeti  of  Siut  j 

Grain 

1  (hbn' t-)  jar  of  honey 

VI.     RECEPTION  OF  DUES  TO  THE  AMON -TEMPLE b 

746.  In  this  scene  is  represented  the  reception  of  the 
products  of  the  field,  including  honey,  due  to  the  temple 
of  Amon.  The  products  of  a  Punt  expedition  and  the 
annual  tribute  of  North  and  South,  so  often  recorded  in  the 
Annals,  are  mentioned. 

Scene 

747.  Rekhmire,  with  his  suite  behind  him,  is  enthroned 
at  the  right.  Before  him,  in  three  registers,  are  officials 
and  servants,  presenting,  storing,  recording,  and  preparing 


aThere  are  two  scribes,  the  name  occurring  with  each. 
*>Pls.  XII-XIV. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  74s 


for  use  the  products  of  Egypt  and  her  tributary  countries. 
Throughout  this  scene  are  distributed  the  following  inscrip- 
tions : 

Over  Rekhmire 

748.  Reception  of  grain  (ych)  and  honey  in  the  White  House  of 
the  temple;  sealing  of  all  treasures  in  the  [temple  of  Amon],  by  virtue 

of  his  office  of  master  of  secret  things;  by  the  hereditary  prince,  

the  vizier,  Rekhmire. 

Over  Grain  Scene 

749.  Reception  of  grain  (yc  h)  in  the  [temple  of  Amon]. 

Over  Trituration  oj  Grain 
Pounding  grain  (y c  h)  in  the  White  House  of  the  [temple  of  Amon], 
in  order  to  make  an  oblation  [at]  every  feast,  which  his  majesty  estab- 
lished anew. 

Over  Flour-Sifting 

Servants  of  the  date-storeroom.    "  Haste  thee  every  matter  

thou  shalt  cause  that  we  be  praised." 

Over  Bakers 

Making  '"loaves1  for  the  oblation  of  the  divine  offerings.  Doing 
safely  and  well  the  baking  of  the  cake. 

Over  Men  Doing  Reverence 

750.  Speech  of  the  fleet-captains:  " According  to  the  desire  of  thy 
heart,  O  prince !    fThy1  every  matter  is  very  good ;  the  treasuries  are 

overflowing  with  the  tribute  of  all  countries:  oil,  incense,  wine,  

everything,  all  the  products  of  Punt;  bags  and  sacks  bearing  every  good 

thing  in  a  myriad  of  hundred  thousands,  for  King  Menkheperre 

(Thutmose  III),  given  life.    May  thy  favor  with  his  ka  be  every  day. 

Over  Men  Carrying  Tribute 

751.  Introduction  of  wine  into  the  storehouses  (wd^)  by  the  vizier, 
Rekhmire.  Reception  of  the  tribute  of  the  South  country,  together  with 
the  tribute  of  the  Northland  before  Rekhmire. 

On  the  Storehouses 
Gold-houses  of  the  temple.    Storehouse  (wd)  of  the  temple.  Double 

gold-house. 


TOMB  OF  REKHMIRE 


291 


VII.     INSPECTION  OF  DAILY  OFFERINGS  AND  OF  MONUMENTS a 

Scene 

752.  Rekhmire,  (figure  erased)  stands  inspecting  two 
lines  of  men  with  food-offerings,  and  two  rows  of  statues 
of  the  king,  behind  which  are  weapons,  temple  furniture, 
and  utensils. 

Inscription  over  Rekhmire 
•  Inspection  of  food  of  the  divine  offerings  of  every  day ;  inspection  of 
his  — ,  and  the  beautiful  monuments,  which  he  executed  for  the  Sover- 
eign, the  Good  God,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  Menkheperre  (Thut- 
mose  III),  given  life  forever,  for  the  temple  of  Amon,  and  the  temples 
which  are  in  his  — ;  by  [Rekhmire]. 

VIII.     INSPECTION  OF  CRAFTSMEN b 

753-  We  here  see  Rekhmire  inspecting  the  artificers, 
who  are  making  for  the  temple  of  Amon  various  vessels, 
doors,  furniture,  etc.,  from  the  precious  metals  and  other 
costly  materials  captured  in  Thutmose  Ill's  wars  in  Asia. 

Scene 

Rekhmire  stands  leaning  on  his  staff;  behind  him  are 
his  suite,  and  before  him  are  long  lines  of  craftsmen  in 
leather,  wood,  stone,  and  various  metals,  busily  engaged 
at  their  work.    Over  them  are  the  following  inscriptions: 

Over  Rekhmire 

754.  Inspection  of  every  craft   ,c  in  order  to  cause  every 

man  to  know  his  duty  according  to  the  stipulation  of  every  affair,  by  the 
hereditary  prince,  count,  who  gives  the  regulation  to  the  prophets,  who 
directs  the  priests  to  their  duty,  governor  of  the  (residence)  city,  chief 
of  the  six  courts  of  justice,  Rekhmire. 


*P1.  XXII.  bPls.  XVI-XVIII. 

cThe  lacuna  here  and  at  the  beginning  of  the  following  inscription  would 
indicate  that  the  name  of  Amon  had  been  erased  in  both  places. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§ 


Over  Gold  Weighing 

'"Reckoning1  of  the  gold  ,  in  order  to  fulfil  all  business  of  the 

daily  stipulation.  Their  number  is  myriads  of  hundred-thousands; 
before  the  vizier  Rekhmire. 

Over  Goldsmiths  and  Silversmiths 

Making  all  vessels  for  the  divine  limbs;  multiplying  vases  of  gold 
and  silver  in  every  (style  of)  workmanship  that  endures  forever. 

Over  Coppersmiths 

755.  Bringing  the  Asiatic  copper  which  his  majesty  captured  in  the 
victories  in  Retenu,  in  order  to  feast1  the  [two  doorsa]  of  the  temple  of 
Amon  in  Karnak.  Its  pavement  was  overlaid  with  gold  likeb  the  horizon 
of  heaven;  by  the  governor  of  the  (residence)  city,  and  vizier. 

They  say:  "The  king,  beautiful  in  monuments,  Menkheperre  (Thut- 

mose  III),  given  life  forever;  (as)  he  is  (so)  they  are  forever  

He  repeats  monuments  in  the  house  of  his  father.' ' 

Over  Cabinet-makers 

Making  chests  of  ivory,  ebony,  carob  wood,  meru  wood,  and  of  cedar 
of  the  best  of  the  terraces;  by  this  official  who  gives  the  regulation,  guid- 
ing the  hands  of  his  craftsmen. 

IX.     INSPECTION  OF  SCULPTORS  AND  BUILDERS c 

756.  The  heavier  works  of  the  Amon-temple  are  here 
under  inspection  by  Rekhmire.  Of  particular  interest  are 
the  Semitic  foreigners,  who  appear  among  the  brickmakers, 
of  the  "captivity  which  his  majesty  brought  for  the  works 
0]  the  temple  of  Amon"  This  is,  of  course,  precisely  what 
was  afterward  exacted  of  the  Hebrews. 


aThese  words  are  in  Virey's  copy  {Memoir  es  de  la  mission  frangaise  au  Caire, 
V,  PI.  XV),  but  had  been  lost  before  Newberry's  was  made. 

bLit.,  "in  likeness  to"  (m  sn't  r),  a  circumlocution  not  uncommonly  used 
for  the  simple  ''like"  (my). 

cPls.  XX  and  XXI. 


TOMB  OF  REKHMIRE 


293 


Scene 

Rekhmire  stands  leaning  on  his  staff,  his  suite  behind 
him;  and  before  him,  at  work,  are  stonecutters,  sculptors, 
brickmakers,  and  builders.    The  inscriptions  are  as  follows : 

Over  Rekhmire 

757.  Inspection  of  all  works  of  divine  offerings  of  Amon  in  Karnak; 
causing  every  man  to  know  his  way,  by  virtue  of  his  office  as  chief  of 
works;  by  the  hereditary  prince,  count,  who  establishes  laws  in  the 
temples  of  the  gods  of  the  South  and  North   [Rekhmire]. 

By  Bricklayers3- 

758.  The  layer  of  brick  who  brings  the  field,b  the  very  numerous 
r — 1;  building  with  ready  fingers,  skilled0  in  his  duty,  causing  vigilance 
among  the  rconquered1,d  who  hear  the  sayings  of  this  official,  skilfule  in 
buiflding]  of  works,  giving  regulation  to  their  chiefs.  [They  say1]:  "He 
[•"supplies1]  us  with  bread,  beer,  and  every  good  sort;  he  leads  us,  with 

a  loving  heart  for  the  king,  amiable  King  Menkheperre  (Thut- 

mose  III),  who  builds  the  sanctuary  of  [rthe  gods1];  may  they  grant  to 
him  a  reward  therefor  with  myriads  of  years. 

The  taskmaster/  he  says  to  the  builders:  "The  rod  is  in  my  hand; 
be  not  idle." 

By  Brickmakers* 

759.  Captivity  which  his  majesty  brought,  for  the  works  of  the 
temple  of  Amon. 

By  Bricklayer 

Laying  the  brick,  in  order  to  build  the  storehouse  anew,  [in  the  temple 
of  Amon]  of  Karnak. 


aPl.  XX.    The  beginning  of  the  inscription  is  very  difficult  and  a  little  doubtful. 
bA  similar  reference  to  a  "day-field"  in  Ineni  (§  106,  1.  12). 
c\Vn-hr,  wb  >-hr,  and  $s  ^-hr  are  not  uncommon,  meaning  "  experienced, 
instructed,  skilful" 

dThe  captives  of  war  shown  in  the  same  scene  ? 
eThe  adjectives  now  refer  to  the  prince. 
Wy-rs-d>  d>  =  lit.,  "he  who  causes  to  be  vigilant" 
gSome  of  these  are  clearly  Semitic  foreigners. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§76o 


By  Builders 

Let  your  hands  build,  ye  people.  Let  us  do  the  pleasure  of  this  official 
in  restoring  the  monuments  of  his  lord  in  the  house  of  his  father  Amon. 
His  name  is  upon  them,  abiding,  permanent,  for  both  aeons  of  years. 
The  overseer  of  works,  he  saith  to  those  bringing  stone:  " Strengthen 
your  hands,  ye  people.    Let  us  lay  [rthe  foundation1]  of  stone,  of  work 

l — 3  » 

X.     RECEPTION  OF  FOREIGN  TRIBUTE a 

760.  This  is  one  of  the  most  important  scenes  preserved 
in  ancient  Egypt.  Similar  scenes  will  be  found  in  other 
Theban  tombs,  but  none  contains  so  elaborate,  detailed, 
and  extensive  representations  of  the  wealth  of  the  Asiatic 
peoples,  which  was  now  flowing  as  tribute  into  the  treasury 
of  the  Pharaohs.  The  pride  of  the  Egyptian  vizier,  which 
led  him  to  depict  these  official  incidents  in  his  career,  has 
thus  been  the  means  of  preserving  to  us  much  of  the  early 
civilization  of  Asia,  which  on  its  native  soil  has  perished 
utterly. 

Scene 

761.  At  the  right  stands  Rekhmire,  while  the  foreigners, 
carrying  their  tribute,  approach  in  five  long  lines  from  the 
left.  At  the  head  of  each  line  is  a  scribe,  who  records  their 
tribute  as  it  is  deposited  in  splendid  profusion  before  him. 

Inscription 

Reception  of  the  tribute  of  the  south  country,  besides  the  tribute 
of  Punt,  the  tribute  of  Retenu  (Rtnw),  the  tribute  of  Keftyew,  besides 
the  booty  of  all  countries  which  the  fame  of  his  majesty,  King 


aThis  scene  has  not  yet  been  published  by  Newberry;  I  had  only  Champollion, 
Notices  descriptives,  I,  505-10;  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  V,  1 1 10-1 13  (whose  description 
is  taken  bodily  from  Champollion);  and  the  two  plates  in  Wilkinson,  Manners 
and  Customs,  I,  PI.  II A  and  II  B. 


§763] 


STELA  OF  INTEF  THE  HERALD 


295 


Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III),  brought;  by  the  hereditary  prince 
 a  Rekhmire. b 

A  weighing  scene c  shows  the  reckoning  of  "this  great 
heap  of  electrum,  which  is  (measured)  by  the  heket,  making 
36,69 2 d  deben." 

XI.     ACCESSION  OF  AMENHOTEP  II 

762.  This  scene  is  not  yet  published,  but  Newberry 
describes  it  (op.  tit.,  20)  as  showing  Rekhmire  after  having 
sailed  down-river  to  Hatsekhem  to  meet  his  new  sovereign, 
presenting  to  him  "the  royal  insignia." 


STELA  OF  INTEF  THE  HERALDe 
763.  This  splendid  stela  was  erected  by  the  "royal 
herald'1  of  Thutmose  III,  whose  important  offices  were  the 
following : 

Hereditary  prince  and  count,  companion,  great  in  love,  count  of 
Thinis  of  the  Thinite  nome,  lord  of  the  entire  oasis  region,  great  herald 
of  the  king. 


aTitles,  etc.,  of  Rekhmire. 

bAn  inscription  over  each  of  the  five  rows  begins  in  each  case:  "Arrival  in 
peace,  of  the  chiefs  of  X"  (Punt,  Retenu,  etc.,  as  the  case  may  be).  To  Keftyew  is 
added  "and  of  the  isles  in  the  midst  of  the  sea"  and  to  Retenu:  "all  the  northern 
countries  of  the  ends  of  the  earth."  This  introductory  formula  is  followed  by  the 
conventional  acclamations  of  the  foreigners;  but  these  inscriptions  are  not  readable 
in  Wilkinson's  plates.  Champollion  gives  only  the  introductory  formula  of  each 
row,  and  Newberry's  second  volume  containing  these  scenes  has  not  yet  appeared. 

cLepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  39,  d.  dAbout  8,943  pounds  (troy). 

eNow  in  the  Louvre  (C.  26),  being  doubtless  the  finest  stela  in  that  great 
collection.  It  is  nearly  6  feet  high  by  nearly  4  feet  in  width,  and  of  the  finest 
workmanship  (see  de  Rouge,  Notices  des  monuments,  84-89).  It  was  published 
by  Gayet,  Steles  de  la  XIIe  dynastie,  PI.  XIX,  and  the  long  inscription  (partially) 
by  Brugsch  {Thesaurus,  VI,  1479-85).  Owing  simply  to  the  name  of  its  owner, 
"Intel,"  it  has  always  been  attributed  to  the  early  Middle  Kingdom.  It  has  long 
been  evident,  both  from  its  language  and  content,  however,  that  it  belongs  to  the 
Eighteenth  Dynasty.  The  discovery  of  Intef's  tomb  at  Thebes  by  Newberry  shows 
that  this  conclusion  is  correct,  and  that  Intef  lived  in  the  reign  of  Thutmose  III. 
The  important  conclusions  regarding  the  oases  in  the  Middle  Kingdom,  often 
drawn  from  this  inscription  (e.g.,  Maspero,  Dawn,  432,  n.  3,  and  ibid.,  459,  n.  3), 
are  therefore  to  be  given  up. 


2g6        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  764 


Or  again : 

Hereditary  prince  and  count,  wearer  of  the  royal  seal,  sole  compan- 
ion, favorite  of  the  Good  God,  excellent  scribe  of  computation,  first 
herald  of  the  king. 

Again : 

First  herald  of  the  judgment-hall  (crryt).& 

It  would  thus  appear  that  the  Oases,  at  least  those  of 
the  Theban  region,  were  dependents  of  the  Thinite  princes, b 
who  have  survived  into  the  Eighteenth  Dynasty  and  taken 
office  at  the  court  of  the  Pharaoh. 

764.  The  stela  contains,  in  a  less  formal  list  than  the 
"Duties  of  the  Vizier''  (§§675  fL),  a  similar  statement  of 
the  duties  of  the  "royal  herald"  (whm-stnyc  =  lit.,  "royal 
reporter  or  repeater").  This  statement,  far  from  being  an 
extract  from  the  government  archives,  is  but  a  random 
rehearsal,  in  a  boastful  style,  of  the  powers  of  the  court 
herald.  It  is  evident  that  his  office  is  only  partially  expressed 
by  our  word  herald,  for  the  duties  of  the  Egyptian  herald 
show  him  to  have  been  of  ministerial  power  and  importance; 
they  were  the  following: 

1.  The  management  of  the  formalities  and  ceremonies 
of  court  and  palace  (U.  4-7,  only  part  of  1.  5). 

2.  Communication  of  the  messages  of  the  people  and 
affairs  of  the  land  to  the  kingd  (1.  5). 


aAll  the  above  titles  are  from  the  head  of  the  stela;  others  will  be  found  in 
the  following  translation. 

bFor  another  Thinite  prince,  who  was  also  lord  of  the  oasis,  see  Recueilt 
X,  141. 

cSo  in  Ahmose-pen-Nekhbet  (11.  10  and  13),  but  in  Intcf's  inscription  "whm- 
n-stnyr 

^Here  he  seems  to  cover  the  same  ground  as  the  vizier  (Duties,  4,  1.  5);  but 
the  vizier  evidently  reported  larger  affairs  of  state,  while  the  herald  communicated 
personal  matters,  of  which  we  have  an  example  in  the  brave  deeds  of  Ahmose, 
which  are  regularly  reported  to  the  king  by  the  "royal  herald"  (§§9  IT.). 


§767] 


STELA  OF  INTEF  THE  HERALD 


297 


3.  Messenger  of  the  judgment-hall  (cry  t),  or  general 
administrative  office  of  the  Pharaoh  (1.  6). 

4.  The  communication  to  the  people  of  all  commissions 
laid  on  them  by  the  Pharaoh  (1.  7). 

5.  The  communication,  both  to  Egyptians  and  foreign 
countries,  of  the  amount  of  their  taxes,  and  verification  of 
same  (1.  8,  and  1.  27  end).    This  is  but  a  specialization  of  4. 

6.  To  be  in  general  the  mouthpiece  of  the  palace  (1.  9). 

7.  To  exercise  a  kind  of  police  control,  wherever  the 
Pharaoh  proceeded  (11.  10-12). 

765.  This  unsystematic  list  of  powers  is  followed  by  an 
enumeration  of  Intef's  good  qualities  (11.  13-20),  to  which 
is  added,  after  an  asseveration  of  its  truth  (11.  20-22),  a 
remarkable  statement  of  the  source  of  his  success  (11.  22-24). 

Finally,  a  rapid  statement  of  the  herald's  duties  abroad 
while  accompanying  the  Pharaoh  on  his  Syrian  campaigns, 
completes  the  inscription  (11.  24-27).  As  the  Pharaoh,  in 
this  instance,  was  Thutmose  III,  these  brief  references 
are  of  the  greatest  interest,  showing  the  herald,  as  they  do, 
preceding  the  great  commander  from  town  to  town,  and 
preparing  his  residence  in  the  palaces  of  the  Syrian  princes. 

Intej's  Address  to  Passers-by 

766.  2He  says:  "O  ye  that  live  upon  earth,  all  people  (rhyt),  every 
priest,  every  scribe,  every  ritual  priest,  who  shall  enter  into  this  tomb  of 
the  necropolis;  if  ye  love  life,  and  think  not  on  death,  if  your  native 
gods  shall  favor  you,  if  ye  would  not  taste  the  fear  of  another  land,  3if 
ye  would  be  buried  in  your  tombs,  if  ye  would  bequeath  your  offices  to 
your  children;  whether  (ye  be)  one  that  readeth  these  words  upon  this 
stela,  being  a  scribe;  or  one  that  heareth  them,  so  shall  ye  say:  'An 
offering  which  the  king  gives,  etc  

Intef's  Duties 

767.  4For  the  ka  of  the  hereditary  prince,  count,  wearer  of  the  royal 
seal,  sole  companion,  favorite  of  the  king,  as  leader  of  his  army,  who  levies 


298         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III       [§  768 


the  official  staffs  and  the  soldiers,  who  counts  the  companions,  who  con- 
ducts the  nobles,  who  makes  the  king's-confidants  approach  their  places, 
leader  of  leaders,  5guide  of  millions  of  men,  superior  of  advanced  offices, 
advanced  in  place,  excellent  in  the  (royal)  presence,  who  sends  up  the 
words  of  the  people  (rhy  /),  who  reports  the  affairs  of  the  Two  Lands, 
who  discourses  concerning  matters  in  the  secret  place,  who  enters  with 
good  things  and  comes  out  with  favor,  6who  places  every  man  upon  his 
father's  seat,  who  makes  glad  the  heart  and  favors  the  favorites,  at  whose 
words  the  great  arise,  who  does  the  errands  of  the  judgment-hall  (c  ry  /), 
who  originates  the  regulations  in  the  palace,  L.  P.  H.,  who  makes  every 
man  to  know  his  duties,  who  gives  the  administration  in  the  — ,  fgreat1] 
7in  power  in  the  great  seat  (i.  e.,  the  palace),  who  silences  the  voice,  and 
originates  honors,  who  guards  the  foot  from  the  place  of  silence,  the 
counterpoise  of  the  balances  of  the  Good  God,  who  conducts  the  people 
to  that  which  they  do,  who  says:  "Let  it  be  done,"  and  it  is  done  on 
[the  instant],  8like  that  which  comes  out  of  the  mouth  of  a  god;  who 
lays  commands  on  the  people  (hnmm'  /),  to  number  their  work  (impost) 
for  the  king,  who  fixes  the  '"reckoning1  of  every  country,  who  furnishes 
the  ''supplies1  of  their  princes,  great  in  affairs  at  the  counting  of  the 

numbers,  prepared  —  9  to  do,  knowing  that  which  is  in  the 

heart  of  the  king,  L.  P.  H.,  the  speaking  tongue  of  him  who  is  in 
the  palace  (i.  e.,  the  king),  the  eyes  of  the  king,  the  heart  of  the  lord  of 
the  palace,  the  instruction  of  the  whole  land,  who  binds  the  rebellious, 

who  quiets  the  — ,  10  from  the  hostile,  strong-armed  toward  robbers, 

applying  violence  to  them  that  apply  violence,  mighty-hearted  against 
the  mighty-hearted,  who  brings  down  the  arm  "of  him  whose  —  is 
high,  who  Tshortens1  the  hour  of  the  rcruel-hearted1,  who  causes  the  evil- 
hearted  to  perform  the  regulation  of  the  laws,  although  his  heart  is 
unwilling,  great  in  terror  among  criminals,  lord  of  fear  among  rebellious- 
"hearted,  who  binds  the  adversary,  and  repels  the  violent,  the  safety  of 
the  palace,  the  establisher  of  its  laws,  who  quiets  the  multitude  for  their 
lord,  the  chief  herald  of  the  judgment-hall,  count  of  Thinis  of  the  Thinite 
nome,  chief  of  all  the  oasis  country,  excellent  scribe,  solving  writings, 
Intef,  triumphant. 

Intej's  Qualities 

768.  I3The  only  wise,  equipped  with  knowledge,  the  really  safe  one, 
distinguishing  the  simple  from  the  wise,  exalting  the  craftsman,  turning 
his  back  upon  the  ignorant, E — 1  in  mind,  very  Tcomplete1  in  mind,  giving 
attention  to  hear  the  man  of  truth,  I4void  of  deceit,  useful  to  his  lords, 


§  77o]  STELA  OF  INTEF  THE  HERALD 


accurate-minded,  with  no  lie  in  him,  experienced  in  every  way,  protector 
of  the  seemly,  hearer  of  his  prayer,  gentle  toward  the  cold-hot  one,  inter- 
ceding for  him,  who  does  according  to  his  plans,  not  —  I5the  truthful, 
understanding  the  heart, a  knowing  the  thoughts,  when  nothing  has 
come  forth  from  the  lips,  speaking  to  wit:  according  to  his  thought; 
there  is  none,  whom  he  hath  not  known,  turning  his  face  to  him  that 
speaks  the  truth,  disregarding  him  that  speaketh  lies,  who  does  r — 1 

to  ,l6not  mild  toward  the  loquacious1,  but  opposing  him  by  doing 

the  truth,  content  with  giving  satisfaction,  not  exalting  him  that  knew 
not  above  him  that  knew,  going  about  after  the  truth,  giving  attention  to 
hear  petitions,  judging  —  I7for  him  who  is  without  offense  and  for  the 
liar,  free  from  partiality,  justifying  the  just,  chastising  the  guilty  for  his 

guilt,  servant  of  the  poor,  father  of  the  fatherless,  l8of  the  orphan, 

mother  of  the  fearful,  rdungeon1  of  the  turbulent,  protector  of  the  weak, 
advocate  of  him  who  has  been  deprived  of  his  possessions  by  one  stronger 
than  he,  husband  of  the  widow,  shelter  of  the  orphan  [rmaking1  the 

wee]I9per  rejoice,  r  who  is  praised  on  account  of  his  character, 

for  whom  the  worthy  thank  god,  because  of  the  greatness  of  his  worth, 
for  whom  health  and  life  are  besought  by  all  people  (rhyt),  great 
herald  of  the  judgment-hall,  2°chief  steward,  overseer  of  the  double 
granary,  leader  of  all  works  of  the  king's  L.  P.  H.  estate,  to  whom  all 
offices  report,  who  counts  the  impost  of  the  leaders,  the  mayors  and  the 
village  sheiks  of  the  South  and  the  North  excellent  scribe,  Intef,  tri- 
umphant. 

Inters  Asseveration 

769.  He  says:  "Those  were  my  qualities,  of  which  2II  have  testified ; 
there  is  no  deceit  therein;  these  were  my  excellencies  in  very  truth, 
there  is  no  exception  therein.  Nor  was  there  any  likening  of  words  to 
boast  for  myself  with  lies,  but  that  was  my  color,  "which  I  showed; 
that  was  my  office  in  the  king's  L.  H.  P.  estate,  that  was  my  service  at 
the  court  L.  P.  H.,  that  was  my  fdutyi  in  the  judgment-hall. 

Intef  s  Explanation  oj  His  Success 

770.  bIt  was  my  heart  which  caused  that  I  should  do  it,  by  its  lead- 
ing of  my  affairs ;  it  is  23an  excellent  witness,  I  did  not  violate  its 

aOn  this  passage,  cf.  my  article,  Zeitschrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  39,  47. 
bOn  this  remarkable  passage,  see  my  article,  Zeitschrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache, 
39»  47- 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§ 


speech,  I  feared  to  transgress  its  leading;  I  prospered  on  account  of  it 
exceedingly.    I  was  excellent  by  reason  of  that  which  it  caused  that  I 

should  do,  I  was  valuable  by  reason  of  its  leading.    'Lo,  ,' 

24said  the  people,  *  it  is  an  oracle  of  the  gods,  which  is  in  every  body. 
He  is  a  counsellor,  whom  it  has  led  to  the  goodly  way  of  achievement.' 
Lo,  thus  I  was. 

Inters  Duties  Abroad 
771.  I  followed  the  King  of  the  Two  Lands,  I  struck  into  his  tracks 

in  the  countries,  25 —  the  earth,  I  arrived  at  its  end,  being  at  the 

heels  of  his  majesty,  L.  P.  H.,  my  valor  was  like  the  lords  of  strength, 

and  I  captured  like  his  brave  ones.    Every  palace  in  a  country  

26  before  the  troops,  at  the  head  of  the  army.    When  my  lord 

arrived  in  safety  where  I  was,  I  had  prepared  it  (the  palace),  I  had 
equipped  it  with  everything  that  is  desired  in  a  foreign  country,  made 
better  than  the  palaces  of  Egypt,  27purified,  cleansed,  set  apart,  their 
mansions  adorned,  (each)  chamber  for  its  proper  purpose,  I  made  the 

king's  heart  satisfied  with  that  which  I  did,  .    I  numbered  the 

tribute  of  the  rulers  dwelling  in  every  country,  consisting  of  silver,  gold, 
oil,  incense,  wine." 


TOMB  OF  MENKHEPERRESENEBa 

772 .  This  tomb  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  and  impor- 
tant at  Thebes.  Menkheperreseneb,  besides  being  High 
Priestb  of  Amon  under  Thutmose  III,  was  also  "  overseer 
of  the  gold-house  and  overseer  of  the  silver-house"  as 
well  as  chief  architect  in  the  temple  of  Amon,  and  "  chief 
0}  the  overseers  of  craftsmen.''1  As  treasurer,  he  is  depicted 
in  his  tomb  receiving  the  tribute  of  Asia,  and  the  treasure 
from  the  mines  of  Africa;  while  as  architect  and  chief  of 
the  master-craftsmen,  we  find  him  in  charge  of  Thutmose 

aIn  the  cliff  of  Shekh  Abd-el-Kurna  at  Thebes,  published  by  Piehl,  Inscrip- 
tions, I,  PI.  127  P-129  and  102-5;  Virey,  Memoires  de  la  mission  francaise  au 
Caire,  V,  197  ff.  I  had  also  a  copy  of  the  building  inscription,  kindly  furnished 
me  by  Mr.  Newberry. 

bSee  his  statue  (Annates,  IV,  8,  9)  found  at  Karnak,  according  to  which  he 
was  a  son  of  Rekhmire. 


§  775]  TOMB  OF  MENKHEPERRESENEB 


30  r 


Ill's  great  works  in  the  Karnak  temple,  recounted  in  this 
king's  building  inscriptions  (§§  599  ff.). 

Scene  of  Asiatic  Tribute 

773-  Two  lines  of  Asiatics  bring  forward  splendid  and 
richly  chased  vessels  of  gold,  silver,  etc.  The  Asiatics  are 
designated  as  "the  chief  of  Keftyew,  the  chief  of  Kheta,  the 
chief  of  Tunip  (Tnpw),  the  chief  of  Kadesh."  Before  them 
is  an  inscription: 

Giving  praise  to  the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  obeisance  to  the  Good 
God,  by  the  chiefs  of  every  land.  They  acclaim  the  victories  of  his 
majesty;  their  tribute  is  upon  their  backs,  being  every  [product]  of 
God's- Land:  silver,  gold,  lapis  lazuli,  malachite,  every  splendid,  costly 
stone  

A  line  of  superscription  contains  the  acclamations  of 
the  Asiatics;  the  bulk  of  it  is  lost: 

 the  sea;  thy  fear  is  in  all  lands.    Thou  hast  overthrown 

the  lands  of  Mitanni  (My-tn  — ) ;  thou  hast  hacked  up  their  cities,  their 
chiefs  are  in  caves  . 

Reception  of  Gold 

774-  Another  scene  shows  the  deceased  receiving  ship- 
ments of  gold,  from  the  "captain  of  the  gendarmes  of 
Coptos"  and  the  " governor  of  the  gold-country  of  Coptos:" 

Reception  of  gold  of  the  highland  of  Coptos,  besides  gold  of  Kush 
the  wretched,  being  the  yearly  dues  ;  by  Menkheperreseneb. 

Inspection  oj  Workmen 

775-  Again  we  see  the  deceased  inspecting  the  work  of 
the  craftsmen,  accompanied  by  the  words: 

Viewing  the  workshop  of  the  temple  of  [Amon],  the  work  of  the 
craftsmen,  in  real  lapis  lazuli,  and  in  real  malachite,  which  his  majesty 
made  after  the  design  of  his  heart, a  to  be  rmonuments]  for  his  father, 

aThese  very  works  are  shown  in  the  great  relief  depicting  the  presentation 
of  monuments  to  Amon  by  Thutmose  III  at  Karnak  (§  545),  accompanied  by  the 
same  words,  showing  that  Thutmose  III  himself  furnished  the  design  to  the  crafts- 
men. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  III  [§776 


Amon,  in  [rthe  house  of  Amon1],  abiding,  flourishing  as  eternal  works; 
by  the  hereditary  prince,  count,  pleasing  the  king  as  the  establisher  of 
his  monuments,  chief  of  the  overseers  of  craftsmen,  chief  of  works  in 
the  [rhouse  of1]  Amon,  first  prophet  of  [Amon],  Menkheperreseneb.  He 

says: 

A  Shrine 

"I  inspected  when  the  lord,  King  Thutmose  III,  erected  [a  shrine,] 
called  '  Thutmose-III-is-the-Wearer-of-the-Diadem-of-Amon,'  of  endur- 
ing granite,  in  one  block, a  upon  the  '"canal1    bwrought  with 

electrum,  the  rhall1  being  of  sandstone,  wrought  with  gold  of  the  best  of 
the  hills  wrought  with  gold." 

A  Second  Shrine 
776.  "  I  inspected,  when  his  majesty  erected  a  great0  shrine  of 
electrum  (called) :  'Thutmose-III -is- Great -in-Love-in- the-House-of- 
Amon.' " 

Colonnade 

"I  inspected  when  his  majesty  made  a  great  colonnade,d  [wrought] 
with  electrum  ." 

Obelisks  and  Flagstaves 
"I  inspected  when  his  majesty  erected  obelisks  and  numerous  flag- 
staves  for  his  father,  Amon.    I  pleased  his  majesty  while  conducting 
the  work  on  his  monuments.    I  did  these  things,  without  being  unpleas- 
ant to  the  heart  of  ." 


STELA  OF  NIBAMONe 

777-  This  official  lived  at  Thebes  under  the  early  Thut- 
mosids,  and  finally  became  steward  of  Nebetu,  one  of 

aA  monolithic  chapel  of  granite,  such  as  still  exists,  for  example,  at  Edfu. 
bThe  following  is  either  a  different  building,  the  account  of  which  began  in 
the  preceding  lacuna,  or  the  hall  in  which  the  shrine  stood. 
cSo  Piehl;  Newberry,  "beautiful" 

dThis  is  doubtless  the  building  at  the  east  end  of  the  Karnak  temple;  but 
may  be  the  attempted  restoration  of  the  hall  dismantled  for  Hatshepsut's  obelisks. 

eStela  in  his  tomb  in  the  hill  of  Drah-abu-'n-Neggah,  at  Thebes;  published 
by  Bouriant,  Recueil,  IX,  95-97. 


§  779]  STELA  OF  NIBAMON  303 

Thutmose  Ill's  wives,  and  chief  captain  of  the  king's  fleet. 
His  tomb  stela  is  chiefly  devoted  to  the  usual  mortuary 
prayers,  in  the  midst  of  which  he  refers  to  his  favor  under 
the  first  three  Thutmosids.  The  name  of  Thutmose  I 
is  evidently  lost  in  one  of  the  numerous  lacunae ;  but  Nibamon 
seems  to  have  received  gifts  of  land  and  cattle  from  this 
king.    He  then  says: 

Favor  under  Thutmose  II 

778.  I7My  lord,  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Okhepernere 
(Thutmose  II),  triumphant,  repeated  favors  to  me;  he  appointed  me 
overseer  of  the  hall  (h  °)  of  the  king. 

Favor  under  Thutmose  III 

779.  My  lord,  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Menkheperre 
(Thutmose  III),  given  life,  repeated  favors  to  me;  he  magnified  l8me 
until  I  was  at  the  front;  he  appointed  me  as  steward  of  the  king's-wife, 
Nebetu  (Nbm  t-w),  triumphant.  My  lord,  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower 
Egypt,  Menkheperre,  ^given  life,  repeated  favors  to  me;  he  appointed 
me  to  be  captain  of  all  the  ships  of  the  king.  There  happened  no  over- 
sight of  mine,  nor  was  there  found  any  neglect  of  mine.  I  was  not 
associated  with  2°evil,  but  I  attained  a  revered  old  age,  being  in  the 
favor  of  the  king's  presence. 

Then  follows  a  final  prayer,  addressed  to  the  living. 


REIGN  OF  AMENHOTEP  II 


ASIATIC  CAMPAIGN 

780.  Syria,  of  course,  revolted  on  the  death  of  Thut- 
mose  III,  and  already  in  his  second  year  we  find  his  ener- 
getic son,  Amenhotep  II,  on  the  march  into  northern  Syria 
to  quell  the  rebellion.  Doubtless  the  harbor  cities  had  also 
rebelled,  and  hence  the  young  king  is  forced  to  proceed 
by  land.  Leaving  Egypt  in  April,  as  his  father  had  done 
on  the  first  campaign  thirty-three  years  before,  he  had 
already  in  early  May  won  a  battle  at  Shemesh-Edom  in 
northern  Palestine.  On  the  twelfth  of  May  he  crossed  the 
Orontes,  and  gained  a  skirmish  near  the  river.  He  cele- 
brated a  feast  of  thanksgiving  to  Amon  there,  and  fourteen 
days  later  (May  26)  he  arrived  at  Niy,  which  opened  its 
gates  to  him  and  received  him  with  acclamation.  June  5 
he  reached  and  punished  the  rebellious  city  of  Ikathi, 
which  was  plotting  against  its  Egyptian  garrison.  Some- 
where in  Naharin  he  set  up  his  tablet  of  victory, a  as  his  father 
and  grandfather  had  done  before  him.  Here  the  sources  fail, 
and  the  further  course  of  the  campaign  is  unknown  until  the 
king's  return  to  Egypt;  but  it  is  clear  that  the  coalition 
against  Egypt  was  crushed  in  Tikhsi,  probably  at  the  battle 
on  the  Orontes,  for  on  his  return  in  the  autumn  the  king 
brought  back  with  him  to  Thebes  "the  seven  princes  who 
were  in  the  district  of  Tikhsi"  and  sacrificed  them  himself 
before  Amon.  Early  in  the  following  July  we  find  the 
king  in  Nubia,  arranging  the  completion  of  his  father's 
temples  at  Elephantine  and  Amada.    In  both  he  set  up  a 


aTurra  inscription  of  Minhotcp  (§  800). 

304 


§  782]  ASIATIC  CAMPAIGN 


tablet  bearing  the  same  inscription,  recording  the  building 
and  mentioning  the  seven  princes,  six  of  whom  he  says  he 
hanged  on  the  walls  of  Thebes,  and  the  seventh  on  the  walls 
of  Napata.  At  Napata  or  above  it  he  set  up  a  tablet 
marking  his  southern  boundary  (§800).  It  is  perhaps  on 
his  return  from  this  last  errand  that  he  stops  at  Amada 
for  the  foundation  ceremonies  of  the  temple. 

The  said  Amada  and  Elephantine  stelae,  another  at 
Karnak,  and  a  Karnak  chapel  are  the  only  sources  for  this 
campaign. a 

I.     KARNAK  STELA b 

781.  Above  is  a  relief  in  two  parts,  each  showing  the 
king  offering  to  Amon-Re.  Between  the  two  parts  is  a 
vertical  line  of  text  recording  the  restoration  of  the  monu- 
ment by  Seti  I,  just  as  on  the  Building  Inscription  of 
Amenhotep  III. 

Date  and  Introduction 

782.  ^Year  21]0  under  the  majesty  of: 

dHorus:  Mighty  Bull,  Great  of  Strength;   Part  of  Atum; 

aAn  inscription  from  a  tomb  at  Shekh  Abd-el-Kurna  probably  refers  to  his 
campaigns  in  calling  the  deceased  "a  follower  of  the  king  on  his  journeys  on  water, 
on  land,  and  in  every  country;  to  whom  has  been  given  favors  of  the  king1  s-presence, 
consisting  of  rings  of  electrum  "  (Piehl,  Zeitschrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  1883,  135). 

bA  pink  granite  stela,  found  by  Champollion  against  the  second  of  the  southern 
pylons  at  Karnak,  in  a  deplorably  fragmentary  condition.  Text:  Champollion, 
Notices  descriptives,  II,  185,  186  (only  11.  1-10;  1.  9  is  not  omitted  as  indicated); 
Maspero,  Zeitschrift  fiir  agyptische  Sprache,  XVII,  56,  57  (only  11.  3-10,  copying 
Champollion);  Rouge,  Inscriptions  hieroglyphiques,  175,  176;  Bouriant,  Recueil, 
XIII,  160,  161;  Wiedemann,  Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archeology, 
XI,  422,  423;  a  new  fragment  by  Legrain,  Annates,  IV.  The  text  is  corrupt, 
being  full  of  errors,  like  the  omission  of  the  determinative  (important  emendations 
by  Erman,  Zeitschrift  fiir  agyptische  Sprache,  1889,  39-41).  The  reason  for  these 
errors  is  the  careless  restoration  of  the  text  after  its  erasure  by  the  emissaries  of 
Ikhnaton.    See  Legrain,  Annates,  IV. 

cThe  tablet  of  Amada  below  (§§  791  ff.),  dated  in  year  3,  speaks  of  an  Asiatic 
campaign  already  completed;  it  can  hardly  refer  to  any  other  than  this  campaign 
to  Niy.  Hence  the  latter  would  have  taken  place  in  the  year  1  or  2,  more  prob- 
ably the  latter.    The  lacuna  at  the  beginning  of  each  line  is  four  or  five  words  long. 

dThe  complete  titulary  of  Amenhotep  II. 


306         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  II      [§  783 


Favorite  of  the  Two  Goddesses:  Mighty  in  Opulence,  Who  is 
Crowned  in  Thebes; 

Golden  Horns:  Who  Seizes  by  His  Might  in  all  Lands; 

2[King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt]   Opet:  Okheperure, 

Lord  —  of  the  Sword,  Who  Binds  the  Nine  Bows; 

Son  of  Re,  of  his  Body,  Lord  of  All  Countries:  Amenhotep  (II), 
Divine  Ruler  of  Heliopolis,  Giver  of  Life,  Forever,  like  Re.a 

Battle  oj  Shemesh-Edom 

783.  3[His  majesty  was]  in  the  city  of  Shemesh-Edom  (S-m-Sw-y- 
tw-my)  ;b  his  majesty  furnished  an  example  of  bravery  there ;  his  majesty 
himself  fought  hand  to  hand.    Behold,  he  was  like  a  fierce-eyed  lion, 

smiting  the  countries  of  Lebanon  ([R-ni]-n-ri)c  4r  1  s-Jpwd 

was  his  name. 

Booty 

List  of  that  which  his  majesty  himself  captured  on  this  day:  Asiatics, 
18  living  persons;  16  horses.e 

Battle  on  the  Orontes 

784.  First  month  of  the  third  season  (ninth  month),  day  26;  his 
majesty  crossed  over  the  ford  of  the  Orontesf  on  this  day,  caused  to 

cross  sr  1    r  1  like  the  might  of  Montu  of 

Thebes.    His  majesty  raised  his  arm,  in  order  to  see  the  end  of  the 

aThe  complete  titulary  of  Amenhotep  II. 

bA  town  of  northern  Palestine,  which  occurs  in  the  first  of  Thutmose  Ill's 
town -lists  as:  J>  3  -my-l  ~>  -y-t  3  -my  (No.  51). 

cThe  undoubtedly  correct  restoration  of  Erman,  Zeitschrift  }iir  agyptische 
Sprache,  1889,  39.  Wiedemann's  variants  only  show  the  decay  of  the  stone  since 
Champollion. 

dRemnant  of  the  name  of  a  chief  or  a  country. 

eAll  the  texts  but  de  Rouge  have  "  oxen,"  but  "horses"  is  certainly  con- 
firmed by  the  context. 

f Texts  all  have  y-r  ^-s-t,  but  Brugsch  read  "Arinath,"  hence  the  wavy -lined 
n,  which  is  straight  in  hieratic,  has  been  transferred  to  the  stone  straight;  it  has 
been  read  as  an  5  by  all  modern  copyists  but  Brugsch.  There  is  no  question, 
therefore,  concerning  the  emendation  to  n  first  made  by  Maspero.  Geographically, 
the  emendation  is  also  convincing.  From  a  northern  Palestinian  city  the  king 
marches  northward  to  Lebanon;  this* course  continued  would  bring  him  to  the 
Orontes.  Moreover,  the  identical  phrase,  "crossed  over  the  channel  of  the  Orontes" 
with  the  same  rare  word  (mSd' t)  for  "channel"  (or  "ford?")  occurs  in  Ramses 
II's  Kadesh  campaign  (III,  308,  1.  12).  The  objections  of  Bissing  {Statistische 
Tafel,  34)  are  not  convincing.    Petrie's  identification  with  Harosheth  on  the 


§  786] 


ASTATIC  CAMPAIGN 


307 


earth  ;a  his  majesty  descried  a  few  Asiatics  (Sttyw)  coming  on  horses 
6r— 1  coming  at  a  rgallopi  (rkrk).  Behold,  his  majesty  was  equipped 
with  his  weapons  of  battle,  his  majesty  conquered  withb  the  might  rof 
Setl  in  his  hour.  They  retreated  when  his  majesty  looked  at  one  ?ofc 
them.    Then  his  majesty  himself  overthrew  their  >"— Td  w,-tn  his  spear 

r  J-    Behold,  he  carried  away  this  Asiatic  r_ \  8his  horses, e 

his  chariot,  and  all  his  weapons  of  battle.  His  majesty  returned  with 
joy  of  heart  [to]f  his  father,  Amon;  he  (his  majesty)  gave  to  him  a 
feast  r— I 

Booty 

785.  List  of  that  which  his  majesty  captured  on  this  day:«  ohis 
horses,  2;  chariots,  1;  a  coat  of  mail;  2  bows;  a  quiver,  full  of  arrows; 
a  corselet;  and  r — \h 

Arrival  at  Niy 

786.  Second  month  of  the  third  season1  (tenth  month),  day  10; 
passing  I0southward  toward  Egypt,  his  majesty  proceeded  by  horse  to 

Kishon  (Petrie,  History  of  Egypt,  II,  155)  is  impossible,  for  the  king  is  already 
in  the  Lebanon,  and  has  left  the  Kishon  far  behind.  The  route  by  which  Amenhotep 
advanced  northward  from  Shemesh-Edom  is  not  certain,  but  the  crossing  of  the 
Orontes  is  doubtless  the  last  one  as  he  turned  toward  the  Euphrates.  This  would 
be  most  naturally  at  Senzar.  He  would  then  march  by  way  of  Aleppo  to  Niy, 
which  was  about  175  miles  from  Senzar.  That  he  reached  Senzar  is  shown  by 
his  list  in  §  798A.  This  suits  his  marching  speed  also,  as  he  would  have  made 
about  i2§  miles  a  day  from  Senzar  to  Niy. 

aThere  may  be  a  reference  here  to  the  common  designation  of  this  remote 
region  as  the  "end  of  the  earth"  but  it  more  probably  refers  merely  to  the  king's 
shading  his  eyes  that  he  might  scan  the  horizon. 

bLit.,  "behind." 

cLegrain's  lacuna  of  24  cm.  is  of  course  impossible;  it  is  improbable  also  at 
the  head  of  the  next  two  lines. 

Ahntw.  eLit.,  "his  span"  (htry). 

f Restore  n,  "to"  according  to  Amada  tablet,  11.  16,  17  (§  797). 

eThere  is  no  line  omitted  here,  as  Champollion  indicates. 

hThe  same  word  (shntw)  applied  to  the  corselet  (h  3  nr)  is  found  in  Thutmose 
Ill's  first  campaign,  I.  23  {shnw-ty  ?). 

iThe  texts  of  de  Rouge,  Bouriant,  Wiedemann,  and  Brugsch's  translations 
show  "month  II,"  not  III,  as  usually  read  from  Champollion.  That  Shemu 
(not  'akhet)  is  to  be  read  here  is  clear  from  the  determinative  and  the  other  dates 
(11.  4  and  13;  note,  1.  13).  Maspero  now  accepts  this  (Maspero,  Struggle  of  the 
Nations,  291),  although  he  formerly  read  'akhet.  Petrie's  date  (Petrie,  History 
of  Egypt,  II,  155)  is  therefore  about  five  months  too  late;  for  had  this  date  been 
in  another  year,  the  year  must  have  been  added.  The  arrival  at  Niy  is  therefore 
fourteen  days  after  the  crossing  of  the  Orontes. 


3o8         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  II      [§  787 


the  city  of  Niy.  Behold,  these  Asiatics  of  this  city,  men  as  well  as  women, 
were  upon  their  walls  praising  his  majesty, 11  to  the  Good  God. 

Revolt  of  Ikathi 

787.  Behold,  his  majesty  heard  saying,  that  some  of  those  Asiatics 
(St'  tyw)  who  were  in  the  city  of  Ikathi  (Y-k^-ty)  had  rplotted]  (ngmgm) 
to  make  a  plan  for  casting  out  the  infantry a  of  his  majesty  I2[rwho 

were1]  in  the  city,  in  order  to  overturn  who  were  loyal  to  his 

majesty.    Then  [his]  majesty  put  them  in  r  1  in  this  city 

'3  he  — b  them  immediately,  and  he  pacified  [this]  city  

against  the  entire  country  — .c    Second  monthd  of  the  third  season 

(tenth  month)  ,d  day  20  (+x).   14 —  r  1,  made  the  city  of  Ikathi 

[Y-k^-P  l*   x6  . 

788.  The  remainder  as  far  as  1.  29  shows  but  a  few 
scattered  traces,  of  which  the  following  are  significant: 
"of  his  children.  Statement  of  that  which  [his  majesty] 
captured"  (1.  21);  uhis  chariot"  (1.  26);  "list  oj  captives" 
(1.  27);  "[weapon]s  of  war  without  number"  (1.  28);  uhis 
majesty  was  adorned  with  [his]  regalia"  (1.  29).  The  record 
then  becomes  more  connected : 

Overthrow  oj  Khalithana 

789.  3°  His  majesty  — e  the  tribe  of  Khatithana  (H°-ty- 

P-n°)  united  31  .    Behold,  the  chief f  the  city,  for 

fear  of  his  majesty.  His  chiefs,  his  wives,  his  children  were  carried 
captive,  32a.nd  all  his  people  likewise.  Statement  of  that  which  his 
majesty  himself  captured  his  horses. 


aProbably  the  Egyptian  garrison  of  the  town. 
bVerb. 

cPossibly  the  name  of  the  country,  containing  kh. 

dThis  date  is  very  important,  showing  (1)  that  we  must  read  Shemu  (the  third 
season,  not  3  h  t,  the  first  season)  in  1.  10  above,  and  (2)  that  we  must  read  second 
month  (in  1.  10)  with  all  the  copies  (except  Champollion). 

eVerb. 

fThe  position  of  the  introductory  words  (before  the  lacunae)  in  11.  31  and  32 
is  not  certain. 


§  79i]  ASIATIC  CAMPAIGN 


309 


Return  to  Egypt 

790.  33  day  27;  his  majesty  went  forth  from  the  house  of  the 

Beautiful-of-Face  (Ptah)a  and  proceded  ho*  —  Memphis,  bearing  the 
plunder  which  he  had  taken  in  the  country  of  Retenu.  List  of  that 
which  was  taken: 

Nobles  (my-r  °-y-n  D)  alive  34  5  50  ( +x) 

Their  [wiv]es  240 

^Vessels  wrought  of  gold  6,Soob  deben 

Copper  500,000°  deben 


Horses  210 
Chariots  300 

The  whole  land  beheld  the  victories  of  his  majesty. 

3sBy  the  Good  God,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  Lord  of  Offerings 

 ,d  beloved  of  Amon,  protector  of  him  who  is  in  Thebes, 

celebrator  of  the  feasts  of  the  house  of  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes,  r  1 

Son  of  Re,  Thutmose  (IV1),*2  given  life  [forever]  and  ever. 

II.     AMADAf  AND  ELEPHANTINE8  STEL.E 

791 .  Both  are  dedication  tablets,  the  upper  half  of  which 
is  occupied  by  an  oblation  scene :  at  Amada,  Amenhotep  II 
offering  wine  to  Harakhte  and  Amon-Re,  all  in  a  sacred 
boat;   at  Elephantine,  the  king  once  with  Amon  and 


aOr:  "the  beautiful  house,  proceeding'''  (hr  wd*),  etc. 
bi ,657^  pounds,  troy.  Nearly  100,000  pounds. 

dRoyal  name  is  lost. 

eIf  this  is  correct,  the  stela  was  erected  by  Thutmose  IV,  son  of  Amenhotep  II. 

fOn  the  interior  of  the  back  wall  of  the  sanctuary  of  the  temple  of  Amada. 
Text:  Champollion,  Notices  descriptives,  I,  105-7  (very  imperfectly  and  incorrectly 
copied);  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  65,  a;  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  1280  (only  11.  12-20). 
I  had  also  the  Berlin  lexicon  copy,  collated  by  Erman  with  the  squeeze  of  Lepsius, 
and  a  collation  of  the  original  by  Steindorff. 

8  From  a  similar  position  in  the  Elephantine  temple  (now  perished) ;  the  upper 
part  with  the  relief  and  parts  of  thirteen  lines  of  text  is  in  Vienna  (No.  141);  the 
lower  portion  is  in  Cairo  (No.  158).  I  had:  my  own  photograph  and  von  Berg- 
mann's  publication  (Recueil,  IV,  33  fT.)  of  the  Vienna  fragment;  two  copies  of  the 
Cairo  fragment,  one  by  Steindorff  and  one  by  Schaefer,  which  they  kindly  loaned 
me;  and  a  photograph  by  Borchardt. 


310         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  II  [§ 


Anuket  and  once  before  Khnum,  receiving  "lije  and  sta- 
bility." Both  tablets  were  intended  to  mark  the  "station 
of  the  king"  both  record  similar  buildings  in  the  year  3 
(material  at  Elephantine  is  better),  and  the  same  facts 
regarding  the  Asiatic  princes.  The  differences  in  wording 
are  almost  nil.  The  Elephantine  stela  has  an  interesting 
addition  from  the  year  4. 

Date  and  Introduction 
792.  *Year  3,  third  month  of  the  third  season  (eleventh  month), 

day  i5,a  under  the  majesty  of  b  Amenhotepc  (II),  beloved 

of  Harakhte  and  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes,  2 Good  God,  creation  of  Re, 
sovereign  who  came  forth  from  the  body,  mighty;  likeness  of  Horus 
upon  the  throne  of  his  father;  great  in  strength,  whose  like  does  not 
exist;  of  whom  a  second  is  not  found.  He  is  a  king  very  weighty  of 
arm;  there  is  not  one  who  can  draw  his  bowd  among  his  army  3among 
the  hill-country  sheiks  (or)  among  the  princes  of  Retenu,  because  his 
strength  is  so  much  greater  than  (that  of)  any  king  who  has  ever  existed ; 
raging  like  a  panther,  when  he  courses  through  the  battlefield;  there  is 
none  fighting  before  him;  an  archer  mighty  in  smiting;  4a  wall  protect- 
ing Egypt;  firm  of  heart,  r — 1  in  the  hour  of  '"conflict1;  trampling  down 
those  who  rebel  against  him;  Instantly1  prevailing  against  all  the  bar- 
barians with  people  and  horses, e  when  they  came  with  myriads  of  men, 
while  they  knew  not  that  Amon-Re  was  5his  ally,  (nor)  that  he  would 
be  seen  to  •approach1  instantly,  strength  in  his  limbs ;f  likeness  of  Min 


aThe  date  of  the  Elephantine  tablet  is  lost;  but  it  was  earlier  than  the  " year 
4"  in  which  an  addition  was  made  to  it. 
bFull  five-name  titulary. 
cChiseled  away  and  reinserted  (SteindorfT). 

dThis  is  the  basis  for  the  well-known  legend  of  Herodotus  (III,  21),  which 
represents  Cambyses  as  unable  to  draw  the  bow  of  the  king  of  Ethiopia  (Schaefer, 
Zeitschrift  fur  dgyptische  Sprache,  38,  66  f.).  It  is  a  not  uncommon  statement. 
Curiously  enough,  the  bow  of  Amenhotep  II  was  found  in  his  tomb;  it  bears  an 
inscription  designating  him  as  "  smiter  of  the  Troglodytes,  overthrower  of  Kush, 

hacking  up  [their]  cities  the  great  wall  of  Egypt,  protector  of  his  soldiers" 

(Cairo,  Catalogue,  24120). 

eThis  is  not  a  generality,  but  doubtless  specifically  refers  to  a  battle  with  the 
Asiatics  in  the  campaign  of  the  previous  year. 

fThe  god's  strength  in  the  king's  limbs. 


§  794] 


ASIATIC  CAMPAIGN 


3" 


in  the  year  of  terror.  There  is  not  one  that  saves  himself  from  him; 
he  makes  a  'slaughter1  among  his  enemies,  the  Nine  Bows  likewise.  All 
lands  and  all  rebellious  countries  pay  him  impost,  6for  he  is  a  king 

r  J,    There  is  not  one  who  makes  a  boundary  with  him  ;a  (but) 

they  live  by  his  breath.    King  of  kings,  ruler  of  rulers,  who  captures 

the  boundaries  7of  r  1;  the  only  mighty  one,  whose  fame  is  exaltedb 

until  Re  in  heaven  knows  it,  (rand)  the  one  who  faces  him1  in  the  day 
of  smiting.  There  is  no  boundary  made  for  him  toward  all  countries 
united,  (or)  toward  all  lands  together;  (but)  they  fall  instantly  because 

of  his  flaming  crest,  like    8  .    There  is  none  among 

them  that  escapes  from  the  overthrow,  like  the  foes  of  Bastet  on  the 
road  of  Ir-Amon.c  It  is  a  happy  chance  for  all  those  who  know  that 
he  is  his  real  son,  who  came  forth  from  (his)  limbs,  one  9 with  him,  in 
order  to  rule  that  which  the  sun  encircles,  all  the  lands,  and  countries 
which  he  knew,  that  he  might  seize  them  immediately  with  victory  and 
power. 

Buildings  and  Offerings 

793.  He  is  a  king  with  heart  favorable  to  the  buildings  of  all  gods, 
being  one  who  builds  their  temples  (and)  fashions  their  statues.  The 
divine  offerings  I0are  established  for  the  first  time,  loaves  and  beer  in 
plenty  and  {ht- c  D)  fowl  in  multitude  as  a  daily  offering  every  day, 
forever;  large  cattle  and  small  cattle  at  their  seasons,  without  r — V1 
He  gave  the  house  to  its  lord,  supplied  with  everything,  with  oxen,11 
calves,  young  cattle,  fowl  [without]  limit,  this  temple  being  supplied 
throughout  with  loaves  and  wine.  He  established  •"revenues1  for  the 
first  time  [for]  (his)  fathers,  the  gods,e  to  be  seen  of  the  people,  I2to 
be  known  of  all. 

Completion  oj  Temple 

794.  Behold,  his  majesty  beautifiedf  the  temple  which  his  father, 
King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III),  had 


aIt  is  all  his  own  matter  where  a  boundary  shall  be. 
bLit.,  "of  exalting  his  fame." 
cLit.,  ''begotten  of  Anion"  =  the  king  (Erman). 
dSee  long  Khnumhotep  inscription  (I,  637,  1.  201). 

eElephantine:  "Khnum."  — 
'*"  Beautified"  means  here  (as  on  the  Lateran  and  Popolo  obelisks)  "to  supply 
with  inscriptions"  the  monument  having  been  left  uninscribed  by  Thutmose  III. 


3i2         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  II      [§  795 


made  for  (his)  fathers,  all  the  gods,a  built  of  stone  as  an  everlasting 
work.  The  walls  around  it  are  of  brick,b  the  doors  of  [cedar  of  the  best0] 
J3of  the  Terraces;  the  doorways  are  of  sandstonerb  in  order  that  the 
great  name  of  his  father,  the  Son  of  Re,  Thutmose  (III),  may  remain  in 
this  temple  forever  and  ever. 

Foundation  Ceremony 

795.  The  majesty  of  this  Good  God,  King  of  Upper  and  Lower 
Egypt,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  Okheprure  (Amenhotep  II)  extended 
the  line  and  loosened  the  r — 1  for  all  the  fathers,d  [the  gods]  I4making 
for  ite  a  great  pylon  of  sandstone  oppositef  the  hall  of  the  rsacred  cham- 
ber1 in  the  august  dwelling  ;g  surrounded  by  columns  of  sandstone  as  an 
everlasting  work;  many  tablesh  with  vessels  of  silver  and  bronze,  obla- 
tion-standards, I5altars,  fire-pans,  '"oblation-vessels1,  oblation-tablets, r — \ 

Erection  oj  the  Tablet 

796.  Then  his  majesty  caused  that  this  tablet  should  be  made  and  set 
up  in  this  temple  in  the  place  of  the  Station  of  the  King,1  and  engraved 
with  the  great  name  of  the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  l6the  Son  of  Re, 
Amenhotep  (II),  Divine  Ruler  of  Heliopolis  in  the  house  of  the  fathers, 
the  gods,J'  after  the  returnk  of  his  majesty  from  Retenu  the  Upper, 
having  overthrown  all  his  enemies,  extending  the  boundaries  of  Egypt, 
on  the  first  victorious  campaign. 


aElephantine:  " Khnum,  lord  of  the  cataract,  his  mother,  Satet,  mistress  oj 
Elephantine,  and  Anuket,  presider  over  Nubia  (T  3  pd't)." 

bElephantine:  "the  doors  0}  cedar,  wrought  with  copper,  the  portals  of  enduring 
granite" 

cRestored  from  Incni,  1.  8.  (§  103). 
dElephantine:  "  Khnum."  eThe  temple. 

f  Elephantine:  Hft-hr.  The  first  pylon  and  the  colonnaded  hall  behind  it  are 
referred  to;  but  these,  with  the  exception  of  the  back  row  of  columns,  were  all 
inscribed  by  Thutmose  IV,  and  must  have  been  left  unfinished  by  Amenhotep  II. 

^Elephantine:  "in  the  august  colonnade." 

hThe  account  merges  into  a  list  of  temple  furniture  given  by  the  king  without 
any  syntactical  connection  with  the  preceding. 

iHis  ceremonial  position.    See  §  140,  1.  7,  and  note. 
iElephantine:  "Khnum,  lord  of  the  cataract." 

kIf  he  arrived  at  about  the  time  of  Thutmose  Ill's  return  from  the  first  cam- 
paign (§  409),  the  Amada  stela  is  then  dated  about  nine  and  a  half  months  later 
than  his  arrival;  for  it  is  impossible  to  suppose  that  this  Shemu  of  the  Asiatic 
campaign  is  the  same  as  the  Shemu  of  the  Amada  stela,  which  would  then  be  only 
twenty-five  days  later  than  the  last  date  readable  in  the  Asiatic  campaign. 


§  798]  ASIATIC  CAMPAIGN  313 

Sacrifice  0}  Asiatic  Princes 

797.  When  his  majesty  returned  17 with  joy  of  heart  to  his  father, 
Amon,  he  slew  with  his  own  weapon  the  seven  princes, a  who  had  been 
in  the  district  of  Tikhsi  (Ty-h-sy)y  and  had  been  placed  head  down- 
ward at  the  prow  of  his  majesty's  barge,  the  name  of  which  was: 
"  Okheprure  (Amenhotep  II)-l8is-the-Establisher-of-the-Two- Lands." 
One  hanged  the  six  men  of  those  fallen  ones,  before  the  wall  of  Thebes ; 
those  hands  likewise.  Then  the  other  fallen  one  was  taken  up-river  to 
Nubia  and  hanged  ron1  the  wall  of  I9Napata  (Npt),  in  order  to  cause  to 
be  manifest  the  victories  of  his  majesty,  forever  and  ever  in  all  lands 
and  countries  of  the  land  of  the  Negro;  since  he  had  taken  the  South- 
erners and  bound  the  Northerners,  the  back-lands  of  2°the  whole  earth, 
upon  which  Re  shines;  that  he  might  make  his  boundary  as  far  as  he 
desired,  none  opposing  his  hands,  according  to  the  command  of  his 
father  Re,  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes;  in  order  that  the  Son  of  Re,  of 
his  body,  his  beloved,  Amenhotepb  (II),  divine  ruler  of  Heliopolis, 
might  be  given  life,  stability,  satisfaction,  joy  of  heart,  through  him, 
like  Re,  forever  and  ever. 

798.  The  Elephantine  stela c  here  adds  enactments  for 
the  sacred  feasts  there,  as  follows: 

Year  4.  His  majesty  commanded  to  have  the  sailsd  made  for  the 
voyages  of  these  gods  dwelling  in  Elephantine;  large  sails,  each  one  of 
10  cubits,  while  they  were  (formerly)  small  sails  of  3  cubits. 

His  majesty  commanded  to  add  one  day  for  his  mother,  Anuket,  to 
her  feast  of  Nubia  (Pd'U),  at  her  voyage  of  the  "Beginning-of-the- 
River."  The  supplies  are:  bread,  beer,  oxen,  geese,  wine,  incense, 
fruit,  every  good  and  pure  thing,  as  dues  each  year,  as  an  increase  upon 


*These  unfortunate  kings  were  sacrificed  by  the  Pharaoh  himself  before  the 
god,  as  so  often  represented  in  the  temple  reliefs. 
bChiseled  away  and  reinserted  (Steindorff). 

cAn  obelisk  of  Amenhotep  II  was  also  found  at  Elephantine;  it  is  now  in  the 
collection  at  Alnwick  Castle,  England.  It  bears  the  inscription:  "Amenhotep  II; 
he  made  (it)  as  his  monument  for  his  father  Khnum,  making  for  htm  two  obelisks 
of  the  altar  of  Re;  that  he  might  be  given  life  forever."  The  pyramidion  shows  the 
king  worshiping  before  "Khnum,  residing  in  Elephantine"  (Birch,  Catalogue 
Alnwick,  345;  Bonomi,  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Literature,  New  Ser., 
1843,  I,  170)- 

dThe  usual  sign  for  linen  fabric  is  used,  so  that  anything  of  linen  may  be  meant. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  II     [§  7Q8A 


the  3  days  of  her  customarya  feast,  in  order  to  make  her  great  feast  of 
the  first  (month)  of  the  third  season  (ninth  month)  of  4  days,b  duration, 
to  abide  and  to  endure;  that  he  may  be  given  life  forever. 

III.     KARNAK   CHAPEL c 

798A.  This  monument,  of  which  only  a  few  fragments 
have  survived,  bears  a  relief  showing  Amenhotep  II  leading 
seventy  Asiatic  prisoners  to  Amon.  They  are  accompanied 
by  the  words: 

List  of  those  countries  which  his  majesty  smote  in  their  valleys, 
overthrown  in  [their]  blood  that  he  might  be  given  life  forever. 

Twenty-four  prisoners  in  two  rows  bear  the  names  of  the 
countries  they  represent.    The  following  are  still  legible: 

1.  Retenu  [the  Upper];  2.  Retenu  [the  Low]er;  3.  Kharu;  12. 
Kadesh;  13.  Aleppo;  14.  Niy;  15.  Sezard  (5  3  - d 3  -r  °) ;  16.  Thenew 
(Tnw);  17.  Ketne. 


TURRA  INSCRIPTION6 

799-  Above  is  a  relief  showing  the  king  before  two  rows 
of  divinities,  thirteen  in  number,  for  whose  buildings  the 
quarry-chambers  have  been  opened.  A  dedication  at  the 
left  side  is  as  follows: 

He  made  (it)  as  his  monument  for  the  gods  and  goddesses,  for  whose 
temples  of  a  [million  of  years]  the  quarry-chamber  was  opened,  in  order 
to  quarry  fine  limestone  of  Ayan. 


aFor  a  similar  use  of  this  rather  rare  word  {mty),  see  §  619,  1.  18,  and  III, 
377,  note. 

bThat  is,  one  day  has  been  added.  Cf.  the  same  formula  in  the  feasts  of 
victory  (§§550-52).  ' 

cFound  by  Legrain  near  Pylon  V  at  Karnak;  published  by  him,  Annates,  V, 
34,  35- 

dThe  same  as  Senzar  of  §  584;  see  §  784,  note,  where  it  is  shown  that  Senzar 
was  a  natural  point  of  departure  from  the  Orontes  for  Niy. 

eCut  in  the  rock  walls  of  the  limestone  quarry  of  Turra,  south  of  Cairo.  Pub- 
lished by  Vyse,  Pyramids,  III,  95;  less  fully  by  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  Text,  I,  20. 


§8oi] 


TURRA  INSCRIPTION 


3*5 


800.  Below  the  relief  is  the  following  record: 

xYear  4,  under  the  majesty  of  the  king,  Okheprure,  Son  of  Re 
[Amenhotep  II],  given  life. 

His  majesty  commanded  [to  open]  the  quarry-chambers  anew,  2in 
order  to  quarry  fine  limestone  of  Ayan,  in  order  to  build  his  temples 
of  a  million  of  years;  after  his  majesty  found  [the  quarry-chambers 
which  are  in  Troja]a  beginning  to  go  to  ruin  since  the  times  that  were 
before.  It  was  my  majesty  who  made  (them)  anew,  that  he  might  be 
given  satisfying  life,  like  Re,  forever. 

4Made  under  the  hand  of  the  hereditary  prince,  count,  satisfying 
the  king  by  maintaining  his  monuments;  vigilant  for  the  temples;  who 
erected  tablets  5in  the  land  of  Naharin  (N-h-r-n)h  and  in  the  land  of 
Karoy  {K°-r  *-y),°  overseer  of  works  in  the  temples  of  the  gods  of  the 
South  and  North,  king's-scribe,  Min^otep1]. 


TOMB  OF  AMENKENd 

801.  The  tomb  of  Amenken,e  a  treasurer  of  Amen- 
hotep II,  whose  name  is  everywhere  erased,  shows  a  remark- 
able scene  representing  the  production  before  the  king  of 
the  New  Year's  gifts  intended  for  his  favorites/  He  sits 
enthroned  at  the  right,  and  the  gifts  are  brought  before  him 
in  magnificent  array  for  his  inspection. 

aRestored  from  the  inscription  of  Amenhotep  III  (§  875). 

bThis  was  on  the  Asiatic  campaign  (§§780  fL);  and  makes  at  least  four  such 
tablets  in  Naharin,  one  of  Thutmose  I,  two  of  Thutmose  III,  and  one  of  Amen- 
hotep n. 

cRegion  around  Napata;  see  §  1020. 

dRelief  scenes  and  inscriptions  in  a  Theban  tomb,  at  Shekh  Abd-el-Kurna; 
published,  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  63,  64,  and  Text,  III,  274;  Champollion,  No- 
tices descriptives,  I,  500  f . ;  Rosellini,  M onumenti  Civili,  121;  Mond,  Annates, V,  97  ff. 

eThe  name  is  not  found  in  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  but  is  given  by  Newberry, 
Benson  and  Gourlay,  The  Temple  of  Mut  in  Asher,  328,  and  Mond,  Annales,  V,  97  ff. 

*They  are  not  presents  from  the  noblemen  to  the  king,  as  Erman  supposed 
(Aegypten,  177);  one  of  the  statues  bears  the  words:  "Given  as  a  favor  0}  the 
kings-presence,"  the  usual  formula  upon  gifts  from  the  king,  e.  g.,  Nebwawi  (§186, 
L  10)  received  as  a  gift  from  this  same  king,  Amenhotep  II,  a  statue  of  the  king's 
father,  Thutmose  III,  it  being  customary  for  the  king  to  present  such  royal  statues 
to  his  favorites. 


316        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  II  [§8o2 


Inscription  bejore  the  King 

'First  occasion  of  doing  the  pleasant  deed  in  the  great  palace  . 

"Production  of  the  New  Year's  gifts:  3chariots  of  silver  4and  gold; 
statues  of  ivory  5and  ebony;  necklaces  of  every  costly  stone;  weapons 
6of  warfare,  works  of  all  craftsmen  9  a 

802  The  following  are  the  gifts  ranged  before  the  king: 
13  statues  of  the  king;b  7  sphinx  portraits  of  the  king;  1 
standing  statue  of  his  mother,  Hatshepsut-Meretre ;  8  neck- 
laces; 7  shields,  over  the  last  three  are  the  words:  "Leather 
of  r — 1  680;"    10  quivers,  the  last  three  bearing  the  words: 

"Leather  230;"  6  battle  axes,  2  coats  scale  armor; 

6  (hps-)  swords,  bearing  the  words:  u  360  bronze  (hps'-) 
swords;"  "14.0  bronze  daggers;"  3  ebony  staves  tipped  with 
silver  and  gold,  marked:  "30  staves;"  6  whips,  bearing 
the  words:  "220  gold,  ivory,  and  ebony  whips;"  7  elaborate 
chests;  sun  shades,  chairs,  vases,  and  numerous  small 
objects.  Except  in  the  case  of  the  statues,  it  is  not  the 
number  of  times  that  an  object  is  represented  that  is  sig- 
nificant, but  the  accompanying  numeral.  Before  the 
accompanying  inscriptions  the  name  of  Amenhotep  II 
appears. c 


KARNAK  BUILDING  INSCRIPTION* 

803.  After  interesting  references  in  the  introduction  to 
his  conquests  in  Asia,  particularly  Mitanni,  the  king  narrates 
the  erection  of  the  columns  in  the  southern  half  of  the 


aTitles  of  the  noblemen. 

bOne  marked  "Thutmose  /;"   eight  standing,  two  sitting,  three  kneeling; 
for  description,  see  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  Text,  III,  276  f. 
cLepsius,  Denkmdler,  Text,  III,  277. 

dOn  a  column  in  the  hypostyle  of  Thutmose  I  between  pylons  IV  and  V  at 
Karnak;  published  Rouge,  Inscriptions  hieroglyphiques,  157,  158;  Piehl,  Actes 
du  Congres  a  Leyde,  1883,  IVme  partie,  section  3,  203-19;  and  Dumichen,  His- 
torische  Inschriften,  II,  38. 


§8o4] 


KARNAK  BUILDING  INSCRIPTION 


3i7 


hypostyle  of  Thutmose  I,  pulled  down  by  his  mother  Hatshep- 
sut  to  introduce  her  obelisks  (§304).  The  northern 
colonnade  had  already  been  restored  by  Thutmose  III 
(§§600  ff.).  A  description  of  the  king's  wealth  from  his 
wars  follows. a 

Universal  Sway 

804.  Live  the  Horus:  Mighty  Bull,  Great  in  Strength;  Favorite  of 
the  Two  Goddesses:  Mighty  in  Opulence;  Made  to  Shine  in  Thebes; 
Golden  Horus:  Seizing  by  his  Might  in  all  Lands,  Good  God,  Likeness 
of  Re,  Splendid  Emanation  of  Atum,  — b  Son,  whom  he  begat,  whom 
he  made  to  shine  in  Karnak.  He  appointed  him  to  be  king  of  the 
living,  to  do  that  which  his  ka  did;  his  avenger,  seeking  excellent 
things;  great  in  marvels,  Creative  in  knowledge,  wise  in  execution, 
skilful-hearted  like  Ptah ;  king  of  kings,  ruler  of  rulers,  valiant,  without 
his  equal,  lord  of  terror  among  the  southern  lands,  great  in  fear  at  the 
end  of  the  north.  Every  land  comes  to  him  bowing  down;  their  chiefs 
bearing  their  offerings;  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Okheprure 
(Amenhotep  II),  given  life;  victorious  lord,  who  takes  every  land,  whom 
•"Horus1  has  magnified  because  of  his  strength.  The  chiefs  of  Mitanni 
(My-tn)  come  to  him,  their  tribute  3upon  their  backs,  to  beseech  his 
majesty  that  there  may  [be  given  to  them]c  his  sweet  breath  of  life.  A 
mighty  occurrence,  it  has  never  been  heard  since  the  times  of  the  gods. 
This  country  which  knew  not  Egypt  beseeches  the  Good  God.  d<<  It  is 
my  father  Re  who  commands  that  I  do  it;  lie1  is  the  fashioner  of  my 
beauty.  He  appointed  me  to  be  protector  of  this  land,  (for)  he  knew 
that  I  would  offer  it  to  him.  He  assigned  to  me  that  which  is  with  him, 
which  the  eye  of  his  uraeus  illuminates,  4all  lands,  all  countries,  every 
circuit,  the  Great  Circle  (Okeanos);  they  come  to  me  in  submission 
like  every  subject  of  my  majesty;  Son  of  Re,  Amenhotep  (II),  Divine 
Ruler  of  Thebes,  living  forever,  only  vigilant  one,  begotten  of  the  gods." 


aOf  his  other  buildings  the  king  has  left  us  no  narrative.  His  small  temple 
between  the  two  southernmost  pylons  at  Karnak  is  without  building  inscription. 
His  mortuary  temple  on  the  west  shore  at  Thebes  was  just  north  of  the  Ramesseum 
and  alongside  that  of  his  father,  Thutmose  III  (see  Baedeker,  Map,  260),  but  it  has 
utterly  perished.  See  Spiegelberg,  Recueil,  XVI,  30,  and  XIX,  88,  89;  also  Petrie, 
Six  Temples. 

bProbably  the  name  of  Amon  is  cut  out  here. 

^Restored  after  Naville,  Deir-el-Bahari,  III,  84,  11.  3,  4;  infra,  §  285,  11.  3,  4. 
dThe  king  speaks. 


3i8         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  II  [§805 


Dedication 

805.  He  made  (it)  as  his  monument  for  his  father  [Amon],  making 
for  him  the  august  columns  of  the  southern  hypostyle,  wrought  with 
electrum  very  plentifully,  as  an  eternal  work.  I  made  for  him  a  monu- 
ment in  5f — \    It  was  more  beautiful  than  that  which  had  been;  I 

•increased  that  which  was  before;  I  surpassed  that  which  the  ancestors 
made.  He  appointed  me  to  bea  lord  of  the  people  (rliy't),  while  I  was 
a  youth  in  the  nest;  he  gave  to  me  the  two  halves;  he  caused  that  my 
majesty  should  assume  the  throne,  as  one  does  a  useful  thing  for  his 

father.    I  rested  upon  his  throne;  he  gave  to  me  the  land  r  1  I 

have  no  enemies  6in  all  lands. 

Temple  Equipment 

806.  I  made  for  him  an  adytum  (shm)  of  gold;  its  floor  was  of  silver. 
I  made  for  him  many  vessels ;  they  were  more  beautiful  than  the  bodies 
of  the  stars.  His  silver-house,  it  inclosed  treasures  of  the  tribute  of 
every  country.  His  granaries  were  bursting  with  clean  grain,  rising 
upon  the  walls.  I  founded  for  him  divine  offerings.  I  restored  the 
things  of  him  that  begat  me,  that  the  Son  of  Re  [Amenhotep  II],  Divine 
Ruler  of  Heliopolis,  might  be  given  life,  stability,  satisfaction,  like  Re, 
forever. 


BIOGRAPHY  OF  AMENEMHAB 
[Concluded  from  §  592] 

807.  A  sceneb  in  the  tomb  shows  Amenhotep  II  standing 
before  the  deceased  Thutmose  III  enthroned  as  Osiris. 
This  is  in  accord  with  the  copy  of  the  "Book  of  the  Dead" 
found  with  Thutmose  Ill's  body,  which  also  testifies  to 
Amenhotep's  piety;  for  it  bears  the  title : c  " Amenhotep  II, d 
he  made  (it)  as  his  monument  jor  his  father,  Thutmose  III, d 
making  for  him  a  book  of  glorifying  the  soul"  Behind 


aRead  :  dhn  'n'f  wy  r  nb. 

hMemoires  de  la  mission  francaise  au  Caire,  V,  245. 
cMaspcro,  Monties  roycrles,  548. 
^Double  name. 


§  8o9]  BIOGRAPHY  OF  AMENEMHAB 


3i9 


Amenhotep  II  appear  Amenemhab  and  his  wife  bearing 
flowers  and  food.  The  biography  continues,  after  the 
death  of  Thutmose  III,  as  follows: 

Accession  oj  Amenhotep  II 

808.  "When  the  morning  brightened,  38the  sun  arose,  and  the 
heavens  shone,  King  Okheprure,  Son  of  Re,  Amenhotep  (II),  given  life, 
39Was  established  upon  the  throne  of  his  father,  he  assumed  the  royal 

titulary.    He  r  1  all,  he  mingled  with  r — la  in  — ,  4°the  Red  Land; 

he  cut  off  the  heads  of  their  chiefs.b    Diademed  as  Horus,  son  of  Isis, 

[he]  took  4t  r — "1°  the  Kenemetvew  (Knw  tyw),  every 

land,  bowed  down  because  of  his  fame;  with  their  tribute  upon  their 
backs,  42[that  he  might  grant]  to  them  the  breath  of  life." 

Favor  Shown  Amenemhab 

809.  42  "His  majesty  noticed  me  rowing  won[derfully]  with  him  in 
43[his]  vessel;  'Khammat'  was  its  name.    I  was  rowing  fwith3  both 

hands  at  his  beautiful  feast  of  Luxor,  likewise  to  the  splendors  44  . 

I  was  brought  to  the  midst  of  the  palace,  one  caused  that  I  should  stand 
before  [the  king,  0]khepru[re]  (Amenhotep  II),  —  4* — r — ■.  I  bowed 
down  immediately  before  his  majesty;  he  said  to  me,  'I  know  thy 
character;  I  was  abiding  in  the  nest,  while  thou  wert  in  46the  following 
of  my  father.  I  commission  thee  with  office  that  thou  shalt  be  deputy 
of  the  army  as  I  have  said,  watch  thou  the  e'lite  troopsd  of  the  king/ 
The  deputy,  Mahu,  executed  (all)  that  his  lord  said."e 


^K^'t,  with  plural  strokes  and  determinative  of  a  prisoner  or  enemy.  It  is  not 
Kehek  with  whom  it  was  identified  as  formerly  restored  (Maspero,  Struggle  of  the 
Nations,  290). 

bSee  Piehl,  Zeitschrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  1888,  115,  n.  3.  Amenemhab 
doubtless  refers  to  the  sacrifice  of  the  seven  kings  of  Tikhsi. 

ciy«  wntyw,  Newberry;  he  also  has  nb  instead  of  k,  as  the  first  sign  of  the 
following  word. 

dThe  elite  troops  as  in  1.  29;  k  is  to  be  corrected  to  nb  in  Eber's  copy,  as  in  1.  29. 
eSo,  after  Newberry's  copy,  which  unfortunately  does  not  support  Piehl's 
excellent  suggestion  (Zeitschrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  1885,  61,  62). 


REIGN  OF  THUTMOSE  IV 

SPHINX  STELAa 

810.  This  remarkable  document  purports  to  be  a  votive 
stela  of  Thutmose  IV,  recording  how  he  had  been  raised 
to  the  throne  by  Harmakhis,  the  Sphinx,  in  recognition  of 
his  clearance  of  the  great  image  from  the  encumbering 
sands,  in  response  to  the  god's  appeal  to  him  as  a  young 
prince,  to  whom  he  appeared  in  a  vision  as  the  youth,  weary 
with  the  chase,  slept  at  noonday  in  his  shadow.  The  form 
and  content  of  the  document  are  strikingly  unlike  the  official 
or  royal  records  of  the  Pharaohs.  It  is  besides  filled  with 
errors  and  striking  irregularities  in  orthography,  and  exhibits 
a  number  of  suspicious  peculiarities  not  to  be  expected 
in  a  monument  of  this  class.  It  is  therefore  to  be  regarded 
as  a  late  restoration,15  and  it  is  a  great  question  to  what 
extent  it  reproduces  the  content  of  the  monument  of  which 


aA  huge  red  granite  tablet,  standing  between  the  paws  of  the  Great  Sphinx, 
made  from  one  of  the  architraves  of  the  neighboring  (so-called)  Temple  of  the  Sphinx. 
It  is  ii  feet  10  inches  high,  and  7  feet  2  inches  wide.  The  lower  third  of  the  face 
has  flaked  off,  so  that  over  half  the  inscription  is  lost.  It  was  uncovered  by  Caviglia 
in  1818,  copied  by  Salt  in  1820;  his  manuscript  text  is  in  the  British  Museum, 
Memoirs  on  the  Pyramids  and  the  Great  Sphinx,  fol.  1820;  it  was  published  from 
this  manuscript  in  Young's  Hieroglyphics  (London,  1823),  PI.  80;  again  from  the 
same  manuscript  inaccurately  in  Vyse  Appendix  to  Operations  Carried  on  at  the 
Pyramids  0)  Gizeh  (London,  1842),  III,  115;  more  accurately  than  any  of  these, 
but  with  further  lacunae,  in  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  68;  repeated  partially  by 
Brugsch,  Zeitschrift  fiir  agyptische  Sprache,  1876,  89-92.  Finally  a  collation  of 
all  texts  by  Erman,  Sitzungsberichte  Kbniglichen  Akademie,  Berlin,  VI,  428-37.  I 
had  collated  all  old  publications  and  Berlin  squeeze,  and  my  readings  have  now 
been  confirmed  by  Erman's  text. 

bErman  has  now  put  together  the  reasons  for  the  same  conclusion,  which  he 
also  has  reached.  He  would  date  the  document  between  the  Twenty-first  and 
Twenty-second  Dynasty  and  Saitic  times.  Spiegelberg's  objections  to  this  conclusion 
(Orientalistische  Litteraturzeitung,  1904)  would  explain  the  mistakes  and  peculiar- 
ities in  the  orthography  as  due  to  the  erasure  of  the  inscription  under  Ikhnaton 

320 


88"] 


SPHINX  STELA 


321 


it  is  a  restoration.  Some  such  current  incident  during  the 
youth  of  Thutmose  IV  may  possibly  have  prompted  it; 
but  the  form  of  the  narrative  as  now  on  the  monument 
is  that  of  a  folk- tale. 

811.  Moreover,  a  similar  incident  was  narrated  of  a 
prince  named  Amenmose,  son  of  Thutmose  I.  It  was  on 
a  monument a  by  the  Sphinx,  of  which  the  following  frag- 
ments are  preserved: 

Year  4,  under  the  majesty  of  Thutmose  I,  beloved  of  Harmakhisb 
[given  life]  like  Re,  forever. 

 c  There  went  forth  the  eldest  king's-son,  commander  in 

chief  of  the  army  of  his  father,  Amenmose,  living  forever,  to  take  a 
pleasure  walkd  . 

Evidently  the  priests  were  striving  by  such  tales  as  these 
to  enhance  the  reputation  of  the  Sphinx. 

The  upper  third  of  the  Sphinx  stela  is  occupied  by  an 
adoration  scene  in  which  Thutmose  IV  offers  to  Harmakhis 
in  form  of  a  sphinx.    Below  is  the  inscription,  as  follows: 

Introduction 

812.  xYear  1,  third  month  of  the  first  season,  day  19,  under  the 
majesty  of  Horus:  Mighty  -  Bull  -  rBegetting1  -  Radiance;  Favorite  of 
the  Two  Goddesses:  Enduring- in  -  Kingship -like -Atum;  Golden 
Horus:  Mighty-of-Sword,  Repelling -the -Nine -Bows;  King  of  Upper 
and  Lower  Egypt;  Menkheprure  (M n  -  hpr  [w]  -  R c ) ,  Son  of  Re: 
[Thutmose  IV,  Shining]  in  Diadems ;  beloved  of  — ,  given  life,  stability, 
satisfaction,  like  Re,  forever.    2Live  the  Good  God,  son  of  Atum,  Pro- 


and  the  subsequent  careless  restoration,  as  in  the  Theban  stelae  (e.  g.,  §§  878  ft".). 
That  this  objection  cannot  hold  is  evident;  for  the  Sphinx  is  a  sun-god,  and  the 
monuments  of  the  sun-gods,  especially  of  the  Horuses,  were  respected  by  Ikhnaton, 
and  not  erased.  It  is  impossible  to  conceive  that  Ikhnaton  would  erase  the  inscrip- 
tion to  a  god  called  " Harmakhis-Khepri-Re-Atum"  (1.  9)  in  said  inscription. 

aA  stone  vessel  in  the  Louvre,  of  which  only  a  fragment,  inscribed  on  two 
faces,  survives.    From  my  own  copy  of  the  original.    See  Erman,  ibid.,  1063. 

bThe  Sphinx.  ^Other  face. 

dR  swtwt  hr  sd  '  hr,  as  on  Sphinx  stela. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  IV  [§813 


tector  of  Harakhte,  living  image  of  the  All-Lord ;  sovereign,  begotten  of 
Re;  excellent  heir  of  Khepri;  beautiful  of  face  likea  his  father;  who 
came  forth  r — 1  equipped  with  the  form  of  Horus  upon  him;b  a  king 
who  —  the  gods ;  who  —  favor  with  the  ennead  of  gods ;  who  purifies 
Heliopolis,  3 who  satisfies  Re;  who  beautifies  Memphis;  who  presents 
truth  to  Atum,  who  offers  it  to  Him- Who-is-South-of-His- Wall  (Ptah) ; 
who  makes  a  monument  by  daily  offering  to  Horus;  who  does  all  things, 
seeking  benefits  for  the  gods  of  South  and  North;  who  builds  their 
houses  of  limestone;  who  endows  all  their  offerings;  son  of  Atum,  of 
his  body,  Thutmose  (IV),  Shining  in  Diadems,  like  Re;c  4heir  of 
Horus  upon  his  throne,  Menkheprure,  given  life.c 

Youth  of  Thutmose 

813.  When  his  majesty  was  a  stripling  like  Horus,  the  youth  in 
Khemmis,  his  beauty  was  like  the  dprotector  of  his  father ,d  he  seemed e 
like  the  god  himself.  The  army  rejoiced  because  of  love  for  him,  the 
king's-children  and  all  the  nobles.  Then  his  strength  overflowed  him, 
and  he  Repeated  the  circuit  of  his  might  like  the  son  of  Nut.f 

Hunting  Expedition 
Behold,  he  did  a  thing  that  gave  him  pleasure8  upon  the  high- 
lands of  the  Memphite  nome,  upon  its  southern  and  northern  road,h 
shooting  at  a  target  with  copper1  bolts,  hunting  lions  and  wild  goats, 
coursing  in  his  chariot,  his  horses  being  swifter  6than  the  wind;  together 
with  two  of  his  followers,  while  not  a  soul  knew  it. 

Midday  Rest 

814.  Now,  when  his  hour  came  on  for  giving  rest  to  his  followers, 
(it  was  always)  at  the  rshoulder!  of  Harmakhis,  beside  Sokar  in  Rosta, 

aRead  my  for  my  hk  \ 

bHe  was  born  with  the  royal  insignia  upon  him,  as  in  Papyrus  Westcar. 

cThe  usual  predicate  is  here  cut  in  two,  with  half  of  it  after  each  name;  the 
two  names  are  in  inverted  order  also.  This  could  only  have  happened  from  the 
scribe's  use  of  an  original  in  which  the  two  names  were  in  two  vertical  lines,  with 
the  predicate  under  them  (Erman). 

dHarendotes,  a  title  of  Horus. 

ePassive  of  "see;"  cf.  videri.  fSo  also  Erman. 

«Sd  3  occurs  also  in  the  hunting  inscription  of  Imunzeh  {Memoires  de  la  mission 
frangaise  au  Caire,  V,  355). 

hOr:  "side."  JNot  bronze,  as  in  all  the  versions. 


SPHINX  STELA 


323 


Renutet  in  r  la  in  heaven,  Mut  of  the  northern  —  the  mistress 

of  the  Wall  of  the  South,  Sekhmet  7presider  (fern.)  over  Khas  (H  5  s) 

r  1  the  splendid  place  of  the  bbeginning  of  time,  over  against  the 

lords  of  Khereha  (Hr-Chc),  the  sacred  road  of  the  gods  to  the  necropo- 
lis0 west  of  On  (Heliopolis).  Now,  the  very  great  statued  of  Khepri, 
rests  in  this  place  ;e  the  great  in  prowess,  the  splendid  in  strength ;  upon 
which  the  shadow  of  Re  tarries.  The  quarters  of  Memphis  and  all  the 
cities  which  are  by  him  come  to  him,  (raising)f  their  hands  for  him  in 
praise  to  his  face,  8bearing  great  oblations  for  his  ka. 

The  Vision 

815.  One  of  those  daysg  it  came  to  pass  that  the  king's-son,  Thut- 
mose,  came,  coursing  at  the  time  of  midday,  and  he  rested  in  the  shadow 
of  this  great  god.h  A  •Vision1  of  sleep  seized  him  at  the  hour  (when)  the 
sun  was  in  the  zenith,  9and  he  found  the  majesty  of  this  revered  god 
speaking  with  his  own  mouth,  as  a  father  speaks  with  his  son,  saying: 
"  Behold  thou  me !  See  thou  me !  my  son  Thutmose.  I  am  thy  father, 
Harmakhis-Khepri-Re-Atum,  who  will  give  to  thee  my  kingdom  xoon 
earth  at  the  head  of  the  living.1  Thou  shalt  wear  the  white  crown  and 
the  red  crown  upon  the  throne  of  Keb,  the  hereditary  prince.  The  land 
shall  be  thine  in  its  length  and  breadth,  that  which  the  eye  of  the  All- 
Lord  shines  upon.  The  food  of  the  Two  Lands  shall  be  thine,  the  great 
tribute  of  all  countries,  the  duration  of  a  long  period  of  years.  My 
face  is  thine,  my  desire  is  toward  thee.  Thou  shalt  be  to  me  a  pro- 
tector "(for)  my  manner  is  as  I  were  ailing  in  all  my  limbs  r — \  The 
sand  of  this  desert  upon  which  I  am,  has  reached  me;  turn  to  me,  to 


aThe  first  two  words  indicate  grains,  a  meaning  which  suits  Renutet,  a  har- 
vest goddess.  T  3  -mwt  is  also  the  name  of  a  The  ban  region  (Djeme) ;  it  occurs 
e.  g.,  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  Text,  I,  n,  1). 

bLit.,  11  the  first  time.'" 

cLit.,  "  horizon."   If  Giseh  was  the  necropolis  of  Heliopolis,  it  is  probable  that 
the  Fourth  Dynasty  kings  may  have  actually  resided  in  Heliopolis. 
dThe  Great  Sphinx. 

eThis  is  a  resumption  of  the  object,  which  preceded  in  the  foregoing  clauses. 
fLit.,  "give." 

git  would  seem  that  the  preceding  lines  narrate  the  hunting  expedition(s  ?) 
as  customary,  and  on  "one  0}  those  days"  the  following  incident  of  the  dream 
occurred. 

hThe  Sphinx.  { Young:  tp  t^^nt^  n^w. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  IV  [§816 


have  that  done  which  I  have  desired,  knowing  that  thou  art  my  son, 
my  protector;  rcome  hither1,  behold,  I  am  with  thee,  I  am  Iaathy  leader." 
When  he  had  finished  this  speech,  this  king's-son  rawoke1  hearing  thisa 

 ;  he  understood  the  words  of  this  god,  and  he  kept  silent  in  his 

heart.  bHe  said:b  "Come,  let  us  hasten  to  our  house  in  the  city;  theyc 
shall  protect  the  oblations  for  this  god  I3dwhich  we  bring  for  him: 
oxen  r — 1  and  all  young  vegetables;  and  we  shall  give  praise  [to]  Wen- 
nofer,d  Khaf[re],e  the  statue  made  for  Atum-Harmakhis 

14  f 


ASIATIC  CAMPAIGN 

816.  The  records  of  Thutmose  IV's  Asiatic  war  or  wars 
are  scanty  and  scattered.  It  is  clear,  however,  that  he 
still  maintained  the  empire  at  its  former  northern  limits. 
Naharin  paid  tribute,  although  a  campaign  thither  had 
been  necessary. 

817.  The  king  left  a  record  referring  to  the  first  war  in 
Asia  in  a  list  of  offerings  from  his  victories,  which  he  had 
made  in  Karnak,8  in  which  nothing  more  concerning  the 
campaign  can  be  seen  than  that  there  were  among  these 
offerings,  things  "which  his  majesty  captured  in  Naharinh 
(  n^  ihe  wretched,  on  his  first  victorious  campaign." 


aAll  from  Young.  bBrugsch's  text. 

cOr:  "we?"  "that  we  may  protect  ....  and  that  we  may  bring"  (so  Erman). 
dAll  from  Young. 

eThis  mention  of  King  Khafre  has  been  understood  to  indicate  that  the  Sphinx 
was  the  work  of  this  king — a  conclusion  which  does  not  follow;  Young  has  no 
trace  of  a  cartouche. 

fYoung  shows  two  fragments,  each  bearing  a  few  words  (from  the  middle  of 
11.  16  and  17  and  11.  18  and  19)  which  probably  refer  to  further  offerings. 

^Fragmentary  lower  ends  of  ten  vertical  lines  east  side  of  the  wall  surrounding 
Hatshepsut's  obelisk;  published  Mariette,  Karnak,  33  =  Rouge,  Inscriptions 
hieroglyphiques,  164;  photograph  by  Borchardt. 

hMariette  read  only  the  final  '(aleph),  but  Rouge  read  n  3  at  the  end.  This 
reading  is  also  perfectly  clear  on  the  photograph.  Brugsch's  "  Kheta"  (Geschichte, 
393)  must  therefore  be  given  up.    See  also  Miiller,  Asien  und  Europa,  321,  n.  2. 


ASIATIC  CAMPAIGN 


325 


818.  This  is  corroborated  by  the  inscription  of  Amenhotep, 
a  bodyguardsman  of  Thutmose  IV,  whose  tomb  stela3  calls 
him: 

Attendant  of  the  king  on  his  expeditions  in  the  south  and  north 
countries;  going  from  Naharin  (N-h-ry-n)  to  Karoy  (K^-r-y)  behind 
his  majesty,  while  he  was  upon  the  battlefield;  companion  of  the  feet 
of  the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  chief  of  the  stable  of  his  majesty,  high 
priest  of  Onouris,  Amenhotep,  triumphant. 

819.  In  harmony  with  these  data,  we  find  depicted  on 
the  two  following  monuments  the  tribute  of  Naharin  and 
Retenu;  the  first  is  in  the  tomb  of  Khamhet,b  who  was 
a  powerful  noble,  and  served  as  chief  treasurer  under 
Thutmose  IV  and  Amenhotep  III.C  His  tomb  contains 
three  scenes  of  historical  importance,  of  which  oned  belongs 
to  the  reign  of  Thutmose  IV.  It  shows  the  king  seated  in 
a  "naos"  at  the  left;  before  him  are  magnificent  vessels  of 
Asiatic  workmanship  in  gold  and  silver,  and  quantities  of 
these  metals  in  large  rings.  Behind  these  are  Asiatic  princes 
bowing  to  the  earth,  over  whom  is  the  inscription : e 

Bringing  in  the  tribute  of  Naharin  (N-h-ry-n 3)  by  the  princes  of 
this  country,  in  order  to  crave  that  the  breath  of  life  be  granted  to  them. 
Obeisance  to  the  great  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  when  they  come,  bearing 
their  tribute  to  the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  (saying:)  "  Grant  us  breath, 
which  thou  givest,  O  mighty  king." 

aSharpe,  Inscriptions,  I,  93. 

bIn  the  cliff  of  Abd  el-Kurna  (No.  120)  at  Thebes;  published  entire  by  Loret, 
Memoires  de  la  mission  francaise  au  Caire,  I,  113-32;  partially,  Prisse,  Histoire 
de  VArt;  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  76,  77;  Champollion,  Monuments,  160,  1; 
Champollion,  Notices  descriptives,  498  f.,  839  f.  The  entire  tomb  is  now  being 
broken  up  by  natives,  part  of  the  reliefs  having  reached  Berlin  (1899).  A  useful 
summary  in  Baedeker's  Egypt,  1902,  282,  where  the  tomb  is  inadvertently  placed 
in  the  reign  of  Amenhotep  IV. 

cSee  §§87off. 

^Champollion,  Monuments,  160,  1;  Champollion,  Notices  descriptives,  498  f., 
839  f.  It  has  been  incorrectly  attributed  to  Amenhotep  III  by  Wiedemann 
(Aegyptische  Geschichte,  381). 

eChampollion,  Monuments,  160,  1;  the  remainder  from  Champollion,  Noticts 
descriptives,  I,  839  f. 


326         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY.  THUTMOSE  IV  [§820 


820.  A  similar  scene  in  the  tomb  of  Thaneni  is  accom- 
panied by  the  following  inscriptions 

Bringing  in  the  tribute  of  Retenu,  presentation  of  the  northern 
countries;  silver,  gold,  malachite,  every  costly  stone  of  God's-Land ; 
by  the  princes  of  all  countries.  They  come,  to  [rmake  gifts1]  to  the 
Good  God,  to  ask  for  breath  for  their  nostrils;  by  the  real  king's-scribe, 
his  beloved,  commander  of  troops,  scribe  of  recruits,  Thaneni. 

821.  A  tabletb  of  the  king,  erected  in  his  mortuary  temple 
at  Thebes,  records  the  settlement  of  Syrians  in  the  temple 
inclosure : 

Settlement  of  the  "  Fortress  of  Menkheprure,"  with  Syrians  (H 3  -rw), 
which  his  majesty  captured  in  the  city  of  K0  -cP  —  CGezer1). 

822.  Finally,  on  the  Lateran  Obelisk  (§838),  the  king 
refers  to  the  cedar  which  he  cut  in  the  land  of  Retenu; 
and  on  the  stela  of  Semen  (Stnn)  in  the  Louvre  (C  202),° 
he  is  twice  called  the  "conqueror  oj  Syria"  (sksk  h^rw),  a 
title  which  must  have  been  won  in  successful  Syrian  wars. 


KONOSSO  INSCRIPTION 

823.  This  inscription  contained  perhaps  the  most  inter- 
esting record  of  all  the  many  Nubian  wars,  and  its  content 
has  never  been  historically  employed ;  but  it  is  so  incorrectly 
published  that  it  is  difficult  to  follow.  While  engaged  in 
the  ceremonies  of  the  Theban  temple,  on  the  second  of 
Phamenoth,  in  the  year  8,  Thutmose  IV  receives  a  message 


aScheil,  Memoires  de  la  mission  francaise  au  Caire,  V,  601. 
bPetrie,  Six  Temples,  I,  7. 

cDe  Rouge,  Notice  des  monuments,  153;  and  text,  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  VI, 
1461,  No.  113. 

dCut  on  the  rocks  of  the  peninsula  (high-water  island)  of  Konosso  by  Philae. 
It  was  first  very  incorrectly  published  by  Bouriant  (Recueil,  XV,  178,  179); 
again,  still  worse,  in  de  Morgan,  Catalogue  des  monuments,  66,  67.  The  inscription 
contained  40  lines,  of  which  the  latter  portion  is  much  destroyed;  only  23  lines 
are  published. 


§826] 


KONOSSO  INSCRIPTION 


327 


reporting  a  revolt  in  Wawat.  The  next  morning  the  king 
solemnly  proceeds  to  the  temple  to  consult  the  god,  and 
is  granted  an  oracle  promising  success.  The  expedition 
now  embarks  and  moves  southward,  stopping  on  the  way 
at  all  the  great  temples,  where  the  divinities  come  forth 
to  meet  the  king,  and  gird  him  for  battle. a  The  result  of 
the  battle, b  fought  doubtless  somewhere  in  Wawat,  is  of 
course  a  foregone  conclusion,  and  the  enumeration  of  the 
spoil  begins,  as  the  published  portion  comes  to  an  end. 

824.  The  prisoners  whom  the  king  brought  back  on  his 
return  were  settled  in  his  mortuary  temple  at  Thebes, 
and  the  quarter  was  marked  with  a  tablet0  bearing  the 
words : 

Colony  of  Kush  the  wretched,  which  his  majesty  brought  back 
from  his  victories. 

The  Konosso  inscription  is  as  follows: 

Introduction 

825.  *Live  Horus:   d  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower 

Egypt:  Menkhperure  (Thutmose  IV),  who  is  given  life,  forever.  2 Year 
8,  third  month  of  the  second  season,  day  2. 

Announcement  of  Nubian  Rebellion 

826.  Behold,  his  majesty  was  in  the  Southern  City,  at  the  town  of 
Karnak.    His  two  hands  were  pure  with  the  puritye  of  ^a  king,  and  he 

aA  tablet  (Lepsius,  D&nkmaler,  III,  69  e  =  Champollion,  Notices  descriptives, 
I,  164)  on  Konosso,  dated  year  7,  on  the  eighth  of  the  same  month,  shows  the  king 
before  the  god  Dedun,  smiting  his  enemies. 

t>There  is  a  reference  to  the  victory  in  the  king's  architrave  inscription  at 
Amada  (Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  69,  f.  5),  and  campaigning  in  Nubia  (Karoy) 
is  mentioned  by  the  king's  bodyguardsman,  Amenhotep  (§818). 

c Found  by  Petrie  in  the  temple  inclosure;  it  is  now  in  Haskell  Oriental 
Museum,  of  the  University  of  Chicago  (Six  Temples,  I). 

dFull  titulary,  lacking  only  s  3  -R  c  -name. 

eHe  was  ceremonially  pure,  for  carrying  out  the  temple  ritual;  the  emendation 
is  certain,  cf.  "His  majesty  was  pure  with  the  purity  of  a  god;"  on  the  construc- 
tion, see  Sethe,  Verbum,  II,  §  725. 


328         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  IV  [§827 


performed  the  pleasing  ceremonies  of  his  father  Amon,  because  he  had 
given  to  [him]a  eternity  as  king,  everlastingness  while  abiding  upon  the 
Horus-throne.  One  came  to  say  to  his  majesty:  " The  Negro  descends 
4from  above  Wawat;  he  hath  planned  revolt  against  Egypt.  He 
gathers  to  himself  5all  the  barbarians  and  the  revolters  of  other 
countries." 

Oracle  oj  Amon 

827.  The  king  proceeded  in  peace  to  the  temple  at  the  time  6of  morn- 
ing, to  cause  that  a  great  oblation  be  offered  to  his  father,  the  fashioner 
of  his  beauty.  rBehold,1  his  majesty,  he  himself  petitioned  in  the  presence 
of  7the  ruler  of  the  gods  (Amon),  that  he  might  counsel  him  concerning 
the  rafTair  of  his  going1  —  and  inform  concerning  that  which  should 
happen  to  him;  leading  for  him  upon  a  goodly  road  8to  do  that  which 

his  ka  desired,  as  a  father  speaks  to  his  son,b  r  \    He  went 

forth  from  him,  his  heart  9rejoicing  r  1  (for)  he  sent  him 

with  might  and  victory. 

Voyage  Southward 

828.  After  these  things  his  majesty  I0proceeded  to  overthrow  the 
•"Negro1  in  Nubia  (J1 3  -pd' t) ;  mighty  in  his  barge  of  r — 1  like  Re  when 

he  shows  himself0  in  the  celestial  barque  11  d    His  army 

I2of  his  victories,  was  with  (him)  on  both  banks,  while  the  recruits 
were  upon  its  (one)  shore,  and  the  ship  was  equipped  with  his  attend- 
ants,6 13as  the  king  proceeded  up-stream  like  rOrion.a  He  illuminated 
the  South  with  his  beauty ; f  men  shouted  because  of  his  kindness,  I4women 


aOf  course  omitted  by  the  copyist. 

bThe  same  phrase  is  used  of  the  god's  speaking  to  Thutmose  IV,  on  the  Sphinx 
Stela  (1.  9,  §  815). 

CA  common  phrase  of  the  sun-hymns,  e.  g.,  Berlin  Stela,  No.  7316,  Ausfiihr- 
liches  Verzeichniss  des  Berliner  M useums,  108. 

dAbout  one-half  line  mere  fragments.  The  other  half  is  very  uncertain. 
The  subject  is  the  embarkation,  with  the  same  obscure  phrases  used  in  the  trans- 
portation of  the  el-Bersheh  colossus  (§698,  11.  7,  8),  but  "horses"  appear  here 
in  the  place  of  "the  youth"  there. 

eApparently  we  have  here  the  disposition  of  troops  as  the  king  embarked; 
the  veterans  ("of  his  victories")  on  either  bank,  the  young  recruits  on  one  bank, 
and  the  bodyguard  in  the  royal  barge. 

f Compare  the  southward  advance  of  Sesostris  I  (I,  511,  1.  2),  also  compared 
with  a  star  in  the  same  way. 


§83o]  LATERAN  OBELISK 


329 


danced  at  the  message.  Montua  was  in  Erment  as  the  protection  of 
[his]  every  limb;  Irerti  (Yrrty)h  led  before;  every  god  of  the  South 
^bore  the  r— 1  before  him;  Nekbet,  the  White,  of  El  Kab,  shec  fastened 
the  adornments  of  my  majesty ,d  her  two  hands  were  behind  i*mei,  she 

bound  for  me  the  Nine  Bows  together  16  e    I  stopped  in 

the  city  of  Edfu,  the  beautiful  god  come  forthf  like  Montu  in  all  his 
forms,  I7girded  with  his  arms  and  weapons,  rragingte  like  Set  of  Kom 
Ombo  18  


The  Battle 

829.  His  army  came  to  him,  ^numerous  —  with  his  mighty  sword. 
The  fear  of  him  entered  into  every  body;  Re  put  the  fear  of  him  among 

the  lands,  like  Sekhmet  in  the  year  of  2°the  dew   He 

coursed  through  the  eastern  highland,  he  traversed  the  ways  like  21  a 

jackal   He  found  all  [''his1]  foes  fscattered1  in  inaccessible 

valleys  

The  remainder  is  published  too  badly  for  translation; 
one  can  make  out  a  reference  to  "their  cattle  [' their  tribute1]11 
upon  their  backs" 


LATERAN  OBELISK1 

830.  Although  this  obelisk  belongs  to  Thutmose  III 
(§§626  ff.),  the  inscriptions  added  by  Thutmose  IV  as  side 
columns  are  more  interesting  and  important  than  the 
dedication  in  Thutmose  Ill's  name.    They  state  that  after 


aThere  is  no  doubt  of  the  emendation.  The  advance  up-river  is  marked  by 
references  to  the  gods  of  the  larger  places  passed.  Hermonthis  (Erment)  is  the 
first  place  south  of  Thebes;  then  follow  El  Kab,  Edfu,  and  Kom  Ombo  in  the 
proper  order. 

bApparently  a  goddess.  dAn  abrupt  change  to  the  first  person. 

cRead  smn'n's.  eA  reference  to  some  feast. 

fTo  meet  the  king;  cf.  the  same  occurrence  at  Abydos  (I,  763). 
gRead  nln  ? 

hOf  course,  some  such  word  is  omitted  in  the  publication. 
{For  bibliography,  see  §626. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  IV  [§831 


lying  neglected  and  unfinished  for  thirty-five a  years,  the 
obelisk  was  found  by  Thutmose  IV,  erected  and  inscribed 
by  him. 

North  Right 

831  b  (Thutmose  IV)  who  seizes  by  his  might,  like 

the  lord  of  Thebes;  great  in  strength,  like  Montu;  whom  his  father, 
Amon,  has  made  victorious  against  all  countries;  to  whom  unknown 
lands  come,  his  fear  being  in  their  bodies;  Son  of  Re,  Thutmose  (IV), 
Shining  in  Diadems,  beloved  of  Amon,  Kamephis,  given  life. 

North  Left 

832.  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  beloved  of  the  gods;  whose 
excellence  the  ennead  of  gods  praise;  who  sends  Re  to  rest  in  the  even- 
ing-barque; who  praises  Atum  in  the  morning-barque;  Lord  of  the 
Two  Lands,  Menkheprure  (Thutmose  IV),  who  beautifies  Thebes, 
forever;  who  makes  monuments  in  Karnak.  The  ennead  of  gods  of 
the  house  of  Amon  is  satisfied  with  that  which  he  has  done;  Son  of 
Atum,  of  his  body,  his  heir  upon  his  throne,  Thutmose  (IV),  Shining  in 
Diadems,  beloved  of  Amon-Re. 

South  Left 

833  Thutmose  (IV),  Begotten  of  Re,  beloved  of  Amon. 

It  was  his  majesty  who  beautified0  the  single,  very  great  obelisk,  being 
one  which  his  father, d  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Menkhe- 
perre  (Thutmose  III)  had  brought,  after  his  majesty  had  found  this 
obelisk,  it  having  spent  35  years  lying  upon  its  side  in  the  hands  of  the 
craftsmen,  on  the  south  side  of  Karnak.  My  father  commanded  that 
I  should  erect  it  for  him,  I,  his  son,  his  savior. 

South  Right 

834.  Son  of  Re,  Thutmose  (IV),  Shining  of  Diadems.  He  erected  it 
in  Karnak,  making  its  pyramidion  of  electrum,  (so  that)  its  beauty  illu- 

aAccepting  Thutmose  Ill's  death  as  the  probable  cause  of  the  unfinished 
condition  of  the  monument,  we  should  have  an  important  chronological  datum,  if 
only  Thutmose  IV  had  given  us  the  year  of  his  own  reign  in  which  he  found  it. 
But  as  it  is,  the  datum  indicates  only  that  Amenhotep  II  and  Thutmose  IV 
together  reigned  at  least  thirty-five  years. 

bFull  titulary  except  last  name,  which  comes  at  the  end  of  this  line. 

cThat  is,  finished  and  inscribed  it. 

dReally  his  grandfather,  but  any  ancestor  of  a  king  may  be  called  his  father. 


§  837] 


LATERAN  OBELISK 


33i 


minated  Thebes.  It  was  graven  with  the  name  of  his  father,  the  Good 
God,  Menkheperre  (Thutmose  III).  The  King  of  Upper  and  Lower 
Egypt,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  Menkheprure  (Thutmose  IV),  Beloved 
of  Re,  did  this,  in  order  to  cause  that  the  name  of  his  father  might  abide 
and  endure  in  the  house  of  Amon-Re,  that  the  Son  of  Re,  Thutmose  (IV), 
Shining  in  Diadems,  may  be  given  life  through  him  («/). 

West  Right 

835  (Thutmose  IV),  whom  Amon  has  chosen  before 

the  people  [whom  Mut]  bore  [to  him],  [whom]  he  [loves]  more  than  any 
king,  to  see  whose  beauty  he  rejoices,  because  he  has  so  fully  set  him  in 
his  heart;  under  whose  authority  he  has  placed  the  Southerners  and 
the  Northerners,  doing  obeisance  to  his  fame.  He  made  (it)  as  his 
monument  for  his  father,  Amon-Re,  erecting  for  him  a  very  great 
obelisk  at  the  upper  portala  of  Karnak,  over  against  Thebes,  that  the 
Son  of  Re,  his  beloved  Thutmose  (IV),  Shining  of  Diadems,  may  be 
given  life  through  him  («/). 

West  Lejt 

836  Menkheprure,  eldest  son,  useful  to  him  who  begat  him; 

doing  that  which  satisfies  the  lord  of  gods ;  (since)  he  knows  the  excellence 
of  his  plans.  It  is  he  who  has  led  him  to  pleasant  ways,  and  who  hath 
bound  for  him  the  Nine  Bows  beneath  his  feet.  Behold,  his  majesty 
was  vigilant  in  beautifying  the  monument  of  his  father.  The  king 
himself  was  the  one  who  gave  direction,  being  skilfully-minded  like 
"Him-Who-is-South-of-His-Wall"  (Ptah).  He  erected  it  rat  the  com- 
pletion of  time1.  He  rejoiced  the  heart  of  the  one  who  fashioned  him; 
Son  of  Re,  Thutmose  (IV),  Shining  in  Diadems,  . 

East  Right 

837.  Good  God,  Mighty  in  Strength,  Sovereign,  seizing  by  his 
victories,  who  sets  his  terror  among  the  Asiatics,  and  his  roaring  among 
the  Nubian  Troglodytes,  whom  his  father,  Amon,  reared  to  exercise 
an  enduring  kingship,  while  the  princes  of  all  countries  do  obeisance  to 
the  fame  of  his  majesty;  who  spoke  with  his  mouth  and  executed  with 


*The  entrance  to  the  Karnak  temenos  on  the  south  side,  to  which  the  four 
southern  pylons  lead.  It  is  mentioned  on  the  statue  of  Beknekhonsu  (III ,  567, 1.  5), 
where  it  is  also  called  "upper  portal"  (sb  ^-hry). 


332         EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  THUTMOSE  IV  [§838 


his  hands.  All  that  he  commanded  happened;  King  of  Upper  and 
Lower  Egypt,  Menkheprure  (Thutmose  IV),  of  abiding  name  in  Kar- 
nak,  given  life. 

East  Left 

838  Menkheprure,  who  multiplied  monuments  in  Karnak, 

of  gold,  lapis  lazuli,  malachite,  every  splendid  costly  stone;  the  great 
barge  of  the  "  Beginning  -  of -the-River"a  (named):  Userhet-Amon, 
shaped  of  new  cedar,  which  his  majesty  cutb  in  the  land  of  Retenu, 
wrought  with  gold  throughout;  all  its  adornments  were  fashioned  for 
the  first  time,  to  receive  the  beauty  of  his  father,  Amon,  on  his  voyage 
of  the  "Beginning-of-the-River."  May  the  Son  of  Re,  Thutmose  (IV), 
Shining  in  Diadems,  be  given  life  through  him. 


STELA  OF  PE'AOKEc 

839.  The  mortuary  stela  of  the  standard-bearer  (P-srt) 
of  the  royal  barge,  Pe'aoke  (PD-C  3-c  k),  after  the  usual 
prayers,  records  the  arrival  of  a  royal  messenger  at  Abydos, 
to  attend  to  the  conveyance  to  Osiris  of  certain  property 
of  the  people.  The  nature  of  these  payments  is  not  at  all 
clear,  and  the  purpose  of  their  record  is  only  incidental, 
being  doubtless  to  explain  the  occasion  on  which  Pe'aoke 
visited  Abydos  and  executed  his  stela  there.  His  reference 
to  Ahmose  shows  that  Thutmose  IV  increased  his  ancestors 
mortuary  endowment.  A  stela  in  the  British  Museumd 
mentions  a  "palace  (h't)  of  Thutmose  IV >  given  life,  in 
Abydos"  which  would  indicate  that  he  occasionally  resided 


aThe  same  in  Thutiy  (1.  18,  §  373).  It  was  some  feast  on  the  river,  perhaps 
that  of  the  fourteenth  of  Paophi. 

bThe  same  statement  by  Amenhotep  III  (§  888,  11.  16,  17). 

cStela  in  the  Louvre,  C  53;  see  de  Rouge,  Notices  des  monuments,  100.  I 
had  my  own  copy  of  the  original. 

dNo.  148;  it  is  the  mortuary  stela  of  Neferhet  (Nfr-h^'t),  the  chief  of  works 
in  the  palace  (from  my  own  copy  of  the  original). 


STELA  OF  PE'AOKE 


333 


there,  and  Pe'aoke's  record  of  the  gifts  of  cattle  and  lands 
would  indicate  great  interest  in  Abydos  on  the  part  of 
Thutmose  IV. 

840.  There  came  a  royal  messenger  of  King  Menkheprure  (Thut- 
mose IV),  who  is  given  life,  to  his  father,  Osiris,  lord  of  Abydos,  to  give 
to  him  all  his  property  which  was  with  all  the  people  (rhy  t),  being 
bulls,  oxen,  wild  cattle,  fowl,  and  all  his  •'property1  which  was  therein. 

Again  one  came  to  give  the  lands  of  Osiris  to  him,a  which  were 
[with]  all  the  people  (rfyy't);  the  stat  (st^'t)  being  1,200. 

Again  came  the  like  for  the  Good  God,  Nebpehtire  (Ahmose  I),b  in 
order  to  give  [to]  him  all  the  lands  r  \ 


aThe  order  of  words  is  unusual;  the  dative  should  precede  the  direct  object. 
bReferring  to  a  mortuary  endowment;  but  the  form  of  expression  is  unusual 
for  this  idea. 


REIGN  OF  AMENHOTEP  III 


BIRTH  AND  CORONATION* 

841.  The  scenes  and  inscriptions  representing  Amen- 
hotep  Ill's  supernatural  birth  and  his  coronation  by  the 
gods,  which  he  had  placed  upon  the  walls  in  one  of  the 
chambers  of  his  Amon-temple  at  Luxor,  are  taken  from  the 
same  sources  as  those  of  Hatshepsut,  and  have  already 
been  treated  under  her  reign  (§§187-212,  215-42).  For 
Ahmose,  the  mother  of  Hatshepsut  there,  one  must  here 
substitute  Mutemuya,  the  mother  of  Amenhotep  III;  and 
for  Hatshepsut,  Amenhotep  III. 


NUBIAN  WAR 

842.  In  his  fifth  and  sixth  years,  Amenhotep  III  found 
it  necessary  to  invade  Nubia  as  far  as  Karoy,b  the  district 
conquered  by  his  grandfather,  Amenhotep  II  (§§797), 
and  his  great-grandfather,  Thutmose  III,  and  probably 
much  farther.    He  has  left  us  a  list  of  the  Nubian  regions 


aIn  the  Luxor  temple  of  Amon  in  the  first  chamber  on  the  east  of  the  holy 
of  holies,  on  the  west  wall.  Partially  published  by  Champollion,  Monuments, 
IV,  339,  No.  2-341);  Rosellini  (Monumenti  Storici,  38-41),  and  Lepsius  (Denk- 
maler,  III,  74,  c-75).  First  completely  by  Gayet,  Memoires  de  la  mission  jrangaise 
au  Caire,  XV,  PI.  62-68  and  75.  Besides  errors  innumerable  in  the  texts,  every 
plate  bears  two  numbers,  and  on  these  plates  every  figure  bears  two  numbers; 
in  each  case  only  one  is  correct!  The  errors  in  the  texts,  evident  everywhere, 
can  be  demonstrated  easily  by  a  comparison  with  the  texts  of  the  queen's 
interview  with  Amon,  which  have  also  been  published  by  Bouriant  (Recueil,  IX, 
84,  85). 

bKaroy  is  not  mentioned  in  the  records  of  the  campaign,  but  is  referred  to, 
as  reached  on  the  first  campaign,  in  the  building  inscription  (§  889,  1.  23). 

334 


§844] 


NUBIAN  WAR 


335 


subjugated,  presumably  on  this  campaign,  on  a  colossal 
granite  statue,  now  in  the  Louvre. a 

I.     STELA  AT  FIRST  CATARACT b 

843.  The  upper  third  of  the  stela  is  occupied  with  a 
scene  showing  the  king  trampling  down  an  Asiatic  and 
smiting  two  Negroes;  before  him  are  Amon  and  Khnum; 
behind  him,  Ptah.  The  inscription  of  twelve  lines  is  very 
fragmentary  (having  been  mutilated  by  Amenhotep  IV  in 
erasing  the  name  of  Amon,  which  has  afterward  been  re- 
stored) ,  but  shows  clearly  that,  owing  to  a  revolt  in  Nubia, 
Amenhotep  III  was  obliged  to  invade  the  country,  and 
crush  the  rebels  in  his  fifth  year.0 

844.  *Year  5,  third  month  of  the  first  season  (third  month),  day  2, 
the  coronation  (day)d  under  the  majesty  of 

Horus:  Mighty  Bull,  Shining  in  Truth; 

Favorite  of  the  Two  Goddesses:  Establisher  of  Laws,  2 Quieter  of 
the  Two  Lands; 

Golden  Horus:  Great  in  Strength,  Smiter  of  the  Asiatics,  Good  God, 
Ruler  of  Thebes,  Lord  of  Strength,  Mighty  of  Valor; 

3  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt:  Nibmare  (Nb-m>c'  t-Rc)- 


aThis  statue  (A  18)  was  usurped  by  Amenhotep  III;  it  belonged  perhaps 
to  a  king  of  the  Twelfth  Dynasty.  See  Maspero,  Dawn,  491,  n.  6.  I  have  verified 
this  usurpation  on  the  original.  The  list  is  published  by  Sharpe  (Inscriptions, 
II,  26). 

bCut  in  the  rock  on  the  road  from  Assuan  to  Philae.  Text:  Lepsius,  Denk- 
mdler,  III,  81,  g;  de  Rouge,  Inscriptions  hieroglyphiques,  254;  de  Morgan,  Cata- 
logue des  monuments,  I,  4. 

cA  second  stela  in  the  same  locality,  also  relating  to  this  war,  is  too  fragmentary 
for  translation  (Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  81,  h;  de  Morgan,  Catalogue  des  monu- 
ments, I,  5). 

dBased  on  an  ostracon  in  London  (No.  5637,  Birch,  Inscriptions  in  the  Hieratic 
and  Demotic  Character,  PI.  15).  His  coronation  is  usually  dated  on  the  thirteenth 
of  the  eleventh  month,  see  Brugsch,  Egypt  under  the  Pharaohs,  213.  Sethe,  how- 
ever, has  shown  (U titer suchungen,  I,  12,  n.  1)  that  this  ostracon  does  not  specify 
which  Amenhotep  is  meant,  and  rightly  refers  it  to  some  one  of  the  three  other 
Amenhoteps. 


336 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§845 


Son  of  Re:  Amenhotep  (III),  Ruler  of  Thebes;  beloved  of  Amon- 
Re,  King  of  Gods,  and  Khnum,  Lord  of  the  Cataract  (Kbh),  who  giveth 
life. 

^One  camea  to  tell  his  majesty:  "The  foe  of  Kush  the  wretched, 
•ihas  planned1  rebellion  in  his  heart." 

sHis  majesty  led  on  unto  his  victory,  he  completed  it  on  his  first 
victorious  campaign. b    His  majesty  went  forth  6 —  like  —  Horus, 

like  Montu  (Mntw)  t  1—  r  i  ?  c     Q^e  knew 

not  this  lion  which  was  before  him;  Nibmare  (Amenhotep  III)  was  a 
I0fierce-eyed  lion,  he  seized  r — 1  Kush.  rAlP  the  chiefs  were  overthrown 
"in  their  valleys,  cast  down  in  their  blood,  one  upon  another  —  12  d 

II.     STELA  OF  KONOSSO6 

845.  A  scene  above  shows  Amon  presenting  four  southern 
regions f  to  Amenhotep  III.  The  inscription  commemorates 
the  same  Nubian  campaign  as  the  preceding  stela. 

1  g  5 Year  5;  his  majesty  returned,  having  triumphed  on  his 

first  victorious  campaign  in  the  land  6of  Kush  the  wretched;  having 
made  his  boundary  as  far  as  he  desired,  as  far  as  the  four  pillars  which 
bear  the  heaven.  He  set  up  7a  tablet  of  victory  as  far  as  "Pool  of 
Horus"  (Kbhw-Hr);  there  was  no  king  of  Egypt  8who  did  the  like 
beside  his  majesty,  the  mighty,  satisfied  with  victory,  Nibmare  (Nb- 
m^c  t-Rc,  Amenhotep  III)  is  he  9  m  h 


aCompare  a  similar  announcement  of  a  revolt  in  Nubia,  to  Thutmose  II  on 
the  Assuan  stela  (§  121,  11.  9-1 1),  and  to  Thutmose  IV  on  the  Konosso  stela  (§  826). 

bA  rock  inscription  near  Assuan  shows  an  official  doing  homage  to  the  names 
of  Amenhotep  III,  and  dates  the  event  as  occurring  "on  his  first  victorious  cam- 
paign in  Kush"  (Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  Text,  IV,  119;  de  Morgan,  Catalogue  des 
monuments,  I,  28,  No.  8). 

cThese  two  lines  are  very  obscure  and  fragmentary,  but  refer  to  the  king's 
valor  and  the  overthrow  of  Kush. 

dTitles  and  usual  epitheta  of  the  king. 

eCut  on  the  rocks  of  the  little  island  of  Konosso  at  the  north  end  of  Philae; 
text:  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  82,0;  Champollion,  Notices  descriptives,  I,  164,  165; 
Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  V,  12 18,  12 19;    de  Morgan,  Catalogue  des  monuments,  I, 

67,  68. 

fThese  are:  Kush  (Its'),  Irem  (Yr-m),  Wrm  (?)  and  >  rk. 
gFull  titulary  of  Amenhotep  II. 

hContains  only  the  usual  conventional  epithets;  11.  10-11  have:  "He  (Amon) 
hath  given  to  him  the  south  llas  well  as  north,  west,  and  east." 


§846] 


NUBIAN  WAR 


337 


m.     BUBASTIS  INSCRIPTION  a 

846.  The  fragment  preserved  to  us  belonged  to  an 
historical  inscription  of  unusual  interest,  containing  the 
account  of  an  advance  into  Nubia,  with  descriptions  of 
the  battles  and  the  stages  of  the  advance  in  the  same  style 
as  that  of  the  Annals  of  Thutmose  III.  Indeed,  it  is  not 
unlikely  that  the  walls  of  the  Bubastis  temple  contained 
annals  of  the  wars  of  the  Empire  in  Nubia,  like  those  of 
the  conquest  of  Syria  on  the  walls  of  Karnak. 

The  fragment  unfortunately  contains  no  royal  name, 
and  has  been  conjecturally  assigned  to  Sesostris  IILb  This 
is  impossible,  for  the  orthography0  shows  beyond  doubt 
that  the  inscription  dates  from  the  Empire.  Moreover, 
its  content  indicates  a  time  when  the  Egyptian  conquest 
extended  far  into  the  upper  regions  of  Nubia,  that  is,  from 
Amenhotep  II  on.  A  hitherto  unnoticed  reference  to  the 
coronation  anniversary  is  here  of  great  service.  It  is  men- 
tioned (1.  6)  as  occurring  just  after  the  first  battle  and  before 
the  advance  to  "the  height  of  Hua"  began.  They  reached 
this  point  in  the  third  month  of  the  first  season  (1.  11); 
the  coronation  anniversary  therefore  occurred  not  long  before. 
Now,  the  coronation  of  Amenhotep  III  occurred  in  the 
third  month  of  the  first  season  on  the  second  day;  and  the 
above  inscriptions  (§§8446°.)  show  that  he  also  celebrated 
a  coronation  festival  on  his  Nubian  campaign. d    It  is 


aOn  a  block  of  granite  found  at  Bubastis;  published  by  Naville  (Bubastis, 
XXXIV,  A).  The  block  is  from  the  middle  of  an  inscription  in  vertical  lines; 
not  merely  the  beginning  and  end  of  the  inscription  are  lost,  but  also  the  upper 
and  lower  portions  of  the  lines,  of  which  this  block  bears  the  middle  portions. 

bBy  Naville  (Bubastis,  9). 

cIt  contains  the  horizontal  m  which  never  occurs  before  the  Eighteenth  Dynasty; 
see  Calice,  Zeitschrift  fur  dgyptische  Sprache,  35,  170. 

^Thutmose  II  also  mentions  a  coronation  festival  in  an  inscription  narrating 
his  Nubian  campaign,  but  this  merely  dates  the  arrival  of  the  news  of  the  revolt, 


338        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§847 


extremely  probable,  therefore,  that  this  Bubastis  fragment 
belongs  to  Amenhotep  III,  and  describes  the  advance  into 
Karoy,  or  the  distant  country  beyond. 

847.  The  expedition  is  very  difficult  to  follow  in  the 
scanty  fragment  preserved  to  us,  but  its  course  was  probably 
as  follows: 

Early  in  October,  when  the  river  is  high,  the  army  is 
already  far  up  in  Nubia.  Before  a  battle  the  king  makes 
a  speech  to  his  troops,  after  which  the  battle  occurs,  the 
king  personally  taking  part  in  it  (11.  1-5).  The  expedition 
then  started  southward  for  the  "height  0)  Hua"  on  the 
coronation  anniversary;  reference  is  made  to  the  first 
camp  (1.  6).  The  king  commanded  that  people  (Nubians?) 
furnish  certain  things  for  the  expedition a  (1.  7),  and  reference 
is  made  to  former  troops;  his  majesty  held  a  council  (1.  8). 
A  branch  expedition  of  124  men  was  sent  out  from  the 
river  to  a  certain  well  (1.  9);  whether  to  destroy  the  well 
or  attack  the  villages  which  would  naturally  be  found  near 
a  wellb  is  uncertain,  but  it  was  evidently  the  customary 
procedure  to  go  out  to  these  outlying  wells,  for  in  his  expedi- 
tion of  the  sixteenth  year,  Sesostris  III  "went  jorth  to  their 
wells"h  (I,  658,  1.  15);  here  also  the  purpose  is  not  stated. 
The  expedition  then  proceeded  southward  for  "the  height  oj 
Hua"  (1.  10),  taking  captives  and  spoil  on  the  way  (1.  11). 
They  were  favored  by  a  high  north  wind,  and  not  more 
than  a  month  after  the  coronation  feast  the  desired  "height 

whereas  Amenhotep  III  apparently  actually  celebrated  the  feast  in  Nubia  (§  844, 
1.  5).  The  question  arises  whether  the  cataract  stela  (§§8435.)  represents  the 
party  as  having  actually  arrived  at  the  first  cataract  on  the  return  from  the  campaign, 
on  coronation  day.  If  so,  we  then  have  two  different  expeditions  of  Amenhotep  III. 
In  attributing  both  inscriptions  to  the  same  expedition,  I  am  assuming  that  the 
cataract  inscription  gives  the  date  of  the  battle,  which  is  coronation  day  in  both. 

aCompare  the  muster  of  Nubian  troops  by  the  viceroy  Mermose  (§  852, 11.  1-4). 

bMany  villages  in  Nubia  are  unreached  by  the  water  of  the  Nile,  and  are 
supported  by  wells. 


§849] 


NUBIAN  WAR 


339 


oj  Hua  ....  came  forth,"  that  is,  rose  from  the  horizon 
(1.  12).  They  passed  to  the  southward  of  "the  height  0} 
Hua"  and,  having  reached  the  land  of  Uneshek  (W 
n$k)y  they  rested  in  a  camp  there  (1.  13). 

848.  It  would  be  of  great  importance  to  identify  the 
countries  mentioned  and  determine  the  southern  limit 
of  this  expedition.  Both  Hua  (hwc)  and  the  land  of 
Khesekhet  (h^sh't)  occur  close  together  in  the  lists  of 
the  regions  of  Khenthennofor,  placed  on  the  Karnak  walls 
by  Thutmose  III  (see  §§645  ff);a  the  occurrence  of  Punt 
along  with  these  names,  and  the  narrative  of  the  expedition, 
would  indicate  that  they  denote  localities  in  the  extreme 
south  beyond  Karoy  on  the  Nile  (above  the  Atbara?). 

849.  1  Negroes   2  this  army,  while  their 

hearts  were  Teager1  to  fight  quickly,  beyond  anything  —  came  

3   Ye  Psee1]  nothing  has  been  done  to  you.    Now,  behold,  as 

for  your  affair  rwhich  my  majesty  mentions1   4  r — 1 

of  the  Negroes  who  fell,  in  order  that  my  [majesty]b  might  know,  because 

ye  do  rthis*  5  it  was  not  commanded  for  them.  His 

majesty  smote  them  himself  with  the  baton  which  was  in  [his]  hand 

 6  the  height  of  Hua  (Hw c)  on  the  coronation  day  of 

the  king,  behind  western  Khesekhet.0    Behold,  the  army  was  made 

to  camp    7   all  —  very  numerous  beyond  anything. 

His  majesty  issued  a  command  to  these  people,  to  make  them.d  They 


^WWk  (1. 13)  I  have  not  found  in  any  of  the  lists.  Hw «  occurs  in  the  Karnak 
list  as  Hw't  (Mariette,  Karnak,  PI.  22,  No.  89);  ff'sfy't  (ibid.,  No.  95).  Hw*  t 
also  occurs  with  Punt  in  the  list  of  Ramses  III  (Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  209). 

bThat  which  Naville  has  read  as  /  with  a  lacuna  over  it  is  possibly  the  sign 
for  hn,  "majesty;"  but  the  book-roll? 

cThe  preceding  last  context  perhaps  contained  some  statement  like:  "[The 
army  departed  for]  the  height  of  Hua,"  etc.  It  cannot  be  the  arrival,  for  that  docs 
not  occur  until  1.  12.  The  unknown  land  of  Khesekhet  3  sfyt)  occurs  in  the 
southern  lists  of  Thutmose  III  (Mariette,  Karnak,  PI.  22,  No.  95,  and  PI.  25, 
No.  95),  and  is  usually  rendered  simply  "barbarians."  It  is  however  a  proper 
name,  having  nothing  to  do  with  frosty,  "barbarian" 

dLit.,  "a  command  of  making  them."  Such  a  use  of  the  genitive  is  common, 
especially  in  Papyrus  Ebers  receipts. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§850 


gave  prafise  rto  his  majesty1]  8  infantry  of  the  army 

which  was  of  old,  rwheni  they  were  brought  up  from  the  court.  His 

majesty  took  counsel,    9   [the  place]  in  which  they 

were,  doing  everything. 

850.  His  majesty  commanded,  that  124*  men  of  the  army  be  dis- 
patched, going  forth  to  the  well  which  is  inb    10  c 

southward  to  see  the  height  of  Hua,  to  make  known  the  ways  of  sailing 

  11   living  captives  which  they  found  among  them: 

negroes,  113d  cattle,  male  and  female;  11  asses,  male  and  female.  Third 

month  of  the  first  season  12  the  north  wind,  was  very 

high  for  the  coming  forth  of  the  height  of  Hua ;  the  coming  forth  of  this 

height  was  in  safety,  sailing    13   Uneshek  (JW^nSk)e 

was  its  name,  south  of  the  height  of  Hua,  resting  in  the  camp  made  there 


IV.     SEMNEH  INSCRIPTION 1 

851.  The  date  of  this  inscription  is  lost,  but  it  doubtless 
refers  to  the  campaign  in  Nubia.  A  revolt  having  occurred 
in  Ibhet,  the  viceroy,  Mermose,  levies  an  army  in  lower 
Nubia,  marches  into  Ibhet,  and  quells  the  rebellion.  The 
beginning  of  the  inscription  is  lacking,  but  it  apparently 
contained  the  announcement  of  the  revolt. 


aThe  rendering  (Bubastis,  10)  "123"  is  incorrect. 
bThe  name  of  some  land  followed.    See  §  847. 

cThis  lacuna  probably  contained  some  further  remark  that  the  expedition 
advanced  "southward,"  etc.  Evidently  "the  height  of  Hua"  is  the  point  by  which 
the  course  of  the  ship  was  governed!  The  "coming  forth1'  of  the  height  indicates 
its  rise  into  view  on  the  horizon.  The  whole  description  sounds  so  much  like 
a  sea- voyage  that,  were  it  not  for  the  mention  of  "western  Khesekhet"  (1.  6),  one 
might  see  in  it  a  voyage  along  the  Red  Sea  coast  to  Punt. 

dNaville's  "203"  (ibid.)  is  incorrect. 

eHas  the  determinative  of  a  foreign  country,  and  of  course  indicates  some 
region  visited. 

£Stela  in  British  Museum,  published  by  Birch,  Archceologia,  XXXIV, 
facing  p.  388;  see  also  Archceological  Journal,  VIII,  399.  I  collated  Birch's 
text  with  the  Berlin  squeeze  (No.  1097),  and  afterward  with  the  original 
in  the  British  Museum,  and  found  a  number  of  important  corrections  were 
necessary. 


§854] 


NUBIAN  WAR 


341 


Muster  of  the  Army 

852.  1  a  2  occurred  the  reaping  of  the  harvests  of 

the  ffoe'  of  Ibhet  (Ybh't).  Every  man  rreportedlb  and  one  mustered 
3[Fan  army  of1]  Pharaoh,  L.  P.  H.,  which  was  under  command  of  this 
king's-son.  He  made  troops,  commanded  by  commanders,  each  man 
with0  his  village;  4from  the  fortress  of  Beki  (Bky)d  to  the  fortress  of 
Taroy  (T*-r*-y),  making  52  iters  (ytrw)  of  sailing. 

Defeat  of  Ibhet 

853.  5The  might  of  Nibmare  took  them  in  one  day,  in  one  hour, 

making  a  great  slaughter    6their  cattle;  not  one  of  them 

escaped;  each  one  of  them  was  brought  fear.    The  might 

of  Amenhotep  took  them;  nhe  barbarians  among  them,  male  as  well 
as  female,  were  not  separated;  by  the  plan  of  Horus,  Lord  of  the  Two 
Lands,  King  Nibmare,  mighty  bull,  strong  in  might.  Ibhet  had  been 
haughty, e  8great  things  were  in  their  hearts,  Cbut1)  the  fierce-eyed  lion, 
this  ruler,f  he  slew  them  by  command  of  Amon-Atum,  his  august 
father;  it  was  he  who  led  him  s>in  might  and  victory. 

List  of  Prisoners  and  Killed 

854.  List  of  the  captivity  which  his  majesty  took  in  the  land  of 


Ibbet,  the  wretched: 

Living  negroes  15°  heads 

Archers  (mygy)  no  heads 

Negresses  250  heads 

IOServants  (sdm- c  S)  of  the  negroes  55  heads 

Their  children  J7S  heads 

Total  740  living  heads 

Hands  thereof  312 

United  "with  the  living  heads  1,052 


aA  few  fragmentary  words  and  signs  can  be  discerned.  Several  lines  before 
this  have  probably  been  lost. 

bLit.,  "went  down  to  his  opposite,  or  opposite  hint,"  which,  in  view  of  the 
connection,  is  perhaps  a  technical  term  for  "report  for  duty." 

cLit,  "opposite  his  village,"  as  above  in  preceding  note. 

dNear  Kubban;  Tarov  is  uncertain.  See  Griffith,  Proceedings  of  the  Society 
of  Biblical  Archeology,  XIV,  408  f.J  but  accepting  an  iter  as  about  1.4  miles,  the 
distance,  some  75  miles,  would  put  Taroy  in  the  vicinity  of  Ibnm. 

eLit,  "was  high-voiced."  fIn  a  cartouche. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§855 


Words  oj  the  Viceroy 

855.  The  king's-son,  vigilant  for  his  lord,  favorite  of  the  Good  God, 
governor  of  the  entire  land  of  Kush,  king's-scribe,  Mermose.  He 
saith:  "Praise  to  thee!  I20  Good  God!  Great  is  thy  might  against 
him  that  frontsa  thee;  thou  causest  them  that  are  rebellious  against 
thee  to  say:  'The  fire  that  we  have  made  rages  against  us.'  Thou 
hast  slain  all  thy  enemies,  overthrown  beneath  thy  feet." 


TABLET  OF  VICTORYb 

856.  This  tablet  was  set  up  by  Amenhotep  III  in  his 
mortuary  temple  at  Thebes,  to  commemorate  his  victories 
in  the  north  and  south.  Above  is  a  relief  twice  showing 
Amenhotep  III  before  Amon.  Both  figures  of  Amon  were 
cut  out  by  Ikhnaton  and  restored  by  Seti  I,  with  the  usual 
legend : 

Restoration  of  the  monument,  which  the  Son  of  Re,  Seti-Merneptah, 
made  for  his  father,  Amon. 

857.  Below  is  a  second  relief,  in  which  Amenhotep  III 
appears  twice  in  his  chariot.  On  the  right  he  drives  over 
the  fallen  of  Kush,  with  the  chiefs  bound  upon  his  horses, 
over  which  is  the  legend: 

The  Good  God  c  lord  of  the  sword,  mighty  in  dragging 

them  (at  his  chariot),  annihilating  the  heir  of  the  wretched  Kush,  bring- 
ing their  princes  as  living  prisoners. 

858.  In  the  same  way  he  drives  over  the  Syrians  on  the 
left;  above  the  princes  bound  on  the  horses,  are  the  words: 

The  Good  God,  Golden  [Horus],  Shining  in  the  chariot,d  like  the 


aLit.,  "reaches  thee,"  meaning  in  battle. 

bLimestone  stela  discovered  by  Petrie  in  the  mortuary  temple  of  Merneptah 
at  Thebes,  whither  it  had  been  carried  by  this  king  from  the  mortuary  temple  of 
Amenhotep  III;  text:  Petrie,  Six  Temples,  X. 

cTraces  of  the  cartouche. 

dText  seems  to  show  chariot  and  horses;  possibly  only  horses! 


§86o] 


THE  COMMEMORATIVE  SCARABS 


343 


rising  of  the  sun;  great  in  strength,  strong  in  might,  mighty-hearted 
like  him  who  dwells  in  Thebes  (Montu);  smiting  Naharin  (N-h-r-ny, 
sic!)  with  his  mighty  sword. 

A  line  of  inscription  runs  across  the  bottom,  as  follows: 

  [every]    country,    all   people    (rhyt  ),    all  populations 

(hnmm't),  Naharin  (N-h-r-ny,  sic!),  the  wretched  Kush,  Retenu  the 
Upper  and  Retenu  the  Lower  are  at  the  feet  of  this  Good  God,  like  Re, 
forever. 

859.  A  scarab  published  by  Frazer  (Proceedings  0]  the 
Society  of  Biblical  Archaeology,  XXI,  PL  III,  facing  p.  155), 
gives  to  Amenhotep  III  the  epithet:  u  Captor  oj  Shinar" 
(SD-n-g-r).  The  Amarna  Letters  show  that  no  signifi- 
cance is  to  be  attached  to  this  epithet.  The  decorations 
on  the  columns  at  Soleb  show  captive  figures  represent- 
ing Shinar,  Naharin,  Hittites,  Kadesh,  Tunip,  Ugarit, 
Keftyew,  Carchemish,  Asur,  and  Arrapachitis. a  But  such 
decorations  are  far  from  showing  that  Amenhotep  III  had 
conquered  or  maintained  his  conquest  in  these  far-off 
regions. 


THE  COMMEMORATIVE  SCARABS 

860.  On  five  different  occasions,  in  commemoration  of 
events  in  his  personal  history,  Amenhotep  IV  issued  a  series 
of  scarabs  inscribed  on  the  under  side,  recording  the  fol- 
lowing matters: 

I.  Marriage  with  Tiy; 

II.  Wild  Cattle  Hunt; 

III.  Ten  Years'  Lion-Hunting; 

IV.  Marriage  with  Kirgipa; 

V.  Construction  of  Pleasure  Lake. 


aLepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  88.  The  above  are  all  that  can  safely  be  identified. 
See  also  fragment  of  a  list  at  Karnak  (Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  Text,  HI,  9),  containing 
also  Naharin  (  ?)  and  Shinar. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§86i 


As  far  as  we  know,  he  was  the  only  king  who  did  this, 
although  small  scarabs  referring  in  two  or  three  words  to 
great  events  were  issued  by  other  kings;  e.  g.,  Thutmose  III 
thus  refers  to  the  erection  of  obelisks  (§625)  and  the  capture 
of  Kadesh. 

I.     MARRIAGE  WITH  TIYa 

861.  This  marriage  took  place  before  the  year  2  when 
Tiy  is  already  queen  (see  next  scarab).  The  origin  of  the 
powerful  Tiy  is  obscure;  Maspero  thinks  her  a  native 
Egyptian, b  and  this  is  the  most  probable  conclusion,  but  the 
persistent  publication  of  the  names  of  her  untitled  parents0  on 
these  and  other  scarabs  is  in  that  case  remarkable,  although 
paralleled  by  scarabs  of  the  Thirteenth  Dynasty.  This 
difficulty  is,  however,  not  relieved  by  supposing  her  of 
foreign  birth.  It  is  incredible  that  anyone  could  identify 
her  with  Kirgipa,d  on  whose  marriage  scarab  she  already 
appears  in  the  titulary  as  queen.  She  is  the  first  queen 
who  is  thus  recognized  by  the  regular  insertion  of  her  name 
in  the  titulary.  The  innovation  was  continued  by  Amen- 
hotep  IV,  who  inserted  his  queen's  name  in  the  same  way. 
His  ephemeral  successors  show  the  same  inclination,  and 
the  whole  period  from  the  time  of  Amenhotep  III  to  the 
close  of  the  Eighteenth  Dynasty  is  characterized  by  the 

aAt  least  twelve  of  these  scarabs  are  in  the  different  collections  of  Europe; 
see  list,  Wiedemann,  Aegyptische  Geschichte,  393,  n.  6;  text:  Mariette,  Album  de 
Boulaq,  PI.  36;  Rosellini,  Monumenti  Storici,  44;  Budge,  The  Mummy,  242, 
234;  Maspero,  Struggle  of  the  Nations,  315;  translated  from  the  last  three. 

bMaspero,  Struggle  of  the  Nations,  315,  n.  r,  where  full  bibliography  is  given. 

cThe  tomb  of  these  two  people,  Yuva  and  Thuya,  was  discovered  this  year 
(1905)  in  the  Valley  of  the  Kings'  Tombs  at  Thebes  by  Mr.  Theodore  M.  Davis 
of  Newport.  It  was  filled  with  the  most  magnificent  mortuary  furniture,  and  still 
contained  the  bodies  of  Yuya  and  Thuya. 

dThe  absurd  story  of  the  king's  meeting  and  falling  in  love  with  Tiy  on  a 
hunting  expedition  in  Mesopotamia,  which  has  been  added  to  the  English  edition 
of  Brugsch's  Egypt  under  the  Pharaohs  (214),  it  is  hardly  necessary  to  say  is  totally 
without  documentary  foundation. 


§  864]  THE  COMMEMORATIVE  SCARABS 


mention  and  prominent  representation  of  the  queens  on 
all  state  occasions,  in  such  a  manner  as  is  never  found 
later. 

862.  Live  a  King  Amenhotep  (III),  who  is  given  life,  (and) 

the  Great  King's- Wife  Tiy  (Tyy),  who  liveth.  The  name  of  her  father 
is  Yuya  (Ywy>),  the  name  of  her  mother  is  Thuya  (Twy>).  She  is 
the  wife  of  a  mighty  king  whose  southern  boundary  is  as  far  as  Karoy 
(K^-r^-y)  (and)  northern  as  far  as  Naharin  {N-h-ry-n^). 

II.     WILD  CATTLE  HUNTb 

863.  This  scarab  records  the  first  hunting  achievements 
of  the  chase-loving  Amenhotep  III.  Unfortunately,  the 
region0  where  the  hunt  took  place  cannot  be  identified  with 
certainty,  but  as  it  was  reached  in  a  night's  voyage  on  the 
king's  Nile  barge,  it  was  not  some  remote  district  like  the 
scene  of  Thutmose  Ill's  elephant  hunt  in  Naharin.  As 
the  voyage  was  northward,  it  is  likely  to  have  been  some 
district  in  the  Delta  which  could  be  reached  in  a  night  from 
Memphis.  The  method  of  hunting  consisted  in  surrounding 
and  driving  the  wild  cattle  into  a  huge  encircling  inclosure. d  • 
They  thus  inclosed  170  animals,  of  which  the  king  killed 
not  less  than  75  on  two  different  days. 

864.  Year  2  under  the  majesty  of  King  Amenhotep  (III)e  given  life, 
and  the  great  king's-wife  Tiy,  living  like  Re. 


aFull  titulary. 

bOnly  one  specimen  of  this  scarab  is  published;  it  is  in  the  collection  of  Mr. 
G.  W.  Frazer,  and  was  published  by  him  {Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical 
Archeology,  XXI,  PI.  Ill,  opp.  p.  155),  with  a  good  translation  by  Mr.  Griffith 
(ibid.,  156);  and  again,  A  Catalogue  of  the  Scarabs  Belonging  to  George  Frazer 
(London,  1900),  frontispiece,  PI.  XVI,  and  p.  56.  Another  specimen  is  said  to 
be  in  the  collection  of  Rev.  W.  MacGregor  of  Tamworth. 

cIt  may  be  read  either  Stp  or  St 3.  The  first  determinative  indicates  a  body  of 
water,  and  the  second  the  desert  highlands.  This  would  suit  some  spot  in  the 
Delta  with  its  network  of  canals,  near  the  margin  of  the  desert. 

dSuch  an  inclosure,  made  with  a  net,  may  be  seen  at  Benihasan  (Newberry, 
Bent  Hasan). 

eFull  titulary. 


346        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§865 


Marvel  which  happened  to  his  majesty.  One  came  to  say  to  his 
majesty:  " There  are  wild  cattle  upon  the  highlands,  as  far  as  the 
regiona  of  fSheta1  C^/31)."  His  majesty  sailed  down-stream  in  the 
royal  barge,  Khammat  (H  c  -m-m  3  c '  /)  at  the  time  of  evening,  begin- 
ning the  goodly  way,  and  arriving  in  safety  at  the  region  of  rSheta1 
(r5/ 3     at  the  time  of  morning. 

His  majesty  appeared  uponb  a  horse,  his  whole  army  being  behind 
him.  The  commanders  and  the  citizens0  of  all  the  army  in  its  entirety 
and  the  children  wit[h  rthem  were  commanded1]  to  keep  watch  over 
the  wild  cattle.  Behold,  his  majesty  commanded  to  cause  that  these 
wild  cattle  be  surroundedd  by  a  wall  with  an  inclosure.d  His  majesty 
commanded  to  counte  all  these  wild  cattle.  Statement  thereof:  170 
wild  cattle.  Statement  of  [that  which]  his  majesty  [captured]f  in  the 
hunt  on  this  day:  56  wild  cattle. 

His  majesty  tarried  4  days  to  give  fire*  to  his  horses.  His 

majesty  appeared  upon  a  horse  [ra  second  time1.  Statement]  of  these 
wild  cattle,  which  he  captured  in  the  hunt:  20  (+x)  wild  cattle. 
[Total]h  75  (+x)  wild  cattle. 

HI.     TEN  YEARS*  LION-HUNTING* 

865.  In  his  tenth  year,  the  king  issued  a  large  number 
of  these  scarabs,  to  commemorate  his  success  in  lion-hunting. 

aRead  r  w  n,  as  in  1.  7 ;  the  t  probably  belongs  to  the  sm't  in  the  preceding  line. 

bThis  is  the  strange  preposition  used  when  the  king  is  in  his  chariot,  for  he 
did  not  ride  horseback.  See  the  Amarna  Landmark  Stelae  (§960,  11.  5-6).  The 
hunting  reliefs  at  Medinet  Habu  show  that  wild  cattle  were  hunted  from  the  chariot. 

cSee  I,  681,  11.  3,  4,  and  note. 

dThe  same  words  for  "surround"  (ynh),  "wall"  (sbty),  and  "inclosure" 
(Sdy)  are  used  together  in  the  same  way  in  Thutmose  Ill's  description  of  the  investi- 
ture of  Megiddo  (§  433). 

eRead  hsb  instead  of  r,  which  has  customarily  been  read  heretofore. 

fRestored  from  lion-hunt  scarab. 

gThis  is  literal;  it  perhaps  means  "spirit,"  as  Griffith  has  rendered. 

hThis  is  the  total  from  the  two  hunts;  the  sum  of  the  two  days  is  not  less 
than  75,  nor  more  than  85. 

JAt  least  thirty  of  these  scarabs  are  in  European  museums,  and  three  in  the 
Art  Institute  of  Chicago;  they  have  been  often  published;  e.  g.,  Maspero,  Struggle 
of  the  Nations,  298;  Biblical  World,  June,  1896,  449  (with  translation),  Pierret, 
Recueil  d' Inscriptions,  I,  88;  a  list  of  them  is  in  Wiedemann,  Aegyptische  Geschichte, 
381,  n.  6.    The  above  translation  is  based  on  a  comparison  of  several  originals. 


§  866]  THE  COMMEMORATIVE  SCARABS 


Live  a  Amenhotep  (III),  Ruler  of  Thebes,  Given  life, 

(and)  the  Great  King's-Wife:  Tiy,  who  liveth. 

Statement  of  lions  which  his  majesty  brought  down  with  his  own 
arrows  from  year  i  to  year  10:  fierce  lions,  102. b 

IV.     MARRIAGE  WITH  KIRGIPAC 

866.  This  scarab  records  the  marriage  of  the  princess 
Kirgipa,  daughter  of  Satirna,  a  king  of  Naharin,  to  Amen 
hotep  III.  When  Brugsch  published  this  scarab  for  the 
first  time,  in  1880,  he  expressed  the  hoped  that  the  cuneiform 
literature  might  some  time  be  able  to  throw  some  light  on 
the  origin  of  this  princess.  Curiously  enough,  the  discovery 
of  the  Amarna  correspondence  in  1887  has  done  so.e  In  a 
letterf  from  Dushratta,  king  of  Mitanni,  she  appears  as 
his  sister  Gilukhipa;  their  father8  was  Shuttarna,  king  of 
Mitanni.h  A  mistranslation  of  Birch  {Records  of  the  Past, 


aFull  titulary. 

bSome  have  no  (e.  g.,  Louvre,  No.  580),  an  easy  error  for  102;  Maspero's 
112  (Maspero,  Struggle  of  the  Nations,  298)  is  not  corroborated  by  his  accompany- 
ing text. 

cThe  specimens  are  in  private  hands.  Mr.  Frazer  {Proceedings  of  the  Society 
of  Biblical  Archozology,  XXI,  155)  speaks  of  "two  or  three;"  first  published  by 
Brugsch,  Zeitschrift  jiir  agyptische  Sprache,  1880,  81-87;  then  bv  Maspero,  Recueil, 
XV,  200;  finally  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  VI,  1413;  another  specimen,  Recueil,  XVI,  62. 

d Zeitschrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  1880,  86. 

eErman,  Zeitschrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  1890,  112;  Evetts,  ibid.,  113; 
Jensen  and  Winckler,  ibid.,  114. 

fWinckler,  Amarna  Letters,  16,  5,  and  41,  42.  elbid.,  21,  18,  19. 

hThe  marriages  between  this  Asiatic  family  and  the  Pharaohs,  as  shown  in 
the  Amarna  letters,  are  as  follows: 

Kings  of  Mitanni.  Princesses.    Kings  of  Egypt. 

Artatama 


Shuttarna  Mutemuya+Thutmose  IV 

1  i      1  1 

Dushratta  Gilukhipa  +  Amenhotep  III 

I  

Tadukhipa+ Amenhotep  IV 
See  Maspero,  Struggle  of  the  Nations,  281. 


348        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III     [§  867 


1st  Series,  XII,  39)  has  resulted  in  confusing  Kirgipa  with 
Tiy,  who  is  quite  another  person  (see  §  861). 

867.  *Year  10  under  the  majesty  of  2.  .  .  .  s  atne  gon  0f 

Re,  Amenhotep  (III),  Ruler  of  Thebes,  who  is  granted  life;  (and)  the 
Great  King's- Wife,  Tiy,  who  liveth;  the  name  of  whose  father  was 
Yuya  (Ywy*),  the  name  of  whose  mother  was  Thuya  (Twy^). 

Marvels  brought  to  his  majesty,  L.  P.  H.:b  Kirgipa  (Ky-r-gy-p^), 
the  daughter  of  the  chief  of  Naharin  (N-h-r-n*),  Satirna  (S  ^-ty-r-n 3) ; 
(and)  the  chief  of  her  harem-ladies,  (viz.,)  317  persons. 

V.     CONSTRUCTION  OF  A  PLEASURE  LAKEC 

868.  This  scarab  records  the  construction  of  a  pleasure 
lake  by  Amenhotep  III,  for  his  queen  Tiy,  in  a  town  or  a 
city  quarter  (drny),  called  Zerukha  (dcr-wh^)y  otherwise 
unknown.  It  is  not  unlikely  that  this  is  the  lake  of  which 
the  remains,  called  Birket  Habu,  are  clearly  visible  south  of 
Medinet  Habu,  beside  the  palace  of  Amenhotep  III,d 
an  exceedingly  probable  situation.  But  this  lake  varies 
considerably  in  dimensions  from  those  given  on  the  scarab. 

The  opening  of  the  lake  was  doubtless  in  connection 
with  the  coronation  anniversary,  which  fell  on  the  next  daye 
after  orders  for  constructing  the  lake  were  given. 


aThe  usual  full  titulary. 

bThis  heads  the  list;  we  should  expect  the  usual  word  "statement"  as,  e.  g., 
in  the  lion-hunt  scarabs. 

cFour  copies  of  this  scarab  are  known:  (1)  in  the  Vatican  (Rosellini,  Monu- 
menti  Storici,  44,  No.  2=  Stern,  Zeitschrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  1877,  87,  n.  2 
=  Marucchi,  Bessarione,  1899,  122);  (2)  private  collection  of  W.  Goleriischeff 
(privately  distributed  photographs);  (3)  collection  in  Alnwick  Castle  (Birch, 
Catalogue,  No.  1030,  137);  (4)  fragment  in  University  College,  London  (not  pub- 
lished). The  first  three  of  the  above  were  collated  and  published  by  Steindorff 
(Zeitschrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  1901,  63). 

dCf.  Steindorff,  Zeitschrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  1901,  64. 

e§  844,  L  1;  Lieblein  (Sphinx,  VI,  113  ff.)  has  calculated  the  date  of  this 
opening  in  terms  of  our  calendar  as  September  26,  Julian,  or  November  5, 
Gregorian. 


§87i] 


JUBILEE  CELEBRATIONS 


349 


869.  Year  11,  third  month  of  the  first  season,  day  1,  under  the 

majesty  of  a    Amenhotep  III,  given  life;  and  the  Great 

King's-Wife,  Tiy,  who  liveth. 

His  majesty  commanded  to  make  a  lake  for  the  Great  King's- Wife, 
Tiy,  in  her  city  of  Zerukha  (Z>cr-w/^).t>  Its  length  is  3,700  cubits', 
its  width,  700°  cubits.  His  majesty  celebrated  the  feast  of  the  opening 
of  the  riakeJ,  in  the  third  month  of  the  first  season,  day  i6,d  when  his 
majesty  sailed  thereon  in  the  royal  barge:  " Aton-Gleams."e 


JUBILEE  CELEBRATIONS 

870.  Amenhotep  III  celebrated  at  least  three  royal 
jubilees:  the  first  in  the  year  30;  the  second,  although  not 
recorded,  probably  like  that  of  Ramses  II,  in  the  year  34; 
and  the  third  in  the  year  36.  The  celebration  of  the  first 
jubilee  is  recorded  in  the  tomb  of  Khamhet,f  in  two  remark- 
able reliefs. 

871.  The  first  shows  the  king  enthroned  in  state  at  the 
right;  before  him  is  the  inscription:8 


aFull  fivefold  titulary. 

bThis  name  was  long  misread  "Zaru,"  with  which  it  has  nothing  to  do  (cf. 
Steindorff,  Zeitschrift  fur  dgyptische  Sprache,  1901,  64;  and  Breasted,  ibid.,  65,  66). 
The  statements  regarding  the  presentation  of  " Zaru"  to  Tiy,  current  in  the  histories, 
are  all  to  be  rejected. 

cVatican  copy  has  600,  the  others  700.  Steindorff  reads  here  "upper  arms" 
(rmn)  instead  of  "cubits"  (mhy).  This  distinction,  although  evident  on  the  sur- 
viving cubit  rods,  is  not  carried  through  on  the  monuments.  At  Benihasan,  the 
rmw-sign  occurs  in  door  dimensions,  where  it  is  clear  that  the  cubit  is  meant; 
see  my  remarks  (Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archeology,  March,  1900, 
88-90). 

dThus  the  lake  must  have  been  completed  in  fifteen  days! 

eCf.  further  examples  by  Spiegelberg  (Rechnungen,  Text,  81-86),  who  has 
compiled  a  very  useful  list  of  these  barges,  also  Breasted,  Zeitschrijt  fur  dgyptische 
Sprache,  1901,  66. 

fLepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  76,  77,  and  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  11 21-23;  for 
full  bibliography,  see  §  819,  where  also  the  inscriptions  under  the  reign  of  Thut- 
mose  IV  are  given.  For  a  scarab  referring  to  the  jubilees,  see  Brugsch  (Thesaurus, 
VI,  1456). 

sAmong  his  titles  both  inscriptions  add  that  of:  "Lord  of  the  Jubilee." 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  IIT  [§872 


Appearance  of  the  king  upon  the  great  throne,  to  receive  the  report 
of  the  harvest  of  the  South  and  North. 

Before  the  king  stands  Khamhet  reading  to  him  a  docu- 
ment ;  over  Khamhet's  head  the  following  inscription  in  five 
vertical  lines: 

Communication  of  the  report  of  the  harvest  of  the  year  3oa  in  the 
presence  of  the  king,  consisting  of  the  harvest  of  the  great  inundation 
of  the  jubilee  [r which1]  his  majesty  [rcelebrated1] ;  byb  the  stewards  of 
the  restateslc  of  Pharaoh,  L.  P.  H.,  together  with  the  chiefs  of  the  South 
and  North,  from  this  land  of  Kush  the  wretched,  as  far  as  the  boundary 
of  Naharin  (N-h-ry-n). 

Under  the  document  are  the  words:  "Total:  33,333,300."  d 
872.  As  a  consequence  of  this  favorable  report,  the 
treasury  officials  are  now  rewarded,  as  shown  in  the  fol- 
lowing scene.6 

The  king  is  seated  in  state  in  a  splendid  pavilion  at  the 
left;  before  him,  the  inscription: 

Appearance  of  the  king  upon  the  great  throne,  to  reward  the  chiefs 
of  the  South  and  North. 

Before  the  king  stands  Khamhet  with  the  inscription: 

Hereditary  prince,  count,  who  satisfies  the  heart  of  the  king  in  the 
whole  land,  the  two  eyes  of  the  king  in  the  cities  of  the  South,  his  two 

ears  in  the  nomes  of  the  Northland,  king's-scribe  (named), 

Khamhet.f 


aSo  Brugsch,  but  Lepsius  has  a  lacuna. 
bTo  be  connected  with  "communication." 

cOr  possibly  better  "income;"  see  Spiegclberg,  Studien,  55  and  note  227, 
who,  however,  does  not  refer  to  our  passage. 

dThese  are  probably  only  plurals  of  the  numeral  signs. 

eLepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  76. 

*His  titles  are  written  more  fully  in  Champollion,  Notices  descriptives,  I,  840; 
"Hereditary  prince,  count,  who  fills  the  heart  of  his  lord,  favorite  of  the  Good  Cod,  to 

whom  are  told  all  the  affairs  of  the  ' palace  1  companion  0}  the  feet  0}  the  Lord 

0}  the  Two  Lands  in  every  place  which  he  treads,  chief  of  the  archers  of  the  Good  God 


§  875] 


QUARRY  AND  MINE  INSCRIPTIONS 


35i 


Behind  Khamhet  are  three  lines  of  officials  praising  the 
king;  the  upper  line  is  receiving  rich  gifts;  inscription: 

Reward  of  the  stewards  of  the  restates1  of  Pharaoh,  L.  P.  H.,  together 
with  the  chiefs  of  the  South  and  the  North  after  the  statement a  of  the 
overseer  of  the  granary  concerning  them:  "They  have  increased  the 
harvest  of  year  30." 

873.  The  records  of  the  second  Jubilee  have  perished, 
but  the  third  is  mentioned  in  the  tomb  of  Kheruf,b  in  the 
following  heading: 

"Year  36.  Conducting  the  companions  for  presentation  in  the 
(royal)  presence  at  the  third  (hb-sd)  jubilee  of  his  majesty.0 

874.  The  ceremony  of  erecting  the  symbol  of  Osiris, 
the  curious  column,  which  is  also  the  symbol  of  stability, 
was  performed  on  the  morning  of  the  traditional  royal 
jubilee  feast  day  (first  of  Tybi).  Amenhotep  III  is  shown 
personally  erecting  this  column  on  the  morning  of  one  of 
his  jubilee  days,  in  the  reliefs  in  a  Theban  tomb.d 


QUARRY  AND  MINE  INSCRIPTIONS 

875.  New  chambers  in  the  Turra  quarry  were  opened 
by  the  king  in  his  first  year,6  and  recorded  in  an  inscription f 
identical  in  content  with  anotherg  recording  similar  work 


aRead  dd  with  Brugsch;  not  }d  as  in  Lepsius,  Denkmaler. 
bBrugsch,  Thesaurus,  11 20. 

cThat  this  is  Amenhotep  III  is  shown  by  the  mention  of  Queen  Tiy  in  the 
titulary. 

dBrugsch,  Thesaurus,  V,  1190-96. 

eThe  quarries  at  el-Bersheh  were  also  opened  in  the  "year  r,"  as  recorded 
there  in  a  mutilated  inscription  (Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archeology, 
IX,  195);  much  better,  Spiegelberg,  Recueil,  26,  151,  152).  It  records  the  erection 
of  a  monument  of  uncertain  character  in  the  Thoth  temple  at  Hermopolis. 

*Cut  on  the  walls  of  the  limestone  quarry  at  Turra;  published  Lepsius,  Denk- 
maler, III,  71,  a-d,  and  Vyse,  Pyramids,  III,  96,  Nos.  3  and  4. 

gThis  second  inscription  of  the  same  content,  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  71,  b. 
Compare  the  similar  inscription  of  Ahmose  in  the  same  quarry  (§§  26-28). 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§876 


in  the  second  year.    The  latter  is  surmounted  by  an  offering 

scene,  and  is  as  follows: 

*Year  2,  under  the  majesty  of  .  .  .  .  2.  .  .  .a  Amenhotep  (III)  ; 

his  majesty  commanded  to  open  the  quarry-chambers  anew,  in  order 
to  quarry  fine  limestone  of  Ayan  (cn),  in  order  to  build  his  temples 
3of  a  million  of  years,  after  his  majesty  found  the  quarry-chambers 
which  are  in  Troja  (R 3  - 3  wy),  beginning  to  be  very  ruinous  since  the 
4times  which  were  before.  It  was  my  majesty  who  made  (them)  anew, 
in  order  that  he  might  be  given  life,  stability,  satisfaction,  health,  like 
Re,  forever. 

876.  The  granite  quarry  at  Assuan  was  visited  by  an 
official  of  this  king,  for  the  purpose  of  cutting  out  a  colossal 
statue  of  his  lord.  This  officer  has  had  carved  in  relief b 
on  the  rock  his  own  figure  standing  in  homage  before  the 
names  of  Amenhotep  III.    Below  are  the  words: 

[Homage]  to  the  Good  God,  when  was  made  the  great  statue  of 
his  majesty  (called):  "Sun-of-Rulers." 

Near  by  is  an  overturned,  unfinished,  colossal  statue,  to 
which  the  inscription  doubtless  refers. 

877.  A  stela0  of  the  year  36  in  Sarbut-el-Khadem  in  Sinai, 
records  an  expedition  thither  in  that  year,  in  which  the 
commanding  official  refers  to  the  "sea  {the  Great  Green) " 
in  a  connection d  which  would  indicate  that  he  crossed  to 
Sinai  by  the  sea  route,  but  the  inscription  is  too  fragmentary 
for  translation. 


aThe  full  titulary,  but  omitting  the  Golden  Horus-name. 

bSharpe,  Egyptian  Inscriptions,  II,  39;  de  Morgan,  Catalogue  des  monu- 
ments, I,  63. 

cLepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  71,  c=*Ordnancc  Survey,  III,  PI.  14. 

dThe  connection  is  broken  by  an  interfering  fragment  of  rock  which  the 
photographer  of  the  Ordnance  Survey  failed  to  remove.  Another  stela  of  the 
year  36  shows  Amenhotep  III  offering  to  Amon  and  Hathor  (Lepsius,  Denk- 
maler, III,  71,  d;  not  in  Ordnance  Survey). 


§  8793  BUILDING  INSCRIPTION 


BUILDING  INSCRIPTION21 

878.  This  monument  has  had  an  interesting  career. 
Erected  by  Amenhotep  III  in  his  temple  behind  the  Memnon 
colossi,  to  record  his  buildings  in  honor  of  Amon,  its  inscrip- 
tion was  almost  totally  obliterated  by  the  reforming  zeal 
of  his  son,  Amenhotep  IV.b  It  was  restored  by  Seti  I,  who 
recorded  his  restoration  thus:  "Restoration  of  the  monument 
which  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Menmare 
(Seti  /),  made  for  his  father  Amon-Re,  King  of  all  Gods."c 
In  restoring  the  monument,  the  sculptor  of  Seti  found  the 
old  lines  sufficiently  traceable  to  be  recut  with  tolerable 
certainty,  not  without  some  glaring  errors,  which  cannot 
always  be  corrected.  Four  or  five  generations  later,  Mer- 
neptah  demolished  the  splendid  temple  of  Amenhotep  III, 
containing  this  stela,  and  used  the  material,  including  the 
stelad  in  a  building  of  his  own,  where  it  fell  down  and 
remained  until  taken  out  by  Petrie  in  February,  1896. 

879.  The  upper  third  is  occupied  by  a  scene  twice  showing 
Amenhotep  III  with  the  usual  legends,  offering  a  libation 
to  Amon.    The  inscription  of  thirty-one  lines  records  Amen- 

aDiscovered  by  Petrie  in  February,  1896,  on  a  black  granite  stela  lying  in  the 
ruins  of  the  Theban  mortuary  temple  of  Merneptah;  this  stela  is  10  feet  3  inches 
by  5  feet  4  inches,  and  13  inches  thick.  See  Contemporary  Review,  May,  1896, 
619;  Century  Magazine,  August,  1896,  501  (view  of  stela  in  situ).  Text:  Photo- 
graphic reproduction  and  transcription  with  translation  and  excellent  commentary 
by  Spiegelberg,  Recueil,  XX,  37-54;  finally  in  Petrie,  Six  Temples,  PI.  XI,  XII. 
I  have  used  a  photograph,  kindly  sent  me  by  E.  Brugsch-Bey  shortly  after  the 
discovery  of  the  monument,  at  which  time  I  made  the  translation;  later  notes 
drawn  from  Spiegelberg  I  have  carefully  credited  to  him.  Important  suggestions 
in  Orientalistische  Litter aturzeitung,  1898,  No.  5,  156,  157. 

bOne  can  clearly  see  in  the  photograph  that  the  inscription  has  been  hammered 
out,  as  far  as  the  end  of  1.  22,  including  also  parts  of  lines  23-28,  leaving  the  last 
three  lines  untouched  (see,  e.  g.,  photographs  in  Recueil,  XX,  and  Century  Maga- 
zine, August,  1896,  501).  Excepting  the  two  figures  of  the  king,  the  scene  at  the 
top  was  also  erased. 

cCut  between  the  two  figures  of  Amon  at  the  top  of  the  monument;  similar 
restorations  by  Seti  often,  e.  g.,  on  the  obelisk  of  Hatshepsut. 

dHe  cut  on  the  back  of  it  the  hymn  of  victory,  mentionina  Israel:  see  III,  602  ff. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§88o 


hotep  Ill's  chief  buildings  and  other  pious  works  in  honor  of 
Amon: 

1.  Introduction,  11.  1-2  (§  882). 

2.  Temple  of  the  (Memnon)  Colossi,  11.  2-10  (§§  883-85). 

3.  Luxor  Temple  and  Connected  Buildings  (§§  886,  887). 

4.  Sacred  Barge  of  Amon,  11.  16-20  (§  888). 

5.  Third  Pylon  of  Karnak,  11.  20-23  (§  889). 

6.  Temple  of  Soleb,  11.  23-26  (§  890). 

7.  Hymn  of  Amon  to  the  King,  11.  26-31  (§§891,  892). 
880.  The  architectural  data  given  by  the  scribe  are  very 

important,  but  are  as  usual,  very  general  and  vague,  show- 
ing great,  if  not  total,  lack  of  technical  knowledge  of  the 
subject.  The  treatment  of  temple  floors  with  silver  (11. 
3,  11,  and  22)  and  the  walls  with  gold  or  electrum  (11.  3,  11), 
although  very  vaguely  described,  is  important.  The  settle- 
ment of  Syrians  around  the  temple  of  the  (Memnon)  Colossi 
is  historically  of  importance  also.  The  king's  selection  of 
his  Soleb  temple  in  Nubia,  to  be  mentioned  in  preference 
to  his  Egyptian  temples  outside  of  Thebes, a  shows  his 
strong  interest  in  the  region  above  the  second  cataract, 
where  he  was  so  active,  and  where  he  caused  himself  to  be 
worshiped.  It  is  furthermore  noticeable  that  the  king 
makes  no  reference  to  his  other  Theban  buildings,  the 
temple  of  Mut  and  the  temple  at  the  northern  gate  of  the 
Karnak  inclosure,  of  either  of  which  very  little  now  remains. b 

aThus  he  omits  all  reference  to  his  Memphis  temple,  where  he  was  evidently 
worshiped,  for  he  appears  with  Ptah  as  one  of  the  gods  of  Memphis  (Papyrus 
Sallier,  IV ;  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  V,  961,  No.  23);  and  his  temple  there  was  called 
''House  of  Nibmare"  (Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  V,  963).  A  cultus  statuette  which  he 
dedicated  to  himself  as  a  god  in  this  Memphis  temple  is  in  Alnwick  collection;  it 
bears  the  dedication:  "Nibmare  (Amenhotep  III);  he  made  it  as  his  monument  for 
his  living  image  in  'The  House  of  Nibmare1 "'  (Birch,  Catalogue  Alnwick  Castle, 
56-58).  The  El  Kab  temple,  which  he  is  often  stated  to  have  built,  was  erected 
by  Thutmose  IV,  his  father,  for  whom  he  only  decorated  it,  as  the  inscription 
states:  "  Lo,  the  majesty  of  King  Nibmare  decorated  this  monument  of  his  father, 
Thutmose  IV,  forever  and  ever"  (Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  80,  b=  J.  J.  Tylor,  The 
Temple  of  Amenhotep  III,  PI.  10;  again  PI.  8  =  Lcpsius,  Denkmaler,  Text,  IV,  43). 

bThis  is  to  be  explained  by  the  fact  that  the  stela  records  only  buildings  of  Amon. 


§  883] 


BUILDING  INSCRIPTION 


355 


Part  of  the  dedicatory  inscription  of  the  latter  is  still  pre- 
served^ and  contains  data  of  importance.  It  is  introduced 
by  the  king's  titulary,  to  which  is  appended: 

881.  Who  raises  a  monument  in  Karnak,  a  marvelous  thing,  unlim- 
ited in  —  of  gold,  plentiful  in  gold,  unlimited  in  malachite  and  lazuli ; 
a  place  of  rest  for  the  lord  of  gods,  made  like  his  throne  that  is  in  heaven, 
that  he  (the  king)  might  be  thereby  given  satisfying  life  like  Re  forever. 

 b  an  inclosure  made  to  flourish  with  monuments,  made  to 

shine  with  all  flowers,  filled  with  slaves  (mr"  t)  due  from  the  (hsb-) 
officials,  being  children  of  the  chiefs  of  all  countries,  coming  in  obeisance 
to  his  fame.  The  Son  of  Re,  Amenhotep,  ruler  of  Thebes,  made  it 
for  the  chosen  of  Re,  because  he  loved  his  father,  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes, 
so  much  more  than  all  the  gods.  He  has  been  given  life,  stability, 
satisfaction,  like  Re,  forever. 

Of  all  this  the  great  building  stela  makes  no  mention. 

It  is  as  follows: 

Introduction 

882.  *Live  c  Amenhotep  (III),  Ruler  of  Thebes;  beloved 

of  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes,  presider  over  Karnak;  given  life,  joy  of  his 
heart,  that  he  may  rule  the  Two  Lands  like  Re,  forever;  2the  Good  God, 
possessor  of  joy,  who  is  very  vigilant  for  him  that  begat  him,  Amon, 
king  of  gods;  who  hath  made  great  his  (Amon's)  house,d  who  hath 
satisfied  his  beautyd  by  doing  that  which  his  ka  desires. 

Temple  of  the  Memnon  Colossi* 

883.  Behold,  the  heart  of  his  majesty  was  satisfied  with  making  a 
very  greatf  monument;  never  has  happened  the  like  since  the  beginning. 


aPublished  by  Bouriant,  Recueil,  XIII,  171-73- 
bThis  section  is  covered  by  a  Roman  wall. 
cFull  five-name  titulary. 

<*Not  in  Spicgelberg's  transcription,  Recueil,  XX,  40. 

*The  colossi  known  as  the  Memnon  colossi  (cf.  11.  4,  5)  still  stand,  but  the 
temple,  the  entrance  of  which  they  flanked,  has  disappeared;  see  above,  §878. 
It  was  the  mortuarv  temple  of  Amenhotep  III,  of  which  there  is  a  further  account 
inscribed  on  a  huge'stela  now  lying  in  the  scanty  ruins  behind  the  colossi  (§§  904  »•)• 
For  an  account  of  the  excavation  around  this  temple,  see  Petrie,  Stx  Temples  in 
Thebes;  the  temple  itself  has  never  been  excavated.  View  of  the  colossi,  Manette, 
Voyage  dans  la  haute  Egypte,  II,  57,  or  my  Egypt  through  the  Stereoscope,  No.  64. 

I  Although  the  adjective  is  plural,  I  translate  singular,  for  in  L  4  it  is  also  plural 
where  it  clearly  should  be  singular. 


356        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§884 


He  made  (it)  as  3his  monument  for  his  father,  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes, 
making  for  him  an  august  templea  on  the  west  of  Thebes,  an  eternal,  ever- 
lasting fortress13  of  fine  white  sandstone,  wrought  with  gold  throughout; 
its  floor  is  adorned  with  silver,  4all  its  portals  with  electrum;c  it  is  made 
very  wide  and  large,  and  established  forever;  and  adorned  with  this  very 
great  monument.d  It  is  numerous  in  royal  statues,  of  Elephantine 
granite,  of  costly  gritstone,  of  every  splendid  costly  stone,  5estab- 
lished  as  everlasting  works. e  Their  stature  shines  more  than  the 
heavens,  their  rays  are  in  the  faces  (of  men)  like  the  sun,  when  he  shines 
early  in  the  morning.  It  is  supplied  with  a  "  Station  of  the  King,"f 
wrought  with  gold  and  many  costly  stones.  6Flagstavesg  are  set  up 
before  it,  wrought  with  electrum;  it  resembles  the  horizon  in  heaven 
when  Re  rises  therein.  Its  lake  is  filled  with  the  great  Nile,  lord  of 
fish  and  fowl,  pure  in  r — 1 

Its  Wealth 

884.  Its  storehouse  is  filled  with  male  and  female  slaves,  7with 
children  of  the  princes  of  all  the  countries  of  the  captivity  of  his  majesty. 


aCalled  "  House-of-Amon-on-the-West-of-Thebes"  in  the  inscription  on  a  black 
granite  statue  of  Amenhotep  III  at  Erment,  published  by  Daressy,  Recueil,  XIX, 
14,  and  Spiegelberg,  Recueil,  XX,  49. 

bThe  temple  regarded  as  a  stronghold;  cf.  remarks  of  Spiegelberg,  Recueil, 
XX,  48. 

cJust  how  the  metals  were  used  on  floor,  walls,  and  doorways  is  not  clear  from 
these  vague  data,  but  they  materially  augment  our  ideas  of  the  splendor  of  the 
Egyptian  temple. 

dProbably  the  stela  on  which  this  text  is  cut. 

eSpiegelberg  {Recueil,  XX,  49)  calls  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  French  expedi- 
tion found  eighteen  of  these  statues  on  the  west  shore  still  in  situ,  some  of  which 
are  now  in  the  museums:  in  the  British  Museum  one  of  black  granite  (Arundale 
and  Bonomi,  Gallery,  PI.  35);  two  heads  {ibid.,  107);  also  a  black  granite  statue 
at  Erment,  first  published  by  Daressy  {Recueil,  XIX,  14V  Spiegelberg  thinks  it 
strange  that  the  two  Memnon  colossi  are  not  given  separate  mention,  but  they 
are  clearly  mentioned  in  the  reference  to  "costly  gritstone"  which  is  the  material 
of  the  colossi.  Moreover,  they  are  distinctly  mentioned  in  the  Dedication  Inscrip- 
tion (1.  4,  §906).  In  further  corroboration  of  the  inscription,  note  the  statement: 
"there  were  many  of  these  statues  which  stood  fronting  the  great  colossi  in  the 
intervals  of  the  front  columns  of  the  propylon"  (Arundale  and  Bonomi,  Gallery, 
107),  noted  by  Spiegelberg. 

fThe  enormous  stela  lying  overthrown  behind  the  Memnon  colossi  (§  904  ff.). 
The  word  "station"  is  here  determined  with  a  stela,  showing  that,  as  at  Amada 
(§  796,  1.  15),  the  "station  0}  the  king"  was  marked  by  the  stela  against  the  back 
wall  of  the  holy  of  holies. 

«Cf.  similar  staves  in  the  inscription  of  Ineni,  §  103. 


§886] 


BUILDING  INSCRIPTION 


357 


Its  storehouses  contain  all  good  things,  whose  number  is  not  known. 
It  is  surrounded  with  settlements  of  Syrians  (H^-rw),  colonized  with 
children  of  princes,  its  cattle  8are  like  the  sand  of  the  shore,  they  make 
up  millions. 

Western  Pylon 

885.  The  bow-rope  of  the  Southland  rin  it1  and  the  stern-rope  of 
the  Northland,a  even  his  majesty  revealedb  himself  like  Ptah,  was 
skilful-minded  like  Him-South-of-His-Wall  (Ptah),  searching  out  excel- 
lent things  for  his  father,  Amon-Re,  King  of  Gods,  making  for  him 
9a  very  great  pylonc  over  against  Amon.  Its  beautiful  name  which 
his  majesty  made  was:  "Amon-Has-Received-His-Di vine-Barque, "d 
a  place  of  rest  for  the  lord  of  the  gods  at  his  "  Feast  of  the  Valley"  on 
the  western  voyage  of  Amon  to  behold  the  western  gods,  in  order  that 
he  may  endow  I0his  majesty  with  satisfying  life. 

Luxor  Templee 

886.  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands: 
Nibmare,  Heir  of  Re;  Son  of  Re,  Lord  of  Diadems:  Amenhotep  (III), 
Ruler  of  Thebes,  is  satisfied  with  a  building  for  his  father  Amon-Re, 


inscription  of  Ineni  (1.  17,  §  341)  has:  11  the  bow-rope  of  the  South  

the  stern-rope  of  the  North  is  she,"  as  epithets  of  Hatshepsut.  It  seems  to  me 
that  Spiegelberg  (Recueil,  XX,  50)  has  overlooked  the  determinative  (a  rope)  in 
his  rendering  "Bug"  and  "Spiegel,"  "bow"  and  "stern."  (Cf.  Sethe,  Untcr- 
suchungen,  I,  52).  In  view  of  the  Ineni  passage,  his  rejection  of  the  genitive  signs 
seems  to  me  impossible. 

bLit,  "opened  himself;"  cf.  wb»sw,  a  synonymous  phrase  (Lepsius,  Denk- 
mdler,  III,  18,  1.  3),  which  Miiller  renders  " sich  zeigen"  (Recueil,  IX,  162). 

cThis  is  probably  the  pylon  which  flanked  the  Memnon  Colossi,  but  is  now 
entirely  gone. 

dThe  literal  meaning  of  the  phrase  used  for  the  barque  is:  "Bearer  of  his 
beauty;"  it  was  a  portable  shrine. 

eThe  well-known  temple  at  modern  Luxor,  of  which  the  southern  portion 
is  due  to  Amenhotep  III.  The  architrave  inscriptions  (Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III, 
73,  and  Text,  III,  80,  81)  offer  a  short  account  of  the  building:  "He  made  (it)  as  his 
monument  for  his  father,  Amon-Re,  king  of  gods,  again  erecting  for  him  Luxor  anew, 
of  fine  white  sandstone,  made  very,  very  high  and  wide,  adorned  with  electrum 
throughout,  and  all  splendid,  costly  stones;  a  rest  for  Amon,  a  place  of  rest  for  the 
lord  of  gods,  made  like  unto  his  horizon  in  heaven.    That  he  might  be  given  life." 

Statements  like:   "who  built  temples  sculptured  their  statues;  that  which 

was  of  brick  was  (re)built  of  stone;"  or:  "who  again  erected  Luxor  anew,"  of  course 
refer  to  the  older  Middle  Empire  temple  which  Amenhotep  III  enlarged  or  rebuilt. 
On  the  entire  history  of  the  Luxor  temple,  see  Borchardt,  Zeitschrift  fiir  dgyptische 
Sprache,  1896,  122-38. 


358        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§887 


lord  of  Thebes,  in  Southern  Opet  (Luxor),  of  fine  white  sandstone, 
made  very  wide  and  large  "and  its  beauty  increased.  Its  walls  are  of 
electrum,  its  floor3  is  of  silver,  all  the  portals  are  wrought  with  r — 1,  its 
towers  reachb  heaven,  and  mingle  with  the  stars.  When  the  people  see 
it,  I2they  give  praise  to  his  majesty. 

It  is  the  king  Nibmare  who  hath  satisfied0  the  heart  of  his  father, 
Amon,  lord  of  Thebes,  who  hath  assigned  to  him  every  country,  the 
Son  of  Re,  Amenhotep  (III),  Ruler  of  Thebes,  Brilliance  of  Re  r — 1 

Buildings  Near  Luxor 

887.  His  majesty  made  another  monument,  for  his  father,  Amon; 
making  for  him  an  Enclosure1  as  a  divine  ofFering  over  against  Southern 
Opet;  I3a  salubrious  place  for  myd  father  at  his  beautiful  feast.  I 
erected  a  great  templee  in  its  midstf  like  Re  when  he  rises  in  the  horizon. 
It  is  planted  with  all  flowers;  how  beautiful  is  Nun  in  his  pool  at 
every  season;  ^more  is  its  wine^  than  water,  like  a  full  Nile,  born  of 
the  lord  of  eternity.  Many  are  the  goods  of  the  place,  the  impost  of 
all  countries  is  received,  numerous  tribute  is  brought  before  my  father, 
being  the  offerings  of  all  lands.  He  hath  assigned  to  me  the  princes 
of  the  south  countries;  I5the  Southerners  are  like  the  Northerners,  and 
each  one  ish  like  his  neighbor;  their  silver,  their  gold,  their  cattle,  every 
splendid  costly  stone  of  their  countries,  by  millions,  hundred  thousands, 
ten  thousands,  and  thousands.  I  have  done  (it)  for  the  one  who  begat 
me,  in  the  uprightness1  of  my  heart,  according  as  l6he  appointed  me 
to  be  the  sun  of  the  Nine  Bows. 


aCorrected  from  L.  3,  at  the  end.  cLit.,  "washed." 

bRestored  from  I.  22.  dA  sudden  change  to  the  first  person. 

eThe  only  "great  temple"  of  Amenhotep  III  which  is  "over  against"  Luxor 
is  the  temple  of  Mut,  which  could  hardly  be  referred  to  here  without  some  reference 
to  the  goddess.  Hence  there  may  be  some  undiscovered  building  of  Amenhotep  III 
in  the  unexplored  ground  between  Luxor  and  Karnak,  to  which  reference  is  here 
made. 

fSpiegelberg,  p.  41,  n.  6. 

sLit.,  "more  to  it  is  wine"  a  common  phrase;  text  is  corrupt,  read:  "wr 
nf  yrp." 

hBy  an  emendation  drawn  from  a  repetition  of  the  very  same  phrase  on  the 
Luxor  architrave  (Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  73,  d,  1.  3).  This  renders  invalid  the 
objections  of  Spiegelberg  to  the  emendation  (Recueil,  XX,  51). 

iLit.,  "correctness;"  Erman  has  treated  the  phrase  (Gesprdch  eines  Lebens- 
tniiden,  62). 


§889] 


BUILDING  INSCRIPTION 


359 


Sacred  Barge  of  Amonh 

888.  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt:  Nibmare,  Part  of  Re;  Son 
of  Re:  Amenhotep  (III),  Ruler  of  Thebes.  I  made  another  monu- 
ment for  him  who  begat  me,  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes,  who  estab- 
lished rmel  upon  his  throne,  making  for  him  a  great  bargea  for  the 
"Beginning-of-the-River  "  (named) :  "  Amon-Re-in-the-Sacred-Barge,"b 
of  new  cedar  ^which  his  majesty  cut  in  the  countries0  of  God's-Land 
It  was  dragged  over  the  mountains  of  Retenu  (Rtnui)  by  the  princes  of 
all  countries.  It  was  made  very  wide  and  large,  there  is  no  instance  of 
doing  the  like.  Its  f— l  is  adorned  with  silver,  wrought  l8with  gold 
throughout,  the  great  shrine  is  of  electrum  so  that  it  fills  the  land  with 
its  rbrightness"i;d  its  bows,e  they  repeat  the  •"brightness"';  they  bear 
great  crowns,  whose  serpents  twine  along  its  two  sides;  rthey  exercise 
protection  behind  them.i  ^Flagstaves  are  set  up  before  itf  wrought 
with  electrum,  two  great  obelisks  are  between  them;  it  is  beautiful 
everywhere.  The  gods  of  Pe  make  jubilee  to  it;  the  gods  of  Nekhen 
praise  it;  the  two  Nile-gods  of  the  South  and  the  North,  2°they  embrace 
its  beauty,  its  bowse  make  Nun  to  shines  as  when  the  sun  rises  in 
heaven,  to  make  his  beautiful  voyage  at  his  feast  of  Opet  on  his  western 
voyage  of  a  million  of  millions  of  years. 

Third  Karnak  Pylonh 

889.  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt:  Nibmare,  Son  of  Re:  Amen- 
hotep (III),  Ruler  of  Thebes,  21  who  is  vigilant  to  seek  that  which  is 

aA  similar  barge  with  details  of  measurements  in  the  Harris  Papyrus  (infra, 
IV,  209). 

bEgyptian  Userhet,  "wsr-h^'t." 

cThe  same  statement  by  Thutmose  IV  on  Lateran  obelisk  (§  838). 

dAs  it  stands,  the  text  is  certainly  corrupt;  the  rendering  of  Spiegelberg  ("die 
ganze  Erde")  seems  impossible,  in  view  of  the  m  for  r.  This  m  indicates  the  above 
rendering,  which  is  a  common  idea  in  respect  of  monuments  of  electrum;  cf.  e.  g., 
obelisk  of  Hatshepsut,  base  inscription,  south  side,  I.  7  (§  315).  Since  making  the 
above  remark,  I  find  the  same  suggestion  (by  Miiller  ?)  in  Orientalistische  Littera- 
turzeitung,  May,  1898,  158,  n.  2,  where  I  also  find  a  good  suggestion  for  the  con- 
clusion of  the  phrase. 

ePlural,  as  often  in  English. 

fThe  shrine,  which  was  set  up  amidships;  it  is  here  regarded  as  a  temple, 
and  equipped  therefore  with  flagstaves  and  obelisks. 

^Referring  to  the  reflection  in  the  water,  here  called  Nun,  as  above  in  1.  13; 
the  same  in  the  Abydos  Stela  of  Thutmose  I  (§  94)  and  Papyrus  Harris  (IV,  §  189, 
PL  4,  L  3). 

hThis  is  the  ruined  pylon  behind  the  great  hall  of  columns,  known  as  Pylon  III. 


3<5o 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III 


[§890 


useful,  the  king,  who  has  erected  another  monument  for  Amon,  making 
for  him  a  very  great  portal  over  against  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes, 
wrought  with  gold  throughout.  The  Divine  Shadow,a  as  a  ram,  is 
inlaid  with  real  lazuli  wrought  with  gold  and  many  costly  stones;  there 
is  no  instance  of  doing  the  like.  "Its  floor  is  adorned  with  silver; 
rtowers]  (sbh' t)  are  over  against  it.  Stelae  of  lazuli  are  set  up,  one  on 
each  side.  Its  pylons  reach  heaven  like  the  four  pillars  of  heaven;  its 
flagstaves  shine  more  than  the  heavens,  wrought  23 with  electrum.  His 
majesty  brought  gold  for  it  in  the  land  of  Karoy  (X" 3  -r 3  -y)  on  the 
first  victorious  campaign,b  slaying0  the  wretched  Kush.d 

Temple  oj  Soleb 

890.  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt:  Nibmare,  beloved  of  Amon- 
Re;  Son  of  Re:  Amenhotep  (III),  Ruler  of  Thebes.  I  made  other 
monuments  for  Amon,  24whose  like  hath  not  been.  I  built  for  thee 
thye  house  of  millions  of  years  in  the  r — lf  of  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes 
(named):  Khammat  (H  c  -m-m  3  c*  t)£  august  in  electrum,  a  resting- 
place  for  my  father  at  all  his  feasts.  It  is  finished  with  fine  white  sand- 
stone; it  is  wrought  25with  gold  throughout;  its  floor  is  adorned  with 


aThe  immaterial  or  intangible  part  of  a  god  conceived  as  a  shadow,  a  common 
conception  both  for  gods  and  men  (see  Birch,  Transactions  of  the  Society  of  Biblical 
Archaeology,  VIII,  386-97;  Maspero,  Dawn  of  Civilisation,  108).  The  hieroglyph 
and  symbol  for  this  shadow  is  a  sunshade,  often  figured  in  mortuary  vignettes;  it 
is  this  which  is  thus  referred  to  in  Ineni  (§  104,  1.  9):  "its  huge  door  was  of  Asiatic 
bronze,  whereon  was  the  Divine  Shadow  (det.  with  ithyphallic  Min)  inlaid  with 
gold."  In  the  above  it  is  also  connected  with  a  door,  but  seems  to  be  in  the  form 
of  a  ram;  cf.  also  Spiegelberg,  Recueil,  XX,  53.  Another  similar  reference  to  the 
11  shadow"  of  the  god  is  on  one  of  the  Soleb  rams  (Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  89,  e), 
but  the  context  is  broken  off.  A  similar  reference  to  the  divine  figure  in  con- 
nection with  the  door  is  found  on  the  shrine  of  Saft:  "The  doors  upon  it  (the 
shrine)  are  of  black  copper,  inlaid  with  gold,  the  image  upon  it  is  of  — "  (Naville, 
The  Shrine  of  Saft-el-Henneh,  PI.  6,  I.  1). 

bSee  the  two  stelae  of  the  Nubian  War,  §§  844,  845,  1.  5  in  each;  and  scarab  of 
marriage  with  Tiy,  §  862. 

cLit.,  "campaign  .  ...  of  slaying." 

dText  has  Kny,  which  is,  of  course,  an  error. 

eEmcndcd.  fSame  word  (s^h)  in  I,  §  503,  1.  16. 

gThis  is  the  name  of  the  Soleb  temple  in  Nubia;  it  means:  "Shining  (or 
rising)  in  (or  as)  Truth,"  which  is  also  one  of  Amenhotep  Ill's  names,  either 
in  the  full  titulary,  or  alone,  e.  g.,  "which  his  son  Khammat  made  for  him"  [east 
side  of  south  tower,  third  pylon,  Karnak  (Mariettc,  Karnak,  34,  1.  29)]. 


BUILDING  INSCRIPTION 


361 


silver,  all  its  portals  are  of  gold.  Two  great  obelisksa  are  erected,  one 
on  each  side.  When  my  father  rises  between  them,  I  bam  among  his 
following.  I  have  offered  26to  him  thousands  of  oxen,  nimbsi  for  the 
choicest  of  hind  quarters. 

Hymn  oj  Anion 

891.  Utterance  of  Amon,  king  of  gods: 
My  son,  of  my  body,  my  beloved,  Nibmare, 
My  living  image,  whom  my  limbs  created, 

Whom  Mut,  mistress  of  Ishru  in  Thebes,  bore  to  me, 
Mistress  of  the  Nine  Bows  who  brought  thee  up  27as  sole  lord  of  the 
people. 

My  heart  greatly  rejoices  when  I  see  thy  beauty, 

I  work  a  wonder  for  thy  majesty,  and  thou  renewest  youth, 

According  as  I  have  set  thee  as  the  Sun  of  the  Two  Lands. 

When  I  turn  my  face  to  the  south,  I  work  a  wonder  for  thee 

I  cause  28the  chiefs  of  Kush,  the  wretched,  to  turn  to  thee, 

Bearing  all  their  tribute  upon  their  backs. 

When  I  turn  my  face  to  the  north,  I  work  a  wonder  for  thee; 

I  cause  the  countries  of  the  ends  of  Asia  to  come  to  thee, 

Bearing  all  their  tribute  upon  their  backs. 

They  present  themselves  to  thee  29with  their  children, 

In  order  that  thou  mayest  give  to  them  the  breath  of  life. 

892.  When  I  turn  my  face  to  the  west,  I  work  a  wonder  for  thee; 
I  cause  thee  to  seize  the  Tehenu  (Tyhnw),  (so  that)  there  is  no 

remnant  of  them. 

(They1)  are  building0  in  this  fortress  in  the  name  of  3°my  majesty; 

Surrounded  with  a  great  wall  reaching  to  heaven, 

Settled  with  children  of  the  chiefs  of  the  Nubian  Troglodytes. 

When  I  turn  my  face  to  the  orient,d  I  work  a  wonder  for  thee ; 
I  cause  to  come  to  thee  the  countries  of  Punt, 


aThese  obelisks  are  not  shown  on  Lepsius'  plan  (Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  I,  117), 
but  they  are  also  mentioned  in  the  ram  inscriptions,  §  894. 

bThe  particle  ty,  introducing  a  nominal  sentence;  cf.  Sethe,  Zeitschrijt  jiir 
agyptische  Sprache,  36,  p.  71,  n.  3. 

cAs  slaves  ? 

dThc  usual  word  for  east  is  not  employed,  but  a  term  meaning  "sunrise." 


362        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§893 


Bearing  all  the  pleasant  sweet  woods  3Iof  their  countries, 
To  crave  peace  with  him  (sic!),  and  breath  of  thy  giving. 
King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Ruler  of  the  Nine  Bows,  Lord  of 
the  Two  Lands,  Nibmare,  Son  of  Re,  his  beloved  Amenhotep  (III), 
Ruler  of  Thebes,  with  whose  monuments  the  heart  of  the  gods  is  satis- 
fied; that  he  may  be  given  life,  stability,  satisfaction,  health;  that  his 
heart  may  be  joyful,  like  Re,  forever. 


BUILDING  INSCRIPTIONS  OF  THE  SOLEB  TEMPLE 

893.  This  Nubian  temple,  dedicated  by  Amenhotep  III 
to  the  worship  of  himself,  as  well  as  of  Amon,  contains  a 
number  of  building  records.  Among  other  things,  they 
preserve  the  interesting  name  of  the  temple,  which  is  not 
found  in  the  account  of  the  building  given  by  the  king 
in  his  great  Theban  building  inscription  (§  890).  The 
architrave  dedications  are  not  preserved,  but  only  those 
upon  the  sculptures  adorning  the  temple,  the  rams  lining 
the  avenue  of  approach,  and  the  famous  lions  in  the  British 
Museum. 

894.  The  inscriptions  on  the  ramsa  are  these: 

bLive  the  Good  God,  Nibmare,  Son  of  Re,  Amenhotep  (III). 
[He  made]  (it)  as  his  monument  for  his  image, c  Nibmare,  Lord  of  Nubia 
(J1 3  -pd'  /),  great  god,  lord  of  heaven;  making  for  him  an  excellent 
fortress,  surrounded  with  a  great  wall,  whose  battlements  shine  more 
than  the  heavens,  like  the  great  obelisks,  which  the  king,  Amenhotep 
(III),  Ruler  of  Thebes,  made  for  a  million  of  million  of  years,  forever 
and  ever.  Live  the  Good  God  d  He  made  (it)  as  his  monu- 
ment for  his  father,  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes;  making  for  him  an  august 
temple,  made  very  wide  and  large,  and  its  beauty  increased.  Its  pylons 
reach  heaven,  and  the  flagstaves,  the  stars  of  heaven;  it  is  seen  (on) 
both  sides  of  the  river,  illuminating  the  Two  Lands. 


aOne  now  in  Berlin  (Ausjiihrliches  Verzeichniss  des  Berliner  Museums,  23, 
24).  They  were  found  by  Lepsius  at  Gebel  Barkal,  whither  they  had  been  removed 
from  Soleb  by  the  Ethiopians;  published,  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  89,  90. 

bLepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  89,  a. 

cSee  below.  dContinued  as  above. 


§896]  BUILDING  INSCRIPTIONS  OF  SOLEB  TEMPLE  363 


895.  On  another  ram,a  the  temple  is  said  to  be  "in  the 
fortress  Khammat  (hz  -m- D  c  1  /),"b  and  is  dedicated  to  Amon 
(as  in  the  great  Building  Inscription,  §  890),  and  the  king's 
ka.    Another  ram  inscription0  thus  describes  the  building: 

Making  for  him  an  august  temple  of  fine  white  sandstone;  all  its 
portals  are  of  electrum,  their  radiance  is  in  the  faces  (of  men),  the 
Divine  Shadow  ." 

896.  The  famous  lionsd  contribute  important  historical 
data,  from  the  state  of  their  inscriptions.  The  dedications 
of  Amenhotep  III  were  cut  out  during  the  religious  revolution 
of  Ikhnaton,  showing  that  the  persecution  of  that  king 
extended  as  far  south  as  Soleb,  and  included  even  his  own 
father  as  a  god.  They  were  restored  by  Tutenkhamon, 
who  prefixed  to  the  restored  dedications  a  record  of  the 
restoration  thus: 

 rest  the  gods,  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Lord  of 

the  Two  Lands,  Lord  of  Offering  [Nebkheprure],e  Son  of  Re,  Lord  of 
Diadems,  Tutenkhamon,  restorer  of  the  monument  of  his  father,  the 
King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  Nibmare, 
Son  of  Re,  Amenhotep  (III),  Ruler  of  Thebes.    He  made  (it)  as  his 


aLepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  89,  c. 

bOn  this  name,  see  note,  §  890.    (Great  Building  Inscription,  1.  24). 
cLepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  89,  e. 

dThese  two  magnificent  animal  figures  were  later  carried  away  from  Soleb 
and  erected  in  Gebel  Barkal  (Napata)  by  the  Ethiopians.  That  there  should 
ever  have  been  any  doubt  about  this,  especially  in  the  minds  of  the  British  Museum 
authorities,  (see  Budge,  History,  TV,  112;  VI,  100)  is,  to  say  the  least,  surprising. 
Not  only  do  the  above  dedications  show  that  the  lions  were  originally  erected  at 
Soleb  (Khammat),  but  the  breast  of  one  bears  the  inscription  of  the  Ethiopian, 
stating  that  he  removed  it,  as  follows:  "Good  God,  Lion  0}  Rulers,  fierce-eyed  Lion 
when  he  spies  his  foes  treading  his  path  —  (cartouche,  name  lost),  who  brought  it." 
Below  this,  is  the  double  name:  "King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Enekhneferibre 
(tnh-nfr-yb-Rc),  Son  of  Re,  Amenisru  (Ymn-ys-r-w^)."  (Published  Lepsius,  Aus- 
wahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XIII;  I  had  also  my  own  copies  of  the  originals.) 
See  a  similar  removal  record,  IV,  649. 

eCartouche  with  name  erased.  The  name  has  been  inserted  by  Lepsius 
(Auswahl  der  wichtigsten  Urkunden,  XIII),  but  is  not  discernible  on  the 
original. 


364        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III      [J  897 


monument  for  his  father,  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes,  Atum,  lord  of 
Heliopolis,  and  Yoha  (Ych),  that  he  might  be  given  life,  like  Re, 
forever. 

897.  On  the  other  lion,  the  original  inscription  of  Amen- 
hotep  III  is  better  preserved,15  as  only  the  name  of  the 
king  (containing  Amon)  has  been  expunged,  and  later 
incorrectly  restored,  thus: 

Horus,  Mighty  Bull  Nibmare,  Son  of  Re,  Nibmarec  (sic!). 

He  made  (it)  as  his  monument  for  "  His  Living  Image  on  Earth,  Nib- 
mare, Lord  of  Nubia  in  the  Fortress  of  Khammat.,,d 

898.  Finally,  a  doorpost  of  the  temple  bears  the  following 
dedication : e 

He  made  (it)  as  his  monument  for  "  His  Living  Image  upon  Earth, 
Nibmare,  Lord  of  [rKhenthen]nofer;"d  making  for  him  temples  of  fine 
white  sandstone.    All  its  portals  are  of  electrum  . 


GREAT  INSCRIPTION  OF  THE  THIRD  KARNAK  PYLONf 

899.  This  pylon,  now  the  rear  wall  of  the  great  Karnak 
hypostyle,  was  erected  by  Amenhotep  III  before  the  obelisks 
of  Thutmose  I  as  the  front  of  the  temple,  which  it  continued 
to  be  until  the  famous  hypostyle  hall  was  built  in  front  of 
it  by  the  Nineteenth  Dynasty  kings.    It  is  referred  to  in 


aThoth,  the  moon-god. 

bThe  inscription  occurs  twice  on  this  lion,  once  in  front  and  again  behind. 
In  front  (facing  the  avenue)  it  has  been  completely  hacked  out,  but  behind  the 
iconoclasts  of  Ikhnaton  have  hastily  cut  out  only  the  royal  names. 

cIncorrect  restoration  by  Tutenkhamon;  it  should  be,  of  course,  "Amenhotep." 

dCultus-name  of  the  deified  Amenhotep  III.    eLepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  87,  a. 

fOn  the  east  face  of  the  southern  tower  of  the  third  pylon,  in  71  vertical  lines, 
of  which  only  the  lower  ends  have  survived,  the  ends  of  the  last  23  lines  containing 
but  two  or  three  words  each.  It  was  seen  and  excerpted  by  Champollion  (Notices 
descriptives,  II,  126).  The  text  was  published  by  Mariette  (Karnak,  34,  35) 
and  by  Dumichen  (Historische  Ihschrijten,  II,  39);  both  number  the  lines  back- 
ward, and  are  also  excessively  inaccurate;  Dumichen  even  mixes  up  the  lines, 
and  evidently  his  papers  were  in  confusion.  I  had  excellent  photographs  of  the 
original  by  Borchardt. 


§  9oo]      INSCRIPTION  OF  THIRD  KARNAK  PYLON 


Amenhotep  Ill's  Building  Inscription  (§  889),  and  its  south- 
ern tower  still  bears  the  remnant  of  a  long  and  magnifi- 
cently cut  inscription  referring  to  the  erection  of  the  pylon. 
This  inscription  has  the  following  content : 

1.  Laudation  of  the  king  (§900,  11.  1-24); 

2.  Offerings  to  Amon  (§901,  11.  24-34). 

3.  Presents  and  Buildings  (§902,  11.  24-39). 

4.  Third  Pylon  and  Connected  Monuments  (§903, 
11.  39-7i)' 

The  inscription  is  so  fragmentary  that  much  of  it  is 
unintelligible,  but  enough  remains  to  show  that  the  third 
pylon  must  have  been  a  monument  of  the  greatest  richness 
and  beauty. 

Laudation  oj  the  King 

900.  ia   luxuries  and  benefactions  of  the  lord  of  eternity 

which  he  levied  in  God's-Land,  abiding  like  the  heavens,  shining 

r — 1  2   b  Amenhotep  III  3  jn  his  beauty  like 

him  who  created  him;  the  hearts  rejoice  in  the  bodies  at  beholding 

him.    4  their  —  with  one  Taccord1.    He  whom  he  hath  chosen 

is  prepared,  exalted  above  millions  to  lead  on  the  people  forever. 

5  His  eye  is  the  sun,  making  brightness  for  all  men.  How 

prosperous  is  he  who  beholds  him,  his  sun,  rising  6  of  the  sun 

forever.  His  two  hands  hold0  might,  his  word  bears  victory,  in  order 
to  present  to  him  (Amon)  the  whole  earth,  with  the  impost  thereof 

7  whose  path  rsends  away1,  whose  name  repels,  whose  rword1 

created  him,  c — 1  with  his  form  to  be  the  Sole  Lord,  whose  doing 

hath  led  8   satisfied  with  victory,  the  leader  of  his  soldiers, 

the  first  of  millions.    He  is  one  who  taketh  thought,  who  maketh  wise 

with  knowledge  9  his  stride  is  swift,  a  star  of  electrum  when  he 

circles  upon  his  horse,  a  victorious  archer,  shooting  the  '"target1  10 
 living  captives,  without  his  like,  the  good  shepherd,  vigilant 


aThis  is  1.  71  in  Mariette's  publication,  as  he  numbered  the  lines  backward, 
and  this  translation  proceeds  from  1.  71  to  1.  1,  as  numbered  in  his  publication. 
bFull  titulary  of  Amenhotep  III. 
cLit.,  11  are  in  might.11 


366        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§ 


for  all  people,  whom  the  maker  thereof  has  placed  under  his  authority, 

lord  of  plenty,  11  beholding  benefactions  is  his  satisfaction, 

rdoing  that  which  occurs  is1  his  thriving  forever;  loving  examples  of  truth, 

rejoicing  in  plans  12  searching  bodies,  knowing  that  which  is  in 

the  heart,  whose  fame  apprehends  the  revil1  — ,  protector  of  the  fearful, 

whose  decree  is  the  breath  of  life,  prosperity,  and  health  13  r — 1 

in  his  body  all  his ''brightness1  to  the  form  of  the  majesty  of  Re;  his 

divine  and  beautiful  emanation  which  he  made  for  —  14  like 

Thoth,  who  gives  the  Two  Lands  to  the  balances. a  There  are  no  rebels, 
(for)  his  strength  is  like  the  might  of  the  son  of  Nut;  there  are  no 

millions  —  15  protecting  them,  in  order  to  do  all  that  their  ka's 

desire  and  to  make  Egypt  flourish  as  in  the  beginning,  by  the  plans  of 

Truth,  because  she  does  16  adorning  the  splendid  Great  House 

of  him  who  begat  him,  with  monuments  of  beauty  and  splendor  forever, 

which  he  decreed  for  his  son  17  the  wealth  of  Ptah,b  great  in  his 

form.   He  created  him  as  his  son,  endowed  with  his  beauty  18  . 

He  gave  to  him  the  thought  of  every  day  as  a  benefaction,  in  '"magnify- 
ing1 the  wonders  of  He  rejoices  in  remembering  ^  joy 

of  heart.   He  created  me  before  him,  while  I  was  a  youth  therein.  How 

beautiful  is  the r — 1  before  the  throne 20  it  in  the  beginning.  His 

accustomed  splendid  seat,  wherein  he  alighted r — 1 21  him  in  his 

form  in  Thebes,  they  made  rejoicing  for  love  of  him  22  r  

I  am  his  first  born  son  r  1  23  I  —  under  his  authority,  I 

was  endowed  with  his  might,  I  was  endued  with  his  power  24  

•"bringing1  all  works  rfrom1  his  temple. 

Offerings  to  Amon 

901.  My  majesty  founded  for  him  (Amon)  very  great  divine 

offerings  anew  2s   in  the  land,  true  and  pure  in  the  (divine) 

presence  in  the  great  seat,  which  I  have  supplied  with  food  26  

that  he  might  multiply  my  years  in  joy  of  heart.    I  produced  fulness 

of  food  and  provision  from  my  presence  27  my  subjects  under 

my  feet  by  the  might  and  victory  which  he  decreed  for  me  28  

food  in  thy  house  filled  with  supplies,  which  the  r — 1  established  in  the 

horizon,  the  vessels  of  him  who  made  the  things  that  are  2$  to 

him  to  be  mighty  in  gifts  to  him,  '"assigning1  them  to  him;  the  king, 


lTo  be  weighed  as  tribute. 


bRead  rsy  ynb '  /. 


§9o3]      INSCRIPTION  OF  THIRD  KARNAK  PYLON  367 


the  unique  one  of  the  godsa  so  that  they  are  satisfied  every  day  3°  

true,  pure  and  flourishing  with  divine  offerings  of  every  day,  abiding 
and  fixed  in  his  house  forever.  31  wjtn  millions,  as  a  fierce- 
eyed  lion,  sated  in  the  place  r — 1  of  the  morning,  taking  captive  32  

My  face  works  terror  rwhen  it  fronts1  those  who  rebel  against  me, 

every  time  that  occurs  in  33  r  1  mv  grasp.    I  reported 

my  message  to  him  that  sent  me;  I  presented  it  in  the  presence  of  my 
august  father  34  him  that  begat  him. 

Presents  and  Buildings 

902.  He  is  divine  in  my  heart  at  all  times,  that  I  may  present  flowers 

35  according  as  he  creates  them,  I  bring  to  him  silver,  gold, 

genuine  lapis  lazuli,  malachite  36   every  costly  stone,  every 

splendid  vessel  of  electrum  without  limit  of  number.    37   in 

his  seat  of  truth.    He  hath  made  for  himself  splendid  things  which  the 

maker  made.    He  made  me  3»   his  —  in  every  august  land, 

the  good  things  of  every  land  and  the  impost  thereof  together,  that  I 
may  present  39  

Third  Pylon  and  Connected  Monuments 

903.    in  the  splendid  place,  in  which  he  loves  to  be, 

wrought  of  sandstone  40   all  flowers  which  he  gathered,  all 

food  at  all  times.    If  there  be  the  like  41  all  —  in  ^pleasing! 

him,  restored  and  established  as  he  desires  it.    The  weight  of  this 

monument: 

42b    

Malachite:  4,820  deben. 

r— i(hnt)c  3,623  deben. 

43    

flourishing  and  established,  which   his  son,  Khammat 


(Amenhotep  III)  made  for  him.    The  number  of  these  things  is: 

44  flourishing  in  every  garden,  sweet  in  fragrance  of  all  flowers, 

r  1  45  a  great  [pylon]  over  against  the  temple,  [its  door] 

made  high  and  wide,  of  cedar  of  46  it  illuminates  this  whole 


aThe  word  "gods"  was  chiseled  out  in  the  time  of  Ikhnaton. 
bHere  follows  a  statement  of  the  weight  of  some  monument,  above  mentioned. 
cThis  unknown  substance  appears  as  a  basket  of  red  kernels  in  the  tomb  of 
Rekhmire  (Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  V,  1  in,  and  Wilkinson,  Manners,  I,  PI.  HA). 


368 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§ 


land,  its  beauty  seems  like  the  horizon  of  heaven  47  ,  He 

[•"made1]  wide  for  him  its  extent,  an  august  judgment-hall  of  48  

an  august  —  for  this  portal  rof  the  maker  of  his  majesty  as  my  father1 

49   desires  them  monument  for  him  who  raised 

s°   real  lapis  lazuli,  3,000  (+#)  deben  s*   3,631!  — 

s2   chiefs  of  all  countries,  monuments  53  great  door- 
way of  electrum  54  0f  the  land  that  sees  it,  every  land  r  1 

ss  as  leader  of  them  in  56  0f  new  cedar  of  the  royal 

domain  57   august  —  of  electrum,  obelisk[s]a  58  

b 


DEDICATION  STELA c 

904.  This  stela  contained  the  dedication  of  the  mortuary 
temple  of  Amenhotep  III,  which  stood  behind  the  (Memnon) 
Colossi  at  Thebes.  It  stood  in  the  usual  place,  the  "Station 
0}  the  King"  which  it  marked,  being  erected,  like  the 
similar  stelae  of  Amenhotep  II  at  Elephantine  and  Amada 
(§  791  fT.),  against  the  inside  of  the  rear  wall  of  the  holy 
of  holies. d  Here  it  proclaimed  the  king's  gift  of  the  temple 
to  the  god,  on  the  spot  where  the  king  stood  in  officially 
absolving  the  ceremonies  of  the  ritual. 

The  upper  third  of  the  stela  is  occupied  by  two  con- 
ventional scenes,  showing  the  king,  Amenhotep  III,  and  his 


aThese  obelisks  probably  stood  in  front  of  this  pylon  (III);  they  must  have 
been  removed  to  build  the  great  hypostyle;  the  only  obelisks  of  Amenhotep  III 
now  known  at  Karnak  are  in  the  northern  temple,  but  only  fragments  have  sur- 
vived (Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  Text,  III,  2).  Perhaps  they  stood  on  the  two  bases 
referred  to  in  Baedeker's  Egypt,  1902,  253. 

bLl.  59-71  contain  only  an  incoherent  word  or  two  at  the  end;  indeed,  11.  62 
and  69-71  are  entirely  gone. 

cAn  enormous  sandstone  stela  about  30  feet  high  and  14  feet  wide,  still  lying 
a  few  hundred  feet  behind  the  colossi  of  Amenhotep  III  at  Thebes;  text,  Lepsius, 
Denkmaler,  III,  72. 

dThe  stela  is  directly  referred  to  in  another  building  inscription  of  Amen- 
hotep III  in  this  same  temple  (§  883,  1.  5),  where  it  is  called  "a  station  of  the  king, 
■wrought  with  gold  and  many  costly  stones."  The  word  " station"  is  here  deter- 
mined with  a  stela,  and  the  text  would  indicate  that  it  was  overlaid  and 
incrusted. 


DEDICATION  STELA 


369 


queen,  Tiy,  before  " Sokar-Osiris"  (on  the  left)  and  "Amon- 
Re"  (on  the  right). 

The  text  of  twenty-four  lines  represents:  (i)  the  king 
delivering  the  temple  which  stood  behind  the  Colossi  to 
Amon  in  a  presentation  addressa  (11.  2-13);  (2)  Amon 
accepting  it  with  words  of  praise  to  the  king  (11.  14-20); 
(3)  the  "  Divine  Ennead"  calling  upon  the  god  to  enter  his 
temple,  while  they  praise  him  and  the  king  (11.  20-24). b 
The  text  is  badly  broken  and  certainly  corrupt  in  a  number 
of  places. 

I.     SPEECH  OF  THE  KING  (LL.  I-13) 
Temple 

905.  *Live  c  King  Amenhotep  (III).    2Hesaith:  "Come 

thou,  Amon-Re,  lord  of  Thebes,  presider  over  Karnak;  thou  hast  seen 
thy  house  which  I  have  made  for  thee  in  dthe  west  of  Thebes. d  Its 
beauty  mingles  with  Manu  (M 3  -nw),  when  thou  sailest  over  the  heavens 
to  set  therein.    3When  thou  risest  in  the  horizon  of  heaven,  it  shinese 

with  the  gold  of  thy  face,  (for)  its  face  is  toward  the  east  r  lf 

thou  shinest  in  the  morning  every  day;  thy  beauty  is  in  its  midst  without 
ceasing.    I  made  it  4in  excellent  work,  of  fine  white  sandstone. 

Colossal  Statues 

906.  My  majesty  filled  it  with  monuments,  with  my  [rstatues1]s 
from  the  mountain  of  gritstone.    When  they  are  seen  (rin!)  their  place, 


aThe  erection  of  the  same  temple  is  recorded  in  11.  2-10  in  the  preceding  build- 
ing inscription,  §§883,  884. 

bIt  is  therefore  not  merely  a  dialogue  between  the  god  and  the  king,  as  stated 
by  Brugsch,  Egypt  under  the  Pharaohs,  207. 

cThe  usual  full  titulary. 

dys't  wr't  nt  W>  s't  probably  designates  uthe  west  of  Thebes,'"  found  in  I.  3  of 
the  preceding  building  inscription  {ymy-wrt  nt  s't). 

eThough  causative,  this  verb  may  be  used  intransitively,  e.  g.,  L  24  below. 

t The  parallelism  of  "because  thou  risest"  and  " because  thou  settest"  is  all  that 
can  be  made  of  this  phrase. 

gThis  restoration  is  probable,  for  the  (Memnon)  colossi  before  this  temple 
are  of  gritstone. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III      [§  9o7 


there  is  great  rejoicing  because  of  their  size.a  I  made  5likewise  a 
r — ib  upon  the  stone;  it  is  of  alabaster,  pink  and  black  granite;  my 
majesty  made  a  double  pylon, c  seeking  excellent  things  for  my  father; 

statues  coming  forth  r  1  they  were  shaped,  6 —  throughout.  Great 

was  that  which  I  made,  of  gold,  stone,  and  every  splendid  costly  stone 
without  end.  I  gave  to  them  the  directions  to  do  that  which  pleases 
thy  ka,  r — 1  satisfied  withd  an  august  dwelling  like  7  . 

Offerings 

907.  I  made  for  theme  offerings  .    My  majesty  hath 

done£  these  things  for  millions  (of  years),  and  I  know  that  they  will 

abide  in  the  earth  for  my  father  8  all  that  was  due  him;  I  made 

for  thee  a  shadow8  for  thy  voyage  across  the  heavens  as  Atum,  coming 
forth  with  all  the  [gods],  while  the  divine  ennead  who  are  behind  thee 
and  the  Sacred  Apes  praise  thy  rising  and  thy  appearing  in  9 —  the 
horizon.  The  divine  ennead  rejoice,  they  give  exaltation  to  Khepri; 
the  Sacred  Apes  give  praise  to  theeh  when  thou  settest  in  Enekh*  in 
the  west. 

Obelisks 

908.  I  made  I0obelisks  there  r  Thou  hast  shown  favor 

fori  all  that  my  majesty  made  there  in  the  likeness  of  a  chapel  of  thy 
majesty  r  1.k    "Again  I  made  for  thee  monuments  on  the 


aThe  so-called  Memnon  colossi  are  about  58  feet  high  (Lepsius,  Denkmaler, 
Text,  III,  141  ff.)>  but  this  height  is  reduced  nearly  5  feet  by  the  accumulated  Nile 
mud.  They  bear,  or  at  least  the  southern  statue  bears,  the  dedication  (Lepsius, 
Denkmaler,  Text,  III,  144):  "He  made  (it)  as  his  monument  for  his  father  Amon; 

making  for  him  a  great  statue  of  costly  gritstone  "    There  is  among 

the  titles  of  the  king  also  a  reference  to  the  monument  as  "brought  from  Northern 
Heliopolis  to  Southern  Heliopolis."  The  quarry  of  red  gritstone,  whence  the 
statues  were  taken,  is  at  the  Gebel  el-Ahmar  near  Cairo  (see  1,493,  1-  I5>  note) 
and  Heliopolis;  Southern  Heliopolis  is  modern  Erment,  south  of  Thebes. 

bRead  ky,  "form;"  the  b  as  determinative?  dOr:  "resting  in." 

cTranslated  from  the  determinative  only.  eFor  the  statues. 

fThere  is  a  superfluous  personal  ending  here. 

fiThis  is  probably  not  the  "Divine  Shadow"  but  a  sunshade  to  protect  the 
god  on  festival  processions,  or,  as  the  text  has  it,  when  he  crosses  the  heavens. 

hLit.,  "to  thy  face,"  or  before  thee. 

^Meaning  "life,"  a  euphemism  for  the  place  of  the  dead. 
iLit.,  "of."  kA  little  over  one-third  line. 


§  9u]  INSCRIPTIONS  OF  AMENHOTEP 


west  of  the  Great  [rSca]t1;a  I  exacted  all  works  r  lb  in  order 

to  furnish  my  impost  by  the  [Qiand1]  of  my  army.  I  rejoiced  "when 
I  had  done  (it)  for  my  father. 

I  [founjded  for  thee  offerings  every  day  at  the  beginning  of  the  sea- 
sons and  oblations  at  their  times,  d[rues  for1]  thy  temple;  its  prophets,  its 

priests  from  the  greatest  and  choicest  of  I3the  whole  land  

Accept  that  which  I  have  made,  revered  father,  Amon,  of  the  beginning 
of  the  world." 

H.     SPEECH  OF  AMON  (LL.  14-20) 

909.  I4Utterance  by  Amon-Re,  :c  "Come,  my  son  Amen- 

hotep,d  I5I  hear  what  thou  sayest;  I  have  seen  thy  monument,  I  am 

thy  [fath]er,  creator  of  thy  beauty  2°.  .  .  .e    I  accept  the 

[monument]  which  thou  hast  made  for  me." 

III.     SPEECH  OF  THE  DIVINE  ENNEAD  (LL.  20-24) 

910.  Utterance  by  the  Divine  Ennead:   f  f:  2I"Come 

 into  thy  eternal  temple.    It  is  Nibmare,  thy  son,  who  has 

done  this  for  thee .«  Thou  art  in  heaven,  2*thou 

shinest  for  the  earth;  he  (the  king)  is  on  earth,  administering  thy 
kingdom  2  g 


INSCRIPTIONS  OF  AMENHOTEP,  SON  OF  HAPI 

911.  This  famous  official,  who  lived  under  Amenhotep 
III,  was  a  descendant  of  an  old  noble  family,  the  ancient 
nomarchs  of  Athribis,  and  still  maintained  the  office  of  chief 
of  the  prophets  of  the  temple  at  that  place,  which  went 
with  his  ancient  rank.    He  acquired  a  great  reputation  for 


*The  name  of  this  temple  was  "  House-of-Amon-on-the-West-of-Thebes;"  see 
§  883,  note. 

bFive  or  six  words.  cHalf  a  line  of  titles.  dBoth  names. 

*  About  one-fourth  of  the  omitted  portion  is  broken  out,  the  remainder  contains 
only  the  conventional  praise  of  the  king  by  the  god. 
fOne-third  line. 

gMuch  broken,  and  contains  only  the  conventional  phrases  of  praise  to  Amon 
or  the  king. 


372        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§9I2 

wisdom.  On  the  temple  of  Der  el-Medineh  at  Thebes 
an  inscription  says  of  him:  "His  name  shall  abide  forever , 
his  sayings  shall  not  perish"  These  sayings  were  thought 
to  be  referred  to  in  the  papyrus  of  Heter  at  Gizeh,a  but 
this  has  been  clearly  shown  to  be  an  error. b  The  attribution 
of  a  mortuary  papyrus0  to  him  is  also  very  questionable. d 
The  only  wisdom  unquestionably  assigned  to  him,  though 
it  is  probably  a  pseudepigraphon,  is  found  in  an  eighteen- 
line  Greek  scrawl  of  the  third  century  B.  C,  on  a  limestone 
ostracon  belonging  to  the  Egypt  Exploration  Fund.6  It 
contains  nine  fragmentary  sayings,  of  which  Wilcken  has 
found  three  also  among  the  "  Proverbs  of  the  Seven  Wise 
Men."f  Amenhotep  was  long  supposed  to  have  built 
the  original  temple  on  the  site  of  the  present  Der  el-Medineh 
temple ;g  Sethe  has  shown  the  error  of  this  supposition.11 
He  was  long  ago  pointed  out  by  Brugsch,  on  the  basis  of 
his  statue  inscription,  as  the  architect1  of  the  Memnon 
colossi  on  the  Theban  plain — an  error  which  a  careful 
translation  of  the  inscription  immediately  exposes.1' 

912.  He  lived  to  be  at  least  eighty  years  old,  when  the 
king  granted  him  a  statuek  in  the  Karnak  temple  of  Amon 
with  the  following  dedication: 


aBy  Maspero,  Memoire  sur  quelques  papyri  du  Louvre,  23. 

bBy  Sethe,  Festschrift  fur  Georg  Ebers,  113,  114. 

cMariette,  Papyri  de  Boulaq,  No.  5.  dSethe,  ibid. 

ePublished  by  Wilcken,  Festschrift  fur  Georg  Ebers,  142-46.  For  other 
material  which  may  be  his,  see  Daressy,  Annates,  III,  43,  61,  62,  where  he  appears 
as  a  god  in  the  Ptah-temple  of  Karnak  in  the  time  of  Tiberius. 

fWilcken,  Festschrift  fur  Georg  Ebers,  144,  145. 

eBy  Brugsch  {Zeitschrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  1875,  125-27)  on  the  basis 
of  the  Mortuary  Temple  Edict  below,  §§9211!. 
^Festschrift  fur  Georg  Ebers,  1 10-12. 

iZeitschrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache,  1876,  96  ff.  iSee  §917. 

^Annates,  IT,  272,  281-84;  IV,  PI.  V,  IV.  The  long  inscription  has  nothing 
of  historical  value.    See  another  Karnak  statue  of  him,  Recueil,  19,  13,  14. 


§9x3]  INSCRIPTIONS  OF  AMENHOTEP 


[Given  as  a  favo]r  of  the  king's-presence  to  the  temple  of  Amon  in 
Karnak,  for  the  hereditary  prince,  count,  sole  companion,  fan-bearer  on 
the  king's  right  hand,  chief  of  the  king's  works  even  all  the  great  monu- 
ments which  are  brought,  of  every  excellent  costly  stone;  steward  of 
the  king's-daughter  of  the  king's-wife,  Sitamon,  who  liveth;  overseer 
of  the  cattle  of  Amon  in  the  South  and  North,  chief  of  the  prophets  of 
Horus,  lord  of  Athribis,  festival  leader  of  Amon,  Amenhotep,  son  of 
Kapi,  born  of  the  lady  Yatu  (F3/m?),  triumphant. 

Having  thus  attained  the  age  of  eighty  years,  he  prays 
(on  this  statue)  for  the  usual  no  years.  In  later  ages 
he  gradually  gained  recognition  as  a  god,  for  the  first  time 
probably  under  Ptolemy  Euergetes  II  ;a  so  that  already 
in  Manetho's  time,  this  historian  could  say  of  him  that  he 
seemed  to  partake  of  the  divine  nature. b 

L     STATUE  INSCRIPTION c 

913.  This  inscription  is  very  difficult  and  obscure.  The 
introduction  (11.  1-26)  consists  solely  of  eulogistic  epithets 
and  phrases  applied  to  the  deceased,  and  of  mortuary  texts, 
of  no  historical  value.  The  remainder  (11.  26-43)  contains 
his  official  career  through  three  promotions,  as  follows: 

Introduction,  §914,  11-  26-27. 

First  Promotion,  to  be  Inferior  Royal  Scribe,  §915,  11. 
27-29. 

Second  Promotion,  to  be  Superior  Royal  Scribe,  §  916,  IL 
29-37. 

Third  Promotion,  to  be  Minister  of  all  Public  Works, 
§9i7. 1L  37-43- 


aSethe,  Festschrift  fur  Georg  Ebers,  116. 
bJosephus,  Contra  Apion,  I,  26. 


uJOSepnUS,  datura  si.ywu,  j., 

cThe  third  statue  of  Amenhotep  at  Karnak;  discovered  there  by  Marietta. 
Published  by  Marietta,  Karnak,  36, 37  i  Rouge,  Inscriptions  huroglyphyuts  XX  II- 
XXVIII;  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  VI,  129^8.  I  had  also  a  copy  of  the  ongmal 
by  Borchardt  for  the  Berlin  dictionary. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§0I4 


Introduction 

914.  26  The  king's-scribe,  Amenhotep,  triumphant;  he 

saith:  "I  was  great,  at  the  head  of  the  great,  skilful  in  the  divine 
wordsa  in  27the  tcouncil1  of  understanding,  following  the  plans  of  the 
king;  one  whose  ka  the  sovereign,  L.  P.  H.,  advanced. 

First  Promotion 

915.  The  Good  God,  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Nibmare 
(Amenhotep  III),  firstborn  son  of  Harakhte,  praised  me.  I  was 
appointed  to  be  inferior  king's-bscribe ;  28I  was  introduced  into  the 
divine  book,  I  beheld  the  excellent  things  of  Thoth;  I  was  equipped 
with  their  secrets;  I  opened0  all  their  rpassages1;  one  took  counsel  with 
me  29on  all  their  matters. 

Second  Promotion 

916.  My  lord  again  showed  favor  to  me;  the  King  of  Upper  and 
Lower  Egypt,  Nibmare,  he  put  all  the  people  subject  to  me,  and  the 
listing  of  their  number  under  my  control,  as  superior  king's-scribed 
over  recruits.  3°I  levied  the  (military)  classes  of  my  lord,  my  pen 
reckoned  the  numbers  of  millions;  I  put  them  in  Classes1  in  the  place 
of  their  Elders1;  the  staff  of  old  agee  as  his  beloved  son.  3II  taxed  the 
houses  with  the  numbers  belonging  thereto,  I  divided  the  troops  (of 
workmen)  and  their  houses,  I  filled  out  the  subjectsf  with  the  best  of 
the  captivity,  which  his  majesty  had  captured  32on  the  battlefield.  I 

appointed  all  their  troops  (ts't),  I  levied  I  placed  troops  at 

the  heads  of  the  way(s)  to  turn  back  the  foreigners  in  their  places.  33The 
two  regions  were  surrounded^  with  a  watch  scouting  for  the  Sand- 
rangers.    I  did  likewise  at  the  heads  of  the  river-mouths,h  which  were 


aTerm  for  hieroglyphics.  bSS-stny-hry  d*. 

cThc  same  phrase  (pg^ny)  for  opening  sacred  books  in  Neferhotep  (I,  758). 
&S$-$tny-hry-d  3  d  >. 

eSame  phrase,  I,  692.  There  is  a  reference  here  to  the  replacement  of  old 
by  new  levies,  but  the  technical  terms  are  not  yet  fully  understood. 

fThe  native-born  Egyptians. 

gOr:  "which  surrounded  the  Two  Lands.1* 

hLit.,  "at  the  head(s)  of  the  shore  of  the  front  mouths;"  the  mouths  of  the 
Nile  are  indicated.  The  meaning  "river-mouths"  or  "harbor-mouths"  is  clearly 
determined  by  the  use  of  the  word  (r  *-h  *'wt)  in  the  wars  of  Ramses  III  (year  5, 


INSCRIPTIONS  OF  AMENHOTEP 


375 


closed  under  34my  troops  except  to  the  troops  of  royal  marines.  I 
was  the  guide  of  their  ways,  they  depended  upon  my  command. 

I  was  the  chief  at  the  head  of  3sthe  mighty  men,  to  smite  the  Nubians 
•and  the  Asiatics1,*  the  plans  of  my  lord  were  a  refuge  behind  me;  ""when 
I  wandered1  his  command  surrounded  me;  his  plans  embraced  all 
lands  36and  all  foreigners  who  were  by  his  side.  I  reckoned  up  the 
captives15  of  the  victories  of  his  majesty,  being  in  charge  of  them.  I  did 
according  to  that  which  he  (the  king)  said,  I  followed  according  to  the 
things  which  he  commanded  37me>  I  found  them  excellent  things  for 
the  future. 

Third  Promotion 
917.  My  lord  a  third  time  showed  favorc  to  me;  Son  of  Re,  Amen- 
hotep  (III),  Ruler  of  Thebes,  the  sun-god  is  he,  to  whom  hath  been  given 
an  eternity  of  his  jubilees  without  end.  *8My  lord  made  me  chief  of 
all  works.  I  established  the  name  of  the  king  forever,  I  did  not  imitate 
that  which  had  been  done  before.  I  fashioned  for  him  a  mountain  of 
gritstone,  for  he  is  the  heir  of  Atum.d  did  according  to  my  desire, 
executing  his  likeness  in  this  his  great  house, e  with  every  precious 
stone,  enduring  like  the  heavens;  there  was  not  onef  who  had  done  it 
(the  like)  since  the  time  of  the  founding  of  his  Two  Lands.    4°I  con- 


1.  53,  IV,  44;  year  8,  1.  20,  IV,  65).  Maspcro's  "custom-houses  erected  at  the 
mouths  of  the  Nile"  (Maspero,  Struggle  of  the  Nations,  290),  while  hardly  derivable 
from  this  passage  alone,  are  amply  corroborated  by  the  Amarna  Letters,  which 
show  that  there  were  custom-houses  on  the  coast  of  the  Delta  {Amarna  Letters, 
29;  32  and  33). 

aPossibly  "the  Nubians  of  the  cataract  region." 

hYs-h  >  k't.  cText  has  "my  favor" 

dSee  note  on  1.  40,  where  the  mountain  is  again  connected  with  Atum,  in 
whose  district  it  was. 

eThe  temple  of  Karnak  where  our  nobleman's  statin  was  found;  hence  the 
statue  of  the  king  here  referred  to  must  be  in  this  temple,  and  cannot  have  been 
one  of  the  Memnon  colossi,  as  Piehl  thinks  possible  (Petites  etudes,  37).  [Later: 
Since  making  the  above  note,  I  notice  that  Sethe  has  published  the  same  remark 
(Festschrift  fur  Georg  Ebers,  109).]  It  is  therefore  clear  that  Brugsch  is  wrong  in 
concluding  from  this  inscription  that  Amenhotep,  the  son  of  Hapi,  necessarily 
erected  the  Memnon  colossi;  as  the  passage  refers  clearly  to  a  statue  in  the  Kar- 
nak temple,  where  there  actually  still  is  a  statue  of  Amenhotep  III  of  the  stone 
of  Gebel  el-Ahmar  (cf.  Sethe,  ibid.,  109). 

*The  rendering,  "there  was  not  a  king,  etc.,"  of  Brugsch  (Zeitschrift  fiir  agypt- 
ische  Sprache,  1876,  98)  and  Piehl  (Petites  etudes,  37),  is  due  to  the  misreading  of 
the  particle  fwt  as  $tn(y),  "king;"  cf.  Erman,  Aegyptische  Grammatik,  §  320. 


376        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§9i8 


ducted  the  work  of  his  statue, a  immense  in  width,  taller  than  his  column, 
its  beauty  marred  the  pylon.  Its  length  was  4ob  cubits  in  the  august 
mountain0  of  gritstone  at  the  side  of  Re-Atum.  *lI  built  an  eight- 
vessel,  I  brought  it  (the  statue)  up-river  ;d  it  was  set  up  in  [this]  great 
house,  enduring  as  heaven.  My  witnesses  are  ye,  ye  who  shall  come 
42after  us;  the  entire  army  was  as  one  under  my  control,  they  wrought 
with  joy,  their  hearts  were  glad,  rejoicing  and  praising  the  Good  God; 
43 they  landed  at  Thebes  with  rejoicing,  the  monuments  rested  in  their 
places  forever  .e 

Service  with  the  King 

giS,  si   I  [saw]  hims  fighting  hand  to  hand  upon  the 

battlefield,  while  he  was  like  Min  in  the  year  of  r — \    I  recorded  the 

•numbers1  of  his  '"captives1  as  subjects  of  the  temples  4  

while  I  was  apportioner  of  ointment.    I  was  versed  in  her  art r  1 

and  she  knew  (it),  while  I  was  in  front  with  my  lord,  and  I  was  great 
before  him.    I  did  that  which  men  loved  and  gods  praised   

5  , 

Benefits  jor  Athribis 
919.  Behold  ye,  I  did  excellent  things;  do  (so)  to  me,  and  it  shall 
be  done  (likewise)  to  you ;  for  I  am  an  heir  who  furnished  his  city,  and 
expelled  its  r — 1  (tw D)  from  every  place.    My  lordg  did  benefactions  for 
my  godh  r — 1  6  .    My  lord  fdug1]  his  southern  lake 


aText  has  plural,  but  the  singular  pronouns  show  the  error. 

bA  statue  of  Amenhotep  III  of  the  Gebel  el-Ahmar  stone  before  Harmhab's 
pylon  at  Karnak  was  about  15  meters  high,  and  is  probably  the  one  referred  to; 
for  it  is  not  stated  that  the  statue  was  40  cubits  high,  but  the  block  in  the  quarry 
was  40  cubits  "long."  A  similar  reference  to  the  block  in  the  mountain  in  I,  698, 
1.  6. 

cThe  same  as  the  "  Red  Mountain"  of  Mariette,  Karnak,  15,  24  (I,  493,  1.  15, 
note)  near  Cairo,  and  still  called  Red  Mountain  (Gebel  el-Ahmar)  cf.  Baedeker's 
Egypt,  1902,  74.  The  phrase  "at  the  side  0}  Re-Atum"  refers  to  its  location 
near  the  Heliopolis  sanctuary  of  Re.  Sethe  notes  similar  phrases  on  the  Sphinx 
tablet,  11.  6  and  7  (§814). 

dFrom  the  quarry  near  Cairo  to  Thebes.  eAbout  one-half  line. 

*  Another,  shorter  inscription  on  the  same  statue,  Mariette,  Karnak,  37,  b. 
LI.  1  and  2  have  almost  entirely  disappeared. 

sThe  king. 

hThe  god  of  his  city,  Athribis.  He  calls  on  the  people  of  the  place  to  pray  for 
him  because  he  had  used  his  influence  with  the  king,  to  secure  royal  benefits  for 
the  local  god  and  temple  of  Athribis. 


§  922] 


INSCRIPTIONS  OF  AMENHOTEP 


377 


and  his  northern  lake,  brightened  with  flowers  upon  their  shores.  I 

—  their  — ,  and  led  them,  because  I  was  one  I  1  his  city.    He  made 

the  house  of  my  god,  and  my  rcityl    How  beautiful  is  ?  

because  of  his  daily  offerings.  My  lord  magnified  my  city  greatly,  and 
my  family  r  1  on  earth. 

Royal  Favor 

920.  I  buried  my  father,  doing  again  that  which  "The-Son-Whom- 

He-Loves  "  did.   I  interred  my  mother  8  .   My  lord  

my  necessities,  causing  me  to  receive  bread  rafter1  the  feasts.  Men  said 
to  me  :  "r— 1  it  hath  come  to  thee  through  the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands. 
There  is  no  citizen  (Sw 3)  to  whom  the  like  has  been  done."  I  executed 
truth  ^   a 

II.     MORTUARY  TEMPLE  EDICT b 

921.  This  document  legally  establishes  in  perpetuity  an 
endowment  for  the  maintenance  of  Amenhotep's  mortuary 
cult.  It  was  publicly  read  in  his  mortuary  temple  at  Thebes 
to  the  more  important  officers  of  state  assembled  there  in 
the  king's  presence,  who  are  adjured  to  respect  it,  or  suffer 
under  the  most  dreadful  curses.  The  surviving  original 
is  a  late  copy  of  the  original  of  Amenhotep's  day. 

Date 

922.  *Year  31,°  fourth  month  of  the  first  season,  sixth  day,  under 
the  majesty  of  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  the  Lord  of  the 
Two  Lands,  Nibmare,  L.  P.  H.;  Son  of  Re,  of  his  body,  Lord  of 
Diadems,  Amenhotep  (HI),  L.  P.  H. 


aTwo  lines  of  self-praise. 

bHieratic  text,  being  a  copy  of  very  late  date,  on  a  limestone  stela  in  the  British 
Museum,  No.  138,  published  in  transliteration  by  Birch  (Chabas,  Melanges  egyp- 
tologiques,  II  ser.,  324-43);  again  by  the  same  author  in  facsimile  {Inscriptions 
in  the  Hieratic  and  Demotic  Character,  XXIX).  I  collated  the  original  exhaus- 
tively and  found  the  latter  publication  very  inaccurate.  It  was  translated  by 
Brugsch,  Zeitschrift  fur  dgyptische  Sprache,  1875,  125-27;  Erman,  Life  in  Ancient 
Egypt,  148  (Aegypten,  214,  215);  the  present  translation  is  much  indebted  to 
Erman's  version. 

cNot  11,  as  Brugsch  has  it;  even  41  is  possible. 


378        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§923 


The  Assembly 

923.  On  this  day,  one  (=the  king)  was  in  the  ka-chapela  2of  the 
hereditary  prince,  count,  king's-scribe,  Amenhotep.  There  were  brought 
in:  the  governor  of  the  city,  and  vizier,  Amenhotep;  the  overseer  of 
the  treasury,  Meriptah,  and  the  king's-scribes  of  the  army. 

Establishment  oj  Chapel 

924.  One  said  to  them  in  the  presence  of  3his  majesty,  L.  P.  H.: 
"Hear  the  command  which  is  given,  to  furnish  the  ka-chapel  of  the 
hereditary  prince,  the  royal  scribe,  Amenhotep,  called  Huy,  Son  of  Hapu, 
whose  excellence  is  rextolled1,b  4in  order  to  perpetuate  his  ka-chapel 
with  slaves,  male  and  female,  forever;  son  to  son,  heir  to  heir;  in  order 
that  none  trespass  upon  it  forever.  It  is  commended  to  Amon-Re, 
king  of  gods,  as  long  as  it  is  upon  earth ;  she  is  the  king  of  eternity,  he  is 
the  protector  of  the  dead. 

Curses  on  Violators 

925.  As  for  the  general  and  scribe  of  the  army  who  shall  follow  after 
me  and  shall  find  the  ka-chapel  beginning  to  decay,  together  with  6the 
male  and  female  slaves  who  are  cultivating  (the  field)  for  my  endow- 
ment, and  shall  take  away  a  man  therefrom  in  order  to  put  him  (rto*) 
any  business  of  Pharaoh,  L.  P.  H.,  or  any  commission,  may  his  body  be 
•"accursed1. c  7Then  if  another  trespasses  upon  them,  and  does  not 
answer  in  their  behalf,  he  shall  suffer  the  destruction  of  Amon,  lord  of 
Thebes,  he  (the  god)  shall  not  permit  them  to  be  satisfied  with  the 
office  of  king's-scribe  of  the  army,  which  they  have  received  for  me, 
8He  (Amon)  shall  deliver  them  into  the  flaming  wrath  of  the  king  on 
the  day  of  his  anger;  his  serpent-diadem  shall  spit  fire  upon  their  heads, 
shall  consume  their  limbs,  shall  devour  their  bodies,  they  shall  become 
like  Apophis  on  the  morning  of  New  Year's  Day.  They  shall  be 
engulfed  in  the  sea,  9it  shall  hide  their  corpses.  They  shall  not  receive 
the  mortuary  ceremonies  of  the  righteous ;  they  shall  not  eat  the  food  of 
them  that  dwell  in  Keret;  the  waters  by  the  flood  of  the  river  shall  not 
be  poured  out  for  them.    Their  sons  shall  not  be  put  into  their  places, 


aNot  the  "temple  of  Kak,"  as  usually  rendered;  see  Sethe,  Festschrift  fur 
Georg  Ebers,  111. 

bBrugsch:  "dessen  Tugenden  wohlbekannt  sind;"  but  this  is  very  doubtful. 
cIt  is  possible  that  this  is  the  case  of  those  who  do  respect  the  endowment; 
while  the  case  of  those  who  do  not  respect  it  begins  with  1.  7. 


§927]  INSCRIPTIONS  OF  AMENHOTEP 


I0their  wives  shall  be  violated  while  their  eyes  see  it.  The  nobles  shall 
not  set  foot  in  their  houses  as  long  as  they  are  upon  earth ;  the  leaders  of 
the  two  sidesa  shall  not  introduce  them,  nor  shall  they  hear  the  words 
of  the  king  in  the  hour  of  gladness.  "They  shall  belong  to  the  sword 
on  the  day  of  destruction,  they  shall  be  called  enemies;  when  their 
bodies  be  consumed,  they  shall  hunger,  without  bread,  and  their  bodies 
shall  die.  If  the  vizier,  overseer  of  the  treasury,  chief  overseer  of  the 
estate,  superintendent  of  the  granary,  I2high  priests,  divine  fathers,  and 
priests  of  Amon,  to  whom  has  been  read  this  edict,  issued  for  the  ka- 
chapel  of  the  hereditary  prince,  the  king's-scribe,  Amenhotep,  son  of 
Hapu,  shall  not  show  solicitude  I3for  his  ka-chapel,  the  edict  shall 
touch  them,  and  them  especially. 

Blessings  on  Preservers  oj  Chapel 

926.  But  if  they  shall  show  solicitude  for  the  ka-chapel,  with  the 
male  and  female  slaves  who  are  cultivating  (the  field)  for  my  ^endow- 
ment, then  all  favor  shall  be  shown  them.  Amon-Re,  king  of  gods, 
shall  reward  themb  with  prosperous  life.c  The  king  of  your  day,  shall 
•"reward!  you  I5as  he  irewards1  — -d  There  shall  be  doubled  for  you 
office  upon  office,  ye  shall  receive  from  son  to  son  and  heir  to  heir.  They 
shall  be  sent  on  as  messengers,  and  the  king  of  their  day  will  reward 
them.  Their1  bodies  shall  (rest)  l6in  the  West  after  (a  life  of)  1 10  years, 
doubled  to  you  shall  be  the  mortuary  oblations  likewise. 

Warning  to  Gendarmes 

927.  As  for  the  officers  of  the  gendarmes,  rbelonging  toi  the  district 
of  the  mayor  of  the  west  side,  in  Khaft(et)-hir-nebes,  who  ''shall  not 
protect  my  endowment  each  day,  and  on  my  feast-days  on  the  first  of 
the  month,  the  edict  shall  touch  them,  and  their  bodies  shall  not  Escape*. 
l8But  if  they  shall  hear  all  the  edict,  issued  as  a  command,  and  they  shall 
obey  and  shall  not  forsake  it,  good  shall  happen  to  them  as  (to)  the 
just.    ^They  shall  rest  in  the  cemetery  after  years  of  old  age. 

Codicil.  The  mayor  of  the  west  side  is  he  who  f— >  my  servants 
during  a  single  day. 

aThe  people  on  the  two  sides  of  the  central  aisle  in  formal  assemblies;  the 
leaders  (sSm'w)  or  ushers  of  such  assemblies  were  the  heralds  (whm  w). 
t>Original  shows  a  correction  from  "you"  to  "them." 

cThere  is  no  lacuna  here  nor  in  the  next  line,  as  indicated  in  the  publication. 
dThe  text  has  omitted  the  object. 


380        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  AMENHOTEP  III  [§g28 


STATUE  OF  NEBNEFERa 

928.  This  statue  was  probably  dedicated  in  the  chapel 
of  Prince  Wazmose;  at  least,  there  is  a  reference  to  this 
prince  among  the  inscriptions  which  it  bears.  On  the 
back,  however,  there  is  an  historical  inscription  apparently 
recording  the  promotion  of  Nebnefer  and  the  appointment 
of  one  Hui  to  his  old  place.  The  promotion  was  by  special 
message  of  the  king,  which  Nebnefer  himself  brought, 
and  it  was  confirmed  by  a  special  formulary  pronounced 
by  the  High  Priest  and  witnessed  by  all  four  "prophets" 
for  the  temple,  and  one  witness  for  the  incumbent  beside 
himself.  The  document  thus  furnishes  us  with  interesting 
and  important  procedure  in  such  temple  appointments, 
which  are  as  yet  unknown  in  any  other  source. 

Date 

929.  *Year  20,  second  month  of  the  first  season,  under  the  majesty 
of  King  Amenhotep  III,  beloved  of  Amon  2  b 

Royal  Message 

On  this  day,  behold  [his  majesty  3was  in  the  temple]0  of  Ptah- 
South-of-His-Wall,  lord  of  Life-of-the-Two-Lands.  Message,  con- 
cerning which  the  king's-scribe,  the  steward,  Khampet,  came  to  the 

chief  treasurer,  the  High  Priest  of  Amon,  4[Meriptah]d   from 

the  Pharaoh,  L.  P.  H.,  (saying):  "Let  the  chief  measurer  of  the  store- 
house of  divine  offerings  be  bought  — 1  before  his  fathers;  5  

Hui  being  put  into  his  place  in  the  storehouse  of  divine  offerings  of 
Amon." 


aFragment  of  limestone  sitting  statue,  now  in  the  Museum  of  Brussels;  pub- 
lished by  Capart  and  Spiegelberg  in  Annates  de  la  Societe  (T Archeologie  de  Bruxelles, 
Tome  XVII,  ire  et  2me  liv.,  1903,  19-28. 

bDouble  name  of  the  king  and  conventional  epithets. 

cThis  was  probably  not  Memphis,  but  the  temple  of  Ptah  at  Karnak,  which 
bore  the  same  names  as  the  Ptah-temple  at  Memphis. 

dSupplied  from  1.  8;  the  middle  three  lines  evidently  extended  higher  up  the 
plinth  than  the  others,  and  were  an  uncertain  amount  longer. 


§93i] 


STATUE  OF  NEBNEFER 


38i 


Installation 

930.  Then  it  was  done  according  to  [all]  that  [his  majesty]  said 

6   [the  High  Priest  of  Amo]n,  Meriptah,  triumphant,  to  the 

king's-scribe,  the  steward  Khampet:  a"As  for  that  which  is  done  of 
thy  father  Amon,  lord  of  Thebes,  7in  all  his  commands,  as  heaven 
endures,b  so  shall  that  which  he  does  endure,  enduring  and  permanent 
forever. " 

Witnesses 

93 1 .  Done  in  the  presence  of  the  chief  treasurer,  the  High  Priest  of 
8Amon,  Meriptah;  the  second  prophet,  Enen  (c«w);  the  third  prophet, 
Amenemhet;  the  fourth  prophet,0  Simut;  the  king's-scribe,  Kham- 
pet; the  steward,  Sebeknakht. 


»The  following  is  evidently  the  formulary  of  confirmation  in  office,  pronounced 
by  the  High  Priest  to  the  incumbent. 

*>The  phrase  is  common;  hence  the  remark  of  the  authors,  "  Le  passage  semble 
fitre  fautif,"  is  strange. 

cThe  four  prophets  (the  High  Priest's  title  really  reads  "first  prophet")  repre- 
sent the  temple,  and  for  the  incumbent  there  are  only  himself  and  one  more. 


REIGN  OF  IKHNATON 


QUARRY  INSCRIPTION  AT  SILSILEH* 

932 .  This  inscription  is  among  the  earliest  surviving  docu- 
ments of  the  great  revolution  under  Ikhnaton.  It  records 
the  opening  of  quarry-chambers  at  Silsileh  to  obtain  stone 
for  the  king's  first  templeb  to  his  new  god,  whose  cult  already 
seems  to  be  in  full  development.  Although  Amon  is  not 
yet  banished,  Aton  has  his  formal  name,  but  not  yet  in  the 
cartouches,  in  which  it  later  always  appears.  The  king  is 
however,  "High  Priest"  of  his  new  god,  whose  sanctuary 
he  is  about  to  erect.  Of  this  temple  not  one  stone  was 
left  upon  another  by  the  king's  enemies  at  his  death.  The 
materials  have  been  found  at  Thebes,  but  scattered  in 
various  structures  from  Karnak  to  Erment,  chiefly,  how- 
ever, in  the  Karnak  pylons  of  Harmhab.6  The  name  of 
this  temple  was:  "Aton-Hs-Found^-in-the-House-oj-Aton"d 


aTablet  fourteen  feet  high,  cut  on  the  quarry  wall  at  Silsileh;  published  by 
Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  no,  i;  Legrain,  Annates,  III,  263. 

bOn  the  Aton-temples  at  Akhetaton  (Amarna),  see  tomb  of  Hui  (§§  1016  ff.); 
and  on  the  ones  at  Heliopolis,  Hermonthis,  and  elsewhere,  ibid.  On  the  Aton- 
temples  in  general,  see  my  remarks  in  Zeitschrift  fur  dgyptische  Sprache,  40, 
no  ff. 

cSee  Nestor  l'H6te,  Papiers  inedits,  III,  80,  96,  97,  101,  104,  105  (not  seen); 
Prisse,  Transactions  0}  the  Royal  Society  of  Literature,  2d  Ser.,  I.,  76-92,  and  again 
Prisse,  Monuments  egyptiens,  V  and  XI;  following  Prisse,  J.  S.  Perring,  Trans- 
actions of  the  Royal  Society  of  Literature,  2d  Ser.,  I,  140  ff.;  Brugsch,  Recueil  ds 
monuments,  PI.  57,  2,  a-k;  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  no,  c  and  g;  Bouriant, 
Recueil,  VI,  51  ff.;  and  a  letter  by  Piehl  {Zeitschrift  fur  dgyptische  Sprache,  1884, 
41),  which  also  refers  to  the  names  of  Tutenkhamon  and  Eye  as  occurring  in  blocks 
rebuilt  into  this  pylon.  Blocks  reused  in  repairs  on  the  temple  of  Amenhotep  II 
(Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  Text,  III,  50);  in  Karnak  {ibid.,  52);  in  town  of  Luxor 
{ibid.,  89). 

dSee  tomb  of  Ramose,  §  941,  note. 

382 


§  933] 


QUARRY  INSCRIPTION  AT  SILSILEII 


383 


and  it  must  have  been  a  large  and  imposing  sanctuary.* 
It  was  erected  early  in  the  Aton  schism,  for  the  surviving 
fragments  show  a  reference  to  Horus  and  Set.  The  name 
of  Aton  occurs  without  the  cartouches,5  and  the  king  still 
bears  his  old  name.0  This  last  fact  shows  that  the  temple 
was  built  before  the  sixth  year.  It  is  also  referred  to  in 
the  tomb  of  Hatey  (h^t-y^y)  at  Thebes  (Kurna),  who  was 
"scribe,  overseer  of  the  granary  in  the  house  (h't)  0]  the  Aton"* 
at  a  time  when  the  Amon  cult  was  still  unrepressed.  Thebes 
as  a  whole  was  now  apparently  called  "City  (nw  t)-oj-the- 
Brightness-of-Aton"  and  the  temple  quarter  was  known  as 
1 '  Brightness-oj-A  ton-the-Great. ' ,e 

933 .  f  The  quarry  inscription  informs  us  that  the  highest 
officials  of  the  court  served  in  superintending  the  work  of  tran- 
sportation. The  date  of  the  inscription  must  be  very  early 
in  the  king's  reign,  because  the  materials  taken  from  the 
quarry  were  built  into  the  temple,  completed,  and  inscribed 
before  the  sixth  year.  The  work  in  the  quarry  was  therefore 
probably  done  in  the  first  or  second  year.    Over  the  inscrip- 


aIn  the  heart  of  Harmhab's  pylon  I  found  blocks  of  Ikhnaton's  masonry  of 
considerable  dimensions;  one  cornice  was  32  inches  high.  The  king's  leg,  in  a 
fragmentary  relief,  was  20  inches  across  at  the  lower  edge  of  the  apron;  the  k- 
vessel  was  13  inches  long;  the  dv-loaf  was  12  inches  high.  The  names  of  Aton 
and  the  king  had  been  expunged  before  the  destruction  of  the  building. 

bFrom  my  own  copies  of  blocks  deep  in  Harmhab's  pylon.  I  found  there  also 
a  date  which  might  have  settled  this  question,  but  unfortunately  the  year  is  lost, 
and  only  the  season  and  the  day  remain.  [Later:  This  date  is  now  published  in 
Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  Text,  III,  52.] 

cLepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  no,  d.  The  old  name,  "  Amenhotep,"  continued 
until  the  fifth  year  of  his  reign  (Grifl&th,  Kahun  Papyri,  PI.  38  and  pp.  91  and  92). 
In  the  sixth  year  we  find  the  new  name,  "Ikhnaton,"  on  the  boundary  stelae  at 
Amarna  (§§949  ff.).  The  Theban  temple  must,  therefore,  have  been  built  and 
sculptured  before  the  sixth  year. 

dDaressy,  Annates,  II,  2-4;  Legrain,  ibid.,  Ill,  265. 

eOn  Canopies  published  by  Legrain  {Annates,  IV,  17-19). 

«Legrain's  arguments  for  dating  the  temple,  or  a  temple  of  Aton  at  Thebes, 
before  Ikhnaton's  reign  are  inconclusive  {Annates,  III,  265). 


3*4 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON  [§ 


tion  was  a  relief*  showing  the  king  worshiping  before 
Amon,  but  it  has  been  erased,  probably  by  Ikhnaton  himself. 
The  inscription  below  is  as  follows: 

934.  ^ive  the  Horus:  Mighty  Bull,  Lofty  of  Plumes;  Favorite  of 
the  Two  Goddesses ;  Great  in  Kingship  in  [Karnak]  ;b  Golden  Horus : 
Wearer  of  Diadems  2in  the  Southern  Heliopolis;  King  of  Upper  and 
Lower  Egypt,  High  Priest  of  Harakhte-Rejoicing-in-the-Horizon,  in 
His  Name:  " Heat-Which-is-in-Aton : "  Nef erkheprurec-Wanre ;  ^Son 
of  Re  [Amenhotep,d  Divine  Ruler  of  Thebes],  great  in  his  duration, 
living  forever  and  ever;  [Amon]-e  Re,  lord  of  heaven,  ruler  of  eternity.f 

935.  First  occurrence  of  his  majesty's  giving  command  to  

4  to  muster  all  the  workmen^  from  Elephantine  to  Samhudeth 

(Stn  0  -Hwd  t),  and  the  leaders  of  the  army,  sin  order  to  make  a  great 
breach  for  cutting  out  sandstone,  in  order  to  make  the  great  sanctuary 
(bnbn)'1  of  Harakhtein  his  name:  "Heat-Which-is-in-6Aton,"  in  Karnak. 


aNot  shown  on  Lepsius'  plate,  but  given  by  him  in  his  notes  (Lepsius,  Dettk- 
maler,  Text,  IV,  96,  97). 

bLepsius  has  incorrectly  restored  Akhetaton  in  this  lacuna.  This  mention  of 
the  city  in  the  first  or  second  year  had  caused  me  much  difficulty;  but  the  publi- 
cation of  this  stela  by  Legrain  {Annates,  III,  263)  shows  that  "Akhetaton"  is  an 
error.  We  should  restore  " Karnak"  as  in  the  contemporaneous  Zernik  stela 
{ibid.,  260  f.).  This  fragmentary  stela  recorded  similar  quarry -work  in  the  cliffs 
opposite  and  above  Esneh.  The  king  bears  his  old  name,  and  the  god's  name 
also  is  as  in  the  Silsileh  stela;  it  is  undated,  but  is  clearly  from  the  same  time  as  the 
Silsileh  stela,  and  the  expedition  recorded  was  carried  out  by  Eye,  afterward  king. 
There  is  another  stela  beside  Eye's,  showing  the  "chief  of  quarrymen,  Neferronpet," 
worshiping  Amon  {ibid.,  261  f.). 

cThis  is  the  Napkhurlya  of  the  Amarna  Letters;  it  means:  "Beautiful  is 
the  Being  of  Re."  Wanre,  the  second  part  of  the  name,  means,  "Unique  One 
of  Re." 

dThis  old  form  of  the  king's  name  has  been  erased  because  it  contained  the 
name  of  Amon. 
eErased. 

fThe  connection  of  the  god's  name  is  uncertain,  but  probably  "beloved  of" 
has  been  omitted  before  it  (after  it  in  original). 

sThe  text  has  "works,"  but  Brugsch  has  a  similar  example  {Hieroglyphisch- 
demotisches  Worterbuch,  Supplement,  1337),  with  "the  people"  as  object  of  the 
verb,  showing  clearly  what  is  meant  here. 

hLike  the  Hebrew  "from  Dan  to  Beersheba."  On  Samhudet,  see  Brugsch, 
Dictionnaire  geographique,  704-6.  Elephantine  was,  of  course,  at  the  first  cataract, 
and  Samhudet  was  in  the  Delta. 

determined  with  an  obelisk. 


§936]  TOMB  OF  THE  VIZIER  RAMOSE 


Behold,  the  officials,  the  companions,  and  the  chiefs  of  the  fan- 
bearers,  were  the  chiefs  of  the  quarry-service,a  for  the  transportation  of 
stone. 


TOMB  OF  THE  VIZIER  RAMOSE* 

936.  This  tomb  contains  reliefs  and  inscriptions  which 
are  among  the  most  important  documents  of  this  reign, 
because  among  other  facts  they  furnish  contemporary  and 
conclusive  evidence  of  the  identity  of  Amenhotep  IV  and 
Ikhnaton,  the  great  religious  revolutionary. 

Ramose,  the  owner  of  the  tomb,  was  an  official  high  in 
the  favor  of  the  king  and  of  exalted  rank.    He  was: 

" Governor  of  the  (residence)  city,  vizier;"  "hereditary  prince, 

count    of  Horus  in  his  house;  a  doer  of  truth,  a  hater  of 

deceit,  wearer  of  the  royal  seal,  chief  of  works  among  the  great 

monuments,  chief  of  prophets  of  North  and  South,  vizier,  just  judge; 
sole  companion,  approaching  his  lord,  whom  the  Lord  of  the  Two 
Lands  loved  because  of  his  remarkable  traits,  who  enters  the  palace, 
and  comes  forth  with  favor,  with  the  utterances  of  whose  mouth  one 
(=  the  king)  is  satisfied;"  "(mr't-ntr-)  priest,  the  mouth  that  makes 
content  in  the  whole  land,  (sm-)  priest,  master  of  all  wardrobes,  enter- 
ing into  the  secrets  of  heaven,  of  earth  [and  of  the  nether  world];" 
"master  of  secret  things  of  the  palace;"  "attached  to  Nekhen,  prophet 
of  Mat,  chief  justice." c 

aSee  Hammamat  Stela  of  Ramses  IV,  1.  14  (IV,  466);  also  Brugsch  (Aegyp- 
tologie,  216  f.,  note).  In  Papyrus  Hood  there  is  a  "chief  of  the  quarry-service  of 
the  whole  land"  (p.  216). 

bA  cliff-tomb  in  the  hill  of  Shekh  Abd-el-Kurna  on  the  west  shore  at  Thebes, 
known  as  Stuart's  Tomb,  No.  108.  It  was  discovered  by  one  "  Mustapha  Noak" 
in  i860,  and  opened  successively  by  Ebers  in  1872  and  Villiers  Stuart  in  1879 
(see  Wiedemann,  Recueil,  XVII,  9).  It  was  inadequately  published  by  Stuart  in 
The  Funeral  Tent  of  an  Egyptian  Queen,  89  ff.;  and  Egypt  after  the  War,  PI.  27, 
and  pp.  386-88.    Bouriant  has  some  notes  on  the  tomb  in  Revue  archeologique, 

1882,  N.  S.,  XXIII,  279-84.  and  Recueil,  VI,  55,  56.  Nearly  all  the  inscriptions 
were  published  by  Piehl  with  great  accuracy  in  Zeitschrift  fur  agyptische  Sprache, 

1883,  127-30;  1887,  37-39.  I  excavated  the  unpublished  inscriptions  and  recopied 
the  whole  in  December,  1894.  Some  signs  had  been  lost  since  Piehl  made  his 
copies.  The  accompanying  translations  are  based  upon  a  collation  with  Piehl, 
and  upon  my  own  copies  alone,  where  Piehl  had  not  copied. 

cThese  are  all  the  titles  in  the  tomb,  as  found  in  my  copies. 


386 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON  [f 


937.  Ramose,  as  head  of  the  religious,  judicial,  and 
administrative  organization,  must  have  been  the  most 
powerful  official  at  the  court  of  Ikhnaton.  He  had  been 
vizier  under  the  king's  father,  Amenhotep  III  ;a  he  was 
early  won  over  to  the  Aton  faith,  and  the  particular  value 
of  his  tomb  lies  in  the  fact  that  we  may  trace  in  it  this  con- 
version of  Ramose  at  a  time  when  Ikhnaton  still  called 
himself  Amenhotep,  and  still  permitted  references  to  Amon 
and  "the  gods"  This  last  term,  as  well  as  the  name  of 
Amon,  has  been  expunged b  at  a  later  date.  The  materials  in 
the  tomb  are  as  follows: 

Relief  Scene0 

938.  A  king  sits  enthroned  on  the  right,  his  face  and 
figure  executed  in  the  usual  conventional  style;  behind  him 
the  goddess  Mat;  before  him,  with  upraised  arms,  Ramose. 

aIt  must  be  the  same  Ramose  who,  in  an  inscription  on  the  island  of  Sehel, 
is  called:  "Hereditary  prince,  the  two  eyes  of  the  king  in  the  whole  land,  governor 
of  the  {residence)  city  and  vizier,  Ramose"  (Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  V,  12 16,  gg  = 
de  Morgan,  Catalogue  des  monuments,  I,  90,  No.  79).  See  also  Wiedemann, 
Recueil,  17,  9;  Mariette,  Monuments  divers,  70,  No.  21;  ibid.,  72,  No.  50;  and 
Petrie,  Season  in  Egypt,  13,  No.  334. 

bThis  expungement  is  very  significant;  for  it  is  not  the  name  of  a  particular 
god,  but  the  word  "gods,"  which  is  expunged.  I  have  found  this  same  erasure  of 
the  word  "gods"  at  Karnak  in  the  long  offering  inscription  of  Amenhotep  III  on 
Pylon  III,  and  in  the  Coronation  Inscription  of  Thutmose  III;  also  on  a  number 
of  Eighteenth  Dynasty  monuments  in  European  museums.  With  this  fact  com- 
pare the  erasure  of  the  gods'  names  at  Karnak  as  noted  by  Lepsius:  "Auch  hier 
[Temple  of  Ptah,  northern  Karnak]  waren  die  Namen  des  Ptah  und  Amon  wie 
auch  der  Hathor  und  ihre  Figuren  alle  ausgekratzt;  so  auch  auf  dem  Architrav 
der  Thure  die  Namen  des  Ptah.  Ebenso  sind  sammtliche  Gotter  im  Tempel 
zu  Med.  Habu  und  in  dem  hinteren  Theile  des  grossen  Tempels  von  Karnak 
ausgekratzt;  die  Gotterverfolgung  muss  also  nicht  nur  dem  Amon  gegolten  haben, 
sondern  viel  allgemeiner  gewesen  sein." — Lepsius  (Denkmaler,  Text,  III,  8;  read 
also  end  of  section),  and  see  ibid.,  31.  By  comparing  Leyden  Stela,  V,  26,  and 
Vienna  Stela,  53,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  wife  of  a  certain  "overseer  of  the  cattle  of 
Amon"  was  a  "musician  of  Upwawet;"  but  when  her  husband  became  "overseer 
of  the  cattle  of  the  house  of  Aton,"  she  was  obliged  to  drop  her  title  (see  Baillet, 
Notice  sur  la  collection  cgyptienne  de  V Abbe  Desnayers,  40,  and  Recueil,  23,  144; 
also  Bergmann,  Recueil,  IX,  42).  The  persecution  therefore  included  all  the  gods. 
See  Breasted,  Zeitschrift  fiir  dgyptische  Sprache,  40,  108-10. 

lTnner  wall,  first  chamber,  left  of  door. 


§942] 


TOMB  OF  THE  VIZIER  RAMOSE 


387 


939.  The  accompanying  inscriptions  are: 

Over  the  King* 

King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  —  re, 
given  life,  Son  of  Re,  his  beloved,  Amenhotep,  God,  Ruler  of  Thebes, 
great  in  his  duration. 

Over  Mat 

Mat,  daughter  of  Re,  presider  over  the  palace,  mistress  of  heaven, 
ruler  of  the  gods.    She  gives  myriads  of  years. 

Over  Ramose** 

940.  Utterance  of  the  governor  of  the  (residence)  city,  the  vizier, 
Ramose,  triumphant,  for  the  benefit  of  thy  ka:  "  An  adjuration  to  thy 
father,  'Harakhte-Rejoicing-in-the- Horizon,  in  his  name:  Heat-Which- 
is-[in]-Aton,'c  that  he  may  praise  thee,  that  he  may  love  thee,  that  he 
may  establish  thee,  that  he  may  give  to  thee  myriads  of  years  (so  that) 
thy  annals  may  be  jubilees;  that  all  lands  may  be  under  thy  feet,  that 
he  may  fell  thy  foes,  dead  or  alive;  that  all  joy  may  be  with  thee,  all 
health  with  thee,  all  life  with  thee,  and  that  thou  mayest  abide  upon 
the  throne  of  Re  forever." 

Relief  Scened 

941.  Under  the  radiating  sun-disk  stand  a  king  ande 
queen,  worshiping,  all  in  the  peculiar  Amarna  style.  They 
are  in  a  building,  doubtless  a  part  of  the  Theban  Aton- 
temple.    Outside  are  groups  of  bowing  officials. 

942.  The  inscriptions  are  these: 


aIn  two  lines;  a  third  mutilated  line  is  omitted  above.  Over  the  king's  head 
is  also  the  winged  sun-disk,  with  its  usual  inscription:  "The  Edfuan  (Horus) 
great  god,  etc"    This  disappears  entirely  during  the  later  Aton  movement. 

bThis  entire  speech  of  Ramose  to  the  king  appears  twice  over  his  head,  with 
slight  variants. 

cThis  and  the  mention  in  the  Silsileh  inscription  are  the  earliest  occurrences 
of  Aton's  name;  it  is  not  yet  in  the  cartouche, 
dinner  wall,  first  chamber,  right  of  door. 

eThere  are  no  children  present  as  usual  in  such  scenes  so  common  at 
Amarna.  This  is  perhaps  another  indication  of  the  early  date  of  tins  tomb  in  the 
reign. 


388  EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON  [§ 


By  the  Sun-Disk 

B"Harakhte-Rejoicing-in-the-Horizon;  in  his  name:  Heat-Which- 
is-in-Aton,"  residing  in  u  Aton-Hs-Found^-in-the-House-of-Aton."1* 

By  the  King 

Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  Nefer[khepru]re  ,  given  life,  Lord  of 

Diadems,  Amenhotep,  God,  Ruler  of  Thebes,  great  in  his  duration. 

Over  the  Queen 

Great  King's-wife,  his  beloved,  Mistress  of  the  Two  Lands,  

living,  flourishing. 

943.  These  two  reliefs  show,  first:  that  the  Aton  faith 
was  in  full  swing  under  an  Amenhotep  whose  prenomen 
begins  like  that  of  Ikhnaton;  second,  a  king  with  the 
unmistakable  features  of  Ikhnaton,  worshiping  the  latter's 
peculiar  god,  appearing  in  public  with  his  queen,  as  only 
Ikhnaton  did,  bears  the  name  "  Amenhotep. "  This  is 
proof  positive  of  the  identity  of  Ikhnaton  and  Amenhotep 
IV. 

944.  The  remaining  reliefs  illustrate  the  high  favor  of 
Ramose  with  the  king. 

Scene 

The  king  stands  at  the  left  holding  audience;  before 
him  in  successive  moments  appears  Ramose,  kissing  the 
earth,  kneeling,  standing  decorated  with  gold,  departing 
with  servants  bearing  the  gold  collars  just  received  from 


•The  god's  two  names  are  here  in  cartouches. 

bThis  is  the  name  of  the  Aton-temple  at  Thebes,  in  which  the  reliefs  represent 
the  king  and  queen  as  standing.  The  phrase  "red  image  of  Aton"  (Bouriant,  Le 
Tombeau  de  Ramses  a  Cheikh-abd-el-Gournah,  p.  7)  is  due  to  reading  the  bird  here 
as  the  "red"  bird  (dSr),  but  even  then  the  translation  is  impossible,  for  the  word 
"image"  is  lacking.  " Gem-Aton"  is  of  uncertain  meaning,  but  the  name  was  also 
applied  by  Ikhnaton  to  a  new  city  founded  by  him  for  the  Aton-worship  in  Nubia, 
in  the  central  cataract  region.  This  Nubian  city  survived  a  thousand  years  under 
the  name  "Gem-Aton,"  and  is  mentioned  several  times  on  the  Nastesen  Stela 
(see  my  remarks,  Zeitschrift  }iir  dgyptische  Sprache,  40,  106  ff.). 


§947]  TOMB  OF  THE  VIZIER  RAMOSE 


the  king,  and  finally  issuing  from  the  palace,  when  he  is 
met  by  congratulating  friends,  rejoicing  and  carrying 
flowers. 

Inscriptions 

945-  The  inscriptions  were  very  brief,  and  are  now  mostly 
too  fragmentary  for  translation,  but  the  speech  of  the  king 
to  Ramose  contains  interesting  references  to  the  origin 
of  the  Aton  faith,  unfortunately  much  broken.  It  is  as 
follows : 

"aThe  words  of  Re  are  before  thee,  of  my  august  father, 

who  taught  me  their  fessence^,  them  to  me.    All  that  is,  his  — 

since  he  equipped  the  land   in  order  to  rexalf  me  since  the 

time  of  the  god.  It  was  known  in  my  heart,  opened  to  my  face,  I  under- 
stood   

946.  The  king  is  evidently  referring  to  the  revelation  of 
the  Aton  faith  directly  to  himself.  To  this  Ramose  makes 
the  following  remarkable  reply: 

"Thy  monuments  shall  endure  like  the  heavens,  for  thy  duration 
is  like  Aton  therein.  The  existence  of  thy  monuments  is  like  the  exist- 
ence of  the  heavens;  thou  art  the  Only  One  of  [Aton],  in  possession  of 
his  designs.  Thou  hast  led  the  mountains;  their  secret  chambers, 
the  terror  of  thee  is  in  the  midst  of  them,  as  the  terror  of  thee  is  in  the 
hearts  of  the  people;  they  hearken  to  thee  as  the  people  hearken."5 

947.  An  inscription  in  the  doorway  might  indicate  that 
Ramose  was  later  buried  in  this  tomb;  it  runs  thus: 

"I  have  arrived  in  peace  at  my  tomb,  possessed  of  the  favor  of  the 
Good  God.  I  did  the  pleasure  of  the  king  in  my  time;  I  did  not  dis- 
regard a  regulation  which  he  commanded,  I  practiced  no  deceit  against 
the  people,  in  order  that  I  might  gain  my  tomb  (hr  t),  upon  the  great 
West  of  Thebes." 


aThese  accompanying  inscriptions  are  directly  below  the  upper  row,  depicting 
the  decoration,  and  belong  with  a  lower  band  connected  with  the  same  incident. 
They  are  only  in  ink  and  very  faded;  I  believe  my  copy  of  them  is  the  first  made. 
They  have  never  been  published. 

*>See  similar  idea,  Kubban  Stela,  1.  6  (III,  285). 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON  [§Q4s 


But  doubtless  this  language  is  only  conventional,  for 
the  tomb  was  never  finished,  and  there  is  at  Amarna  the 
tomba  of  a  Ramose,  perhaps  the  same  man  who  has  followed 
his  king  to  the  new  capital. 

948.  This  tomb  at  Thebes  is  in  arrangement,  style,  and 
subject  of  reliefs  exactly  like  those  of  Amarna,  for  which 
it  doubtless  served  as  a  model.  The  rich  gifts  to  Ramose 
which  it  depicts  show  how  Ikhnaton  gained  his  officials 
to  his  cause,  while  similar  scenes  upon  the  walls  of  almost 
every  Amarna  tomb  show  how  he  kept  them  faithful. 


THE  TELL  EL-AMARNA  LANDMARKSb 

949.  Having  finally  broken  with  the  Theban  priesthood 
of  Amon,  Ikhnaton  abandoned  Thebes  as  capital  and 
royal  residence,  and  determined  to  found  a  new  city  devoted 
exclusively  to  the  service  of  Aton,  the  new  solar  god.  The  site 
selected  for  the  new  residence  and  holy  city  was  about  one  hun- 
dred and  sixty  miles  above  modern  Cairo,  on  the  east  bank  of 


aNo.  11  in  Daressy's  list  (Recueil,  XV,  50);  I  copied  the  inscriptions  in  the 
tomb  (doorway,  thickness,  right  hand),  and  they  give  this  Ramose  the  titles: 
"  Commander  of  the  army  of  the  Lord  0}  the  Two  Lands, 1 over seer  of  the  White  House* 
ofAmenhotepIII"  which  do  not  correspond  with  those  of  the  Theban  Ramose; 
but  the  rapid  and  sudden  changes  of  the  time  may  have  transferred  him  to  the 
head  of  the  army.  See  also  Wiedemann  (Recueil,  XVII,  9,  10)  who  opposes  the 
identity. 

bThese  fourteen  landmarks  are  huge  stelae  varying  in  size  from  K,  which  "is 
5  feet  wide  and  8  feet  3  inches  high,"  to  U,  which  is  "  14$  feet  wide  and  about  26 
feet  high."  They  are  cut  into  the  limestone  cliffs,  and  the  quality  of  the  stone  is 
such  that  they  have  suffered  extremely  from  wind  and  weather.  No  one  stela 
contains  a  completely  preserved  text,  but  by  combining  all  those  thus  far  published, 
a  complete  text  of  the  second  class  of  stelae  (the  original  six)  was  obtained.  Pro- 
fessor Petrie  has  lettered  all  these  stelae  on  his  map  (Tell  el- Amarna,  PI.  XXXI V), 
and  furnished  the  first  complete  account  of  them.  I  have  followed  his  lettering. 
Of  the  fourteen  stelae  (one  more  discovered  since  Petrie's  map  was  made)  I  was 
able  to  secure  copies  of  eight,  as  follows: 

1.  A  (northwest  corner);  Prisse,  Monuments  egyptiens,  XIV,  11.  20-25  (end) ; 
Daressy,  Recueil,  XV,  61. 

2.  B  (middle,  west  side,  Gebel  Tune);  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  91,  a-f  (only 


THE  TELL  EL-AMARNA  LANDMARKS 


39i 


the  Nile,  at  a  point  where  the  cliffs,  suddenly  retreating  some 
three  miles  from  the  river,  and  as  suddenly  approaching  it 
again,  over  five  miles  lower  down,  thus  with  the  river  inclose 
a  roughly  semicircular  plain  about  three  miles  wide  by  five 
miles  long.  In  this  plain  he  built  his  new  city,a  called 
Akhetaton,  "Horizon  of  Aton,"  but  it  was  his  design  from 
the  first  to  consecrate  and  devote  to  the  city  and  its  god's 
service  a  large  domain  around  it. 

950.  For  this  purpose  he  established,  above  and  below 
the  two  points  where  the  cliffs  leave  the  river,  a  northern 
and  southern  boundary  line,  the  two  being  about  eight  miles 
apart,  and  running  from  cliff  to  cliff  clear  across  the  Nile 
valley,  which  here  varies  from  twelve  to  seventeen  and  a 
half  miles  in  width.  The  boundaries  were  then  marked 
by  fourteen  splendid  stelae  cut  into  the  cliffs,  some  of  them 
being  as  high  as  twenty-six  feet.  As  the  cliffs  formed  a 
natural  boundary  on  the  east  and  west,  the  northern  and 
southern  lines  were  of  chief  importance;  hence  the  east 
and  west  ends  of  these  two  lines,  where  they  struck  the 
cliffs,  were  marked  by  four  large  stelae  cut  in  the  rocks. 
But,  probably  owing  to  the  irregularity  of  the  cliff  lines, 
another  pair  were  placed  opposite  each  other  in  the  eastern 
and  western  cliffs,  midway  between  the  northern  and  south- 


reliefs  and  accompanying  names,  date,  etc.);  Champollion,  Notices  descriptives, 
II,  321  f. 

3.  F  (southwest  corner);  hand  copy  by  Pctne. 

4.  J  (southernmost  on  river  front,  east  side);  hand  copy  by  Petrie. 

5.  K  (just  north  of  J);  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  no,  b. 

b.  S  (southeast  corner);  best  preserved  of  all;  photograph  and  copy  by 
Daressy,  Recueil,  XV,  52;  Prisse,  Monuments  egyptiens,  XIII. 

7.  U  (middle  east  side);  Prisse,  ibid.,  XII,  and  hand  copy  by  Petrie. 

8.  X  (close  by  Shekh  Sa c  Id,  matching  K  on  the  south) ;  recently  discovered 
by  Mr.  N.  de  G.  Davies,  to  whose  kindness  I  am  indebted  for  a  squeeze. 

Professor  Petrie  kindly  placed  his  copies  of  F,  J,  and  U  at  my  disposal. 
»The  modern  name,  "Tell  el-Amarna,"  now  universally  applied  to  the  locality, 
is  a  corruption  of  "El  Amarieh;"  see  Petrie,  Tell  el-Amarna,  2. 


392 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON  [§ 


ern  linesa  (U  and  B).  Finally,  the  irregularity  of  the  cliffs 
forced  the  erection  of  no  less  than  eight  more,  all  on  the  east 
side,  chiefly  where  the  cliffs  are  broken  by  incoming  valleys, 
across  which  the  new  stelae  carry  the  line  (total,  fourteen) . 
It  is  not  improbable  that  there  are  others  yet  undiscovered. 

951 .  In  form  these  stelae  are  practically  all  of  one  design, 
showing  at  the  top  a  relief  scene  in  which  appear  the  king, 
queen,  and  either  two  or  three  daughters,  standing  before 
an  altar  and  adoring  Aton,  whose  rays,  terminating  in  hands, 
extend  to  them  the  symbol  of  life.  All,  including  the  god, 
are  accompanied  by  their  names  in  cartouches,  and  their 
titles.  The  inscription,  beginning  in  the  relief-field  with  a 
few  vertical  lines,  continues  below  in  horizontal  lines. 
On  either  side  of  the  stelae  were  often  altars  with  statues 
of  the  king  and  his  family. 

The  stelae  (called  "landmarks"  in  the  translation)  fall, 
according  to  content,  into  two  classes. 

952.  The  first  class  is  represented  by  two  stelae, b  contain- 
ing a  detailed  endowment  of  the  god,  probably  not  confined 
to  the  gift  of  Akhetaton.  They  were  of  great  length,  con- 
taining nearly  eighty  lines  each,  but  are  so  fragmentary 
that  only  a  few  detached  phrases  in  the  first  half  can  be 
discerned. 

953-  After  the  date,c  the  introduction,  the  account  of 
the  king's  first  visit  to  Akhetaton,  and  the  oblation,  all  being 
identical  with  the  beginning  of  the  stelae  of  the  second  class 


aSec  conclusion  of  Stela  A  (§971),  which  is  different  from  that  of  the  others, 
and  clearly  defines  the  position  of  the  original  six  stelae. 

bThese  two  stelae  (K  and  X)  occupy  important  positions:  one  at  the  north 
and  the  other  at  the  south  end  of  the  semicircle,  where  the  cliffs  approach  to  the 
river-bank  above  and  below  the  city  on  the  east  bank. 

cThe  date  is  lost  on  X;  in  K,  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  has  "year  4,"  with  signs 
of  weathering;  but  the  month,  which  is  the  same  as  on  all  the  second  class  of  stelae 
(which  are  all  of  year  4),  shows  that  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  has  misread  6  as  4. 


§  956] 


THE  TELL  EL-AMARNA  LANDMARKS 


393 


(§§  959  ff.),  these  two  stelae  proceed  with  a  glorification  of 
the  king: 

All  [lands],  all  countries,  the  Haunebu  [come  to  him]  bearing  their 
impost,  their  tribute  upon  their  backs,  [for]  him  who  makes  their  life. 

954.  Then  follows  apparently  the  king's  solemn  assev- 
eration, in  which  he  proclaims  the  gift  of  Akhetaton  to  Aton : 

His  majesty  raised  his  hand  to  heaven,  to  him  who  made  him,  even 
Aton,  [rsaying:  "This  is  my  testimony3],  forever,  and  this  is  my  witness 
forever,  this  landmark  I  have  made  Akheta- 
ton for  my  father  as  a  dwelling  for  — .  I  have  fdemarked1]  Akhetaton 
on  its  south,  on  its  north,  on  its  west,  on  its  east.  I  shall  not  pass  beyond 
the  southern  landmark  of  Akhetaton  toward  the  south,  nor  shall  I 
pass  beyond  the  northern  landmark  of  [Akhetaton  toward  the  north ].a 

 He  has  made  its  circuit  for  his  own  — ;  he  hath  made 

his  raltar1  in  its  midst,  whereonT  make  offering  to  him;  this  is  it." 

955.  Then  follows  the  statement  that  Akhetaton  shall 
be  a  new  capital,  where  he  will  hold  audience  for  all  the 
land  (cf.  Ill,  63,  Harmhab): 

"The  whole  land  [r shall  come  hither1]  for  the  beautiful  seat  of  Akhe- 
taton shall  be  another  seat,  and  I  will  give  them  audience,b  whether 
they  be  north,  or  south,  or  west,  or  east  " 

956.  After  a  short  break,  the  text  proceeds  with  the 

building  of  the  temple: 

"I  have  made  Akhetaton  in  this  [place]  that  he  may 

be  satisfied  therewith,  forever  and  ever.  I  have  made  a  temple  of 
Aton  for  Aton,  my  father,  in  Akhetaton  in  this  [place].    I  have  made 

 [for  Aton],  my  father,  in  Akhetaton  in  this  place.    I  have  made 

the  'Shadow-of-Re,'  [for  Aton,  my  father,  in  Akhetaton  in  this  place] 

"C 


aThe  only  two  stelae  bearing  this  text  stand  at  the  extreme  north  and  south. 
bLit.,  "hearing" 

cstill  another  of  these  phrases  follows  here,  but  the  object  made  is  lost;  pos- 
sibly each  refers  to  a  different  temple  at  Akhetaton,  of  which  there  were  at  least 
three  called  "Shadow  0}  Re"  (see  §§  10 17  ff.). 


394 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON 


[§957 


957-  From  here  on  the  text  is  in  such  fragmentary  con- 
dition that  little  can  be  made  out.  It  is  probable  that  these 
thirty-seven  lines  contained  the  decree  endowing  Aton 
with  lands  and  revenues  outside  of  Akhetaton.  This  is 
practically  certain  in  the  following  fragment: 

"As  for  my  '"ground1  in  every  town  (Jdmy1)  of  the  north,  of  the  south, 

of  the  west,  or  of  the  east,  it  is  my  ;  it  shall  be  brought  —  my 

—  for  Akhetaton." 

In  1.  45  "Kush"  is  mentioned,  and  it  may  be  that  the 
decree  here  passes  from  the  gift  of  lands  in  Egypt  to  those 
in  Kush. 

958.  The  second  class  of  stelae,  of  which  there  are  twelve/ 
are  not  so  long,  but  to  them  belong  the  original  six,  three 
on  each  side  of  the  river,  which  were  later  increased  to 
twelve.  After  the  date  and  titulary  they  record  the  king's 
presence  in  Akhetaton  on  that  day,  on  his  first  visit  there 
(11.  1-4),  his  exploration  of  the  city,  and  oblation  to  Aton 
(11.  5-8)  in  celebration  of  the  foundation  of  the  city,  exactly 
as  in  the  first  class  of  stelae  (§ §  952  ff .).  The  king  then 
proceeds  to  the  southeastern  stela  (S),  where,  after  a  few 
words  in  praise  of  his  queen  and  the  princesses,  his  daughters, 
he  declares  the  boundaries  of  his  new  city,  marked  by  six 
stelae,  four  at  the  eastern  and  western  ends  of  the  northern 
and  southern  boundary  lines  (§962  and  §964),  and  two 
more  (§963),  one  in  the  eastern  and  one  in  the  western 
cliffs,  midway  between  the  northern  and  southern  boundary 
lines.    The  size  of  the  inclosure  is  then  indicated  (§965), 

aThey  occupy  both  sides  of  the  river,  three  on  the  west  and  nine  on  the  east 
bank.  The  three  on  the  west  are  the  three  original  stelae,  matching  three  original 
stelae  on  the  east  side,  which  were  later  increased  to  nine  on  the  east  side.  The 
northernmost  of  the  original  eastern  three  has  never  been  found;  X,  at  present 
the  northernmost  on  the  east  side,  belongs  to  the  first  class,  and  not  to  the  second 
class,  to  which  the  original  six  belong.  The  six  are:  (i)  on  the  west  side:  A,  B, 
and  F;  (2)  on  the  east  side:  S,  U,  and  the  northeast  stela  still  undiscovered.  A 
differs  in  its  conclusion  from  the  others  (see  §§970-72). 


§9591 


THE  TELL  EL-AMARNA  LANDMARKS 


395 


and  the  whole  is  solemnly  conveyed  as  a  permanent  gift 
to  Aton  (§966),  the  other  landmarks  being  appealed  to  as 
containing  a  similar  record  (§967),  which  will  in  all  cases 
be  renewed  in  case  it  has  suffered  defacement  or  erasure 
from  any  cause  (§968).  A  later  note  (§969)  in  conclusion 
records  an  inspection  by  the  king  in  the  year  8. 

Introduction 

959.  Year  6,  fourth  month  of  the  second  season,  thirteenth  day. 

xLive  the  Good  God,  satisfied  with  truth,  lord  of  heaven,  lord  of 
Aton;  live  the  great  one  who  illuminates  the  Two  Lands;  live  my 
father;  live  "Harakhte-Rejoicing-in-the-Horizon,  in  his  name:  Hcat- 
Which-is-in-Aton,"  who  is  given  life  forever  and  ever. 

Live  Horus:  Mighty-Bull,  Beloved-of-Aton;  Favorite  of  the  Two 
Goddesses :a  Great-in-Kingship-in-Akhetaton;  Golden  Horus:  Bearer- 
of-the-Name-of-Aton;  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Living  in 
Truth,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands:  [Neferkhepru]re-Wanre;b  Son  of  Re, 
Living  in  Truth,  Lord  of  Diadems:  Ikhnaton  (Y^h-n-Ytn),  great  in 
duration,  2given  life  forever  and  ever;  Good  God  —  whose  beauty 
Aton  created,  the  really  good-hearted  toward  Irsu,c  satisfying  him 
with  that  which  pleases  his  ka,  doing  that  which  is  useful  for  him  that 
begat  him;  30rTering  the  earth  to  him  that  placed  him  upon  his  throne, 
supplying  his  eternal  house  with  millions  and  hundred-thousands  of 
things,  exalter  of  Aton,  magnifier  of  his  name;  who  causes  that  the 
earth  should  belong  to  Irsu,  ikhnaton. J 


aIn  Egyptian  one  word  nb'ty,  a  feminine  dual  noun,  with  an  adjectival  ending, 
so  that  the  whole  means  "he  who  belongs  to,  or  is  protege  of,  the  two  goddesses," 
but  the  word  for  the  latter  is  not  as  prominent  as  in  English;  hence  Ikhnaton 
retained  the  old  royal  titulary  without  change,  even  including  this  somewhat  com- 
promising title,  to  preserve  the  old  titulary  complete.  This  is  one  of  the  few  com- 
promises with  a  traditional  form  by  Ikhnaton.  That  he  no  longer  retained  a  belief 
in  the  two  goddesses  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  the  vulture,  which  regularly  appears 
with  wings  outspread  in  protection  over  the  heads  of  the  other  kings,  is  never 
found  with  Ikhnaton,  but  it  is  replaced  by  the  sun-disk  enveloping  Ikhnaton  in  its 


ravs 


bThe  first  part  is  the  Napkhurlya  of  the  Amarna  Letters;  the  whole  means 
"  Beautiful  is  the  Being  of  Re;  the  Unique  One  of  Re." 
cYr-sw  =  "He  that  made  him  " 

dLast  two  names  of  the  titulary  are  repeated  in  full,  as  in  1.  i. 


396  EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON  [§Q6o 


Hereditary  princess,  great  in  the  palace,  lovely  of  face,  beautiful  in 
the  double  plume,  lady  of  joy,  abounding  in  favor,  at  the  sound  of 
whose  voice  there  is  rejoicing  ;a  the  Great  King's- Wife,  his  beloved,  the 
Mistress  of  the  Two  Lands,  Nefernefruaton-Nofretete. 

Founding  oj  the  City 

960.  5On  this  day  one  was  in  Akhetaton  in  the  pavilion  of  rwoven 
stuff1  which  his  majesty,  L.  P.  H.,  made  in  Akhetaton,  the  name  of 
which  is:  " Aton-is-Satisfied."  His  majesty,  L.  P.  H.,  appeared  upon 
a  great  chariotb  6of  electrum,  like  Aton,  when  he  rises  in  the  horizon; 
he  filled  the  Two  Lands  with  his  loveliness.  On  beginning  the  goodly 
way  to  Akhetaton,  at  the  first  exploration  of  itc  which  his  majesty,  L.  P. 
H.,  made,  in  order  to  found  it  as  a  monument  to  Aton,  according  to  the 
command  7of  his  father  Aton,d  who  is  given  life  forever  and  ever;  in 
order  to  make  for  him  a  monument  in  its  midst.  One  caused  that  a 
great  oblation  should  be  offered,  consisting  of  bread,  beer,  oxen,  calves, 
cattle,  fowl,  wine,  Tgold1,  incense,  all  beautiful  flowers.  On  this  day 
8was  founded  Akhetaton  for  the  living  Aton,  that  favor  and  love  might 
be  received,  on  behalf  of  King  Ikhnaton.e 

King  Goes  to  Southeastern  Landmark 

961.  As  one  proceeded  ^southward,  his  majesty  halted  in  his  chariot 
in  the  presence  of  his  father  Aton,  upon  the  southeastern*  mountain  of 
Akhetaton,  while  the  rays  of  IOAton  were  upon  him  in  satisfying  life, 
making  youthful  his  limbs  every  day.    Vivat8  which  the  king,  Ikhnaton, 

aCompare  the  description  of  Mutemuya  (British  Museum  Boat,  No.  43), 
"  Filling  the  hall  with  the  fragrance  of  her  dew."    See  also  §  995. 
bS  has:  "upon  a  span  of  horses  (and)  upon  a  chariot,  etc" 
cLit.,  "at  the  first  time  of  finding  it" 
dThe  full  double  name  is  used  here  and  later. 

eUnder  the  orthodox  regime  offerings  were  officially  made  "on  behalf  of1* 
(hr  d^d)  the  king  (see  §  57).  We  see  here  that  their  specific  object  was  "favor 
and  love;"  of  course,  those  of  the  god.  It  is  this  which  is  referred  to  in  the  stereo- 
typed form  of  the  royal  oath:  "As  Re  loves  me,  as  Amon  favors  me."  Cf.  IV,  958D. 

fThis  stela  (S),  from  which  this  translation  is  made,  is  at  the  southeast  corner. 
The  other  stelae  vary  the  text  to  suit  their  respective  locations. 

eThis  rendering  of  the  word  c  nh  here  is  made  certain  by  the  introduction  to 
the  second  date  (1.  25) :  "Repetition  of  the  vivat  (<  nh)"  followed  by  the  date.  The 
full  vivat  is  the  €  nh,  followed  by  the  entire  titulary  of  the  god,  as  we  have  it  at  the 
beginning  of  the  inscription;  but  to  save  space  the  second  date  is  introduced  merely 
by  the  words:  "Repetition  of  the  vivat,"  which  are  thus  a  kind  of  abbreviation  of 
the  full  introduction. 


§964] 


THE  TELL  EL-AMARNA  LANDMARKS 


397 


spake:  "Live  my  father,  "Aton,  who  is  given  life  forever!  My  heart 
is  joyous  over  the  king's-wife  and  over  her  children,  who  bring  long 
life  fora  the  Great  King's-Wife,  Nofretete,  living  forever  and  ever,  "with 
the  myriad  of  years.  She  is  under  the  hand  of  the  Pharaoh,  L.  P.  H., 
who  brings  long  life;  the  king's-daughter,  Meretaton;  the  king's- 
daughter,  Meketaton,  her  children,  being  under  the  hand  of  the  King's- 
Wife,  ^their  mother,  forever  and  ever.  It  is  my  oath  by  the  truth, 
(namely),  that  which  my  heart  shall  speak;  (and)  that  which  I  do  not 
speak  is  falsity;  forever  and  ever.b 

East  and  West  Ends  oj  Southern  Boundary  Lines 

962.  J4As  for  the  southern  landmark,  which  is  upon  the  eastern 
mountain  of  Akhetaton,it  is  the  landmark  of  Akhetaton,  as  far  as  which 
I  make  a  stand;0  I  shall  not  pass  beyond  it  toward  the  south,  forever 
and  ever.d  I5The  southwestern  landmark  is  made  over  against  it, 
upon  the  [western]  mountain  of  Akhetaton,  opposite. 

Middle  oj  Eastern  and  Western  Boundary  Lines 

963.  As  for  the  middle  landmark  which  is  upon  the  eastern  moun- 
tain of  Akhetaton,  it  is  the  landmark  of  Akhetaton,  l6as  far  as  which  I 
make  a  stand,0  upon  the  eastern  mountain  of  Akhetaton;  I  shall  not 
pass  beyond  it  toward  the  east,  forever  and  ever.  The  middle  land- 
mark which  is  upon  the  western  mountain  of  Akhetaton  is  made  over 
against  it,  opposite. 

East  and  West  Ends  oj  Northern  Boundary  Line 

964.  As  for  the  northeastern  landmark  of  Akhetaton,  as  far  as  which 
I  make  a  stand;0  it  is  the  northern  landmark  I7of  Akhetaton ;e  I  shall 
not  pass  beyond  it  toward  the  north,  forever  and  ever.  The  northern 
landmark,  which  is  upon  the  western  mountain  of  Akhetaton  is  over 
against  it,  opposite. 

aLit.,  "who  cause  that  the  great  king's-wife  N.  should  grow  old,"  in  a  good 
sense,  meaning  attain  old  age. 

bThe  divergent  conclusion  of  Stela  A  begins  here  (see  §970). 
cOr  a  "halt." 

dThis  formula,  repeated  on  all  the  stelae  of  the  second  class  (except  A),  may 
be  either  a  traditional  one  taken  from  the  legal  form  used  in  establishing  boundaries; 
or  it  may  be  an  extraordinary  statement  peculiar  to  this  remarkable  king,  asserting 
that  he  will  never  pass  beyond  the  boundaries  of  Akhetaton,  but  remain  within  his 
god's  domain  all  his  life. 

eThe  order  of  phrases  differs  slightly  from  that  in  the  preceding  two  clauses. 


393 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON  [§965 


Area  Contained 

965.  l8Now,  as  for  Akhetaton,  from  the  southern  landmarks  to  the 
northern  landmarks  measured  between  landmark  and  landmark  upon 
the  eastern  mountain  of  Akhetaton,  it  makes  6  iter,  x<>i  khet,  1  half- 
khet,  1  quarter-khet,a  and  4  cubits.  Likewise,  from  the  southwestern 
landmark  of  Akhetaton  to  the  [northjwestern  landmark  upon  the  west- 
ern mountain  of  Akhetaton,  it  makes  6  iter,  1  khet,  1  half-khet,  1  quarter- 
khet,  and  4  cubits;  being  the  same  on  both  sides. 

Deed  of  Gift  to  A  ton 

966.  2°Now,  as  for  the  area  within  the  four  landmarks,  from  the 
[eastern]  mountain  [to  the  western  mountain  ofb]  Akhetaton  opposite, 
it  belongs  to  my  father,  Aton,  who  is  given  life,  forever  and  and  ever; 
whether  mountains,  21or  cliffs,  or  marshes,  or  r — lc  or  uplands,  or 
fields,  or  waters,  or  towns,  or  shores,  or  people,  or  cattle,  or  trees,  or 

anything  "which  Aton,  my  father,  has  made,  I  have  made 

it  for  Aton,  my  father,  forever  and  ever. 

Citation  oj  the  Other  Landmarks 

967.  Moreover,  23it  is  recorded  upon  the  landmark  of  stone,  at  the 
southeastern  limit,  and  at  the  northeastern  limit  of  Akhetaton  likewise. 
It  is  recorded  upon  the  western  landmark  of  stone,  at  the  southwestern 
limit  likewise  24of  Akhetaton.d 


aThe  khet  (ht)  contained  100  cubits,  but  the  iter  varies  in  different  localities; 
here  it  can  be  computed,  for  it  is  clear  that  these  measurements  concern  only  the 
original  six  stelae,  the  only  ones  known  to  the  maker  of  this  text.  There  is  no  doubt 
regarding  which  stelae  are  meant,  as  some  have  averred.  The  discovery  of  the 
northeastern  stela,  high  above  the  river  at  Shekh  Sa  c  Id,  by  Mr.  Davies,  gives 
us  the  northern  terminus  on  the  east  side  for  the  first  time.  Previous  calcula- 
tions, starting  at  the  next  stela  southward  (V),  have  been  based  on  too  short  a 
total  measurement.  The  discovery  of  the  Shekh  SacJd  stela  makes  the  east  and 
west  sides  of  Akhetaton  of  about  the  same  length  as  the  stela  states  they  were, 
viz.,  some  45,830  feet,  roughly,  over  8f  miles.  This  makes  the  iter  here  used 
equal  some  4,400  cubits,  or  7,587  feet  =  roughly,  if  miles.  This  is  longer  than  the 
iter  as  given  by  Griffith  (Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archaeology,  XV. 
303-6),  and  Sethe  (U titer suchungen,  II,  3,  11)  could  now  strike  out  his  minimum 
of  1 1  km.  But  these  calculations  antedate  the  discovery  of  the  northeast  stela, 
which  was  also  unknown  to  Levy,  Recueil,  XVI,  162-72.  See  also  Loret,  Sphinx, 
VII,  and  Sethe,  Zeitschrift  fiir  dgyptische  Sprache,  41,  58-60. 

bThe  word  "opposite"  renders  the  restoration  practically  certain. 

CM  3  wt,  a  kind  of  land. 

dFor  some  reason,  perhaps  by  oversight,  the  northwestern  corner  is  omitted. 


§97i]         THE  TELL  EL-AMARNA  LANDMARKS 


Permanence  oj  the  Record 

968.  It  shall  not  be  erased,  it  shall  not  be  washed  out,  it  shall  not 
be  abraded,  it  shall  not  be  encumbered  with  detritus,  [it]  shall  not  be 
— .  If  it  should  disappear,  if  it  should  wear  away,  if  2sthe  stela  uPon 
which  it  is,  should  fall,  I  will  restore  it  again  anew  in  this  place  in 
which  it  is. 

Inspection  Two  Years  Later 

969.  Repetition  of  the  vivat.a  In  the  year  8,  in  the  first  month  of 
the  second  season,  the  eighth  day,  26one  (i.  e.,  his  majesty)  was  in 
Akhetaton;  the  Pharaoh,  L.  P.  H.,  halted,  shining  in  the  great  chariot 
of  electrum,  while  inspecting  these  landmarks  of  Aton,  which  are  in 
the  eastern  mountain,  at  the  southeastern  limit  of  Akhetaton,  estab- 
lished forever  and  ever  for  the  living  Aton. 

970.  The  stela  at  the  northwest  corner  (A)  follows  the 
conventional  text  of  all  the  other  stelae  of  the  second  class 
for  thirteen  lines, a  but  then  proceeds  with  the  position  of 
the  stelae,  the  demarcation,  etc.,  in  a  form  quite  different 
from  all  the  others  of  the  second  class.    It  runs  thus: 

Landmarks  and  Boundaries 

971.  Said  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  [Neferkheprure- 
Wanre],  Son  of  Re,  living  in  truth,  Ikhnaton,  great  in  his  duration, 

when  setting  up  these  landmarks  21  (cartouche)  given  life, 

forever  and  ever:  "As  for  these  [6C  landmarks]  which  I  have  set  up  at 
the  boundaries  of  Akhetaton,  the  3  landmarks  upon  the  eastern  moun- 
tain of  Akhetaton,  together  with  the  3  landmarks  opposite  them:  22[the 
southern  landmark  which  is  upon  the  eastern  mountain  of]d  Akhetaton 
as  far  as  the  [landmark  upon]  the  western  [mountain]  of  Akhetaton 
shall  be  for  the  southern  boundary  of  Akhetaton;  the  northern  land- 


aSee  above  note  on  1.  10,  §  961. 
bAs  numbered  on  Stela  S. 

cThe  numeral  is  broken  away,  except  two  strokes. 

dThe  restoration  is  clear  from  the  word  "likewise"  at  the  end  of  the  definition 
of  the  northern  boundary  (1.  23);  Daressy  has  not  left  room  for  it  in  his  publication, 
but  the  length  of  other  lines  (like  24)  shows  that  enough  is  lost  for  this  restoration. 
The  northernmost  and  southernmost  eastern  and  western  stelae  form  the  eastern 
and  western  termini  of  the  northern  and  southern  boundaries. 


400 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON 


[§972 


mark  which  is  upon  the  eastern  mountain  of  Akhetaton,  23going  to  the 
landmark  [upon]  the  western  [mountain]  of  Akhetaton,  shall  be  the 
northern  boundary  of  Akhetaton  likewise;  the  middle  landmark  which 
is  upon  the  eastern  mountain  of  Akhetaton,  likewise  the  middle  land- 
mark which  is  opposite  it  upon  the  western  mountain  of  Akhetaton.,,a 

Deed  to  A  ton 

972.  "Now,  as  for  the  width  of  Akhetaton,  mountain  to  mountain 
24from  its  eastern  horizon  to  its  western  horizon,  it  shall  belong  to  my 
father,  Aton,b  given  life,  forever  and  ever;  whether  its  mountains,  or 

its  cliffs,  ,  or  its  — ,  or  all  its  people,  or  all  its  cattle,  or  anything 

which  Aton  causes  to  exist,  upon  which  his  rays  shine,  25or  anything 

 of  Akhetaton,  they  shall  belong  to  my  father,  the  living  Aton, 

for  the  temple  of  Aton  in  Akhetaton,  forever  and  ever.  They  shall  be 
offered  to  his  ka,  the  beautiful  rays  receiving  them  ." 


ASSUAN  TABLET  OF  THE  ARCHITECT  BEKC 

973.  The  presence  of  Ikhnaton's  architect  and  master- 
sculptor  at  Assuan  is,  of  course,  to  be  explained  by  the  fact 
of  the  quarries  there,  from  which  he  was  taking  stone  for 
the  temples  at  Akhetaton. d  It  therefore  bears  the  same 
relation  to  the  Amarna  temple  as  the  Silsileh  quarry  inscrip- 
tion bears  to  the  Theban  Aton-temple.  The  expungement 
of  Ikhnaton's  figure  from  the  relief  shows  that  the  persecu- 
tion of  his  memory  was  extended  as  far  south  as  the  cata- 
ract,6 and  the  fragments  found  at  Memphis/  Heliopolis,8  and 


aThis  list  gives  the  position  of  all  the  six  stelae  and  the  limits  thus  marked; 
the  territory  thus  inclosed  is  then  taken  up. 

bOnly  the  god's  double  cartouche  is  preserved. 

cCut  on  the  rocks  at  Assuan;  published  by  Mariette,  Monuments  divers,  26,  u 
-de  Morgan,  Catalogue  des  monuments,  I,  40,  No.  174.  Neither  is  accurate, 
and  the  relief  faces  opposite  directions  in  the  two  publications. 

dSee  tomb  of  Hui,  §§  1016  ff.  eSee  also  §  896. 

fSee  "On  Some  Remains  of  the  Disk  Worshippers  Discovered  at  Memphis," 
by  Sir  Charles  Nicholson,  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Literature  (Read, 
May  20,  1868);  and  ibid.,  VIII,  308;  also  Bouriant,  Recueil,  VI,  52,  53. 

eBouriant,  Recueil,  VI,  53. 


§976]      ASSUAN  TABLET  OF  THE  ARCHITECT  BEK  401 


the  Delta  cities,  show  the  northern  limit  of  the  persecution. 
The  temple  for  which  his  Amarna  architect  labored  has 
been  razed  to  the  ground,  like  all  of  Ikhnaton's  buildings 
at  Amarna,  as  well  as  elsewhere.    The  tablet  is  as  follows: 

Relief  Scene 

974.  Before  an  altar,  embraced  by  the  hands  terminating 
the  rays  of  the  sun  which  is  above  it,  stands  Bek  at  the  right 
in  gala  costume,  with  a  large  bouquet  of  flowers.  The  space 
before  Bek,  on  the  left  of  the  altar,  contained  the  figure  of 
Ikhnaton,  as  the  inscription  over  Bek  shows;  but  this 
figure  has  been  obliterated a  by  the  king's  enemies.  The 
scene  is  accompanied  by  the  following  inscriptions: 

On  Each  Side  of  the  Sun 

b  Living,  great  Aton,  celebrator  of  jubilees,  lord  of 

heaven,  lord  of  earth,  lord  of  every  circuit  of  Aton,  lord  of  the  house  of 
Aton  in  Akhetaton. 

Over  Bek 

Giving  praise  to  the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  obeisance  to  Wanre 
(Ikhnaton),  by  the  chief  of  works  in  the  Red  Mountain,0  the  assistant 
(hr- c)  whom  his  majesty  himself  taught,  chief  of  sculptors  on  the  great 
and  mighty  monuments  of  the  king,  in  the  house  of  Aton  in  Akhetaton, 
Bek  (Bk),  son  of  the  chief  of  sculptors,  Men  (Mn),  born  of  the  matron, 
Royenet  (R0  -yn't). 

976.  Beside  this  relief  appears  Bek's  father,  "Men,  chic) 
of  works  in  the  Red  Mountain,  chief  0}  sculptors  on  the  great 
and  mighty  monuments  of  the  king,'"  presenting  a  food- 
offering  to'a  statue  of  Amenhotep  III,d  under  whom  he,  of 

aThe  left  half  of  the  relief,  which  doubtless  contained  more  inscriptions,  and 
another  figure  is  weathered  off. 

bTwo  cartouches,  with  content  erased.  They,  of  course,  contained  the  god  s 
two  names. 

cSee  I,  493,  1-  i5>  note-  TTT      .     .  , 

dThis  is  not  necessarily  an  apotheosis  of  Amenhotep  Iff,  as  has  been  supposed, 
and  is  therefore  not  in  conflict  with  the  Aton  cult. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON  [§977 


course,  held  the  offices  which  his  son  inherited.  To  the 
titles  of  these  offices,  when  inherited  by  Bek,  he  added  the 
necessary  phrases  to  make  them  fit  the  new  regime  of 
Ikhnaton. 

THE  TELL  EL-AMARNA  TOMBSa 

977.  Like  all  ancient  Egyptian  cities,  the  life  of  Akhetaton, 
so  much  of  it  as  has  survived,  must  be  sought  rather  in  the 
city  of  the  dead  than  in  the  city  of  the  living;  and  far  more 
of  Akhetaton  has  survived  in  its  cemetery  than  in  its  streets. 
The  tombs  are  themselves  the  product  of  the  king's  bounty, 
and  we  find  frequent  statement  of  this  in  such  remarks  as 
this  of  a  relative  of  the  deceased  official:  "We  see  the  good 
things  which  the  Good  Ruler  hath  done  jor  his  table-scribe 
(Ani),  commanding  for  him  goodly  burial  in  Akhetaton ."b 
The  tombs  are  themselves  therefore  tangible  evidence  of 
the  royal  favor  in  claiming  which,  each  of  the  owners  of 
these  tombs  has  used  so  much  space  on  their  walls. 

aThese  tombs  are  cut  into  the  limestone  cliffs  surrounding  the  plain  of  Amarna 
on  the  east  side  of  the  river.  They  are  twenty-five  in  number,  and  fall  into  two 
groups,  a  northern  (six)  and  a  southern  (nineteen) .  See  Petrie's  map,  Tell  el- A  mama, 
PI.  XXXV;  and  excellent  description,  Baedeker's  Egypt,  1902, 195-99.  The  hymns 
here  translated  are  usually  engraved  on  the  thickness  or  edge  of  the  doorway  (see 
Mariette,  Voyage  dans  la  haute  Egypte,  I,  PI.  V);  Davies,  Amarna,  I,  47,  48). 
The  relief  scenes  occupy  the  walls  of  the  chambers.  Neither  scenes  nor  inscrip- 
tions have  ever  been  completely  published.  Lepsius  published  twenty-one  plates 
of  selected  material  (Denkmaler,  III,  91-111),  the  first  basis  for  study  of  Amenho- 
tep  IVs  reign.  The  French  Mission  Archeologique  au  Caire  spent  a  few  days  there 
and  published  some  new  material  (Bouriant,  Memoires  de  la  mission  frangaise  au 
Caire,  I,  1  ff.),  but  it  is  not  reliable.  Finally  Daressy  has  furnished  a  useful 
sketch  of  the  tombs  with  some  new  material  (Recueil,  XV,  36-50).  Many  scenes 
have  also  appeared  in  the  old  publications  (see  list  in  Davies,  Amarna,  I,  3  ff.). 
On  the  basis  of  the  above  publications  I  published  a  study  of  the  hymns:  De 
Hymnis  in  Solem  sub  Rege  Amenophide  IV  Conceptis  (Berlin,  1894).  For  the 
following  translations,  I  had  also  my  own  copies  of  all  the  hymns  at  Amarna,  made 
in  the  winter  of  1894-95.  A  full  and  accurate  publication  of  all  the  tombs  has 
been  begun  by  N.  de  G.  Davies,  for  the  Egyptian  Exploration  Fund,  and  two 
volumes  have  appeared. 

bTomb  of  Ani  {Recueil,  XV,  45).  Such  a  practice  is  very  old  (see  e.  g.  I,  242  ff.), 
but  is  nowhere  so  frequently  mentioned  as  at  Amarna. 


§o8o]  THE  TELL  EL-AMARNA  TOMBS  403 

978.  But  the  walls  also  carry  graphic  evidence  of  that 
favor.  Of  the  inscribed  tombs  at  Amarna  many  show  the 
owner  standing  before  Ikhnaton  and  receiving  rich  decora- 
tions and  gifts  of  gold.  It  is  clear  that  Ikhnaton  was  hold- 
ing all  his  great  officials  faithful  to  his  reform,  only  by  such 
means.  These  tombs  contain,  besides  these  scenes,  many 
pictures  from  the  life  of  the  town,  as  illustrated  in  the  func- 
tions of  this  or  that  official:  the  houses  and  gardens,  the 
palaces  and  temples,  even  such  a  scene  as  that  of  the  chief 
of  the  gendarmes  bringing  in  prisoners. a  All  such  scenes 
have  been  studied,  and  their  inscriptions  as  far  as  possible, 
or  useful,  translated  below. 

979.  The  long  inscriptions  contain  all  that  we  know 
of  the  Aton  faith,  in  the  form  of  hymns.  These  hymns 
are  of  two  classes:  (1)  those  recited  by  the  king;  (2)  those 
recited  by  his  officials.  The  hymns  of  the  first  class  are 
of  chiefly  religious  interest,  and  contain  almost  exclusively 
praise  of  Aton.  Those  of  the  second  class,  besides  praise 
of  Aton,  contain  also  encomiums  of  the  king  and  queen, 
mingled  with  an  account  of  the  reciter's  faithfulness  and 
favor  with  the  king,  prayers  for  the  king,  as  well  as  for 
prosperity  and  "goodly  burial"  for  the  reciter  himself. 
Facts  of  historical  importance  are  thus  brought  out.  These 
hymns,  therefore,  have  been  included  herein  as  historical 
documents;  but  the  hymns  of  the  first  class,  although  they 
contain  the  religious  ideas  which  characterized  a  great 
historical  movement,  have  not  been  translated  here.b 

980.  The  following  six  hymns  of  the  second  class  include 
all  such  hymns  not  too  fragmentary  for  translation.  Nu- 

aTomb  of  Mahu. 

bThe  longer  will  be  found  in  the  author's  De  Hymnis  in  Solent  sub  Rege 
Amenophide  IV  Conceptis,  with  Latin  translation,  and  thence  translated  by  Grif- 
fith in  Petrie,  History  of  Egypt,  II,  215-18,  and  in  the  author's  History  of  Egypt 
(New  York,  1905);  and  also  in  the  section  devoted  to  religion,  which  will  later 
appear  in  this  series. 


404 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON  [§98i 


merous  short  and  mutilated  hymns,  not  included  here,  have 
been  studied  and  employed  wherever  applicable  or  useful. 
The  relief  scenes,  wherever  accompanied  by  historically  im- 
portant inscriptions,  have  likewise  been  employed. 

Tomb  oj  Merire  II 
981.  One  of  the  most  important  scenes a  at  Amarna,  unac- 
companied by  inscriptions,  is  in  the  tomb  of  Merire  II. 
It  shows  Ikhnaton,  his  queen,  and  six  daughters,  in  a  kiosk, 
or  covered  dais.  The  king  and  queen  enthroned  side  by 
side  have  just  stepped  from  their  sedan  chairs,  which  are 
set  down  before  the  dais.  With  trumpet  sounding,  Egyp- 
tian troops  defile  before  them,  and  on  either  side  of  the 
military  appear  foreign  embassies  with  their  tribute :  Nubi- 
ans, Syrians,  Libyans,  and  especially  Hittites,  who  are  here 
depicted  for  the  first  time  on  an  Egyptian  monument.  They 
bear  elaborately  decorated  vessels,  undoubtedly  of  gold  and 
silver. 


TOMB  OF  MERIRE  Ib 

982.  The  reliefs  and  inscriptions  in  this  tomb  are  of 
unusual  interest.  The  king,  proceeding  to  the  temple  of 
Aton,  is  shown  riding  in  his  chariot,  accompanied  by  four 
daughters,  by  soldiers  and  officials.0  Before  its  door  are 
the  priests,  who  greet  him  with  cries  of  "Welcome!"  and  one 


aIn  tomb  No.  2  (northern  group),  belonging  to  a  certain  Merire  (not  to  be 
confused  with  Merire  of  tomb  No.  4,  who  is  earlier:  Davies,  Amarna,  I),  whom 
we  call  Merire  II.  Published  from  a  sketch  by  Nestor  l'Hote,  in  Amelineau,  His- 
toire  de  la  sepulture,  PI.  XCVI;  and  in  Davies,  Amarna,  II,  Pis.  XXXVII-LX,  38-42. 

bA  cliff -tomb  (No.  4)  in  the  northern  group  of  Amarna  (Lepsius,  No.  3);  par- 
tially published  by  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  92-97,  d;  superb  sketches  by  Nestor 
l'Hote,  in  Amelineau's  Histoire  de  la  sepulture,  II,  PI.  85,  92.;  plans,  also  Prisse, 
Histoire  de  Vart  egyptien,  and  often,  e.  g.,  Erman,  Life  in  Ancient  Egypt.  The 
entire  tomb  has  been  published  by  Davies,  Rock  Tombs  of  El  Amarna,  Part  I, 
"Tomb  of  Meryra"  (London,  1903).    I  had  also  my  own  copies. 

Davies,  Amarna,  I,  Pis.  X-XX. 


§984] 


THE  TELL  EL-AMARNA  TOMBS 


405 


may  distinguish  a  reference  to  "the  first  impost  of  A  ton 
in  the  Aton-temple  in  Akhetaton."  The  occasion  is,  therefore, 
the  celebration  of  the  reception  of  the  first  dues  of  the  god 
in  the  new  capital;  hence  the  temple a  shows  a  richly  crowded 
altar  in  the  court  and  many  chambers  filled  with  food  and 
drink.  Such  scenes  are  naturally  depicted  in  the  tomb 
of  Merire,  who  was  "High  Priest"  or  "great  seer"  (zur-ni0), 
of  Aton — a  title  adopted  from  the  sun-temple  of  Heliopolis. 
His  appointment  to  this  exalted  office  is  recorded  in  the 
tomb.  The  king,  with  the  queen  and  daughters,  is  shown 
upon  the  balcony5  of  his  palace  before  which  appear  Merire 
and  his  friends,  acclaiming  the  praise  of  the  king  and  queen : 

983.  "He  trains0  the  youth  and  the  generations ;d  the  good  ruler! 
As  surely  as  the  Aton  rises,  he  shall  be  forever." 

The  "great  seer"  of  the  Aton  in  the  Aton-temple  in  Akhetaton, 
Merire,  triumphant,  says:  "How  numerous  are  the  things  which  the 
Aton  is  able  to  give,  satisfying  his  heart." 

984.  A  lady  of  the  household  of  Merire,  named  Tenr, 
doubtless  his  wife,  sings  praise  of  Aton  and  the  royal  family:6 

"Thy  rising  is  beautiful,  O  f' Living-Sun,  Horizon-Ruler,  Rejoicing- 
in-the-Horizon,f  sin  his  name:  Heat-\Vhich-is-in-x\ton,'8  who  is  given 
life,  forever  and  ever.  O  living  Aton,  beside  whom  there  is  no  other, 
who  heals  the  eyes  with  his  rays,  the  maker  of  all  things  that  are.  When 


aFor  an  account  of  these  representations  of  the  Aton-temple,  see  especially 
Erman,  Life  in  Ancient  Egypt,  285  ff. 

bLepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  97,  b;  only  the  edge  of  the  balcony  is  shown  in 
Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  without  the  royal  pair.  The  complete  scene  is  published  by 
Davies,  Amarna,  I,  Pis.  VI-VIII. 

c$hpr,  see  III,  565.  dOr:  "classes"  (d»mw);  see  IV,  402. 

eLepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  97,  a;  Davies,  Amarna,  I,  xxxvi:  she  does  not 
belong  to  the  company  before  the  king,  but  her  words  well  suit  the  occasion,  espe- 
cially her  reference  to  the  queen's  presence  beside  the  king.  Her  hymn  or  song 
was  common  property,  for  much  of  it  appears  also  verbatim  on  the  tomb  doorposts 
of  Ahmose  (§§  1004  ff.),and  assists  in  correcting  the  errors  in  this  tomb  of  Merire. 
I  had  also  my  own  copy,  but  the  inscription  has  been  much  mutilated  since  Lepsius* 
day. 

fFirst  cartouche.  eSecond  cartouche. 


4o6  EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON 


thou  risest  in  the  eastern  horizon  of  heaven,  to  make  live  all  that  thou 
hast  made,  even  men,  cattle,  them  that  fly  and  them  that  (only)  flutter, 
and  all  reptiles  that  are  in  the  earth,  they  live  when  they  see  thee,  they 
sleep  when  thou  settest.  Grant  thou  thy  beloved  son,  living  in  truth, 
Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  Neferkheprure-Wanre  (Ikhnaton)  that  he 
may  live  with  thee  forever,  that  the  Great  King's-Wife,  his  beloved, 
Mistress  of  the  Two  Lands,  Nefernefruaton-Nofretete,  living  forever 
and  ever,  may  be  by  his  side,  doing  that  which  pleases  thy  heart,  seeing 
all  that  thou  hast  made  every  day.  May  he  rejoice  at  the  sight  of  thy 
beauty;  grant  to  him  eternity  as  king  of  the  Two  Lands." 

The  great  favorite  of  the  Mistress  of  the  Two  Lands,  Tenr  (Ty-n-r0),  , 
triumphant;  she  says:  " Praise  to  thee,  O  [^fashioner1]  of  years,  creator 
of  months,  maker  of  days,  reckoner  of  hours,  lord  of  duration,  by 
[whom]  reckoning  is  made.    [Grant]  thou  thy  duration  as  Aton,  to  thy 
son,  Wanre  (Ikhnaton).' 1 

985.  The  king  proclaims  from  the  balcony  his  appoint- 
ment of  Merire  as  High  Priest  ("great  seer")  of  Aton  thus: 

King's  Speech 

aSaid  the  king,  living  in  truth,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands:  Neferkhep- 
rure-Wanre, to  the  " great  seer"  of  the  Aton,  Merire:  " Behold,  I  am 
appointing  thee  for  myself,  to  be  'great  seer*  of  the  Aton  in  the  temple 
of  Aton  in  Akhetaton,  rIrsu  of  thy  belovedlb,  saying:  "O  my  hearer  of 
the  call  (sdm  c  ,  who  hears  the  teaching.  As  for  any  commission  with 
which  thou  art  charged,  my  heart  is  satisfied  therewith;  I  give  to  thee 
the  office,  saying:  'Thou  shalt  eat  the  food  of  Pharaoh,  L.  P.  H.,  thy 
lord  in  the  house  of  Aton."' 

986.  In  another  scene0  the  reliefs  depict  further  honors 
received  from  the  king  by  Merire.  Leaning  on  his  staff  as 
he  stands  before  one  of  the  richly  filled  magazines  of  the 
temple,  and  accompanied  by  the  queen  and  his  daughters, 


aLepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  97,  b;  Davies,  A  mama,  I,  VIII. 

h"Irsu"  (Yr-sw),  or  "he  that  made  him,"  is  a  circumlocution  for  "father," 
often  applied  to  a  god;  "thy  beloved' "  is  the  king  himself.  The  whole  is  therefore 
probably  an  epithet  of  the  god  meaning  "father  of  the  king."  "Doing  it  for  love 
of  thee"  is  an  attractive  rendering,  but  forbidden  by  the  grammar. 

cLepsius,  Denkmdler,  97,  e;  Davies,  Amarna,  I,  xxv,,xxix-xxxiii. 


§989] 


THE  TELL  EL-AMARNA  TOMBS 


407 


the  king  commands  that  Merire  be  decorated  with  gold. 
The  fortunate  official  stands  in  the  royal  presence  with 
arms  upraised  in  praise,  while  attendants  hang  golden 
collars  upon  his  neck,  and  four  scribes  record  the  gifts. 
The  inscriptions  furnish  us  with  the  words a  of  the  king  and 
his  favorite : 

Words  of  the  King 

987.  bSpeech  of  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  living  in 
truth,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  Neferkheprure-Wanre,  [to]  the  overseer  of 
the  silver-house,  [concerning]  the  officer  (w 3 '  w) ,  "great  seer"  of  the 
Aton  in  Akhetaton,  Merire:  "Put  gold  at  his  throat  and  at  his  back,  and 
gold  on  his  legs,  because  of  his  hearing  the  teaching  of  Pharaoh,  L.  P.  H., 
concerning  every  saying  inc  these  beautiful  seats  which  Pharaoh  has 
made  in  the  sanctuaryd  in  the  Aton-house  of  Aton  in  Akhetaton,  filled 
with  every  good  thing,  with  much  corn  and  southern  grain,  the  Atone- 
offerings  of  the  Aton." 

Merire1  s  Reply 

988.  "Great  seer"  of  the  Aton  in  the  Aton-temple  in  Akhetaton, 
fan-bearer  on  the  right  of  the  king,  favorite  of  the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands, 
Merire;  he  says:  "Health  — ,  the  beautiful  youthfulness  of  the  Aton; 
grant  that  he  may  attain  this  age;f  set  him  forever  and  ever. 

TOMB  OF  EYEs 

989.  Eye,  who  afterward  became  king,  has  left  a  fine 
scene  in  his  tomb,  showing  the  royal  family  on  the  palace 

aLepsius,  Denkmdler,  ibid.;  Davies,  ibid.,  xxx. 
bLepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  97,  e;  Davies,  Amama,  I,  xxx. 
cPossibly  " concerning"  (hr).  ^H't-bnbn. 

eThe  old  word,  "god"  {ntr),  is  evidently  avoided  here,  for  in  the  old  term, 
"divine  offerings"  (htp-ntr),  we  have  ntr  replaced  by  Aton,  thus:  htp-Ytn.  There 
was  thus  an  evident  attempt  to  introduce  the  word  Aton  in  place  of  the  old  word 
for  " god"  and  "divine;"  this  accounts  also  for  the  term,  "Aton-house  (pr-Ytn) 
of  the  Aton,"  where  the  old  texts  have  Ht-ntr  ("  god' s-house"  =  tern  pie). 

fLit.,  "make  this  age,"  viz.,  the  age  of  the  god;  that  is,  may  he  live  as  long  a 
life  as  the  god. 

gCliff-tomb  (No.  25)  at  Amarna  (No.  1)  in  the  southern  group;  published  by 
Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  103-6,  a,  and  107,  0-109.    (These  scenes  [107,  d-ioq]  are 


4o8  EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON  [| 


balcony,  throwing  down  collars  and  vessels  of  gold  to  Eye 
and  his  wife  Tiy.  Unfortunately,  the  inscriptions  such  as 
we  find  in  a  similar  scene  in  Merire's  tomb  (§§982  ff.)  are 
here  wanting.  Only  the  comments  of  Eye's  servants  in 
the  rear  of  his  house  have  been  recorded. a  Eye  had  received 
a  similar  honor  before  his  marriage  with  Tiy,  and  this  is 
likewise  depicted  in  his  tomb,  but  without  inscriptions. 
He  was  not  an  official  of  high  rank,  being  only  "Fan-bearer 
on  the  right  of  the  king,  master  of  all  the  horses  of  his  majesty, 
his  truly  beloved  scribe,  the  divine  father,  Eye  (3;v)."  His 
favor  was  doubtless  due  to  his  zeal  in  the  new  faith  and  his 
marriage  with  Tiy,  the  "great  nurse,  nourisher  of  the  god, 
adorner  of  the  king,''1  that  is,  she  had  been  Ikhnaton's  nurse 
in  his  childhood. 

990.  Further  indications  of  his  favor b  are  thus  recorded: 
I  was  one  favored  of  his  lord  every  day,  great  in  favor  from  year  to 
year,  because  of  the  exceeding  greatness  of  my  excellence  in  his  opinion. 
He  doubled  for  me  my  favors  like  the  number  of  the  sand;  I  was  the 

first  of  the  officials  at  the  head  of  the  people  I  am  a 

•"true1  witness,  devoid  of  evil;  my  name  has  penetrated  into  the  palace, 
because  of  my  usefulness  to  the  king,  because  of  my  hearing  his  teaching. 

O  everyone  that  liveth  upon  earth,  every  generation  that  is  to  be, 
I  will  tell  you  the  way  of  life.  I  bear  you  witness  that  I  was  praised 
for  what  I  said,  I  was  '"content1  by  reason  of  what  I  did ;  I  was  truthful 
upon  earth,  making  praise  to  the  living  Aton. 


given  by  Lepsius  as  from  a  second  tomb  [No.  3]  of  the  same  man;  this  is  an  error 
which  has  been  perpetuated  in  the  modern  histories.  Eye  had  but  one  tomb 
at  Amarna;  it  contains  all  the  material  given  by  Lepsius  as  from  two  tombs.  See 
Breasted,  The  Dial,  Chicago,  May  1,  1897,  283.)  The  two  long  hymns  were  pub- 
lished by  Bouriant,  Memoires  de  la  mission  francaise  au  Caire,  Jf  2-5,  and  Daressy, 
Recueil,  XV,  46,  47;  both  are  excessively  incorrect.  The  following  translation 
(of  Daressy's  hymn)  is  based  on  my  own  copy  of  the  original.  Unfortunately,  I 
had  not  yet  made  these  copies  when  I  published  my  De  Hymnis  in  Solent  sub 
Rege  Amenophide  IV  Conteptis. 

aErman  gives  an  excellent  description  of  the  whole  scene,  Life  in  Ancient 
Egypt,  1 1 9-2 1. 

bLepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  107,  d. 


§992] 


THE  TELL  EL-AMARNA  TOMBS 


409 


Hymn  to  A  ton  and  the  King 

991.  2aPraise  to  thee!  When  thou  risest  in  the  horizon,  O  living 
Aton,  lord  of  eternity.  Obeisance  to  thy  rising  in  heaven,  to  illuminate 
every  land,  with  thy  beauty.  Thy  rays  are  upon  thy  beloved  son. 
Thy  hand  ^has  a  myriad  of  jubilees  for  the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower 
Egypt,  Neferkheprure-Wanre,  thy  child  who  came  forth  from  thy  rays. 
Thou  assignest  to  him  thy  lifetime  and  thy  years.  Thou  nearest  *for 
him  that  which  is  in  his  heart.  He  is  thy  beloved,  thou  makest  him 
like  Aton.  When  thou  risest,  eternity  is  given  him;  when  thou  settest, 
thou  givest  him  everlastingness.  Thou  begettest  him  in  the  morning 
like  thine  own  forms;  thou  formest  him  as  thy  emanation,  slike  Aton, 
ruler  of  truth,  who  came  forth  from  eternity,  son  of  Re,  wearing  his 
beauty,  who  offers  to  him  the  product  of  his  rays;  King  of  Upper  and 
Lower  Egypt,  living  in  truth,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  Neferkheprure- 
Wanre;  the  Great  King's- Wife,  Nefernefruaton-Nofretete;  living  for- 
ever and  ever. 

Hymn  to  Aton  and  the  King 

992.  6The  divine  father,  favorite  of  the  Good  God,  fan-bearer  at  the 
right  of  the  king,  master  of  all  the  horses  of  his  majesty,  truly  beloved 
scribe  of  the  king,  Eye.  He  saith:  " Praise  to  thee!  O  living  Aton, 
rising  in  heaven.  He  inundates  the  hearts,  and  all  lands  are  in  festivity 
because  of  his  rising;  their  hearts  7are  happy  with  the  joy  of  their  lord, 
Irsub  who  shineth  upon  them.  Thy  beloved  son  presents  truth  before 
thy  beautiful  face;  thou  rejoicest  when  thou  seest  him,  (for)  he  came 
forth  from  thee;  son  of  eternity,  who  came  forth  from  8Aton,  spirit  of 
his  spirit,  gratifying  the  heart  of  Aton.  When  he  rises  in  heaven,  he 
rejoices  in  his  son;  he  embraces  him  with  his  rays;  he  gives  to  him 
eternity  as  king,  like  the  9  Aton;  Neferkheprure-Wanre,  this  god,  who 
made  me,  who  caused  my  ka  to  be.  Grant  that  I  may  be  satisfied  with 
seeing  thee  without  ceasing;  this  lord  who  forms  like  Aton;  rich  in 
possessions  I0a  full  Nile  every  day,  making  Egypt  live.  Silver  and 
gold  are  like  the  sand  of  the  shore;  the  land  awakens  to  mighty  rejoicing 
in  his  ka,  the  offspring  of  the  Aton.  Thou  art  eternal,  Neferkheprure- 
Wanre;  living  and  sound  art  thou,  for  he  begat  thee." 


•L.  1  contains  the  usual  title:  "Praise  0}  Aton,  the  king  and  the  queen"  indi- 
cating the  content  of  the  hymn. 

t>See  §985. 


4io  EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON  [§993 


Selj-Praise 

993.  "The  divine  father,  etc.,  Eye;  he  saith:  "I  am  the  truthful  one 
of  the  king  whom  he  created,  the  upright  one  of  the  Lord  of  the  Two 
Lands,  useful  to  his  lord,  following  the  ka  of  his  majesty,  like  his  favorite, 
who  sees  "his  beauty  when  he  1  appears '  in  his  palace.  I  am  at  the 
head  of  the  princes,  the  companions  of  the  king,  the  first  of  all  the 
followers  of  his  majesty.  He  put  truth  in  my  body,  and  my  abomina- 
tion is  lying.  I  know  that  Wanre  rejoices  in  it  (truth),  this  lord,  13 wise 
like  Aton,  knowing  the  truth.  He  doubles  to  me  my  favors  in  silver 
and  gold;  I  am  first  of  the  officials,  at  the  head  of  the  people  {rjty't). 
1  1  I4the  lord  r — 1  me.    I  have  carried  out  his  teaching." 

Prayer  jor  Self 

994.  "May  I  live  praising  his  ka,  may  I  be  satisfied  following 
him;  (for)  my  breath  of  life  is  in  him,  this  north  wind,  this  myriad  of 
high  Niles  every  day,  Neferkheprure-Wanre.  15 Grant  me  long  life  in 
thy  favor.  How  prosperous  is  thy  favorite,  O  son  of  the  Aton!  All 
that  he  does  endures  and  prospers,  and  the  ka  of  the  Lord  of  the  Two 
Lands  is  with  him  forever,  so  that  he  is  satisfied  with  life,  when  he 
reaches  l6old  age.  O  lord,  who  forms  the  people,  and  creates  duration, 
who  performs  the  pleasant  obligation  to  his  favorite,  (whose)  heart  is 
satisfied  with  truth,  whose  abomination  is  lying.  How  prosperous  is 
he  who  hears  thy  teaching  of  life,  of  life;  he  is  satisfied  with  seeing  thee 
without  ceasing,  I7and  his  two  eyes  see  Aton  every  day.  Grant  to  me 
a  good  old  age  like  thy  favorite;  grant  to  me  goodly  burial  by  thy 
command  in  my  house,  wherein  thou  commandest  me  to  rest,  in  the 
mountain  of  Akhetaton,  the  place  of  the  favorite.  May  I  hear  thy 
sweet  voice  l8in  the  sanctuary a  when  thou  performest  the  pleasant  cere- 
monies13 of  thy  father,  the  living  Aton." 

Prayer  jor  King  and  Queen 

995.  "May  he  set  thee  forever  and  ever;  may  he  endow  thee  with 
jubilees  like  the  numbers  of  the  shore,  when  measured  with  an  ipet-rod; 
like  reckoning  the  sea  when  measured  with  I9zawets,  (or)  a  statement 
of  the  numbering  of  the  mountains  when  weighed  in  balances;  (or) 
the  feathers  of  the  birds,  2°(or)  the  leaves  of  the  trees,  in  jubilees  for  the 
king,  Wanre  (Ikhnaton),  forever  and  ever  as  king;  and  2Ifor  the  Great 

z-H't-bnbn.  bLit.,  "doest  the  pleasing  things." 


§997]  THE  TELL  EL -AMARNA  TOMBS 


King's-Wife,  his  beloved,  abounding  in  her  beauty  ;a  her  who  sends  the 
Aton  to  restb  with  22a  sweet  voice,  and  with  her  two  beautiful  hands, 
bearing  23two  sistrums,  the  Mistress  of  the  Two  Lands,  Nefernefruaton- 
Nofretete,  living  forever  and  ever.  May  she  be  by  the  side  of  24Wanre 
(Ikhnaton)  forever  and  ever  as  the  heavens  abide  2Sunder  that  which 
is  in  them.  Thy  father  Aton  rises  in  heaven,  to  protect  thee  26every 
day,  for  he  begat  thee." 

Prayer  for  Self 

996.  Grant  me  to  kiss  the  pure  ground,  to  come  forth  in  thy  presence 
with  2 offerings  for  thy  father,  Aton,  of  that  which  thy  ka  gives.  Grant 
that  28my  mortuary  priest  may  abide  and  flourish  for  me,  (as)  for  one 
who  is  on  earth  following  thy  ka,  29rwho  has  been  exalted1  for  Tiny1 
name's  sake,  to  the  place  of  the  favorites,  wherein  thou  makest  one  to 
rest.  My  mouth  3°is  full  of  truth,  my  name  is  mentioned  because  of  it, 
for  thou  hast  commanded  that  I  be  like  thy  every  favorite  who  follows 
thy  ka.    May  I  go  on,  enjoying  thy  favor  after  old  age. 

For  the  ka  of  Eyec  the  revered,  who  lives  again. 


TOMB  OF  MAId 

997.  Mai  was  one  of  the  most  powerful  officials  at  the 
Amarna  court,  as  is  shown  by  his  titles: 

Hereditary  prince,  count,  wearer  of  the  royal  seal,  sole  companion, 

 his  Two  Lands,  commander  of  the  army  of  the  Lord  of  the  Two 

Lands,  overseer  of  the  "  House-of- Sending- Aton-to-Rest;"  king's- 
attendant  in  his  august  barge,  master  of  the  suite  behind  the  Lord  of 
the  Two  Lands,  chief  of  all  works  of  the  king. 


aSee  §  959,  1.  4- 

bThere  was  a  "house  for  sending  Aton  to  rest,"  at  Amarna,  of  which  Mai  was 
overseer  (mr).  Here  doubtless  the  vesper  service  in  the  daily  ritual  was  held  at 
sunset. 

cHis  titles,  as  usual  in  the  original,  are  omitted  above. 

dClifT-tomb  (No.  14)  in  the  southern  group  at  Amarna  (not  numbered  by 
Lepsius);  published  by  Daressy,  Recueil,  XV,  38-41,  where  the  name  of  the  owner 
of  the  tomb  is  stated  to  be  illegible.  I  found  his  name  twice;  it  is  certainly  Mai 
(Mcy).  Daressy's  copy  is  inaccurate;  I  have  used  my  own  for  the  translation. 
The  tomb  is  unfinished,  but  it  contains,  besides  the  above  hymn  (left  doorpost),  an 
address  by  Mai  (right  doorpost),  beginning:  "Hear  ye  my  speech,  all  ye  people," 
in  five  columns,  very  faint,  and  still  unpublished;  and  two  prayers  published  by 
Daressy,  from  which  some  of  above  titles  of  Mai  are  taken. 


412 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON  [§99s 


998.  He  has  left  a  long  hymn,  containing  some  of  the 
most  interesting  references  to  the  king  and  his  "teaching" 
which  have  survived  to  us. 

Hymn  to  A  ton 

999.  3aThy  rising  is  beautiful  in  the  horizon  of  heaven,  O  living 
Aton,  beginning  of  life.  When  thou  risest  in  the  horizon,  thou  fillest 
the  earth  with  thy  beauty.  Thou  art  beautiful,  great,  brilliant,  high 
over  every  hand.  Thy  rays  4embrace  the  lands,  even  all  that  thou  hast 
made.  Thou  art  Re,  and  thou  takest  them  all  captive;  thou  bindest 
them  for  thy  beloved  son. 

Praise  of  the  King  and  Akhetaton 

1000.  Thy  rays  are  upon  thy  glorious  emanation,  the  ruler  of  truth, 
who  came  forth  from  eternity.  5Thou  grantest  to  him  thy  lifetime  and 
thy  years;  thou  hearest  for  him  that  which  is  in  his  heart.  He  is  thy 
beloved;  thou  makest  himb  like  Aton;  thy  child,  who  came  forth 
from  thy  rays,  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  Neferkheprure-Wanre, 
who  hath  made  for  thee  the  mighty  Akhetaton,  6great  in  loveliness, 
mistress  of  pleasant  ceremonies,  rich  in  possessions,  the  offerings  to 
Re  in  her  midst;  at  the  sight  of  her  beauty  there  is  rejoicing.  She  is 
lovely  and  beautiful;  when  one  sees  her,  it  is  like  a  glimpse  at  heaven; 
her  number  cannot  be  calculated.  When  the  Aton  rises  in  her,  he  fills 
her  with  his  rays,  7and  he  embraces  his  beloved  son,  son  of  eternity 
who  came  forth  from  Aton,  and  offers  the  earth  to  him  who  placed  him 
on  his  throne,  causing  the  earth  to  belong  to  Irsu.c 

Praise  of  Aton  and  King 

1001.  Every  land  is  festive  at  his  rising;  they  assemble,  making 
oblations  to  his  ka,  to  Aton,  rising  in  the  horizon  every  early  morning. 
8Thyd  son  presents  truth  to  thy  beautiful  face ;  thou  rejoicest  when  thou 
seest  him,  (for)  he  came  forth  from  thee.  Thou  settest  Hiim1  as  king 
like  the  Aton,  Neferkheprure-Wanre,  living  and  sound,  like  the  Aton. 


aLl.  1  and  2  contain  the  usual  title  ("Praise  of  Aton,  the  king  and  queen"), 
which  characterizes  the  content;  although  this  does  not  contain  any  praise  of  the 
queen,  as  in  Eye  (§§  989  ff.). 

bRead  sw,  as  in  Eye,  §  991,  1.  4. 

cSee  §  985,  note.  dOriginal  has  "his." 


§  1004] 


THE  TELL  EL-AMARNA  TOMBS 


Self-Praise 

1002.  Hereditary  prince,  count,  wearer  of  the  royal  seal,  sole  com- 
panion, 9  his  Two  Lands,  commander  of  the  army  of  the  Lord  of 

the  Two  Lands,  overseer  of  the  house  of  sending  [the  Aton]  to  rest,  [Mai 
(M  c  y)] ;  he  saith : 

"I  am  his  servant,  whom  he  created;  upright  for  the  Lord  of  the 
Two  Lands,  one  useful  to  his  lord,  who  put  truth  in  my  body;  (my) 
abomination  is  lying.  IOI  know  that  the  son  of  the  Aton,  Neferkhep- 
rure-Wanre,  rejoices  because  of  it,  (for)  he  hath  doubled  to  me  my 
favors  like  the  numbers  of  the  sand.  I  am  the  head  of  the  officials  at 
the  head  of  the  people  (rhy't).  "My  lord  has  advanced  me,  (because) 
I  have  carried  out  his  teaching,  and  I  hear  his  word  without  ceasing. 
My  eyes  behold  thy  beauty  every  day." 

Prayer  jor  Self 

1003.  "O  my  lord,  wise  like  Aton,  satisfied  with  truth.  How  pros- 
perous is  I2he  who  hears  thy  teaching  of  life!  May  he  be  satisfied  with 
seeing  thee,  when  he  reaches  old  age.  Grant  me  goodly  burial,  of  that 
which  thy  ka  gives,  in  the  house  wherein  thou  commandest  me  to  rest, 
[in]  the  mountain  of  Akhetaton,  ^the  place  of  the  favorites.  O  thou 
Myriad  of  full  Niles  every  day,  Neferkheprure-Wanre,  god,  that  madest 
me,  through  whose  ka  rI1  live;  grant  that  I  may  be  satisfied  with  fol- 
lowing thee  without  ceasing,  O  I4child  of  the  Aton.  Thou  art  for  eter- 
nity, O  thou  Myriad  of  beseeching  Wanre  (Ikhnaton).  How 

prosperous  is  he  ^who  follows  thee!  Grant  him,  that  all  that  he  does 
may  abide  forever.  May  his  lord  give  him  burial,  (for)  his  mouth  was 
full  of  truth." 


TOMB  OF  AHMOSEa 

1004.  Ahmose  was  "real  king's-scribe,  his  beloved,  fan- 
bearer  on  the  right  0}  the  king,  master  0}  the  judgment-hall, 
steward  of  the  estate  of  Neferkheprure-Wanre  (Ikhnaton):' 

aCliff-tomb  (No.  3)  at  Amarna,  northern  group  (Lepsius,  No.  4);  the  hymns 
are  on  the  doorposts:  left-hand,  Sharpe,  Egyptian  Inscriptions,  PI.  VII  (very  bad), 
and  my  own  copy.  I  found  this  doorpost  much  mutilated  since  Sharpe's  time, 
and  could  not  check  all  he  copied.  Right-hand:  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  98,  a; 
this  doorpost  is  now  so  mutilated  that  I  made  no  attempt  to  copy,  in  view  of  the 
short  time  at  my  disposal. 


414 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON 


[§  1005 


He  has  left  the  usual  composite  hymn  upon  the  doorposts 
of  his  tomb. 

1005.  The  two  portions  of  this  hymn,  one  introduced 
by  praise  to  the  rising,  the  other  by  praise  to  the  setting,  sun, 
form  really  one  hymn,  of  the  usual  character  above  described 
(§979).  The  introductory  praise  of  the  god,  the  king, 
and  the  queen,  is  verbatim  identical  with  the  hymn  of 
Tenr  (§984),  to  which  the  reader  is  referred  for  the  trans- 
lation. Ahmose's  hymn  then  proceeds  with  a  tribute  to 
the  universality  of  the  king's  power,  as  follows: 

Praise  oj  the  King 

1006.  rthe  praise1  of  all  that  thou  hast  encircled.  

presenting  them  to  thy  ka.    sThy  child  whom  thou  thyself  didst  beget 

 .    The  south,  as  well  as  the  north,  the  west  and  the  east, 

[and  the  isles]  in  the  midst  of  the  sea  6are  in  jubilation  to  his  ka.  His 
southern  boundary  is  as  far  as  the  wind,  and  (his)  northern  as  far  as 
the  shining  of  Aton.  All  their  princes  make  supplication,  whom  his 
fame  has  cowed  'through  his  beautiful  ka,  who  makes  festive  the  Two 
Lands,  who  supplies  the  needs  of  the  whole  land.  Place  him  witha 
thyself  forever,  according  as  he  has  loved  to  behold  thee.  8Grant  him 
very  many  jubilees  of  peaceful  years.  Grant  him  the  love  of  thy 
heart,  like  the  sands  of  the  shore,  like  the  scales  of  the  9fish  in  the 

river,  (or)  the  hair  I0of  the  cattle  May  I  be  a  follower  of 

the  Good  God  until  he  assigns  the  burial  which  he  gives. 

Hymn  to  Aton 

1007.  bThy  setting  is  beautiful,  O  living  Aton,  lord  of  lords,  ruler  of 

the  Two  Lands,  in  the  peace  of  the  Two  Lands.    The  people 

are  in  rejoicing  before  thee,  giving  praise  to  him  who  formed  them, 
doing  obeisance  [rto  him  who  created1]  them,  r — 1  to  thy  beloved  son, 
the  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  living  in  truth,  Neferkheprure- 


aRead  hn « -k. 

bThe  second  portion  (Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  98,  a,  right  doorpost)  begins 
here.  It  is  clearly  the  second  half  of  one  hymn,  the  first  half  containing  the  praise 
of  god,  king,  and  queen;  the  second  chiefly  the  prayer  of  tlje  deceased  as  usual. 


§ioto]  THE  TELL  EL- AMARNA  TOMBS  415 


Wanre  (Ikhnaton).  The  whole  land,  every  country  in  thy  every  circuit, 
at  thy  appearance  shall  make  jubilee  to  thy  rising  and  to  thy  setting 
likewise,  O  god,  living  in  truth  before  the  eyes.  Thou  art  the  maker 
of  that  which  is  not,  the  maker  of  all  these  things  that  come  forth  from 
thy  mouth. 

Prayer  jor  Selj 

1008.  Grant  to  me  advancement  before  the  king  every  day,  without 
ceasing;  goodly  burial  after  old  age,  on  the  highland  of  Akhetaton, 
when  I  have  finished  life  in  prosperity.  May  I  be  a  follower  of  the 
Good  God,  when  he  treads  any  place  he  desires;  may  I  be  the  com- 
panion of  his  two  feet,  for  he  trained  me,  when  I  was  a  child,  until 
[I]  attained  revered  age  in  peace  and  joy,  a  follower  of  the  ruler,  when 
he  was  at  the  feast,  every  day. 


TOMB  OF  TUTUa 

1009.  Tutu  (Tw-tw)  was  an  imi-khentit  (ymy-hnty  t)  in 
Akhetaton.  He  was  decorated  with  gold,  like  most  of  his 
colleagues,  and  has  recorded  some  remarkable  statements 
concerning  his  king  in  the  following  hymn : 

Hymn  to  A  ton  and  the  King 

I0I0#  1  b  o  Aton,  given  life  forever  and  ever.    As  for 

thy  son,  the  king,  living  in  truth,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands  [Neferkhep- 
rure-Wa]nre,  thy  child,  who  came  forth  from  thy  rays,  thou  establish- 
est  him  in  thy  office  of  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt,  as  ruler  of  the 
circuit  of  Aton.  Thou  givest  him  eternity,  as  thou  hast  made  thyself, 
(for)  thy  son  is  thy  emanation;  spending  for  rtheei  thy  lifetime;  Son  of 
Re,  great  in  duration;  Great  King's-Wife  [Nefernefru]aton-[Nofretete], 
living  forever.    2  forever,  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands.    Thy  rays 


aCliff-tomb  (No.  8)  in  the  southern  group  at  Amarna  (Lepsius,  No.  2); 
Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  107,  a;  Lepsius'  squeeze  of  the  same  text;  and  my  own 
copies  of  the  original.  The  tomb  contains,  besides  the  above  hymn,  also  a  long 
and  magnificent  text  (too  long  to  be  copied  in  the  time  at  my  disposal)  and  the 
short  form  of  the  great  hymn. 

bThis  beginning  is  apparently  not  a  title,  as  in  the  other  hymns,  but  a  direct 
address. 


4i6 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON        [§  ion 


are  upon  thy  beloved  son;  thy  hand  carries  satisfying  life.  Thy  love 
is  great,  immense,  r — \  by  thy  august  skin,  when  thou  floodest  heaven 
and  earth  with  thy  beauty.  (Then)  thy  son,  who  came  forth  from  thy 
limbs,  adores  thee,  thou  hearest  for  him  that  which  is  in  his  heart,  (and) 
thou  doest  according  to  that  which  comes  forth  from  his  mouth.  He 
is  thy  beloved,  thou  makest  him  like  Aton.  Although  thou  art  in  heaven, 
thy  rays  are  upon  [earth]. a  3 As  thou  begettest  thyself  every  day  without 
ceasing,  (so)  thou  hast  formed  him  out  of  thine  own  rays  to  spend  the 
lifetime  of  Aton.  When  thou  sailest  the  heavens,  his  eye  [sees]  thy 
beauty,  rejoicing  with  joy  at  beholding  thee,  O  living  Aton,  (for)  he  is 
thy  favorite.    Those  who  are  under  the  heavens,  even  all  that  see  thy 

rays,  ,  for  thou  hast  made  them,  that  he  might  satisfy  thy  heart 

therewith.    4  great  in  duration. 

Hymn  to  Aton 

ion.  I  come  with  praise  to  Aton,  the  living,  the  only  god,  lord  of 
radiance,  who  makes  light  when  he  rises  in  heaven,  who  illuminates 
the  Two  Lands.  When  he  made  to  live  all  that  he  created,  he  drove 
away  the  darkness.  When  he  sends  out  his  rays,  every  land  is  filled 
with  his  love.  The  herbage  and  the  trees  start  up  before  thee;  the 
denizens  of  the  water  spring  up  at  thy  shining;  all  people  arise  in  their 
places.  (When)  [their  limbs]b  are  washed  [they  take]b  their  clothing, 
[they  do]b  all  work,  they  make  their  products.  Thou  hast  awakened 
the  Two  Lands,  when  thou  risest  in  thy  form  of  living  Aton.  Their 
mouths  are  filled  with  that  which  thou  givest.  All  small  cattle  rest 
upon  their  herbage;  thou  expellest  evil  and  hast  given  health.  Every 
one  lifts  himself  up  because  thou  risest:  they  have  seen  their  lord  (when) 
he  appears 

Praise  oj  the  King 

1012.  As  for  thine  only  son  who  came  forth  from  thy  body,  thou 

embracest  him  with  thy  beautiful  rays.    6  in  thy  form 

of  Aton,  every  land  trips  to  thy  rising.  Thy  rays  bear  a  myriad  of 
jubilees  for  thy  son,  living  in  truth,  King  of  Upper  and  Lower  Egypt, 
Neferkheprure-Wanre,  my  god,  my  fashioner,  and  my  creator. 


aRestored  from  Eye's  great  hymn  (see  my  De  Hymnis  in  Solent  sub  Rege 
Amenophide  IV  Conceptis,  19,  v.  11). 

hIbid.,  34  and  36. 


§  1014] 


THE  TELL  EL-AMARNA  TOMBS 


4i7 


Prayer  and  Selj-Praise 

1013.  Grant  me  that  my  eye  may  see  him,  that  [my]  hands  may 
adore  him,  that  my  ear  may  hear  his  voice,  that  his  ka  may  be  before 
me  without  ceasing.  I  am  the  favorite  servant,  who  [Tiears1]  his  teach- 
ing, and  his  marvelous  things  are  in  my  body  without  ceasing.    I  will 

speak  truth  to  his  majesty,  (for)  I  know  that  he  lives  therein  

8  I  do  not  that  which  his  majesty  hates,  (for)  my  abomination 

is  lying  in  my  body,  r  \    I  have  sent  up  truth  to  his  majesty, 

(for)  I  know  that  he  lives  therein.    Thou  art  Re,  begetter  of  truth; 

thou  hast  given  9  .    My  voice  was  not  [lifted  up]  in  the  king's 

house,  nor  was  my  step  too  broad  in  the  palace.  I  took  not  the  reward 
of  lying,  nor  expelled  the  truth  for  the  violent;  but  it  was  the  truth 
rwhich3  I  executed  by  his  (the  king's)  might  before  me;  I  was  mighty 

through  the  ka  of  Wanre,  I  was  honored  with  reward  10  

 I  set  not  lying  in  my  body  He  glorified  my  teach- 
ableness every  day,  because  I  so  fully  carried  out  his  teaching,  not 

transgressing  by  any  evil  thing  11  May  I  be  one  who  may  adore 

his  majesty;  may  I  be  his  follower.    Grant  that  I  may  be  satisfied 

with  seeing  thee  ....  and  assign  to  me  —  burial  I3after  old  age  

in  the  mountain  of  Akhetaton  a 


TOMB  OF  HUYb 

1014.  In  Huy  we  have  the  usual  favorite  of  Ikhnaton. 
His  offices  were  responsible  and  important  ones;  for  he 
was  "Overseer  of  the  royal  harem,  overseer  of  the  White 
House,  steward  in  the  house  of  the  r— \c  great  king's-wife, 
Tiy  (Tyy)"  The  events  depicted  in  his  tomb  are  naturally 
those  connected  with  his  offices.  As  "overseer  of  the  White 
House"  he  had  charge  of  incoming  tribute.  A  scened  in 
the  tomb  shows  the  king  on  a  splendid  throne-chair,  borne 

aLl.  12-15  are  mere  fragments,  showing  that  the  prayers  usual  in  these  hymns 
form  the  conclusion. 

bClifT-tomb  (No.  1)  at  Amarna,  in  the  northern  group  (No.  7);  published  by 
Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  100-102;  sketches  by  Nestor  l'Hote  in  Amelineau, 
Histoire  de  la  sepulture,  Pis.  100-103;  and  my  own  copies. 

cSec  §1017.  dLepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  100,  b. 


418  EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  IKHNATON  [§ 


on  the  shoulders  of  eighteen  soldiers,  and  accompanied  by 
fan-  and  shade-bearers.  The  fragmentary  inscription  shows 
that  he  is  going  to  inspect  the  incoming  foreign  tribute  of 
the  twelfth  year. 

1015.  Year  12,  second  month  of  the  second  season,  day  8.  Live 
my  father,  [Aton],a  given  life  forever  and  ever;  [live]  the  King  of  Upper 
and  Lower  Egypt,  [Ikhnaton]  and  the  Great  King  VWife,Nefernefruaton- 

Nofretete,  living  forever,  at  the  arrival  the  tribute  of  Kharu 

(H 3  -rw)  and  Kush,  the  west  and  east  united  in  one  head,  the 

isles  [in  the  midst]  of  the  sea  —  on  the  side  — ,  the  tribute  the 

great  storehouse  of  Akhetaton  for  receiving  the  impost  of  — ,  [that  he 
may  give  to]  them  the  breath  of  life. 

1016.  As  steward  of  the  queen-mother  Tiy,  we  see  him 
in  charge  of  a  feast, b  doubtless  in  her  house,  at  which  she 
entertains  the  king,  his  queen,  and  three  daughters.  On 
another  occasion  Huy  stands  in  the  door  of  a  temple  ushering 
into  it  the  king,  who  is  leading  the  queen-mother  Tiy, 
followed  by  the  princess  Bekateton  and  the  court.  Before 
them  are  the  words: 

Conducting  the  great  king's-wife,  r — \  Tiy,  to  show  to  her  her 
"Shadow-of-Re." 

1017.  This  sanctuary,  called  here  "  Shadow-of-Re  "c  is 
the  queen-mother's  temple;  for  besides  being  called  "hers" 
above,  the  titles  of  Aton  in  the  same  temple  have  twice 
appended  to  them  the  words :d  "in  the  'Shadow-oj-Re'  0} 
r — V  the  Great  King's-Wije,  Tiy."  It  is  perhaps  the  smaller 
of  the  two  temples f  found  by  Petrie  at  Amarna.  As  the 
relief  shows,  it  was  magnificently  equipped  with  colonnades, 
statues,  and  cultus  materials.  Another  temple  of  Aton, 
erected   by  the  king's-daughter  Meretaton,  is  similarly 

aTwo  cartouches,  contents  erased.  bLepsius,  Denk?ndler,  III,  100,  c. 

cSee  Proceedings  0}  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archceology,  XV,  213,  214. 
dLepsius,  Denkmaler,  III,  102. 

eUncertain  title  of  the  queen,  also  in  the  preceding  inscription  and  in  §1014. 

f Petrie,  Amarna,  7  and  PI.  XXXV. 


§  ioi8] 


THE  TELL  EL-AMARNA  TOMBS 


419 


referred  to  on  an  altar  (?)  block a  dedicated  by  the  princess. 
It  refers  to  Aton  "in  the  'Shadow-of-Re'  of  the  kings- 
daughter   Meretaton  in  the  chamber 

{called):  '  Rejoicing-of-the-Aton1  in  the  Aton -temple  in  Akhe- 
taton" 

1018.  What  was  probably  another  sanctuary  is  referred 
to  in  an  unpublished  hymnb  from  the  tomb  of  Merire: 

The  singers  and  musicians  are  rejoicing  with  joy  in  the  broad-hall 
(wslyt)  of  the  house:  "Shadow-of-Re,"  thy  temple  in  Akhetaton,  the 
place  wherein  thou  art  pleased. 

This  is  probably  the  king's  own  official  sanctuary,  and 
"  Shadow-of-Re" c  is  thus  not  a  proper  name,  but  a  designa- 
tion of  any  Aton- temple. d  The  temple  of  Aton  at  Heliopolis 
was  called  " Exaltation -of -Re-in- Heliopolis  ."e  This  was 
perhaps  the  first  of  the  Aton-temples.  Another  Aton-temple 
erected  at  Hermonthis/  was  called:  u  Horizon- of -Aton- 
(y D  hw '  t-n-ytn)  -  in  -  Hermonthis  (ynw  sm c ) . "  Still  another, 
in  Memphis,  was  called  simply:  u  The-House-of-the-Aton"g 

aBritish  Museum,  iooo;  from  my  own  copy;  published  by  Sharpe,  Egyptian 
Inscriptions,  II,  48;  also  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Literature,  2d  Ser., 

I,  PI.  II;  and  Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  Biblical  Archaeology,  XV,  209-11. 

bMy  own  copy;  this  passage  is  also  found  in  the  tomb  of  Apy,  which  fact  enabled 
me  to  correct  the  Merire  passage,  which  is  corrupt.  The  Apy  passage  uses  "h't- 
bnbn"  in  place  of  "Shadow-of-Re,"  as  given  in  Merire's  tomb.  (Piehl,  Inscriptions, 
1st  Ser.,  PI.  CXCI  =Bouriant,  Memoires  de  la  mission  frangaise  au  Caire,  I,  11,  12, 

II.  6  and  7.)  These  passages  show  clearly  that  "Shadow-of-Re"  is  the  name  of  the 
Akhetaton  temple,  and  not  of  the  god's  statue,  as  supposed  by  some. 

cTemples  called  "Shadow-of-Re"  were  found  in  the  sacred  districts  of  all  the 
divinities  of  Egypt  in  the  Twentieth  Dynasty  (IV,  363).  Such  a  temple  is  known 
under  Ramses  II  and  also  in  the  Twenty-first  Dynasty;  see  Spiegelberg  (Recueil, 
17,  159,  160),  who  thinks  these  later  ones  were  in  the  necropolis. 

dOn  the  Aton-temples  at  Amarna  and  elsewhere,  see  my  article  in  Zeitschrift 
fur  agyptische  Sprache,  40,  106  ff.  [Later — too  late  for  insertion  above,  I  have 
received  the  discussion  of  Davies  (Amarna,  II,  20-28)  on  the  Amarna  temples.] 

eTs-R<  -m-Ynw,  possibly  also  "  Re-is -Exalted -in -Heliopolis"  (Recueil,  XVI, 
123,  CIX). 

f Recueil,  23,  62. 

^Spiegelberg,  Rechnungen,  Taf.  XVI,  L.  4;  Mariette,  Monuments  divers,  56  = 
Rouge,  Inscriptions  hieroglyphiques,  54;  fragments  of  inscriptions  from  this 
temple  are  in  Mariette,  ibid.,  34,  e. 


REIGN  OF  TUTENKHAMON 


TOMB  OF  HUYa 

1019.  So  little  is  known  of  the  immediate  successors  of 
Ikhnaton  that  the  tomb  of  Huy,  viceroy  of  Kush  under 
Tutenkhamon,  is  of  the  greatest  importance.  We  know 
that  this  king  marked  the  transition  from  the  Aton  faith 
back  to  Amon,  having  changed  his  name  from  Tutenkhaton 
to  Tutenkhara0w;b  but  on  returning  to  Thebes  he  extended 
the  temple  of  Aton.c  Nevertheless,  he  was  forced  by  the 
priestly  party  to  begin  the  restoration  of  the  monuments 
defaced  by  Ikhnaton,  and  to  recut  the  inscriptions  and 
dedications  to  Amon,  which  they  bore.d  We  might  infer 
that  the  Egyptian  power  in  Asia  was  not  wholly  broken  by 
Ikhnaton's  reform,  in  view  of  the  rich  tribute  of  Syria  shown 
in  the  following  document;  but  see  the  remarks  below. 
That  of  Nubia  naturally  continued  without  interruption,6  as 
the  scenes  in  this  tomb  likewise  indicate.  These  scenes 
fall  into  three  series: 

I.  Investiture  of  the  Viceroy  of  Kush. 

II.  Tribute  of  the  North. 

III.  Tribute  of  the  South. 


aHewn  into  the  cliff  of  Kurnet-Murrai  on  the  west  side  at  Thebes;  published 
partially  by  Champollion,  Notices  descriptives,  I,  477-80;  by  Lepsius,  Denkmdler, 
III,  1 15-18;  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  Text,  III,  301-6;  Brugsch,  Thesaurus,  V, 
1 133-41;  and  Piehl,  Inscriptions,  Pis.  144,  A-145;  a  good  account  of  the  scenes, 
Baedeker,  Egypt,  288,  289.  These  scenes  are  among  the  most  gorgeous  and  elabo- 
rate of  the  Empire. 

bThe  old  form,  Tutenkhaton,  occurs  on  a  Berlin  stela,  No.  14197  (Ausfuhr- 
lich.es  Verzeichniss  des  Berliner  Museums,  128);  see  Erman,  Zeitschrift  filr  dgyp- 
tische  Sprache,  38,  112. 

cFragments  of  his  extension  are  now  rebuilt  in  the  pylon  of  Harmhab  at  Kar- 
nak,  Lepsius,  Denkmdler,  III,  a-b;  Bouriant,  Recueil,  VI,  51  ff.;  and  Piehl,  Zeit- 
schrift fiir  dgyptische  Sprache,  1884,  41.  The  name  of  Eye  is  found  on  similar 
reused  blocks  also. 

dSee  II,  896.  eSee  also  n>  896' 

420 


§  1023] 


TOMB  OF  HUY 


421 


I.     INVESTITURE  OF  THE  VICEROY  OF  KUSHa 

1020.  The  interesting  and  important  ceremony  depicted 
in  this  series  of  scenes  throws  light  on  a  number  of  obscure 
points  in  the  administration  of  Kush  by  the  Pharaohs. 
We  here  learn  its  limits,  viz.,  from  El  Kab  on  the  north  to 
Napata  on  the  south.  For  Napata  appears  (§  1025)  the 
important  variant  Karoy,  thus  locating  this  otherwise 
unknown  region,  designated  by  the  Eighteenth  Dynasty 
kings  as  their  southern  boundary.15 

Scene 

102 1.  King  Tutenkhamon  is  enthroned  at  the  left  in  a 
kiosk;  before  him  are  two  lines  of  men  in  groups,  repre- 
senting successive  incidents  in  the  ceremony: 

Reception  0}  Huy 

1022.  An  officer  standing  with  back  to  the  king  receives 
Huy  as  he  advances,  accompanied  by  several  courtiers. 
The  inscriptions  are  these: 

Over  the  Officer 

The  overseer  of  the  White  House;  he  says:  "  This  is  the  sealc  from 
the  Pharaoh,  L.  P.  H.,  who  assigns  to  thee  (the  territory)  from  Nekhen 
to  Napata." 

Over  Huy 

1023.  King's-son  of  Kush  . 

Words  oj  Courtiers 

"Thou  art  the  Son  of  Amon  ;d  he  causes  that  the  chiefs  of 

all  countries  come  to  thee,  bearing  every  good  and  choice  thing  of  their 
countries." 

aScenes  and  inscriptions  copied  by  Erman,  and  published  from  his  notes  by 
Brugsch  {Thesaurus,  V,  1133-41)- 

bThis  had  been  already  noticed  by  Erman  (Aegypten,  666),  and  was  not  new,  as 
I  supposed  when  I  called  attention  to  it  in  Zeitschrift  fur  dgyptische  Sprache,  40,  108. 

^Reading  the  wy-sign  as  the  usual  determinative  of  htm,  "seal;"  see  Piehl 
(Inscriptions,  I,  112,  n.  5). 

dCartouche  with  name  illegible. 


EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  TUTENKHAMON  [§ 


Investiture  of  Huy 

1024.  Huy  stands  before  an  officer  who  holds  a  small 
object,  perhaps  an  etui  containing  the  seal,  which  is  to  be 
delivered  to  Huy.  No  inscriptions.  Immediately  beside 
this  scene  appears  an  official  who  extends  to  Huy  the  seal 
of  office.    The  inscriptions  are: 

Over  Official 

1025.  fTake1]  the  seal  of  office,  O  king's-son  of  [Kush]. 

Over  Huy 

The  office  is  assigned  to  the  king's-son  of  Kush,  Huy,  from  Nekhen 
to  Karoy. 

1026.  Another  scene  shows  Huy's  reception  by  his  family 
and  officials  (among  whom  are  the  "inspectors"  (rwd'w)), 
as  he  issues  from  the  palace. 

Over  Huy 

The  coming  forth,  favored,  from  the  court,  having  been  appointed 
in  the  presence  of  the  Good  God  to  be  king's-son  and  governor  of  the 
southern  countries,  Huy.  He  accounts  Khenthennofer,  included  under 
his  authority,  to  offer  it  to  the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  like  every  sub- 
ject of  his  majesty. 

II.     TRIBUTE  OF  THE  NORTH 

1027.  It  is  evident  in  this  series  that  the  administration 
of  Kush  now  requires  two  viceroys,  for  Huy's  brother, 
Amenhotep,  here  appears  as  "King's-son  of  Kush."  For 
reasons  not  evident  in  the  inscriptions,  these  two  viceroys 
of  the  South  appear  presenting  to  the  king  the  tribute  of 
the  North.  This  circumstance  looks  suspicious.  What 
should  the  viceroy  of  Kush  have  to  do  with  the  tribute  of 
the  North  ?  Moreover,  we  know  from  the  Amarna  Letters 
that  Egyptian  power  in  Asia  was  at  an  end  under  Ikhnaton. 
One  might  be  inclined  to  think,  therefore,  that  the  frequent 


§  1030] 


TOMB  OF  HUY 


423 


representation  of  the  tribute  of  the  South  and  North  in 
earlier  Theban  tombs  of  the  Eighteenth  Dynasty  induced 
Huy  to  add  the  tribute  of  the  North  as  a  pendant  to  the 
tribute  of  the  South  which  he  actually  collected.  But  it 
should  not  be  forgotten  that  one  of  Ikhnaton's  successors 
carried  on  war  in  Asia  (III,  20),  and  this  can  hardly  have 
been  any  other  than  Tutenkhamon.  He  may  thus  have 
been  able  to  collect  some  northern  tribute. 

Scene 

1028.  King  Tutenkhamon  is  enthroned  at  the  left  under 
a  splendid  kiosk.  Before  him  bows  the  viceroy  of  Kush, 
Huy,  behind  whom  comes  a  second  viceroy  of  Kush,  Huy's 
brother,  Amenhotep,  bearing  gifts.  These  two  officials  are 
introducing  four  lines  of  Asiatics  who  bring  a  magnificent 
array  of  tribute,  chiefly  gold  and  silver  vessels,  costly  stones, 
and  horses. 

1029.  The  following  inscriptions  accompany  the  scene: 

Over  Huy 

King's-son  of  Kush,  governor  of  the  south  countries,  fan-bearer  at 
the  right  of  the  king,  Huy  (Hivy),  triumphant;  he  says:  "May  thy 
father,  Amon,  protect  thee  during  myriads  of  jubilees  (hb-Sd).  May  he 
give  to  thee  eternity  as  king  of  the  Two  Lands,  everlastingness  as  ruler 
of  the  Nine  Bows.  Thou  art  Re,  and  thy  emanation  is  his  emanation. 
Thou  art  heaven,a  abiding  like  its  four  pillars,  the  earth  sits  beneath 
thee,  because  of  thy  permanence,  O  good  ruler." 

With  Amenhotep 

1030.  Bringing  in  all  the  tribute  to  the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands, 
the  presents  of  Retenu  (Rinw)  the  wretched;  by  the  king's-messenger 
to  every  country,  the  king's-son  of  Kush,  governor  of  the  southern 
countries,  Amenhotep,  triumphant. 


aMeaning,  as  enduring  as  heaven. 


424        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  TUTENKHAMON    [§  I03i 

With  Vessels 

103 1.  Vessels  of  all  the  choicest  of  the  best  of  their  countries,  in 
silver,  gold,  lapis  lazuli,  malachite,  every  splendid  costly  stone. 

With  an  Official  Receiving  Asiatics 

1032.  All  the  chiefs  of  the  Tnorth1  countries  r  they  say: 

"How  great  is  thy  fame,  O  Good  God!  how  mighty  thy  strength!  there 
is  none  living  in  ignorance  of  thee.', 

The  chiefs  of  [all  countries]  that  knew  not  Egypt  since  the  time  of 
the  god,  are  craving  peace  from  his  majesty  that  it  may  not  be.  "  Give 
to  us  the  breath  which  thou  givest,  etc.,  (as  below)." 

Over  Asiatics 

I033«  The  chiefs  of  Retenu  (Rtnw)  the  Upper,  who  knew  not  Egypt 
since  the  time  of  the  god,  are  craving  peace  from  his  majesty.  They 
say:  "Give  to  us  the  breath  which  thou  givest,  O  Qordl  Tell  usa  thy 
victories;  and  there  shall  be  no  revolters  in  thy  time;  but  every  land 
shall  be  in  peace." 

III.     TRIBUTE  OF  THE  SOUTHb 

1034.  In  this  series  the  two  viceroys  present  to  the  king 
the  tribute  of  the  lands  under  them.  This  ceremony  took 
place  in  the  temple,  from  which  Huy  then  goes  forth  to 
embark  for  Nubia,  and  is  received  on  his  dahabiyeh  by  his 
local  officials,  who  have  accompanied  him  to  Thebes. 

Scene 

1035.  King  Tutenkhamon  is  enthroned  as  in  the  previous 
scene,  with  Huy  before  him.  In  the  king's  presence  a 
magnificent  array  of  tribute;  chiefly  commercial  gold  and 
silver,  gold  and  silver  vessels,  a  chariot,  shields,  and  furniture. 


aThe  two  nys  (dative?)  are  probably  an  error  for  one,  viz.,  "that  we  may  tell, 

etc" 

bSee  Lepsius,  Denkmaler,  Text,  III,  301-6;  where  the  inscriptions  are  much 
more  accurate  than  in  the  folio  of  Lepsius. 


§  1038] 


TOMB  OF  HUY 


425 


A  second  part  of  the  scene  shows  Huy  receiving  three 
lines  of  Negroes,  and  a  line  of  Egyptians  below.  In  the  top 
line  of  Negroes  are  children  of  the  Kushite  chiefs,  among 
them  a  princess  in  a  chariot  drawn  by  oxen.  The  negro 
chiefs  wear  Egyptian  clothing  ;a  they  bring  similar  tribute,  and 
also  curiously  decorated  cattle.  Behind  all,  we  see  six  Nile 
boats  landing.  With  the  exception  of  the  king's  names, 
the  inscriptions  are  confined  to  the  second  part  of  the  scene. 

Before  Huy 

1036.  The  arrival  in  peace  —  from  the  house  of  the  hereditary 
prince,  count,  (mry-ntr-)  priest,  king's-son  of  Kush,  Huy  [rhaving 
received1]  the  favor  of  the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands,  fwho  ordered1]  gold 
[to  be  put]  upon  his  neck  and  his  arms.  rHow  many  are  the1  examples5 
of  thy  favor,  O  Nebkheprure  (Tutenkhamon) !  One  mentions  them 
(one)  time  (each)  by  its  name ;  they  are  too  numerous  to  put  them  into 
writing. 

Over  the  Upper  Line  of  Negroes 

1037.  The  chief  of  Miamc  (Mycm),  good  ruler.d  The  chiefs  of 
Wayet  (w0  y't). e    The  children  of  the  chiefs  of  all  countries. 

Over  the  Middle  Line  0)  Negroes 

The  chiefs  of  Kush,  they  say:  "Hail  to  thee,  O  king  of  Egypt,  Sun 
of  the  Nine  Bows!  Give  to  us  the  breath  which  thou  givest.  Men 
live  by  thy  love.,,f 

Over  the  Egyptians 

1038.  The  coming  forth  of  the  people  of  the  king's-son,  to  receive 
him,  when  he  received  the  favor  of  the  Lord  of  the  Two  Lands;  Cfrom1) 


aUnder  Thutmose  III  they  still  wore  native  costume;  see  tomb  of  Rekhmire. 
bLit,  "Examples  upon  very  many  examples,  and  great  is  thy  favor,  etc.1' 
^Country  around  Ibrim;  see  tomb  of  Penno  (IV,  474). 

dThe  presence  of  these  chiefs  shows  that  the  country  was  still  under  its  native 
rulers,  and  that  the  Egyptian  administrative  officers  were  not  in  sole  control. 
eAs  in  Champollion  (Notices  descriptives,  I,  478). 

fVery  much  the  same  inscription  is  over  the  lower  row  of  Negroes  (Lepsius, 
Denkmaler,  Text,  III,  303). 


426        EIGHTEENTH  DYNASTY:  TUTENKHAMON  [| 


the  housea  of  the  king's-son  of  Kush,  king's-scribe,  Amenhotep  

living  again. 

They  say:  "  O  ruler,  L.  P.  H.,  good,  mighty  in  creation,  for  whom  the 
sun  rises;  many  are  the  things  [r which1]  rhis  two  hands1  ^accomplish1]." 

Over  the  Boats 

Arrival  from  Kush  bearing  this  good  tribute  of  all  the  choicest  of 
the  best  of  the  south  countries.  Landing  at  the  city  of  the  South 
(Thebes)  by  the  king's-son  of  Kush,  Huy. 

Scene 

1039.  Huy  leans  on  his  staff ;  behind  him  are  the  members 
of  his  family;  before  him  a  richly  decorated  dahabiyeh  with 
sail  spread,  and  another  with  sail  furled,  bearing  a  chariot 
and  horses.  On  the  boats  approaching  Huy,  are  four 
rows  of  officials  under  Huy,  followed  by  sailors  and  women 
with  tambourines.  The  inscriptions  show  that  the  presenta- 
tion ceremonies  depicted  above  have  just  been  completed 
in  the  temple,  and  Huy  is  now  doubtless  embarking  for  his 
post.    The  inscriptions  are  these: 

Over  Huy 

1040.  The  coming  from  the  temple  of  Amon  after  the  pleasing 
ceremonies  before  him,  to  offer  this  land  to  thee;b  by  the  hereditary 
prince,  count,  sole  companion,  great  in  [his  office],  great  [in  his  ra]nk, 
great  — ,  —  king's-scribe,    Amenhotep  . 

Over  Hufs  Family 

The  inscriptions  are  nearly  vanished,  but  the  words: 
"His  son"  (twice);  "his  mother"  and  "his  sister"  may  be 
distinguished. 


aThe  door  of  the  house  from  which  they  come  is  seen  behind  them ;  on  it  are 
the  cartouches  of  Tutenkhamon. 

bThe  change  of  person  is  difficult. 


§  1041] 


TOMB  OF  HUY 


427 


Over  Officials 

1041.  1.  Deputy  of   Kush.    2.  Mayor  of   Khammat  (Solcb)  3. 

Overseer  of  cattle.    4.   .    5.  Deputy  of  the  fortres:  (called): 

<£Neb[khepr]urea-Satisfier-of-the-Gods,"b  Penno.  6.  Mayor  of  "Satis- 
fier-of-the-Gods."  7.  His  brother,  fprophet1  of  — c  [Tin1]  the  fortress; 
"  Satisfier-of-the-Gods,"  Mermose;  8.  Priest  of  — ,c  residing  in  the 
fortress:  " Satisfier-of-the-Gods."    9.  . 


aTutenkhamon's  throne-namc. 

hS-htp-ntrw. 

cCartouche. 


REIGN  OF  EYE 
LANDMARK  OF  EYEa 

1042 .  Documents  of  this  king  are  rare.  This  stela  shows 
the  king,  in  relief  at  the  top,  offering  flowers  to  "Hathor, 
mistress  oj  Hotep."  The  exclusive  worship  of  A  ton  had 
therefore  been  abandoned  by  him  at  this  date,  year  3.  The 
inscription  records  a  gift  of  land  by  the  king  to  one  of  his 
officials,  whose  name  is  no  longer  visible,  and  to  the  latter's 
wife,  Mutnezmet. 

1043.  Year  3,  third  month  of  the  third  season  (eleventh  month), 
first  day,  of  King  Eye,b  given  life,  while  he  was  in  Memphis. 

His  majesty  commanded  to  endow  him  with  lands,  a  reward  for  the 

king's  ,  — ,c  and  for  his  wife,  Mutnezmet.    It  was  laid  out  in  the 

district  called:  arFieldi-of-the-Kheta,"  in  the  fields  of  the  "House-of- 
Okheperkere  (Thutmose  I)"  and  the  " House-of-Menkheprure  (Thut- 
mose  IV),"  a  field  of  154  stat. 

The  south  is  the  " House-of-Menidieprure  (Thutmose  IV);"  the 
north  is  the  "  House-of-Ptah  "  and  the  "  House-of-Okheperkere  (Thut- 
mose I),"  between  his  r — \  the  west  is  [rthe  " House-of-Okheperkere 
(Thutmose  I)1"];*1  the  east  is  the  " House-of-Menkheprure  (Thutmose 
IV)"  between  his  r— \ 

There  camee  the  chief  king's-scribe,  the  steward,  Ramose;  the  scribe, 
Merire;  —  Thay.  Command  was  given  to  the  —  attendant,  Re,  to 
transfer  it.£ 


aStela  now  in  Cairo;  found  by  the  Great  Pyramid,  in  the  chapel  of  Pesib- 
khenno;  published  by  Daressy  (Recueil,  16,  123)  and  from  Daressy  by  Spiegelberg 
(Rechnungen,  36). 

bFull  fivefold  titulary  is  used  in  the  original. 

cThe  lacuna  contained  the  remainder  of  a  royal  official's  title,  and  his  name, 
which  latter  ended  in  nj. 

dThe  land,  as  already  stated,  lay  in  the  fields  of  the  House-of-Thutmose  I  and 
the  House-of-Thutmose  IV;  the  southern  and  eastern  boundaries  were  formed  by 
the  House-of-Thutmose  IV,  and  the  northern  boundary  by  the  House-of-Thutmose  I. 
Hence  it  is  probable  that  the  western  boundary  was  also  formed  by  the  House-of- 
Thutmose  I,  and  that  Daressy  has  overlooked  it  in  his  copy,  owing  to  its  identity 
with  the  preceding  boundary. 

eAs  witnesses?  Spiegelberg  renders  "those  who  came,"  but  the  nt  which  he 
renders  as  the  relative  pronoun  occurs  above,  with  the  first,  "his  r — 1  (nwy),"  and 
must  therefore  belong  to  nwy  here. 

'The  land. 

428 


lit 


GETTY  CENTER  LIBRARY 


§ 


